om
SE
ii)
ALBERT RO MAIN
LIBRARY
AT
OORNELL UNIVERSITY
Cornell University Library
Cyclopedia of American horticulture, comp
Cornell University
The original of this book is in
the Cornell University Library.
There are no known copyright restrictions in
the United States on the use of the text.
http://www.archive.org/details/cu31924000537757
CYCLOPEDIA OF AMERICAN HORTICULTURE
The
‘xO SNUAA PIUCTOPENUd ‘USIPEA “IXXX eld
CYCLOPEDIA OF
AMERICAN HORTICULTURE
COMPRISING SUGGESTIONS FOR CULTIVATION OF HORTI-
CULTURAL PLANTS, DESCRIPTIONS OF THE SPECIES OF
FRUITS, VEGETABLES, FLOWERS AND ORNAMENTAL PLANTS
SOLD IN THE UNITED STATES AND CANADA, TOGETHER
WITH GEOGRAPHICAL AND BIOGRAPHICAL SKETCHES
BY
L. H. BAILEY
Professor of Horticulture in Cornell University
ASSISTED BY
WILHELM MILLER, Pu.D.
Associate Editor
AND MANY EXPERT CULTIVATORS AND BOTANISTS
Sllustrated with ober
Cwo Chousand Driginal Engravings
IN FOouR VOLUMES
R-Z
Iew Bork
THE MACMILLAN COMPANY
LONDON: MACMILLAN & CO., Lr.
1902
The rights of reproduction and of translation are strietly reserved
CopyRiGHT, 1902
By THE MACMILLAN COMPANY
Mount Wleasant Press
J. HorAcE McFaruanp ComePany
HARRISBURG « PENNSYLVANIA
OW THAT THE CYCLOPEDIA OF AMERICAN HORTICULTURE
is completed, it is due the reader that some information be given him
of the methods by which it has been made and of the resources that
have been at command. It is due to the Editor that he be allowed to
state his own point of view in respect to the meaning of the work.
These remarks are made in no feeling of personal pride, for the writer
is keenly aware of the many shortcomings of the book; but they may
acquaint the reader with some of the difficulties with which such work
is attended, and they may be suggestive to those who may desire to prosecute similar
studies.
RETROSPECT
I. THE PROJECT
The most difficult part of the making of a cyclopedia is to project it. Its scope
and point of view must be determined before a stroke of actual work is done. This
much done, the remainder is labor rather than diffieulty. The lay-out of the enter-
prise cannot be made in a day. It is a matter of slow growth. One must have a
mental picture of the entire field and must calculate the resources. The plan once
perfected, it remains only to work out detail after detail, taking up the tasks as they
come, not caring nor even daring to look forward to the work that piles mountain high
farther down the alphabet.
So far as the Cyclopedia of American Horticulture is concerned, the Editor had
resolved and reviewed the enterprise for more than ten years. The first suggestion
was a vague idea that a comprehensive work was needed. There were several hundred
special works on American horticulture. Some subjects were well worked; others
were untouched. There was no means of determining the extent of our wealth in
eultivated plants. There were no suggestions, even, as to what that wealth might be.
No survey had been made. Only a full inventory can tell us whether we are rich or
poor; it gives us a scale by which to measure progress.
The first tangible result of this desire for some comprehensive view of American
horticulture was the publication of “Annals of Horticulture for 1889.” Some years
before this time an endeavor had been made to interest a publisher in the project,
but without success. This annual volume was designed to be “a witness of passing
events and a record of progress.” Five years these annual volumes were issued, the
last one containing a summary sketch of horticulture at the World’s Fair, at which
was made the greatest sinele effort to display our hortieultural achievements and
possibilities. In these annual volumes all the new plants and tools and movements
of the year were intended to be recorded. Special investigations were made for
some of the volumes. The issue for 1889 contained a list of all the kitchen-garden
vegetables sold in North America in that year; that for 1891 contained a census
of all the native plants which had been introduced into cultivation, showing that
2,416 species had become known to the horticulturist in Europe or America, although
(v)
vi RETROSPECT
many of these probably were not then in cultivation; that for 1892 made an annotated
inventory of the varieties of apples that had been and were in cultivation in North
America, showing that 878 varieties were actually offered for sale by American nur-
serymen in that year. But these volumes were isolated; they picked up the work
piece by piece, An inventory of the whole field, critically and laboriously made, was
needed before mere annals of yearly progress could signify much. We needed to know
our status; thereafter chronicles would have a meaning.
From 1893, attention was given to the larger and comprehensive effort. A gar-
den herbarium had to be made, for there was none in the country. The first plant
had been put into this herbarium in 1889; it was a mere sprig of the greenhouse
shrub Boronia megastigma. There are difficulties in making a garden herbarium :
there are no professional collectors and one cannot buy specimens ; many cultivated
plants are too valuable to allow of specimens to be made. This herbarium now has
more than 12,000 mounted specimens. Although small, nevertheless it has been in-
valuable. If it does not show nearly all the species, it shows the range of variation
in some, and thereby suggests what may take place in all. It also shows what is
actually cultivated under a given name, whether that name be correct or not.
Trial excursions were made into the evolution of various perplexed garden plants.
Some of these essays have been published. Out of these efforts grew the volume,
“Sketch of the Evolution of Our Native Fruits.” The study of garden plants is a
different subject from the study of wild plants. Mere descriptions are often of little
value. The plant may have been bred away from the description within a decade.
Specific descriptions of many of the common garden plants do not exist in books: the
plants are not species in the book sense.
American horticultural books must be collected, for the comprehensive work, if it
came, must contain American advice. One must know the range of New World ex-
perience and the occidental point of view. It has been the misfortune of many Ameri-
can writings that they have drawn too heavily from the experience of the Old World.
Once this was necessary, but now it is tine to break away. Fifty authors have written
on viticulture in America, yet scarcely one has caught the spirit of the American grape-
growing. Nearly twenty years of collecting by the Editor has brought together the
completest library of American horticultural books.
The details entering into any comprehensive cyclopedia of horticulture are astonish-
ing in number and variety. Consider some of the items: More than 10,000 species of
plants in cultivation; almost every important species phenomenally variable, sometimes
running into thousands of forms; every species requiring its own soil and treatment,
and sometimes even minor varieties differing in these requirements; limitless differences
in soils and climates in our great domain, every difference modifying the plants or their
requirements; a different ideal in plant-growing and plant-breeding in the mind of
every good plant-grower; as many different kinds of experience as there are men; many
of these men not facile with the pen, although full of wholesome facet and experience;
the species described in books which deal with the four corners of the earth; very few
botanists who have given much attention to the domestic flora.
It was desired that the Cyclopedia be new—brand-new from start to finish. The
illustrations were to be newly made; the cultural suggestions written directly for the
oceasion from American experience, and often presented from more than one point of
view; few of the precedents of former cyclopedias to be followed ; all matters to be
worked up by experts and from sources as nearly as possible original. Of course it
RETROSPECT vil
has been impossible to reach the ideals. There are limitations of expense and time as
well as of capability : for it is yet a question whether our new country is ready for such
a laborious work.
In America there has been but one eyclopedic work on horticulture, Hendersou’s
“Handbook of Plants,” 1881; second edition, 1890. This is in one volume. The most
complete similar recent work in the English language is Nicholson’s “Illustrated Dic-
tionary of Gardening,” four volumes, 1884-87. It is the work of the talented ex-Curator
of the Royal Botanie Gardens at Kew, England. Mottet’s French edition of Nicholson,
five volumes, 1892-99, is the largest modern eyclopedia of horticulture, and the only one
which excels in size the present American venture. Another popular English work in
one volume is Wright & Dewavr’s revision of “Johnson’s Gardener’s Dictionary,” 1894.
Another recent French work, also in one volume, is Bois’ “ Dictionnaire d’ Horticulture,”
1893-99, with colored pictures printed in the text. In German is Riimpler’s "Illus-
triertes Gartenbau- Lexikon,” in one volume, with a recent new edition; also Siebert &
Voss’ “Vilmorin’s Blumengiirtnere,” one volume of text and one of plates, 1896, the
most eritical of all similar works. In judging the American work, the reader must
bear in mind that there is really no eritieal horticultural-botanical writing in this coun-
try back of the present decade. The present Cyclopedia reflects the imperfection of our
literature as well as the shortcomings of the Editor.
Il. THE OFFICE DETAILS
Before the actual writing was begun, other cyclopedias were searched for sugges-
tions of subjects to be inserted. Also, a ecard index was made to portraits of plants in
the leading horticultural and botanical serials, to descriptions of plants in current publi-
cations, to monographs, and to the names of leading horticultural varieties in some of
the larger groups. This card index grew during the progress of the work, and it now
comprises about 35,000 ecards.
The ‘trade lists” were also made. These lists were intended to afford a record of
the plants actually in cultivation in North America north of Mexico. Catalogues of
more than one hundred leading seedsmen, florists, and nurserymen were cut up, and all
the information respecting the various genera pasted on yellow sheets of standard letter-
paper size. Thus, on one sheet, or one set of sheets, would be all the entries on Abies,
Bocconia, Saxifraga, and the like. On these ‘trade lists” were made notes respecting
persons who are skilled in the culture of the particular plants, together with extracts
from letters, items of experience, and other incidental information. The name of the
eatalogue from which the cuttings were made was preserved, in order that doubtful
questions might be traced. In special groups, it has been impossible to determine
just what species are in cultivation because they are not all recorded in printed eata-
logues and they are known chiefly to a few fanciers or collectors. This limitation is
particularly apparent in orchids; also in such large special genera as Acacia and Eu-
ealyptus. In such eases it is practically impossible to make complete lists, and it is
probably scarcely worth while to make the effort; but all the species that are generally
known are almost sure to have been recorded. Since the Cyclopedia is designed as a
permanent work of reference, mere horticultural varieties have been omitted, as a rule;
but an effort has been made to indieate the dominant types or races, the evolution
of garden favorites, the good and bad “points” of important variations, and to sug-
gest possible lines of progress.
vill RETROSPECT
These trade lists were “standardized” in order to determine the proper nomenclature
for the various entries; for Virgilia had to be brought forward to Cladrastis and Amian-
thium placed with Zygadenus. This preliminary work had to be done with care. It
necessitated, also, the adoption of some one work as a standard; and the only work
which covered the field and answered other requirements is Index Kewensis. This work
has been followed in the main, although every contributor has been free to express his
own ideas of genera and species, and the recent monographs have been followed for
special groups.
The work for a whole letter—as the letter A—was laid out in advance. The gen-
eral theory was to assign every article to an authoritative writer. Articles that could not
be assigned, or for which no person would hold himself responsible, fell to the editors.
It therefore happened that many of the most critical puzzles fell to the office. On very
important subjects, two to six persons were asked to contribute. If these persons wrote
from experience, no effort was made to cause their statements to be uniform, although it
was desired that they should harmonize whenever possible. It was desired that the
work have personality, for this is vitality. In horticultural matters there is no final
opinion.
The articles have been written by busy men. Serious delays have resulted in
securing the manuseripts; and yet the Editor must express his gratification with the
general promptness of the contributors. With scarcely an exception, the collaborators
have seemed to feel a personal responsibility in the success of the undertaking. The
manuscripts have been much edited, yet they have not been copied. Not a single par-
cel is known to have been lost in the express or mails. The Cyclopedia has had a
patient printer. On all kinds and sizes of paper, and in every style of script, with
cabalistic editorial marks in pencil and in inks of various colors, these manuscripts have
gone to the compositor. Returning from the printer, they have been sorted and filed,
and finally tied in bundles, in which condition they now constitute a part of the archives
of the Cyclopedia.
Usually the printer received copy for one letter at a time. In large letters, as C,
P, 8, one section—as Ca, Po, St—comprised one sending, for it has been impossible to
keep far ahead of the compositors. When all the manuscript was received from the
various writers, eyclopedie works were consulted to see that no entries were omitted. The
titles of all entries were copied when the manuscripts went to the printer, and the entries
were checked off when they appeared in galleys and pages. Failure to check up entries
in the letter A resulted in the loss of the article “ Aubrietia,” and the plate had to be
recast in order to insert it.
The type-matter was first seen in “galleys” on green paper, with the cuts separate,
known in the office as “the long green.” Six proofs were received by the Editor, who
sent four or five of them to specialists on the various subjects. Every line in the work
has been read in the proof by experts. It requires from a week to ten days to get back
the proofs from the various readers. The matter is then made up into pages, and read
again. It is then cast, and the final proofs are placed on file. The galley proofs are gone
over several times by the Editor, aside from the regular reading, each time for a specific
purpose: once for alphabetic order of the entries; once for spelling of names; once for
aceent marks; ounce for signatures to the articles: once for references to the euts; onee
for legends to the cuts; onee for general style. A full page of the Cyelopedia contains
14,000 pieces of metal. The reader will be lenient when he finds a misplaced letter.
A clerk was employed to verify all references by hunting up the references themselves.
RETROSPECT 1X
In the “make-up” it is an inviolable rule that wherever the book opens, an en-
graving will be seen. Adherence to this rule has made trouble in some cases. In one
lustance if was neeessary to have a new cut made after the forms were made up, and to
renumber the legends of more than one hundred pictures. The mechanical make-up
was in the hands of I. B. Kraybill, foreman of the composing-room of the Mt. Pleasant
Press, who gave the work loving and thoughtful care until, in the letter T, he was
ealled to lay down his labors. The Editor hopes that the reader will regard his memory
whenever the arrangement of the pictures is a source of satisfaction and pleasure.
The Cyclopedia has been edited in a room eighteen feet square, kindly allowed
for this use by Cornell University. In this room were two long tables, which
allowed of the disposition of imanuscripts and pictures in delightful abandon;
the garden herbarinin of Cornell University; and a large collection of books, mostly
loaned from the Library of Cornell University. Aside from monographs, botanical
manuals, local floras, horticultural handbooks, dictionaries, the following works were
on the shelves: Index Kewensis (intended to contain all species of flowering plants
down to 1885—about 125,000 names); Bentham and Hooker’s Genera Plantarum ;
Engler and Prantl’s Natitirlichen Pflanzenfamilien ; DeCandolle’s Prodromus (17 vol-
umes), and his Monographie Phanerogamarum (9 volumes thus far); the Kew List
of new species introduced into cultivation between 1876 and 1896. Next in import-
ance were the periodicals, containing perhaps 50,000 pictures of plants, many of them
colored and mostly authentic. First rank must be accorded the peeriess Curtis’ Bo-
tanical Magazine, with its 125 volumes, containing over 7,600 colored plates. Edwards’
Botanical Register, Loddiges’ Botanical Cabinet, L’Hlustration Horticole, Flore des
Serres, Paxton’s Magazine, Revue Horticole and The Garden are extensive works
provided with colored plates, for details of which the reader may consult Vol. I, pp.
xvii and xviii. Less extended periodicals containing colored plates have been used,
as The Botanist by Maund, The Florist and Pomologist, Knowles & Westeott’s Floral
Cabinet, Meehan’s Monthly and an incomplete set of Gartenflora and Revue
d’Hortieulture Belge. Of horticultural periodicals not containing colored plates, the
Gardeners’ Chronicle is a great store of botanical knowledge, being published since
1841. It is full of botanical monographs of garden genera, and is a rich repository of
description of new species. 14).
fourth the length of the apical one in. long, 3 in. wide at the
hase: peduncle 4-445 ft. long. An —R.aurata, Hort., said
to bea hybrid of hastata and albo- maculata, but better regarded
F ata: leaves spotted; spathes large, yellow.
Said to he a hybrid of R. albo-maculata and R. hastata.—" PR.
suffiisa, A distinet dwart-habited plant with a creamy white
spathe, the base inthe inside of a rich violet-pnr It
is apparently a plant of good constitution.” Gn. 55, p s
JARED G. SMITH.
Culture of Callas.—Richardia Africana bas
known tor generations as the Calla Lily. Though often
grown as a window plant, it is very unsuitable and sel-
dom blooms under house treatment. When grown for
winter flowers, it is customary to give the roots a rest
during summer time, They may be dried and stored if
necessary. It is in this condition that we get Cali-
fornian Callas. It is the opinion of the writer that
summer-resting would be the best treatment for those
grown as house plants, as well-grown dried roots are
nore likely to bloom. But rest must be enforced, for
Callas will grow all the year round, increasing in size
and numbers when planted out. We always get the
largest blooms fron: summer-grown plants. They are
taken up in the autumn, given good loam and plenty of
root-room, with a liberal allowance of liquid fertiliz
when well established. They thrive best under
light, and in a minimum temperature of
There are several varieties, all differing om nly in size
from those which grow six feet to "Little Gem eS One
foot. Some are said to be more odorous than others,
though all are fragrant. Besides being invaluable pot-
plants, they can he d with good effect in indoor
winter gardens, growing luxuriantly when partly sub-
merged; and also in “hog” gardens, and on the margins
of ponds, to give subtropical effects. “
R. Liiiottiana, although introduced to cultivation
about ten years ago, is yet rare. It is undoubtedly an
acquisition. Itis a South African species, about which
we know comparatively little. From what scraps of in-
formation we have gathered regarding it from time to
time, we conclude it is rather an upland species, and
our experience with it would indicate that frost may
oceasionally visit its habitat, or at least that it will
endure a lower temperature than Richardia Africana
and sueceed. When introduced, we thought it difti-
eult to grow. It was first grown in this country by
been
good
William Robinson, gardener to F. L. Ames, North
Easton, Mass., Mr. Harris, gardener to H. H. Hunne-
well, Wellesley, Mass., and Mr. Joseph Tailby, of
Wellesley. The last named is a commercial grower,
who looked upon his importation as an investment.
The bulbs (corms or roots) were expensive,—a guinea
1536 RICHARDIA
or thereabouts—and about as bigas marbles. Mr. Tailby
now has bushels of them, and some as larg turnips,
anyway, four inches in diameter. Tailby’s experience
is interesting and it may be valuable to the reader.
lle cnine near losing his whole stock by cutting out the
eyes, with the object of getting separate plhuats. There
had been no sign of natural division, nor has there
since; though Mr. Tailby is still of the opinion that by
proper manipulation they may be increased by division,
as we now do potatoes, but the wounds must be given
The roots ure kept over ina cellar
ata temperature of 45° F., or thereabouts, until April,
when they will show signs of starting. They should be
potted then, but kept rather dry until the roots develop.
The pots will be fairly well filled with roots before
mueh growth shows. and we ean keep them under
benches in a cool house, or even in the cellar, for two
weeks after potting. With the roots well started, they
come along quickly, coming into bloom im 10-12 weeks.
A wood bright, intermediate house suits them best, end
some liquid fertilizer will help them when the flower-
stems appenr. The blooms Jast a long time, opening
evreenish yellow, turning to pure orange-yellow, and
finally green when aging. Seeds are formed plenti-
fully; and by these, though slow, is yet the surest and
quickest method of propagation. During the ripening
period of secds, they
must have the very best
attention. They usually
do not become thor-
oughly ripened until
August. VPot-grown
plants are better stored
in pots. The whole
culture is easy when we
know it.
Seeds germinate
quickly. Those sown in
November come up
strong, but the plantlets
ave difficult to handle and
liable to go off when very
young. It is the safest
way to let them stay in
the seed-boxes, ripen
there, and plant them
farther apart next sea-
son, This is what we
have been doing and we
eannot complain of the
results. Tailby has sown
seeds outdoors with very
gratifying results. Al-
Inost a year is gained in this way, as the roots (or bulbs)
are considerably larger than box-vrown seedlings. Older
roots held over until settled weather, and, planted like
potatoes, bloomed freely wll saminer, making fine reots;
they were green when eut by frost in October, but
hardly ripening seeds. To do this takes a longer sea-
son, und the plants must be started indoors,
T. D. Warrienp.
The Richardia in California.— In considering the
Calla in California, it is necessary to treat it under
two general heads: first, as tm ornament; aud second,
as an article of connnerce. The popular and growing
demand for Calla bulbs (or tubers) speaks mueh for
the plant as an ornamental. Many, indeed, are the
uses to which itis put. It is, perhaps, most commonly
used as a belt along fences, and not infrequently as a
hedge between two properties; or nearly as often is
found along one side of a house in a long, narrow bed,
Por effective planting it is much in demand for group-
ing around hydrants and unsightly objects in damp
places, at watersides; sometimes as a border around a
tish or lily pond, oftentimes growing in bunches or masses
in the water itself; or massed on a slope near water;
jnixed with other tropical vegetation; or as a border to
tropical jungles; and very effective, indeed, is it in the
lower tiers of basins around a large fountain with
Myriophylum banging down from the base of the
Callas. For all of these purposes the foliage is of even
inore importance than the flowers. As it grows luxu-
riantly here in almost any location, it is very seldom
time to heal over,
2130. Richardia Africana,
Little Gem (* 14).
RICINUS
seen as a pot-plant cither in the dwelling or on sale at
the nurseries. In the most favored places only is it en-
tirely secure from the frost, though the dinmage to it from
this source is not serious in or around Los Angeles,
Though doing fairly well in the full sun, our summer
Climate is too dry for it to attain its greatest beauty
and Juxuriance wholly without protection, and it may
therefore only be scen in perfection when grown in prar-
tial shade. A good supply of water and manure is ulso
wn important factor in its proper development,
The spathe is subject to many variations in form, both
in size and shape, some being long, rather narrow, wand
pointed, ending in aw decidedly recurved ww, while oth-
ers are nearly circular, with the sharp point abnost want-
ing and standing upright the same us the balance of
spathe. It frequently happeus that the spathe is double
and even triple, sometimes in its entirety but often only
partially so. In the latter case it often assmnes some
very strange forms. The spadix is not so variable and
seldom departs from the ty though an oceasional
double or abnormal spadix is found. Other species or
varieties than 2. alficana are found, but sparsely in
California gardens, the most common ones being the
spotted-leaved and the dwarf form known as the Little
(iem.
Commercially, the growing of the bulbs for eastern
and foreign markets is a sure source of revenue, and is
carried on extensively throughout southern California.
The local market for the so-ealled flowers is of course
limited, but if grown in a practically frostless belt, the
blooms will more than pay for the cultivation of the
winter field, as in that season of the year flowers of all
kinds are searce. The average retail price for good
blooms in midwinter is 50 cents per dozen; the whole-
sale price about $1 per 100, Bulbs at retail cost about
one-half, or even less, what they do in the East. Our
commercial growers get at present (January, 1901), $25
to #60 per 1,000, according to size, the market calling
for tubers 1!s to 3'y inches in diameter. Laryer sizes
are quoted as “faney” and command extra prices.
Though they can be grown in abnost any soil with some
success, a free, cool, blackish lonm is best, and they do
not thrive in a bot, gravelly or stony soil. The lands
near the coust, where swept by the cooling sea breeze,
are productive of the best results, both in bloom and
tub Land containing sufficient alkali to prevent the
growth of many conmon crops will produce good
Callas if other requirements are present. In field plant-
ing itis much better to put in small bulbs about 4 inches
apart than to sow the offsets promiscnously in the row;
when the sets are thus sown, they should be taken
up the following year and the small bulbs properly
planted. Offsets sown as above and left 4-6 years (the
usual time for a good crop) have never produced satis-
factory results. No pest seriously attacks foliage or
bloom, but in dry vears more especially, the common
sow-bug euts into the tubers very seriously and receives
considerable assistance from imillipede Both these
pests are quite a nnisance to the California nurseryman
and gardener. The much-photographed “Acres of Callas
in Bloom,” so familiar to visitors and much used to
illustrate articles on California, fancy stationery, ete.,
was grown by Capt. M. E. Walker, of Los Angeles, to
whom the writer is indebted for many of the leading
facts in this article regarding the
eulture of the Calla for the gene-
ral market.
ERNEST BRAUNTON,.
RICINUS (Latin name, from
the resemblance of the seeds to
certain insects). Muphorbidcea,
Herbaceous or becoming trec-
like in the tropies, glabrous: vs.
large, alternate, peltate, palmate-
ly 7- to many-lobed, the lobes
serrate, mMoneecious: fls. without
petals or disk, in terminal and up-
parently lateral racemes, large
for the order: the upper shor
pedicelled or sessile and stami-
nate; ¢a 8-5-paurted, valvate;
stamens many, erect in the bud.
2131.
Fruit of Castor Bean,
showing the seeds
inside.
Natural size.
RICINUS
filaments much branched, each with very many anthers;
rudiment of pistil none: the lower tls. longer pedicelled,
pistillate; sepals very deciduous; styles 2, plamose: eap-
sale 3-loeuled, 2-seeded, explosively separating into 2-
valved cocere when vipe: seeds ovoid, with a large ca-
2132. Ricinus communis.
runcle, erustac
ledons broad.
A great many forms are known, many of which have
been distinguished as species by some, but most botan-
ists follow Miiller (DeCandolle’s Prodromus, vol. 15,
part 2:1061, 1866), in referring them all to varieties of
the one species, #. communis, Linn., in which the fol-
lowing, listed as species in the American trade, may
doubtless be placed: R. Afriednus, Borbonidusis, Cam-
bodgénsis, cerileus, Gibsoni, giganthus, muacrocdrpus,
macrophillus, Obermanini, Philippinen SUNGUENCUS,
spectabilis, tricolor, Zanzibaréusis, See Vilnorin, Blu-
mengiirtnerei, p. 903 (1896).
communis, Linn. Castor BEAN. Castor OIL PLANT.
PALMA CHRISTI. Fi 2431-3. Half-bardy annual, 3-15
ft. high in the central United States, 30-40
ft. in the tropics. The large handsome leaves
(6 in.-2%¢ ft.) and stems bright green to dark
red: capsules prickly or smooth. July to
frost. Probably originally from Africa or In-
dia, now scattered widely and naturalized in
all tropieal lands, B.M. 2209.—Cultivated in
most tropical and temperate countries from
the earliest times, for the oil of the seeds
(castor oil, Olewm Licin’) used in medicine
and in the arts, and iu some pliuces as a food-
dressing oil. The seeds contain a po
principle. Also much used as a dee
plant singly or in bed centers, giving a rich
tropical Of rapid growth in any rich
soil. The seeds may he planted in May where
they are to grow. or sown singly in pots in
early spring and afterwards transplanted.
The species varies greatly in size and in the
form and size of the capsule, the form, size
and color of the seeds and color and glau-
cosity of the stem and leaves. The follow-
ing are some of the principal varieties: Var.
Cambodgénsis, Hort. Lys. dark colored;
us testa and fleshy, oily albumen; coty-
1537
stems nearly black. Var. Gibsoni, Hort. Dwarf, 5 ft.,
Ivs. bronzy purplish. Var. lividus, Jacq. (LP. sauyuin-
eus, tlort, Re Obermanni, Hort.) Slender; sten and
fruit blood-red, 8 ft. RH. 7:1s2,183. Var. Borboniénsis,
Hort. Fifteen fect, Ivs. large, shining, green or reddish,
Var. Zanzibarénsis, Hort. A recent introduction of large
Size With enormous various colored Tvs. and very large
flat seeds. ALG: 163383. LH. 412100.
J. B.S. Norton.
RIGIDELLA (Latin, somerhut sigid: veferring to the
pedicels, which after the petals fall become ereet and
stilt). Sviddeee, A venus of 3 species of Mexienn half-
hardy bulbous plants allied to the well-known Tigridias
and distinguished by the inner perianth - segments;
these ave inconspicuous in Rigidella, being very small,
ovate and creet, while in Tigridia they are larger, tiddle-
shaped and spreading. Lys. broad, plicate, with ehan-
neled petiole; fs, fugitive, bright red, pedicelled; peri-
anth-tube none; segments very unequal, outer oblong,
connivent in aecnp in the lower third, then spreading or
reHexed; inner very stiall, erect, ovate, with a narrow
claw. Baker's Iridew, Baker, p. 70.
immaculata, Herb. Stem 2-3 ft. long, forked: lower
Ivs. 1!.-2 in. long including petiole: fs. bright erim-
son, not marked with black, B.R. 27:68. FS. 5:502;
21:2215 (fs. briek-red). F. W. Barcuay.
RIVINA (A. QQ. Rivinus, professor of botany, ete.,
at Liepzig, 1691-1725). Phytolacedecw., A genus of 2 or
3 species of shrubs with herbaceous branches bearing
usually axillary racemes of small fHowers, followed by
red berries the size of peas. Lvs. ovate, ovate-lanceo-
lute or cordate-ovate: perinuth-sevments 4, small, equals
stamens style short; stigma capitate. The species
are natives of tropical America, The following makes
w good pot-plant tor a warm greenhouse, wud it is also
useful for growing as a sununer annual in the open.
himilis, Linn. Rover Piant. Fig. 2134. Stem with
spreading branches, 14-2 ft. high: Iws. 1-3 in. long:
racemes slender, pendulous, many-fld., as long as the
Ivs.: fls, white, 1-132 lines long: calyx pale rose:
1-l's lines long; S. Florida. B.M. 178l. V. 5
Salty 2h. Gin, 2% 9p. 68 (as Pes deters ye
F. W. Barciay.
Sorbus Aucuparia,
ROBINIA
ROAN or ROWAN.
ROBINIA (in honor of the two early French botanists
Robin). Leguminosae. Trees or shrubs, with odd-pin-
nate Jeaves and often spines for stipules: Ifts. stipel-
late: fs. in drooping axillary racemes: fr. a 2-valved
pod ov leguine, with several bean-like seeds. venus
of plants of much merit for ornamental planting, and
in one case for its enduring timber,
All are of rapid
growth when young, reuching effective stages in ashort
time. The facility with which they increase, both by
seed and by suckers, is sometimes a disadvantage, Va-
rieties are propagated by cuttings or by grafting.
2133. Clump of Ricinus communis.
ROBINiA
Pseudacacia was early recognized and it
but the attaeks of the borer
planting of a
beauty of 2.
wis extensively planted,
have caused great loss and cheeked the
beautiful tree.
2134. Rivina humilis (+s). (See page 15:
Pause AcAciA. BLAck
is the largest of the
ft. Lifts. short-stalked,
Pseudacacia, Linn. Locust.
Locust. Fig. 2135. This spe
genus, growing to a height of
9-19, 1-2 in. long, oval or ovate, smooth, often emaryi-
nate or mucronate: bark on young wood brown and
glandular; stipules glandular, enlarging with age and
becoming strong thorns on the 2-year-old wood: fis.
white and fragrant, in drooping racemes: fr. a broad,
brown, many-seeded pod or legume. May, June. Hast-
ern N. A.—Wood very lasting, and adapted to many uses,
Many varieties of this species are in eultivation, the
following being sold in this country: aurea, Hort., has
pale yellow Ivs.; bella-rosea, Hort., rose-colored fl
and is probably a hybrid of L. LP. Soiidweceter and BR,
cosa; yar, inérmis, DC., is a thornless variety, with
large dark foliage; ‘pullata, Hort., is much like Bessoni-
ana (below), but more compact; Decaisneana, Carr.,is a
form with handsome rose-tinted fls. RIT. ble i
19:2027. I.H. 12:427. Gn. 34, p. 174; seetatelia Du
Mont Cour., is a strong-growing thornless var.; mono-
phylla, Pelz. & Kircehn., is the Single-leat Locust, and of
this there is a slightly pendulous sub-var ; péndula,
Loud., is a form with broawd, spreading, somewhat
drooping branches ; semperflorens, Hort., is said to
flower throughout the summer; vars. globula, stricta
and mimosefolia are horticultural forms, which are suf-
ficiently deseribed by their names; pyramidalis, Pelz.
& Wirehn., is a distinct narrow-growing form; umbra-
culifera, DC. UnMpretta Loctvsr. Thornless, the gla-
Drons branches deusely crowded : Ifts. ovate. Vars.
rubra, Strieta and Bessoniana are fovns of this. Very
distinct.
hispida, Linn.
8 ft. hig]
or hairy: Ifts. 0-
2156. A shrub 2-
cept the fls. bristly
racemes loose: fls. on long pedi-
cels, rose color, May, June. Va. to Ga., in mountains,
B.M. 311. Gn. 34, yp. 175.—Like the next speeies, it
spreads fromthe root and should be planted where it will
not interfere with other plants. Seldom matures seed.
viscosa, Vent. CLrammy Locust, A small tree, rarely
growing to the height of 80-40 ft.: shoots, petioles
and seed - pods covered with viseid- glandular hairs:
lfts. 11-25: fls. ina short and usually rather ereet ra-
eeme, rose color. June. Va.to Ga., in mountains. S.S.
3:115. B.M. 560.—The var. bella-rosea, Nich.,is 1’. Pseud-
acacia, var, bella-rosea,
Neo- Mexicana, (4
Rose Acacta, Fig.
1, all parts of the plant e
A shrub 5 or 6 ft. high, with
stout stipular prick pedunele, raeeme and ealyx
glandular-hairy: fls. in drooping axillary racemes, rose
color, Southwestern N. Amer. S.S. 3:11. Gt. 411885.
R. Keélseyi isa new species discovered and introduced in
1901, by Harlan P. Kelsey, Tho bark much resembles R. Pseud-
acacia and the plant is sparingly pubescent, It is a compact
shrub of distinct habit.” Joun F. Cowernt
ROCHEA
ROBIN’S PLANTAIN, Lriyeron bellidifolius.
ROCAMBOLE (Allium Scorodoprasum,
humble member of the onion tribe, the
bulbs of which are used abroad like garlic, Known in
America amongst the Canadian French. The plant is a
hardy perennial, witha stem that is twisted spirally above
and bears at the top an umbel of flowers, some or all of
which are changed to bulblets. The presence of these
bulblets distinguishes the plant from garlic. The spe-
cies can be propagated by the balblets, but quicker re-
sults are secured from the cloves of the underground
bulbs. In mild climates, the bulbs should be planted in
autuinn or not later than February ; in cold climates,
plant in spring. In the autumn when the leaves decay,
the bulbs are lifted, dried in the sun, and stored.
Rocambole is a native of Europe, the Caucasus region
and Syria. It has flat or keeled leaves, short spathe,
bell-shaped, 6-parted perianth, and the J inner stamens
broader than the rest, 3-cleft, and not longer than the
perianth. If is a perennial plant. Good seeds are
rarely produced,
ROCCARDIA.
Linn.), is a
underground
Consult Telipterum.
ROCHEA (de Iu Roche, French botanist). Crassu-
lacew., A genus of + species of succulent plants from
S. Africa, with opposite, oblong-ovate or lanceolate lys.
and Hs. in terminal, few-to many-fld. heads. For generic
characters, see Crassula, The best species is 2B. coc-
cinea. The following points concerning its culture are
condensed from Gn, 46, p. 860: This species enjoys an
abundance of light and sun-heat, and needs to have its
wood thoroughly ripened in the autumn to insure a dis-
play of bloom. If small plants can be procured they
should be nipped about February 1. If a few leaves are
removed, after the top is pinched out, shoots will start
more evenly, After pinching, the plants are put into
considerably larger pots, a peaty soil being generally
used and good drainage given. They should be given a
night temperature of 50°, day temperature of 75-80°
in sunshine, with plenty of atmospheric moisture until
the new growths are freely produced, when they should
2135. Robinia Pseudacacia (X 4).
be inured to more air. A shading of the glass may be
necessary in summer, or the plants may be placed in a
sheltered position outside. About August, when the
plants have made as much growth as ean be ripened
that season, they may be placed in a warm, dry, sunpy
ROCHEA
place to induce perfe ie and early maturity. During
winter the plants may be kept ina sunny frame or cool,
light greevhouse, with only sufficient water to prevent
shriveling.
A. Clusters usually 2-flomered,
jasminea, DC. (Cri Stem
ula jasmined, Ker-Gawl).
herbaceous, 4-12 in. high, decumbent, branched, flower-
fleshy,
ing part erect: lvs. oblong-oyal, 15-"4 in. lone,
2136.
Rose Acacia—
Robinia hispida.
UX be)
1-2 lines wide: fls. white, tinted with crimson, sile,
not fragrant, 144 in. long. B.M. 2178.—Hybrids with R.
coecined are tigured in A.F. 33.
Clusters many-flowered,.
Haw. Crd.
coccinea, D (Halosdnthes coceined,
coectneda, Linn. ) Plant robust, shrubby, 1-2 ft. high:
Ivs. very closely imbricated, 1-1l!s in. x 24-1 in.: fis.
bright searlet, ]?.-2 in. long, fragrant, borne in sum-
mer. Cape. Gn. 46, p. 360. B.M. 495.
R. faleata, DC. e Crassula faleata. pf WW. Barciay.
ROCK-BRAKE. See
Cryptogramma,
ROCK-CRESS. Avuhis
ROCK GARDENS. Figs. 2137-40. Nature in time will
make a garden even on the unbroken surtace of a rock,
by clothing it with lichens, alge and mosses of many
exquisite TOrnS having much variety and often striking
brilliar i Soil-tilled cracks and
pockets then ferns and flowering plants will find a place.
At low elevations, however, these flowering rock-plants
are comparatively few, for soil accumulates rapidly and
strong-growing herbs, shrubs and trees, aided by favor-
able climatic conditions, svon cover the rock surface or
furnish so dense a shade that only mosses, lichens and
ferns will thriv
The ideal rock or alpine gardens are within that region
on mountain summits between the limits of tree growth
and the edge of perpetual snow, and in the correspond-
ing regions toward the poles, where the plants are pro-
tected from the rigors of a long winter by blankets of
snow and are quickened into a short period of rapid
growth by a comparatively low summer temperature.
Here, where there are deep, cool, moist rock crevices
and pockets filled with fragments of broken stone and
porous decayed vegetable mutter, are the favorable con-
ditions wherein the real alpine plants can multiply their
neat and dainty cushions, tufts and rosettes of dense
and matted foliage and their abundance of exquisitely
formed and brilliantly colored flowers. A snecessfully
grown collection of these plants in contrast with ordi-
nary garden flowers would be like a collection of cut
gems as compared with one of rough minerals and
rocks, for they have an exquisiteness of finish and
depth of coloring that gives them as unique a place in
the vegetable kingdom as they have in the plan of na-
ture. Surely there are men and women who, if they
knew these plants well, would be fired with an ambition
to excel in their cultivation; and in so doing they may
enter a comparatively untrodden path if they will limit
their work chiefly to the alpines of this continent. They
ROCK GARDENS 155
are represented in the New England mountain region
by such species as brews id Gra nlandica, Loiseleuria
procimbens, Silene acaulis, Diapensia Lapponica,
elrelostaphylos alpine, Vaccinia caspilosim, Sari-
Veronwleou Gein
Sibbaldia
radiatum,
procumbens, Lhododendron
Lupponicum, Bryanthus tarifolia, Primula
Surifraga oppositifalia, hi and aizoides, Aster
polyphyllis and Woodsia ghibella: and in the Roeky
Mountains and Pacitie Coast Ranges by Lrigeron wni-
florus, lanatus and alelinella Brandeqe’ aud
grandiflora, Artemisia borealis, and «al-
pind, Senecio Soldanetla, Bremontii, pe
freus, uniflorus and wernerifolins, Crepis
Cumpanela unitlora, Primula Parryt
and suffruticosa, - aud
seplentriondlis, Gentiana prostratda, frigidu,
Vewberryi, Parvyi and simpler, Philos bry-
vides and cuspitosa, Polemoninim coufertum,
Bryanthus Breweri,
Pourryt and nudicaulis,
eLrabis Lyallii and platysperma, Smetoishia
caleyeina, Lychuis montana and Kingii, Ca-
landrinia Claytonia meqaurrhiza,
Spraquea unbellata, Dryas octopelala, Geum
Rossii, Surifraga chrysantha and bryophora,
ysopteris alpina, Aplopappus pygmanus, Lyallii and
acaulis, Omphalod sna, var aretioides, Chionophila
Jaumesii, ete. ot all of these names are accounted for
in this work. Panay be found in the Current Man-
uals of North pea rican Plants.)
The uncultivated American pluits inthis class are quite
as numerous and attractive as are the European species
that have been long cultivated there. Here alpines have
fraga vivularis,
var. Pechii,
alpina,
farinosa,
Doon
HPS CILIES,
scopiuloricnt
Wil,
eludrosace Chama jasu
Cbs
Draba streptocarpa,
stope Mertensiana,
PUY,
been but little cultivated. A very few easily grown
European kinds, like Awbrictia deloidea, Achillea to-
mentosa, Cumpaniula Carpatica and Arabis albida,
are offered by American nurserymen and cultivated in
the open border, On a few private places small rock
gardens have been established, or advantage has been
taken of favorable local conditions to cultivate some
additional speci and in one or more botanic gardens
considerable collections have been at times maintained,
chiefly in frame rally what have d for rock
gardens have —mere piles of cobbles
raised from the surface of turf or piled against dry
banks in such a manner as rapidly to disperse instead
of slowly conserve all soil moisture. Even the most
2137. A rockery bordering a lawn.
self-assertive weed fails to thrive in such a garden. A
little better than this was the rock garden at the
World’s Fair, in whieh was the alpine plant exhibit
of the Royal Botanic Garden of Berlin, comprising 103
species, of which only 23 were alive in August.
In ¢ ], we have a smaller rainfall, less humidity
and a larger proportion of sunny days than in England,
to which we must look for the best instruction in the
cultivation of alpine plants. This must be regarded in
1540 ROCK GARDENS
the arrangement of our rock gardens. Every precau-
tion should be taken to secure the full advantage of
rainfall and any natural water supply, and there should
also be a liberal and constant artificial water supply. It
must be kept in mind, too, that at low elevations the
long, hot summers do not allow the period of rest that
such plants require. This condition must be met hy de-
vices, methods and locations that will retard the growth
in spring, cheek it at an early period in autumn, and
keep the plants fully dormant in winter, such as
shade, mulching, and, in the case of particularly diffi-
eult plants, the protection of frames. It is essential
that conditions be provided that will enable the roots to
extend for a long distance, often many feet, in narrow
crevices and pockets between rocks to depths whe1
there is a uniform temperature and uniform moisture
supplied by moving water, for frequent freezing and
2138. A pocket in the rocks.
thawing and stagnant water ave fatal. These cavi-
ties should be filled with such loose material as frag-
ments of rock mixed with decayed vegetable matter,
Without manure, and arranged to provide for the free
like roots, for perfect drainage and the
To provide these unusual couditions
ite place in a large way would be so
difficult and so expensive that if is not to be reeom-
mended. A small collection comprising a few easily cul-
tivated alpines and the similar rock plants referred to in
a later puragraph may, however, be successfully grown
on reconstructed stone walls, on ledges, in small rock
passage of hai
free access of air.
on the average pri
gardens and in the open borders of almost any country or’
city place. Persons who desire to cultivate a large col-
lection of true alpines should seek a situation where
favorable natural or existing conditions ean be taken
advantage of. Such locations are likely to be found at
the seashore and in rocky and hilly regions—such re-
gions, for example, as are selected by muny people for
summer homes. A ledge, a natural mass of boulders
or an abandoned quarry will often provide them.
Pockets and crevices of ledges can be cleared of unsuit-
able material, and if they are not decp enough to hold
moisture and have an equable temperature their depth
may be increased by the judicious use of wedges, bars
and explosiv Boulders can be arranged in such a
manner as to secure suitable deep pockets and crevices
of soil, springs can be diverted to supply a constant
flow of water, underground pipes can be carried from
an artificial source of supply to various points where
conditions require them. However favorable the condi-
tions are, it will be found that much can be done to
advantage in different localities to meet the special re-
quirements of different groups of plants. In sueh work,
however, it should he kept constantly in mind that there
are plants that will grow in all sorts of surronndines,
and that it will often he much better to seek such as are
ROCK GARDENS
adapted to ey ing conditions than to go to the ex-
pense of radically modifying such arrangements.
If an artificial rockery is to be constructed, it should
be borne in mind that it is not for the purpose of dis-
playing a collection of curious rocks fantastically ar-
ranged, but to provide a place for growing a class of
plants that cannot be as well grown elsewhere. It would
be better never to think of securing mountain, valley
and rock effects in the disposition of the material to be
used, but only to think of providing many varied con-
ditions and situations as regards exposure to sun and
shade, depth of pockets and crevices, the character and
depth of soils, subterranean and sur > water supply,
and whether it be permanent or fluctuating. In select-
ing and arranging the rocks freshly broken raw faces
should not be exposed, but rather such faces as are
already covered with a growth of lichens for sunny
places and with mosses for shady spots.
To take full advantage of surface water,
pockets and crevices should have a decid-
ly downward direction from the exposed
surface and not be sheltered by over-
hanging rock. That this does not apply
in all eases, those who are familiar with
the habitats of rock-plants know full
well, The natural habitat of Pellwa gra-
cilis in the upper Mississippi bluffs is in
horizontal crevices well buck from the
edge of the overhanging rock, where it is
absolutely protected from all surface
water. It finds sufficient moisture in the
horizontal seams. Pellwa atropurpurea
will grow in narrow cracks and small
pockets on the face of dry limestone
boulders where there can be no possible
internal supply of moisture. These in-
stances go to show that the general prin-
ciples that will apply to such plants as a
class will not apply to all species, and it
simply gives emphasis to the importance
of trying a plant under all sorts of condi-
tions before assuming that it can not be
grown. The writer remembers well an at-
tempt to grow that most exquisite alpine
flower, Gentiana verna, in the open border
on a little pile of rocks to give it suitable
drainage. It was transplanted a number of times to
places where its environment appeared to be about the
same, and finally a situation was secured, where, instead
of barely holding its own, it increased and produced a
number of its great deep blue flower-cups.
The importance of protection from drying and cold
winds and of securing shade in many situations must
not be overlooked. Sometimes advantage may be taken
of aun existing deciduous or evergreen tree or shrub
growth, or rapid-growing varieties can be planted to
make a screen. While shelters of this character are of
value about the outer limits of a rock garden, they can
hardly be used for separating its smaller compartments.
For this purpose slow-growing, dense-foliaged ever-
grecns with a restricted root range are best. This
would include the Yuceas, a few of the dwarf forms of
Thuya, Juniperus, Picea. Retinispora and practically all
the broad-leaved evergreens. The latter, especially the
Rhododendrons (of which Rhododendron maximum can
be secured in large plants at low cost), are particularly
useful owing to their habit of growth, restricted root
area, and the facility with which they can be moved
from place to place as desired, As these shelter-belts
and groups form the background and setting of the rock
garden and are the dominating landscape feature in
views from a distance, their composition and disposition
is a matter of much importance. The disposition must
he governed, however, by the neral arrangement of
the grounds, but in this arrangement an agreeably
varied sky-line and composition of plant forms and of
shades of green should be sought for. In the composi-
tion of the background, and in the planting of the rock
garden us well, a decided character should be given to
the whole and to each distinet compartment by using
some few effective plants in quantity rather than a great
number of varieties in small quantities. Variegated
and distorted garden freaks should be excluded, for
ROCK GARDENS
they would only distract the attention from the rock
garden, the primary object. Even more inappropriate
are stationary fountains and vases.
Por ore specific instructions as to the coustruetion
of rock gardens and the care and propagation of rock-
plants (for European conditions) see Robinson's “Alpine
Flowers.” London, 1875, and Sutherland's “Hardy Her-
baeceous and Alpine Flowers,” [edinburgh and London,
1871. :
Up to this point reference has been made forthe most
part to distinetly alpine plants; that is, plants that are
confined exclusively to the region on mountains above
the tree and shrub line, They are the ones that will
test the skill of the cultivator. There are, however,
many roci-pkints; that is, plants that grow naturally on
rocks, or plants having a tufted, matted and more or
less persistent and evergreen foliage similar to alpines
that can be used with theth in less favorable positions
in the rock garden or in the open border. Muny of such
plants ean be readily procured from American nursery-
men and eollectors. They ave easy of cultivation and
attractive in habit and Hower. The writer would include
also low-growing bulbous plants, especially such as have
inconspicuous foliage. They can be plinted with the
low ground-covering plants to push up through them.
From this list are omitted such plants as belong more
properly in the wild garden, especially such as spread
rapidly by underground shoots and are likely to become
a pest. (In a rockery conditions are such that it is
ahnost impossible to extirpate deep-rooting, weedy
plants, and they above all others should be rigidly ex-
cluded.) Among desirable rock-plants the writer would
include Geranium sanguinewm, Andrewesti and Robert-
tani, Gypsophila muralis, Helianthemum vulgare,
Helleborus niger, Leontopodium alpinum, Linaria
Cymbularia, Lotus cornieulatus, Lychnis Visearia, Pa-
paver alpinum and nudieanle, Ceratostiguia Larpente,
Saponaria ocymoides, Verontiea Teucriann and rupestris,
Arabis alpina, Campanula fragilis, Daphue Cnueorum,
species of Alyssum, Bellis, Cerastium, Arcnaria, Draba,
Epimedium, Iberis, ‘Thymus, Arabis, Armeria, Ajuga,
Dianthus, Sedum, Sagina, Primula, Aquilegia, Saxi-
fraga, Corydalis, Myosotis, Sempervivum, Parnassia,
Viola, Hepatica, Opuntia, Houstonia, Anemone patens,
var. Nuttalliana, Awart and ereeping Campanulas,
Cornus Canadensis, Dieentra erimia, Calluna vul-
qgaris, Tris evistata, verna and pumila, Lelophyllian
burifolium, Phlor subulata, reptans, Sari-
fraga Virginiensis, Silene Pensyleanica and Virginiea,
Anemone thalietroides, Waldsteinia fragarioides, Galar
aphylla, Asperulu odorata, low-growing ferns, mosses,
ete. WakreN H. MANnnine.
A rock garden or rockery is, or should be, an imita-
tion (though of necessity in a limited and smaller
way) of a natural rocky slope such as is often seen on
mountain sides, but made more interesting and at-
“INP,
2139. An isolated rockery under a tree, Southern California.
tractive by the planting of a large variety of alpine
and other plants. The meaningless mounds of stones
too often seen in gardens, planted with summer-bed-
ding plants or vines, do not represent the true concep-
tion of a rockery. A rockery must of necessity often
ROCK GARDENS 141
be artificial in the sense of made by man, because
few gardens contain a natural bank or slope upon whieh
one might be constructed. Im any case, it should be
characterized by simplicity and nataraluess. In faet, in
no partoft a garden has the gardeuer more opportunity
to vive expression to bis natural taste than in the eon-
struction and planting of a rockery,
If a garden does
2140. A picturesque rockwork, for the wilder parts
of the grounds (European).
contain a natural bank or slope, the position or aspect
may not be an ideal one. A southern slope, unless
within the shade of tall trees, is not as good an aspect
as a northern one, owing to the soil becoming too hot
and dry, just the opposite conditions for true alpine
plants. Some of the best rockeries are what are known
as underground rockeries; for instance, the one in the
Royal Botanic Gardeus, Kew, London, England, is au
underground rockery. Before this rockery was con-
structed the ground was perfectly level. A cutting was
begun at one entrance, at first shallow, but gradually
deepening till adepth of some 6 or 7 feet was reached,
and an average width of about 10 feet at the bottom.
All the soil taken out was placed on the top of the
slopes, thus still further increasing the height. The
eutting was made in a winding manner, not formal or
zigzag, but in such a manner that when completed, not
only would a variety of aspects be secured to suit the
requirements of different plants, but each turn should
seem to possess a peculiar charm of its own. The
whole cutting is perhaps some 200 yards in length.
The rocks are placed in the banks in as natural a ian-
ner as it would seem possible to place them; now they
stand out boldly, almost perpendicular with the edge of
the path, then again they recede into hollow recesses,
There are not too many rocks, nor yet too few. In one
place a cascade falls over the rocks into # small pool
which not only provides a habitat for aquatic and bog
plants, but also adds greatly to the beauty of the
rockery, For the convenience of the public a broad
gravel path runs through the whole rockery. Rhodo-
dendrons and other shrubs are planted on top of the
banks in groups, and not in straight lines, while behind
these for protection and shade are planted pines and
other conifers, as well as some deciduous trees. The
rocks are placed in most cases so as to form “pockets”
of good size into which the plants could be planted, and
the soil made in the pocket to suit the requirements of
the different plants. With such a variety of aspeets and
conditions this roekery is able to accommodate one of
the largest collections of alpine and rock plauts in
the world. As this roekery was for a time the special
eharge of the writer while a student at ew, well does
he renember the deep carpets of mossy Saxifrage, Au-
brietia, Arabis, Cerastinin, Sedum, ete. which hung over
projecting ledges of rocks, while in fissures and holes
in the rocks were growing those dainty rosette-making
saxifrages, S. longifolia, NS. Cotyledon, S. crustacea and
So ecaesta,as well as the charming androsaces. In the
deeper recesses of the rockery were to be found the
1542 ROCK GARDENS
lurge-leaved saxifrages, such as S. crassifolia, S. ligne
lata, S. Stracheyi and S. purpurascens, Quite at home
audin suitable positions were alpine primulas, auriculas,
and cyclamens. There were Leeland poppies, Himalayan
poppies (Meconopsis Wallichi and Vepaleusis), gentians
from the tiny blue Geufiqna verna to the tall G. sep-
temfida, mic imany kinds of Fuukia, Fritillaria, Erica,
Epimedium, Cypripedium, Orelis, Lilium, Erythronimn,
Allium, Alyssum, Ajuga, Achillea, Armeria, Sagina,
Semperviywno and creeping Veronica, besides other
plunts too numerous to mention, Particularly promi-
nent positions, us on top of the rocks, or at a turning
point in the path, were occupied by some stately
plant, such as Ahem palmation, alcanthus mollis, or
Guinera manicata, or scabra, while foxgloves, ve
baseums and such like plants would fill up the recesses
in the shrubs on the top of the rockery, One end of the
rockery beneath the shade of overhanging tr was
devoted to hardy ferns, which grew with wonderful
luxuriance. With the variety of rare and interesting
plants, together with the artistic yet natural appearance
of the whole rockery, a more beautiful place it would be
diflicult to conce
With these pleasant remembrances in mind the
writer built a reckery in 1898, in the Botanic Gardens
of Smith College, Northampton, Mass., somewhat after
the pattern of the one at Kew, but at present on a very
much more limited seale. The position chosen (the
only one available) is near the outskirts of the garden
proper, on what was formerly a grassy southern slope.
A cutting was made through the slope in much the
same Taanner as the one at Kew, but to secure good
northern aspects the soil was all banked on the south-
ern side. The path, which is quite level, varies in width
from 3 to 6 feet, The height of the banks in which the
rocks are placed ranges from 2 fect at the entrances to
some 8 or 10 feet at the highest point. Forrocks we used
] water-worn boulders collected in the vicinity. One
shaded recess, with a northern aspect, is devoted to na-
tive ferns, which at the present time, 1901, number
some 40 species. The whole rockery outside is banked
with flowering shrubs, and on the southern bank out-
side are planted some trees, chiefly catalpas, for the
purpose of shading the southern aspect of the rock-
ery, as well as for ornament. Water is laid on so that
the plants might not suffer in dry weather, The writer
has not been successful with alpine primulas, mos
saxifrages, tufted gentians, and several other subjects
which delight in a cool, moist climate, perhaps from his
not haying provided the ideal conditions for such
plants, but more probably due to our extremes of cli-
Ve
mate, Still there is a large variety which does well
here, The writer bas found most of the low-growing
veronicas, sedums, sempervivums, arabises, alyssums,
achilleas, alsines, erysimuims, aquilegias, campanulas,
stellarias, pachysandras, the beautiful shrabby little
Daphne Creorum, and many others, do very well in the
More sunny or southern aspects of the rockery, while on
the northern aspects cerastiums, iberises, ajugas, Ice-
land poppies, rosette and large-leaved saxifrages, moss
pinks, epimediums, herniarias, arenarias, cardamines,
armerias, dianthuses, native orchises, cypripediums and
many other plants do well. On the top of the rockery,
to fill in recesses in the shrubbery, are planted fox-
gloves, verbascums and tall veronicas, while at conspie-
uous points are planted clumps of Bocconia cordata,
Telekia speciosa, Aruncus Sylvester, ov any herbaceous
plant which looks well as an isolated specimen. In
among the plants in irregular colonies are planted hardy
bulbs, such as crocuses, scillas, ornithogalnms, nar-
eissi, snowdrops, chionodoxas, and grape hyacinths;
these come up the first thing in the spring and blossom
before the other plants get well started into growth, and
are a decided acquisition to a rock i
Almost all alpine plants may be r«
by seed, cuttings or division of the plants, The writer
raises some from seed each year to fill up any vacancies
in the spring. His plan is to sow the seeds in 4-inch
pots early in February in w finely-prepared light soil,
and place the pots in a moderately warm greenhouse;
here they soon germinate, and as soon as large enough
to handle they are transplanted either into other pots
similarly prepared, or into small, shallow boxes. They
sadily propagated
RODRIGUEZIA
grow vigorously through the early spring months, and
by the first of May they may be planted out perma-
nently, Seeds may also be sown in some shaded frame
in spring and the plants transferred to the rockery in
the fall. All the plants in the rockery should have a
light covering of leaves or ight strawy manure to pro-
tect them from excessive freezing and thawing during
the winter, especially those planted on the southern
exposure, or they may be protected with a few hemlock
branches laid lightly over them. These should be re-
moved as soon as the weather will permit in’ early
spring. In planting anewly made rockery it is a niistake
to plant too thick. Each plaut should be allowed room
to develop so as to show its true character, and the
plant should then be limited in a measure to that space,
especially if a much mo ruupant grower than its
neighbors. As in other parts of the garden, weeds will
insinuate themselves wherever they can gain a foot-
hold. These must be removed as soon as they appear,
and the whole rockery should be gone over at least once
in ten days to keep ‘h plant from encroaching on its
neighbors, and to keep all in good order.
Epwarp J. CANNING.
ROCKET. See LMesperis.
ROCKET CANDYTUFT. Sce Jheris coronaria,
ROCKET, YELLOW. LBurbaren vulgaris.
ROCK ROSE. See Cistus; also Helianthemum.
ROCKY MOUNTAIN EEE PLANT.
folia.
RODGERSIA (Commodore Rodgers, U. 8. Navy).
Sasitragdecn, A genus of one species, a hardy herba-
ceous perennial for which the following names have
been proposed: Rodgers’ Bronze Leaf, Bronze Leat of
Japan and Stately Five-Leaf. It grows 3-4 ft. high, and
the leaves are finger-shaped, the 5 lobes being bold in
outlive, angled and serrate. In the spring the foliage
is ight green; in summer it assumes a metallic bronzy
hue. The plant is a vigorous grower, and under favor-
able circumstances las been known to make a clump 9
ft. in diameter, the largest lvs. being a yard across and
borne on stalks 3 ft. long. The fls. are borne in mid-
summer on stalks 4-5 ft. bigh. The general style of
inflorescence is that of the popular Astilbe, to which it
is closely allied. The fls. are very sinall, but make a
feathery spray of fluffy white bloom. The panicle isa
foot or more long and as wide at the base. Technically
the fls. have no peta what seem to be petals are the
white calyx-segments. As a flowering plant it has been
said by enthusiasts to be superior to Astilbe, but the
bloom is scantier, rather greenish at first, and perhaps
does not last as long. It may not be so amenable to
forcing. Rodgersia is a native of the subalpine regions
of Japan and is presumably hardy in our northern
states, It is offered by importers of Japanese plants.
The plant is highly esteemed by English connoisseurs,
but seems to be nearly unknown to American gardens.
Although any deep, rich garden soil will do, it is said
to prefer a moist peaty soil. It should be placed in a
sunny position, with plenty of room, where high winds
cannot damage the foli Easily propagated,
3otanically Rodgersia close to certain species of
Astilbe, having 10 stamens and no petals; it differs in
having connate carpels, scorpioid inflorescence and 5-
eut rather than thrice ternate foliage. Other generic
characters are: eulyx-lobes 5: ovary 2-3-loculed; styles 2
or 3; stigmas capitate: ovules man
podophylla, (ir
5-lobed; stem-lv
large panicle. J]
Gn. 36, p. 171;
Cleome integri-
Rhizome thick, sealy: radical lvs.
lobed: eymes seorpioid, forming a
M.6691. G.C. IT. 20:141. G.M. 33:477.
8, p. 125; 46, p. 4 W. M.
RODRIGUEZIA (Emanuel Rodriguez, Spanish bot-
anist and apothecary). Orchiddcew., A small genus of
South American orchids, a few of which are cultivated
for their graceful racemes of delieate flowers. The
flowers are nearly always fragrant. The plants vary
somewhat in habit. Some species form neat, compact
RODRIGUEZIA
tutts, while others, like BR. decora, have long, str
gling rhizomes ditleult to Keep within the limits of a
Dloek or a basket. Vseudobulbs small, compressed, 1-2-
Ivd. and bearing sheathing Ivs.at the base: racemes
ereet or pendulous: dorsal sepat and petals similar,
free, erect; lateral sepals united, coucave, but scarcely
saceate: labellum spurred or saceate, with a long elaw
parallel to the cola, and a spreading blade usually
excecding the sepal: column slender. Robert Brown's
genus Gomesa (sometimes written Gomega), found on
G, recurved, is now referred to Rodriguezia. G.
is MW. planifolia,
Grow Rodriguezias in very shallow pots filled with
tough peat, and vell drained. Rest then ina temper:
ture of 50°, viving little water. The growing tempera
ture should be from 65-74". Give plenty of imeisture
and shade from direct sanshine. The strouger-growing
kinds will need thicker potting material in baskets:
they do well wired on tree fern stocks. During season
of growth, syringiug is necessary.
FECUCE
A. Fis. large, white, spotted or rose,
cme COCOTNOHU NOG hurt mea ea Sezh 24ee Mow BIA haat 1. fragrans
2. decora
BB. Lace’ Pend nlouwus: 20 sass oe ates ade VEUUStal
+. candida
5, pubescens
). secunda
. erispa
8. planifolia
AA. Fis. small, deep vese ov spotted red,
ARS aE USE EET CON UUNOP ve Aen ate Goa cree alee nae Zaye
fragrans, Reichb. f. (Burlinglonia fragvaus, Lindl.).
Lys. tufted: racemes erect: fs, pure white, except the
middle of the labellum, which is stained with yellow,
very fragrant; lower sepals united, entire; dorsal se-
pal acute; labellum cueullate behind, with a 2-parted,
pubescent appendage on the disk. April, M Brazil.
(CU. TIL. £:757 (the plant is here figured with a pendu-
lous raceme).
décora, Reichh. f. ( Burlingtonia décora, Lem.). Plant
with a long, slender rhizome, with oval, l-lvd. pseudo-
bulbs: seape nearly erect, 9 in. high, bearing 5-10 blos-
soms ina loose raceme: sepals and petals ovate, acute,
connivent, white or pale rose spotted with red; labellum
twice as long as the petals, white; middle lohe rounded,
bifid, contracted into a broad claw which has several
fringed lamelle; column with faleate hairy ears. May,
June. Brazil. B.M. 4834. 5. 7:716.—Var. picta,
Hort. (Burlingtonia décora, var, pleta, Hook.). Pseu-
dobulbs orbieular, compressed: fls. short, acute; sepals
and petals spotted with deep purple-red. B.M. 5419.
venusta, Reichh. f. (Bravlingfonia ventsta, Lindl.).
Lys. linear-oblong, forming compaet masses: tls. in
drooping racemes, large, white or tinged with pink and
having a yellow stain on the lip; dorsal sepal acute,
the lateral pair entire; Jabellam transversely plicate
near the middle. Flowers at various seasons. Brazil.
LH. 5:188.—Very near &. candida.
candida, Batem. (Burlingltonia edudida, Lindl.). Lys.
oblong, firm: racemes pendulous, +6-fld.: fs. white,
with a light stain of yellow onthe labellum, 2 in. long;
dorsal sepal obovate, emarginate, the lower pair united
into a coneaye, bifid blade, saccate at base; petals obo-
vate, with the apex recurved; labellum with a broadly
cuneate, bifid middle lobe, longer than the sepals and
petals; base and lateral lobes parallel to the column,
throat with many lamella. April, May. Guiana. B.R.
23:1927. F.M. 1871:548.
pubéscens, Reichb. f.(Burlingtonia pubéscens, Lindl).
Lys. tufted, dark green, keeled: racemes many, pen-
dulous, from the tuft of Ivs.: fls. pure white; labellum
2-lobed, hastate; lateral lobes erect, furnished with
lamelle; column pubescent, in which it differs from the
other species.
secunda, HBK. Fig. 2141. Pseudobulbs bearing sev-
eral thick, linear-oblong lvys.: raceme erect, secund, 6
in. high: fls. deep rose; sepals erect, ovate, convex, the
lower pair keeled and gibbous; petals like the dorsal
sepal; labellum obovate-oblong, emarginate, undulate,
scarcely longer than the sepals. Ang. Trinidad, Gui-
ana. B.M. L.B.C. 7:676 (as BR. lan-
ceolata),
ROLLINIA 1543
crispa, Lindl. Pseudobulbs clongate-ovate: Ivs, ob-
long-lanceclate, spreading, undulite: raceme pendulous,
rather dense: fs. green, with yellowish borders; sepals
all free, undulate-crisp; petals similar; labellum luceo-
late, sigmoid. Brazil. BR. 26:54.
planifolia, Lindl. Pseudobulbs clastered, compressed :
Ivs. lanceolate: raceme long, drooping: fls. greenish
yellow, fragrant; sepals oblong, waved, acute, the
lower pair united except at the end; petals like the dor-
sal sepals; labellam) broadly oblong, acute, reflexed,
shorter than the lower sepals. Feb. Brazil. B.M.1745,
S504, LLB.C. 72060 (as Gomesa reenred).
Heinrich HASSELBRING and Wo. MATHEWS.
ROGIERA. See Rondeletia.
2141. Rodriguezia secunda ( }).
ROHDEA (Mich. Rohde, physician and botanist of
Bremen). Lilideew. A monotypic genus from Japan,
essentially a tender foliage plant with luxuriant radical
Ivs. 1-2 ft. long : » borne among the lvs. in
short, thick, dense spikes a few inches high; perianth
globular-bell-shaped; anthers sessile; stigma peltate;
style nearly wanting: fr. a globular, usually 1-seeded
berry. Rohdeas are excellent plants for dwelling-
house decoration, doing well in the cooler positions.
They are perfectly hardy at Washington, the foliage
being but slightly browned during the coldest weather.
Japonica, Roth. Root a long, nearly cylindric root-
stock with fleshy fibers: Ivs. typically green, 9-12 in a
rosette, erect, oblanceolate: berry about the size of a
small olive, with a red pulp. B.M. 898. Gn. 30, p. 541.
—The following varieties, which differ in shape and
color of the lvs., are offered by Dutch bulb growers:
Vars. aureo-striata, falcata, falcata var., latimaculata
macrophylla, marginata minor, pygmza, zebrina.
G. W. Ourver and F. W. Barcuar.
ROLLINIA (Charles Rollin, of Paris, 1661-1741, aided
Tournetfort). awondcea, About 20 trees and shrubs of
tropical America, differing from Anona in having the
petals united into a 3-G-lobed tube, the exterior lobes
wing-appendaged, the interior small or none: fr. some-
times of separate carpels: fls. 1-5 on peduncles that are
terminal or opposite the Ivs. The general remarks un-
der Anona will apply to these plants.
Siéberi, A. DC. (Andna musecdsa, Jacq.). Low tree,
the young growth nearly or quite smooth: Ivs. oblong,
taper-pointed, smooth: exterior petals oblong and blunt
(‘e-Lin. long), greenish, the interior smaller but promi-
nent, reddish: fr. about 4 in. in diameter, greenish,
somewhat globose, the surface bearing tubercles. Na-
tive in the islands of Guadeloupe and Martinique, and
in Guiana; probably in various West Indies islands. —
Introduced into southern Florida as a fruit plant, but it
is yet very little known within our limits. [, H. B,
1544
ROMNEYA (after the astronomer T. Romney Rob-
inson, friend of 'T. Coulter, who discovered it about
Pupaverdcew. The CaALiroRniA TREE Poppy
2142) is a somewhat shrubby plant with splen-
vetaled white fls. measuring 6 in. or more across.
Botanically, the genus is unique, having only one spe-
cies and being distinguished from the other members of
the poppy family by the fact that the numerous stigmas
are connate at the base into a little ring, and are diver-
gent at the apex. It is one of the few lon nown plants
that has acquired no synonyin. Generic characters:
sepals 3, with aw broad, membranous, dorsal wing; pet-
als 6, all alike; stamens very numerous, free; filaments
filiform but thickened above; stigmas free: capsule
7-1 -loculed, dehiscing to the middle, the valves separat-
ing by their margins from the firm persistent placentas.
CALIFORNIA TREE Poppy. MATILIJA
rlancous, 3-0 in, long, pinnately cut:
obovate: seeds black, a line or less
ROMNEYA
ges ins TBEle On. Loa 29, PP. 207, 211; 46, p. 405;
p. 208; 56, p. ‘I 5 DOE G.F. 10:353. F.M.
he ALPOS:397. ALG. 192314 (sup. Apr. 16, 1898).
—TEver since 1889 and 1890, whem if was one of the lead-
ing novelties, the California Tree Poppy has been a
much-talked-of plant, owing to its extraordinary beauty
and the diffieulties of cultivation, It has the largest
flowers of any member of the poppy family, except pos-
sibly Papaver orientale, Though net considered hardy
in the eastern states, it has been suecessfully grown in
the open in northern New Jersey.
Romneya grows wild in California from San Diego
to Santa Barbara county; also in Mexico. In the wild it
blooms chiefly during June and July, but in cultivation
from May to August. It is one of the characteristic
features of California floriculture. Ernest Braunton
writes from Los Angeles: “It should be grown here on
dry, rocky soil; it will positively not grow in a wet or
heavy soil. It needs no water here except the winter
rains. It is very hard to grow either from seed or divi-
sions.” W.M.
AUG.
&
& Ss
2142,
mc NY; Top sprig of Romneya
{ Coulteri (< %).
Romneya is difficult to transplant, due to the seare ity
of fibrous roots; in middle California we transplant
suckers (which are produced in great abundance) with-
out any loss, provided a good, firm ball of earth is kept
around the stont, thiek roots in transit, and if the stems
are cut well back, almost to the hase. At San Francisco
it grows luxuriantly in a heavy adobe soil, producing
immense flowers. The name Matilija P oppy (pronounced
Ma-tilli-ha) is the favorite in California. It comes from
the Matilija canyon, Ventura county, where the plant
grows in particular abundance. Miss Parsons writes:
“Many people have the mistaken idea that if grows only
in that region, It is not common by any means; but it
is found in seattered localities from Santa Barbara
southward into Mexico. It is very abundant near River-
side, and also upon the southern boundary and below
in Lower California, where the plants cover larwe avens.
It not only grows in fertile valle ‘ys, but seeks the secla-
RONDELETIA
sion of remote canyons, and nothing more magnificent
could be imagined than a steep canyon-side covered with
the great bushy plants, thickly covered with the enor-
mous white fis.” The blossoms remain open tor many
days. J. Burtt Davy.
transplanted safely if cut to
the ground before lifting and the trausphuting is done
during its dormant season and soon before growth
commences. The writer has transplanted it—and that
without cutting it all back—twice a year; in fall intoa
cold pit, and in April back from the pit to the bed in the
garden, and with perfect success. There is no difficulty
in growing it from seed; auy careful persou can do it,
Get fresh seed,—that is the only secret, and this is im-
perative in all papaveraceous plants. But under artifi-
cial conditions in localities where the Rommeya is not
hardy, it requires a few years between the germination
of the seeds and the blooming of the seedlings; hence
the people will not bother with raising it in this way
WILLIAM Faucon
ROMULEA (Romulus, fabled as one of the founders
of Rome). Sriddeew, A genus of about 33 species of
erocus-like bulbs from the Mediterranean r n of Eu-
rope, the Cape and tropical Africa, They are small and
slender plants with fls. an inch or so across, varying
from crimson and purple through rose and lilac to white
and also yellow. They are closely allied to Crocus, but
differ in being less hardy, and in having a long pedinele
and short flower-tube. Generic characters: lvs. linear,
radieal, with a few similar but smaller ones on the
scape: fls. solitary in a spathe, on a simple or branch-
ing peduncle; perianth-segments oblong, much exceed-
ing the short tube; spathe valves herbaceous. These
bulbs seem to be unknown to the American trade.
A. Fls. vosy or crimson.
(Tricnonema rosea, Ker.). Corm glo-
bose, 43-12 in. thick: Ivs. }o-1 ft. long, setaceous: pe-
duncle 1-6 in. long, 1-3-fld.: outer spathe 4 in. long:
perianth with a short funnel-shaped tube with a yellow
throat and a red-lilac limb, about 1 in. long, oe outer
segments with 3 faint purple stripes outside. S. Af
B.M. 1225 (as ZL. rosewm)., B.S. 8:799 (as R. Celsii).
Vur. specidsa, Baker (7. speciosum, ieee .), has a larger
perianth and outer segments, with 3-5 dark purple stripes
of which the outer are feathered. B.M. 1476.
A. Fls. yellow or while.
Clusiana, Baker (Triconéma Clusidna, Lange). Fis.
bright yellow, tipped with lilae. Spain. A white var.
has been int. by Barr, of England. pp, yw, Barcuay.
RONDELETIA (Rondelet, 1507-1566, phy
The Romneya can he
rosea, Eckl.
wd
ian and
naturalist of Montpellier, France). Mudbidcer About
60 species of tropical American shrubs and trees, with
small 5- or 4-lobed, salver-shaped fls. of red, yellow or
white, generally borne in showy terminal co Ay bs. The
whole family is noted as furnishing numerous desirable
stove plants, and Rondeletia is a highly esteemed genus.
The following species are shinbs growing 4 ft. or more
high. The flowers are generally fragrant, and the clus-
ters 4 in. or more across. In the favorile species (R.
odorata) the flowers number 10-30 in a cluster, each
flower being fully an inch across; in the other species
the flowers may number 150-200 to a cluster, each Hower
being less than ¥% in. across. Known also as Rogiera,
Gencrie characters: calyx-lobes short or long, equal:
corolla-tube usually slender, swelled or not, throat gla-
brous or bearded, mouth with or without a rir eg; limb
5-lohed (in some species 4-lobed); stamens inserted in
the throat,ineluded: ovary 2-loculed: capsule loculicidal.
PR. anomala is the only species described below that
does not have opposite Iws. 2. cordata is often said to
have a 4-lobed flower, 2 mistake that dates back halfa
century to a typographical error. W.M.
Rondeletia anomata is a Nhalf-shrnbhy pliant, stool-
ing out when given root-room, but when confined to
a pot it makes a compact mass of about two
fect high, which bloom in the winter time, in termi-
nal, flat- topped clusters of rosy purple flowers, Tt is not
profuseat any time. but eontinnes in bloom for two or
three months. An additional good feature is handsome
foliage, so that it is always presentable. Cuttings root
shoots,
RONDELETIA
easily at any time, and these may be
a season. Barring the
grown in pots for
tendency to sftooling, they do
well planted out. Sandy loam and leaf-soil is the best
compost, and a warm greenhouse, with sunshine, tur
nishes the best conditions. T. D. Harte.
A. Fls. red.
B. Les. opposite.
odorata, Jacq. (Rondeldtia
ovate, nearly sessile:
brick-red, with a
Lodd.). Lvs.
speciosa,
clusters 10-30-fld.: fis. crimson to
conspicuous
yellow throat; lobes
2143. Rondeletia cordata ( 14)
Mex. B.
. TBO; 19s18o
891:522 (throat not conspicuously
Cuba.
elliptic al to
roundish.
BSE as
22::1905. F
ot. RH. 1
BB. Leaves in 3's,
anomala, Hort. Figured in J.H. II]. 35:251 with 8 fis.
in a cluster, the fls. 24 in. across, with roundish lobes.
s said to be coral-red or deep scarlet and the
throat is presumably yellow. Habitat (?). Imperfectly
known.
AA. Fils.
B. Base of lus.
cordata, Benth. (2. cordata, Planch. &. thyrs
Hort., not Roth.). Fig. 2143. Lvs. ovate, acuminate,
cordate; generally said to have ae or flesh- ee fis.
with a yellow throat (as in F.S page 13), but in
R.H. 1878:230 they are shown as pure white. Guate-
mala. Franceschi says it is native to Mexico.
pink to white.
more or less cordate,
siflora,
BB. Base of luvs. not cordate.
c. Corolla-lobes ovute:
amena, Hemsl. (Rf. amvna,
broader than in 2. qratissima,
2-5 in. lor -pink,
throat. (Gui F.S. 5:442.
in supplementary list.
stipules broadly ovate.
Planch.). Lys. elliptic,
and shorter acuminate,
with a conspicuous vellow
See also R. versicolor
cc. Corola-lobes obeordate: stipules subulate.
gratissima, Hemsl. (RR. gratissima, Linden). Lvs.
oblong-elliptic, 1-2 in. long, short-petioled, mostly
with a bright rosy tube, the
to whitish; throat not con
Ameis, IEE. V2Reor,
stipules narrowly
rounded at the base: fls.
lobes fading from pale rose
spicnously yellow. Trop.
15:1570 (corolla-lobes often ohovate;
ovate). Gt. 490 (as R. elegantissina).
The following species wonld probably be desirable additions,
as tl ent other colors than the above: A. cLinericana,
Linn A ts We t Indies and Ss. Amer.—ft. Backhousis,
mde is als easily distin-
ROOT-GALLS 1545
lobes, which are pink. B.M. 6200.—R. Purdie’, Hook., a lena-
tiful pale yellow-tld. species frou: Colombia, has a great pyra-
midal cluster 5 i and 4 in, deep, with ¢
number of fls., 200 in BLM. Sti versicolor,
Hook., is referred to R. mimeenn by Index Kewensis but seems
distinet. The ts. are said to be ‘remarkable for their play of
colors; the tube is yellow; the limb in bud deep rose-color,
changing when they expand to pale rose and then to white,
with a yellow disk, and having a two-lobed green spot in the
center from the color of the stigmas, which protrude «a little
astonishing.
beyond the mouth.” BoM, 4570. WL:
ROOT CELLARS. See Slorage.
ROOT-GALLS. Abnormal enlargements often appear
on the roots of plants. These enlargements are much
more trequent than is generally supposed, but from
their position under ground are rarely observed. From
an economic standpoint have not received the
attention that they merit.
Although the term root-gall is usually applied to the
abnormal enlargement of roots due to inseets and other
animal organisms, it has a much wider application as
used by most plant-growers. The presence of nodules
or local enlargements on the roots of plants has been
discussed by different authors under the names root-
galls, root-knots, root-swellings, ete. In cases in which
the cause of the nodules of hypertrophied tissue is
known, special names have been assigned to the enlarge-
ments. Thus the gall formed by the eel-worm (/felero-
dera radicicola) is Known as the nematode root-gall
(Pig. 2144); the enlargement on the roots of cabbage and
related plants by the myxomyeete (Plasmodiophora
Brassice) is called club-reot; the swellings on the roots
of the peach, apricot and many other plants, which are
of characteristic appearance and usually appear at the
erown of the plant, are known us erown-gall. Root
tubereles are small gall-like bodies found on the roots
of many leguminous plants. They are symbionie in
nature, the organism causing them being helpful to the
plant. See Legumes.
Abnormal root enlargements are due to the following
they
eauses: (1) animal parasites, as in the nematode root-
gall (Fig. 2144), the galls formed on the roots of the
grape by the phlylloxera, and the galls frequently
observed on the roots of our indigenous ceanothi; (2)
vegetable parasites, as in the club-root and the crown-
gall (Fig. 2145); (3) mechanical injury, causing exces-
sive callous development, root-burls, ete.
In addition to the above, the causes of these enlarge-
ments are oftentimes obscure or unknown. The form
Qa
\
{
2144. Root-galls due to nematodes—Tomato roots.
of crown-gall on the apple. blackberry and a large
number of other plants is as yet unknown so far as
ean is concerned. It may be eaused by a similar
organism as that causing the crown-gall on the peach
1546 ROOT-GALLS
and apricot in the Southwest, but as yet it remains to
be investigated.
Swellings on the roots of the mulberry are said to be
due to the hypertrophy of the lenticels. Some inves-
ttors have attributed gall-like root-growths in some
instances to the hypertrophy of adventitious buds.
The root-galls caused by the nematode (//elerodera
radicicola) may usually be readily recognized trom
other forms of hypertrophied tissue by the numerous
knotty enlargements on the smaller roots infested by
the worms. By eareful search, in
most instances, the distended female
worms may be found in the infested
tissue, where they appear as small,
nearly spherical, penurl-like bodice
readily scen with the unaided eye.
This minute worn, commonly called
worm, fecds upon the roots of a
at variety of cultivated plants and
1 is particularly destructive in the
| South. It is only injurious in’ the
\ northern states to plants growing
( under The most. effective
remedy in the case of field crops is
the removal of all rubbish that would
harbor the worms during the winter,
In greenhouses steam can be foreed
through the infested soil. When
potted plants are badly affected they
may be severely root-pruned and re-
potted in soil free from worms. They
not troublesome in soil that has
been frozen since an infested
erop Was grown in it.
The root-swellings caused by
the grape-vine gall-louse (Phyl-
lorera vastatyvic) may be read-
ily recognized from other root-
galls by the presence of the
inscets. The young insects, by
puncturing the epidermis of the
roots and sucking the sap, cause
the galls to develop. The in-
sect is found on the diseased
roots in all stages of develop-
meut during the summer,
The most effective method
of holding the insect in check
appears to be in the use of re-
S
S
7
uss,
ure
sistant roots, i. e., the grafting
of the more tender varieties
on roots of those that are
stronger and better able to re-
sist the attack of the insect.
Bisulfide of carbon in some in-
stances has proved effective in
killing the lice.
The crown- gall appears to
be the most harmful of root
diseases affecting cultivated
plants in this country. These galls have been reported
upon the roots of the peach, apricot, almond, prune,
plum, apple, pear, walnut, grape, raspberry, blackberry,
cherry, poplar and chestnut, and without doubt further
investigation will tind it upon other plants as well.
«As yet it is not known whether the crown-gall as at
present known alw arises from the sume cause, as
the galls vary considerably on different plants and the
cause has been definitely ascertained only in a few
instances. The fleshy outgrowths so abundant in the
Southwest on the roots of the peach, apricot and allied
plants, known under the name of crown-gall, are caused
by a slime-fangus (Dendrophagus globosus), which is
parasitic in the infested roots.
Seedlings from one to six months old appear to be
most susceptible to this disease, hence it is particularly
destructive to nursery stoe When the galls appear on
young trees they almost always occur on the side of the
main root a few inches below the surface of the soil, or
in the region of the crown. With more mature trees
they are likely to occur at ereater depth on lateral roots.
At first the gall has a uniform outer appearance, but
later it becomes warty from unequal growth. The
2145. A Root-gall.
ROSA
tissue of the developing gall is soft and succulent, with
nodules of woody tissue scattered through it. The galls
vary much in size and may reach a diameter of ten
inches.
But little is known as to remedies for crown-gall. As
the disease is primarily a nursery disease, the most
effective remedy is in securing stock for planting from
a non-infested nursery. The disease can be held in
check to some extent in infested orchards by cutting off
the galls that appear on the tree boles at the surface of
the soil and applying to the wounds a paste made from
bInestone and lime, J. W. Toumey.
ROQUETTE or ROCKET-SALAD (Lrica sativa,
Mill.), a low-growing hardy annual from southern Eu-
rope, Whose leaves resemble those of radish and turnip,
is much used by the French us a spring and autumn
salad and pot-herb, The flavor of the young, tender
leaves, which ave the parts used, bears a strong resem-
blance to that of horse-radish. In America it is but
little grown,
The first sowing may be made in early spring, the
seed being dropped thinly in shallow drills a foot apart,
with successional plantings each second or third week
through the scason. The soil must be rich and well
supplied with moisture, else the leaves will probably be
tough and acrid. Inter-culture is the same as for spin-
ach, lettuce and similar crops. Frequent watering and
tillage in hot, dry weather to iasure rapid, vigorous
growth should result in succulent, mild-flavored leaves.
In summer the plants run rapidly to seed; in spring
and autumn they will produce abundantly after being
eut. The pale citron-yellow flow emit a perfume re-
sembling that of orange blossoms. M. G. Kats.
ROSA (ancient Latin name). Rosdeew. Rosz. Orna-
mental deciduous shrubs, upright or climbing or creep-
ing, usually with prickly stems, alternate, stipulate,
odd-pinnate, rarely simple leaves, showy purplish, car-
mine, pink or white flowers, and conspicuous, often or-
namental, usually scarlet fruits. There is probably no
flower more popular and better known than the Rose.
From time immemorial poets bave sung its praise, and
the love of it can be traced through the most ancient
documents in the literature of the Aryan race. It is re-
markable to note, however, that the Rose has played a
far inferior part in the horticulture of the Chinese and
Japanese. It is probably the first flower known and
cultivated in a double state, and it is the double-flowered
Garden form whose image the word “Rose” almost in-
variably brings to our mind, while to the wild single-
flowered Roses much less attention has been given. The
ornamental value of single Roses is rarely fully appre-
ciated. The Wild Roses have a simple charm and
graceful beauty of their own. No doubt the bold and
dominating beauty of the double Roses has eclipsed the
more modest attractions of the single Roses. The longer
blooming season of the Garden Roses is also a factor in
their favor. Though the Wild Roses cannot, perhaps,
be compared with their more noble sisters of the gar-
den, they are nevertheless fully able to rival other
ornamental shrubs for the adornment of park and plot.
According to the habit peculiar to each species, they
can be used for a variety of purposes. Most of the spe-
cies ure shrubby, rarely exceeding 6 or 8 ft., and may
be used for borders of shrubberies or for covering
slopes and rocky ridges, especially R. rugosa, R. hu-
milis and various American species. Some kinds, like
R. rugosa and Rk. lucida, make handsome ornamental
hedges. The climbing species are used for covering
walls, trelliswork, arbors, porches or pillars, but per-
haps display their beauty to the most advantage when
allowed to ramble over shrubs or rocks. The half-ever-
green FR. Wichwraiana makes a beautiful ground-cover
and may also be used for edging groups and flower
beds.
The fruits of most species are decorative and often
remain on the branches all winter. The red stems of
most of the species of the Caroline and Cinnamomes
groups are effective in winter also. The foliage of most
of the American species turns purple-orange or yellow
in autumn, and so does that of R. rugosa, which is in
Plate XXXIV. A Rose Garden. Madam Plantier. one of the standard white garden roses,
ROSA
regard to the foliage the handsomest of the hardy
Roses, with its dark green leathery and glossy leaves.
Most of the species are hardy or almost hardy north,
as 2. rugosa, setigera, Caroling, Virginiana, lucida,
humilis, cantina, rubiginosa, spliosissina, alpind, ar-
vensis wid multiflord., Some species, as LW. Wiehirai-
aud, sempervirens, sericea, microphylla, Chinensis and
Kylanteria, require protection north. Others, as AR.
Banksia, bracteata, levigata and gigantea, are hardy
only south, ;
With few exceptions the Roses are of easy cultivation
and grow in almost any kind of soil, except in a loose
and very sandy one. They are readily transplanted.
The Wild Roses need little pruning; they should only
be thinned out and the weak and old wood be removed:
long and vigorous shoots should not be shortened, es-
pecially in the climbing varieties, as these shoots are
the most floriterous.
All true species can be propagated by seeds. The
hips should be gathered as soon as ripe, the seeds
washed out and sown at once or stratified and sown in
spring. They germinate the first year, but if kept in
the hips during the winter and allowed to become dry,
they usually do not germinate until the second year.
Mice are very fond of the seeds. Almost all species
grow readily from cuttings of nearly ripened wood in
summer under glass. Many species, especially the
climbing Roses, can be propagated by hardwood cut-
tings taken in fall and planted in spring. Layering is
less often practiced, except with a few speci like R.
lutea and Le. hemispharica, which do not grow readily
from cutting Some species, especially those of the
groups of Cinnamomer, Caroline and Galliew, ean be
increased by root-cuttings; the roots are taken up in
fall, stored during the winter in sphagnum or sand ina
frost-proof room, and sown in spring in drills and
corered about 2 inches deep. The species of the last-
named groups and some others are also often inereased
by suckers and division. Budding and grafting is less
often done with the Wild Roses and should be avoided
for Roses in shrubberies where the individual plants
cannot be carefully watched; the stock usually throws
up suckers and outgrows the cion, often in a short time.
“1es,
Vek
2146. A 5-foliolate Rose leaf.
Rosa is a widespread genus, easily distinguished by
well-marked characters from allied genera, but in the
limits of the genus itself the characters are exceedingly
variable and it is very difficult to group into sections
ROSA 1547
and species the innumerable forms whieh often p:
rradually into each other. In no other genus, perhaps,
are the opinions of botanists so muely at variauee in
regard to the number of While some, as
Bentham and Hooker, estimate the number at about 30,
SS
species,
2147, A 9-foliolate Rose leaf.
the French botanist Gandoger actually describes from
Europe and western Asia alone 4,266 species. The
majority of botanists recognize over 100 species. The
Roses are almost equally distributed through the colder
and temperate regions of the northern hemisphere, in
America extending to North Mexico, in Africa to Albys-
sinia, and in Asia to India. They are all shrubs of
upright habit, or cHmbing or sarmentose, with usually
prickly stems: Ivs. stipulate, alternate, odd-pinnate
with 3 to many ltt s. 2146, 2147), rarely simple
the fils. are mostly large and showy, pink, purple, white
or yellow, and appear usually solitary or corymbose at
the end of short branchlets; petals and se 5 4
4; stamens nuimerons; pistils numerous, rarely few, in-
closed in an urn-shay e which becomes fleshy
and berry-like at maturity, containing several or many
hony akenes, usually ‘alled seeds; the fr.
itself is called a “)iy g 2149. The As, show
a remarkable tendeney to become double, and such
forms have been known and cultivated from time im-
memorial. These innumerable garden forms, increas-
ing every year, are alnost exclusively of hybrid origin
and are therefore omitted in the botanical classification
of the genus.
Many attempts have been made to subdivide the
genus with more or less satisfactory results; the more
important are those by A, DeCandolle, Lindley, Regel
and Baker. Nowadays the arrangement proposed by
Crépin is considered the most natural and satistactor
and has been followed in the account given below. No
good neral monograph has been published since
Lindley’s Monographia Rosarum (1820), except a rather
short one by Regel in 1: Of the more recent publi-
cations the most important are those of Crépin, espe-
cially his “Primitie Monographie Rosarum.” In con-
sulting his publications one has to bear in mind that the
author changed his opinion somewhat respecting the
value of the species during his studies of the genus.
In his later publications he takes a broader view in
regard to the specific value of the Rose forms and
unites under one species many forms which he for-
merly considered as distinet speci An illustrated
monograph valuable for the knowledge of the older
garden forms and species is Thory and Redouté's “Les
14 ROSA
Roses,” with 160 colored plates (1817-1820). It is
quoted below as Red. Ros. As the first edition in folio
is found in only very few libraries,
is cited in parenthesis by voluine, groups and the
sequence of the plates, neither pares nor plates being
numbered continuously iu this edition,
The cconomic properties of the Rose
re of little in
the smaller edition
m=
portance. The most valuable product is attar of Roses,
a highly fragrant essential oil, It is chiefly mann-
factured in southeast. Europe
Rosa alba and R,
has been successfully transplanted to Germany. See
Perfumery Gardening, Vol. Tif. The fruits of some
species, especially of 2. villosa and LH. canina, are
made into preserves,
For general notes on culture, see Rose.
INDEX
Abyssinie: a, 8. Galliea, 16, pisocarpa, 80
i 40. gigantea, 10, Pissardii,
glaucophulla, 44, platyphy la
i grandiflora, 42 polyantha, 2, 11.
wkd AT gymuocaurpa, 29. pomifera, 20.
Hardii, 1. pomponia, 16
Hiarisoni, 44. pratineola, 39.
prostrati 6
39, provincialis, 1.
arvens is, he
Austriaea, 16
Banksiw, 14.
Bengalensis, 11,
and suppl.
1
pulehella, 16.
and western Asia trom
Damasecna, wid of late this industry
punila, ll and 16.
punicen,
berberifolia, 1, inermis, 4 25,
bicolor, 4 fntermedia, Rapini, 44.
bifera, Twara, 2. reclinata, 37.
blanda, 88, 39. ,41. Ivegeliana, 41.
blanda setigera, 39.
Borboniea, 1s.
Bourqeaniana, 40.
Boursaulti, 37
bracteata,
Brunoni
le
hevigata, 49.
Laiwrenciand, 11,
Leschenaultii, 8.
eee |
and suppl
longifo
Lue
Incida
repens, 7
rnbiginosa, 21;
rubifolia, 4.
Burgnadiaca, 16 Inte: rubEa, i ‘W.
calendarum, 17 Iutea-plena, 14 rubra-pler
Californica, 33
ealocurpia, 41.
Camellia, dO.
cunina, 22 muacrantha, 16, seandens, 6.
eapreolat bit, Te Munetti, 11. epee)
caine microphylla, 50. ;
Carolin
contifol
Cherokensis,
Chineusis
cinnamon
coryinbosia, 24
eristate, 16.
Damiasce
Dawsor
Devoniensis, 11
Dijonensis, 16
Evlanterin, 21, Thunbergiana,2, 41.
Engelmanni, 40 tomentosa, 4.
Fendleri, 31. trigintipetala, 17.
ferox, land suppl. odoratissima, 1 turbinata, 19
ferruginen, 23 officinalis, 16 villosa, 20
florida, 2 palusty 2 V inginiana, 3B.
fuse tun dissi iis 1,
metenneihe is: pendualing soniana, 3.
fragrans, 11. Pennsulranica, A, Wrehure
Franecoturtana, 19 Persien, 1 Wichw on
Travinifolia, oe pimpinellifolia, 42, Woodsi
KEY TO THE GROUPS.
(Por a horticultural classification of Roses, founded prima-
vily on garden values
A. Lis,
lutescens, 42.
Lyont, 26.
Macartnea, 48,
minima, 11,
minutifolia, 46
Mnitissimna, 42
mollis, 20.
mollissimia, 26,
mosehata, &
multiflora, 2.
WUSCOSa, 1.
may rine 42,
ae usis, “40.
, see the
simple, without stipules:
rubrifolia,
rugosa, 41,
Sayi, 40,
sotiger: Ly eeanttl 39,
silvestris, 7.
8 nplicifolia, 1.
Sireied, AY.
spinosissima, 42.
stellata, 47.
stylosa, 9.
silphurea, 44.
ternata, AY.
tetrapetala, 45,
article Lose. )
fis,
yellow...
Subgenus Hulthemia (Species No. 1)
AA. Les, pinnate, stipulate : :
Subgenus Eurosa (Species ; No ;
B. Styles erserted beyond the mouth of the ve-
coptacle,
Werserted styles connate
(See Fig. 2150 right.)
Climbing or erceping :
into a column,
style about as long as
stamens... SECTION I, Systy Las (Species Nos. 2-8)
Upright, with RO branehes : styles shorter
than stamens, mea cannentats
Sporion I, “SPY LOSae (Spe vies No. 9)
ROSA
co. Hrserled styles free.
usually d-d; pelals 6 or more...
Seetion LL. LNpicas (Specie s Nos. “10- 13)
usually 7-9, smalls petals usally 4, white.
Secvion XI. Swrceas (Species No.
reaching only the mouth of the ve-
ceplacte and stigmas forming a sessile
head over tt (see Wig. 2150).
co. Stipules free or alinost free: sarmentose
orclimbing shrubs: fs ahite or yellow,
D. Brauches glabrous: ifs. 3-5, stipules
small, entire.
Fils. small, wmbetlate, yellow or
UNE PECEPCOCTOSINOOUID a abis tala snout dieters ate yeh S
Section LV. BAnksiw (Species Nos. 14,15)
Bis. large, solitary, white: pedicels and recep-
LLCLO PVICILY cade cons ge
Section XIV. Lz ‘
Branches tomentose or pubescent: Uts.
7-9; stipules pectinate: tls. Lor few,
white, with large bracts at the base
of ihe shorl pedicel: receptacle to-
mentose
Seerion XII.
co. Stipules aduate,
b. Les. of flowering branchlets 8-5-folio
late, large and firm: stems usually
with prickles and bristles: tls. up-
right, on long pedicels: receptacle
bristly: sepals refleved after flower-
Mug, cuducous
SEcTION V.
Lis.
Lifts.
45)
BB. Slyles
while: pedicels
VIGALE (Spe
Db.
GALLIC (Species Nos. 16-19)
Les. of lowering branchlets 5-9-folio-
late (rarely b-foliolate, the fis, then
short-pedicelled, with smooth recep-
facle)., See ppb, next page.
E. Mis. usually corymbose; if solitary,
pedicels with Lov imore bracts,
BF. Stems with onty one kind of
prickles, sometimes mired with
glandular bristles: prickles
usually hooked, stout, scattered:
outer sepals usually pinnate...
Secrion VI, Canrnas (Species Nos. 20-
FF. Slems, at least at the base, with
usually straight often slender
prickles and numerous bristles
gradially passing into prickles.
Sepals after flowering spreading, usually entire,
caducous: frousnally hispid, with the alkenes
only at the bottom, (See Fig. 21480.)........0.
Section VII, Caroutnas (Species Nos. 24-28)
Sepals afler entire,
DD.
flowering upright, usually
rarely caducous 2 fir. usually smooth, with the
akenes at the bottom and wall, (See Fig.
URS HUIS) Gretafe mv hdua tate Mii ciate Orne. ch date ayetine teh ;
Section VIII C INNAMOME® (Species Nos. 29-41)
b ¢
2.148. Various forms of Rose hips. About natural size.
a, Rosa rugosa; b, R. pendulina; ¢, R. humilis.
ROSA
1549
2149. A spray of Rose hips.
EE: 22! solitary, without bracts, only
cccasionally cerymbose : sepals
erect, persistent
F. Sepals entire: lus.onthe flowering
branchlets usiuuily 9-foliolate:
prickles straight, slender, scat-
tered, usually miced with
bristles: fls. irhite or yellow,
DUST TIN ad, Shobak Ae ehh A
PIMPINELLIFOLL-E
wils plunute at the outer
‘ les. on flowering branech-
lits 5-7-foliolate,
suiqght or hooked, ruther stout: fls. yel-
LUTE.® (Species Nos. 43, 44)
tr fs. pinkeor whites Its,
(Species
Prickles
COW site ae tS SEcTION XK.
Prickles
i straigh
AMO REr to rlibe (ONG CNEPs eds Psi S skeet ced fea
SECTION NII. MINUTIFOLLE (Species Nos.
ppp. Lus. of flowe ring branchlets 11-15-
foliolate,.
regular
tnflores
46, 47)
below the base of
fry large, very
Prichics
petio
pri
y tn pairs
sence Corymboses
PHY LL (+
SECTIONS:
Species.
ROVe toss Meron ROP MICAS se 2ee aie: 50
SUBGENUS HULTHEMIA. Only one Asiatic species,
distinguished from all other Roses by the simple,
erstipulate leaves.
Pérsica, Michx. (R. simplicifolia, Salish. 2. her-
Pall. Lowea berberifolia, Lindl.). Low
ggling shrub, 2 ft. high, with slender, prickly
short-petioled, oval to oblong, acute at
green, pubescent, *4-142 in.
with red eye, about 1 in.
herifolia,
stre
branches: Ivs.
both ends, serrate, bluish
long: tls. solitary, yellow,
across: fr. gy June. N. Persia to Siberia, B.M.
1096, BYR. 15:1261. G.C. TY. 6:8,9, 78.—This peculiar
Rose is sae rare in cultivation, sinee it is very difficult
to evow. It has been successfully cult. in a cool green-
house, exposed to the full sun, kept moist during sum-
mer and dry from October to March. The only way to
propagate it seems to be by suckers: eds are occa-
sionally introduced from its native country. A hybrid of
this species with A. involucrata is R. Hdrdii, Cels
with 5-7-foliolate Ivs. and large yellowish white fls..
with a deep orange eye. G.C. II. 24:469. Gn. 19, p. 478
(as L. simplicifolia), P.M. 10:195,
SUBGENUS EUROSA.
Section I. Systryis at
(one of them cLmerican),
being connate
group of about 12
marked by the
tito a slender erserted column,
species
styles
Stes
sarmentose or elinbing, wih hooked prickles : tls. in
well
corymbs, fein or outer
entire,
WEY F sepals pinnite, rarely
reflered after flawering, caducous.
KEY TO SPECIES OF SECTION T.
A. Stipiles pectinates prickles usally
LIE PGS cleien 5 multiflora
AA. Stipules entire or de ita 5
prickles scattered,
B. Les, of flowering branches 3-5-
foliolate, pubescent bencuth....3. Watsoniana
+. setigera
Lvs. of flowering branchlets usin
ally 9, qlubrous ....
BBB. Les. of flowering benches. é
foliolate,
ce. Sepals ovate,
. Wichuraiana
abriplly aemmi-
nates fle-buds broudly ovate,
abruplly pointed: coryuihs
SULLY POWs: 8 yhowaneee’ >. Sempervirens
7. arvensis
lanceolate, qradual
flo - bids
co, Sepals
ceormenite :
clo
gated: corymods wsucelly
MUCILY AUG s, ccocs. 2.3 26ete)s Sana Feces a oe MOsSchata
2. multiflora, Thunb. (2. polydutha, Sieh. & Zuce.
R. intermedia, Carr. Wichita, Koch). Deciduous
shrub, with vigerons, long, recurving or climbing
branches: Ifts. usually 9, obovate to oblong, acute or
obtuse, serrate, pubescent, %4-1!, in. long: tls. im many-
fla, pyramidal corynibs, usually white, *4 in, across or
more; sepals ovate, abruptly acumin: i ; Styles glabrous:
fr. small, globul Tune. _ Jnupun, China,
GAs AOS. tobe GeS Gli. A Ge 1S bir, 4
Gn. 49, p. 368 (as PR. microearpa); 55: Gro 21)
121.—Var. Thunbergiana, Thory, is the typical form,
with small white single fs. Var. carnea, ere (var.
plene, Dipp. BR. florida, Port: a he double light pink
fils: Bey 1059s - Bans seas platyphylla, Thory,
with larger Ivs. and la i ae le deep pink fis., is per.
hi Ips a hybrids BR. 1631372: Many other hybrids have
originated in cultivation; they usually show their par-
entage by the pectinate stipules. A hybrid with R.
rugosa is BR. Inqira, Sieb., with single, rather small
fis. &. polydnutha, Hort., not Sieb. & Zuec., is a trade
2150. Section of Rose flowers (X35).
To show two forms of styles.
name for hybrids with R. Chinensis. Gn. 29:530. The
Dawson Rose, or R. Dawsonidna, is a eee with
General Jacqueminot. A very beautiful hybrid and one
of the best climbing Roses is Crimson Rambler (Fig.
2151), a vigorous grower, with large corymbs of bright
1550 ROSA
erimson fils. A.G. 16:233. Hybrids with 2.
Le. Wichuraiana bave also been raised.
3. Watsoniana, Crép. Deciduous shrub, with sarmen-
tose or recurving branches: Ifts. 5-5, linear-lane eolate,
with entire wavy margin, pubescent beneath, 1 -2%4 in.
setigera aud
long: tls. im many-fld. pyramidal corymbs, }9 in. across
or less, ees style glabrous: fr. small. June, July.
R.B. 14, p. G.F. 77.—-A very eurious Rose of
introduced from
Not quite hardy
unknown origin, supposed to have been
Japan, but net known in a wild state.
north,
4. setigera, Michx. Prairie Rose. Figs. 2152-4,
Shrub with prickly branches attaining 6 ft., with long
and slender recurving or climbing branches: lfts. 3-5,
oblong-ovate to lanceolate, shortly acuminate, serrate,
tomentose beneath, 1-3 in. long: fls. in rather few-
fld. corymbs, deep rose, fading to whitish, about 2 in.
across, almost scentless: pedicels and receptacle glandu-
Jur-hispid; style glabrous: fr. globular, 1, in. across.
From Ontario and Wis. to Tex. and Fla.
Mn 5. G.F. 10:: A.G, 13:196, 197; 16:229, Gng.
1:525. M.D.G. 1900:423.—Var. tomentosa, Gray (Jv.
rubifolia, R. Br.j). Lys. more tomentose beneath:
corymbs with more, but smaller fls. A valuable hardy
climbing Rose. Several varieties with double fls. are in
cultivation; some are probably hybrids with R. arvensis,
multiflora, and other species.
5, Wichuraiana, Crépin (2. bractedta,
Wendl). MeMortau Rose. Fig. 2155. Half-evergreen
shrub with prostrate and creeping branches: Ifts.
roundish or broadly obovate, usually obtuse, serrate,
glabrous, shining above, ?,-%4 in. long corymbs few-
fld. or many-fld., pyramid: ul: fils. white, fragrant, 14-2
in. across; styles pubescent; pedicels slightly glandu-
Hort., not
Jar-hispid: fr. ovoid, to %2 in. high. July-Sept. Japan.
. 7421 (as R. Luciw). G.F. 4:569; 337. G.C. III.
R.H. 1898:105, 106. M.D.G. 1898 cA
handsome Rose for covering banks and rockeries. A
ally with Hybrid Tea Roses
Mn. 8, p. 27, 156. G
ne rubra, André, with single carmine fis.
veross, and the lws. with 5-7, somewhat larger
is ahybrid of A. Wichuraiane and R. multiflora,
var, Crimson Rambler. R.H. 1901, p. 20
6. sempérvirens, Linn.
and slender sarmentose,
number of hybrids
Evergreen
somewhat
shruh with long
reddish branches:
2151.
Crimson Rambler Rose. Seo No. 2.
ROSA
Ifts. 5-7, ovate-lanceolate, acuminate, serrulate, gla-
brous, shining above, *4-2 in. long fis. in few-tld.
corymbs, sometimes 2 in. across, slightly fragrant ;
2152. Rosa setigera (X nearly 24). See No. 4.
pedicels glandular-hispid; style usually pubescent: fr.
subglobose or ovoid, orange-red. June, July. 8. Eu-
rope, N. Afr. B.R.6:465.—Var. prostrata, Nichols. (R
prostrata, Lindl.). Lifts. smaller, oval, acute: fr. ovoid.
Var. scandens, Nichols. (2. sedudens, Mill.). Lifts. ob-
long or oval, obtuse: fr. subglobose. There are some
double-fld, garden forms,
climbing Roses.
following.
7. arvénsis, Huds. (PR. repens, Scop. BR. silvéstris
Herri.). Deciduous shrubs, with sarmentose or creep-
ing stems: Ifts. usually 7, ovate to ovate - elliptic,
acute, serrate, dull above, glabrous or slightly pubes-
cent beneath, rather thin, 1‘ in. lone: fis. in few-fld.
corymbs, sometimes solitary, white, scentless, 145-2 in.
Acros yle glabrous: fr. ovoid. June, July. Europe.
B.M. 2054.
Var. capreolata, Neill. AyRsHIRE Rose.
ally larger: fls. double, white to deep pink.
be a hybrid with 2?. Gullica, Hardy.
8. moschata, Mill. (R. Brundni, Lindl.). Musk Rose.
Deciduous shrub with sarmentose or climbing branches
Ifts. 5-7, oval or oblong, mostly acuminate, serrulate,
Jong: fis. white,
146-2 in. across, single
or double; es pubescent: fr. ov small. July. 8.
Asia, Abys a. B.R. 10.829, F 4:306-367. B.M.
4030.—Naturalized in some localities in Ala. in a form
with rather broad, acute or obtusish lvs. Var. Abyssin-
ica, Crép. (2. Abyssinica, Lindl.). More prickly: flow-
ering branchlets shorter; Sates ee more compact;
sepals with smaller lobes. Var. Leschenaultii, Crép. (R.
Leschenaiitii, Wight & Arn.). Fls. larger, in few-fld.
corymbs; pedicels and receptacle glandular-hispid. 2.
drdii, Carr., a vigorous-growing Rose with numer-
ous white fis., figured in R.H. 1880, p. 314, 315, is also
a form of the Musk Rose. Several hybrids are known;
the most important is RB. Noisettiana (See No. 12). The
Musk Rose is a handsome free-flowering climbing Rose,
but is not hardy north,
probably hybrids with other
Less hardy than the preceding and the
Lfts. usu-
It may
usually ‘pubescent beneath, 1-224 in.
fragrant with the odor of musk,
styl
oy
ROSA
Section II. Sryiosam.
species, with the appearance
arvensis and BR. canina,
9. stylosa, Desv. Shrub, with long, arching branches,
prickly: Ifts. 5-7, ovate-oblong, neute, serrate, pubes-
cent beneath, *y-2 in. long: tls. in few-tHd. ecoryvinbs, white
or light pink, 1'.-2 in. across; ‘ June,
July. W. Europe. 2),-—Of little orna-
mental value,
Section Il]. INpiea, Rew
Asiatic species with upright
or prociumbent stems; prick-
les scatlered, hooked, few:
lifts. 8-3, tuflores-
conee L-many-fid.s sepals en-
Tire or the
Contains only one Buropean
of a hybrid between R.
styles ¢labrous,.
Red. Ros. (1:5,
rarely
outer ones spar-
ingly pinnate, refleced after
flowering < bracts and stip-
narrow, the latter with
small, divergent auricles.
10. gigantéa, Collett. Pro-
cumbent: tlowering branches
usually unarmed: Ifts. usually
5, oval to broadly elliptic, ser-
rate, glabrous, firm, L!.-3 in.
long: fs. solitary, usually with-
out bracts, white, 5-6 in. across;
pedicels and receptacle smooth;
sepals entire, loug - acuminate.
Burma. G.C. HI. 6:13.— Hardy
only south. It is possible that
Fortune’s Double Yellow
(Beauty of Glazenwood), with
large, double, mon -vellow
fs., figured in B.M. 4679, is a
var. or hybrid of this species.
11. Chinénsis, Jacq. (2. In-
wles
dica, Lindl., not Linn.). CHINA
Rose. BeNnGau Rose. Low,
upright shrub, with slender
branches, sometimes almost un-
armed: lfts. : sometimes 7,
ovate to oblong, acute, finely
coriaceous, shining and
een above, pale beneath,
glabrous. 1-21, in. long: fis.
usually few or solitary, crim-
son, pink, white or yellowis
sometimes 3 in. across, fra
grant: fr. usually obovate.
Flowering all summer and fall.
China. From this species and
R. Gallica and its forms most
of the Garden Roses have orig-
inated. Several vars.are known.
Var. Devoniénsis, Hort., is probably a Lybrid: it is of
vigorous growth, almost climbing, and has large, yel-
lowish white, double flowers. V.M. 8:169.
Var. fragrans, Thory (R. Lidicu, var, odoratissima,
Linn.). Tea-scENTED or TEA Rose. Similar to the fol-
lowing but 4s. more fragrant, salmon-pink or light rose:
fr. ovate. B.R. 10:804. More tender than the other
vars.
var. Indica, Koehne (RR. Indica, var. culgdris,
Lindl.). Moxraiy Rose. Stems rather stout, 3-5 ft.
high, glaueous green, with brownish red prickles: fs.
pink to whitish, with glandular pedicels: fr. obo-
vate.
Var. longifolia, Thory (2. longifolia, Willd.). Lfts.
lanceolate: fis. pink. Red. Ros. (3:25,
8).
Var. minima, Curt. (2.
sinele, deep
Lawrenciana, Hort. Re [n-
dica, var. pimila, Thory). Dwarf shrab, usually not
over 1 ft. high, with small rose-red fls. about 1's in.
across; petals often pointed. There are single- an¢
double-fld. forms. The Farry Roses belong to this
variety. B.M. 1762. Red. Ros. (3:25, 6, 7).
Var. semperflorens, Nichols. (7. semperflorcns, Curt.
R. Bengalénsis, Pers.). CRIMSON CHINESE Rose. Low
shrub, with slender, prickly or almost unarmed, dark
98
ROSA 1551
ecreen branches:
purple:
son or deep pink.
Ifts. rather thin, mostly staimed with
fs, usually solitary on slender pedicels, erim-
B.M. 284.
Var. viridiflora, Dipp. Green Rose. With mon-
strous green fls.: the petals are transformed into
small, narrow vreen Ivs. PLS. 1121136,
Var. Manétti, Dipp. (2. Manétti, Hort.). Fig. 2156.
Of Vigorous growth, upright; pedicels hispid-ghiuidular
fs. deep pink, single or semi-double., This variety has
2153. Rosa setigera, or Prairie Rose. Novo. 4.
been recommended as a stock for forcing Roses;
readily from cuttings, but is not quite hardy.
12. Noisettiana, Thory. Norserre Rose. CHAMPNEY
Rose. Supposed hybrid of R. Chinensis and BR. mos-
chufta, Stems upright to 6 ft., with hooked reddish
prickles: lfts. 5-7, usually oblong-lauceolate or oblonge-
ovate, glabrous: fls. usually in corymbs, light pink to
red, sometimes yellow; styles glabrous. Blooms in
summer and fall.—Numerous garden forms. The Noi-
sette Rose was raised about 1817 by John Champney, of
Charleston, 8.C., from seed of the Musk Rose fer-
tilized by a blush China Rose. From the seed of this
hybrid Philippe Noisette, a florist at Charleston, oh-
tained a Rose which was afterwards distributed as
Blush Noisette by his brother Louis Noisette, of Paris.
LLows
13. Borbénica, Morren. BotrBon Rose. Supposed
hybridof &. Chinensis and &. Gallica, Upright shrub,
with prickly and often ghidular-hispid branches: lvs.
usually 7, ovate or ovate-lauceolate, acute, shining: fls.
double or semi-double, usually purple, blooming in
summer and fall. The Bourbon Roses are hardier than
the Noisette, China and Tea-seented Roses, but require
protection north. R. Chinensis and its varieties and
hybrids (hybridizing with the hardier Roses of the Gal-
lica group) have given rise to the Hybrid Perpetual
or Remontant class. See Nos. 1] and 16.
1552
2154. Baltimore Belle Rose—Rosa setigera (< 14). No.4.
Section IV. Bank . Contains one Chinese species
with climbing, sparingly prickly or unarmed stems:
stipules quite free, subulate, caducous: sepals entire,
reflered after flowering, caducous.
14. Banksiw, R. Br. Banks’ Rose. Climbing to 20 ft.,
evergreen: Ifts. 3-5, sometimes 7, elliptic-ovate to ob-
long-laneceolate, acute or obtusish, finely serrate, shin-
ing, glabrous except at the base of midrib beneath: fis.
on slender, smooth pedicels in many fld. umbels, yellow
and single in the typical igre ubout 1 in. a ,
slightly fragrant. May, June. 8. China. B.M. 7171.—
B.M. 1954. B.R.
Vv ar alba-plena has double tne ‘tls.
aye ‘ _ Var. lutea-plena has the fils.
B. ne 21105.
15. See Lindl., is a
and RR. laevigata, Climbing shrub, with
prickly stems: Ifts. 3-5: tls. large, double,
hispid pedicels. P.F.G. 2, p. 71.
double yellow.
Banuksiw
sparingly
white, on
hybrid of RB.
SecTION V. GALLica. Contains only one very variable
species, native of Burope and W.utsia, Low, upright
shrub; the stems with usually hooked prickles
miced with bristles: fis, few and often with narrow
bracts or solitary on a usually bractless pedicel:
sepals reflered after flowering, caducous, the outer
ones pinnate; upper stipules not dilated,
A. Lfts. doubly and glandular serrate,.16, Galliea
AA. Lfts. simply serrate, not glandular.
Supposed hybrids of Le. Gallica...17. Damascena
18. alba
19, turbinata
16. Gallica, Linn. Upright shrub, rarely attaining
5 ft. high: Ifts. 3-5, broadly oval or ovate, rounded at
base, usually doubly serrate with glandular teeth, ru-
gose above, pubescent beneath, deflexed, 1-2 in. long;
rachis glandular-pubescent and often prickly: fs. on
rather stout, upright, glandular-hispid and bristly pedi-
cels, deep pink to crimson, 2-3 in. across; receptacle
glandular-hispid: fr. subglobose or ovate, brick-red.
June. M.and 8. Eu., W. Asia.—The following are the
most important forms: Var. Agatha, Thory. With
rather small, very double purple fls., the outer petals
spreading, the inner ones concave. Red. Ros. (2:17,
17-21). Var. incarnata, Voss (2. inearndta, Mill).
Lfts. narrower, elliptic-ovate: rachis not prickly: flow-
ering branches unarmed: fis. large, pale erimson, soli-
tary: fr.ovoid. B.M. 7035. Var. macrantha, Hort., sim-
ilar to the preceding, but fs. pale pink. Gn, 52:1148.
Jar. officinalis, Thory (R. provinecidlis, Mill. Var.
plena, Regel), is the typical form but with double‘ fis.
ROSA
Var. pumila, Jacq. (R. Austriaca, Crantz). Dwarf form,
with creeping rootstock: fis. red, single. Red. Ros.
(2:17, 2). Var. centifolia, Regel (&. centifolia, Linn.).
CaBBAGE Rose. Lfts. usually 5, pubescent on both
sides or only beneath, larger and thinner; rachis not
prickly: fls. on longer and more slender pedicels, nod-
ding, fragrant; petals intlexed. June, July. This Rose
has been usually considered as a distinct species, but is
without doubt only a form of #. Gallica, originated in
cultivation. It has not been found wild, except with
double fls., probably escaped from gardens. The follow-
ing are forms of the Cabbage Rose: Var. muscosa, Sér.
(A. muscosa, Ait.). Moss Rose. Fig. 2157. Fils. rose or
white, with peduncles and calyx glandular-mossy. B.R.
22102. B.M. 69. Gn. 18:242. Var. cristata, Curt., is
similar, but the sepals are doubly and incisely lobed:
tls. rose-colored, large. B.M. 3475. Var. pompdonia,
Nouv. Duh. (2. pomponia, DC.). Dwarf form, with
small lys. and small double fis., about 11, in. across,
varying from white to red. I, Burgundiuca, Pers., R.
Dijonénsis, Roessig, R. pulchélia, Willd., and 2. par-
vifolia, Ehrh. , belong here. From R. Gallica, with its
varieties, and R. Damascena, the Hybrid Perpetual or
Remontant Roses have originated by hybridizing with
R. Chinensis and its forms.
17. Damascéna, Mill. (7. biferu, Pers. LP.
rum, Borkh.). Damask Rose. Attaining 5 ft.:
usually with numerous stout and hooked prickles, some-
times mixed with glandular bristles: Ifts. usually 5,
sometimes 7, ovate-oblong, serrate, more or less pubes-
cent beneath, 1-2% in. long; stipules sometimes pecti-
nate; petioles prickly: fls. usually corymbose, double,
red, pink or white, sometimes striped; pedicels and re-
ceptacles glandular-hispid: fr. obovate. June, July,
and again in autumn. Origin unknown; introduced to
Europe from Asia Minor in the sixteenth century. —Var.
trigintipétala, Dieck, with semi-double red fls., is con-
sidered to be the Rose chiefly cultivated in southeast
Europe for the manufacturing of attar. Gt. 38, p. 129.
GC. WE. 7:45.
ealenda-
stems
See No. 5.
2155. Rosa Wichuraiana ( 3%).
18. alba, Linn. Upright shrub, becoming 6 ft. high:
stems with seattered hooked prickles and sometimes
with bristles: Ifts. ae 5, broadly ovate, serrate,
pubescent beneath, 1-2 in. long; upper stipules dilated:
ROSA
fls. single or double, solitary or several,
fragrant; pedicels glaudular-hispid;
smooth: tr. oblong, scarlet. June.
R. Gallica and KR. canina.
19. turbinata, Ait. (2. Francofurtdana, Borkh.). Up-
right shrub, attaining 6 ft.: stems with straight or
hooked prickles: flowering branches almost unarmed:
Ifts. 5-7, oval, serrate, pubescent beneath; upper stip-
ules much dilated: fs. 1 single or double, purple,
white or blush,
receptacle usually
Probably hybrid of
2-3 in. across, slightly fragrant; pedicels and receptacle
glandular-hispid only at the base; sepals ereet after
flowering, entire or nearly so: fr. turbinate. June.
Supposed hybrid of A. Gallica and BR. cinnamomea,
Red. Ros. (3:23, 1).
Section VI. Canin. Many species in Lurope, N.
Africaand We Asia. Upright shrubs, with scattered
usually hooked and wumerous prickles: upper stipules
dilated: corymb usally many-fld., weth dilated
bracts: outer sepals pinnate, reflered after flowering
and caducous or erect and persistent.
A. Foliage pubescent on both sides or
densely glandular... ......eee.... 20. Villosa
21. rubiginosa
AA. Foliage glabrous or nearly so 22. canina
23. ferruginea
20. villésa, Linn. (R. pomifera, Herrm.). Upright
shrub, attaining § ft., with almost straight spines: Ifts.
5-7, oval to ovate-oblong, acute or obtuse, doubly glandu-
lar-serrate, grayish green, pubescent above, tomentose
beneath, 2 in. long: fls. 1-8, pink, 1!,-2 in. across on
prickly pedicels: fr. scarlet, ovoid or subglobose, to 1
inch across, hispid, with persistent erect sepals. June,
July. Eu., W. Asia.—Hardy Rose, with large orna-
toental fruit. Var. mollissima, Roth (R&R. mdllis, Sm.).
Lower, with shorter prickles, smaller, silky-pubescent
Ifts.: fr. smaller, less bispid.
21. rubiginésa, Linn. (2. Lylanteria, Mill., not Linn.).
SWEETBRIER. EGLANTINE. Dense shrub, attaining 6 ft.,
with hooked prickles often mixed with bristles: Ifts.
5-7, orbicular to oval, doubly glandular-serrate, dark
green above and glabrous, pale beneath and often pu-
bescent, glandular on both sides, !.-1 in. long: fis. 1-3,
on hispid short pedicels, bright pink, 14e-2 in. across;
receptacle usually glandular-hispid: fr. sabglobose or
ovoid, orange-red to scarlet, with upright-spreading,
usually caducous sepals. June. Eur pe j 3 naturalized
in some localities inthe East. B.B.* —A handsome
hardy Rose of compact habit, with cou green foliage
exhaling a very agreeable aromatic odor. There are
some double forms and hybrids with other species,
2156. The Manetti Rose (X }»).
Much used as a stock. See No. 11.
22. canina, Linn. Doa Ross. Upright shrub, attain-
ing 10 ft., with often recurving branches: prickles
stout, hooked: lfts. 5-7, oval or elliptic, doubly serrate,
1553
glabrous or slightly pubescent or somewhat glandular
beneath, $4-]% in. long: fs. 1-3, light pink, on usually
glabrous pedicels; sepals reflexed, cuducous: fr. ovate,
orange-red or searlet, glabrous. June. Eu., N. Afr.,
W. As naturalized in some localities. —Much used as
a stock for grafting.
ROSA
2157. Moss Rose.
See No. 16.
23. ferruginea, Vill. (2. rubrifolia, Vill.). Upright
shrub, attaining 6 ft., with slender, purplish branches
covered with glaucous bloom: prickles few, hooked or
straight: lfts. 7-9, elliptic to ovate-lanceolate, simply
serrate, bluish green and more or less tinged with red,
34-11, in. long: fls. 1-3 or more pink, 1. in. across, on
usually hispid-glandular pedic sepals long, with
dilated apex, upright spreading, tardily caducous: fr.
subglobose, scarlet. June. Mountains of M.and 8S. Eu.
B.R. 5:430.—Effective hy its reddish foliage: fis. less
conspicuous. Hardy.
Section VII. Caronine. Contains only American
species. Upright, mostly low shrubs: stems slender,
with usually straight prickles, placed in pairs and
often mixed with bristles: upper stipules usally
narrow: corymbs generally few-fld.: sepals spread-
ing after flowering, caducous, the outer ones entire or
with few erect lobes: akenes inserted exclusively at
the bottom of the usually depressed-globose receptacle.
A. Pedicels rather long: Ufts, 5-9
B. Lfts. finely many-toothed : prickles
usually hooked: stipules convoliute.24, Carolina
BB. Lifts. coarsely toothed: prickles usu-
ally straight and slender: stipiles
BL Gi bars spars ctees coravs tat aot tains hea eee 25. lucida
26. humilis
27. nitida
AA. Pedicels very short: Ufis. 7-11, small
and narrow foliolosa
24. Carolina, Linn. (7. Marsh. 2. corym-
bosa, Ehrh., 2. Soler - Ribs SIs:
Upright shrub, attaining $ ft., with slender stems: Ifts.
usually 7, elliptic to narrow-oblong, acute at both ends,
usually pubdéscent beneath, 34-2 in. long; stipules nar-
row: fls usually corymbose, pink, about 2 in. across:
fr. depressed- globose, glandular-hispid, about 1s in.
high, like those of the following species, June—Aug.
Nova Scotia to Minn., south to Fla. and Miss., prefer-
ring swampy and moist ground. G.W.F. 35. Fm. 2:488.
Mn. 1, p. 86.—Var. Nuttalliana, Hort., has larger fils.
appearing later and continuing until September.
palistris,
Pennsylevidinica, Mieb
1554
25. lucida,
ROSA
Ebrh. (A. hitmilis, var. ltcida, Best).
Shrub, 6 ft. high, with few or no suckers: pues.
sometimes hooked: Ifts. 7-9, elliptic to obovate-elliptic,
dark green and shining above, thickish, often slightly
pubescent beneath, 4%-l% in. long; stipules somew bat
dilated: fls. usually few or solitary, about 2 in, across;
sepals usually entire: fr. like that of the preceding.
June, July. Newfoundland to N. Y. and Pa. B.B.
2:231. Gn. 55, p. 428.—Well adapted for borders of
shrubberies, handsome in summer with its shining foli-
age and bright pink flowers; ornamental in winter with
the brownish red stems and a -d fruits, remaining plump
until the following spring. Var. alba, Hort., has white
fls. and green stems. A..F. 12:1098. Gng. 6:306. Var.
pléna, Hort. With double fs. 2. Rapa, Bose, is also
supposed to be a double-tld. var. or perhaps hybrid of
this species.
26. hamilis, Marsh. (R. parviflora, Ehrh. R. Lyoni,
Pursh). Fig. 2148¢. Shrub, 3 ft. or sometimes 6 ft.
high, spreading by means of numerous suckers, with
slender prickles and usually numerous bristles: Ifts.
5-7, resembling those of the former but narrower, thin-
ner, not shining, usually pubescent beneath: fis. often
solitary; outer sepals lobed. June. Maine to Ga., west
to W and Ind. Terr. Much resembling the preceding,
which is often considered a var. of this species.— Var.
villosa, Best. Lys. villous-pubescent beneath, thickish.
2158. Rosa Carolina (x 34). See No. 24
27. nitida, Willd. Low upright shrub, 1% ft. high:
branches covered with straight prickles and numerous
bristles: Ifts. 7-9, narrowly oblong, acute at both ends,
bright green and shining above, glabrous, 44-1 in. long:
fils. usually solitary, 1-2 in. across, on slender glandular-
hispid pedicels; sepals entire. June, July. Newfound-
lund to Me B.B. 2:231.
28. folioldsa, Nutt. Low shrub, 11g ft. high: stems
with rather few slender prickles, sometimes almost un-
armed: Ifts. 7-9, narrow or linear-oblong, bright green
and shining above, glabrous or pubescent on the midrib
beneath, ',-1 in. long: fls. solitary or few, pink, about
1% in. across; pedicels and receptacle smooth or spar-
ingly glandnlar-hispid: fr. globose, with rather few
akenes. May, June. Ark. and Ind. Terr. to Tex. G.F.
3:101.—Like the preceding, «1 handsome dwarf shrub
with graceful foliage.
Section VIII. Crnnamomue.
and Huropean species. Mrect shrubs, with usually
straight prickles, in pairs or scattered, and often with
numerous bristles: Uts. 5-9: upper stipules dilated:
corymbs usually many-fld., with dilated bracts: sepals
generally entire, upright after flowering and persis-
tent, rarely deciduous; receptacle usually smooth,
Many American, Asiatic
ROSA
A. Prickles in pairs at the base of
petioles; branches glabrous.
B. Sepals deciduous: fr. about t in.
across, with very few akenes...29.
BB. Sepals persistent, erect after
flowering.
c. Stipules flat.
p. Mls. in usually many-fld,
corymbs, usually LM in.
across (larger and some-
times solitary in Nos, 3L
and dz): tr. about Ys in.
across: stipules usually
entive and narrow.
E. Mr. globose, with no or
very Short neck, about
tein. high (sometimes
ovate in Wo. el).
F. Sepals quite entire....30, pisocarpa
31. Fendleri
FF. Sepals with few lobes on
the outer margins ....32. Woodsii
gymnocarpa
EE. Fy. globose - ovate, with
prominent neck, ty in,
high 3. Californica
pp. Ils. usually solitary, 2 in.
across or more: fr, Me in.
across: stipules dilated,
glandular-cilidte....... an
Stipules convolute, dilated
s scattered, sometimes in
in No. 41.
B. Stems and branches almost un-
armed, without bristles... . 66. 36, pendulina
37. reclinata
38. Virginiana
BB. Stems and branches with numer-
ous prickles and bristles.
. Nutkana
5, cinnamomea
ce. Branches and prickles gla-
brows.
p. Fils. corymbose: fr. with
spreading sepals.. . Arkansana
pp. Fis, solitary: tr.
sepals ...
cc. Branches and 7
tose or pubescent............ 41. rugosa
. acicularis
29. gymnocarpa, Nutt. Stems slender, attaining 10
ft., with straight slender prickles and bristles: lfts.
5-9, broadly elliptic to oblong, doubly glandular-serrate,
usually glabrous, %s-1 in. long: fils. solitary or few,
pale pink, about 1 in. across; sepals short: fr. orange-
red. June, July. Brit. Col. to Calif., east to Mont.
30. pisocérpa, Gray. Stems slender, with slender,
straight or ascending prickles, without bristles, some-
times unarmed: Ifts. 5-7, oblong to oblong-obovate,
simply serrate, pubescent beneath, 15-1)% in. long: fis.
pink, about 1 in. across, on short usually smooth pedi-
eels: fr. globose, with avery short neck. June to Aug.
Brit. Col. to Ore. B.M. 6857.
31. Féndleri, Crép. Stems 8 ft. high, with slender or
recurved prickles, sometimes unarmed: lfts. 5-7, oblong
to oblong-obovate, cuneate at the base, simply serrate,
usually glaucous, finely pubescent beneath or glabrous,
sometimes glandular, %-1'% in. long: fis. sometimes
solitary, pink; pedicels short, smooth: fr. globose,
sometimes ovate, bright red, with little or no neck.
June, July. Brit. Col. to W. Tex. and New Mex. B.B.
2:230 (as R. Woodsii),—Very decorative in fruit, which
remains during the whole winter.
32. Woddsii, Lindl. Stems 3 ft. high, with slender,
straight or recurved prickles, often bristly: lfts. 5-7,
obovate to oblong, simply or doubly glandulur-serrate,
pubescent or glabrous beneath, %-1's in. long: fis.
often solitary, pink, 1%-2 in. across, on very short
smooth pedicels: fr. globose, with short neck. June,
July. Saskatchewan to Colo. and Mo. B.R. 12:976.—
The two preceding species may be only vars. of PR.
Woodsii.
33. Califérnica, Cham. & Schlecht. Stems 8 ft. high,
with stout, hooked or straight prickles, often bristly:
Ifts. 5-7, broadly elliptic to oblong-obovate, simply or
ROSA
donbly glandular-serrate, pubescent beneath or on both
sides, often glandular, rarely glabrous, }.-1', in. long:
tls. on slender, usually smooth pedicels, over Lin. across.
June-Aug. Brit. Col. to Calif.
2159. Rosa cinnamomea (™ }).
One of the old-fashioned hardy Roses. No. 35
34. Nutkana, Presl. Stems stout, 5 ft. high, with
usually straight prickles and sometimes bristly: Ifts.
5-7, broadly elliptic to oblong-lanceolate, generally
rounded at the base, usually doubly glandular-serrate,
almost glabrous, often glandular beneath, 2-2 in. long.
June, July. Alaska to Ore. and Utah. eer TAd9. —Has
the largest fls. of the western species. Var. hispida,
Fernald, has the receptacle glandular-hispid.
cinnamomea, Linn. CINNAMON Rose. Figs. 2159,
2160. Stems slender, 6 ft. high, with hooked prickles,
flowering branches sometimes unarmed: Ifts , some-
times 3 on lys. of flowering branchlets, oblong, simply
serrate, dull green, densely pubescent beneath, t,-1*.
in. long: fis. solitary or few, purple, about 2 in. acr
on short, naked pedicels: fr. depressed-globular,
let. May, June. Europe, N. and W. Asia. A.G. 137343.
—Var. fecundissima, Voss (PR. fwemndissima, Muenc by,
With double tls. Sometimes escaped from cultivation
in the East.
36, pendulina, Linn. (A. a/pina, Linn.). Fig. 21480.
Stems slender, 3 ft. high: Ifts. 7-9, oblong-ovate or ob-
long-elliptic, obtuse, doubly ghidnlar-serrate, usually
glabrous, %-1'» in. long: fis. pink, usually solitary or2-5,
to 2 in. across; pedicels and receptacle usually smoo
fr. usually nodding, oblong or ovate, with elongated
neck, searlet. May, June. Mts. of Europe. B.R. 5:424.
—Handsome free-Howering shrub. Var. Pyieienen; Ww.
D. Koch (R. Pyrendica, Gouan.). Dwarf, with the
pedicels and nsually also the receptacles glandular-his-
pid. BM. 6724. Go. 272496.
Bh Teulidiate, Thory (R. Boursaniti, Hort.). Sup-
posed hybrid of BR. penduling and BR. Chinensis.
Climbing to 12 ft., with slender, sparingly prickly
oblong-ovate, glabrous: fis. in
corymbs, purple, double or semi-double, nodding: fr.
subglobose, smooth. Red. Ros. (3: 3).—Varying with
lighter and deeper colored and Whore or less double fls.
38. Virginiana, Mill. (R. bldnda, Ait. BR. frarinifolia,
Borkh.). Stems slender, 5 ft. high, with few slender
prickles or unarmed: Ifts. . elliptic to obovate-ob-
long, usually acuve, simply serrate, glabrous or pubes-
cent beneath, %4- 274 in. long; stipules dilated: fls. usu-
ally several, pink, 2-244 in. across, on smooth pedun-
cles: fr. pibiular, ‘sometimes elongated. May, June.
Newfoundland to N. Y., west to Wis. and Ill. B.B.
De 2999,
branches: lfts. 3-7,
39, Arkansana, Porter (2. bldnda, var. setigera, Crép.,
and var. par ies Best). Stems low, sometimes 6 ft.
high; lfts. 7-9, broadly elliptic to obovate, usually cu-
neate at the base, simply serrate, more or less pubes-
cent beneath, 16-2 in. long: stipules usually entire: fis.
ROSA 1555
corymbose, rarely solitary, pink, sometimes white, | b,-2
in. across; outer sepals with one or few lobes. June,
July. Minn. aud Brit. Col. to New Mexico. B.B.
Mn 3:116.—Adapted for covering dry slopes and barre ‘D
places. According to E. L. Greene, the true R. Arka
sana is restricted to Colorado and perhaps New Mexico,
while the form common in the regious north and west
of these localities is a different species, for which he
proposes the name Rk. pratincola; this form is deseribed
above. The true R. Arhkansana, Porter, differs by its
glabrous folinge, glandular and bristly stipules and re-
flexed sepals. At the same place (Pittonia, 4:10-14)
Greene describes four other new species belonging to
this section. ;
40, acicularis, Lindl.
Ifts. 8-7, broadly elliptic
at base, simply or doubly
14-2 in. long:
Stems low, densely prickly:
to narrowly oblong, rounded
serrate, pubescent beneath,
fis. solitary, deep rose, 14.2 in. across,
fragrant; sepals entire and nearly glabrous: fr. globu-
lar to oblong, 22-1 in. long. May, June. Alaska to On-
tario and Colo., N. Eu., N. Asia, Jap.—A very variable
state
Var. Sayi, Reld. (72.
aciculdris, var. Bourgeanuiana,
Crép., partly). Fig. 2161. Lfts. glandular and pubescent
beneath, usually somewhat doubly glandular-serrate :
fls. larger, often 2% in. across: fr. es globular.
Ontario to Brit. Col. and Colo. B.B. 2:1967. Var. Engel-
manni, Crép. in herb. (R. Engelma iW ats.) Similar
to the preceding: lfts. distinctly doubly glandular-ser-
rate: fr. oblong, to] in. long. Colo. to Brit. Col. G.F.
2:377. Var. Nipponénsis, Hook. f. Lfts. smaller, %-34
in. long; petioles bristly: branchlets and pedicels glan-
dular-hispid: fls. 144 in. across. Japan. B.M. 7646.
2160. Rosa cinnamomea.
See No. 35.
41. rugésa, Thunb. Figs. 21487, 2162-4. Upright shrub,
attaining 6 ft., with stout stems densely beset with
prickles and bristles: Ifts. 5-9, oval to obovate-oval,
rugose, shining and dark green above, glaucescent and
2161.
Rosa acicularis, var. Sayi.
Natural size, No. 40.
|
pubescent beneath, thick and firm, °4-2 in. long; peti-
oles tomentose and bristly; stipules dilated: fls. soli-
tary or few, purple or white, 2%-3'% in. across: bracts
large ; pedicels prickly ; receptacle smooth: fr. de-
pressed-globose, brick-red, to 1 in. across. May-—Nept.
N. China, Corea, Jap.—Very variable species. Vars.
férox, C. A. Mey. (var. Thunbergidna, C. A. Mey. BR.
feror, Lawr. PR. Iegeliana, André & Lind. R. Androw,
Lange). Stout and densely armed: Iws. thiek, very
rugose and shining: fls. large, 3!'4 in. across: fr. 1 in.
across. 8.Z. 1:28. B.R. 20. “Ot e3'
G.C. II. 14:372. Gn. 46, p. 324; 52: ; : 4.
LH. 18:47. Gng. 1:7; 5:339. AG. 132342, B44; 181567,
Var. Kamschatica, Regel (I. Awimsehidtica, Vent.).
Less densely armed: Ivs. thinner, less rngose: fls, and
fr. smaller. B.R.5:419. B.M. 3149. Besides these the
following forms are often cultivated: Var. alba, with
large white fls. Gn. 9:20; var. alba pléna, with double
white fis.; var. rosea, with pink fis.; var. rubra, with
purple fis.; var. rubra pléna, with double purple fis.
Gt, 24:846. R. rugosa is one of the most ornamental
Single Roses, especially for shrubberies; itis very hand-
some on account of its dark green shining foliage, large
fls. appearing during the whole summer, bright red con-
spicuous fruits, and its beautiful orange and scarlet fall
coloring. It is also attractive in winter by reason of its
stout, densely armed stems. Large numbers of hybrids
have been raised. By crossing with double-fid. Garden
Roses FP. rugosa has given rise to a new race of hybrid
Roses remarkable for their bardiness and long blooming
season; one of the best known is Mme. George Bruant
(Fig. 2165), with double white fls., a cross of 2. rugosa
and the Tea Rose Sombreuil. Another cross with a form
of I. Chinensis is R. rugosa, var. ealocarpa, Bruant,
with single rose-colored fls. and handsome fr. produced
very abundantly. Gn. 46, p. 548; 52, p. 384. R.H. 1895, p.
446, 447. TH. 42, p. 15. Hybrids are also known with
R. multiflora, R. cinnamomea, R. microphylla, R.
spinosissima, RP. Wichuraiana and R. humilis, and
there are probably others.
Section IX. PIMPINELLIFOLLE. Few Old World species.
Upright shrubs, usually low: prickles straight, scat-
fered, usually numerous and mixed with bristles:
Its. very small, usually 9; stipules narrow, with di-
vergent and dilated auricles: fils. solitary, without
bracts; sepals entire, erect and persistent.
42. spinosissima, Linn. (R. pimpinellifolia, Linn.).
Scorcu Rose. Low shrub, with upright reeurving or
ROSA
spreading branches, 3 or 4 ft. high, usually densely beset
with slender prickles and bristles: IHfts. 5-11. usdally 4,
orbicular to oblong-ovate, simply or doubly serrate, gla-
brous, sometimes glandular beneath, 44-",) in. long: fs.
solitary, but usually very numerous along the stems,
pink, white or yellowish, 114-2 in. across; pedicels
smooth or glanduku-hispid: fr. globulur, black. May,
June. Eu., W. Asia to China. Gn. 55, p. 425.—Very
variable. Var. Altaica, Thory (R. Altdica, Willa. 2’.
grandiflora, Lindl). More vigorous: tls. large, white;
pedicels smooth. B.R.11:888. Gn. o3:1150. ALP. 1221099,
Gug. O07.
Var. hispida, Koehne (PR. hispida, Sims. RB. litéscens,
Pursh). Taller: Ifts. simply serrate, pedicels smooth:
fls. yellowish, rather large. B.M. 1570. Gn. 56:1249.
Var. mitissima, W. D. Koch (var. inérmis, Thory.
BR. mitissima, Gmelin). Branches almost unarmed:
tls. pink.
Var. myriacantha, W.D. Koch (R.myriacantha, DC.).
Brauches very prickly: Ivws. doubly glandular-serrate.
very small: fis, small, white, blushed. Red. Ros.(1:6,7).
There are also vars. with double or semi-double, pink,
white or yellow tls. (Gn. 20:544). Several hybrids are
known. 2. Mibérnica, Smith, a low shrub with glaucous
green foliage and small pale pink fls., is a hybrid with
Re caning, Ro rubélla, Smith, with durk green foliage,
red fls. and searlet, pendulous ovate-oblong fruits, is a
hybrid with RB. penduling, Re rerérsa, Waldst. & Kit.,
is similar and probably of the same parentage.
Section XN. LUTE.
or somerchat
straight or hooked prickles: stip-
ules usually narrow, with Aiver-
gent and dilated auricles: tls. yel-
low, without bracts: sepals entire,
persistent, upright.
3. Eglantéria, Linn., not Mill. ( R.
Titea, Mill.). Shrub with long, slender
often sarmentose or climbing stems,
Two Asiatic species,
with
Cpright
sarmentose shrubs, scattered,
1557
B.M. 1077. Gn. 53. p. 2h: 55, p. 425. Var. pléna, Hort.
With double tls. Gin. 53:1152. See No. 21.
44. hemispheérica, Herrm. (2. glancophiylla, Elivh.
Le sulphitrea, Ait. R. Rapini, Boiss. & Bal). Closely
allied to the preceding: stems slender, with hooked
prickles: Ifts., obovate, cuneate at the base, simply ser-
rate, bluish green: fs. usually solitary, scentless, light
yellow; pedicels glandular-hispid. -Iane, W. Asia.—
2164. Semi-double Rosa rugosa.
(x 29.) No. 41.
With double fls.,
of Per-
Ree See ie
Var. plena, Hort.
often cult. under the nam
sian Yellow. B.R. 1:46. F
SVB.PVG. Th 47353.
Var. Harisoni, Hort., Harrison's
Yellow Rose, is of paler color and a
little less double than Persian Yel-
low, but it blooms more freely, is
2 : rae : 2 .
Bee 2163. Fruits of Rosa rugosa | + more vigorous, hardier and easier to
No. dd). grow. It is of American origin and
2162.
Rosa rugosa.
Natural size.
No. 41.
becoming 10 ft. igh, usually with straight prickles:
Ifts. 5-9. broadly ovate to oval, doubly glundular-serrate,
dark grven above, often glandular, } in. long; stipules
glandular-serrate: fils. sometimes several. but without
bracts to the main pedicel, bright yellow, Se meat or
aeross, of unpleasant odor: fr. globular. June. W. Asia.
B.M.365) Gn. 58:1152.—Var, punicea,Thory (2. puriiicea,
Mill. &. hiv Jaeq.). Fils. orange - scarlet within,
| Vag
Deen IT 24
may bea hybrid of Persian Yellow
with Rosa spinosissima.
SecTION XI. SERICEH. One Asiatic
Erect shrub, with the prickles in pai slip-
ules narrow, with erect dilated auricles: fls,
solitary, without bracts: sepals entire, persis-
tent and upright.
45. sericea, Lindl. (2. tetrapétala, Royle). At-
taining 12 ft., with prickly
and often bristly branches:
lfts. 7-9, oval or obovate,
serrate, glandular or silky
pubescent beneath, }.-#4 in.
long: tls. white, 1).-2 in.
petals usually 4,
sometimes 5: fr. globose or
turbinate. May, June.
Himal. B.M. 5200. R.H.
1897, p. 444, 445.
species,
UCTOSS 3
a oky
SECTION NIT. Minvuvirottze. Two Ameri-
Low shrubs with slender.
seattercd prickles: Urts, small, ineised-
stipules ivith diluted and di-
fls, solitary, without bracts: sepals
erect, persisteut, the outer ones pinnate.
46. mhinutifolia, Engelm. Dense spreading shrub, 4
ft. high: Ifts. 5-7, ovate to oblong, incisely dentate,
puberulous, 'e-'» in. long: As. short-pedicelled, pink or
white. about 1] in. across: fr. hispid. April, May. Calif.
GEARS e0e.
can Species,
serrate 3
vergent auricles:
1558
47. stellata, Wooton. Similar to the preceding: Ifts.
3-5, broadly cuneate -obovate: fis. 1%q-2)40 in. ucross,
deep rose-purple. New Mex. Bull. Torrey Bot. Club
25:335.—This and the preceding would be handsome
shrubs for rockeries, especially the latter, on account of
its larger fis. Both are probably tender and probably
are not yet in cult.
ROSA
2165. Bud of Madame Georges Bruant Rose (»
One of the Rugosa hybrids. No. 41.
Section XIII. Bracreata. Two Asiatic species.
Shrubs with erect or sarmentose and tomentose or
pubescent stems; prickles in pairs: stipules slightly
adnate and peetinates inflorescence with large bracts:
sepals reflered after flowering, entire; receptacle to-
mentose,
48. bracteata, Wendl. (1. Muedrtuea, Dum.). Ma-
CARTNEY Rose. Stems usually procumbent or sarmen-
tose, villous-tomentose, with stout hooked prickles: Ifts.
5-9, oval to obovate, crenately serrulate, bright green
above and somewhat shining, almost glabrous beneath,
WwW in. long: fls. one or few, short-stalked, white, 34
in. across; sepals and receptacle densely tomentose.
June-Oct. S. China, Formosa; naturalized in Fla. and
La. B.M. 1377.—Handsome half-evergreen climber, not
hardy north.
Seetion XIV. Lezvicara. One Asiatic species, Climb-
ing shrub, with scattered hooked prickles: lfts. qgen-
erally 3: stipules almost free: fls, solitary, without
bracts, large, while: sepals erect, entire, persistent.
49. levigata, Michx. (R. Siniew, Murr. PR. Chero-
kénsis, Donn, PR. terndta, Poir. R. Camellia, Hort.).
Figs. 2166, 2167. High climbing shrub, with slender
green prickly branches: Ifts. 3, rarely 5, elliptice-ovate
to ovate-lanceolate, sharply serrate, shining and = gla-
brous, 1! % in. long: fls. solitary, white, rarely rose,
2g 6 in, aeross, fragrant; pedicels and receptacle
densely bristly: fr. large, obovate, bristly. June.
China, Formosa, Japan; naturalized in the southern
ROSA
states. B.M. 2847. B.R. 23:1922. G.C. III. 6:497
Gn. 53, p. 207.— Handsome climbing Rose, but not hardy
north. A bybrid with R&R. Banksiw is R. Fortuneana
tsvee No. 15). A hybrid with a Tea Rose is the Anemone
Rose, with large single light pink fls. M.D.G. 1896:345.
SeeTIoN NV. MicropHyLus#. One Asiatic species,
Upright spreading shrub, with the straight prickles
in pairs: fls, 11-15; stipules very narrow, with subu
late divergent auricles: fls, usually several, with
small and quickly caducous bracts; sepals broad,
erect and persistent, the outer ones pinnate; carpels
only at the bottom of receptacle.
50. microphylla, Roxb. Much-branched spreading
shrub 6 ft. high, with straight or ascending prickles:
Ifts. 11-15, elliptic to oblong-elliptic, acute, sharply ser-
rate, glabrous or pubescent beneath:
fis. pale pink, often solitary, 2-24 in.
across, short-pedicelled; sepals and
receptacle prickly: fr. depressed-
=a
2166. Cherokee Rose—Rosa levigata (X !2).
No. 49.
Commonly known as &. Sinica.
globose, 1%.-2 in, aeross, very prickly. June, July.
China, Japan. B.M. 6548.—Var. plena, Hort. With
double fls. B.M. 3490. B.R.11:919. Not quite hardy
north, Sometimes hybrids with R. Chinensis and with
Ro rugosa are cult. under the name of 22. microphylla,
The hybrid with @. vugosa has large single purple fls.,
handsome bright green foliage and very prickly
branches; it is of vigorous growth and will probably
make a good hedge plant.
ROSA
SUPPLEMENTARY List.
(The Roman figure indicates the group to whieh the species
belougs. )
R. agrestis, Savi.
F (VI). Allied to R. rubiginosa. Without
yristles;
pedicels smooth: fis. small, pale pik or whitish
Atr.—R. Alberti, Regel (VILL). Allied to R. acieularis.
,recurving: Ifts. ovate, pubescent beneath:
- White; pedicels smooth. Songaria, Turkestan.—R. Amou-
Hance = R. microcarpa.—h. anemoniflora, Fort, (1).
and shining: tls. few, deep carmine, double. China. Halt:
i riety of R. Beggeriana,
Beguyeriana, Schrank (VII)
with silky pubescent Itts.—lv.
Dense shrub, to 3 ft.: prickles in pairs: Hts. very small and
bluish green: tls. corymbose, white uyx and apex of tr. fall
ing off, leaving the small, globular fr. with an opening at the
top. N. Persia to Altai and Song.—R. elinophulla, Thory
(XILD). Closely allied to R. bracteata. Branches silky pubes-
cent: prickles straight: Ifts. elliptic-lanceolate, tomentose be-
neath: fls. white. India. BR. 9:739. Tender.—f. collinu,
Jaca. (VY). Allied to R. alba, but tls. rose-colored; sepiuls
shorter. Probably hybrid of R. Galliea with R. canina, var.
dumetorum.—A. cortifolia, Fries (VI). Allied to R. canina
Lfts. pubescent beneath; petioles tomentose: fls. pink, short-
Hed; bracts large; sepals upright after flowering. Eu,
Very variable. Var. Froebeli, Rehd. (R. canina, var
t.). Of vigorous growth: lIfts. simply or doubly
serrate, bluish green: fls. small, white.—2. Duririca, Pall.
(VIII ye Allied to R. cinnamomea. Prickles straight and slen-
der; stipules narrow: Ifts. smaller, doubly serrate: pedicels
glandular: fr. ovate. Manchuria, Dahur., Saghalin.—
to R. rubiginos Ifts. cuneate-obovate, pubescent beneath
pedicels short, usually not glandular: fs. pinkish or whitish
Eu.—R. Elumaitica, Boiss. & Hansskn. (VI). Dwarf shrub,
to 3 tt., with pri y zigzag branches: Itts. small, usually 5,
glaucescent: 1 .small, pink: tr. globular. smal \. Persia.
—R. Fedtschenkoana, Regel (VIIL). Probably ve yot R.
Webbiana, of more vigorous growth and with larger lfts.
Turkestan.—R. feror, Bieb. (VI). Allied to R. rubiginosa.
Dwart: lfts. glandular on both sides: pedicels short, ne
glandular, S. E. Eu., W. Asia.—R. Frebeli, Hort. =R. corii-
folia, var. Freebelii—R. glarea, Vill. (VL). Allied to R. eanina.
Lfts. broadly ovate, bluish green: fls. pink; sepals upright after
flowering. Eu.—&R. glutinosa, Sibth. & Sm. (VL). Allied to R
rubiginosa. Dwarf, densely prickly: lfts. densely glandular on
bothsides: fs. small, pink. S.E.Eu., W. Asia.—f’. Heekeliana,
Tratt. (R. Hackeliana, Nym.) (WI). Allied to R. rubiginosa.
Dwarf: Ifts. tomentose on both sides: tls. usnally solitary,
small, pink. S. Eu.—&. gratissima, Greene (VIL). Allied to
R. Californ brous, bright green and glandular,
fragrant, thin. Indica, Linn R. imnicroearpa.—R.
involuerata, Roxb. . clinophyt. R. inrolita, Smith (VE).
Probably hybrid of R. spinosissima and R. villosa. Lifts.
doubly glandnlar-serrate, tomentose beneath: fls. whitish.—R.
Jundzilli, Bess. (VI). Allied to R.eanina, but resembling also
R. Gallica. Upright shrub, with straight spines: lfts. almost
glabrous, doubly glandnlar-serrate, rather large: s. larg>,
i fr. subglobose. Eu Asia. —R. laa, Retz. (VIII).
Upright shrub, with hooked prickles in pairs: Ifts. 7-9, small,
light green: fls. sinall, white: fr. oblong-ovate, small, Turk
stan to ng. and Altai.—2. léixa, Lind). =R. lneida.—fh. Jaca,
Hort. =R. coriitolia, var. Freebelii-h. Lircie, Prane
Rochebr. (I). Allied to R. Wichnraiana. Habit more uprig
lfts. usually 7, narrower and thinner: tls. smaller. Japan.—R.
Lyelli, Lindl. Probably hybrid of R.moschata and R. clino-
phylla. Climbing: Ifts. usnally 7, shining: fs
bose, large, white, single or double. Introduced trom N
R. macrophylla, Lindl. (VIIT). U it shrub, with
spines in pairs: 1 oliolate, dull green, pu-
beseent beneath: fils. 1 or few, large, pink: tr. pyriform. Himal
oblong,
ROSCOEA 15059
Not hardy north.—R. micrantha, Smith (VI). Allied to R.
rubiginosa. With hooked prickles, without bristles: 1fts
slightly pubescent beneath: tls. pale pink, small; styles slightly
exserted, glabrous. Eu., N. Aftr., W. Asia. —lt. imicrocarpa,
Lindl. CR. Indica, Linn., not Lindl.) (1). Branches slender,
with scattered, hooked spines: Ifts. 3-7, ovate-lanceolate;
stipules almost free: fs. corymbose, stmull, white: fr
globose; sepals decidaous. China. hR. mierocarpa, Hort. =
miultifiora.—R. montane, Chaix, (VI). Allied to Ro canina, Of
vigorous'growth, with strong spines: Its. broader, tinged red-
dish: fls.pink; pediecls and receptacle glandaliar-hispid. 8
i Afr. —ftorientalis, Dup. (VI). Allied to Re rubiginosa,
prickles slender, subulate: Ifts. , Shuply serrate,
pubescent on beth sides: fis. pink, solitary, short-pedicelled.
W. Asia.—R. Phoenicia, Boiss. (1). Allied to R. moschata
Ltts. usually 5, obtuse or acute: corymbs usually many-te.,
pyramidal; styles glabrous. Asia Minor.—f. platuaeantha,
Schrank = R. xanthina.—&. sepia, Thaill. = R. agrestis.—f
Sonomensis, Greene (VILL). Allied to R. Californiea. Low
shrub, to 1 ft., with straight prickl broadly ovate,
dowbly glindular-serrate: ts. small. in dense coryinbs. Calif
—Rh. spithamea, Wats. (VILL). Allied to R. Calitorniea, Stems
usually net over ly ft. high, sparingly branched: Hts. doubly
ylandular-serrate: fls. usually solitary.
Smith (VI). Allied to R. villosa.
prickles often slightly curve Ifts. smaller, grayi
pale rose, on longer pedicels: fr. smaller, with the sepals up-
right-spreading, caducons at maturity. Eu.—hk. Webbiana,
Wall. (VIII). Erect shrub, with prickly stems: Ifts. 5-9, very
small, orbiewlar or oblong, usually glabrous: fls. mostly soli-
tary, pink, large: fr. ovoid. Himal. to Afghan. and Turkestan
ranthina, Lindl. (XI). Rigid shrub to 4 ft., with stout,
straight prickles: Ifts. very small, glandular beneath: fls.
solitary. golden yellow, 1 in. across. Afghan. to N. China
B.M. 7666. ALPRED REHDER.
ROSANOWIA.
=e)
See Sfuningia,
ROSCHERIA (name unexplained). Pulmdcew. A
geuus of one species, a pala from Seychelles allied to
Hyophorbe, which see for difference It is slender,
erect, Spiny at the nodes: Ivs. terminal, long-petioled,
ut first 2-tid, later unequally pinnuatiseet; segments nu-
merous, linear-lauceolute, 2-Hd at the apex, the 1umer-
ous nerves sealy beneath; petiole spineless, somewhat
-sided, coneave above; sheath Jong, prickly; spadix
6 ft. long: peduncle long, slender, compressed ;
branches slender, rather simple, divaricate: spathes
many, entire, narrowed, compressed, naked, the 2 lower
ones persistent, the upper deciduous: fls. pale: fr. fusi-
form, small, black.
melanochetes, Wendl. (Verschafféltia melanochites,
Wendl. Trunk 15-25 ft. high, 2-8 in. in diam., with
mmany aerial roots, aud when young with a ring of spines
below each leaf-secar: Ivs, 410-7 ft. long; petiole 1!.-2l.
ft. long, smooth, with a pale band running from the top
of the sheath down the back of the petiole; sheath
]',-2'. ft. long, with a few fine black spines; leaf-blade
pale green, 3-5 ft. long, 2-3 ft. broad, entire when young,
unequally pinnate; segments I-1', ft. long, 2-fid at the
apex, clothed beneath with peltate scales. Seychelles.
1M. Is:34 Jarep G, SMITH.
ROSCOEA (Wim. Roscoe, founder of the Liverpool
Botanie Garden). Scitamindcew. A genns of 6 species
of half-hardy perennial herbs from the Himalayas, with
2167. Rosa levigata. Run wild in the South and known as Cherokee Rose. No. 4
2.
1560
purple, blue or yellow fils. terminating the leafy stems.
Lvs. lanceolate or oblong: fis. in terminal, usually few-
fid. spikes; bracts persistent, 1-fld.; calyx long-tubular,
slit down one side; corolla-tube slender, as long as
calyx or longer; lateral segments spreading; lateral
staminodes ohlanceola petaloid; Hip large, cuneate,
deflexed, 2-cleft or emarginate.
purpirea, Sm. Stem 14-1 ft. high, with 5-6 sessile,
lanceolate, sheathing Ivs. about 6 in. long: tls. few, pur-
ple, rarely lilac or white, in a sessile spike, appearing
one at a time in midsummer. B.R. 61. BLM. 4630.
L.B.C. 15:1404. G.C, TIL. 8:191.—The most hardy spe-
cies of the genus. Var. Sikkiménsis, Hort. Elwes (R.
Sikkiménsis, Van Tubergen), is said to differ in having
the epiphytic habit and more numerous fls. of a different
shade, Consult G.C. IID. 8:22). F. W. Barcvay.
ROSCOEA
ROSE (see also Rosa). The article Rose will probably
be consulted oftencr than any other in this Cyclopedia.
Therefore, the subject is presented from many points
of view, even at the risk of repetition. Every pains
has been taken to procure reliable information and ad-
vice from specialists in the different parts of the sub-
ject. It has been said that the gurden Rose does not
thrive in North America as it does in Europe; but how-
ever true this may have been, it scarcely holds to-day.
The suecess of the Rose in this country is very largely
a question of the selection of adaptable varieties. These
varieties are mostly the compounds of Various types and
In most garden Roses it is now impossible to
trace the original species with accuracy. For hortieul-
tural purposes, a purely botanical classification is of
minor consequence, although, in the main, the leading
garden-groups follow old specific lines. For a garden
classification that follows botanical lines closely, see
Baker in Gardener's Chronicle, Il. 24, p. 199 (1885).
The leading contemporaneous American text on the
Rose is Ellwanger’s. American Rose books are: ©The
Rose Manual,” Robert Buist, Philadelphia, 1844, and
later editions; “Manual of Roses,” William Robert
Prinee, New York, 1846; “The Rose,” Samuel Parsons,
New York, 1847, and later editions; “American Rose
Culturist,” New York, 1856; “Book of Roses,” Francis
Parkman, Boston, 1866; "The Rose,” Henry Shaw, St.
Louis, 1 “The Rose,” H. B. Ellwanger, New York,
1882, 2d ed. 1892; “Secrets of Rose Culture,” W. J.
Hatton, Huntington, N. Y., 1891. For a list of Rose
books in all languages, see “Bibliografia de la Rosa,”
by Vergara, Madrid, 1892. ;
Following are the equivalents of some of the common
names of Roses:
species.
Ayrshire
Banks Ro
Bengal...
s, Var. capreolata®
rn. Chinen
Bourbon. : . Borbonica,.
Champne . Noisettiana,
Cherokee. . . levigata.
Cinnamon ’. cinnamomed,
Damask . . Damascena,
Dog .. - canina.
Eglantine . rubiginosa,
Wichuratana,
. Gallica, var. muscosa.
. moschata,
. Noisettiana.
. seligera,
. Gallica,
Memorial
Prairie...
Provence
Scotch. . . spinosissima,
Sweetbrier ..... poaaavsen RR. viudbiginosa,
WOdinvic loc’. mre ari tie cts RL. Chinensis, var. fragrans.
Le EL Be
Horticultural Classification of Roses.— The garden
classification of Roses presents considerable difficulty,
several groups bave been so much mixed that
ginal characteristics of each overlap at nearly all
points, This is particularly true of the Perpetuals, of
which any close Glassification is impossible. The diffi-
culties increase as one advances. Certain clear-cut
characters may be taken to mark certain distinet groups
in the summer Roses, with which the hortieulturist has
pot busied himself so much. Nearly all of these char-
ROSE
acters are reproduced in the Perpetuals, and, being
blended together, give rise to endless confusion; thus
the following scheme is merely suggestive and should
be studied in comparison with the botanical classifi-
cation (see page 1548).
American Rose culture, so far as garden varieties are
concerned, can hardly be d to have found itself as
yet. Our growers are to-day striving to overcome the
short-lived character of the blooms, so as to import into
our gardens something of the Rose beauty of Europe.
The Wichuraiana, Rugosa, and Multiflora Roses, com-
bined with our native species and blended again with the
best representatives of the garden groups already grown,
seem to offer the solution. The beginning has already
been made. The hot sun and trying climatic conditions
of our summers are fatal to the full beauties of the
Roses of France and England. The flower is developed
so quickly that it las no opportunity to “build” itself;
und once developed it fades as rapidly. What has been
done for other florists’ flowers remains yet to be accom-
plished for the Rose, and the American Rose of the
future will have to be developed to suit the cireum-
stances in the same way that the American carnation
has been produced. A special society has been formed
to foster this work and is now in its third year of exis-
tence.
Class I. Summer-ilowering Roses, blooming once only.
A. Large-flowered (double).
B. Growth branching or
pendulous: leaf
REPUTE OLE Uiectoeteuetes rete 1. Provence
Moss
Pompon
Sulphurea
BB. Growth firm and ro-
bust; leaf downy .. 2. Damask and French
Hybrid French
Hybrid Provence
Hybrid Bourbon
Hybrid China
BBB. Growth free: leaf
whitish above,
Spineless ......... 3. Alba
AA. Small flowered — (single
and double).
B. Growth climbing: fls.
produced singly.... 4.
BB. Growth short-jointed,
generally, except in
Alpine....
Ayrshire
. Briers
Austrian
Scoteh
Sweet
Penzance
Prairie
Alpine
BBB. Growth climbing: fls.
tm ClUStETS 0 cee eee 6.
Multiflora
Polyantha
BBBB. Growth free: foliage
istent (more or
ss, shiny ........, 7. Hvergreen
Sempervirens
Wichuraiana
Cherokee
Banksian
BBBBB. Growth free; foliage
WET MILE ove sawn vay 8. Pompon
Class II, Summer- and autumn-flowering Roses, bloom-
ing more or less continuously.
A. Large-flowered.
B. Foliage very rough... 9. Hybrid Perpetual
10. Hybrid Lea
11. Moss
BB. Poliage rough... cee. 12. Bourbon
13. Bourbon Perpetual
BBR. Foliage smooth. ......14. China
Tea
Lawrenceana (Fairy)
Plate XXXV. A Tea Rose.— Bridesmaid
ROSE
aa. Smaller flowered.
B. Foliage deciduous.
c. Habit climbing ....15. Musk
Noisette
16. Ayrshire
V7. Polyantha
Wichuraiana Hybrids
cc. Habit dicart, bushy As. Perpetual Briers
Rugosa
Lucida
Microphyla
Berberidifolia
Seotelhi
BB. Foliage more or less
PEPSUSTONE rere oldies 2 WD. Berergreen
Macartney
Wichuraiana
Garden-group 1. Provence. Fragrant: branching or
pendulous: fs. generally globular: foliage bold, broad,
wrinkled, deeply serrate: prickles uncertain; sometimes
Rich
tine and striaght, sometimes coarse and hooked.
soil. Prune closely unless very vigorous. T
Moss Rose, a erested form of the Provence (F
Pompon, a dwart group: cupped flowers. Se
8. Sulphurea, an undesirable yellow form of difficult
cultivation.
Garden-group 2.0 Lhe Damask and Preneh,
Roses are fragrant: growth robust; spinous: lys
green, downy, coriaceous. Hardy:
scent destroyed on drying.
French Roses: F ant (moderately): more upright
and compact in growth than the Provence: prickles
smaller and fewer: fils. generally flat. Very hardy,
growing in any soil; petals bleach in strong sunlight:
makes abundance of wood, which should be thinned out;
perfume develops in the dried petals.
Hybrid French or Hybrid Provence, a less robust
group with smoother, short-jointed wood and gener-
ally ligkt-colored flowers, Type Princess Clementine.
Other subdivisions include hybrids with nearly all of
the Perpetual group. Madaine Plantier is a Hybrid
Noisette. Coupe d’Hebe is a Hybrid Bourbon.
Hybrid China (China x French and Provence, par-
taking more of those parents). Growth more diffuse
than the French Rose; foliage smooth, shining and
remains on the bush late in the year; thorns nu-
merous and strong. Vigorous of growth; very hardy,
and generally well adapted to poor soil; requires but
little pruning.
Garden-group 3. Alba, or White Roses. A very
distinct group; all light-colored flowers of moderate
Daniask
light
free - flowering:
2168. American Beauty Rose (x }4
Probably the most famons Rose now cultivated in America.
One of the Hybrid Perpetual ¢lass.
size: leaf whitish above, deep green below: spineless
(some hybrids with other groups are very thorny), of
free growth; prune closely. Type, Felecite Parmentier
and Maiden’s Blush.
ROSE 1561
Garden-group 4. clyrshire. Climbing Roses; very
hardy: slender shoots snitable for trellises and trunks
of trees: fis. produced singly. Useful for pot cultiva-
tion when trained over a frame; fls. vary from white to
2169. Paul Neyron (» }.).
A popular rose-colored variety of the Hybrid Perpetual type.
deep crimson. Type, Queen of the Belgians, Dundee
Rambler. Ruga is a hybrid between this group and one
of the Teas; fragrant.
Garden-group 5. Briers. Under this heading may be
grouped most of the well-defined types of garden Roses,
mostly small-flowered and which do not readily respond
to high cultivation, They are more useful as flowering
shrubs in the garden than for eut-Alowers. The blooms
are generally short-lived.
Austrian or Yellow Briers,
flowers: bark chocolate-brown. Very hardy, but re-
qnire pure air and dry soil; will stand very little
pruning, producing flowers from the upper ends of
the old wood. Types, Harisoni, Austrian Copper and
Persian Yellow.
Scotch or Spiny. This group is well recognized by
its excessive spininess; the spines are also very
sharp: compaet, low bushes, flowering abundantly and
early: flowers small, double. Multiply by under-
ground suckers; fragrant. One hybrid of this group,
Stanwell, isa Perpetual.
Sweetbrier. Distinguished by the fragrar
leaves: the fruits are also decorative: foliz
flowers light-colored generally and net held of much
account.
Lord Penzance Br This is a group of hybrids
of Re rubiginose ( veethrier), and the older large
flowered varieties, especially Bourbon and Damask.
The results are hardly distributed in America as yet;
a few are to be found in select collections, Generally
speaking they may be described as very atly im-
proved Sweetbriers. Brenda is particularly desirable
for its fruit.
Prairie Rose (R. setigera). A native species: prom-
ises under cultivation to develop some valuable ac-
Smallleatlets: solitary
1562 ROSE
quisitions, especially in hybridization with other
groups: Type, Baltimore Belle. Fig. 2154. _
~ Alpine or Boursault. Native of the Swiss Alps;
semi-pendulous, long, flexible, smooth shoots: flower
in large cluster mostly purple or crimson flowers.
Good for pillars, very hardy, especially suitable for
shady places; should be well thinned in pruning, but
the Howering wood left alone: type Amadis. Pro-
duced by crossing Teas and R&R. alpina,
Garden-group 6. Multiflora, The Multiflora group
divides itself naturally into the Multiflora true and
Polyantha. R. multiflora, the parent type, is charac-
teristic of the varieties here, the flowers being produced
in large corymbs and continuing over a comparatively
long time. This group is particularly well adapted to
the wild garden. There are many hybrids, which are
2170. La France, a famous Hybrid Tea Rose (X 33).
This picture was made from the White La France. The origi-
nal La France is pink.
known in cultivation under the general term of Ram-
bler Roses.
The Polyantha section has given a fairly hardy
variety in Crimson Rambler. Useful as pillar and
trellis Roses and respond to high cultivation, In
pruning remove only the old canes, leaving the young
new growth to carry flowers next y Some cluster
Roses of the Indica or Tea alliance popularly called
Polyanthas do not belong here.
Garden-group 7. Hrerygreen, The so-called Evergreen
Roses hold their foliage until very late in the year and
in hybridization appear likely to yield varieties which
are practically evergreen.
Sempervirens, useful as pillar Roses, producing
flowers in corymbs: very hardy: vigorous growth:
free bloomer: requires considerable thinning in prun-
ing. Types, Felicite perpetuella, ;
Wichuraiana (Fig. 2155), most popular of all the
rampant Roses: very hardy: growing in any soil:
this promises to be the basis of a very valuable race
of American Roses: flowers in the type white. Hy-
ROSE
brids have been raised from Hybrid Perpetual and
Vea varieties giving large flowers, scented; such are
Gardenia and Jersey Beauty. Several hybridists are
now working on this species, and he next few years
promise remarkable developments. W. A. Manda in
New Jersey, M. H. Walsh in Massachusetts and M.
Horvath in Ohio are thus engaged.
Cherokee (/?. levigatu) of the southern states can
be grown satisfactorily away from its native regions
only ina greenhouse. Figs, 2152-4.
The Banksian (R. Bunksiw). Two varieties of
this are known, the yellow and the white. Requires
greenhouse treatment: evergreen: needs very little
pruning, merely shortening the shoots that have
bloomed. Yellow variety scentless, white variety pos-
sessing the odor of violets: flowers are produced in
graceful drooping clusters.
Garden-group 8. Pompon, A small-flowered Provence
Rose. See No. 1.
Garden-group 9. Hybrid Perpetual, or Hybrid Re-
montant. A large and comprehensive group of much-
mixed origin. The mixture with other groups has he-
come so involved as to render separation practically
impossible. The characteristics may be described a
stiff, upright growth, sometimes inclined to pendulous
fls. of all types: foliage dull green, wrinkled, not shiny:
embracing generally the characteristics of the Provence,
Damask, French and the Chinese groups: fis. large, in-
clined to flat, generally of dark colors. By far the
largest and most comprehensive division. Figs. 2168-9.
Garden-group 10. Hybrid Teas form a + jon of
the Hybrid Perpetual group crossed back on to the Tea-
scented China, gradually losing all identity. They dif-
fer from the pure Hybrid Perpetuals by having foliage
of a deeper green and less wrinkled. Some of the best
forcing Roses are in this group, which promises the
greatest development for American rosarians; Robert
Scott is a type of this class and is raised from Mer-
veille de Lyon, H. P., and Belle Siebrecht Hybrid Tea.
The La France type belongs here. Fig. 2170.
Garden-group 11. dJfoss. A perpetual flowering
roup of the Provence. See Summer Roses and Fig,
2157.
Garden-group 12. Bourbon. Dwarf and compact
growth, with rounded, more or less shining leaflets:
very floriferous: brilliant colors: good outline: in per-
fection Inte in the season: requires close pruning. Type,
Hermosa (or Armosa).
Garden-group 13. Bourbon Perpetual. Very flor-
iferous: flowers moderate-sized, well formed, in clus-
ters. Type, Madame Isaae Pereire.
Garden- group 14. China. The China or Monthly
Rose is characterized by its positively perpetual man-
ner of flower. Its blooms become much darkened in
color from the action of the sun’s rays: fils. small and
irregular in shape. Somewhat tender. Chiefly interest-
ing as the parent of the true Teas.
The Tea-scented China or Tea Rose. Fig. 2171.
Large, thick petals, with the characteristic tea scent:
flowers generally light colored, pink and ereamy yel-
low: growth free; the best for foreing. The group
has been hybridized with all other sections and the
Tea influence is seen throughout the Rose family.
Some of the varieties are climbing. Type, Bon
Silene and Homer.
Lawrenciana. Dwarf forms, requiring the same
treatment as the Teas. Commonly known as the
Fairy Rose.
Garden group 15. The Musk. Very fragrant: rather
tender: derived from Rosa moschata: fis. of pale color.
This group has been much hybridized with others, and
its identity is lost as a garden plant in that of its deriv-
atives, especially the Noisette. The flower buds are
elongated and the flowers produced in clusters.
Noisette. Fig. 2172. Larger flowered than the true
Musk Roses: flowering very late: free growth: more
hardy. The group bears a certain superficial resem-
blance to the Teas and requires moderate pruning;
will grow in any soil. This sub-group las been
largely blended with the Teas and with a loss of har-
diness. In consequence it has fallen into disuse.
Garden-group 16. Ayrshire. Perpetual forms of the
Ayrshire, For characters, See Summer Roses.
ROSE
Garden-group 17. Polyantha, Perpetual - Howering
varieties of the Multitlora group. The term in gardens
is taken to include a large number of small cluster-flow-
ered, climbing Roses, and is particularly important in
American Rose culture, as the basis of a new section of
hybrids with the Teas and (erroneously) including hy-
brids of Wichurainna and Teas. M.H. Walsh in Mas
sachusetts, M. Horvath in Obio, and Jackson Duaw-
son in Massachusetts have accomplished important
work in this field. Some of Walsh's recent introdue-
tions, as Debutante and Sweetheart, not as yet fairly
tried, and the Dawson Rose may be classed here. They
are valuable as trellis and pillar Roses for garden deco-
ration.
Garden-group 18. Perpetual Briers.
there are about five important types.
Rugosa or Japan Rose, a low-growing bush: hardy:
usetul as a hedge plant, and specially adapted for ex-
posed situations near the seashore. Figs. 2162-4.
Hybrids have been made with other Perpetual groups,
especially Teas and H. P’s. Mme. Georges Bruant is
atype. The Rugosa blood is strongly seen in all cases,
Lucida, a small insignificant group, having some
connection with the Macartney. os
Microphylla has minute leaflets.
Berberidifolia has leaves somewhat resembling bar-
berry.
Perpetual Scoteh, a perpetual -floweriug form of
Rosa spinosissiima, probably a hybrid from the Dam-
ask.
Garden-group 19. Hvergreen.
Macartney, slender:
erous throughout the
bracteata.
Wichuraiana. The Wichuraiana hybrids already re-
ferred to in the Polyantha group may dubiously he
included here. They have not yet been sufticieutly
tested LEONARD BARRON.
Of this group
Two types, as follows:
sweetly scented aud very florit-
season. Is derived from &.
Rose Gardens for Rose Lovers.—The Hybrid Per-
petual or Hybrid Remontant Rose (hybrids of Rosa
Damascena, Borbvonica, ete di rest and most im-
portant group of hardy Ré : The common varieties
are crosses of Provence and Damask Roses upon Bour-
bons, Bengals and Teas, and vice versa. Of all Roses,
Hybrid Perpetuals, in regions of severe winters, offer
the amateur the greatest promise of success.
A warm sunny spot shielded from strong or bleak
winds should be chosen for the Rose garden. A piece
of woods or a hedge offer good protection if they are
far enough away from the bushes so that they do not
shade them or rob them of nourishment. Dean Hole
says, “The Rose garden must not be in an exp
cei It must have shelter, but it must not have
shade. No boughs may darken, no drip may saturate,
nor ts 1 may rob the Rose.” A hillside is less exposed
to late frosts than valley and is therefore better. The
ground must be well drained. If nature has not pro-
vided such a spot the Rose-grower must make one.
The ideal soil for the Hybrid Perpetual Rose is a
strong rich clay or loam. Though Tea Roses sometimes
do well in gravel or sandy soil, Hybrid Perpetuals never
do. The ground should be spaded up to a good depth
and all stones, grass and roots carefully removed.
Late autumn is the best time for setting out hardy
Roses. The writer has set out over a hundred Hybrid
Perpetuals and Hybrid Teas when he was compelled to
shovel away several inches of snow and break up the
frozen crust of the earth with crow-bar and pick-ax
before he could dig the trench in which he planted
them, and yet he did not lose one of them. Put out late
in the fall with the earth well firmed around them and
properly protected, hardy and half-hardy Roses are
almost sure to come through the winter all right and
make a good bloom the first summer. In no other way
ean Roses be set out so quickly and so well as in a
trench dug the proper depth and width. Budded plants
should be set so that the joints will be three inches
under the surface of the ground. This is the only way
to secure immunity from suckers growing from the
root into which the bush has been budded. The best
fertilizer for Roses is rotted cow manure. The next
in value is the manure from the pig-sty.
ROSE 1563
Nearly all of the Hybrid Perpetuals and Mosses will
stand the severe winters in the northern states without
protection, but it is best te protect them. Ali Bourbon,
Hybrid Noisette, Hybrid China and Hybrid Teas in the
northern, und in some of the middle states, must be
protected; “excelsior” tied around the bushes to the
height of 12 or 15 inches gives suflicient protection.
When the leaves are out and the buds well formed a
mixture composed of three parts of wheat flour wid one
of white helebore sprinkled on the foliage when wet
after a rain or dew disposes of the most dangerous foes
of the Hybrid Perpetual. The dew and flour make a
paste that holds ihe helebore on till its work is done.
A tea made of tobacco stems will destroy the insects
most troublesome in July and August. Trimming
should be done in the spring before the sap begins to
tow.
The following embrace the best of the Hybrid Per-
petuals: Alfred Colomb, Anne de Diesbach, Baron de
Bonstetten, Baroness Rothschild, Clio, Earl of Dufferin,
2171. Yellow Tea Rose, Madame Honore Defresne,
popular in the South (X +3)
Fisher Holmes, Francois Michelon, Gloire de Margottin,
Gen. Jacqueminot, Gustave Piganeau, Heinrich Schul-
theis, Jean Liabaud, Jeannie Dickson, Jubilee, La
Rosiere, Louis Van Houtte, Mabel Morrison, Mme. Ga-
briel Luizet, Marchioness of Lorne, Margaret Dickson,
Marie Baumann, Marshall P. Wilder, M John Laing,
Pierre Notting, Prince Camille de Rohan, Queen of
Queens, Navier Olibo, Paul Neyron, Ulrich Brunner.
The Moss Rose (Rosa Gallica, var. muscosa) is a
universal favorite. The best varieties are Crested, Gra-
cilis and Common Moss. Fig. 2157. Seven leaflets are
found on most of them. They must be closely pruned.
The Perpetual {Moss Rose (Rosa Gallica, var. mus-
cosa): These are like the Moss Roses except that they
are autumnal bearers. Mme. Edward Ory, Salet and
Soupert-et-Notting are the best of this cla The best
results can be secured only by close pruning.
eae is a name
Sweetbrier (Rosa rubiginosa):
given to a Rose found in a wild
tries. One variety known as
native of England, is prized wherever known.
its popularity not to its flower but to the perfume of its
foliage. The attempts made to develop the flower and
still retain the fragrance of its foliage have not yet been
successful. No better Rose can be found for hedge-
making.
Austrian Brier (Rosa Eglanteria):
This Rose has 7or9
1564 ROSE
leaflets and single flowers of a coppery yel.ow color. It
is so hardy that it can brave the most rigorous climate
where man tills the soil. Persian Yellow, Harisonii
and Copper are the most valuable varieties. They
should be pruned sparingly.
Hybrid Climbing Roses. These are especially useful
as pillar Roses. The most valuable are Climbing Jules
Margottin (See Fig. 2179, page 1567) and Glory of Ches-
hunt.
The Prairie Rose (Rosa setigera) is the hardiest of
climbers. This quality, with the rapidity and vigor of
growth, has given them a wider popularity than any
other climbers. The Gem of the Prairie the only fra-
grant Prairie Rose. Baltimore Belle (Fig. 2154) is the
least hardy but most beautiful. Other valuable varie-
ties are: Queen of the Prairic, Anna Marie and Trium-
phant. The pruning knife should be used sparingly.
Hybrid China Rose (Rosa Chinensis forms): Many
Roses catalogued as Hybrid Perpetuals properly be-
long here. If Ellwanger’s suggestion that all French,
Provence, Damask and Hybrid Bourbon be grouped un-
der the Hybrid Chinas is adopted, Rose classification will
be much simplified and little will be lost in accuracy.
Madame Plantier is the best known and most valuable
of all the group.
Half-hardy Roses: Bourbon Rose (Los Bourbon-
tea): This group for the most part is composed of au-
tumnal bloomers. They are popular as gurden Roses.
Hermosa is the freest bloomer. Appoline is the most
beautiful. George Peabody and Malmaison are also de-
servedly popular. The moderate growers of this group
should be closely pruned.
The Hybrid Noisette (Rosa Noisettiana, var. hybrida)
has made several contributions to the rosarian. The
least hardy but the most beautiful members of this
group are Madame Noman, Mile. Bonnaire and Eliza
Boelle. Rivals in beauty and more hardy are Co-
quette des Alpes, Coquette des Blanches. The pruning
knife should not be spared with this class.
The Hybrid Tea Rose (Rosa Chinensis, various
forms) is more hardy than the Tea Rose and less
hardy than the Hybrid Remontants. It is a group
destined to have many additions in the not distant
future. La France, Captain Christy, Kaiserin Au-
guste Victoria, Caroline Testout and Liberty
are the best of this class.
Some persons like to train Roses to a few
canes and tie them to stakes (Pig. 2173).
Another practice is to bud them
high on Drier stocks sand to oot
grow them as standards. Most ep
Americans prefer = uae
the free-growing bush,
blooming from near
the ground (Fig. 2174).
Epmunpb M. Mitts.
Another View of Gar-
den Rose- Growing.
Roses taay be success-
fully grown in any soil
that will produce fair
crops of grain, vegeta-
bles or grass, Certainly
the best results will be
obtained in the more
favorable soils and sit-
nations, but every one Tar
who loves a Rose and f)
possesses a few feet of cama
ground with plenty of ‘iy
sunshine can have his
own Rose garden aud
find pleasure and health
incultivating the queen
of flowers. Of course {4)=
the ideal soil is a rich, deep loam, Dui I}
a good Rose bed can be made in clay, BO Dey
sand or gravel at little expense ard ( y
labor. Even the city resident, whose (
honse has been erected on the site of
an exhausted briek-yard, ean at a
small expense secure sufticient good
soil from the outskirts and manure
2172. Marechal Niel Rose ( 's).
One of the most popular of the Noisettes.
Color yellow.
ROSE
from the adjacent stables to make a Rose garden that
will grow as good plants and flowers as those of his
more favored friends who have acres at their disposal,
provided always that the sunlight can reach the beds
for at least half of the day.
The preparation of the ground is the first step of
importance. Roses abhor wet feet, and if the soil is
wet it must be thoroughly drained. This can be accom-
plished by digging out the bed to a depth of three feet
and filling in one foot with broken stone, bricks, cinders
or anything that will allow a free passage of the water
through the soil. If this is not sufficient and the
water is not carried away, provision must be made for
this by tile-draining; but, except in very extreme cases,
the drainage before mentioned will be found amply
sufficient. The composition of the soil should depend
on the class of Roses to be grown, for the Hybrid
Remontants do best in a heavy soil containing clay,
while those having Tea blood prefer a lighter, warmer
soil.
The beds may be made of any desired shape, but a
idth of 4 ft. will usually be found the most. satis-
ctory, as a double row can be planted at intervals of
2h ft., which will be all that is neeessary for the
strongest growing varieties, and the blooms can be
gathered from each side without the necessity of tramp-
ling on the soil. Space may be economized by planting
as in the following diagram:
The plants will then be 1 ft. from the edge and 30 in.
apart, aud each plant will be fully exposed to the light
and air and will not interfere with its neighbors.
In preparing a bed on a lawn, the
sod and soil should first be entirely re-
moved and placed apart; then the best
of the subsoil may be taken out and
placed on the other side of the trench,
and, lastly, the portion to be discarded,
making in all a depth of at least 2
feet. The floor is then loosened to
the full depth of a pick-head,
the good subsoil replaced and
= mixed with a generous dress-
ing of well-decomposed
stable manure; lastly
the surface soil and
sod well broken up and
also thoroughly en-
riched with manure,
and the bed filled to
the level of the ad-
joining surface with
enough good soil added
to replace the dis-
earded earth. When
the bed has settled the
surface should be at
least one inch below
that of the adjoining
sod, in order that all
the rainfall be re-
tained. The writer be-
lie it to be a serious
stake to make any
flower bed higher than
the adjacent surface,
as in hot weather the
soil dries out and the plants suffer
for want of moisture.
5 S If the bed is intended for the hardy
Hybrid Perpetual or Remontant class,
it should contain a fair proportion of
elay well mixed with the soil. A suf-
ficient amount is always present in
what is known as a heavy loam. If
ROSE
the soil does not contain this naturally, it should be
added and thoroughly incorporated with the other in-
gredients. If the bed is intended for Hybrid Teas,
Teas, Bonrbons or Noisettes, the soil should be lighter,
and if naturally heavy should have added to it a proper
amount of sand or leaf-mold, and be thoroughly mixed
as before. Roses are rank feeders; theretore be liberal
with manure tor every class.
Garden Roses can be obtained from the dealers grown
in two ways: on their own roots, and budded on the
Manetti or briar stock. Figs. 2156, 2175. There is much
ditference of opinion as to the relative value of the two
sorts, and it must be admitted that some of the stronger
varieties will do equally well either way; Dut the
opinion of the writer, based upon the experience of
nearly a quarter of a century, is that all of the less
Vigorous varieties are
far better budded than
on their owa roots, and
some are utterly worth-
less unless budded :
notably, Reine Marie
tLenriette and Vis-
countess Folkestone,
both charming
when well grown.
budded plants are
mostly grown in Eu-
rope, taken up as soon
is the wood is ripened
in the autumn, and
shipped to us in the
dormant state in time
for planting in the lati-
tude of Philadelphia
before the ground is
frozen. They are usn-
ally received in) such
excelient condition that
rarely one ina hundred
of the hardy sorts fails
to make a good growth
anda fair bloom in the
following season,
With the tender
sorts, dormant plant-
ing out of doors in late
sutumn is attended
vith mueh risk, be-
‘ause of the inability
of these plants to en-
dure the rigors of our
winters before becom-
ing established.
sequently they need
much more protection
than the hardy varic-
ties. Jt is really much better to have the planting
deferred until the early spring, if the plants can be
safely housed throughout the winter. After they have
become successfully established theiv safety is a red,
and they will repay in vigor and exeellence the extra
work expended upon them. Few amuteurs, however,
have the conveniences for caring fora number of plants
under cover throughout the winter. Thevefore they
must take the risk of planting in the autumn or culti-
vate plants grown on theirown roots. The best budded
stock the writer has yet found was obtained from nur-
series in Ireland, and it has been the uniform testimony
of all who have examined them that they had not seen
finer out-of-door Roses grown in this section, (For fur-
ther discussions of budded and grafted Roses, see page
1574.)
Planting Budded Roses.—Holes at least 1 ft. in depth
and 15 in. wide should be made for each plant, the
eollar or point where the bud was inserted and from
which the new growth starts placed 2 in. beneath the
surface of the soil, the roots spread out and downwards
(care being taken that no roots cross each other) and all
roots covered with fine soil free from lumps of manure.
Fig. 2176. Manure should neyer be placed in actual
contact with the roots, but near at hand, where the new
feeding roots can easily reach when growth begins.
Roses
The
Con-
2173. Rose trained to a few shoots.
See p. 1564.
ROSE
The remaining soil should then be packed in firmly, the
surface leveled and covered with about 3 inehes of
coarse litter and manure, and the long wood cut back to
about 18 inches to prevent the plant being whipped and
loosened by high winds.
This extra wood is lett to
encourage root aetion in
the spring and should be
eut back to three or four
eyes as soon as they can
be detected when pushing
out. Always cut above
and close to a strong
ontside bud, without in-
juring it, to develop an
open and free head, thus
admitting light and air
It the uppermost bud is
on the inside surface of
the shoot, the new vrowth
will be directed inward,
dwarfing and hampering
the plant and preventing
proper development. The
deep planting above de-
scribed is necessary to pre-
vent suckers from being
thrown out by the roots,
as these will speedily
ehoke and kill the less
vigorous wood which we
are endeavoring to de-
velop, From the writer's
point of view the only ob-
jeetion to budded plants
2174. A Rose bush for the corner
is this danger of suck- of the garden.
eving from the roots;
therefore no one should attempt to eultivate budded
Roses who cannot distinguish the brier should it appear,
ov who is too careless or indifferent to dig down at once
and cut the wild shoot clean off at the root, rubbing it
smooth to prevent its starting again. Do this just as
soon as you discover it.
A very little experience will enable any one to dis-
tinguish the hrier, The canes are covered with minute
thorns and bear seven leafiets, instead of the usual
number of five. Should any doubt remain, follow the
shoot down through the ground and if it starts helow
the collar, itis a brier. Remove it. These wild shoots
usually appear a few inches outside of the regular
growth, rarely inside; consequently there is little diffi-
culty in detecting aud removing them.
Planting Roses from Pots.—Should Roses grown on
their own roots be preferred, they should be planted as
soon as the spring weather has fairly settled and all
danger of frost is over, that the plants may be firmly
established before the heat of summer. Roses planted
late in the season never deo well, as they cannot attain
sufficient vigor to withstand the burning heat of our
sun. The
only he
Suirmer
holes need \
made a little larger
than the pot in whieh
the plant is growing.
Choose a cloudy day,
or the time just before
a rain, or late in the
afternoon, and, after
making the hole, knock
the pot off by inverting
the plant and striking
the edge sharply on a
firm substance (the
handle of a spade
which has been firmly
placed in the ground
in an upright position
will answer nicely).
Press the ball of earth
firmly between the hands to leosen the earth without
injuring the roots, fill the hole with water, insert the
plant a very little deeper than it stood in the pot, fill
in with soil and pack the earth around firmly. Pot-
2175. Flower of the Manetti Rose,
used asa stock.
1566 ROSE
grown plants will always require staking if the varie-
ties are of upright growth.
Tea Roses.—Where the climate is too cold to winter
out Tea Ro successfully, a charming effect can be
obtained by planting in a be 2d 6 ft. in width, the rows
one foot from the edge and 2 ft. apart, and the bed of
any desired length or any multiple of 3 ft. A sectional
frame made from tongued and grooved ee pine fenc-
ing, 2% ft. in height at the back and 2 in front, fac-
ing east or southeast and fastened fea: with hooks
and eyes or screws, the whole covered with ordinary
coldframe sash (6x 3 ft.), will preserve the tender va-
rieties through a severe winter. The sash should be
freely opened when the temperature is above 30° FP. and
air admitted during the day when it is 10 or 15° lower.
Always close before sunset t and open as soon as the sun
shines each morning. Opening the sash to keep the
plants cool and prevent growth is just as essential as
covering to protect from cold, if abundance of flowers
is desired. A few days’
\ | neglect in opening the
sash when the temperature
is above 30° will destroy
most of the buds for the
coming June, as they will
be forced out, and one
eold night will kill them.
Protect from rains or
snows, and do not water.
Sufficient moisture reaches
the roots from the outside
to keep the plants in a
healthy condition.
The writer has a num-
ber of Teas that have been
grown successfully in such
a bed for many years.
They give hundreds of fine
blooms from May until
November and remain so
vigorous that many of the
new shoots are half an
inch in diameter.
Climbing Roses.—These
make avery effective back-
ground, and if trained on
a high wire fence give a
The strong-growing varieties should
be planted $ ft. apart and will each easily fill a trellis
9 ft. high. They also look well trained on the house
porch, but are much more likely to be attacked by
insect enemies there than when planted in the open,
where the birds have free access to them, with no fear
of disturbance. The birds will not do good work where
they are in constant danger of interruption, so Roses
grown on porches are usually attacked by aphides and
slugs, the leaves becoming riddled and skeletonized,
which rarely occurs when they are planted in the open.
If Roses are wanted around porches the Microphylle,
white and pink, and the Crimson Rambler can be safely
planted, as they are not attacked by the slug, but the
blooms do not compare favorably with many other Roses
of their habit. The other varieties can also be grown
around porches, provided that they can be planted
where the drippings from the roof will not fall upon
them and they are kept free from slugs. This can be
accomplished by free syringing with the hellebore in-
fusion to be described later on.
Only a few of the climbing Teas can be grown suc-
cessfully in the latitude of Phik adelphia. Many of the
finer varieties are worthless here, in spite of all the pro-
tection that can be given them, unless they are covered
with glass. Lamarque, Bouquet d'Or, Cloth of Gold,
Triomphe de Rennes, Maréchal Niel and Réve d@’Or
have, in the writer’s experience, all perished in the first
winter, but Reine Marie Henriette, Gloire de Dijon,
William Allen Richardson and Celine For er will do
well and yield st actory results. The fin limbing
Tea for this latitude is Reine Marie Henriette. It
blooms finely and makes a magnificent growth, as may
be seen in Fig. 2177. The trellis is 10 ft. wide and 9 ft.
high.
These varieties should be pruned sparingly by simply
2176. A typical dormant Rose
as it should be planted.
A, point where bud wus inserted.
beautiful display.
ROSE
shortening-in the too vigorous shoots and cutting the
laterals back to two eyes. Tie all to the trellis in a fan
shape, dividing the space as evenly as possible. Fig,
2178 shows the same Reine Marie Henriette pruned
and trained on trellis. ‘These continue in flower until
November, the early bloom in June being the finest,
but many good Roses may be gathered throughout the
summer and autumn. With the hardy June-flowering
varieties the writer has not had much experience and
2177. Reine Marie Henriette, the finest climbing Tea Rose
for the latitude of Philadelphia.
This shows the vigorous growth, the trellis being 10 feet wide
and 9 feet high.
can only reeommend Crimson Rambler and Cheshunt
Hybrid from actual observation. Both of these are
effective in their masses of bloom for about three weeks
in each year. Space has been so precious in the garden
from which these notes were made that only the most
satisfactory varieties were cultivated, and such kinds
as Baltimore Belle and Prairie Queen do not compare
favorably with others that occupy no more room and
give much more gratifying results.
Hybrid Sweetbriers.—The recent introduction of
the Marquis of Penzance Hybrid Sweetbriers is a val-
uable addition to our collection. All of the 16 varie-
ties given in the accompanying list are desirable. The
foliage is abundant, healthy, vigorous and fragrant, and
the exquisite shading of each variety forms a beautiful
contrast with the others. It would be difficult to choose
among them, for all are worthy of a place in any garden
where there is sufficient space for them to revel. They
should have a high trellis and be planted fully 8 ft.
apart. The only pruning nec ry is to shorten back
over-vigorous growth aud occasionally remove some of
the oldest shoots to prevent overcrowding.
Pruning the dwarf-growing Hybrid Perpetuals may
be commenced late in March and can be regulated by
the quantity or quality of the blooms desired. If the
fect of large masses be wanted, 4 or 5 canes may be lett
3 ft. in height and all ve ry old or weak growth entirely
removed. This will give a large number of flowers, effec-
tive in the mass but small and with short, weak foot-
stalks scarcely able to support the weight of the heads
and not effective as cut-flowers, us this sort of pruning
is entirely for outside show. After the bloom is entirely
over, the long shoots should be shortened back, that the
plant may make good and vigorous wood for the next
season of bloom. But if quality be desired, all weak
growth should be removed, every remaining healthy
eane retained and cut back to 6 or 8 inches. Always cut
just above an outside bud, to make an open head that
will admit light and air
\ freely. After the first
season’s growth, there
bas may be about three canes
! to be retained, but with
a j good eare and cultivation
the number will increase
yearly, until after 15 or
20 years there will be at
least as many canes to
be utilized. The writer
has a bed over 20 years
from planting, in which
euch plant, after close
pruning, will measure from 15-18 inches in diameter,
each exne throwing up from four to six shoots 1 or 2 ft.
in length and sufficiently vigorous in most varieties to
hold up the largest flowers and to give magnificent speci-
men flowers for cutting. Roses grown in this way do not
i
2178. Illustrating the pruning of
the Rose shown in Fig. 2177.
ROSE
need stak They are sufliciently strong and vigorous
to hold erect any weight they may be called upon to
bear; but late in the autumn, before the high gales of
November arrive, they should be cut back to about 2 ft.
to prevent their being whipped by the winds, for this
would loosen the plant and break the newly-formed
feeding roots. The plant should not be cut back to the
point suggested for spring pruning, as in the hot Indian
summer the upper eyes will surely be forced out and
the promised blooms tor the ensuing season destroyed;
so in pruning for protection from November blasts,
enough wood should be left to avoid all danger of the
lower buds being foreed out. The upper buds always
develop earliest. Some varieties will not produce large
footstalks under any method of treatment, notably
Prince Camille de Rohan, La Rosarie and Rosieriste
Jacobs; but almost all the other kinds do better under
this method than any other, if quality is desired.
Pruning Dicarf-growing Lea Roses.—Tea Roses will
not endure such vigorous cutting back as the Hybrid
Remontauts. All good strong shoots should be retained
unless they form a very close head, when it is better to
remove a few from the center. The canes should be
shortened about one-third of their length, the branches
cut back to 1 or 2 eyes, and after each period of bloom
the longest shoots should be trimmed back sparingly.
Bourbons need even less trimming. Souvenir de Mal-
maison, Mrs. Paul and others of this class should have
only the weak ends of each shoot removed, and no more
wood eut away than is ne ary to remove weak and
unhealthy portions; otherwise very few fowers will be
produced.
Cultivation.—Just before growth commences in the
spring, the surplus rough manure should be removed
from the beds and all the remaining fine particles
forked in. Deep cultivation is not desirable, as the roots
are likely to be injured or broken. Three inches in
depth is quite sufficient to cultivate a bed that has not
been trampled upon, and this should be done with a 4-
tined digging-fork, which is less likely to cause injury
to roots than a spade. The beds should then be neatly
edged and the surface raked off smooth and even. Fre-
quent stirring of the surface with a sharp rake is all
that is necessary afterwards, until the buds begin to
develop. Then half a gallon of weak liquid manure ap-
plied around the roots of each plant just before a
shower will be eagerly appreciated and assimilated.
The manure water should be prepared beforehand, and
as soon as a good promise of rain appears, all hands
should be called into service and every plant given a full
ration. One person should dig a shallow trench with a
garden trowel around each plant, the next follow and
fill with the liquid manure, being careful to avoid be-
smirching the leaves; afterwards the bed can be raked
over level and the rain will wash the dainty food to the
eager roots, and thrift and glory willresult. This feed-
ing may be repeated with benefit every week until the
season of bloom is over, after which stimulation should
cease and the plants be permitted to perfect the new
wood for the next season’s growth. Little pruning is
necessary with “cut-backs.” So much wood has been
removed in gathering the blooms that but little more is
left than is needed to keep the plants vigorous and
healthy. There is another advantage from the system
of close pruning: all growths are so strong and vigor-
ous that they are better able to resist any inroads
either of insects or disease. The greenfly seldom ap-
pears, but when detected may be readily kept down by
repeated syringing with tobacco-water or Quassia
infusion.
The belief that Roses exhaust the soil in a few years
and require to be changed into new ground is generally
accepted, and is true in most cases; but when beds are
formed as previously described and budded Roses
planted, the vigorous feeding roots find sufficient nutri-
ment in their far-reaching growth to support a healthy
development of wood and flowers for many years, espe-
cially if a generous top-dressing of manure be applied
each autumn and liquid manure supplied liberally dur-
ing the development of the buds. A top-dressing of
wood ashes after the first spring cultivation will restore
the potash to the svil and materially increase the vigor
of the wood and flowers.
99
ROSE 1567
Insect Bnemies.—The most formidable is the Rose
beetle, which revels in the petals and buds of our
choicest plants, usually selecting the light-colored
varieties and working hayvoe and ruin wherever he
appears. Hand-picking is the only effective remedy,
and a quart can balf filled with kerosene oil is a good
place into which to drop the offender, He is easily
caught when discovered, as he may readily be upon
examination of cach bud and Hower.
The aphis or greently is found on the extreme ends
of the shoots and young buds. This is the cow of the
ants and is tended and milked by them. The aphis in-
creases With enormous rapidity, and unless destroyed
robs the plant of its vitality by sucking out the sap. A
decoction of tobaceo stems is made by half filling a
barrel with refuse stems from a tobacco factory and
filling the barrel with water. After this has been
macerated, syringe the plants every day with the decoc-
tion until the enemy is defeated. In extreme cases,
where the aphis has become firmly established, the
remedy proposed by Mr. B. R. Cant, an English rosarian,
may be required. He says: “Take four ounces of
Quassia chips and boil them ten minutes in a gallon of
soft water; strain it and while cooling dissolve in it four
ounces of soft soap (or whale-oil soap). To this may be
added another gallon or two of water. The plants
should be syringed with this and all badly infested
shoots dipped into it. Pure water should follow the
next day to cleanse the shoots.” If, at the first appear-
ance of these pests, the finger and thumb are used to
rub them off and destroy them, much subsequent trouble
will be saved.
Slugs are usually found on the under side of the
leaves and may be discovered by the skeletonized
appearance of the leaf. To destroy them, make a
decoction of powdered white hellebore, with one heap-
ing tablespoonful to a pail (about four gallons) of boil-
po
(111 ye
eH piste, UDG
yy, SASF MUN
Wy ty frei
SO,
2179. Climbing Jules Margottin (x 12).
One of the Hybrid Climbing Roses. See p. 1564.
ing water. After cooling, apply with a syringe or,
better, with a whisk broom. Push the top of the plant
away with the left hand and, with the broom dipped in
the solution, throw the drug up and against the leaves.
One thorough application will usually suffice, but if the
slug has appeared in previous years, anticipate his com-
1568
ing and apply the hellebore solution before any mischief
has been done and repeat later, should any evidences of
his presence be detected. This aggressive offender is
the larva of a small winged moth, and the presence of
any insect of this sort in the vicinity of a Rose should
always be regarded with suspicion.
The bark louse, or white scale, survives the winters
and is usually found on old wood, It can best be treated
before the growth begins in the spring. A solution of
fifteen grains of corrosive sublimate to one pint of
water, brushed over the stalks wherever the lice harbor,
will speedily destroy all. As corrosive sublimate is a
very powerful poison, great care should be taken in its
use.
List of Roses that have been tested by the writer and
can be recommended for gardens:
Hybrid Perpetual Roses.—Altred Colomb, Alfred K.
Williams, Annie Wood, Baroness Rothschild, Captain
Hayward, Caroline d’Arden, Charles Lefebvre, Clio,
Countess of Oxford, Dinsmore, Dr. Andry, Duke of
Edinburgh, Duke of Teck, Etienne Levet, Eugenie
Verdier, Fisher Holmes, Francois Michelon, General
Jacqueminot, Giant of Battles, Heinrich Schultheis,
Her Majesty, James Brownlow, Jeannie Dickson, John
Hopper, James D. Paul, Lady Helen Stewart, Mabel
Morrison, Madame Gabriel Luizet, Magna Charta,
Marchioness of Lorne, Margaret Dickson, Marie Bau-
mann, Marie Verdier, Merveille de Lyon, Mrs. John La-
ing, Mrs. R. G. Sharman Crawford, Paul Neyron (Fig.
2169), Pride of Waltham, Prince Arthur, Prince Camille
de Rohan, Rosslyn, Rey. J. B. M. Camm, Suzanne
Maric Rodocanachi, Ulrich Brunner, Xavier Olibo.
Hybrid Tea,—Augustine Guinoiseau, Captain Christy,
Caroline Testout, Gloire Lyonnaise, Kaiserin Augusta
Victoria, Madame Joseph Combet, Miss Ethel Richard-
son, Souvenir du President Carnot, Souvenir de Madame
Eugenie Verdier, Viscountess Folkestone.
Mr. Alexander B. Scott recommends the following
additional H. T. varieties: Antoine Rivoire, Baldwin,
Bessie Brown, Gruss an Teplitz, Killarney, Lady Clan-
morris, Madame Jules Grolez.
Tea-scented Roses.— Alphonse Karr, Comtesse Riza du
Pare, Duchesse de Brabant, Etoile de Lyon, Francisca
Kruger, Innocente Pirola, Isabella Sprunt, Madame
Lambard, Madame Moreau, Maman Cochet, Madame
Joseph Schwartz, Marie van Houtte, Papa Gontier, Sa-
frano, Souvenir d’un Ami, The Queen, White Maman
Cochet.
Moss Roses.—Comtesse de Murinais, Blanche Moreau,
Crimson Globe, Laneii, Princess Adelaide.
Climbing Roses.—Crimson Rambler, Cheshunt Hy-
brid, Gloire de Dijon, Celine Forestier, Reine Maric
ROSE
2180. The old-fashioned yellow upright Rose (< Wy).
Henriette, Pink Microphylla, White Microphyla, Madame
Alfred Carriere. :
Hybrid Sweetbriers, — Amy Robsart, Annie of Geier-
stein, Brenda, Catherine Seyton, Edith Bellenden, Flora
Melvor, Green Mantle, Jeannie Deans, Julie Mannering,
ROSE
Lady Penzance, Lord Penzance, Lucy Ashton, Lucy
Bertram, Meg Merrilies, Minna, Rose Bradwardine.
The Hybrid Wichuraianas look promising, but have
not been tested by the writer.
It is not intended that this list is by any means com-
plete. There must be many good Roses that will do well
under favorable conditions of which the writer has no
personal knowledge. The collection is sufticiently large,
however, for a beginning, and any one
who has the time, energy and means may
add to it, if he can bear disappointment
If one in a dozen of the highly lauded va-
rieties in the dealers’ catalogues prove satisfactory, the
cheerfully
experimenter should be well satisfied. He can dig out
and throw away the other eleven and try it again, in the
hope that he may find a new queen worthy of his hom-
age.
Much of the charm of growing Roses is derived from
the accurate knowledge of each variety by name. Yet
few amateurs ever accomplish this, chiefly because the
labels have been lost or misplaced, and not infrequently
a plant becomes known to the cultivator by a name be-
longing to a neighboring specimen whose label has been
misplaced, and replaced on the wrong plant. To obviate
this a record should be made in a book kept for the pur-
pose, with a chart for each bed. This should be done at
once after the plants are set out and before the labels
have become detached. Many vexatious mistakes might
be prevented by some such plan as the following:
8 to 15. Gloire Lyonnaise,
16 to 20. White Baroness.
Ropert Huey.
6. Her Majesty,
2. Margaret Dickson,
Garden Roses near Chicago.—Climatic conditions
surrounding the bluff lands bordering Lake Michi-
gan, some twenty miles north of Chicago, are not
congenial to the successful cultivation of outdoor Roses
as aclass, and only those possessing the most robust
constitution among the Hybrid Perpetuals should be
grown. Ample winter protection must be given along
the lines indicated in the article in this work entitled
Winter Protection. The soil is all that could be de-
sired, being a rich yellow clay loam. The trouble seems
to be in the severity of the winters, where heavy falls
of snow are infrequent, and the springs late and fickle,
warm winds from the southwestern prairies alternating
with chilling moisture-laden breezes from the lake.
The beds are excavated to a depth of 2 ft., good
drainage given, and then filled with a compost of rotted
Plate XXXVI. Rose, American Beauty.
ROSE
sod and cow manure. Each spring following, some ma-
nure and bone meal is forked into the surface. Liquid
manure is given in June when the Rose re in full
bloom, and a tew times thereafter. The Roses are
thoroughly sprayed with Bordeaux mixture when the
leafage is fairly out, and once every three or four weeks
2182. Russian form of Rosa rugosa ( },).
afterwards. Hand-picking seems the best method of
destroying the worms atlecting the buds, and frequent
drenchings with the hose abolish the other enemies.
In the fall the canes are bent down and fastened to the
base of their neighbors, and remain procumbent until
the spring ecutting-in, which is delayed as late as possi-
ble in order not to incite too early a start and to force
the buds to “break” low down. After the leaves used
in the winter protection have been removed, and the
board roof also, the sides of the “box” are allowed to
remain a short time in order to shield from the winds.
The winter of 1898-9 was unusually severe and did
more damage to the Roses and other material than any
other winter which the writer has experienced at
Highland Park. Following is a list of the so-called Hy-
brid Remontants (H. R.) that wintered then— under pro-
tection—and came out in good condition. These varie-
ties may therefore be considered the most suitable for
this and kindred climates: Prince Camille de Rohan,
H.R.: Magna Charta, H. Ch.; Mrs. R. G. Sharman Craw-
ford, H. R.; General Jaequeminot (Rousselet), H. R.;
Captain. Christy, H. T. (Hybrid Tea). La Rosiere,
H. R.; Captain Hayward, H. R.; Mrs. Paul, Bour.; Gar-
den Favorite, H. R.; Louis Van Houtte, H. R.; Paul
Neyron, H. R. (Fig. 2169); John Hopper, H. R.
The following dozen were in fair condition after the
winter and recovered their form during the sol:
Mme. Victor Verdier, H. R.; Pierre Notting, H. R.;
Anne de Diesbach. H. R.: Ulrich Brunner, H. R.: Bar-
onne Prevost, H. R.: Eugene Furst, H.R.; Prince of
Wales, H. R.; Alfred Colomb, H. R.; Lyonnaise, H. R.;
Mme. Gabriel Luizet, H. R.; Countess of Oxford, H.R.
The list of those that winter-killed is too numerous to
give, but it is a singular fact that the first list contains
forms classed among the Teas and Bourbons. Of the
climbing forms that were unprotected, Rosa setigera
and its offspring, Prairie Queen, were somewhat injured;
but Greville (Seven Sisters), Crimson Rambler, Thalia,
Paul's Carmine Pillar, Multiflora and the Dawson Rose
were in fairly good condition when wintered under
protection. The failures even when protected were
Aglaia, Alister Stella Gray, Euphrosyne, Russell’s
Cottage, Baltimore Belle, Tennessee Belle. The typical
Sweetbriers proved hardy unprotected, but the hybrids
of them were killed. Protected FR. Wichuraiana and
its hybrids killed back to the roots; R. rugosa and
most of its hybrids, especially those of Jackson Daw-
ROSE 1569
son and Prof. J. L. Budd, unproteeted, were all right;
Mme. Georges Bruant (Pig. 2105), protected, was killed.
Most of the Moss Roses stood well unprotected, espe-
cially Crested Moss,
Clothilde Soupert and Hermosa are the best bedders
f permanent planting when protected, and the so-
alled Fairy Roses stand fairly well, especially Mlle.
Cecile Brunner. Papa Gontier and Kaiserin Augusta
Victoria are among the best of the more tender class
that require the protection of a pit in winter. They
seem to stand the biennial root disturbance well. La
France browns in the bud under our sun, and, strange
to relate, the writer cannot grow that splendid Rose
Mrs. John Laing successfully, either on its own roots
or budded. FR. rubrifolia (or ferruginea), BR. SPinosis-
sima, Var. Altaica, R. nitida, R. lucida and RL. humilis
were hardy without protection. WoC. Fear,
Future Roses for the Prairie States.—West of Lake
Michigan, and north of the 42d parallel, the tine Roses
grown in the open air in the eastern and southern
states can be grown only by systematic pruning and
winter covering. Of well-known old varieties hardy
enough to winter without protection, the list is short.
Madame Plantier, White Harison, and Rosa rugosa
with some of its hybrids, are hardy between the 40th
and 44th parallel, and still farther north the East Eu-
ropean R. rugosa and such of its hybrids as Snow-
light, Empress of the North and Rosu majalis fl. pl.,
are grown successfully. Figs. 2181] and 2182 show forms
of Rosa rugosa; also Figs. 2162-64.
Of the newer hybrids of R. rugosa now quite widely
tested, the most desirable are I, A. C. (Fig. 2183), Ames,
Madame Georges Bruant (Fig. 2184), Madame Charles
Frederick Worth, and Thusnelda. Kaiserin (Fig. 2185) is
also to be commended. It is suggestive that these have
come from crossed seeds of what is known in Europe as
Rosa rugosa,var. Regeliana (p. 1556), and which we know
as the Russian Rosa rugosa. The first two named came
from seeds of Rosa Regeliana introduced by the writer
in 1883 crossed with pollen of General Jacqueminot, and
the last three were developed from seeds of R. Regeliana
in Germany as stated by L. Spiith, of Rixdorf near
Berlin. They are all fine double Roses of the class
shown in Fig, 2183, of the two produced at Ames, and
all have retained to a large extent the foliage and habit
of blooming of R. rugosa, The Russian R. rugosa as
introduced from Russia by the writer is divided into two
very distinet classes. The one from the Amur valley in
ci
2183. The I. A. C. Rose (X !,).
One of the best hybrids of Rosa rugosa tor the prairie
states. (I. A. C.=Iowa Agricultural Colege.)
North Central Asia is a very strong, upright grower
with lighter colored bark, stronger thorns, thicker and
more rugose leaves, and larger flowers than the Japan
type, but its hips are smaller. The one from Russia in
Europe is spreading and pendent in habit. When 4 ft.
in height it has a spread of top of fully 6 ft. Its leaves
1570
also have a darker shade of green than the Japanese
type, and its buds are longer, more pointed, and show
between the narrow folded petals shades of rich red and
crimson. Its clusters of flowers also differ, as it has
four to five flower-buds together, while the Japanese type
has only two to three. In addition, we now know by
trial that both these Russian types may be grown suc-
cessfully two degrees farther north than the Japanese
Re rugosa,
The work of crossing the Russian 2. rugosa began at
the Iowa Agricultural College in June, 1892. The pollen
of over au dozen of the best garden varieties was used,
Dut that of General Jacqueminot was used most exten-
sively, as it produces pollen most freely. The final
result was quite unexpected, as no double variety with
rugose leaves was produced when the pollen of any
variety was used except that of General Jacqueminot.
From 497 flowers of R. rigosa fertilized with pollen from
General Jacqueminot, we grew 255 plants. From these
we were able to select over 20 varieties with double
flowers ranging in number of petals from 15 to 150,
with handsome rugosa foliage and surprising vigor of
growth. Nearly all showed the crimson color of petals
of the male parent.
At the same time we pollinated the blossoms of our
native species Rosa blanda and Rosa Arkansana with
pollen of General Jacqueminot and other Hybrid Per-
petuals, but wholly without valuable results, as the
crosses seemed too violent. Most of the hybrids showed
modified foliage and habit of growth, but all except
three bore single flowers. The three double varieties
developed blossom-buds freely, but in no cases have the
blossoms expanded into perfect flowers. When appar-
ently ready to expand they began to turn black in the
center and drop off. It is also well to state that the
pollen of White and Yellow Harison used on Rosa
rugosa, var, Regeliana, developed remarkably vigorous
hybrids which gave clusters of promising buds, but up
to the present not a single flower-bud has fully ex-
panded. The late E. 8. Carman, however, reported
better results with this cross of Harison’s Yellow and
rugosa (A. G. 1890, p. 665), and a picture of one of his
hybrids is shown in Fig. 2186. As in Europe, our
marked success has been with the pollen of General
Jacqueminot, which seems to show a near affinity to all
the types of FR. rugosa.
With increased experience other cultivated varieties
will be discovered that will cross in a profitable way with
LR. rugosa, and still others will be found that will cross
profitably with our native species. At present, how-
ever, the east European R. rugosa seems to be the most
promising progenitor of the future Roses of the North-
west. We already have fine double varieties with 60
petals, such as the I. A. C., with the rich color of
General Jacqueminot and the fine leaves of R. rugosa.
The main trouble at present is in propagation. As with
the type, the best hybrids of R. rugosa are difficult to
grow from cuttings. We find that they can be budded
readily on strong seedlings of our native species.
It may be in the near future that the seeds of the
large-growing Wild Roses of the Black Hills will be
used by propagators for stock-growing. When that
time comes we already have varieties hardy enough for
the North that compare favorably with the best varieties
of more equable climates. Strong-growing stocks are
advised, as the vigor of some of the hybrids is remark-
able. On the writer’s lawn is a bush of the Ames
variety three years old that stands 7 ft. high, with
several stems three-fourths of an inch in diameter.
J. L. Bupp.
Roses in Southern California.—In many localities in
southern California the Queen of Flowers attains a per-
fection probably found nowhere else. That this perfec-
tion is not general throughout southern California is
partially owing to adverse conditions, such as great
range of temperature during each twenty-four hours,
heavy fogs at critical periods, etc., but as arule, failure
in whole or in part is due to the lack of intelligent treat-
ment. The chief obstacle to successful culture is the
attempt to produce blooms every day of the year.
Although this practice is quite an impossibility with
any Rose, the evil is still persisted in by ninety-nine in
every hundred possessors of a garden. While Roses
ROSE
ROSE
are grown in great profusion in Los Angeles, few, if
any, do as well here as in Pasadena, which, although
only nine miles distant, has the advantage of being
several hundred feet ligher than Los Angeles, and
therefore less subject to fog or great range in daily
temperature. In some places a certain few Roses will
produce an astonishingly fine crop of bloom, when but
a mile or two distant, with no change of soil and very
slight difference in altitude, they will be utterly worth-
less; while a like number of other varieties will give as
good returns as those first mentioned. Consequently
the common inquiry at a nursery as to “What are the
best dozen Roses I can grow?” is usually met by the
equally pertinent query: “In what part of the city do
you live?”
Many Roses do fairly well everywhere, and among
these Duchesse de Brabant more nearly produces a con-
tinuous crop of blossoms than any other. For this
reason it stands in aclass by itself and is not consid-
ered in the appended list of the best dozen Roses for
southern California, though every one should grow at
least one bush of this variety. Along with the Duchesse
might well be placed the Polyantha Madame Cecil
Brunner, and the climbers Cherokee, Banksia, Ophire
(or Gold of Ophir), Beauty of Glazenwood or Fortune’s
Double Yellow. All these produce most wonderful
crops, but none more so than the last mentioned, which
in favored regions produces a wealth of flowers simply
dazzling to behold. Many well-known Californian
writers assert that Gold of Ophir and Beauty of Glazen-
wood are one and the same Rose, but this is by no
means the case and the writer can furnish satisfactory
ocular proof to any who choose to doubt this statement.
Gold of Ophir was here for many years before the other
made its appearance, and some of the original plants
are still growing on many of the old homesteads of Los
Angeles and vicinity.
All the Roses named thus far are worthy of a place in
any garden. One of the chief causes of failure by the
average amateur is the lack of an intelligent knowledge
of the plant’s first requirement—recurring periods of
absolute rest. These necessary resting periods are best
secured by the withholding of the water supply. Most
amateurs, and a majority of self-styled “gardeners,”
persist, against all rules of common sense, in planting
Roses either in the lawn or in mixed borders with other
plants. In either case, all but the Roses require a con-
stant watering. Having planted in this fashion, the
grower has cast away all chances of first-class results.
Rose beds should never be made a feature in landscape
gardening, as the plants when dormant and judiciously
pruned are unsightly objects at best. The most obscure
spot obtainable with the proper exposure is the place
to grow flowers. To obtain the best results the Rose
requires the same amount of rest here that it secures
where the winter season leaves the grower no alterna-
tive. But the same amount of rest may here be given
semi-annually, with equally as good and perhaps better
results than is possible with one long annual period of
inactivity.
The writer firmly believes that with a proper exercise
of intelligence in the selection of varieties and subse-
quent care of plants, better results can be obtained in
California than in any other state in the Union. Though
some few localities must be excepted, they form but a
very small area and may be passed with a mere men-
tion of their existence. Climate is the all-important
feature of Rose culture in this section, and if that be
satisfactory the character of the soil makes little dif-
ference. Our dry summer air is a serious drawback to
the growth of many Roses, there being few places where
Moss Roses thrive, and these must be grown in whole
or partial shade. Niphetos and Marechal Neil are good
examples of Roses requiring partial shade if good re-
sults are desired. Many localities cannot grow the two
last mentioned, or such as Perle des Jardins, Meteor,
Catherine Mermet, Francisca Kruger, Reine Marie
Henriette, and many others, on account of mildew.
Even among varieties whose buds are immune, it is
often impossible to get foliage unaffected. Injudicious
watering is more largely to blame for these unfavorable
conditions than any other agency. Laurette is a Rose
which often produces the only perfect flowers to be
ROSE
found among a nundred varieties, and this is partieu-
larly the case in places visited by heavy frosts, Lau-
rette remaining unscathed, while all others are more
or less blasted. The great Rose of the eastern United
States, American Beauty, is almost
a complete failure here and is not
; < AN
worth growing except in a very aan
few, well-favored gardens, and
even there it is far from being
pertect.
Many Roses, too, are of little
value here unless budded or
grafted. Of this class Marechal
Niel is the most striking example.
Instances may be found where this
Rose has thrived unusually on its
own roots, but such eases are
marked exceptions. Some few peo
ple maintain that all Roses are
best on their own roots, but such
opinions are easily refuted by con-
sulting any of our vy
rosarians. The undersi
does not advise the purchase
of any such stock, no me
how mueb is claimed for it,
or how widely advertised it
may be. The best Roses he
has ever seen were root-
grafted, but of course this
procedure is too expensive
for the general nurseryman,
and the bulk of our local
2184. Full-blown flower of Madame
Georges Bruant Rose. Natural size.
stock is budded on Manetti or Maiden’s Blush, thous
the Dog Rose (Rosa canina) and even the Banksia
are often used. Those Roses grown on their own roots
are usually propagated from hardwood cuttings, grown
out of doors, and December is usually the best month,
though the writer has successfully rooted them from
October to March, according to the variety.
Rust bothers us but little; likewise scale, though in
many neglected gardens the bush and climbers alike
may be found covered with both the rose seale and the red
seale of the orange. Fuller's rose beetle is a nuisance
only in small areas, but green aphis is quite a pest in
ROSE 1571
winter and spring. La France for many years was the
leading Rose in California and grew well, budded or on
its own roots, in almost any locality, but is now rapidly
becoming a thing of the past, though it ean never be
wholly discarded, for it is still, in a few gurdens, the
queen of the family. Its involuntary retirement from
our Rose gardens is due entirely toa “die back” (an-
thracnose), Which affects many other plants than the
Rose, but seems to have a special liking for La France.
Thus far no cure las been tound,
and half dozen climbing Roses for southern Cali-
fornia, compiled from Hsts furnished the writer by
the best six nurserymen and growers in Los Angeles.
‘An increasing demand for Maman Cochet is quite
marked, and the few White Maman Cochet yet grown
here seems to mark it as the coming white Rose for this
section. mas : :
The following lists place the varieties in the order of
their desirability for either florist or fancier, when
grown out of doors:
Bush Roses.—Marie Van Houtte, Madame Lambard,
Maman Cochet, Papa Gontier, Kaiserin Augusta Vie-
torin, Laurette, The Bride, Catherine Mermet, Me
Perle de ardins, Caroline Testout, Elise Sauvage
Climbers.—Lamarque, Marechal > , Climbing
venir de Wootton, Reve d’ Or, Reine Marie Henriette,
Gloire de Dijon. This list will be found to he the best
for Los Angeles and vieinity in general. The intelli-
went nurseryman or careful purchaser should be able
to make the slight changes reyuired by peculiar condi-
tions.
To Mr. Frank Huston, nurseryman of Los Angeles,
the writer is indebted for many valuable points con-
tained in this article; also to Mr. Wm. 8. Lyon, whose
little booklet, “Gardening in California,” contains the
best practical treatise on Rose-growing ever published
on this coast. ERNEST BRAUNTON.
1572
Some Recent Rose Hybrids (Rosa muuititiora, I. ru-
gosa and R. Wichuraiana crossed with various types).
‘It is now about sixteen years since the undersigned
became interested in hybridizing Roses, especially
ROSE
2185. Rosa rugosa, var. Kaiserin (x 4%).
Rr. multiflora (the Japanese type), R. rugosa and &.
Wichuraiana, The earliest experiments were made
with R&R. multiflora, the object being first to obtain
colored flowers and afterwards to get double ones, but
always to keep the hardiness and habits of growth of
Rk. multiflora, There are few pillar or half-pillar Roses
that will stand our New England climate without pro-
tection, and therefore this type was chosen as the
hardiest, and effort was made to retain its strong
constitution and later to get other improvements.
How far the writer has been successful may be
judged by his exhibits at the Massachusetts Horti-
cultural shows and by a visit to the Arboretum.
This work, started by some others as well as the
undersigned, has been the means of having these
new types of Roses taken up by the growers, and
there are many possibilities for improvement.
There seems to be no reason why they should not
be as fine for use in the garden as the Hybrid Per-
petuals are for flowers.
The first cross made by the writer was with General
Jacqueminot, R. multiflora being the female parent,
and the result was anything but satisfactory. At last a
break was made. All sorts of forms were secured, some
resembling both parents in flower and foliage, but
most of them were worthless. Two were saved, one
with large clusters of double purplish Roses, fully
as large as Jacqueminot, with a big stem closely set
with heavy spines, a long, rampant growth unlike
either parent, the foliage of a Hybrid Perpetual and
flowers in clusters of 10 to 20. The other, the widely
known Duwson Rose (silver medal Mass. Hort. Soe.
1894) has large clusters of bright rose flowers, 20 to 40
on a stem, bright shiny foliage and a strong growth,
sometimes running up 15 feet or more in height. The
writer again crossed R. multiflora with Madame G.
Luizet and obtained a half-climbing plant with large,
single white flowers in clusters. An attempt was then
e to cross these three crosses with other choice
»s for still further improvement, but no perfect
seeds were made except on the Dawson. By crossing
the Dawson with other Roses several fine forms have
been secured, beautiful types of cluster Roses, single,
semi-double and double, all more or Jess with the habit
of LR. multiflora in the truss and with white, peach,
ROSE
salmon, red and purple flowers. Attempts have been
made in crossing the Yellow Harison Rose with the
Dawson and I’. multiflora, but so far with no encour-
aging results. The writer now has about 500 hybrids,
three years old, made with differing varieties of Hybrid
Teas and Yellow Harison on the Dawson, with results
still to be determined. All these were crossed out of
doors with every precaution possible, but the results
are not so likely to be as good as when the work is done
under the more perfect control of the greenhouse. A
cross between the Dawson and Crimson Rambler has so
far resulted in a single deep pink flower borne in
clusters.
In crossing ZF. rugosa with Jacqueminot every con-
ceivable form was obtained, some with narrow pointed
petals, some semi-double and others single, durk and
light colors. One had a deep rich crimson flower, darker
if anything than Jacqueminot,very fragrant, with strong,
heavy foliage, showing the influence of both parents.
This seemed like a promising foundation for a fine race
of hardy Roses, but for five years all efforts to get a
single hip to mature when fertilized with others have
been in vain. This is the Arnold Rose and received the
silver medal of the Massachusetts Horticultural Society
in 1893. In this batch of seedlings was one that was
very double and in color like Magna Charta, but unfor-
tunately some one else wanted it and one day it disap-
peared from the nurse The writer has also cro
KR. vugosa with Yellow Harison, but as yet has obtained
no yellow Roses of the Rugosa type. On the contrary,
they are the biggest lot of mongrels one ever saw, in
both foliage and flower. The Rugosa foliage is com-
pletely obliterated, and the Harison retained, while the
flowers are small and generally a dirty salmon color.
The writer was so disgusted with the lot that he threw
them all away after working more than four years on
them.
Attention was next given to R. Wichwraiana. The
possibilities of crossing this seem to be unlimited. No
Rose that the undersigned has ever tried yields so
readily to hybridizing. The first attempt was with
Jacqueminot, always using R. Wichuraiana as the
mother plant. The results were excellent. While some
plants were nearly #. Wichuraiana they were entirely
different in sha e and color; they had the clusters,
E>
2186. A Rugosa hybrid—Harison’s Yellow X R. rugosa (X 4).
ROSE
but the habit was half-scandent instead of prostrate.
The first to bloom was single, delicate rose with a nearly
white center, a rampant grower, attaining 6-8 feet in a
season; foliage tine, somewhat resembling the Bour-
bons, but also retaining the ¢loss of WR. Wiehuraiana.
So farit has produced no seeds. Another was of medium
growth, with bright shiny leaves and clusters of double
purplish pink tlowers, fading to lilac, The best of the
lot has been named W. C. Egan, and received the silver
medal of the Massachusetts Horticultural Society in
1896. This is, without doubt, one of the finest hybrids
of R. Wichuraiena at present. The flowers are in
large clusters and very double, of a delicate flesh color,
resembling Souvenir de la Malmaison almost exactly,
but somewhat smaller: the foliage is also like Malmai-
son but brighter. It is perfectly hardy in the nursery
and elsewhere without protection. ‘
Next Rh. Wiehiraiana was fertilized with pollen
from BR. seligera, and while decided erosses were ob-
tained the results were not ultovether satisfactory.
One of the best was saved tor future use. The flowers
are in color near R. sefigera, and the growth prostrate
asin RB. Wiehuratena, bat shorter jointed. The plant
is very hardy. RA. Wichiraicn was next crossed with
R. rugosa, with more than pleasant results; Lady Duu-
an, silver medal from the Massachusetts Horticultural
Soviety in 1900, having the prostrate, long, rampant
growth of the mother, while the Raugosa blood shows in
the foliage spines and flowers, these last being a warm,
lively pink and making a delightful contrast to the yel-
low stamens. Another is somewhat deeper in color but
of less Vigorous growth. A curious facet concerning
these extreme crosses is that not one of the Wichurainna
hybrids deseribed above will set seed, no matter how
treated. From 2. Wichuraiana impregnated by Crim-
son Rambler has been obtained thus far only single
pale pink bloom and foliage intermediate between the
two, but with the creeping habit of the mother. PR.
Wichuratana fertilized by Belle Siebreeht loses its
character except to a slight degree in the foliage; the
habit is erect, strong and with stout spines; the flowers
are single, rosy pink. This plant, if it will set seeds,
may produce an entirely new strain. R. Wiehuraiana
erossed with Clothilde Soupert makes plants less vigor-
ous than itself; the foliage recalls both parents and the
double flowers are in color like Soupert. BR. Wich-
uradiana crossed with &. Indica, var. carnea has pro-
duced one with rich crimson flowers, single, with foli-
ave neither as glossy nor as strong as its mother, but
with the same creeping habit: unnamed silver medal,
Massachusetts Horticultural Society, 1899; this bids
fair to be the forerunner of afine race. R. Wichuraianua
crossed with Triomphe de Luxembourg (hyb. China)
has given several distinet forms, one with double rosy
purple flowers in clusters and creeping habit; another
is double, light pink with shining leaves. &. Wich-
uraiand crossed by Bardon Job has given a single-clus-
ter Rose similar to Carmine Pillar, and the writer has
many other crosses between R. Wichuraiana and dif-
ferent Tea Roses and RA. repens (arvensis) with double
and single flowers ranging in color from white to rosy
pink and salmon; there are few of these seedlings
whieh do not have some merit, and all can probably
be improved. The crosses between BR. Wichuraiana,
Jacqueminot, AR. rugosa and Belle Siebrecht will not
bear seeds, but those with varieties of R. Indica bear
eds freely. Attempts will now be made to cross those
of satisfactory color with the Hybrid Perpetuals and
Hybrid Teas.
Several seedlings of crosses between Crimson Rambler
and Wichuraiana have recently flowered. The result was
extraordinary, no two being alike and each individual
was a different shade of color, ranging from a pale rose
toa deep rosy purple and from single to double. The
best of this cross is a very double Rose, larger than
Crimson Rambler. Compared with the carnations Melba
and Marquis, the fresh flowers are nearer to Melba,
while the flowers of a week old are nearer to Marquis
They are so near the color of these two carnat that
put in the midst of the two flowers it is almost impos-
sible to tell the difference between the two carnations
and the Rose. The habit is of Wichuraiana, and the
foliage is more brilliant. The plant grows 5 to 6 feet
ROSE 1573
in a season, lving close to the ground. There js no
doubt that this is one of the best hybrids of Wichuraiana
yet known regarding color, foliage and Hower,
In summing up the experiments of these hybrids, it i
well to say that possibly more highly colored ides
night have been produced, bat it would have been at
the expense of their hardiness.
In making these erosses the writer has always care-
fully removed ie: stamens before there were any sivns
of anthers opening, cutting through the petals while in
bud. A gauze covering was placed over the flowers both
before aud after impreenation, to guard against insects,
To keep the record, names and date on a small wooden
tally were attached to the cluster. Sometimes the yield
in seeds is poor enough, only one in a hip and man)
times none. The writer is alway s doubtful of the eross
when the fruit is too full of seeds. As R.
opens after the other Roses have passed, it is a good
plan to pot upa few and bring them into the green-
house in March; they will then bloom at the same time
the Hybrids, and others, are in flower out of doors. All
Roses can be prepared and pollinated in the greenhouse
more easily and with better results than in the open air.
When the plants are protected from bad weather ther
is less danger that rain or dew will interfere with one’s
labors. A sharp knife, a pair of foreeps, some. fine
gauze and good hand-lens are sufficient tools for the
work. Always examine the stigma to see if it is ripe,
and, after applying the pollen, look again to see that
there is plenty and in the right place. If the flowers
which are to furnish the pollen ar athered early in
the morning and then placed on a pane of glass ina
warm greenhouse, the anthers can be opened muel
easier than if lett longer on the plant. Moreover, there
is less risk of the pollen having been contaminated by
insects,
Wiehwuradaia
JAcKsoN Dawson.
Propagation of Roses.—The Rose ix propagated hy
seeds, cuttings, grafting or budding, by le rs and Dy
division. The genus is so large and diversified and our
requirements are so many that the whole art of the
propagator is needed to satisfy the claims of the Queen
of Flowers.
Seeds.—Roses are grown from seeds not only to ol-
tain new varieties but also because many true species
are economically procured in this way, e. g., R. canine,
RK. multiflora, R. ferruginea, R. rugosa, BR. rubiginosa,
ete. The seeds should be gathered in autumn and at
once stratified with moist sand or allowed to ferment
in tubs, with a little water and kept in a fairly warm
place. When well rotted they can be easily rubbed and
washed clean and should be planted at once, either iu
carefully prepared and well-manured beds out of doors
or in pans or flats in a cool greenhouse. It is sometimes
advised that the hips should first be dried and then
rubbed clean, but this method often causes delay in
germination, a matter sufficiently troublesome without
additional complications. Whether they are planted un-
der glass or in the garden it is difficult to forecast their
coming up. It may be within a few weeks, e. g., PR.
multiflora under gle or at the beginning of the sec-
ond growing season after planting, e. g., Sweetbrier
seed, planted out of doors in November, 1898, may be
expected to germinate in the spring of 1900, while R&R.
« sown at the same time may come up the follow:
ring, i. e., in 1899, or, a season inter i
will appear with the Sweetbrier in 1900. Stratifyi ing or
fermenting the seeds tends to secure uniform germina-
tion within a reasonable time. It has also been sug-
gested, and many things confirm the idea, that early
gathering helps to hasten germination; in other words,
do not wait for excessive ripeness, but pick the hips as
soon as the seeds harden, some time before the fruit is
deep red. Until these matters are better understood, all
Rose seed sown out of doors, either in autumn or spring,
should be mulehed 2 in. deep with pine needles or other
litter. Frequent examinations should be made in spring
and the covering at once removed when the seedlings
appear; if they do not appear let the mulch remain to
keep down weeds and retain moisture in the seed-bed.
Pans or flats in which seed has been planted should be
kept at least 18 months before discarding, with the soil
always moist. Notwithstanding the difficulties of ger-
1574 ROSE
mination, the young seedlings make most satisfactory
growth and can generally be transplanted into nursery
rows when one year old. When two years old they are
fit for permanent planting. A winter protection of pine
boughs is helpful to the young plants. Some seedling
Roses are extremely precocious, blooming before they
are one year old, e. g., some Hybrid Perpetuals and Poly-
antha Roses. The first flowers of seedling Roses do
not always indicate their real character; in hybridizing
it is well to wait for the second or third season before
discarding.
Cuttings.—These are a common means of propaga-
tion, both under glass and out of doors. Under glass
short cuttings 2 in. long can be made in November
and December from wood of the current year’s growth.
They should be planted in sand, in flats or pans, and
kept in a cool greenhouse. They root in February or
March, and can either be potted in thumb-pots or kept
on in flats until May or June, when they should he
planted out in rich beds; salable plants are obtained in
October. This is a good way to strike R. setigeru and
its varieties, Crimson Rambler and its allies, A. multi-
flora, R. polyantha, and their offspring, A. Wichurai-
ana, Madame Plantier and doubtless many others.
Rosa Indica, in all its forms, all tender species and
many Hybrid Perpetual Roses are propagated by cut-
tings of hardened wood grown under glass; Peter Hen-
derson says the wood is in the best condition when the
bud is “just open enough to show color.” Blind eyes
ean also be used, and the smaller wood is better than
the strong rampant growths. Plant in sand in a warm
house; bottom heat and a close frame are often used
but are not necessary. The cuttings are from 11,-2 in.
long; single eyes strike readily.
In the open air cuttings of ripened wood can be planted
in spring in V-shaped trenches in carefully prepared
and well-manured ground. They make strong plants in
autumn. Wood of the season’s growth is gathered be-
fore severe frost, cut into 6-in. lengths, tied in bundles,
and stored through the win-
ter by burying in sand. When
planted, one eye only should
show above ground. This
method is recommended for
the hardy varieties named
above tor propagating from
short cuttings under glass,
2187. Short hardwood cuttings of Rosa setigera.
A single cutting is shown at the left,
but will not give such a large percentage of rooted
plants. It is highly probable that some Moss Roses,
Re. lucida, R. Carolina, R. spinos ima, ete., Roses
which sucker, could be propagated by enttings of root
or rootstock, but no systematic attempt has been made
in this direction.
Budding and Grafting.—These are old and well-es-
tablished methods of propagation. Budding in foreign
nurseries is practiced in the open air in June and July
with us in July or August. A dormant shield bud is
employed, The stock is R. Manetti, BR. canina, ov any
good brier, or 2. multiflora; in Holland FR. Carolina is
esteemed. In European nurseries FR. canina is used
ROS
for standard, R. Manetti for dwart stocks. Under glass
Roses are budded also, with a shield-bud, at any season
when the bark slips, using for stock a vigorous variety.
About Buston the yeliow and white Banksian Roses
once had high local repute for stock for Tea and other
tender kinds.
Grafting Roses in the open air in this country is not
often employed, but in the South Hybrid Perpetual and
other hardy Roses are said to be root-grafted in winter
(very much as apples are root-grafted), tied in bundles,
stored in sand and planted out in early spring, the
worked portion being set well below the surface. Root-
grafting is an easy and convenient method of propa-
gation under glas Jackson Dawson’s practice is to
use the whip- or splice-graft, but the veneer-graft is
also employed, with bits of WR. multiflora root 2-3 in.
long for the stock, the cion being somewhat longer but
of equal diameter. They are firmly tied with raffia and
waxed; made into bunches they are covered with moist
moss in an open frame in a coolhouse and left until
united. They are then potted off and grown on until
they can be hardened off and planted out in May or
June, the point of union being well below the surface.
A specimen of Mr. Dawson’s work is shown in Fig.
2188, the stock being a bit of A. multiflora root; its
age is about three months. Rosa multiflora is an ex-
cellent stock for garden Roses, since it does not sucker;
this great advantage, too, is also obtained by using the
root-graft as above described. Some of the commercial
florists use Manetti stock planted in thumb-pots. Cut
back to the root, this is splice-grafted and kept in a
warm, close frame until united; they are afterwards
grown on in pots until large enough to plant out in the
beds, in which they will flower the following winter.
There is some difference of opinion among gardeners as
to the respective merits of own-root and grafted plants;
just now many of the foremost growers prefer the lat-
ter for forcing. It is a perplexing question and could
only be settled by a series of exact experiments costing
much time and money. It is also quite possible that
matters of temperature, soil, moisture and food are
equally important factors.
Layering.—This method is employed only when few
plants are required; it is cumbersome and wasteful.
Layer in spring, using wood of the last year’s growth
where possible; the bark of the buried portion should be
abraded.
Division.—This is an easy means of increasing
R. lucida, R. nitida, R. Carolina, R. spinosissima,
Crimson Moss and many other varieties which
sucker, Plant thickly in good soil, allow them to
grow from three to four years, then lift and tear
apart. It will be found that the increase is large
and that plants so obtained are salable after one
year’s growth in the nursery. The year in the nur-
sery may be omitted with the quicker - growing
kinds which are to form new plantations on the
sam eres bale B. M. Watson.
Budded Roses vs. Roses on their own Roots. —For
the average amateur Rose planter, we cannot too
strongly recommend the desirability of own - root
plants. Scareely one planter in a thousand is ob-
serving enough to notice the difference between
“suckers” or sprouts from the stock of a budded
Rose and the variety that is budded in. Indeed,
upon some varieties the growth is so similar as
not to be readily noticed even by those familiar with
Rose-growing. In consequence many purchasers of
budded Roses allow these suckers or sprouts from
the roots to grow up and, being usually of much
more vigorous habit than the variety budded in, they in
a short time quite run out the bud, and the purchaser
is left with nothing upon his hands but a natural Rose
of whatever variety the stock may have been. For flor-
ists’ use in forcing and also for the use of planters. who
are thoroughly familiar with such things, budded Roses
answer equally well and in some varieties are perhaps
superior; in that they will produce a larger quantity of
flowers and force more easily. The stock most used in
western New York for budding Roses is Rosa Manetti,
and that seems to be about the best adapted for the
purpose. Rosa multiflora de la Griffeerie is also used
more or less, but is generally considered not so desir-
ROSE
able, since it is not as hardy as the Manetti and is still
more likely to throw up suckers from the roots, in
which respect the Manetti is bad enough. Rosa canina
(Dog Rose) and Rosa polyantha are largely used in
Europe as stocks upon which to graft Roses. They
have never been largely used in this country, the Ma-
netti seeming to be the favorite here. All of these
stocks are grown more extensively in France than any-
where else. The Rosa Manetti and Rosa multiflora
de la Grifferie are grown from cuttings in France, and
are shipped from there at the end of the
first season; when received here they are
trimmed back closely, both as to the roots
and the branches, and planted the following
spring. They are budded the following
summer, usually the latter part of June or
early part of July, whenever the stocks are
in such condition that the bark peels read-
ily. The bud, of course, remains dormant
during that season, but the spring follow-
ing the top of the stock is cut off just above
the bud, and it is allowed to grow. With a
good season, the buds usually make suffi-
cient growth to be salable the following
fall. The foregoing is written solely in
eonnection with the outdoor growing of
Roses. Except to provide good rich deep
soil of fairly heavy quality, there are no special
cultural directions that the writer cares to insist
upon.
Rose plants are not often attacked by any fun-
gous disease, save perhaps mildew, which oceasionally
makes its appearance consequent to sudden climatic
changes, such as occur toward fall, when the tem-
perature may be at 80-90° one day and 40-15° the next.
Au application of Bordeaux mixture is of value in
checking mildew.
The greater proportion of Roses handled by the
undersigned are propagated from cuttings, and conse-
quently are on their own roots.
this way, it is customary to take into the greenhouses
about the fir of December the best and strongest
plants that are in stock; then cut them back so as to
leave only two or three eyes upon each shoot, pot them
and place them in a cool house, where they are allowed
to stand two or three weeks without a great deal of
heat. They soon begin to make roots; and when the
white roots show through the soil about the edge of the
pot, they are given a little more heat and brought on
more rapidly, They are then forced until just ready
to flower,-and before the wood has become too hard
the plants are cut back and the severed wood made up
into one-eye cuttings, which are placed in propagating
beds of sand and given gentle bottom heat, where they
take root in the course of two to four weeks, accord-
ing to variety and the condition of the wood, After
thoroughly rooted, they are potted into 2- or 21y-inch
pots and grown on until late in the spring or early
summer, when it is safe to plant them out in the fields.
There they will remain two seasons, usually, and by
that time attain sufficient size to be dug and marketed.
JacKsSoN & PERKINS Co.
Rose Forcing.— There is no branch of floriculture in
this country that in any way approaches Rose forcing in
importance, when commercial and private practice are
considered, The large number of private greenhouses
erected for the cultivation of the Rose by wealthy
people in this country within the last decade cannot be
adequately estimated. But the great demand for choice
mong all classes of buyers throughout the coun-
try has produced an enormous increase in commercial
pecially erected for growing and forcing
and h year sees some improvement in the
style of construction as well as in methods of cultiva-
tion. The general principles of Rose-growing are prac-
tically the same now as they were twenty years ago,
but the details or small items, as many are pleased to
term them, are constantly being improved. To make
the method of successful cultivation quite plain to every
one, the undersigned will endeavor to detail closely each
operation, from the cutting to the full bearing plant.
‘ypes of forcing Roses are shown in Figs. 2189 and
2190,
In growing Roses in
7
1575
We shall presume that a propagating house is to be
prepared for starting the young stock. This is a green-
house in which a bottom beat of not less than 60° can be
maintained us long as the cuttings are in the sand dur-
ing the winter; the mean temperature of such a house
should be about 55 or 56°. The style or position of the
house is of no great consequence if the above tempera-
ture can be maintained. Start, then, by making a bench
having space for sand 214-3 inches a Take a clean,
sharp, gritty sand, without any course stones in it,
spread it evenly all over the bench, then beat it
with a brick or block of wood until it is firm; water
it with a fine rose watering pot, and all will be ready
for the cuttings. The best time to start prop-
agating for the coming season's planting is
about the middle to end of January. Hav-
ing the above all ready, select
good, clean, healthy shoots of 2
or 3 eyes in length, preferably
those just below where a bud
has been cut; cut the bottom
ROSE
2188. Gratting of Crimson Rambler on Rosa multiflora.
Showing plant three months old. At the right is shown the
detail of the splice-graft.
leaf clean off close to the eye; make a clean cut diagon-
ally across the shoot just below the bottom eye. If the
leaves are large and heavy, remove the end or fifth leaf-
let. Then, with a lath about 2 inches wide laid straight
across the bench and held firm by the left hand, and
with a thin knife in the right hand, draw a line about
1% inches deep in the sand; in this place the cutting,
pressing each down to the bottom of the opening, leav-
ing just enough room between each cutting so that the
leaves do not overlap each other. As soon as the row is
full, press the sand as firmly as possible around each
cutting; then give a good watering with a fine rose
watering pot. Repeat the same operation on each suc-
cessive row till the whole are put in. Shade from bright
sun and never allow the cutting to suffer for want of
water. If the weather should be at all warm, a light
syringing overhead daily will greatly benefit the cut-
tings; never use very cold water on them, but water of
about the same temperature as that of the air. Treated
as above, the cuttings should be nicely rooted in about
30 days; and as soon as they have made roots about
4s in. long they should be carefully lifted from the sand
with a flat stick to avoid breaking their roots, and potted
in 2- or 244-inech pots, using a good fresh soil with only
a little manure added,—not more than 1 part manure to
8 of soil. As fast as potted they should be placed in a
1576
greenhouse having a temperature of about 56° at night
and shaded with sheets of newspaper or similar material
from bright sun for a few days till they show some in-
dication of starting into growth. The actual time that
shading will be required will depend largely upon the
weather and the season of the year. Do not over-water
the young plants at any stage, but give just enough to
moisten the whole soil nicely when first potted and then as
required afterward. Do not put them in the shade of other
plants, but place them where they will get the full bene-
fit of all the sunlight and plenty of air as soon as shad-
ing can be dispensed with; such treatment will produce
a clean, healthy, stocky plant, which means a good con-
stitution. Should greenfly appear on them, fumigate with
tobacco stems immediately. Syringe overhead on all
bright days. In about five to six weeks from the time of
first potting, the plants will be ready for a shift into a
larger size pot, —3-ineh size will be large enough. The
sume class of soil can be used as for the first potting,
ROSE
cl ai 2
4
a
Lp
]
SS eed AX \
ST wh
dl
Hie
i
2189. American Beauty, now the most popular florist’s
Rose in America ( !5).
The picture shows a specimen grown in the open.
or if the plants are to be put into their season quarters,
i. e., planted into benches from this size, a little more
manure can be added; but if they are to be grown on
in pots, some growers will prefer to give them a third
shift, namely into 4-inch pots. The plants, if properly
cared for, should be ready for this last shift in about six
to eight weeks from the time they are planted into 4-inch
pots. In this last shift soil considerably richer can be
used. Keep off all the buds so us to have the plants
sturdy, strong and vigorous.
Presuming that this method has been followed through
till the end of May or beginning of June, the plants will
ROSE
be ready for benching out, or, in other words, to be put
into their winter quarters. The benches should hold
4-5 inches of soil and the bottom slats of said benches
should be placed not less than %s-%4 in. apart to allow
for ample drainage. If plants have been grown in these
benehes previously, the benches should be thoroughly
cleaned and scrubbed out so as to get all inscets, eggs,
ete., away. Also, all the soil or surface of the house
underneath should be scraped very carefully and swept
out clean, and practically all the inside of the house
thoroughly cleaned. When this is done, take two or
three lumps of stone sulfur or brimstone and burn it in
the house, preferably in the afternoon while the sun is
still hot. As soon as the sulfur is set on fire and burn-
ing sufficiently, shut up the house as tight as possible and
leave it till the next morning. After this the benches
should be thoroughly washed with hot lime over the en-
tire inside surface. The house is then ready for the new
soil to be put in. This should be composed of good
fresh loamy soil, preferably of a rather heavy texture;
to each part of manure add 3 or not more than 4 parts
of soil, the whole thoroughly fined and all lumps broken
up. This compost should be prepared some time in ad-
vance and be turned over several times before it is
wanted for the greenhouse. If this has been done, all
that is necessary now is to bring in sufficient soil to fill
the benches. Level it all over without treading or press-
ing in any form; then start to fill the house with plants.
For the ordinary varieties such as Bride, Bridesmaid,
in fact nearly all the Tea varieties, an average of 14-15
inches apart from plant to plant each way is about the
right distance. When planting press the soil firmly
around the ball of each plant and when the whole house
is planted water the plants sufficiently to soak the soil
to the bottom of the bench, but do not saturate the
whole of the soil. It is far better to direct the water
straight to each individual plant and then syringe the
whole; this will moisten the other soil on the surface
without making it unduly wet. Give all air possible to
the plants day and night during hot weather. Syringe
in very hot weather twice a day if it is necessary to
keep humidity in the house and get the plants started
into clean, vigorous growth. This treatment can be fol-
lowed for four or five weeks until the plants begin to
start their roots into the new soil; then go over the
whole of the benches and press the soil as firmly as pos-
sible. Be careful not to break the plants in doing so,
but it is absolutely necessary that the soil should be
thoroughly settled and firm. After this, rake the whole
surface over with a blunt-pointed rake so as just to
make it level, water as before and as soon as the plants
recover from this; in other words, as soon as they show
they are starting new growths mulch the soil with a lit-
tle manure, but in putting on the mulch never exceed
half an inch at atime, as the plants need air at the roots
as they do at the tops.
If the flowers are not wanted early, it is better to
pinch all the buds off the plants as fast as they appear
up to the end of September, This gives the plants an
opportunity to make strong, sturdy growth and build
up a constitution equal to withstand the pressure of
winter forcing.
As the fall approaches and cooler nights come on, the
air should be reduced proportionately at night, although
it is better to maintain a little night ventilation as long
as possible, even if it is necessary to use a little fire
heat to expel the damp. After the plants begin to bloom
they will need careful watching, as the d ys will be get-
ting shorter and somewhat cloudy. It is important to
avoid overwatering, but, at the same time, they should
never be allowed to suffer for the want of moisture.
Syringing should be done more carefully at this sea-
son of the year, or black-spot and various other dis-
eases may appear.
To obtain the best class of flowers during the entire
winter the average night temperature should not be al-
lowed to exceed 56° on bright warm days. Of course,
with an abundance of air on, the temperature can be al-
lowed to run up to 75°, 80° or even 90° on some very
bright warm days.
Mildew, which is one of the worst pests of greenhouse-
grown Roses in the fall of the year, can be largely
avoided by an abundance of air at all times. Should it
ROSE
make its appearance, sulfur on the heating
pipes is the best remedy that can be applied.
Red spider also will become troublesome if
the plants are allowed to get dry in any spots,
or too high a temperature is carried. This can
be avoided by liberal syringing on all bright
days, thoroughly soaking the under side of
all the foliage. -
If the greenhouses are constructed to grow
plants on the solid bed instead of raised
benches, the same method of cultivation
should be followed and not more than 5 or 6
inches of soil should be used on the surface;
have a thoroughly drained border; in all
other respects cultivation would be the same
as for bench system. After the plants get
into thorough, strong, vigerous growth and
producing abundance of flowers, say from
Christmas onwards, a mulehing of well-de-
composed manure every five or six weeks in
very limited quantities will be beneficial, and
if the plants have made extra strong growth
and all the soil is occupied with roots in the
benches towards the end of February, liquid
manure can be applied once in very three or
four weeks with considerable benefit. This
treatment should carry the plants suecess-
tully through to the end of their blooming
season.
If the plants are kept in good, healthy, vig
orous condition they could be carried through
for a second season's work if necessary. To
do this it would be necessary to dry them off
somewhat, say through July and part of Au-
gust for four to six weeks, so as to ripen the
wood thoroughly without wilting the leaves
completely. Then they could be pruned back
to good, sound, plump eyes at the base of the
strong shoots and all the small spray growth
eut out. Then the plants can be lifted with
a good ball of earth, so as to save as much of
the roots as possible, replanted into new
soil, and practically treated the same as
young stock,
If grafted stock is preferred instead of
own-root cuttings as above described, they
ean be treated according to regular instrue-
tions given by many authorities on grafting. Cultiva-
tion of these is in all respects identical with the above,
except as to the rooting of the cuttings.
JoHN N. May.
ROSE ACACIA. Robinia hispida.
ROSE APPLE. Lugenia Jambos.
ROSEBAY. Same as Oleander. Epilo-
bium angustifolium is sometimes called Rosebay.
ROSE CAMPION. Lychuis Coronaria.
ROSE, CHRISTMAS.
ROSE, JAPANESE.
ROSE MALLOW.
ROSEMARY or OLD MAN.
ROSE OF CHINA. Hilhiscus Rosa-Sinensis,
See Verium.
Helleborus niger.
Rrerria Japonica,
Hibiscus.
See Rosmarinus.
ROSE OF HEAVEN. Lychnis Cali-rosa,
ROSE - OF - JERICHO is cLnastatica Hierochuntica.
See Resurrection Plants.
ROSE OF SHARON. J/ihiscus Syriacus.
ROSE, ROCK.
ROSE, SUN. Zelianthemum.
Cistus and Helianthemum.
ROSIN PLANT.
ROSIN WEED.
Silphium.
Silphinum laciniatum.
ROTHROCKIA
2190. A forcing Tea Rose — Mrs. W. C. Whitney (x 23).
ROSMARINUS (Latin, sea-dew; the plant is common
on the chalk hills of the south of France and near the
seacoast). Labial, RosEMARY is a nearly hardy sub-
shrub, with aromatie leaves which are used for season-
ing. It has small, light blue flowers, which are much
sought for by bees. Oil of Rosemary is a common
preparation in drug stores. It is a volatile oil distilled
from the leaves. The lvs. are also used in making Hun-
gary water. In northern herb gardens it lasts for years
if given well-drained soil and some winter protection.
Franceschi recommends it for hedges in 8. Calif.,
cially for dry and rocky places near the coast.
Generic characters: calyx 2-lipped; posterior lip con-
eave, minutely 3-toothed; anterior 2-cut; corolla with
posterior lip erect, emarginate, anterior lip spreading,
3-cut, the middle lobe longest, concave, declined: per-
fect stamens 2; style 2-cut at apex. The genus is
placed near Salvia, being distinguished by the calyx
being only shortly 2-lipped, not hairy in the throat and
the connective of the anthers continuous with the fila-
ment and indicated only by a slender reflexed tooth.
officinalis, Linn. Rosemary. Outp May. Shrub,
2-4 ft. high: Ivs. numerous, linear, with revolute mar-
gins: fls. axillary, in short racemes, borne in early
spring. Mediterranean region. V. 3:61. AW. OM.
ROTHROCKIA (Prof. J.T. Rothrock, head of Pennsyl-
vania forestry dept., and autbor of the botanical part
of Wheeler's U. 8. geological surveys of the region in
which the plant was discovered). Asclepiaddacer. A
genus of a single species, a perennial herb, with some-
what woody stems, spreading and twining: lvs. woolly
fls. in loose racemes, in axils of the ]y follicles 4-5
in. long, glabrous, fusiform, often used as a vegetable
where native: corolla rotate, deeply 5-cleft; crown sim-
ple, inserted at the junction of corolla and stamen-tuhe,
1578
5-parted; stigma abruptly produced from the top into a
column having a 3-crested apex. Syn. Flora N. Amer.,
vol. 2, part 1, p. 403.
cordifolia, A. Gray.
ROTHROCKIA
Lys. opposite, slender-petioled,
cordate, acttely acuminate: fls. white or whitish, in
racemes; corolla-lobes 3-4 lines long. Along water-
courses near the borders of Arizona. Cult. in 8. Calif.
F. W. Barcuay.
ROUGE PLANT. Pivina humilis.
ROUPALA (probably a native name in Guiana). Also
spelled Ropala, Rhopula, ete. Protedcew. A genus of
about 40 species of the tropical regions of S. America.
They are mostly woody plants, with handsome ever-
green lvs., either simple or pinnate: fls. usually incon-
spicuous, in axillary or lateral racemes, pedicelled in
pairs, hermaphrodite, regular; perianth cylindrical,
rather straight, but little dilated at the base; the limb
somewhat globular: ovary sessile; ovules 2, pendulous,
orthotropous.
A. Hairs rust-colored.
Pohlii, Meisn. (R. Corcovadénsis, Hort.). A tree,
with branches clothed with rusty colored woolly
tomentum: Ivs. 1 ft. or more long, pinnate, with
5-8 pairs of Ifts. which are 3-5 in. long, on
stout petiolules 1 in. or 1 long, ovate or ob-
liquely ovate, acuminate, acutely serrate: fis.
1, in. long, white or yellowish, in nearly ses-
sile axillary racemes J-5 in. long. B.M. 6095.
AA. airs golden. 'B
aurea, Linden. According to Belg.
Hort. 1866:202, this species was named
for the golden hairs covering the
upper parts of the stem and pet-
joles. Brazil. —Rare and imper-
fectly known, but still offered in
America.
R. Jénghei, Hort., is a plant offered
by Siebrecht whieh does not appear
in botanical works.
F. W. Barcuay.
ROWAN. Sorbus Aucuparia.
ROYAL CROWN.
ROYAL FERN.
galis.
ROYAL PALM.
regia,
ROYAL PEACOCK FLOWER.
Poinciana regia.
ROYENA (Adrian van Royen,
professor of botany in Univ. of
Leyden; died 1779). Mbendcew,
Royena lureida is one of the old-
time Cape shrubs formerly cult.
under glass for ornament in Eng-
land and lately offered in 8. Cali-
fornia. It has small white fls.
about 1 in. across, with 5 more
or less reflexed Jobes. Royena
is a genus of about 13 species of
evergreen shrubs or small trees,
2 of which are native to tropical Africa and the rest to
the Cape. The genus is distinguished trom the 4 or 5
other genera of the ebony family by the flowers being
hermaprodite instead of dicecious and the stamens in a
single series. Other generic characters (taken from the
Flora of Tropical Africa): calyx often accrescent in
fruit; lobes 5, rarely 4; corolla bell- or urn-shaped,
5-cleft; lobes reflexed; stamens 10, inserted at the base
of the corolla-tube: ovary conical; styles or style-
branches 2-4: fr. globose to oblone, leathery, indehis-
eent.
lucida, Linn. Tender shrub: Ivs, ovate, the younger
ones silky: peduncles about a third as long as the lys.:
corolla bell-shaped. S. Africa. B.R. 32:40.
Eucomis.
Osmunda ve-
Oreodora
2191. To illustrate the
fruit - bearing of the
black Raspberry.
If the main cane or
stem on the left grew in
1499, the fruit - bearing
shoot (B) grew in 1900;
and at the close of the
seuson of 1900,the whole
eane had died or he-
come very weak. If the
cane had heen examined
in the spring of 1900, the
bud would have been
seen (as above A) from
which was to grow the
fruit-bearing shoot.
RUBUS.
RUBBER PLANTS. Various plants furnish Rubber.
The best gutta percha is said to be produced by Jsonan-
dra Gutta (which see), a native of India. For the Rub-
ber Tree of South America, see Hevea Brasiliensis, p.
741. The Rubber Tree of tropical Africa is Landolphia
florida; see B.M. 6963. The Rubber Plant of horticul-
turists is Ficus elastica.
RUBIA (Latin, red; referring to the color of the dye
extracted from the root). Rubidcew. I. tinctorum is
the dye-plant called Madder, the
long, fleshy roots of which are ground
to powder. According to Thorburn,
Madder furnishes a good green fod-
der if cut the second year when in
flower. The genus consists of about
30 species of scabrous, hispid or
prickly herbs widely scattered about
the world, mostly in the temperate
regions. Lvs. in whorls of 4-8 or
rarely opposite: lvs. small to minute,
in axillary or terminal cymes, 5-mer-
ous; involucre none; calyx-limb
wanting ; corolla rotate or rotate-
bell-shaped, 5-lobed: ovary 2-loeuled
or abortively 1-celled.
tinctorum, Linn. (R. tinetoria, Salisb.). MaAppER.
A scandent herbaceous perennial: lvs. 2-4 in. long,
sessile or very short-petioled, mostly lanceolate, not
cordate, in whorls of 4-6: cymes terminal, panicled,
spreading, leafy. F. W. Barcuay.
RUBUS (Latin name, ultimately connected with
yuber, red). Rosdcee. BRAMBLE. BLACKBERRIES and
RASPBERRIES. A most variable and puzzling genus,
containing perhaps 200 fairly well-marked species and
numberless intermediate forms. As many as 1,500 spe-
cies have been described. The genus is particularly
strong in Europe, where the greatest number of specific
names have been made (see Weihe & Nees, “Rubi
Germanici,” 1822-7; Focke, “Synopsis Ruborum Germa-
nie,” 1877; Babbington, “British Rubi,” 1869; W. M.
Rogers, “Key to the British Rubi,” Journ. Botany, 1892).
Focke describes 72 species inhabiting Germany. There
is also a large extension of the genus in the Himalayan
region, about 50 species heing recognized (J. D. Hooker
admits 41 species in the *Flora of British India”). The
species extend eastward into Chinaand Japan. Hemsley,
in his “Flora of China,” admits 41 species. In Japan,
Franchet and Savatier admit 22 species. In North
America, about 40 species are now recognized, but they
have not been studied critically, and it is probable that
many more specific types will be recognized in the near
future. No end of species could be made, but it is
doubtful whether a great multiplication of species-
names would contribute anything more than confusion
to the literature and knowledge of the genus. There is
no monograph of the American species. The species
that are valuable for their fruits are reviewed by Card in
*Bush-Fruits” and by the present writer in“Sketch of
the Evolution of our Native Fruits,” 1898. Rubus is
widely distributed in the northern hemisphere, particu-
larly in temperate and warm-temperate parts. Some
of them are alpine and arctic. In tropical countries the
genus is relatively poorly represented. Oliver admits
only 4 in the *Flora of Tropical Africa.” Only 2 species
are described in Grisebach’s “Flora of the British West
Indies.” Baker admits 3 species in the “Flora of Mau-
ritius and the Seychelles.” Hillebrand describes 3 spe-
cies in“ Flora of the Hawaiian Islands.” The southern
hemisphere has few species. Bentham’s “Flora Austra-
liensis” has but 5 speci Kirk's ‘Flora of New Zea-
land” mentions only 4 indigenous species. There are
also 5 species described in Harvey and Sonder’s work
("Flora Capensis”) on the flora of the Cape of Good
Hope region.
Rubus is closely allied to Rosa, from which it differs
chiefly in the structure of the flower. In Rosa, the
torus is hollow (formerly said that the calyx is hollow
orurm-shaped) and contains the dry fruits or akenes.
In Rubus the torus is convex, conical or elongated, and
bears the mostly soft or pulpy fruits on its surface.
Rubi are chiefly shrubs with stems (canes) that die
RUBUS
after one or two years, but some of them have nerba-
ceous tops. Most of them are more or less prickly.
Many of the species: are creeping, decumbent or half-
climbing. Leaves simple or compound, alternate, the
compounding on the pinnate order and the leaflets
mostly 3 (several in some of the tropical and oriental
specie The flowers ave mostly white or rose-colored,
usually in corymbs or racemes but sometimes solite Uy 5
calyx 5- “pi uted, the lobes persistent;
petals 5, usually obovate; stamens
miny, inserted on the calyx-rim o1
torus -rim; pistils many, closely
packed on the torus, usually becom-
ing drupelets but sometimes dry
when ripe. The drupelets are usu-
ally more or less coherent at matur-
ity, the collective body forming the
“fruit” or “berry” of horticultur-
ists. In the Raspberries, the co-
herent drupelets separate from the
torus at maturity, causing the berry
to be hollow or coneave onthe under
side. In the Blackberries, the co-
herent drupelets also adhere to the
torus, which separates at maturity and forms the
“core” of the berry.
Relatively few of the Rubi have horticultural
merit, although some of them are of great im-
portance. As pomological subjects they are more
important in North America than elsewhere in the
world. Here we grow not only Raspberries, which
are popular elsewhere, but also great quantities of
improved Blackberries, a fruit that is little known
as a cultivated product in other countries. These
Blackberries are the product of our native species,
R. nigrobaccus being the chief. Closely allied to
them are the Dewberries or trailing Blackberries,
which also have been developed from indigenous
species, chiefly from R. villosus and RB. invisus.
Although the European Raspberry, &. Jd@us, is
grown in North America, it is mostly unreliable,
and the leading commercial sorts are produced
from the native J. occidentalis and R&R. strigosus
and from hybrids of the two. Various Japanese
species, recently introduced, also produce fruits
of value.
A number of the species are useful as orna-
mental subjects, particularly the Rocky Mountain
R. deliciosus, the old-fashioned Brier Rose (R.
rosefolius), Wineberry (&. phenicolasius), and
FR. crategifolius. For its graceful, finely cut foli-
age, and sometimes for its fruit, #. laciniatus is
occasionally grown. Some of the unimproved
native species are offered by dealers in native
plants as worthy subjects for wild borders and
rock gardens. The beauty of most shrubby Rubi de-
pends largely on the removal of the canes after they
have bloomed once. After flowering, the cane becomes
weak or may die outright. It should be removed to the
ground. In the meantime other canes have arisen from
the root, and these will bloom the following year. That
is, the stems of Rubi are usually more or less perfectly
biennial: the first year they make their growth in
stature; the second year they throw out side branches
on which the flowers are borne; after fruiting, the en-
tire cane becomes weak or dies (Fig. 2191). Removing
these canes not only contributes to conserve the vigor
of the plant, but it also adds to its appearance of tidi-
ness. These remarks apply with particular force to the
cultivation of Raspberries, Blackberries and Dewberries.
For other accounts of Rubi, see Blackberry, Dewberry,
Loganberry, Raspberry.
Focke (Engler & Prantl, "Die Natiirlichen Pflanzen-
familien”) divides the genus Rubus into 11 sections,
seven of which are concerned with the species to be
described in this work. These seven are as follows:
A. Herbaceous species: flowering shoots arising from
the crown of the plant.
Section la. Dalibarda. Stamens about 5: fr. scarcely
juicy: fis. perfect, on creeping leafy stems: lvs.
simple, not lobed. The present writer prefers to con-
sider Dalibardaas a distinct genus, and it is so treated
on p. 453 of this work.
RUBUS 1579
Chamemorus. Stamens numerous: fr.
juicy: fs. dicecious, borme singly on upright leafy
stalks: Ivs. simple, lobed. The Cloud-berry or Bake-
apple Berry, of arctic or subaretic regions, and mueh
prized for its fruits, belongs here
SEOTION Cylactis. Fis. pertect or polygamous,
singly or several together at the ends of the shoots:
Ivs, ternate or pediform (5-parted), or sometimes only
Secrion 1.
lobed.
AA. Shrubby species: flow-
ering Shoots arising
from woody canes of 2
or more years’ growth.
B. Plant spineless,
SecrTion 3. Anoplobatus
(batus is Greek for
bramble). Upright
rather soft-wooded
shrubs, usually with
shreddy bark: large,
lobed lvs., large erect
fls., and broad torus.
BB. Plant spine-bearing (exceptions in some
Blackberries).
Section 4. Batothamnus. Upright shrubs, with
simple or ternate Ivs., small leaflets and droop-
ing fis. in mostly short clusters.
Section 5. Ideobatus, Raspherries, with the co-
herent drupelets separating from the torus.
Section 6. Eubatus. Blackberries and Dewherries,
with the drupelets adhering to the torus when
ripe.
INDEX.
heterophyllus, 24.
hispidus, 30.
humifusus, 31.
Idveus, 15.
pheenicolasius, 13.
pomponius, 19.
Potanini, 3.
Randii, 27.
roribaceus, 32.
roseeflorus, 12.
_ rosefolius, 12.
Say us, 22.
Savatieri, 10.
Seer irens, 30.
ee aa 28,
Allegheniensis, 23.
Americanus, 2 invisus, 33.
arcticus, laciniatus, 20.
argutus, 25 leucodermis, 18.
Baileyanus, 31. macropetalus, 35.
Canadensis, 21, 32. Menziesii, 11.
Chamemorus,1. Michiganensis, 32.
coronarius, 12.
crategifolius, 9.
euneifolius, 28.
deliciosus,
dumetorum, 36.
ellipticus, 14.
Enslenii, 31.
flavus, 14.
floribunda, 12.
floridus, 26.
frondosus, 25.
microphyllus, 8.
Millspaugh
montanus, 23.
mortfolius, 10.
neglectus, 17.
nigrobaccus, 22.
Nutkanus, 7
obovalis, 30.
occidentalis, 18.
odoratus, 6.
pallidus, 18.
setosus, 29.
Sinensis, 12.
sorbifolius, 12.
spectabilis, 11, 19.
strigosus, 16.
suberectus, 25, 29.
trifidus, 4.
triflorus, 2.
trivialis, 34.
ursinus,
villosus,
Rubus Chamzmorus.
v itifolius, |
xanthoe arpus, 3.
palmatus, 8
parviflorus, 7.
fruticosus, 19
grandiflorus, 12.
CHAMAZMORUS.
CLOUDBERRY. BakE-
Fig. 2192 (after
SEcTION 1,
1. Chamemorus, Linn.
APPLE-BERRY. YELLOW BERRY.
Card). Creeping: branches her-
baceous, covering the ground,
pubescent or almost glabrous:
lvs. round-cordate or reniform,
shallowly 3- to 5-lobed, finely
dentate: fils. large and white, on
solitary terminal peduncles: fr.
large, globular, red or yellowish,
composed of few soft drupelets, edible. Entirely across
the continent in high northern regions, and reaching as
far south, in the East, as the high land of Maine and N.
H.; also in Eu. and Asia.—The Cloudberry is an inhabi-
tant of peat bogs. It grows within the arctic zone. It is
much prized for its fruit, which is gathered from the wild
in large quantities. It is sometimes planted farther south
as a rock garden plant. &. arcticus, Linn., a pink-fid.
species with trifoliolate lvs., occurs in nearly the same
range, and produces small edible berries. This species
belongs to Section 2.
2192. Cloudberry—
Natural size.
SEcTion 2. CYLAcTIs.
2. triflérus, Rich. (R. Americdnus, Britt.). Stems
slender and trailing, 1-2 ft. long, herbaceous, without
RUBUS
1580
2193. Rubus deliciosus, from the Rocky Mountains.
prickles, glabrous or nearly so: lvs. thin and soft, light
green, with 3 or 5 ovate or rhombic-ovate, coarsely ser-
rate Ifts.: fls. 1-3 on each peduncle, small and white,
the calyx reflexed: fr. small, reddish. Cold swamps,
N. J. west and north.—Offered as a rock garden plant
for moist places.
3. xanthoc4rpus, Bur. & Franchet (R. Potanini,
Regel). Trailing, the stems dying back every year, the
stems pilose and weak-spiny; lvs. pinnately 3-foliolate,
the leaflets ovate, acute or obtuse, strongly and un-
equally dentate, the terminal one twice larger than the
others: fls. solitary or twinin the axils of the upper lvs.,
the peduncle and calyx weak-prickly, the petals white:
fr. large, ovate, bright yellow, fragrant and palatable,
the calyx persistent China; discovered in 1885 in the
Provinee of Kansu, 40° north latitude, and later found
in provinces Sze- Chuen and Yun-nan.—Int. into the
U.S. in 1898 by the Dept. of Agric. through Professor
. Hansen, to be tried for its edible raspberry-like
fruit. At Brookings, 8. Dakota, the plants suffered from
the phenomenal winter of 1898-9, but mulched plants
have subsequently endured the winters well.
SECTION 3. ANOPLOBATUS.
By AGS:
4. trifidus, Thunb.
ing and erect, 7-10 ft. tall:
mostly 7-lobed,
FIRE RASPBERRY. Strong-grow-
lvs. large, palmately ribbed,
3-5- or even 7-cleft, serrate: fls. subsolitary, the pe-
dunecles villous: berry of medium size, scarlet, with
pointed drupelets. Japan.—Sparingly introduced, and
prized for its bright autumn foliage (whence the name
“Fire Raspberry”).
AA. Lvs. 5- or less-lobed,.
B. Peduncles mostly 1-fld.
pe SOS Bay James. Rocky Mounrain FLOWERING
i 1 Compact, bushy grower, reach-
shallowly
3-5-lobed, unequally serrate, somewhat glandular: fis.
borne in great profusion, pure white, 1-2 in. across, in
early summer and continuing for w long season: berry
hemispherical, purplish or wine-color, with large, soft
drupelets like those of a red Raspberry, edible but not
esteemed for eating. Rocky Mountains, reaching 8,000
ft. elevation. B.M. 606 : RH. 1882, p.
: 34, p. 231; 45,
r GM. 412508.
— One of the finest of native flowering Raspberries, and
deserving to be known. Hardy in Mass. The fis. re-
semble single roses. :
BB. Peduneles
6. odoratus, Linn, FLrowerma Raspeerry. Mut-
BERRY (erroneously). Fig. 2194. Strong-growing plant,
with the shreddy canes reaching 3-6 ft.: lvs. very large,
pubescent beneath, 3-5-lobed, the lobes pointed, muar-
gins serrate: fls. 1-2 in. across, rose-purple, several to
orbieular or reniform,
several- lo many-fla.
RUBUS
many in the cluster, the sepals with a long point, the
peduncles and pedicels glandular-pubescent: berry flat-
tish and broad (34 in. across), rather dry, light red,
edible but not valued. NovaScotiato Mich. and Georgia
(Fla.?). Gn. 34, p. 230. B.M. 323. J.H IIL. 31:133.—
Prefers rich shady woods and banks. It makes a bold
subject in a foliage mass, and its fis. are nearly as large
as single roses, although the color is less bright. It
spreads rapidly from the root and overtops weaker plants.
7. parviflorus, Nutt. (R. Mutkdnus, Mog.). Differs
from the last in having white fls. in few-fld. clusters
and less glandular peduncles. N. Mich. to the Pacific
coast and southward in the Rockies: the western rep-
resentative of R. odoratus. B.M. 3453. B.R. 16:1368.
Gn. 45, p. 75.
Section 4. BATOTHAMNUS.
A. Lvs. but more or less lobed.
8. microphyllus, Linn. f. (A. palmatus, Thunb.).
Spreading, often slender-stemmed plant growing 4 or 5
ft. tall, with many short, but stout nearly straight
spines: lvs. rather small, 2-3 in. long as a rule, narrow-
ovate-acuminate or sometimes nearly triangular-ovate-
acuminate, rather deeply 3-5-lobed and the middle lobe
long and acuminate, the margins very sharp-serrate:
fls. white, nearly or quite %4 in. aer with broadly
ovate petals: fr. small (red ?), of little value. Japan. —
Sparingly introduced as an ornamental plant, but little
known here. The “Mayberry,” introd. by Luther Bur-
bank, is said to be a hybrid between this species and
the Cuthbert Raspberry (2. strigosus). The Mayberry
is described as producing a large yellow edible berry,
ripening in advance of the Strawberry.
9. crategifolius, Bunge. Fig. 2195 (after Card). Strong,
erect or diffuse much-spreading plant (3-5 ft.), with
terete reddish glabrous canes that bear few and small
straight spines: lvs. oblong-ovate to cordate-ovate, acu-
minate, 3-5-lobed, and the margin coarsely serrate and
notched: fils. white, in small clusters terminating slen-
der leafy shoots, about % in. across: fr. small, orange-
red, of no value. Japan.—An excellent plant for hold-
ing banks and for covering waste places, and giving
fine deep reds in the fall. Perfectly hardy in central
New York. Burbank’s *Primus” is hybrid of this and
RK. vitifolius, the latter furnishing the seed.
10. Savatiéri (R. morifolius, Sieb., Franch. & Savat.
Enum. Pl. Jap. (1875), not Muell. 1858). Differs from
FR. crutegifolius by its more numerous and stronger
prickles, the leaves villous beneath and deeply cordate
at_base, shorter petioles and shorter and thicker pedi-
cels. Southern Japan.—Offered by dealers in Japanese
plants, who speak of its pretty fruit ripening in July.
simple,
hy. ~
9194. Rubus odoratus. (Flower X %.)
s. 3-foliolate.
SALMONBERRY.
AA. Les
11. spectdbilis, Pursh.
I. Strong- growing, reaching 5-15 ft., glabrous, the
spines few or often none, weak: lIvs. of 3 ovate-acumi-
nate Ifts., which are doubly serrate toothed and some-
Fig. 60, Vol.
RUBUS
times indistinetly lobed, long-stalked, thin, glabrous or
becoming so beneath: fs. solitary or in 2's, large, red
or purple: tr. large, somewhat conical, salmon-color or
wine-red, edible, the drupelets bearing the persistent
styles. Calif. to Alaska. B.R.17:1424. L.B.C. 17:1602.
F.S. 21:2260. Mn. 4, p. 57.—Sometimes eult. for its
showy flowers and fruits. Canes perennial. Var.
Ménziesii, Wats., has tomentose leaves,
Section 5. Ipxosares, or Ruspberries.
A. Lvs. long-pinnate, with 2 or more pairs of narrow
leaflets.
12. roseefolius, Smith (PR. floribiinda and R. Sinénsis,
Hort. R.roseflorus, Roxby.)., STRAW BERRY-RASPBERRY,
Figs. 2196, 2197. Erect and tall-growing, evergreen in
warta countries, glabrous or somewhat pubescent-hir-
sute: lvs. odd-pinnate, the lateral leaflets 2-7 pairs, all
the Ifts. ovate-lanceolate or lance-oblon cuminate,
strongly many-veined and very sharp-serrate, more or
less silky-hairy beneath: fls. solitary or in few-fld.
clusters, white, 1%-2 in. across, showy: fr. erect,
bright red, long thimble-shaped, usually about 1-1! in.
high, very showy, edible but insipid. Var. sorbifélius
(2. sorbifolius, Maxim.) is avery hairy and hispid form.
Var. coronarius, Sims (R. grandiflorus, Hort.), is a
double form, sometimes cult. as the “Brier Rose” and
“Bridal Rose” (B.M. 1733. G.C. IL. 11:77).—Widely
distributed in tropical countries, but native to the Him-
alayan region and eastward to China and Japan. B.M.
6970, PLS. 17:1714. A.G, 20:82, 87. A beautiful plant
and worthy of general culture. In the North it usually
kills to the ground each winter, but it throws up shoots
2-4 ft., and these bloom from summer until frost, usu-
ally ripening fruit at the same time. The fruit has
some value for eating, but it is probable that it will
never be greatly developed in this direction. The dou-
ble-flowered form is often grown under glass and in
pots.
AA. Lus. pedately 3-5-foliolate.
B. Plant profusely red-hairy.
13. phenicolasius, Maxim. WiNeserry. Fig. 2198.
Canes long and reeurving, furnished with straight,
weak prickles and densely clothed with red-brown glan-
dular hairs, propagating by “tips”: Ifts. usually 3,
broad-ovate to round-ovate, apiculate-toothed and some-
times indistinctly lobed at top, white-tomentose beneath:
fls. in dense, small shaggy-haired clusters which spring
from the uppermost axils and form a large, loose, leafy
panicle; petals shorter than the long, bristly calyx-
lobes, the latter enlarging after fowering and inclosing
the growing fruits in a bur but spreading apart as the
2196. Rubus rosefolius.
One of the best of the flowering Rubuses.
RUBUS 1581
fruit matures: fr. usually small and soft, cherry-red,
acid or usually insipid. Japan and China. B.M. 6479.
IT. 26:865; IIT. 11:269; 2 Jk Ty. 2932 10,
1 19:435.0 Gne. 3:263.—Interesting an
ornamental plant, and also recommended for its fruit.
2195. Rubus crategifolius.
(XK %).
See No. 9.
In the North it often kills to the ground, but the strong
young recurving canes and white-bottomed foliage make
it a handsome plant.
14. ellipticus, Smith (2. flavus, Ham.). Fig. 2199.
Tall and erect or nearly so (6-10 ft.), the canes stout
and densely beset with straight red-brown hairs and
bearing a few stout, short, nearly straight prickles: Ifts.
3, the terminal one much the largest, ovate to orbicular-
ovate, not lobed, evenly doubly serrate, thickish, soft
pubescent and strongly veined and prickly on the mid-
rib beneath’ fls. white, 1% in. or less across, in small,
fd. clusters: berry the size of a common Rasp-,
y, yellow, of good quality. Himalayas.—Grown in
southern Fla., where it is said to be the only Raspberry
that perfects its fruit.
BB. Plant not red-hairy all over.
c. Red Raspberries.
EvropeAN RASPBERRY. An erect,
mostly stiff grower, propagating by sucke the canes
light-colored and bearing nearly straight slender
prickle lfts. ovate, white beneath, irregularly toothed
and notched, usually somewhat plicate or wrinkled:
flower-clusters mostly long and interrupted, most of the
peduncles dividing into two or three pedicels, the pedi-
cels, as also the flowering shoots, petioles and midribs,
finely pubescent, but not glandular, and sparsely fur-
nished with firm reeurved prickles: fls. small, white;
calyx pubescent: fruit oblong or conical, dark red, yel-
low or whitish, produced more or less continuously
throughout the season. Europe and Asia.—Named for
Mt. Ida, in Greece. Early introduced into this country,
but now nearly driven from cultivation by the hardier
native species. The Antwe , Fontenay, and Fastolf
belong here. Mubus Ldeus itself is not known to be
native to N. Amer., but a most interesting form of it
(var. qvomalus, Arrh.) has been discovered recently in
Vermont. See Fernald, Rhodora, 2, p. 195, witb figure.
15. Idzus, Linn.
1582
16. strigdsus, Michx. (A. dirs, Linn., var. strigosus,
Maxim.). Rep Raspperry. Fig. 2080. Much like the
last, but distinguished by a more slender aud open
habit, stiff prickles on the bearing bristly canes, which
are brown and somewhat glaucous, thinner leaves, and
glund-tipped lairs or bristles upon the flowering shoots,
petioles and calyx, the latter less pubescent or hirsute:
flower-clusters more open or scattered: fruit bright
light red, or rarely yellow or whiGsh, not produced con-
tinuously. Widely spread in the northern states as far
west as Missouri, also in the mountains to Arizona and
northward to Alaska, extending farther north than the
Blackeap; also in A —Under cultivation the glandu-
lar hairs usually disappear. The light red garden ber-
ries, like Cuthbert, belong bere. Var. albus, Fuller, has
amber-white fruits.
17. negléctus, Peck. PtURPLE-CANE RASPBERRIES.
Figs. 2082, 2200, A large and variable race of hybrids
between R. strigosus and BR. occidentalis occurs both
naturally (Rubus neglectus, Peck, 22d Rep. Reg. N.Y.
State Univ. 53, 1869) and in the garden (Bailey, Amer.
Gard. 11:721, 1890). These plants propagate either by
“tips” or suckers, usually by the latter. The flower-
clusters are open and straggling, and the fruit ranges
in color from yellow to purple. As a rule, the fruit is
aggregated at the end of the cluster but is scattering
RUBUS
below. The Purple Cane type of Raspberry belongs
here. Prominent varieties are Shaffer, Philadelphia
(now nearly out of cultivation), Gladstone, and prob-
ably Caroline.
cc. Black Raspberries (yellow-fruited forms are
know).
18. occidentalis, Linn. Common BuackcapP. Figs.
2201, 2202. Strong, erect bush, the canes finally re-
curving and rooting at the tips, furnished with straight
spines, glaucous, not bristly; lfts. broadly ovate, dull
green above and white beneath, finely and sharply ser-
rate, and notched, the petioles usually bearing short
prickles: fils. in small, dense, prickly clusters with
sometimes a few scattering pedicels, the petals shorter
than the long-pointed whitish woolly sepals: fr. rather
small, hemispherical, firm or even hard, black or occa-
2197. Rubus rosefolius (X< 1%).
Sometimes known as Strawberry-raspberry.
RUBUS
sionally amber-white, dry and sweet. Plentiful in fields
and clearings in the northern-eastern states to Oregon
and Brit. Columbia and southward to Ga. in the moun-
tains, and to Mo.—In cultivation, known in many forms,
No. 13.
2198. Rubus pheenicolasius (X22).
as Ohio, Gregg, ete. Var. pallidus has amber-yellow
fr.; sometimes found in the wild.
Var. leucodérmis, Card (fF. leucodérmis Dougl.).
Lfts. more coarsely dentate-serrate, sometimes nearly
incise-serrate, the prickles strong and more hooked: fr.
reddish black or black. Rocky Mts. and W.
Section 6. Eusatvs, or Blackberries and Dewberries.
The botany of the American Blackberries and Dew-
berries is interminably confusing. If the kind of spe-
cies-making that has been applied to the European
Rubi were applied to the American, the number of
species would straightway be quadrupled or trebled
at the least. There is no difficulty in finding forms
that are distinct enough to be described as species.
The difficulty lies in the endless series of intermedi-
ate forms, that confound all efforts at limitation and
make printed descriptions of no avail. This difficulty
is greatly increased from the fact that the foliage
often differs widely between the verdurous and flower-
ing shoots of the same plant. There seems to be little
utility in separating forms that cannot be distin-
guished in at least a fair proportion of the specimens
that come to one’s hand, however well marked they
may be in their extremes. It is to be expected, how-
ever, that long-sustained studies in the field, as well
as in the herbarium, will discover means of separat-
ing some of the forms that are now confused, but it
is doubtful if there are any species in this section of
Rubus, as the term species is commonly understood.
The best one can do is to throw them into groups.
For a history of nomenclatorial difficulties in Ameri-
can Rubi, see “Evolution of Our Native Fruits.”
A. Blackberries: Plant usually erect or essentially so
(strong canes often recurring).
Group 1. Exotic Blackberries, with mostly perennial
canes and flowers usually borne on the ends of the
main shoots.
19. fruticdsus, Linn. European BRAMBLE. Strong-
growing, mostly pubescent or hairy on the young parts,
usually with strong recurved prickles, the canes often
RUBUS
many feet long and recurving or half climbing but
sometimes erect: Ifts. 3-5, ovate or rhomb- ovate,
coarsely toothed, thickish, pubescent to white-downy
beneath; petioles and usually the midribs beneath bear-
ing prickles: fls. in terminal panicles, white or pink,
showy, the buds white-pubescent: fr. black or dull red,
2199. Rubus ellipticus (15).
A yellow-fruited species from the Himalayas.
No. 1
the calyx refiexed, edible but little prized. Europe,
where it is common in fields and hedges. As a cult
plant, known chietly in the double-fid. form (as #. pom
ponius). Gn. 34, p. 234. Sometimes known as QW. spec-
tabilis in gardens.
°0. laciniatus, Willd. (R. fruticosus, var. lacinidtus,
Hort.). CUr-LEAVED or EVERGREEN BLACKBERRY. Fig.
9203. A tall, straggling besh with permanent or peren-
nial canes in mild climates, and leaves more or less
evergreen, the stems provided with recurved prickles:
Ifts. 3, broadly ovate in general outline, cut into several
or many oblong or almost linear sharply toothed divi-
sions, the ribs prickly below and the petioles strongly
2200. Rubus neglectus.
(X %.)
The Caroline Raspberry.
1
Nowe:
so; fis. in terminal panicles, white or blush, the calyx
and pedicels pubescent or even tomentose: fr. usually
thimble-shaped, late, black, often excellent. Gn. 21, p.
57; 45, p. 78.—This Blackberry is probably native to
Europe, where it has been long known in gardens. It is
100
1583
apparently only a cut-leaved form of the common Euro-
pean Rubus fruticosus. It is now widely seattered,
and seems to thrive particularly well in Hawaii and other
Pacific islands and on the Pacitie slope. By some it
is supposed to be native to the South Sea Islands (see
Bull. 64, Utah exp. Sta.). It is probable that the plant
has been introduced into the West from those sources,
but such fact does not prove its original nativity. It
has aroused considerable attention in Oregon and other
parts of the West, and is often known as the Oregon
Everbeariug Blackberry. In mild climates the lower
parts of the canes often live from year to year until
they become as thick as one’s wrist; and in such cli-
mates the leaves persist for the greater part of the
winter. The plant has long been grown for ornament in
the eastern states, but it has not attracted attention as
a frnit-plant in this region. The fruits are of fair size
and quality, and ripen from midsummer or late summer
to October. The plant is a good
ornamental subject, although it
is likely to cause trouble by
sprouting at the root.
Group 2. Thornless Blackber-
ries, with tall, nearly un-
armed furrowed biennial
canes, aud long, open flower-
clusters.
21. Canadénsis, Linn. (2. A ill-
spaughii, Britt.). THORNLESS
BLACKBERRY. Very tall and ro-
bust (sometimes reaching 10-12
ft. high), the canes
nearly or quite spine-
less: lfts. narrow-
ovate to ovate-lance-
olate, long-acumi-
nate, sharply and
nearly evenly ser-
rate; stipules usually
prominent, narrow ;
fis. large, white, in
long, open, raceme-
like, nearly glabrous
clusters, on slender
spreading pedicels:
fr. black, almost globular to short-oblong, usually jui
and good. Eastern Canada, through the high lands
New England, New York and Michigan to mountains
of North Carolina.—Not in cultivation, except in botanic
gardens and amateurs’ collections.
Group 8. Glandular Blackberries, with stout, thorny
biennial canes and prominently glandular-pubesceut
inflorescence.
22. nigrobaccus, Bailey (2. vil/dsus, Authors,
not Ait.). ComMMON HiGH-BUSH BLACKBERRY of
the North. Figs. 2204-6. Canes tall, reeurving
at the ends, furrowed, the young parts promi-
nently glandular-pubescent, the spines usually
large and more or less hooked: Ifts. 3-5, ovate-
acuminate or sometimes lance-ovate, long-
stalked (at least in the largest Ivs.), the ter-
minal one often heart-shaped at base, the mar-
gins nearly regularly strong-serrate, the under
surface glandular-pubescent: fls. white, showy,
the petals narrow, borne in a long, open ra-
ceme -like cluster of which the
terminal flower is usually the old-
est, each pedicel standing at.
nearly right angles to the rachis:
fr. black, oblong (varying to
nearly globular), usually not very
juicy, sweet and aromatic. Every
where in old fields and clearings
in the northeastern states, at
common elevations, extending
south to North Carolina and west
to Iowa, Kansas and Missouri.—
Known in ¢cultivatioén in the “Long-cluster Blackher-
ries” as Taylor and Ancient Briton. Var. albinus, Bailey,
the “White Blackberry,” is a state in which the fruits
are amber-colored and the bark yellowish green; occa-
sionally as far west as Michigan, and probably farther.
RUBUS
2201. Rubus occidentalis (x 14).
The original of the cultivated Black
Raspberries. No. 18.
1584
Var. sativus, Bailey (R. sutivws, Brainerd). Fig.
2207; also Fig. 237, Vol. 1. Generally lower and the
canes more erect: Ifts. broader (or at least shorter) and
RUBUS
less prominently pointed: fl.-clusters shorter (usually
from the elongation of the lower pedicels or the upper
ones remaining short):
usually relatively larger and juicier.
fr. rounder, and the drupelets
Dry, open tields.
£203. Rubus laciniatus (< !3). No. 20
—Distinect in its extreme forms, but running into the
species by all manner of intermediate gradations. From
this plant the common “Short-cluster Blackberries ” of
the garden appear to be derived, as Snyder, Kittatinny,
Irie, ete.
23, Allegheniénsis, Porter (RA. villosis, var. mon-
fdnus and R. montdnus, Porter, not Wirtg.). Very like
R. nigrobaccus, and perhaps only a mountain state of
a cosmopolitan type: plant smaller, usually less prickly:
branches and leaf-stalks usually reddish, and all young
growths very glandular-pubescent: Ivs. mostly smaller,
very long-pointed, closer-toothed: fl.-clusters usually
smaller: fr. small, long and narrow, tapering towards
the top, the drupelets many and small, not very juicy
but of good flavor. In mountains and highlands, Ontario
to Virginia. Common on the higher elevations, afford-
ing much edible fruit. In its typical form, as seen in
the wild, it is very distinct from R. nigrobaccus, par-
ticularly in its fruit.
24. heterophyllus, Willd. Fig. 238, Vol. I. R. nigro-
baccus xR. villosus, in many forms both wild and culti-
vated. In cultivation this hybrid class is represented
by the *Loose-cluster Blackberries,” as Wilson, Wilson
Jr., and Rathbun. The plants are usually half-erect,
thorny, mostly more or less glindular-pubescent on the
young growths: Ifts. broad and
jagged: fi.-clusters small and
usually forking, with long pedi-
cels: fr. rather loose-grained,
with large drupelets. The plant
is not infrequent in regions in
which both A. nigrobaccus and
PR, villosus grow. It is usually
easily distinguished by the half-
erect habit and irregularly
toothed and jagged Ifts. which
are not long-acuminate. In
some cases, the bushes natur-
ally stand 3-4 ft. high.
Group 4. Leafy-cluster Black-
berries, with little or no ylan-
dular pubescence and short
flower - ¢ ers that have
more ov Te small los, inter-
mired,
25. argutus, Link (2. frondo-
sus, Bigel. 2. villdsus, var.
frondosus, Torr. BR. suberéetus.
Hook.). Fig. 2208. Very like
Pr, nigrobacens in habit, but
af
\,
i
ofter prota,
al
RUBUS
usually stiffer in growth, the young parts and under sur-
faces of lvs. only rarely glandular though usually pubes-
cent, the canes generally very thorny: Ivs. often smaller
and stiffer, the Ifts. short-pointed, the petioles and
midribs conspicuously thorny: fl.-clusters short and
leafy: fr. globular or short-oblong, black, usually good,
Mostly in open places, from New Brunswick to Lake
Superior and south to the Gulf.—Our most cosmopolitan
Blackberry, and presenting innumerable forms. The
plants described by Link and Bigelow had rather few
and stra tish spines, but some forms bear very strong
hooked spines, and between these two forms there are
all eradations. The species is much in need of critical
study. In cultivation it is represented in Early Harvest
and a few other varieties.
26. fléridus, Tratt. (R. argittus, var. fléridus, Bailey).
Canes armed with hooked prickles: pedicels and ca-
lyx pubescent, sometimes glandular: floral lvs. small,
mostly wedge-obovate and obtuse: fl.-clus small,
with short (often very short) slender pedicels: fl.-buds
small and globular, white-pubescent (particularly on
the edges of the sepals): fls. large, with broad mostly
overlapping petals. Evol. Native Fruits, Fig. 91.—
What the writer takes to be this species seems to be
common in southern Mississippi, and perhaps also in
Alabama. How distinct it may be is only to be de-
termined by careful studies in the field; but in its
typical forms it is readily separated from &. argutus,
It seems to be less erect (often climbing?) than FP.
argutus.
27. Randii (AR. argitus, var. Randii, Bailey). Fig.
2209. Low and wide-spreading (usually less than 3 ft.),
sometimes becoming procumbent, with few or almost no
prickles, the canes often almost herbaceous: Ivs. very
thin, usually becoming nearly or quite glabrous beneath.
the teeth coarse, sharp and unequal, the Ifts. on the
young canes acuminate: fl.-cluster small and simple,
commonly with a large simple leaf at the base, the pedi-
eels long and slender and only slightly (if at all) pubes-
cent: fr. small, usually rather dry, but sometimes juicy
and good. Shady places, as in woods and thickets, New
Brunswick to Lake Superior; to be looked for in the
mountains of Carolina.—It impresses one as a weak
woods form, sometimes seeming nearest &. Canadensis
but oftenest suggesting FR. nigrobuecus ; but it seems
to hold its characters better than most Blackber
Ss.
\
RUBUS
Section 5. Sand Blackberries, with stiff, erect, low
and very thorny growths, small fl.-clusters, and luvs.
white-tomentose beneath.
28. cuneifolius, Pursh (2. veulitis-
stews, Reasoner), SAND BLACKBERRY.
Fig. 239, Vol. I. Plant stiff and thorny,
usually not over 3-4 ft. tall, the
prickles many, hooked, and
very strong, the young
growths white- tomentose :
Ifts. on bearing canes mostly
small and thick, wedge-oblong
to wedge-oboyate,
obtuse or nearly
so, densely white-
tomentose be-
neath, the mar-
gins sharp-
toothed; Ifts. on
the sterile canes
| Ne
sn
2204. Rubus nigrobaccus (X },). No. 22.
larger, often ovate-pointed S
or elliptic: fl.-clusters 4-10- RES
fld., short, more or less leafy A
and thorny, the fl.-buds glob- Sy
ular and
medium in
pubescent: fr. =
size, firm, often
sweet and good. Dry fields,
Connecticut to the Gulf,
and the common Blackberry
in many places. —In cultiva-
tion this seems to be repre-
sented by the viciously
thorny Topsy or Tree Black-
berry, although the charac-
teristic white tomentum
largely disappears under
domestication. Were it not
for this tomentum, the spe-
cies would be difficult to
distinguish from R. flori-
dus.
SEcTION 6. Swamp Bluckberries, with weak
canes and reddish fruits,
29. setosus, Bigel. (R. hispidus, var. suberéetus,
Peck). Mostly erect, sometimes ascending 2-3 ft., the
slender canes clothed with many weak mostly recurved
prickles and sometimes conspicuously hispid also, the
prickles generally extending to the petioles and inflor-
escence: Ifts. oblanceolate to ovate, pointed or acumi-
nate, very strong-toothed: fr. small, with few drupelets,
reddish black. Swamps, Quebec to Pa.—Not known to
be in the trade, but inserted here because it is confused
with R. hispidus and other species.
hispid
AA. Dewberrics: Plant trailing or decumbent.
Group 1. Swamp Dewberries, with weak bristly stems,
obovate shining Ifts.,and small ved fruit.
30. hispidus, Linn. (#. oberdlis, Michx. BR. sempér-
virens, Bigel.). Fig. 0. Stems very slender, s J
woody but usually persisting over winter, creeping,
bearing many weak reflexed small bristles: Ifts. usually
3, thick, shining above, wedge-obovate or oyal-obovate,
usually obtuse, doubly serrate: fls. small, white, on few-
flowered herbaceous nearly or quite leafless peduncles
arising from the creeping canes: fr. small and of few
2205. Rubus nigrobaccus (x !s).
RUBUS 1585
drupelets, red to red-black, sour, Swamps or low sandy
soils, Nova Scotia to Ga. and Kans.—Of no value for
the fruit, but sometimes offered by dealers as a subject
for coveriny the ground in moist places. The leaves
usually persist through the winter, and in sunny places
they assume a fine bronzy hue.
Group 2. Soft-caned Deiberrics, with the stems thin
aud little woody or even almost herbaceous and the
peduneles 1-2-fld.
31. Enslenii, Tratt. (2. villosus, var. humifisus,
Torr. & Gray. &. Baileydnus, Britt.). Plant weak,
with slender canes lying on the ground, the prickles
small and relatively few or eyen none, the flowering
canes sometimes almost herbaceous although having
survived the winter: Ifts. small and thin, oval-pointed
to nearly ovate, trregularly and sharply serrate, nearly
glabrous (or hairy on the margins and the veins): fis.
of good, size, white, solitary (sometimes in 2’s) on short,
leafy peduncles: fr. small and nearly globular, loose,
black, often good. Sandy places, New York
and Mich. to Miss. Evol. Native Fruits, Figs.
77 and 87.—Has heen confounded with &. vil-
fosus, but, as Rubuses go, it seems to he well
distinguished. Probably not in cultivation.
Group 3. The common Northern
Dewberries, with strong, prickly,
es offen half-ascending canes and 2-
i. a Severs ide penned Si ie
32. villosus, Ait. (A. Cunadénsis,
Authors, not Linn.). Figs. 2211,2212.
Canes strong, often several fect long
and usually armed with strong re-
curved prickles, not stand-
ing alone when full grown
, but often rising 2 feet from
the ground, the shoots
mostly glabrous or becom-
ing so: lvs. of medium size
or becoming very large on
strong plants, firm and
thick, the 3-7 leaflets oval or
ovate pointed or
acuminate and
sharply double-
toothed: fs. white,
few to several on
the ends of short,
leafy shoots of the
season: fr. usually
globose or short-ob-
long, shining black,
the drupelets usu-
ally large. Fields
and roadsides, On-
tario (and New-
foundland?) to Fla.
and Arizona.— The
common Dewberry
of the North, oe-
eurring in many
forms in old fields,
and often a troublesome pest. There are varieties cult.
for the fruit. This is the plant named Rubus villosus
by Aiton in 1789, although it has been supposed that he
had the High-bush Blackberry (&. nigrobuecus). When
2206. Rubus nigrobaccus, a wild High-
bush Blackberry (<3). No. 22.
1586 RUBUS
it was determined, in 1898, that Aiton had the Dew-
berry, rather than the Blackberry, when be made the
name &. villosus, it became necessary to revise our no-
menclature. It was supposed until that time, also, that
Linneus meant to designate the Dewberry by his £&.
Canadensis, but he really had the Thornless Black-
berry.
Var. Michiganénsis, Card. A strong-growing form
with mostly fewer prickles, very large, irregularly den-
tate-cut Ifts. and pubescent fl.-clusters. S. W. Mich.,
and probably elsewhere. Not known to be in cult.
Var. roribaccus, Bailey. Lucretia Dewserry. Figs.
697, 698, Vol. I. Very robust form, with large, wedge-
obovate, deep-cut lfts., very long pedicels, very large
fls. (sometimes 2 in. across) and leafy-tipped calyx-
lobes: fr. large. West Virginia, and in cultivation as
the Lucretia Dewberry, which is the most popular cur-
rent variety.
33. invisus, Bailey (R. Canadénsis, var. invisus,
Bailey). Figs. 2213, 2214. Canes strong, terete, some-
what ascending, not very prickly (the prickles straight-
ish): lfts. large and rather thin, light green, those on
the verdurous shoots coarsely and simply toothed and
the teeth usually abruptly pointed: fl.-cluster forking,
with 2-6 long, slender, usually hispid pedicels: fis.
large, with leaf-like sepals. Not uncommon from New
York to Kansas and the Gulf.—In cultivation as Bartel
and other Dewberries. When once understood, this
species is generally easy to recognize. The best single
diagnostic character is the large simple toothing of the
leaflets on the sterile shoots.
Group 4. The Southern Dewber-
ries, with very long, prickly and
often hispid canes, narrow per-
sistent Ifts., and mostly I-fld.
peduncles.
34. trivialis, Michx.
SlooUTHERN DEw-
BERRY. Fig. 2215. A
most variable and
perplexing species,
the difficulties being
increased by the fact
that the same plant
may bear three kinds
of leaves: the large,
broad Blackberry-
like lvs. onthe young Ki
verdurous sterile
shoots; the smaller
lvs. on the canes that
are to bear fruit and
which often persist over winter and remain at flowering
time; the small lvs. that appear with or somewhat be-
fore the flowers. It is seldom that the leaves of sterile
(xX %.) No. 22,
RUBUS
2210. Swamp Dewberry— Rubus
2209. Rubus Randii (X,%4). hispidus (X %). No. 30.
and flowering shoots of the same plant are preserved in
herbaria. Canes very long, usually wholly prostrate
(sometimes 10-15 ft.), thickly armed with prickles and
sometimes bearing reddish bristles:
lfts. usually 3, narrow-ovate to ob-
long,short-pointed,rather shallowly
and sometimes bluntly toothed, the
petiole and midribs usually prickly:
fis. of medium size,
mostly on simple,
more or less prickly
peduncles: fr. usu-
ally oblong, some-
times excellent but
oftener dry and
seedy. From Virginia
to Florida and Texas,
mein and in cult. in two or
FAW three forms for its
i : \ fruit.— This is the
sm common Dewberry of
the southern states.
It is often a serious
2208. Rubus argutus— The Early Harvest Blackberry. No. 25. pest in old fields.
Some of the forms are
very distinct, but it seems to be impossible to discover
characters by means of which they can be distinguished
with even a fair degree of uniformity. Some of these
forms have fis. 2 in. across. Fig. 2215 is a drawing of one
of the specimens (there are two similar specimens on
the sheet) on which Michaux founded R. trivialis. Bo-
tanically, this species is, probably the most perplex-
ing of American Rubi. Some of the kinds in the ex-
treme South are remarkably robust. Forms have been
found with canes 40-50 ft. long and nearly an inch in
diameter.
Group 6 The Western Dewberries, with pubescent
lus., and fls. often imperfect.
35, vitifolius, Cham. & Schlecht. (R. wrsinus,
Cham. & Schlecht. R. macropétalus, Dougl.). Paciric
Coast DEWBERRY. Widely trailing, with slender, more
or less pubescent canes which are provided with long
but weak, straight or slightly recurved prickles: lvs.
various, usually thieker and more woolly upon the
staminate plants, composed of three ovate, doubly ere-
nate-toothed leaflets, or sometimes only 3-lobed, the
long petiole and usually the midribs prickly: fis. per-
fect, staminate or pistillate on different plants, borne on
shoots 6-12 in. high, which bear 1- to 2-flowered prickly
or hispid and generally pubescent peduncles, the petals
of the staminate forms large and showy, those of the
pistilate forms usually small, the calyx-lobes either
short and entire or somewhat prolonged and indistinctly
toothed: fr. of fair size, blackish, mostly round-oblong,
eeu
biel
add
RUBUS
sweet. In the mountains, particularly in the Coast
Ranges, of the Pacific slope; also in Idaho.—It has
come into some prominence as a fruit plant within the
last dozen years. Named varieties are Aughinbaugh,
Skagit Chief, Belle of Washington and Washington
Climbing Blackberry. The species is perplexingly va
riable, and well-marked characters seem to be asso-
ciated with the different sexual forms. The Loganberry
(which see, p. 987) is said to be ahybrid between this
species and 2. Jdwus. RA. vitifolius is recorded as hav-
ing beencrossed with 2. cratuyifolius by Luther Bur-
bank. The Mammoth Blackberry of California is said to
be a cross between PR. vitifolinus and the Wild Black-
berry of Texas (2. argutis 2). See Pacitic Rural Press,
Sept. 4, 1897, for description and portrait. The account
says that the Mammoth “produces berries of immense
size, supposed to be the largest Blackberry ever grown,
berries 2%, inches in length being frequently found.
* * * The canes of the Mammoth are very peculiar,
being very large and thickly covered with small, short
spines. The canes start early in March, grow thick and
stout until about 5 ft. high; they then take on a run-
ning habit and grow from 25 to 30 ft. in a season.
Late in the fall the tips or stolons seek the ground
and take root.” The variety is partially evergreen in
California. The fruit is said to be more acid than the
old Lawton Blackberry, but “when perfectly ripe is
sweet and of superior flavor.”
Group 6, Erotic
glaucous
Dewberries, with very long, prickly,
canes and large very sharp-toothed Ifts.
Fig. 2216. Canes long and
5 tt. long, trailing or halt-
prostrate, glaucous, thick beset with rather small
somewhat curved spines: Ifts. usually 3, mostly broad-
ovate, pointed to acuminate, irregularly sharp-toothed,
becoming bronzy and brown in wutumn: fs. small,
white, the calyx white-tomentose, on short pedicels in
a cluster terminating leafy growths of the season: fr.
of a few large black drupelets. Europe.—Lately intro
dueed for the covering of banks and stony places, for
which it is highly recommended. Its autumn color is
attractive. Hardy in New England.
R. bifldrus, Ham.
dentali
reach
dumetérum, Weihe.
slender, terete, often 10-2
36.
Raspberry, apparently allied to R. occi-
din eult. for its glaucous- white canes:
, with strong arehing eanes that bear strong,
recurved prickles: lfts. ovate or oval, incise- ute, whitish
beneath: fls. large and white, 1-3 on drooping peilicelss berry
amber-colored, size of the common Raspberry, the calyx at first
rewding,
Temper, Him: lay v. BLM. 4678.
> lapénsis, Burbank. Under this
name Luther Burk esa bramble that eame to him
“by way of New Zealand from South Africa, and is probably
RUBUS 1587
the one that Stanley speaks so highly of as growing in places
on the Dark Continent. The canes grow to a height of 6-10
feet, bending over and rooting from tips like Blackeap Rasp-
berries. The whole plant is covered with a short, rusty down
eed
en
SQ
pes)
Small form of Rubus villosus, the northern Dewberry.
Generally known as R. No. 32.
WAYAYS
2211.
Canadensis.
and few short scattered prickles; the fruit is fully as large or
larger than Shaffer’s Colossal Raspberry, of a purplish wine
or mulberry color, and of excellent quality, though the berries
do not separate from the receptacle as freely as they should;
it is a very promising berry-plant.” See Burbank’'s “New
Creations in Fruits and Flowers,” June, 1894; also Gn. 48, p.
The picture represents a very rugose leat with 5 shallow
nearly rounded lobes and very irregularly serrate margins:
stems with curved prickles, and a small cluster with large,
globular short-pedicelled fruits. It is probably R. Molucecanus.
—Rk. Japonicus, Veiteh. Known to horticulturists in its varie-
gated form (R. Japonieus tricolor): slender trailer, with rose-
colored stems and petioles: lvs. ovate, mostly indistinctly 3-
lobed, very sharply toothed, the youngest ones pinkish white
and the mature ones blotched green and white. Not known to
be in eult. in this count Tt would probably not be hardy
north. The botanical position of the plant is not designated.
G.©. TIT. 16:95. J.A. TIT 6 Moluccanius,
Linn. A large Raspberry, common in India and Malaya: and to
he expec ted as an introduced plant in many warm countries.
Very robust, the eanes and branches red-hairy and spin lvs
very variable, large, usually hairy, dull- ynhe scent benea h.
shallowly 3-5-lobed, irreguli ate: (Is. white, in con-
tracted terminal clusters: fr. ins s of red, succulent. B.R.
6:461.—R. stellatus, Smith, produces an edible fruit, prized in
Alas tem simple a and herbaceous, only a few inches long,
1-tld.: lvs. cordate, 3-lobed or 3-parte fis. red. Northwestern
Arctie America. ae ent
2212. Rubus villosus,
the northern Dewberry.
ae (X 3s.)
=
29
No, 32
1588
RUDBECKIA (after the two Professors Rudbeck,
father and son, predecessors of Linnaeus at Upsala).
Composite. CONE-FLOWER. As defined by Gray (Syn.
Flora N. Amer., 1886), Rudbeckia is a genus of 21 spe-
cies of North American herbs, many of which are hardy
and perennial, bearing in summer showy fls. which usu-
RUDBECKIA
2213. Rubus invisus, the cul-
tivated form known as
Bartel Dewberry.
See Rubus, page 1586.
ally have yellow rays, though in one species (R. atvo-
rubens) the rays are all dark crimson, and in the other
species the rays ure occasionally more or less covered
with purple-brown towards the base. Under Rudbeckia
are often included in nursery catalogues certain plants
which Gray refers to Echinacea aud Lepachys. These
three genera form an interesting floricultural group.
Rudhbeckia and Lepachys ure typically yellow-fld. genera,
while Echinacea contains a few forms with fils. ranging
from flesh color and rose-purple to crimson. The chatf
of the receptacle is usually persistent in Rudbeckia aud
deciduous in Lepachys.
Among the hardy herbaceous species, there are sev-
eral with striking habit and distinct foliage. There is a
wide range of color among wild plants of the same spe-
cies, and specimens with the brown-purple color at the
base should be sought for. The rays may be few or
many, short and broad or long and narrow, toothed in
various ways, star-like or making a continuons limh,
drooping or horizontal, and always set off by the disk,
which may be purple, black or yellowish, high and col-
umnar or low and roundish. The season of bloom could
be extended. The flowers of many of the kinds are ex-
cellent for entting.
2215. An original specimen of Rubus trivialis in Michaux’s
herbarium at Paris. About Ms natural size. Page 1586.
RUDBECKIA
The only full double form, apparently, is Rudbeckia
Golden Glow, which has had great popularity since
1896. The origin of this great favorite seems to be un-
known. About 1894 John Lewis Childs found it among
some plants sent by correspondents. See Gng. 6:370.
For the structure of the Rudbeckia inflorescence, see
Fig. 829, Vol. II. W. M.
The Cone-flowers are of easy cultivation in almost any
soil and situation, from a semi-shady position to one in
full sun. Most of the species are found inhabiting
moist locations, but thrive well in the garden under the
ordinary methods of cultivation, although R. laciniata
and its double form, Golden Glow, do much better if
abundantly supplied with moisture. I. hirta, our
Black-eyed Susan,—sometimes called by the children
out west “Nigger-heads,”—will thrive in the driest,
=" hottest situation, where
many others would fail.
The best known as a gar-
den plant, and probably
the sbowiest, is Golden
Glow, which the under-
signed considers
the best perennial
of recent intro-
duction. If cut
back severely
when through
blooming and
well watered, it
often produces a
2214. Leaf of Rubus invisus, showing
the simple teeth (X 7s).
See Rubus, page 1586.
second crop of flowers. Autumn Glory will be well
liked when better known. It is fine for massing and
has a much longer blooming period than Golden Glow,
commencing earlier and continuing until frost. It re-
sembles R. nitida, but is taller and blooms longer.
Rk. triloba is one of the very best, and, while a
biennial, perpetuates itself through self-sown plants.
It forms a dense twiggy bush somewhat over three feet
high and nearly as broad if kept moderately well
watered, and much smaller if in a dry situation. These
plants may be used with effect as a border to a large
bed of hybrid delphiniums, as the latter will tower
above them and bloom in their young state. By the
time the delphiniums are cut down for their second
flowering the Rudheckias hide their untidiness and are
in their prime, but later on may be pulled up to again
expose the delphiniums. An effective fall-flowering
group may be formed by using the lighter-colored flower
forms of Hibiscus Syriaeus—such as Totus albus, Lady
Stanley, and Elegantissima—for a center or back-
ground, and interspersing groups of the taller Rud-
beckias (except Golden Glow, whieh is too tall and
spreading) and boltonias next to them. In front of
these place R. speciosa and BR. triloba, with the blue
form of sleowiliom Nepellus, and for a border use I’.
bicolor var, superba, placed well to the front to be pulled
up when its bloom is past. This group will give color
from July until frost. The allied plant Hehinacea pur-
purea and #. angustifolia are well adapted for grouping
in open bays in shrubby borders, as their flowers are ex-
RUDBECKIA
tremely durable and seem in harmony with such sur-
roundings. Rudbeckias are easily increased by seeds,
euttings or division. Shee ee yes
. Rubus dumetorum, an Old World Dewberry (x 3).
A. Base of upper les, cordate-clasp-
UTE rcletedsts nee tent aS as aNd me oe tet Eo “hy
Aa. Buse of upper les. wel cordute-
elaspliy.
ampiexicaulis
B. Color of disk brown or dark
pirples shape of disk never
eylindrical,
c. Lower lus, deeply 3-cut.
D. Duration biennial: disk
DlaPR PUPP les cca 2 ee es ek 2. triloba
Dp. Duration perennial: disk
UTE PHO ULES oe & apes 3
ce. Lower les.
Do. Plaits bristly-hairy.
E. Rays to—* 4 in,
. subtomentosa
not deeply d-cut.
Tony. +. bicolor
EE. Rays 1-2 in, long oe... 5. hirta
po. Plants nearly glabrous.
E. Lvs. mostly entires..... 6, fulgida
EE. Les.irreqularly serrate. 7. speciosa
BB. Color of disk yel-
lowish,
greenish or
e. Les, entire or barely dentate.
p. Height 2-4 ft.: les. bright
Hee acksiek heewss C1aao5 8. nitida
ppv. Height £9 ft.: les. glau-
COWS se ree ie ek eS 9, maxima
em-les.) d-cleft.10. laciniata
. (up per
INDEX.
speciosa, 7.
superba, 4.
subtomentosia, 3.
triloba, 2.
amplexicaulis, 1. Jaciniata, 10.
hicolor, 4. maxima, 9.
a Gs Neinint, 7.
Golden Glow, 10. nitida, 8.
hirta, 5.
Annual, 1-2 ft. high: rays
1. amplexicatlis, Vahl.
often with a brown-purple
tin. long or more, yellow,
base; disk brownish. tinally some swhat cylindrical.
Low grounds, La. and Texas. B.B. 3:418
2. triloba, Linn. Fig. 2217. B
ee 2-5 ft. high,
bright green: Ivs. thin: rays 8-10, deep yellow, base
sometimes orange or brown-purple: chat awned. Moist
soil, N. J. to Mich., south Ga. to La. and Mo. B.B.
ar from seed.
5 ft. high, ashy
sometimes with a
to Tex. BiB.
— Blooms the first ye
Sblow, Bune
3. subtomentosa, Pursh. Perennial,
gray: Ivs.. thick: rays 15-20, yellow,
darker base: chaff blunt. Prairies, Ill.
3:415.
4. bicolor, Nutt. Annual, 1-2 ft. high: Ivs. 1-2 in.
long: rays yellow, with a blackish purple base or all
yellow. Pine woods or sandy soil, Ark., Tex., and east
to Ga.—Var. supérba, Hort. Haage & Sehmidt, bas
heads 2 in. across: rays ao above, purp! lish brown
below. Gt. 47, p. 220. 8 ice . 169.
Page 1587.
RUELLIA 1589
3. hirta, Linn.
Biennial or annual,
golden yellow,
ground; common over wide
4921055.
fulgida, Ait. Perennial, 1-2 ft.
Lin. long. Dry soil, Pa. to Mo.,
BoM. 1996. Min. 62221,
7. speciosa, Wenderoth.
12-20, becoming T's in.
BLACK-EYED Su SAN. YELLOW Darsy.
1-3 ft. high: Iws. 2-5 in. long: rays
sometimes orange at base. Dry and open
range. B.B. 3:416. Gn.
high: rays 12-14,
south to La. and Tex.
Perennial, 1-3 ft. high: rays
Moist soil, Pa. to Mich.,
Arkioand Ald, “GG. I 2 (heads 3-4 in, aeross,
rays wore than 30, in 2 series).—AW. Vieni, Loud...
is generally considered a synouyin of this species,
8. nitida, Nutt. This and the next are southern per-
ennials, with Ivs. entire or barely dentate: rays droop-
ing, pure yellow, several or numerous; disk
finally colummar, 1-2 in. long. Wet ground,
Ga. to Fla. and Tex. Gn. 47:1006,
9. maxima, Nutt. Closely allied te 2. witidu
and differing as indicated in the key. Moist
pine woods and plains, Ark., La., Tex. Gn.
47:1018.
10. laciniata, Linn. Perennial,
lower stem-lvs. parted, upper ones 3
rays yellow, few or several, soon droopin :
disk evlindrie in fruit. Moist ground, Canada
to Fla.. west to Mont. and New Mex, G.F.2:281. Golden
Glow is a full double form. Pig. 2218. Gng. 5:5, 117;
ore, CaoN, Ie 2Gk. to. Gan. 50) pe ae GC. TLE 20)
Re. angustifolva, Linn., is Helianthus angustifolins.—WW. pin-
nata, Vent., is Lepachys pinnata.—R. puryporee, Linn., is
Echinacea purpurea. W. M.
RUE.
RUE ANEMONE. Sce
RUE, GOAT'S.
RUELLIA (after Jean de la Ruclle, a French botanist).
Acanthdacew, A genus of about 150 species of herbs or
shrubs, mostly American, pubescent, villous or rarely
glabrous: lvs. opposite, mostly en-
See Bula yraceolens.
Syndesnron.
Galega officinalis,
tire: fls. violet, lilac, white, red or
rarely yellow. The fs. are sessile
or nearly s¢ in axils of Ivs. or
they are solitary. fas
ading, paniculate cymes.
Bracts hersaeeous, loose or im-
brieated, usually small and nar-
row, rarely oblong or
lanceolate. Corolla-
bracts;
or in sp
limb 5-lobed, equal,
or with the upper
lobes connate ut the
base aiens 4: cap-
sule oblong or club-shaped,
terete or compressed, 6-20-
seeded: seeds compressed.
ay :
sessile OF
a. Blossoms
nearly se.
B.. Les;
c. Fils, blue, 142-2 in. long.
cilidsa, Pursh. aments all appearing before the lys.,
sessile, very densely fld.; staminate golden yellow: cap-
sule glabrous, nearly sessile. Rocky Mts.
24. incana, Sehrank. (S. petioldris and S. vosmarini-
folia ot Amer. gardeners, but not of botanists). Shrub
or small round-topped tree, with long, slender branches:
Ivs. linear, revolute, 2-5 in. long, very narrow, green
above, white-tomentose beneath: aments long and slen-
der, appearing with the Ivs.: capsule glabrous: fila-
ments of stamens more or less connate. Eu.—This spe-
cies is grafted upon hardy stock (S. Caprea) when sold
from nurseries.
25. purpurea, Linn. (S. Forbydna, Sm. Vetrixr prur-
nirea, Rafin.). PurRpPLE Oster. Fig. 2233. A shrub
or small tree, spreading at base, with long, flexible
branches: Ivs. oblanceolate serrulate, glabrous, veiny,
3-6 in. lone, often appearing opposite: aments ile,
slender ; pistillate recurved ; les
purple: stamen one: capsules small,
ovate. Eu.—Plantedas an ornamental
shrub and escaped in many places.
Also grown as abasket Willow. Var.
péndula. Branches pendent. Gng.
42245,
26. Sitchénsis, Sans. Sitka Wiv-
Low. being not at all retlexed. Red-tld. Peruvian shrub, BM
Section 7 —S. turavieiflia, Cosson & Bal. Morocco sub-
shrub, with var ed fly. and lower Lvs. like are of a dande-
lion. Fls. purple, v with a yellow stripe on each half of the mid-
lobe of the lower lip near the threat. BML. 5091. rows at
t., but presumably tender north. Section 1 —N.
Lem. not Hort., has white fls. tipped with purple on
and beautifully suffused with red at the apex of
P.1.4:120. 1°.8.12:1237. Section 7.
W. M.
SALVINIA (Antonio Maria Salyini, 16 1729, Italian
scientist). Jlarsilideee., Salvinia is an interesting
plant for the small home aquarium. It is a Hoating
plant with slender stems bearing 2-ranked, oblong Ivs.
4-6 lines oreven lin. long. The upper surface of the lys.
is covered with papillae or minute warts; the lower is
densely matted with brown, pellucid hairs. The plant is
supposed to have no true roots. What look like roots
are believed to be finely dissected leaves. Many aquatic
plants have these two types of foliage, e. g., the Water
Buttercup, Laiwineulius aguatilis,
The pliant is of easy culture in summer,
persons have lost it over winter by not understanding
its habits. It is an annual and often dies in the
winter after ripening a crop of spores. Get a broad
pan, fill it half fullof loam and then fill the pan with
water. After the water has cleared place the Salvinias
on the surface. In the winter watch for the formation
of the spore capsules. These grow in masses near the
top of the clusters of root-like leaves. After the plants
die the spore capsules will remain in the soil. The
plant often passes the winter in greenhouses in a grow-
ing condition, producing no spores.
Salvinia is net a flowering plant. It is a eryptogam
and has two kinds of spores, urge ones aud minute ones.
The “spore capsules” mentioned above are technically
sporoecarps. Of each cluster of sporocarps, 1 or 2 con-
tain 10 or more sessile macrosporangia, each of which
contains a solitary macrospore. The other sporocarps in
the cluster contain numerous pedicelled microsporan-
gia,Jeach of which coutains numerous microspores. For
a fuller and illustrated description see Britton and
Brown's Illustrated Flora.
Salvinia is variously estimated to have 1-13 species.
Aquatic plants are noted for their wide geographical
range. The variations incident to wide range are not
considered worthy the rank of species by many botan-
ists. Salvinia natans, Linn., is the common Eu-
ropean and Asian species and possibly the only one.
S. Braziliensis is another trade name. Its
said to have a “delicate hairy surface.”
SAMBUCUS (old Latin name of the Elder, perhaps
derived from Greek sambuke, a musical instrument
said to be made of Elder wood). Cuprifolidcew, ELDER.
About 20 species of trees or shrubs (rarely perennial
herbs) with opposite, pinnate lvs., Ifts. serrate or la-
ciniate, and numerous small white fs. in compound
eymes: tr. a juicy drupe or berry, red, black, white or
green. A valuable genus for the planter, of which the
golden forms are too much used and the American spe-
C Conadensis and pubes, too little Either
massed or single they are very effective. A hint for the
effective use of S. Canadensis and pubens may be had
from natural plantations when the two species are in-
termingled, the white flowers of the former contrasting
strongly with the red fruit of the latter. Readily propa-
gated by cuttings either of wood or root, SN. ¢ ‘anadensis
is one of onr minor fruit plants. Elderberry wine is a
common home product. The Brainard Elderberry in-
troduced in 1890 by Brandt has fruits fully three times
as large as the wild herrics.
Botanically, Sambucus is closely allie
being essentially distinguished by the:
trie olor,
the upper lip,
the midlobe of the lower lip.
EB
but many
CLES: oS
1 to Viburnum,
-loeuled ovary,
that of Viburnum being usually l-loculed. Other generic
characters: ealyx 3-5-lobed or toothed; corolla rotate,
3-5-parted, lobes generally imbricate: stamens 5; disk
oyule solitary, pendu-
stones 1-seeded.
none or conve
lous from apex:
style 3-parted:
drupe 3-5-stoned:
1610 SAMBUCUS
A. Color of fruit black or blackish.
B. Fruit not glaucous.
ce. Height 12-25 ft
ComMOoN EvrRopean E.Lper. A large
, 12-25 tt. high, with rough bark;
fine-grained: Ifts., 5-9: tls. in
- when full grown.
nigra, Linn.
shrub or small tr
old wood hard, yellow,
2247. Common Elder, blooming in suammer—Sambucus Canadensis (>< 1s).
flat 5-rayed eymes: fr. black or dark green.—May, June.
The following horticultural vars. are sulliciently distin-
guished by their names: argéntea, area, heterophylla,
laciniata, pulverulénta, pyramidalis, rotuadifolia, varie-
gata, Of these var. urea is distinet by reason of its
yellow foliage; laciniata and heterophylla by reason
of variously eut Ifts., making them very effective in
mass planting. Var. variegata is not constant in its
variegation, S. heterophylla, laciniala, variegata, ete,
of trade catalogues, are presumably varieties of WS.
nigvi.
SAMPHIRE
Height 5-12 ft.
Canadénsis, Linn. ComMMON AMERICAN or SWEET ELDER.
ig. 2247. Shrubby, 5-12 ft. high; wood with white pith
ipying the greater part of the stem: Ivs. pinnate:
Ifts. 5-11, smooth: fis. white, ina flat cyme: fr. black.
June, July. Fruit ripe Aug., Sept. Var. aurea has yel-
low foliage. Var. See has yellowish white mark-
rs. War. laciniata has the Ifts. vari-
y cut and indented. Var. glatca
whitish hairs on the leaves. Gng.
Gn.55;"p.-885. BYB. 35 28. — This
is the common Elder, blooming in mid-
summer, and one of the choicest of
native shrubs although seldom appre-
ciated. The flowers are fragrant.
BB. Pruit glaucous, t.c., strongly
whitcned wih a mealy bloom.
glatca, Nutt. Arborescent, 6-18 ft.
high, glabrous throughout: Ifts. 5-9,
ovate to narrowly oblong. Pacifie coast
east to Idaho aud Nev. Seed offered
1901 in 8. Calif. Gn. 53, p. 68.
AA. Color of fruit red.
B. Petioles glubrous,
racemosa, Linn. Lfts. obloug-aeu-
minate, unequal ut the base: fls. pani-
culate. Nutive of Eu.-Asia and closely
resembles the next ; perhaps a little
taller and the twigs usually 4-angled.
Vars. in the trade are plumosa, plu-
mosa aurea and laciniata, which are
not equal in value to similar forms of
Nv nigra, var. pligvosus. Var, aurea,
which is being sent out in 1901,
seems to belong to this species.
BB. Petioles pubescent.
pubens, Michx. Rep-BERRIED ELvER.
Height 5-7 ft.; wood thicker than in
S. Canaden pith brown; bark
wart fis. in pyramidal
pan fr. red. April, May.
Fruit ripening in June, while S. Can-
adensi s still in flower. N. Amer.
B.B. 8.— The American representa-
tive of S. racemosa, and by many
considered to be identical with that
species. Joun EF. CowEL.
SAMPHIRE( Crifhaniin maritimum)
is the name corrupted from sampicr,
itself a corruption of the Freneh Saint
Pierre (St. Peter), given to a suecu-
lent-stemmed, half-lhardy perennial,
well known upon rocky coasts above
high tide in Great Britain a a-fen-
nel, parsle Fag ,and St. Peter’s herb.
It belongs to the family Umbellifere.
The plants, which attain a height of
from 1-2 ft., lave somewhat linear,
glaucous-green, fleshy leaves, M% in.
long, small, white or yellowish flowers,
which appear in umbels during July,
and oblong, yellowish, fennel-like,
smallish seeds of light weight, which
ripen in early autumn and lose their
germinating power within a year. For
nove than three centuries the crisp and
aromatic leaves uid young stems gath-
Jered in August or September have
been used in salads and vinegar pickles. Samphire
rarely reaches perfection in gardens far from the sea-
coast, unless grown upon sandy or gravelly soil, and
watered frequently and plentifully with weak salt and
soda solutions. It may be propagated by root division,
but better by sowing the seed as soon as ripe, the plants
being thinned to stand from 1-1. f ice in rows
2-2 ft. apart.
Golden 8 Samphire (Inula crithmifolia), a native of the
marshes and coast of Great Britain, is an erect
hardy perennial, 1-1', ft. tall, with small, fleshy leaves
SAMPHIRE
and yellow flowers) in) small, umbel-like clusters.
Though grown and used like true Swmphire, for which
it is often sold, it lacks the pleasing, aromatic taste of
the genuine. It belongs to the family Composite,
Por Marsh Samphire, sve Sulicormia. 3, G, Karns.
SANCHEZIA (after Jos.
any at Cadiz). Acanthacee.
half-shrubby plants: Ivs. large, opposite, entire or
slightly toothed: tls. orange, red or purple, united into
heads or spikes at the ends of the branches, or rarely
Sanches, professor of bot-
Strong, erect herbs or
panicnlate; calyx deeply S-parted, segments oblong;
tube of the corolla loug, cylindrical, somewhat ventri-
coseabove the middle, limb of 5 equal, short, retund
lobes ; pertect stamens 2, inserted below the amiicdele
of the tube, with 2 aborted stamens between them;
anther 2-celled, the cells mucronate in front; style long,
with one division small, spurlike : ovary on a thick
disk, 2-localed, with 4 ovules ineach cell. About § spe-
eies in Peru, Colombia and Brazil
nobilis, Hook.
Plants stout, ereet, smooth, exeept the
inflorescence: stem 4t-angled: Ilys. 3-9 in. long. obloug-
ovate to oblong-Inueceolate, obtusely toothed, narrowed
into winged petioles, counate: tls. 2 in. long, y rellow, in
heads subtended by bright red bracts, the he:
inga panicle. Ecuador. B.M. 5594. F.S. 23:5
glaucophylla, Lem. (var. reriegata, Hort.), Lys. varie-
gated with pale yellow or white along the veins. F.
Isb7, p. 154. 1H. 14:528 (as 8. nobilis); 16:580.—A hot-
house plant which is very attractive when well grown,
bat which becomes straggling and weedy if neglected.
Grown mostly for its foliage. ; 7
HEINRICH HASSELBRING.
SANDAL-WOOD.
SAND-BUR.
SANDERSONIA (John Sanderson, discoverer of 8.
aurantiaca)., Lilidcee., A genus of 1 or 2 species from
Natal; tuberous plants growing 1-1?» ft. high, slender,
hes many sessile stem-leaves and vellow or purple glob-
ular bell-shaped flowers, pendulous from a number of
phe: upper leat-axils, the segments with pointed nectaries
at the base. Perianth gamophyllous. urceolate: seg-
ments deltoid or lanceolate: stamens 6; filaments fl
form; anthers Hnear-oblong, ovary 3-loculed.
house plants, to be treated like Gloriosas.
aurantiaca, Hook. Lys. 3-+x 14-94 in.: pedicels 's-1
in. long: perianth orange-colored, 24-lin. long. Nov.
BAL. 4716. RoE. 1868, p,. S11. F. W. Barcuay.
See Adenanthera.
See Cenchrus.
Glass-
SAND MYRTLE. Leiophyllim.
SAND PEAR. Pryrus Sinensis.
SAND VERBENA. See Abdronia.
SANDWORT is an English name for Arenaria.
SANGUINARIA (Latin, Blood; referring to the vel-
lowish red juice of the plant). Pupuverdeew. BLoop-
RooT, A single species common in woods of eastern
North America. Rootstock reral inches long, about
+, in. thick, horizontal: Ivs. radical, cordate or reniform,
usually only 1 from each root bud, on petioles about
8 in. lor fis. white, often tinged with pink, 1-3 in.
across, mostly solitary, on scapes about § in.
pearing jus preceding the eal grown leaves;
g petals 8-12, in 2or3 rows, oblong or
early deciduous: capsule 1 in “ones | oblong, 2-valved.
The Bloodroot is a showy spring flower usually found
in woodland, but not a true shade-loving plant, since its
growth is, toa great extent, made before the foliage of
the trees expands. In cultivation it prefers a rather
light soil, but will grow anywhere. It will do as well in
sunlight as in shade and will even grow amongst grass,
if care be taken not to mow down the leaves until it
has perfected the root growth and buds for the follow-
ing season. The roots are best trausplanted after the
leaves have ripened, until the autumn root growth com-
mences, but they may be moved when the plauts are in
SANICULA 161]
Hower, The roots are offered at such low prices by col
lectors that the plant should be used to a much greater
extent for spring gardening.
Canadensis, Linn. BLooproor.
PP48. Described above. April-May.
av Gi. Ieee 1S. OP uT
rower petals.
Rep Precoon. Fig.
Bulle 162.- (GASP:
plena has more numerous nur-
BAY,
BARGES:
2248. Bloodroot—Sanguinaria Canadensis (* '»).
SANGUISORBA (Latin name referring to reputed me-
dicinal properties, connected with sawguis, “blood ™),
Rosdecw, About 30 species of upright mostly perennial
herbs, with compound leaves and greenish, small flow-
ers in heads: flowers usually perfect (sometimes part
of them imperfect), the stamens numerous (rarely 2 or
+), the pistils mostly 1 or 2, the petals none, the un-
colored calyx inclosing the mature akene. The Sanguis-
orbas are natives of the north temperate zone. Two
species are sparingly cultivated in this country, See
Poterisomn.
minor, Scop.(Poterium Sanguisérbu, Linn.). BURNET.
Perennial, growing in clumps, glabrous or sparsely
hairy: lIvs. long, odd-pinnate, narrow, the small Ifts.
6-10 pairs and orbicular to oblong and deep-toothed:
stems 1-2). ft. tall, terminating in small globular or
oblong heads: lower fls. in the head staminate, the
others perfect, the stigmas purp le, tufted and exserted.
Eu., Asia, and naturalized in this country. — Sometimes
grown in the herb garden for the fresh young leaves,
which are used in salads. It is also an interesting plant
for the hardy border. Also recommended as a pasture
plant, particularly for sheep. It thrives in dry, poor
soils.
Canadénsis, Linn. Taller, larger in every way than
the above: Ifts. oblong to almost triangular-oblong,
truncate or cordate at the base, long-stalked, obtuse,
sharp-toothed: fl.-heads cylindrical, 2-6 in. long, the fls.
all perfect, whitish. Low grounds, Mich. east and
south.—An interesting plant, worthy a place in the
hardy border, and sometimes sold for that purpose. It
produces much foliage. Grows 5-6 ft. tall. “LW. B.
SANICULA (Latin, to heal). Umbellifere, Sanicie.
BLACK SNAKEROOT, About 20 species, nearly all Ameri-
can, mostly perennial, glabrous herbs with alternate,
palmately divided Ivs. and small yellow, white or pur-
plish fls. in compound, usually few-rayed umbels: fr.
nearly globular, small, covered with hooked bristles.
Woodland plants with insigniticant fis. Useful oeccasion-
ally as a ground cover in waste shaded places, The
following species have been offered by collectors.
1612 SANICULA
A. Fils. yellow.
Ménziesii, Hook. & Aru. Stem solitary, 1-2% ft. high,
branching: Ivs. round-cordate, 2-3 in. acros deeply
y-5-lobed: fr. about 1 line long, becoming distinetly pedi-
cellate. Calif.
AA. Fils, purple (rarely
bipinn-tifida, Doug]. About 1 ft. high, with a pair of
opposite Ivs. at the base and 1-3 above, long-petioled,
triangular to oblong in outline, 2-3 in. long, pinnately
3-5-lobed. fr. Calif.
AAA. Fls. greenish white.
Marylandica, Linn. Stem stout, 1-4 ft. high: lvs.
bluish green, the basal long-petioled, the upper sessile,
5-T7-parted: fr. sessile. Atlantic to Rocky Mts. Com-
mon in woods.
SANSEVIERIA (after Raimond de Sangro, Prince of
Sanseviero, born at Naples 1710. The spelling Sanse-
viera is not the earliest). Hewmodordcem, Bow-stTRING
Hemp. A genus of about 10 species from Africa and the
East Indies, of essentially tender foliage plants, al-
though beautiful in flower: rhizome short, fleshy, some-
times stoloniferous: Ivs. radical, in clusters or rosettes,
fleshy, firm, often long, nearly flat or terete, the interior
fibrous; scape simple, long, stout: fls. white, clustered,
in often dense racemes; perianth-tube narrow, often
long: ovary f 3-loculed, attached with a broad base.
Sansevierias are easily propagated by division or
they may be raised from leaf cuttings about 3 in. long.
These cuttings form roots in sandy soil after about one
month, after which a long stolon-like bud is formed,
which produces the new plant at some distance from
the cutting. Sansevierias are of easy culture and are
well adapted to honse decoration, since they do not re-
quire much sunlight. A rather heavy soil suits them
best.
yellowish).
sessile.
A. Lvs. flat.
Guineénsis, Willd. Lvs. 1-3 ft. long, 3-6 in a cluster,
oblanceolate, radical, dark green with lighter transvers
markings: scape with inflorescence as long as the leaves;
braets 3-4: fls. greenish white, about 1)» in. long, fra-
grant. B.M. 1179. G.C. III. 4:73.
AA. Lvs. concave.
Zeylanica, Willd. Lvs. 1-3 ft. long, 8-15 in a cluster,
sword- shaped, subterete, variegated with transverse
markings of a grayish white: scape longer than the
Ivs.; bracts many: fls. whitish green, 1% in. long. B.R.
2:160.—Rarely blooms in cult.
AAA. Les. cylindrical.
cylindrica, Boj. Lvs. often 3-4 ft. long, 8-10 in a tuft,
terete, solid within, dark green, often banded with paler
lines, acuminate, occasionally furrowed: scape with
florescence shorter than the leaves; raceme about 1 ft.
long: fis. creamy white, tinged with pink. B.M. 5093.
G.C. IIL. 16:222. R.H. 1861, p. 448, 450.
F. W. Barcuay.
SANTOLINA (derivation of name doubtfui). Com-
posite, About 8 species of shrubs or rarely herbs, na-
tives of Europe and Asia, mostly in the Mediterranean
region. Lys. alternate, aromatic; margins tubercu-
lously dentate or pinnately lobed: fl.-heads yellow or
rarely white, of disk fis. only, many-fld.: involucre
mostly campanulate, squarrose, imbricated, appressed.
Santolina is valuable for its distinct foliage and is
used for large specimens in shrubberies or as a carpet
bedding plant. Cuttings forthe latter purpose are usu-
ally taken in the spring from plants wintered in a frame
but may be taken before frost in the fall. They are
easily rooted in sand. ;
Chamecyparissus, Linn. (8. ivedna, Lam.). ,LAven-
per Corron. A hardy half-shrubby, much-branched
plant, 14-2 ft. high, with small evergreen, silvery gray
Ivs. and small globular heads of yellow fls., borne in
summer: branches and Ivs. canescent. Var. incana
differs but little from the type: inyoluere pubescent.
S. alpina, Linn., is Anthemis montana, Linn., which makes
a pretty ground cover and has yellow fls., but appears not to be
in the trade, F. W. BarcLay
SAP
SANVITALIA (after a noble Italian family). Com-
posite. A genus of about 4 species, natives of the
southwestern United States and Mexico. Annual, usu-
ally low, much-branched herbs, with opposite, petioled,
mostly entire leaves and small solitary heads of tls.
with yellow or sometimes white rays: involucre short
and broad, of dry or partly herbaceous bracts: recep-
tacle from flat to subulate-conical, at least in fruit; its
chaffy bracts concave or partly conduplicate: akenes
all or only the outer ones thick-walled, those of the
rays usually 3-angled, with the angles produced into
rigid, spreading awns or horns, those ot the disk often
flat and winged.
procumbens, Lam. A hardy floriferous annual, grow-
ing about 6 in. high, trailing in habit: Ivs. ovate, about
lin. long: f.-heads with dark purple disk and yellow
rays, resembling small Rudbeckias, less than 1 in.
across, numerous: wkenes of the disk flattened and
often winged and 1-2 aristellate. Summer to very late
autumn. Mexico. B.R. 9:707. R.H. 1860, p. 127.—Var.
flore-pléno, Hort. A double-fid. variety coming true
from seed, and as vigorous as the type. R.H. 1866, p. 70.
Sanvitalias are of easy culture but prefer a light or
sandy soil in full sunlight. F. W. Barcuay.
SAP. The term sap is applied to the juices of the
living plant. Sap is composed of water containing min-
eral salts absorbed from the soil and organic substances
constructed within the living cells. The water taken
from the oil by the roots or other absorbing organs
may contain potassium, sodium, magnesium, calcium,
iron, and nitrates, phosphates, sulfates, and chlorids.
As the fluid passes from cell to cell in the living
tissues some of the mineral salts are withdrawn and
used, and the water takes up some of the organic com-
pounds which have been formed by protoplasm. As a
consequence of this action the sap of different parts of
the plant is unlike in composition, and the sap of any
organ varies with the change of season. The water or
sap of a plant may comprise as much as 90 or even 96
per cent of its weight.
The mineral substances enumerated above may be
found in nearly all saps; however, the limits of this note
do not permit even an enumeration of the thousands of
organic substances which occur in the sap of various
species. The more important ones may be grouped under
the acids, sugars, or carbohydrates, and asparagin, or
perhans some of the proteids or albumens. Many plants
have become valuable commercially because of the large
proportion of some useful substance which they contain.
Among these may be mentioned the sugar maple, the
sap of which contains over 3.5 per cent of sugar, and
the sugar beet and sugar cane, in which the proportion
is very much higher.
Sap is forced from the living tissues into the woody
cells and vessels, and these serve as conduits in conduct-
ing the sap rapidly from one part of the plant to an-
other. The constant transpiration of water from the
leaves demands an enormous supply of water from the
roots. The upward passage of this supply would be too
slow if conducted through the living cells. The water
taken in by the living cells of the roots is forced into
the dead cells of the roots and is drawn upward through
the wood (see Transpiration).
The exudation pressure by which water or sap is
forced from the living cells is exhibited in the bleeding
which ensues when stems and branches are cut away.
The pressure which produces bleeding is often called
root-pressure, although it is exerted by any part of the
plant. Bleeding is exhibited by a large number of trees
at the beginning of the growing season, and is also es-
pecially noticeable in the vine, dahlia, castor-oil plant,
calla, nicotiana and corn,
The amount of sap exuded in the process of bleeding
is very great and may be equal to the total volume of
the plant in some instances. A specimen of Betula
pupyracea gave off over 63 Ibs. of water in 24 hours;
Agave Americana, 12.5 lbs. in 24 hours. A vine may
bleed from one to two pints daily, while the cucurbits
also exhibit very vigorous bleeding. A half gallon of
sap has been known to exude from a tropieal liana in
eleven hours.
It is to be noted that the flow of sap from the sugar
SAD
maple and other trees in the early spring, before the soil
has thawed and while is yet too cold for the living
matter of the plint to show any great ae tivity, is not
due to the bleeding pressure, but to the eXpansion of
the gases and liquids in the trunk and branches of the
tree due to the direet warming action of the sun's ray
During the daytime the bubbles of air in the wood vells
become heated and expand, driving the sap trom the
wood cells into the anger hole which has been bored into
the tree. At night the trunk of the tree cools slowly
and the tlow ce begun again next day.
The amount of lleeding r exhibited by any plant may
be found if the stem is cut and bent over in such man-
ner that the end is thrust into a tumbler or small ves-
sel, which will serve to collect the escaping sap.
The ordinary upward movement of sap ae s place
through the most recently formed wood cells at a rate
that varies from a few inches toa vard an aie The
foree which lifts the sap is ultimately derived from the
sun. The cells in the leaf contain many substances
whieh attract water, and the sun shines ou these cells,
evaporating some ot the fluid: the loss is replaced from
the nearest cells below by osmotie attraction and the
pull thus exerted may serve to draw water from the
roots to the leaves even in the tallest trees, although it
is to be said that not all of the question of the ascent
of sap may _be satisfactorily explained by the facts at
hand. See Physiology of Plunts. Dp. T. MacDoraat.
arses, to be
SAPINDUS (Latin words meaning soup and Indian:
alluding to the use of the fruit in India). Supinddcee.
SOAPBER A genus of about 12) spee of trees,
shrubs or wooly Vines inhabiting the tropical regions
of the whole world. Wood yellow: Ivs. alternate, ex-
stipitate, abruptly pinnate: tls. white, small, in lateral
or terminal racemes or panicles; sepals 5, obtuse, rarely
petaloid: petals more or less pubescent and bearing
just above the short claw a villous or ciliated eomb or
appends disk annular, usually crenate, bearing 8-10
stamen seeds with long testa and no aril, black or
nearly so.
The fruit has an alkaline principle known as saponin
which makes it useful for cleansing purposes. The
fruit was much used in eastern countries before the in-
troduction of soap and is still preferred for washing the
hair and cleansing delicate fabrics like silk.
A. Lfts. 4-7.
Saponaria, Linn. A small tree with rough grayish
bark: lfts. oblong-lanceolate and acute to elliptic-ovate
and somewhat obtuse, opposite or alternate, entire, gla-
brous, veiny and lucid above, oe. beneatl
rachis usually winged: fr. Iueid, 6-8 lines in diam. :
Fla.,W. India and S.Amer. C ae in S. Fla. and 8. Calif.
Aa. Lfts. 7-18,
marginatus, Willd. A tree reaching ultimately 60 ft.
tht: lfts. 7-13, lance-oblong, acuminate, glabrous
paler neath and somewhat pubescent on the
midnerve, 2-5 in. long, the upper nearly opposite, the
lower alternate; rachis wingless, narrowly margined or
marginless : fls. white. sometimes tinged with red in
pyramidal panicles; petals ciliate and bearing near the
base a 2-lobed villous scale; filaments villous: fr. yel-
low, about 8 lines long. May, June. Kan. to Tex., Ariz.
and N. Mexico. B.B. 2:402.—Cult. for ornament in 8.
Fla.
utilis, Trab.
es from 8. China which is not
spec
distinguishable from S. marginatus, Willd., by descrip-
tions. Lfts. 12-14, acute, glabrous: fr. glabrous, nearly
globose, strongly keeled. R.H. 1895, p. 304.—According
to Franceschi this tree is cult.in Algeria, where it comes
into bearing in 8-10 years. ‘The berries contain 38 per
cent of saponin. Trees have been known to vield $10 to
$20 worth of berries every year. The trees preter dry,
rocky soil.’ FB... BARCLAY:
SAPIUM (old Latin name used by Pliny for a resin-
iferous pine). Luphorbidcee. About 25 species of
milky-juiced tropical trees or shrut Lys. opposite
petioled; petioles and seale-like bracts biglandular:
fils. in terminal spikes, the p
illate single below, the
staminate in 3's above, all apetalous; sepals imbricated,
SAPONARIA 1613
united below; stamens * filaments free: capsule with
2-3 l-seeded locules, more or less fle shy, a3-winged cen-
tral column remaining after dehiscence
sebiferum, Roxb. ( ‘Been CALE SE hifer ra, Muell, S/il-
lingiu seblfera, Miehx.}. Tautow Tree. Lys. 1-2 in.
long, ovate, neuminate, long-petioled, glabrous: cap-
sules to in. in diameter;
seeds covered with a waxy coat-
ing which is used in the native land, eastern Asia, for
making candles, Now eultivated in many warm regions,
Naturalized in southern United States,
J: B.S. NORTON.
SAPODILLA, or NASEBERRY is 2 common name of
Achras Sapota, Linn. (Sapotu Achras, Mill.), a tree of
the West Indie Central America and northern South
America, cultivated as far north as Lake Worth, Fla.,
for its fruits. Fig. 2249. Tt is one of the Sapotucew. It
2249. Sapodilla, the fruit of Achras Sapota ( }»).
is an ever
een tree, the thick, lance-oblong, entire,
shining lvs. clustered at the ends of the branches. The
fils. are borne on the rusty-pubescent growths of the
season; they are small and perfeet; calyx with 6 lobes
in 2 seri corolla G-lobed, whitish, scarcely exceeding
the rusty calyx: stamens 6. Fruit size and color of a
small russet apple, very firm, with 10-12 compartments
containing large black seeds, the juice milky, flavor
sweet and pear-like. The fruit is much prized in warm
countries. From the juice, large quantities of chewing
gum are made, As ordinarily seen in the South and in
the West Indies, it is a bushy tree 10-20 ft. high, mak-
ing a handsome subject. It is said to bear well in pots.
i. Hy B.
SAPONARIA (Latin for sowp; the roots can be used
like soap for washing). Caryoph yllaceew, SOAPWORT.
genus of about 25 species of annual or perennial
herl 8, natives of Europe and Asia, allied to Silene and
Gy psophila. Calyx ovoid or oblong-tubular, 5-toothed,
obscurely nerved: petals 5, narrowly clawed, limb en-
tire or emarvinate, scaly at the base or naked; stamens
10; ovary miany-seeded: style 2, rarely 3: capsule ovoid
or oblong, rarely nearly globose.
Saponarias are readily established in any soil and re
quire but little care. ocymoides is an attractive
plant for the rockery or for edging. Propagated by
seed or division.
A. Stem stout, erect.
officinalis, Linn. Botuncine Ber. Fig. 22: A per-
ennial: stems 134-2) ft. high, leafy, simple, clustered,
glabrous: Ivs. mostly obloug-l ineeolate, 3-nerved: fis.
light pink (nearly white in shady situations), in com-
pact, corymbose, paniculate eymes; calyx glabrous, the
teeth triangularly acuminate; petal lobes obovate, en-
tire, notched at apex. July, Aug. Europe.—Var. flore-
pléno is quite double-flowered. S. Cuncdsieu, Hort., is
said to be a deeper-colored double form.
AA. Stem slender, decumbent.
B; 2s. plants annual,
Guss, < 1).
SARACA (from Surac, the name of the genus in
India). Legumindse. About 6 species of tropical
Asiatic trees, with glabrous, rigid-coriaceous, abruptly
pinnate lvs. and yellow, rose or red fs. indense, sessile,
axillary, corymbose panicles with somewhat pet -like,
reddish bractlets: calyx cylin-
drical, with a disk at its sum-
mit; limb 4-lobed ; lobes ob-
long, unequal, petal-like; co-
rolla wanting; stamens 3-8,
exserted; filaments filiform;
anthers versatile, opening
longitudinally: fr. a coria-
ceous flat pod.
Indica, Linn. A medium-
sized tree: Ifts. 6-12, ovate-
lanceolate, acuminate, 4-6 in.
long, entire, short -petioled :
fls. orange-red, fragrant, col-
lected in compact, roundish
panicles which are shorter
than the lvs.; stamens usu-
ally 6 or 7, inserted on the fleshy annular ring at the
summit of the calyx-tube; style long, curved: bracts
red, appearing as a calyx; pod 4-10 in. long, 4—
8-seeded ;
seeds oblong, compressed, 1% in. long. B.M. 3018.—It
2251. A saprophytic plant—
Mushroom.
SARRACENIA
has flowered well with greenhouse treatment at height
of 4 ft. It is suitable for outdoor planting only in tropi-
cal regions. Procurable from southern Florida,
F. W. BaRcuay,
SARCANTHUS (name from Greek words signifying
flesh and flower, in allusion to the fleshy nature of the
blossom). Orchiddcew. A small genus related to Vanda,
Owing to the snuullness of the flowers they are rarely
cultivated. Sepals and petals similar: labellum firmly
united with the base of the column, spurred, with 2
small lateral lobes and a longer concave middle lobe.
Foliage aud habit of Vanda.
Give plenty of water in the growing season.
They
should have basket culture, with fern root, and a tem-
give very little
perature of 65° to 85°. When at rest,
water and reduce the tem-
perature to 55°, Culture
practically as for Vanda.
teretifolius, Lindl. ( Luisia
teres, Lindl.). Stem 1 ft.
h , with cylindrical lvs.
2-4 in. long: raceme bearing
7-8 incouspicuous ds.:
sepals and petals oblong,
dull green, with red disk;
[=
labellum © slipper - shaped,
white, lateral lobes edged
with red. Sept. China. B.
M..:3971.
Heinrich HASSELBRING
and WM. MATHEWS.
SARCOBODIUM Lobbii,
Beer, is Bulbophyllum Lob-
bii.
SARCOCOCCA (fleshy
berry). Luphorbiacea, To
this genus is to be referred
Pachysandra coriacea,
Hook., a small shrub from
India, sometimes cultivated ~
in Europe but not known to
be in the American trade.
It has simple plum-like lvs.
and short, axillary racemes
of small yellowish fis., and
a small purple plum-like
fruit. Its proper name is
S. pruniformis, Lindl. (8.
saliqna, Muell. SS. saliei-
folia, Baill. WS. coridcea,
Sweet). It is treated as a
cool greenhouse plant. B.R.
1231012.
SARCODES (Greek,
flesh-like). Bricacee.
Sarcodes sanguinea,
Torr. (Fig. 2252), is the
Snow Plant of the Sierra
Nevadas. It is a low
and fleshy plant growing
3-12 in. high and entirely
devoid of green leaves. It
belongs to that strange
group of the heath fam-
ily which comprises the
fleshy and parasitic
plants, of which our In-
dian pipe or corpse-plant is an example. Few species
are known in this suborder, and they are all local or rare.
The Snow Plant derives its popular name from its
habit of shooting up and blossoming as soon as the
snow melts away in the spring. The specific name san-
guinea refers to the blood-red color of the entire plant.
The Snow Plant grows at an altitude of 4,000 to 9,000
feet. It is the only species of the genus, and is not
known to be in cultivation.
2252. Snow plant—Sarcodes san-
guinea. Natural size.
SARRACENIA (Dr. Jean Antoine Sarrazin, an early
botanist of Quebec, who sent S. purpurea to Tourne-
fort). Sarracenidcew., PiTcHER PLANT. SIDE-SADDLE
SARRACENIA
FLower. Three small genera and & or 10 species eom-
prise the family Sarraceniacew., All the plants are
American. The six or eight species of Sarracenia in-
habit swamps and low grounds in the Atlantic states;
Darlingtonia Californica, grows in mountain
California and southern Oregon; Heliamphora nutans
grows on Mt. Roraima in British Guiana. They are all
perennial acaulescent bog plants, with hollow pitcher-
like leaves, and nodding flowers single or several on
short scapes. The pitehers eatch organie matter and
entrap insects, and the plants often utilize these ma-
terials for food. In some species there are contrivances
of form, hairs, and lines of color that appear to have
special relation to the capture of insects and other
creeping things. See Durlingtonia. The plants are
prized as horticultural subjects because of their oddity
and the botanical interest that attaches to them. The
Sarracenias have been much hybridized, giving rise to
distinet and interesting intermediate formis, but these
hybrids are known only to specialists and fanciers.
Heliamphora is not in the American trade, but all the
other species are. They are considered to be difheult to
maintain in perfect condition under cultivation, and,
whenever possible, plants are frequently renewed from
the wild. They are best treated as semi-aquatie plants.
Give plenty of moisture at growing season. Keep par-
tially dormant in winter
The botanical position of the Sarraceniacew is not
settled. Ordinarily itis placed near the Papaveracew and
Cruciterse. Others associate it more intimately with the
Droserae The tls. are perfect, the parts mostly free
and distinct; sepals and petals each 5; stamens many;
carpels united into a compound pistil, bearing
many ovules on axile placentiw. In Sarracenia itself,
the flower is large and s "y, nodding from the top of
a rather stiff scape; petals colored, ovate to more or
less fiddle-shaped, incurved; sepals thick and persis
tent; 3 bracts beneath the calyx; the top of the pistil
dilated into a broad, thin, umbrella-like structure on the
margin of which the stigmatic surfaces are borne; fr.
valved capsule. See Gray. Syn. Fl. 1,p. 79. Masters,
C. IL. 15:817: 16:11, 40. For an aceount of hybrid
Sarracenias, see Sopa 21 ie came tas ps. 202s
also Gn, 2
I EB:
bogs in
All of the species comprising those which are indig-
enous to the southern states only, including S. flava,
S. psittacina, rubra, 3. t and S. Drwin-
mondii, are hardy in the botanic garden at Washington.
folaris,
However, they do not grow equally well out of doors.
S. flava, S. rubra, and S. variolaris sueceed best. WN.
psittucina and S., Drummondii do poorly. They are
planted in a raised bed, the sides of which are made of
rocks cemented together so as to be capable of being
flooded with water. Provision is made for drainage by
means of a pipe in the bottom, which is opened orclosed
as occasion requires. The compost is made up of
chopped fern roots, mo sand, charcoal and potsherds,
and when planted a top-dressing of live moss is given.
In this bed other insectivorous plants are grown, as Dio-
nea, Darlingtonia, Drosera and Pinguicula. S. flava
and S. purpurea are sometimes well grown on margins
of lily ponds, if given compost of the above desc ription.
For pot culture in northern greenhouses S. Driin-
eenet is the most attractive species. It produces two
crops of leaves each year, Those developed in spring,
while more numerous, are not so beautifully marked as
those which make their appearance during the fall
mouths. SS. flvva comes next in importance as a pot-
plant. Out of a large number of hybrids, those having
variolarts
rubra, S. purpurea and 8.
ploring in the leaves
Propagation should be effected by division of the rhi-
zome at the time of repotting; this should be done he-
fore growth begins. New forms are raised from seed.
All of the spec intercross readily.
Cc thrive best in a substance through which
water will pass readily. During the growin period
they need an abundant supply of moisture. The =
best grown in a sunny coolhouse. Greenfly and thrips
are the most troublesome pests. Greenfly is most
abundant during the earlier stages of the leaves, the
thrips appearing later. G. W. OLIVER.
as parents
take on high ¢
102
SARRACENIA
INDEX.
flava, 4.
limbata, 4.
Maddisoniana,
Mandaiana, 11.
maxima, 4.
melanorhoda, 12
Mexicana, 5.
minima, 4.
minor, 6.
Mitehelliana, 13.
ornata, 4
actuninata, 6.
alba, 5.
Atkinsoniana, 7.
atrosanguinea, 4.
Catesbuei, 4.
Chelsoni, 8.
Courtii, 9.
erispata, 4.
Drummondii,
erythropus, 4.
Fildesi. 4
pieta, 4
10.{
14.
undulata
variolaris, 3.
Wilhiamesii, 15.
Wrigleyana, 16.
I. SpeciFic TYPEs.
A. Pitchers spreading horizontally or obliquely.
B. Hood concave and covering the orifice.
1. psittacina, Michx. Pitchers small (not exceeding 6
in. long), cylindrical, reclined, broad-winged, green be-
low but purple-veined about the middle and purple with
white spots on the top and hood,
densely and retrorsely hairy within:
petals purplish, » in. long. Pine
barren swamps, Georgia, Alabama,
Florida. G.C. Il. 14:816. F.S
2032063. Ff. 1877, p. 254,
BB. Hood flattish, erect or soon
becoming so.
2. purptrea, Linn. COMMON
PITCHER PLANT of the North, and
the one on which the genus was
founded, SIDE-SADDLE FLOWER.
Bi? Pitchers ascending, rela-
tively short and thick, 8-12 in.
long, enlarging upwards, more or
less purple-veined, broad-winged,
the large, round-cordate hood hairy
and purple-veined within: scapes
ft. tall, bearing flower 2 in.
across, with Inrid purple petals.
Sphagnum bogs, Labrador to
Florida, and west in Canada to the
Recky Mts. B.M. 849. L,B.C.
$:308. G.C. IL 15 .10:1076.
Mn. 1:81. G.W.F.50.—Variable. In
some forms the fls. are yellowish
and the Ivs. are not purple-veined.
According to Loddiges, writing
in 3, this species was “eulti-
vated before the year 1640, by
Tradeseant, who was gardener to
King Charles the First.”
AA. Pitchers erect,
slender,
RB. Hood concave, standing over
the orifice,
3. variolaris, Michx. Fig.
Pitchers narrow, sometimes 1}. ft.
long, either broadly or narrowly
winged, more or less var ated and
veined with purple (the under color Sarracenia purpurea.
yellowish white), the cucullate hood (xe IZ)
covering the orifice and purp es
veined within: petals 1 in. or more long, yellow or yel-
lowish green. Low grounds, N. Car. to Fla. B.M. 1710.
L.B.C.9:803, Mn. 4:1. Gn. 48, p. 203.
BB. Hood expanded, erect or soon becoming so.
long and
9954,
c. Base of hood much contracted or recurved at the sides,
4. flava, Linn. Tall, the narrow, trumpet-like pitchers
2 ft. long, which are yellowish green and not spotted,
the wing very narrow, the hood ovate and soon becom-
ing erect and hairy and purple-spotted within: petals
11, in. long, but enlarging to nearly or quite twice that
length, oblong and drooping, light yellow. Bogs and
swamps, N. Car.(Va.?) to Fla. B.M. 780. L.B.C. 20:1957.
HH, 18527121.. FS. 10:1068-0.. Gn, 30; p. 367% 48710315
57, p. 326, Mn. 2:113.—This seems to be the most vari-
able of the Sarracenias, and some of the forms referred
to it may be distinct species. Var. atrosanguinea, Bull.
(S. atrosanguinea, Hort.). Small: lid or hood ovate-
acute, deeply stained with red. G.C. Il. 16:13. I.H. 27
1616 SARRACENIA
p. 86 bis. Var. crispata, Hort. (8. crispata, Hort.). Dif-
fers from the species “in the deeper wing to the pitcher,
the strongly reflected margins of the sepals, the white
petals, the blunter, less conical ovary and the shorter
and blunter lobes to the disk of the style.” Pitchers
about 2 ft. long. G.C. II. 18 ‘16:9. I.H.4), p.30h.
Said by some to be a hybrid of S.
rubra and S. flava, but Masters does
“not see any grounds for the suge’
tion.” Var. erythropus, Bull (8. Ri-
gélii, Shuttl.). Large, the lid or hood
blotched with crimson at the base.
Var. limbata, Bull. Large, limb of
the lid or hood bordered with band
of brownish erimson '%4 in. wide.
Var. maxima, Hort. Pitchers luge,
with green lids. Var. minima, Hort.
Small in all its parts. Var. ornata,
Bull. Pitchers large, green, red-
veiny, the inner face of the long-
stalked lid bearing a network of
red veins: fls. said to be 8 in. across
canary yellow. G.C. IL. 15:629, :
16:12. Var. picta, Bull (S. Calesbai,
Ell. S. fldva, var. Fildesi, Williams.
S. Fildesi, Hort.). Pitchers very
large, red-veiny, with flat roundish
wing.
Sas
ee
Ss
<== = z
cc. Base of hood broad, or only
moderately contracted.
p. Lid or hood suborbicular.
Drummondii, Croom. Pitchers
re and ereet, 2-3 ft. long in well-
grown specimens, funnel-shaped,
green and prominently nerved, the
upper part of the pitcher richly va-
riegated with purple reticulations and
ereamy white inter-spaces, the wing
narrow; lid roundish, the base some-
what contracted, fattish or with
recurved mostly wavy margins, he-
coming erect, hispid on the inner
fac fis. 4 in. across, red-brown.
Pine barrens, 8. W. Ga. and adjacent
Blas “GiiG. E. 3 16:8. _F s.
5560 LH. 41, p.-3
ties, with its. tall
>gated at the
pite ens ale var Sarracenia
top. Var. rabra, Hort., has pitchers Variolalis:
with deep red markin Var. alba, con
Hort., has paler variegations and (X 44).
flowers. Var. undulata (S. undulata,
Decne.) has stouter less elongated pitchers, and strongly
undulated lid. S. Mericuna, Hort., is said to be a small
form of this species.
pp. Lid ovate-pointed or acuminate.
6, rubra, Walt. Pitchers erect and narrow, 10-15 in.
long and 1 in. or less acer at the orifice, green with
reddish veins above, the wing broad: lid or hood ovate,
short-acute (or nearly obtuse) to acuminate, becoming
erect and coneave, veined and tinted with red, the inner
face somewhat pubescent: fl. 3 in. across, the pendu-
lous petals whitish at the base and red-brown above.
Swamps, N. Car. to Ala.—Said to hybridize in the wild
with S. purpurea. Var. acuminata, DC. Lid long-acu-
minate. B.M. 3515. L.B.C. 12:1163. Var. Sweétii,
Mast. (S. minor, Sweet, not Walt. S. Sweetii, DC.).
Smaller: pitchers cylindrical, with a narrow wing: lid
ovate-acuminate. F.S. 10: 1074.
Il. Hysrip Typzs.
Atkinsoniana, S. flava,var. maxima x S. purpurea:
Noe like S. flava; pitchers long and slender, green,
with red reticulations: lid broad, cordate, red-veined.
8. Chélsoni. S. rubra fertilized by S. purpurea:
“The pitchers in direction are midway between the
erect pitchers of rubra and the somewhat spreading
tubes of purpurea, in length they resemble those of
rubra, in form they are intermediate between those of
rubra and purpurea, and the lid is almost the same as
SASSAFRAS
that of the last species.” Ifasters. Raised by Veitch,
G.C. IL. 13:725; 15:817. LH. 27:388. 8.H. 1:189.
9. Courtii. S. purpurea x S. psittacina: “It has de-
eumbent pitchers about 8 in. long and colored a rich
deep crimson, their form being intermediate between
that of the two parents.” Raised by Mr. Court, at
Veitch's. S.H. 1:177.
10. Maddisoniana. S. psittacina crossed with S. va-
yiolavis: compact and dwarf: pitchers short and broad,
ineurving, ascending, green with dull red veins: lid
large, ovate and undulate, deep purple-veined.
11. Mandaiana. S. flava,var.rubra x S. Drummondi:
Described as follows in Pitcher & Manda’s Novelty
Catalogue of 1893: “A few plants of this rare and bean-
tiful plant has b collected, growing in company with
S. flava and 8. Drummond, of which it is no doubt a
natural hybrid, being intermediate between the two
above-named species. The pitchers grow about two feet
in height, are trumpet-shaped and broad at the opening
color light green with slight white mottlings. The lid
is large and broad, slightly incurving, undulated at the
edges, dark green shaded with red and blotched with
white.”
12. melanorhéda. S. purpurea x 8. Stevensii, the
latter a hybrid of S. purpurea and S. flava: “In habit
it is like S. prrpurea, the pitchers being obliquely as-
eending and distended like those of purpurea, 6-7 in.
high, with a deep wing, narrowing to either end, and a
roundish sessile lid 24% in. across. The color is like that
of S. Chelsoui.” Mfasters. Raised at Veitch’s.
13. Mitchelliana. S. Drummondii x S. purpurea:
growth of S. purpurea, but more erect-growing and
more graceful: pitchers 9-12 in. tall, rich green with
crimson veins: lid reticulated with red, undulate.
14. Swaniana. S. purpurea x S.variolaris : aspect of
S. purpurea, but more erect: pitcher 12 in. tall, funnel-
shape, slightly curved, greenish purple.
15. Williamsi. Supposed natural hybrid of S. pa-
puree and S. flava: “The pitchers are 9-12 in, high,
erect, bright light green, streaked and veined with
crimson, with a broad lid like that of S. purpurea. It
was imported by Mr. B. 8. Williams, with a consign-
ment of S. flava.” Masters, G.C. IL. 15:629.
16. Wrigleyana. S. psittacina x S. Dirwmmondii,var.
alba: Pitchers intermediate between those of the pa-
rents, 12-15 in. high, and slightly curved, mottled with
white and finely reticulated with bright light red. G.M.
32:301.
Other hybrids, not known to be in the Amer, trade, are as
follows: ‘ . decora: S, psittacina X 8S. violaris?—S. excéllens:
!3).
Chiefly known to the trade under the name of
Justicia flava,
SCHIMA (said to be an Arabian name). Ternstrimi-
dcew, About 9 species of tender evergreen trees and
shrubs, with 5-petaled white fis. about 14 in. across.
Here belongs a neat little tea-like shrub about 2 ft.
high, known to the trade as Gordonia Javanica, Schi-
ma and Gordonia are closely related genera, distin-
guished by Bentham and Hooker as follows: Schima
has inferior radicles, sepals scarcely unequal, ovules few
in each locule and laterally affixed; Gordonia has supe-
rior radicles, sepals markedly unequal, ovules numerous
in each locule and pendulous.
Other generie characters of Schima: peduncles 1-fld.,
usually erect: tls. solita in the axils or the upper ones
crowded in a short raceme; petals connate at the base,
imbricate, concave; stamens numerous: ovary 5-celled
(rarely 4- or G-celled); stigmas broad and spreading:
capsule woody: seeds flat, kidney-shaped.
Norénhe, Reinw. ( Gordénia Javdnica, Roll.). Tender
evergreen shrub, 2 ft. high or perhaps more, branched,
glabrous: Ivs. alternate, elliptic-lanceolate, coriaceous,
entire: fis. solitary in the axils, white, 14¢ in. across,
shorter than the lvs.; petals obovate. Java. B.M. 4539.
—A good pot-plant for the warmbhouse. Readily in-
creased by cuttings. Ww. M.
SCHINUS (Greek name for the Mastie-tree, Pistacia
Lentiscus; applied to this genus on account of the resi-
nous, mastic-like juice of some species). Anacardidcee.
Resinous, dicwcious trees, with alternate, pinnate lvs.,
sessile Ifts., axillary and terminal bracteate panicles,
small whitish fs. with short, 5-lobed calyx, 5 imbricated
petals, broad annular disk, and 10 stamens: fr. a glo-
bose drupe. About 17 species, all South American ex-
cept one in the Sandwich Islands, one in Jamaica and
one in St. Helena. Only two are cultivated; they are
semi-tropical and grown in the warmhouse at the East
and in north Europe, in the open at the South and in
Calif. as far north as the San Francisco Bay region.
Molle, the old generic name, is from Muli, the Peru-
1624
vian name of S. Molle, and not, as sometimes supposed,
Latin molle, soft, which would not be applicable in this
case.
Molle, Linn. PERUVIAN Mastic-TREE. CALIFORNIAN
Pepprer-TREE. Figs. 2265, 2266. Evergreen tree, 20 ft.
and more, with rounded outline and graceful, pendulous
branchlets when not trimmed: Ivs. 9 in. or more long,
glabrous, of many alternate, linear-lanceolate lfts. l4-
9 in. long: fils. in conical panicles, yellowish white;
ripe fruits the size of peppercorns (whence the popular,
but misleading, Californian name), of a beautiful rose-
color. Peru. G.P.8:505. R.A. 1889, p. 2 G.C. II.
17:588, 589. Gn.25, p. 418. BM 9.—In southern and
middle California more extensiv cultivated than any
other ornamental tree except. perhaps, the Blue Gum
(Bucalyptus globulus), and thriving best in the wari
interior valleys, though hardy on the coast at San Fran-
ciseo. Valued as a lun and avenue tree; often planted
asastreet tree, for which, however, it is un-
suited, being too spreading and branching
too low. Wolle was a generie nameused hy
Tournefort, and placed in apposition with
Schinus by Linnieus (explained above).
terebinthifolius, Raddi, with
fls. and Iys. composed of seven broader,
somewhat serrated Ifts., is sparingly met
with in cult. in S. Calif., and proves hardy
in San F Braz
depéndens, Ortesa (Duvata depéudens,
DC.), is uw shrub or small tree, with more
or less drooping branches: Ivs. wel i
long, oblong or obovate: fis. yelloy
long, produced in great numbers in ra-
cemes about as long as the leaves. West-
Amer. B.M. 7406. B.R. 1921568 (Deevera ovata);
(D. dependens); 29:59 (D. longifolia).— The
genus Duvana was distinguished from Schinus chiefly
by its simple foliage, but it is now considered a sub-
genus of Schinus. Jos. Burrr Davy.
SCHINUS
racemose
ancisco,
=
3)
Schinus Molle is everywhere present in southern
California, where it attains a height of 50 ft. and sows
itself. It was a great thing for this region in years past
before the water systems had reached their present effi-
cieney. Now the poor Pepper-tree is under a ban, and
justly so. Next to an oleander the black scale loves a
Pepper-tree. Hence the Pepper-trees, being large and
numerous, have been indireetly a serious menace to the
orchards of citrous fruits. Thousands of old tree:
ft. in diameter, have been cut during the past year be-
cause of their proximity to orange orchard At least
one nurseryman has actually refused to sell Pepper-
trees to people who ordered them. Los Angeles boas
some magnificent avenues of them. WS. terebinthifolius
is but little known in this region, the tallest tree being
only 15 ft. as yet, but it is likely to be extensively
planted in the near future.
ERNEST BRAUNTON,
SCHISMATOGLOTTIS (Greek, falling tongue ; refer-
ring to the fact that the limb of the spathe svon falls
off). Avrdcew, The plants which bear this uncomfor-
table name are amongst the finest variegated foliage
plants in the Arum fimily, and bardly if at all inferior
in beauty and ease of culture to the popular Dieffen-
bachias, which they closely resemble. They are tender
plants used for the decoration of warm conservatories,
but they have been successfully grown by skilled ama-
teurs in living houses, where a day temperature of 70°
conld be maintained throughout the winter. The genus
contains about 15 species, mostly natives of the Malay
Archipelago, They have stoloniferous rhizomes and the
eaudex lies on the ground. The leaves are large, ovate
or lanceolate, banded or llotehed with white or pale
yellow. The brightness of the colors in variegated
plants largely depends upon culture. Fils. unisexual;
fertile males with 2-3 short stamens, truneate at the
apex; sterile males with staminodes destitute of pollen:
female fs, with 2-1 pistils: ovary 1l-loculed; ovules ana-
tropous : berries oblong, green, yellowish or scarlet.
Engler in DC. Monog. Planer. vol. 2, 1879. For eulture,
see Dieffenbachia, See also Philodendron, to which the
genus is somewhat closely allied,
SCHISMATOGLOTTIS
INDEX.
(S. L. refers to supplementary list.)
Neoguineensis, 5.
picta, 4.
pulehra, 6.
purpurea, 1.
Roebelinit, 8. Le.
crispata, 3.
decora, 6.
immaculata, 1.
Lansbergiana, 1.
Lavalleei, 1.
Seemanti, 8. L.
Siamensts, 8. L.
varieguta, 2, 5.
Wittmaniana, 6.
9265. Schinus Molle, the California Pepper-tree.
A. Lvs. lanecolate-oblong, vase not
heart-shaped.
Bp. Petiole lounger than blades... 1. Lavalleei
BB. Peliole shorter than blade..... .2. variegata
AA. Dus. ovate, base heart-shaped,
B. Foliage banded with white,
co. Petiole aboutas longus blade,.3, erispata
ca, Petiole twice aslongas blade..4. picta
BB. Foliage blotched with white.
ce. More green than whiles......
5. Neoguinéensis
cc. More while than green.. }
. pulchra
1. Lavdlleei, Linden. Lvs. lanceolate or lanceolate-ob-
long, rounded or narrowed at the base but not cordate,
blotched with silvery white, some of the blotches much
larger than others ; petiole 6-8 in. long; blade 5-7
14-21% in.; sheath reddish. Malaya. 1.H. 28:41
immaculata (var. - Lunsbergidna, Linden) differs
having purple sheaths and leaf-stalks, und foliage green
above, dark wine-purple below. Var. purptrea is a
Sumatran form with foliage blotched gray above and
dark wine-purple beneath.
2. variegata, Hook. Lys. oblong-lanceolate, obtuse
or rounded at the base, long-cuspidate at apex, dark
ereen above, marked whitish along the midrib; petiole
3-4 in. long or Jess than half the length of the blade
Borneo. This has been confused in the trade with S.
Weoguincensis.
3. erispata, Hook. Lys. 5-7 in. long, leathery, ovate-
cordate, with rounded basal lobes, dull green above with
2 whitish, irregular, nearly parallel bands extending
from base to apex and about half-way between midrib
and margin. Borneo. B.M. 6576.
4. picta, Schott. Lys. ovate-cordate, the basal lobes
short, but the sinus deep, dark green above, marked
with lacerated glaucous spots at the middle, on each
side of the midrib and between the nerves; petiole 8-16
in. long; blade 6-7 in. long. Java.
5. Neoguineénsis, N. 1B. Br. (S. variegata, Hort., not
Hook.). Lvs. ovate-cordate, bright green, irregularly
blotched with pale yellowish green, the total mass of
green being greater than the variegation; petiole 9-12
in. long; blade 8-9 x 5-5%y in. New Guinea. LH.
27:380 as Calocasia Neoquineensis, the variegation be-
ing a bright creamy white.
6. pulchra, N. E. Br. (S. décora, Bull.).
obliquely cordate, irregularly blotehed with
Lys, ovate,
silvery
SCHISMATOGLOTTIS
white, the total mass of green being less than the varie-
gation; petiole 3-44 in. long; blade 4-5 x 1%4-21. in.
Borneo. 1.H. 31:520. G.C. IL. 24:361.— 8. decora, var.
Wittmanidna, was offered in 1893 by John Saul, Wash-
ington, D.C.
S, Rocbelinii, Pitcher & Manda, 1895, p. 138.
fully marked with silvery white in a bre
tion. Only the center and edge of the leaves are plain light
green. The plant is compact, free-growing, with thick leaves
as enduring as those of a rubber tree. A fine house plant.”
This plant is impertectly known. It is figured in Pitcher &
Manda’s catalogue 1895: 141 as 8. Roebelinii, and the same thir
is used in A.G. 19:589 (1898) as S. pieta and in V. M. 28:7
(1899) as S.crispata. The plant so pictured is distinet from
any species described above. There is more white than green
in the leaf, only the edges and midrib portion being green.
Some growers believe it to be a sport of NS. crispata.—
S. Seemanii, Hort. Bull., was advertised by the U.
Co. 1895, but seems nuiknown to botanists. TS. Sianiests,
“Lys. beanti-
d feathery variega-
Bull. still in eultivation, but imperfectly knowin to botany.
Possibly a species of Aglaonema. W. MM.
SCHIZHA (Greek, to split). Schizwaeew, A genus
of small ferns with twisted grass-like Ivs. and sedye-
like sporophylls formed of a cluster of closely com-
pacted pinnae, each with two rows of sporangia, which
in common with the family are pear-shaped, with an
apical ring, opening by a vertical fissure.
pusilla, Pursh. Our only native species, growing in
sand barrens mainly in New Jersey. Lys. an inch lone,
grass-like: sporophylls 2-3 in. long, with 6-8 closely
compacted divisions, forming a spike at the apex.
Known locally as Curly-grass. The prothallus only re-
cently studied is found to resemble protonema, being
filamentous rather than thallose as in ordinary ferns.
L. M. UNpEnwoop.
2266. Foliage and fruit of California Pepper-tree—
Schinus Molle (x 75).
SCHIZANDRA (Greek, schizcin, to cleave, and aner,
andros, man, stamen: referring to the cleft or separate
anther-cells). Including Spherdstema and Musrimno-
whezia. Magnolidcer. Ornamental deciduous twining
shrubs, with alternate, simple Ivs., white, yellowish or
red, not very conspicuous fls. on slender, drooping pedi-
SCHIZANTHUS 1625
eels and showy searlet or black, berry-like fr. in droop-
ing racemes, The Asiatic S. Chinensis is hardy north,
while the native S. coccinea can only be grown south.
They may be used for covering rocks, trees, shrubs or
fences, and scem to thrive best in partly shaded and
somewhat moist places ina porous, sandy loam. Prop.
by seeds, by greenwood cuttings under glass, root-
cuttings or layers, and also by suckers. Six or 7 spe-
cies, chiefly in IK. Asin, from Tidia to N. China and
Japan, 1 species in N. America. Lvs. exstipulate, usually
ovate: fis. slender-stalked, in few-fld. axillary clusters,
di@ecious or monwcious; sepals und petals 9-12, not dif-
fering; stamens 5-15, more or less connate; carpels
numerous, imbricated in the #., developing into berries
disposed on the clongated filiform receptacle, forming
aw drooping raceme. ‘The fruits of the Asiatic species
are eaten in their native countries.
coccinea, Michx. High climbing shrub: Ivs. slender-
petioled, ovate or oval, acuminate, entire or obscurely
denticulate, glabrous, 2-3!. in. long: As. moncecious,
erimson purplish, 's-'s in. across; 5, connate
into a 5-lobed disk with the anther-cells widely sepa-
rated: berries searlet, forming a loose raceme 2-5 in.
lone, Jaume. B.C. toe BR. Tes, BAL. IU
Chinénsis, Baill. (Jfarimow/fezia Sinéusis, Rupr).
Climbing to 25 ft.: Ivs. broadly oval or ovate, acute or
acuminate, remotely denticulate, dark green wud shin-
ing above, glabrous except at the veins beneath, 2-4 in.
long; petiole te-lte in. long: fls. diccious, pinkish
white, ts in. across, fragrant; stamens 5, divided at the
apex: berries scarlet, forming a rather dense raceme
1-4 in. long. May, June. Japan, N. China, Amurland.
stamens o,
Gt. 39. VS. 1531594. Gus 6; p. 583. MDG.
1899 —The very showy fruit ripens end of August:
to secure it both sexes must be planted together.
S. nigra, Maxim. Similar to the preceding: Ivs. smaller,
quite glabrous: fs. white: fro blnish black. Japan. Seems
more tender than S. Chinensis.-S. propiigua, Hook. f. &
Thom. (Sphrerostema propingnum, Blame). Lys, ovate to
ovate-limeeolate, about 4 in. long on }e-in. long petioles: S.
pale vellowish: fr. scarlet, forming racemes to 6 in. long
i is. BM. 4614. For cult. in subtropical regions or in
the warm greenhouse. ALFRED REHDER.
SCHIZANTHUS (Greek, split and flower; from the
incised corolla). Solandcea, BuTrTERELY FLOWER.
About 6 species of annual herbs from Chile, with mostly
tinely cut leaves and terminal open cymes of variously
and highly colored fis.; calyx 5-eleft, the lobes linear,
corolla tubular; limb wide-spreading, oblique, plicate,
somewhat 2-lipped, laciniate; stamens 2, exserted:
seeds numerous, small. These dainty plants are of easy
culture in any good garden soil. They are also useful as
pot-plants for spring flowering, the seed being sown in
early fall and the plants kept in a light house and
given plenty of root room as they need it,
A. Corolla-tube as long as the ealyz: stamens short-
exserted.
B. The middle seqment of the anterior lip of the corolla
notched at stammit,
retusus, Hook. Stem 2 ft. high: lvs. pinnatisect, with
the segments entire, dentate or pinnatifid: fs. in the
type deep rose, with the large middle segment of the
upper lip orange except at the tip; the lateral segments
of the posterior lip faleate, acute, linear, longer than
the middle segment. BM. 3045. B.R. 18:1544.—The
portions of the flower which are rose-colored in the
type are white in var. alba,
BE. The middle segment of the anterior lip not notched
at apes.
Grahami, Gill. Lvs. 1-2-pinnatisect; segments entire
or dentately pinnatitid: fls. typically lilac or rose, with
the middle half of the middle segment of the anterior
lip yellow or orange; the lateral segments of the pos-
terior lip faleate, linear, acute, shorter than the middle
segment. B.M. 3044. R.H. 1845:529.
AA. Corolla-tube shorter than the calyx: stamens loug-
exserted,
pinnatus, Ruiz and Pay. (S. pérrigens. Grah.
Priéstii, Paxt.). Fig. 2267. The most yariable of the
species, with many horticultural forms distinguished
1626 SCHIZANTHUS
by height of stem and color markings of the fls.
Typically 2 ft. high: lvs. 1-2-pinnatisect; the segments
entire, dentate or incisely piunatitid: fs. varying in
depth of color, the lower lip usually violet or lilac; the
upper paler, its middle section with a
yellow blotch at its base and spotted
with purple or violet. B.M. 2404, 2521
(as 8S. porrigens). BR. 9:725; 18:
1562 (as var. humilis).—Var. nana,
Hort., is somewhat lower - growing.
Var. niveus, Hort.,
has pure white fis.
Var. oculatus, Hort.,
has a purplish black
bloteh surrounded
with yellow at the
base of the middle
segment of the upper
lip or with the typical
yellow portion dotted
with small dark pur-
ple spots. B.H. 1862:
451. Var. papilio-
naceus, Hort., has a
eentral coloring
somewhat as var.
oculatus, with the
general color of the
tlower marbled in
various shades. Var.
tigridioides, Hort., is
also cultivated.
F.W. BarcLay
SCHIZOCODON
(Greek, cut bell; re-
ferring to the fringed
corolla). Diapensi-
dcew, Schizocodon
soldanelloides is a
pretty alpine plant
from Japan with
: rosy flowers fringed
2267. Schizanthus pinnatus (x 1%). like the well-known
Soldaneilas of the
Alps. It may be readily distinguished from Soldanella
(which is a member of the primrose family) by the
leaves being toothed, and the stamens 4 instead of 5.
The name “Fringed Soldanella” has been proposed for
Schizocodon, but all Soldanellas are fringed. “Fringed
Galax” would be better, as Galax is the nearest relative,
Schizocodon being, in faet, the Japanese representative
of the American Galax. The leaves of Schizocodon are
sometimes more or less brouzy, like those of Galax, but
their form is not so pleasing. The plant is only a few
inches high, and the fis. are borne to the number of 4-6
ona scape. The scapes are numerous and the fis. about
lin. across, Since 1892 this plant has excited an amount
of interest comparable to that caused by the introdue-
tion of Shortia, in 18
Schizocodon is distinguished from allied genera by
the following characters: corolla funnel-shaped, 5-lobed,
the lobes fimbriate; stamens affixed between the lobes
of the corolla, and separate from the staminodes, which
are long and linear. Other characters: ovary 3-loculed:
capsule globose, 3-cornered, loculicidally 3-valved: seeds
numerous,
soldanelloides, Sieb. & Zuce. FPrinaep GaLax. Fig.
8. Hardy, tufted, alpine plant a few in. high: lvs.
leathery, evergreen, long-stalked, the blade roundish,
wedge-shaped or subcordate at the base, coarsely
toothed, the teeth apiculate: fis. nodding; sepals 5,
oblong, obtuse; corolla deep rose in center passing into
blush or white at the edges; staminodes linear. Japan.
B.M. 7316. Gn. 44:954. G.C. ILL 18:415. GoM. 36:206.
J.H. UL. 34:525. V. 20:119.—This is probably the only
species in the genus, as S. wuiffo®vs is Shortia and 4.
ilieifolins is thought to be a variety of Schizocodon
soldanelloides, with more variable Iws. and fs. ranging
from red to white. Offered by many European dealers,
and by one or two Americans; little known here.
W. M.
SCHIZONOTUS
SCHIZOLOBIUM (Creek, fo cleave and hull; alluding
to the manner of dehiscence). Legumindsee. About 2
species of South American trees, with large bipinnate
leaves, with numerous small leaflets, and fs. in axillary
racemes or terminal panicles. Calyx obliquely turbi-
nate; segments imbricated, reflexed; petals 5, clawed,
ovate or roundish, imbricated ; stamens 10, free; fila-
ments somewhat scabrous at the base: ovary adnate to
the tube of the calyx: pod 1-seeded. The following has
been introduced into 8. Calif. by Franceschi, who writes
that it has not yet proved a success.
excélsum, Vog. A large Brazilian tree, with fern-like
bipinnate leaves about 4% ft. long, with the ultimate
Ifts. about 1% in. long: fis. yellow, in large panicles,
R.H. 1s74, p. 1138. F. W. Barcuay.
SCHIZONOTUS (Greek, schizo,to split, and notos, back:
the capsules were thought to split on the back, which,
however, is not the case). Rosdeew (Syn. Holodiscus),
The name Holodiscus (meaning an entire disk) may be
recommended for this genus instead of Schizonotus, to
avoid confusion, since the latter name has been used for
two other genera. Ornamental free-flowering deciduous
shrub, with alternate, pinnately lobed, ‘petioled lvs. and
small, whitish fls. in ample showy panicles: fruit insig-
nificant. Very graceful plants, with their drooping
feathery panicles of creamy white fls., and well adapted
for borders of shrubberies or for single specimens on
the lawn, but not quite hardy north. They grow in al-
most any well drained soil, and do best in a sunny posi-
tion. Prop. by seeds usually sown ip boxes in fall and
only slightly covered with soil, or by layers;
also increased by greenwood cuttings under glass taken
with a heel, but usually only a small percentage of
them take root. Two or perhaps only one species from
Oregon to Columbia. Lvs. without stipules: calyx 5-
cleft, almost rotate; petals 5; stamens about 20:
ovaries 5, surrounded by an entire disk, developing into
5 distinct pubescent 1l-seeded akenes. Formerly usually
referred to Spirsa, but it shows closer affinity to Cer-
cocarpus and other genera of the Potentillee group. If
all forms of this genus are united in one species it must
bear the name Sehizonotus argenteus, Kuntze. By
some the genus is still retained with Spirma.
2268. Schizocodon soldanelloides (X 1s).
discolor, Raf. (Holodiscus discolor, Maxim.). Fig. 2269.
Shrub, 20 ft., hardy with protection in Mass.: lvs. ovate
or oblong, truncate or narrowed at the base, pinnately
lobed, usually glabrous above, pubescent or tomentose
beneath, %-3 in. long: fls. creamy white, small, in
ample panicles. July. Oregon to Guatem., east to
Colo. Gn, 45, p. 56; 47, p. 188; 49, p. 104; 50, p. 278.
SCHIZONOTUS
GG e2
following are perhaps the most important forms:
arietolius, J. GQ. Jack (Spirtu ariefolia, Sm
shrub, with arching branches: Iws. usually truncat
:21,—A very variable species, of which the
Var.
and pubescent beneath: panicle drooping, ample to 10
in. long. B.R. 16:13¢ G.F. 4:617. Var. Purshianus,
Rehd. (Sp. discolor, Pursh). Similar to the former,
but lvs. whitish-tomentose beneath. Var. fissus, Rehd.
(Sp. fissa, Lindl., and probably Holodiscus australis,
Heller). Similar to var. arivfolius in habit, but
smaller: Ivs. crenate at the base, narrower, with entire
lobes, whitish-tomentose beneath ; panicle drooping,
loose, to 5 in, long. Var. dumoésus, Dippel (Sp. du-
mosa, Nutt. Sp. Boursiéri, Carr.). Erect shrub, 8 ft.
high: Ivs. cuneate, coarsely toothed, pubescent above,
whitish-tomentose beneath, %-1 in. long: panicle crect,
rather small and dense. R.H. 1859, p. 519. This last
form is the least desirable as an ornamental plant.
S. purpurascens, Gray, is Solanoa purpurascens Greene, a
Californian Asclepiad, not in eult. It is a perennial with as-
eending stems 1 ft. high, cordate-ovate Iws., and small red-pur-
ple fls. in compact umbels.—S. tomentosus, Lind].=Sorbaria
Lindleyana ALFRED REHDER.
SCHIZOPETALON (Greck, cut and petal; in refer-
ence to the pinnately cut petals). Cruciferw. A genus
of possibly 5 species of annual herbs from Chile, with
alternate, sinuate, dentate or pinnatiftid leaves and pur-
ple or white flowers in terminal racemes. The main ge-
neric character lies in the shape of the petals, which are
flat and pinnately cut into regular segments.
Walkeri, Sims. Plant 1-2 ft. high: Ivs. sessile, sinn-
ate, dentate, the upper linear: fs. white, fragrant.
B.M. 2379. R.H. 1880, p. 355.—A very pretty annual of
quick growth F. W. Barcuay.
SCHIZOPHRAGMA (Greek, schizein, to cleave, and
phragm, wall: the inner layer of the wall of the valves
is cleft into fascicled fibers). Sacifragdcee., Ornamen-
tal climbing deciduous shrub with opposite, long-peti-
oled, rather large, dentate leaves, and loose terminal
eymes of small white flowers with enlarged sterile ones
at the margin. It has beautiful bright green foliage
and attractive flowers. The plant is useful for covering
walls and trunks of trees. It clings firmly by means
of aérial rootlets. Hardy north as far as New York
city. It thrives best in rich, moderately moist soil and
partial shade, but also does well in full sun. Prop. by
seeds or greenwood cuttings under glass; also by layers.
Like Hydrangea petiolaris, young plants produce small
Ivs. and make little growth if unsupport on and sutiered
to trail on the ground. One species in Japan and an-
other in China, allied to Hydrangea and Decumaria: fs.
in loose cymes; sepals and petals 4-5; stamens LO; style
1: ovary 4+5-loculed: marginal sterile fls. consist only
of one large white sepal, terminating the branchlets of
the inflorescence: fr. a small, 10-ribbed capsule.
hydrangeoides, Sieb. & Zuce, CLimBinc HypRANGEA.
Climbing to 30 ft. and more: lvs. on petioles 2-3-in.
long, reddish, orbiewlar or broadly ovate, shortly acuimi-
Berend or cordate at the base,remotely and coarsely
dentate, bright green above, pale beneath, almost gli
brous, 2-4 in. long: eymes peduneled, 8 in. broad;
marginal tls. pedicelled, consisting of an oval to broadly
ovate white sepal abont 1's in. long. July. Japan. 4.
Z. 1:26, 100. Gn. 15, p. 301; 34, p. 281.—The species is
often confounded with Mydrangea petiolaris, which is
easily distinguished by its marginal fls. having + sepals.
It has been once introduced under the name Cornidia
integerrima, which is a Chilean plant with entire ever-
green leaves. The plant usually thrives best in a shady
exposure, ALFRED REHDER.
SCHIZOSTYLIS (Greek, to cut, and style: alluding to
the filiform segments of the style). Jriddcea, Two
species of South African perennial herbs with tufted,
sometimes fleshy roots, narrow equitant leaves and a
slender scape bearing 6-12 red sessile flowers in a dis-
tichous spike. Perianth with a cylindrical tube and
bell-shaped limb divided into 6 nearly equal oblong seg*
ments: stamens inserted on the throat of tube: capsule
obovoid-oblong, obtuse.
SCHOMBURGKIA 1627
coccinea, Backh. & Harv. Crimson Fuac. A winter-
blooming tender plant: stem 7a tt. high, bearing 2-3
Ivs.: basal lv y wbout It. lons Jright red,
about 2 in. across. BM. se eS. 1 -— The fol-
lowing cultural notes are taken from G: nde: nand Forest
9:16: Phe species blooms from Oct. to late Dee. and is
useful for cut-flowers at this season. [tis perfectly hardy
in England but of little use here except for indoor use.
The roots should be planted out in rich soil in spring
about 8 in. apart, and encouraged to make a strong
growth. In the fall the plants may be lifted, potted and
placed in a cool greenhouse, where they will flower.
After flowering they may be stored in a frame until
spring, when the fleshy roots will need to be separated
(leaving 8-5 buds to each root), and planted out as
before.” F. W. Barcuay.
2269. Schizonoius discolor (X }3).
SCHOMBURGKIA (named for Dr. Schomburgk, nat-
uralist and geographer, who explored British Guiana).
Orchiddeew, This genus contains about 12 species, in-
habiting tropical America, They have the habit of
Cattleyas or Lelias, except that they are less compact.
Pseudobulbs long, fusiform, bearing several brown
seales and 2-3 leathery Ivs. at the summit: fl.-stems
from the top of the pseudobulbs, sometimes very long,
bearing a terminal raceme or panicle of showy fs. The
fls. are like those of Lalia except that the sepals and
petals are narrow and undulate and the labellum does
not completely envelope the column. The labellum is
always evidently 3-lobed.
Give Schomburgkias plenty of heat and a light place
near the glass, which should be slightly shaded during
the hot summer months. Give freely of water in the
crowing season. Rest them in a temperature of 55°. S.
tibicinis and S. Lyonsii are to be classed amongst the
showy easily grown orchids, resembling Lelias.
tibicinis, Batem. (Hpidéndrum tibicinis, Batem.).
Fig. 2270. Pseudobulbs 1-1! ft. long. tapering upwards:
lvs. 2-3, oblong, leathery: raceme 4-8 ft. high, bearing
1628
numerous fs. each 3% in. across: sepals and petals ob-
long, undulate, crisp: lateral lobes of the lubellum
large, cucullate, middle lobe small, emarginate: fis.
deep pink, speckled with white on the outside, rich
chocolate-red within; labellum white within, deep rose
color at the sides, with a short chocolate-red middle
lobe. Summer. Honduras, Cuba. G.C. IIL. 4:212; 9:651.
—Var. grandiflora, Lindl. Fls rger and paler, with
more yellow in the lip. B.R. 30. B.M. 4476. F.S.
1:54. WS. tibicinis requires less compost than the other
species.
SCHOMBURGRIA
227). Schomburgkia tibicinis (X 44).
Lyonsii, Lindl. Pseudobulbs about 1 ft. high, with 2-3
linear-oblong lvs. at the top: racemes erect, 9 in. long,
bearing 12-25 fls., each subtended by a reflexed bract
about 3 in. long: fls. 2 in. across; sepals and petals
ovate to ovate-lanceolate, undulate, white with several
rows of purple spots; labellum larger, recurved, acute,
white, with a yellowish brown crisp margin; anther 2-
horned. Aug. Jamaica. B.M. 5172. F.S. 20:2130.
G.C. IIT. 26:203.
rosea, Linden. Related to S. wndulata. Bracts,
peduneles and labellum light ros sepals and petals
oblong, undulate, narrower than the labellum; labellum
with rotund lateral lobes and a smaller subrotund mid-
dle lobe, margin crisp. Colombia.
crispa, Lindl. Pseudobulbs numerous, long: lvs. ob-
long-lanceolate: fis. yellowish brown; sepals and petals
oblong, undulate; labellum ovate-oblong, obscurely 3-
lobed, Guiana. B.R. 30:23. B.M. 3729 (as S. mar-
ginata, var.).
undulata, Lindl. Fls. in a dense raceme; sepals and
petals linear, undulate, crisp, longer than the labellum,
rich brownish purple; labellum cucullate, middle lobe
oval, acute or obtuse, violet-purple. Jan. Colombia.
B.R. 31:53.
HEINRICH HASSELBRING and Wm. MatTuews.
SCHOTIA (Richard Schot, companion of Jacquin dur-
ing his travels in America, 1754-59). Leguminosae. A
genus of 3 species of small trees or shrubs, native to
S. Africa, with pinnate leaves and panicles of hand-
some crimson, pink or flesh-colored flowers. Calyx 4-
lobed; petals 5, nearly sessile, either ovate to oblong or
SCIADOPITYS
small and scale-like; stamens 10, free or shortly con-
nate: pod oblong or broadly linear, coriaceous, com-
pressed, the upper margin or both margins winged:
seeds 1-6.
A. Els. on rather long pedicels.
B. Petals longer than the calyx.
speciosa, Jacq. A tree or shrub, about 10 ft. high:
lvs. variable in form, which fact has ied to much
separation of this species into varieties and species:
lfts. 8-32, linear, oblong, or obovate: fls. crimson, in
terminal panicles. B.M. 1153 (as 8. tamarindifolia).
— Advertised in southern California.
BB. Petals shorter than the calyx.
brachypétala, Sond. A large shrub or small tree:
su, ovate-oblong or
obovate: panicles many-fld., and terminal:
calyx-tube conical, crimson; petals very small, linear,
hidden by the calyx.—Cult. in southern Florida,
AA. Fils, nearly sessile.
latifolia, Jacq. Becoming a tree 20-30 ft. high: lfts.
4-8, ovate-oblong or obovate, usually 14-2) in. long,
15-1 in. wide: ts. rosy or flesh-colored, in much-
branched panicles; petals longer than the calyx.—Ad-
vertised in southern California. F. W. Barcuay.
SCHRANKIA (F. P. Schrank, director of the botanic
gardens in Munich). Leguminosew, SENSITIVE BRIER.
About 10 species of perennial herbs or shrubs, mostly
American, with bipinnate, usually sensitive leaves and
small pink or purple fis. in axillary peduncled heads or
spikes. Calyx and corolla regular, 4-5-parted; stamens
8-12: pod linear, acute or acuminate, spiny all over,
becoming 4-valved, several-seeded.
uncinata, Willd. Sensitive Brier. A _ hardy her-
baceous perennial, branched and decumbent, 2-4 ft.
long, well armed with short prickles: Ivs. very sensi-
tive, with about 6 pinne; pinne with 16-30 Ifts.: fis.
pink, in globular heads nearly 1 in. through. May-
July. Va. to Ill. and south. B.B. 2:256.
F. W. Barcnay.
SCHREBERA (perhaps after J. C. D. Schreber, 1739-
1810, physician and naturalist). Oledcew. A genus of
4 species of trees from Africa and India, with unequally
pinnate leaves and flowers in very much branched
cymes: calyx tubular-bell-shaped, irregularly 4-7-lobed;
corolla salver-shaped: tube cylindrical; lobes 4-7,
spreading; stamens 2, near the top of the corolla-tube:
ovary 2-celled.
swietenioides, Roxb. A tree, about 40 ft. high, nearly
glabrous: Ifts. 5-7, ovate, acute,4x2 in.: fls. white,
with brown marks, about % in. across, in many-fid.
eymes. Cult. in southern Florida.
SCHUBERTIA is a subgenus of Araujia, but in this
work it is accounted for under Physianthis.
SCIADOPITYS (Greek, skias, skiados, umbrella, and
pitys, spruce; alluding to the position of the leaves).
Contferw. UMBRELLA Ping. Evergreen tree, of narrow
pyramidal habit, with linear, rather large, needle-like
leaves in whorls and oval cones 3-4 in. long. The only
species is hardy as far north as Portland, Me., and is
a beautiful conifer of compact, conical form, with
dark green foli-
Nt {hy CZ
sy
It is of rather slow
in a moderately moist,
loamy, and also in clayey
soil. Prop. by seeds and
layers, and sparingly by
cuttings of half-ripened
wood in summer; but
seedlings are to be pre-
ferred, as they grow
more symmetrically and
more vigorously. Monotypic genus from Japan. Lvs.
linear, deeply furrowed on both sides, disposed in
whorls at the ends of the short annual shoots ; they
are of two kinds: the true lvs. are small and bract-
2271. Whorls of foliage of
Sciadopitys verticillata (X 1%).
SCIADOPITYS
like; the upper ones, crowded at the apex of the shoot,
bear in their axils needle-like Ivs. of another kind,
which, however, are considered by botanists to
be leat-like shoots, ov cladophyla, but linear and con-
nate in 2's, while others believe them to consist of
two connate Ivys, correspouding with the If.-clusters in
Pinus. Their morphological structure points towards
the first explanation, while they are Iws. in regard to
their physiological funetion. Ils. mone ious > the
staminate oval, consisting of spirally disposed 2-celled
anthers and appearing in dense clusters at the ends of
the shoots; the pistillate are solitary at the ends of the
shoots and consist of mimerous spirally arranged scales
subtended by a Sn ee bract and benving 7-9 ovules: cone
oblong-ovate, woody, the bracts connate, with the broadly
some
orbieular, thick se ites . spreading at the margin; secds
oval; compressed, with narrow wing, emarginate at the
The wood is nearly white, very strong and straight-
g nined.
verticillata, Sieb. © Zuce. UMBRELLA PINE. Fig. 2271,
2272. Tree, attaining 100 ft., with ascending branches
forming a narrow pyramidal, compact head, in old age
loose and with pendulous branches: scale-like Ivs. dark
brown, ', in. lon 3 linear,
e; needles 15-35 in each whorl,
stiff, obtuse, deeply furrowed on both sides, dark green
and glossy above with a white line beneath, 3-6 in. long:
Umbrella Pine—Sciudopitys verticillata (trimmed).
cotyle-
in. long, ovate-oblong: seed 14 in. long;
Ne Ciscoe O23” Tae
. Jay . 14:1485, 1486, Gt.
ee Mn. 4, p. 154. Gmg. 1:25. Gn.
2 204, 38, p. 409. R.A. 1884, p. 16, 17.—There
is a dwarf var. ‘and a var. with var ated foliage, both
introduced from Japan. ALFRED REHDER.
SCILLA (the old Gre name used by Hippocrates ;
I injure, according to Miller, alluding to the poisonous
bulbs). Lilidcer., Savinn. Witp HyacintH. BLUE-
BELL. About 80 species of perennial bulbous plants,
widely distributed in Europe, Asia and Africa in tem-
perate districts. They are remarkable for easy culture,
quick growth and beautiful blue, rose or white flowers,
blooming early in the spring (some in autumn), and
therefore, desirable plants for the wild garden, rock
garden, or border. Some are stove plants. Some of the
South African forms have handsome spotted foliage.
Generiecally, the Squills are distinguished as follows:
Bulb tunicated, large or small: Iws. radical, 1-several in
number, linear, loriform, lanceolate, oblong or nearly
ovate, in Sci/la autiumnalis appearing after the flow-
ers; scape l-several, simple, leafless: fls. in racemes,
SCILLA 1629
which are several- to many-fld., open, compuct or spi-
cate; bracts sniall, sometimes minute, hyaline: pedicels
short or loug, sometimes filiform: fls. small or middle-
sized (Lin. aweross), segments of perianuth distinet, peri-
anth blue, porcelain-blue, rose-colored or whitish, open
rotate, cylndrical-campanulate, or open ctonpanulate,
egments persistent for some thie; stameus 6, aflixec
at base or below the middle of the segments; wuthers
ovate or oblong, dehiseing Joneitudinally, intrors
ovary sessile, stigma small capitate; ovules 2 in each
locule, rarely 8-10, ascending: capsule globose; seeds
1-2 in each cell, rarely more; testa black, appressed;
embryo small in albumen. The genus is distinguished
trom Ornithogalian chiefly by the color of the Howers
and deciduous perianth, from dyacyuthius by the seg-
ments distinet from the base or very nearly so. Great
Britain possesses three species of Scilla, S. cverna, S.
aubumnatis and S, vetans, while Germany has, in ad-
dition to S. anfimualis, three others, viz., 8. amana,
S. bifolia and 8S, Llaliea,
Among the early flowers there are none more valuable
than the Seillas. They vary considerably in form of
flower and foliage, and although typically they bave
blue or blue-purple flowers, most, if not all of the spe-
cies in cultivation have white and red-purple forms.
Seilla Sibirica and S. bifelia are the earliest to
flower, and of these forms the Asia Minor or Taurian
forms are in advance. The form of S. Sibiriea Known
as multiflora is nearly over before the usual type be-
gins to expand. There is also sometimes cultivated in
the garden a pleasing white Scilla, with hyacinth-like
flowers, known to the trade as NS. aqmana, But these
white forms are mostly oddities; the effective ones are the
bluec-flowering kinds. Occasional hybrids between Neil-
las and Chionodoxas ure met with (see p. S00). Cad
onoseilla Alleni is the aceepted name for a natural hy-
brid between Chionodora Lueiiliw and Scilla bifolia,
first obtained by Mr. Allen, of Shepton, Mallet, in 1891.
None of the hardy Squills require special culture, and
if planted where they can remain undisturbed for a
series of years, they seldom disappoint one if the soil is
occasionally enriched by ftop-dressings of manure, ete.
The bulbs should be plunted as early as possible in au-
tumn. The varieties may be increased by offsets taken
after the foliage has matured, For the cool greenhouse
or conservatory, many of the Secillas are ideal subje cts.
For this culture, 5 or 6 bulbs may be put ina 5-in. pot
and the vessel afterwards transferred to a coldframe
and covered until growth commences. Up to this period
very little water will be required, Iut as the flower-
cluster appears the quantity should be inereased and
the pots transferred to the greenhouse, giving them a
position near the glass. The folinge matured, the bulbs
quay be shaken out of the soil and stored.
Urginea Seilla, formerly ealled Seilla
needs to be mentioned in this connection on account of
its yielding a medicine for many centuries leld in
esteem. Almost every one is familiar with syrup of
Squills. and has obtained relief from its use in severe
colds. The seales of the bulb contain niucilage, sinis-
tring sugar and erystals of caleium oxalate (stated by
botanists to ward off snails): the active principles are
seillipicrin, seillitoxin and seillin (the latter producing
numbness, vomiting, ete.). Scilla bulbs or roots should
never be used unless under proper direction, as, in their
fresh state they are extremely acrid, and might prove
dangerous.
The trade names are considerably confused, Many of
the so-called hortienltural species and races may he
united as mere varieties of species, that have heen de-
fined botanieally. The following names are believed to
include all those in the American trade, but other spe-
cies are known to fanciers.
marilimd,
INDEX.
hyacinthoides, 11, 3.
Ttalica, 14.
Japonica, 15
monophulla,
monophyllos, &.
Chinensis, 5. Natalensis, 10.
ciliaris, 7. nonsecripta, 1.
lusti Numnidica, 4.
nutans, 1.
parviflora, 4, 11.
patula, 3.
Pernviana, 7.
prmcon; 12.
gronila
puschkinioides, 2.
seilloides, 5.
Sibirica, 12.
verna, 16.
ameena, 13,
autiuimnalis, 6.
bifolia, O.
campanulata, 3.
cernua, 1.
Hisp: unica, 3.
163
A. Shape of fls, campanulate: color
blue, blue -lilac, rose - purple,
white.
B. Pedicels short: bracts linear, in
pairs: raceme many-fld.: fis,
broadly campanilate, pro-
duced from April to June...
BB. Pedicels short: bracts in pairs, aaa
SCUPIOUS-NYUUINE cece cece ee es 2. puschkinioides
BBB. Pedicels long (1-1% in.): ra-
ceme equilateral, compact :
fils. cylindrical-campanulate,
SCILLA
1. festalis
produced in MAY ..cccceveees 3. Hispanica
AA. Shape of fls, saucer-shaped to
open-rotate.
B. Color of fils. rose, small,
ce. Size of fls. small, color rose-
purple : raceme dense,
30-60-fld.: lus. linear,
EUS Tiagp ciate. couse eae s sata sheen eens Wee 4. Numidica
ec, Size of fls. very small (one-
eighth in, long): rdaeeme
dense: ape slender:
bracts whitish, minute.... 5, Chinensis
cco. Size of fls. larger (% tn. in
diam.): pedicels long, as-
conding or spreading 2 rd-
come open. July to Sept.. 6. autumnalis
BB. Color of fils. blue or lilac-blue:
size larger (34-1 in.).
co. Raceme very dense (100-15-
fld.), at first conical, then
long, compact and broad:
scape robust. Muy.....-
ce. Fuceme several-to many-fld.,
: fls. mostly distant.
. Singles raceme about
5-fld.; plant small.
DE UU ick Cs ae ions eran Aces
pp. Les. in pairs, cueutlate:
paceme d-S-fld., ebrac-
teate: perianth blic, red-
dish,orwhitish, March. 9. pifolia
ppp. Leores more than 2.
gE. Foliage very broad-
lanceolate: bulb
large: VacCeMe HN Y
fld, (50-100), April, .10, Natalensis
EE. Moliage large, broad
(46-1% in.): margin
ciliate-denticulate:
many - fld.,
open. Arguest.ocecer. 11. hyacinthoides
EEE. Foliuge lanceolate,
SOMETIMES narrowly
. Peruviana
-1
ive}
. monophyllos
FUCCMLES
NO,
F. Vo. of fls. 1-8.... 2. Sibirica
PR; Vo. Of £18. 4-8.
MBO RS csched ctahenctentes . amena
FrF. Vo. of fls, 6-302 ra-
come at first conical,
TRUM OPC a aecagis See 14. Italica
FFFF. Vo. of fils, 20-60:
seapes 1-3; bracts
minute, linear,
white... wie . Japonica
EEEE. foliage linear, thie
channeled: raceme
6-10-fld: tls. fragrant.
Aprilto May........ 16, verne
1. festalis, Salish. (S. nittans, Sm.
Hoff. and Link. S. eérnaa, Salisb.). OMMON BLUE-
BELL. HAREBELL. Lys. 10-18 in. long, % in. broad, sub-
acute, concave: scape solitary, tall, stout; raceme 6-15-
fld.: bracts in pairs: fls, blue, purple, white or pink,
drooping. April to June. Western Europe, Great Brit-
ain. B.M. 1461.—Among the garden forms are alba,
white; certlea, blue; lilacina, lilnc-blue; résea, rose or
pink colored; cérnua, nodding. This is one of the most.
beautiful of Squills, fragrant, thriving best in some-
what shady and sheltered places. Originally placed in
the genus Hyacinthus, on account of the general form
S. nonscripta,
SCILLA
of the perianth, it was removed to Scilla as having the
segments distinct or nearly so, and is now often consid-
ered as forming a distinct genus (Agraphis, Link; En-
dymion, Dumort), either alone or with other species
which connect it with the other Scillas.
2. puschkinioides, Regel. Bulb ovate, tunicate: lvs,
radical, 2-4, glabrous, broadly linear, obtuse, 2%4-3 in.
long: scape low, glabrous: pedicels erect, strict, short,
base bibracteate; bracteoles scarious, hyaline: perianth
Pampanulate, pale blue, middle nerve deeper blue: base
of filaments united; anthers linear-oblong; style fili-
form. Turkestan.
3. Hispdnica, Mill. (S. campanuldta, Ait. S. pdtula,
DGC.). SPANisH JACINTH. BELL-FLOWERED SQuILL.
Lys. 5 or 6, glabrous, ascending, lanceolate, 4-1 in.
broad, subobtuse, convex at back: scape long: raceme
equilateral, compact: fs. cylindrical-campanulate; peri-
anth usually blue but often becoming rose-purple, or
white: pedicels 1-1% in. long. May. Spain and Portn-
gal. B.M.1102.—Hardy. Several varieties of it are in the
trade under the specific name campanulata; viz., alba,
white; albo-major, large white; carnea, flesh-colored;
hyacinthoides, hyacinth-like; rosea, rose-colored. This
species is worthy of wider acquaintance. The bulbs are
eheap and easily obtained in autumn, and if planted
then they are sure to bloom the following spring.
4, Numidica, Poir. (S. parvifora, Desf.). Bulb ovoid,
1-2 in. thick: lvs. 4-6, fleshy, herbaceous, linear, 6-8 in.
long, 115-3 lines broad, suberect: seape solitary or
paired, 2-1 ft. high: racemes dense, 30-60-fld.: pedi-
cels short, ascending, 3-5 lines long: bracts minute,
linear, evanescent: perianth rose-purple, 1% lines long:
single ovule in each of the ovarian cells: capsule small,
globose, grooved. Flowering in winter in its native
home, Algeria.
5. Chinénsis, Benth. (Barndrdia scilloides, Lindl.).
CHINESE SQuILL. Leaves 2 or 3, equaling or exceeding
the scape, rather hard. acute, channeled: bulb small,
ovate: scape erect, slender, or wand-like: raceme spi-
eate, dense, elongated: pedicels short; bracts whitish,
minute: perianth rose-colored tipped with green; stigma
amere point. June. China. B.M. 3788.—Half-hardy.
A beautiful species with the dense elongated raceme of
rose-colored flowers, worthy of cultivation in any rock
garden.
2273. Scilla Peruviana in full bloom (X 14).
Also known as Scilla ciliaris.
6. autumnalis, Linn. Avrumn Squiny. Starry Hya
cinta. Lys. several, obtuse, channeled, halt-terete,
growing on through the winter and dying away in the
spring: scapes several: racemes corymbose, spicate,
open: perianth rose-colored, % in. across. July-Sep-
tember. Europe (Great Britain), North Africa. B.M.
919.—Hardy. The flowering stems generally precede the
S@ILLA
lvs. but occasionally the two come up together. As the
flowering advances, in most cases xv tutt of Iws. similar
to those of S. verna shoot out by the side of the stem
for the tollowing year.
7. Peruviana, Linn. (8. cilidris, Hort. S. Clisii.
Parl.). Cupan Liny. Peruvian Jacinru. Hyacinru
or Peru (once thought to be a Peruvian plant). Figs.
2274. Scilla Peruviana, at the end of its flowering season.
2275, 2274. Bulb large, ovate, tunicate: Ivs. many,
broad-linear, 6-12 in. long; margins ciliated with mi-
nute white bristles, channeled: scape robust, terminated
by a many-fld. conical, broad and compact raceme of
purple, lilac, reddish or whitish fls.: fis. rotate; corolla
persistent; anthers short. May, June. rion of Medi-
terranean, not Peru. B.M. 749. (an. , Pp. 288. R.A.
1882, p. 508.—The Hyacinth of Peruis not hardy in Mass.
It propagates freely by offsets. It flowers all through
May and June and forms a most attractive object in the
herbaceous border or bed. SN. Peruviana, however, has
one fault that may tell against itin the opinion of many
cultivators—it never flowers two years in succession; it
seems to need a whole year's rest after the e t of pro-
ducing its large spike of tlowers.
8. monophyllos, Link (S. monophilla, Plan. S. pit-
mila, Brot.). Dwarr Sqtitn. Leaf solitary, inclosing
the base of the scape, 2 in. long, 1% in. broad, involute,
ovate-acuminate, with a callous apex, glabrous: seape
erect, slender, usually 5-20-fld.: pedicels long, ascending,
springing from a small sheathing bract: perianth bright
lilac, 1s in. across, open, spreading; filaments lilac-blue,
dilated at base; anthers erect, blue. May. Spain, Portu-
gal. B.M. 3023.—Hardy.
9. bifolia, Linn. Fig. 2275. Bulb tunieated, oblong-
oval: lvs. 2, seldom 3, cucullate, 4-8 in. long, 14-46 in.
broad: scape 2-8-fld., ebracteate: fls. stellately rotate;
perianth blue, sometimes reddish or whitish: anthers
blue, versatile. March. Native to Europe, Asia Minor.
B.M. 746.—Hardy. Se ul varieties of this exquisite
little plant are in the trade: alba, white-fld.; rosea,
pink-fld., ete. Cultivators would do well to obtain all
the varie possible; also as many bulbs of this beau-
tiful species as they can afford. It is one of the most
charming of hardy, early spring-flowering plants.
10. Natalénsis, Planch. Bulb thick, large, ovoid, sub-
globose: Ivs. broadly lanceolate, glabrous, 9-12 in. long,
34 in. broad, ascending: scape erect, terete, 1-l)s ft.
long: raceme dense, simple, elongated, open, many-fid,.
(50-100): bracts solitary, subulate: fils. pale blue, stel-
late, rotate: pedicels long, pale blue. Natal. B.M.
5379. F.S. 10:1043.—Suitahble for greenhouse culture.
103
SCILLA 1631
It isa graceful and clegant species, suitable for eulti-
vation in pots.
ll. hyacinthoides, Linn. (8. parviflora, Salish.).
FIYACINTH SquiLu. Lvs. 10-12, spreading, 1-11. ft. long,
'o-1}4 in. broad, narrowed at both ends, minutely ciliate-
denticulate on the margins: scape straight, long: ra-
cemes miuny-fld., broad, open: pedicels long, 1-1!y in.:
bracts whitish, minute, persistent; perianth bluish
lilac, open, campanulate. Aug. Region of Mediterranean.
B.M. 1140.—Hardy. This species is noted for its ex-
treme shyness in flowering. The bulbs are sometimes
Qin. in diam., and produce a profusion of offsets. In
Fish’s “Bulb Culture” several varieties are mentioned:
certlea, tine blue; alba, fine white, free-flowering;
rosea, distinct flesh-colored; rubra, deep red, large and
fine.
12. Sibirica, Andr. (S. amina, var. privcor, Don).
SIBERIAN SquiLL. Fig. 2276. Lys. 2-4, ascending, nar-
row, 4-6 in. long: scapes 1-6, 3-6 in. long: racemes 1-3-
fld.: fls. rotate, horizontal or drooping, with short pedi-
cels; perianth deep blue. March. Russia, Asia Minor.
BML A025. Ge 11, po Wo. PMs 1 800. TB O28 AG1
Hardy. This plant ought always to have a little shelter.
[t forms attractive tufts and has a desirable habit for rock
wardens. Several trade forms exist; viz., alba, multi-
flora, pallida.
13. amena, Linn. Star HyacintH. Fig. 2277.
4-7, Haccid, ascending, glabrous, 6-9 in. long,
broad: scapes several, equaling the lv racemes sev-
eral-fld., 4-8, open: fls. distant, + 4 in. in diam., blue:
pedicels ascending or spreading. March. Austria,
Germany. B.M. 341.—Hardy. It grows luxuriantly,
several flowering stems beiug found on the same plant.
14. Itdlica, Linn. Iranian Squitn. Bulbs ovate,
clustered together: Ivs. radical, several, flaccid, spread-
ing, lanceolate, acute, 4-8 in. long in. broud: scape
solitary, slender, longer than the | raceme dense
many-fld.: pedicels filiform, spreading; bracts in pairs:
tls. fragrant, smelling like lilac, pale blue: perianth
rotate, blue; segments puberulous at apex; filaments
white: anthers sagittate, dark blue. March-May. B.M.
83.— Hardy. This plant has less brilliant
s than either S. Sibirica or S. bifolia, iut abun-
dantly compensates for the paleness of its blue by the
fulness and the sweetness of its fragrance. It is also
taller than either of the others.
15. Japonica, Baker (Ornithégalum Tapdénicum,
, Thunb. Barndrvdia Japonica, Schultes, f.). JAPANESE
JACINTH. Bulb ovoid, 9-12 lines thick: ws. 2-3, fleshy.
herbaceous, 6-12 in. long, 4-16 lines broad, acute:
scapes 1-3, strict, erect: raceme 20-60-fid.: pedicels
2275. Scilla bifolia ( ~ 15).
ascending: bracts minute, linear, white: perianth 1).
lines long, rose-purple: capsule turbinate, trisuleate,
214-3 lines long; ovules solitary in each ovarian locule.
Japan.
16. vérna, Huds. Sra Onron. SprinG Squinn. A
delicate little plant, with a small bulb and narrow-
linear Ivs. 2-4 in. long: seape seldom 6 in. long, with
1632 SCILLA
several small, erect blue fls. in a short, terminal raceme,
almost flattened into a corymb: perianth segments
searcely above 3 lines long, spreading. Spring. A
plant occurring in stony and sandy wastes near the sea
in western Europe, reappearing farther east in Den-
mark, on the Rhine and Sardinia. — Hardy.
Jounx W. HARSHBERGER.
2276. Scilla Sibirica ( }s).
SCINDAPSUS (an old (ireek name, transferred to
these plants). .frdcee. Climbing perennials, differing
from Monstera in floral characters and in the long-
petioled, long-sheatbed, ovate-lanceolate or ovate-acu-
minate lvs. Species 9 or 10. East Indies. Scindapsus
comprises one popular and worthy warmbouse plant,
that known to gardeners as S. argyrwus. For culture,
follow directions given under Philodendron.
pictus, Hassk. Internodes of the stem 3-4 in. long,
2 in. thick; petioles 14s-2 in. long; blade 4-6 in. long,
2tg-314 in. wide, one side half as wide as the other,
coriaceous, bright green (drying black), obliquely ovate-
cordate. Var. argyreus, Engler (S. argyrtus, Hort.
Pothos argyrwus, Hort.), is the cult. form, with broad,
deeply cordate leaf-blades which are spotted and
blotched above with silvery white. Celebes, Philippines,
Java, etc.
2277. Scilla amcena (X 4)
S. anomalus, Wort. = Monstera acuminata.—S. Cuscuadria,
Presl., is now referred by Engler to Cuscuaria marantifolia.
Not known to bo in the trade. It is a question whether the
Aglaonema commutatum sometimes mentioned in horticul-
tural literature is this species or is Aglaonema marantifolium,
var.commutatum, Engler.—S. perlisus, Hort.=Rhaphidophora
pertusa. JARED G. SMITH.
SCOLOPENDRIUM
Sc{RPUS (Latin for bulrush). Cyperdcee. But-
RUSH. SEDGE. A large genus of rush-like or grass-like
plants inhabiting the whole globe, and characterized by
perfect flowers in spikes which are solitary, clustered
or umbellate: scales spirally arranged: perianth of
bristles or none, not enlarged in fruit: ovary one-loculed,
with one anatropous ovule; style not thickened at the
base, 2-3-cleft. Only a few species are in cultivation,
and these are all perennials (except perhaps the last),
suited for shallow water or damp places. The larger
are important for use in aquatic gardens. The nomen-
clature of those in the trade has been very much con-
fused.
y
a
A. Stem leafy.
atrovirens, Muhl. Stems clustered, tall and stout,
2-4 ft. high, bluntly triangular: Ivs. long, coarse and
firm, 3-6 lines wide, spreading: involucre foliaceous:
umbel sparingly compound; rays stiff, very unequal:
spikes ovoid-oblong, acutish, dark greenish brown, in
dense heads of 5-25; scales oblong, cuspidate; perianth
bristles 6, downwardly barbed above; styles 3. Eastern
U.S8., in mud or damp soil.
Holoschtenus, Linn. Stiff and rush-like, from stout
rootstocks : stems clustered, slender, cylindrical, 1-3
ft. high: Ivs. 1-2, basal, stiff, erect and narrow, fur-
rowed: bracts several, the larger one appearing as a
continuation of the stem; spikes very numerous and
small, closely packed in 1-several globular, light brown
heads, 3-5 lines in diam.; scales ovate, mucronate, cili-
ate; perianth bristles none; styles 2-3-cleft. Eu., Asia,
—The form in cultivation is var. variegatus, Hort., with
stems alternately banded with green and yellowish
white. Damp or dry soil.
AA. Stems with very short basal leaves, or none.
lacustris, Vahl. Great BuLRUSH. Rootstocks very
stout: stems scattered, terete, smooth, tall, stout and
flexible, 3-9 ft. high: lvs. reduced to a few basal
sheaths: bracts very short, erect: umbel compound,
flexuous: spikes in heads of 1-5, oblong-conical, pale
brown, 244-8 lines long; scales ovate-oblong obtuse,
rarely mucronate; perianth bristles 4-6, downwardly
barbed throughout; styles 2-3. In shallow quiet water,
N.A., Eu., Asia. In Europe the 3-styled form is com-
mon; ihe 2-styled form is often referred to as var. di-
gynus, Godr. (S. Tabernwmontanus, Gmel., and Hort.),
but is scarcely distinct. Var. zebrina, Hort., is a form
with alternate bands of green and yellowish white;
often known as Juncus zebrinus.
cérnuus, Vahl (S. ripdrius, Spreng., not Hort. Isdl-
epis grdcilis, Hort. JZ. setdceus, Hort.). Fig. 2278.
Densely cespitose, forming turf: stems 3-12 in. long,
very slender or filiform, cylindrical, erect or more often
drooping; basal sheaths leafless or with a very short
filiform blade; involucral bract subulate, about equal-
ing the spikelet, the latter usually solitary, oblong-lan-
ceolate, 1-3 lines long; scales oblong-oval, obtuse, pale
brown or whitish; bristles none; styles 3; akene in
greenhouse plants rarely maturing. Almost cosmopoli-
tan, except in eastern U.S. and very variable.—Grows
well in damp pots, the drooping stems producing a very
graceful effect. Synonomy much confused.
K. M. WIEGAND.
SCLEROCARPUS (Greek, hard and fruit; referring
to the bony, fructiferous bracts). Compdésite. A genus
of about 11 species of mostly Mexican herbs, with branch-
ing stems and terminal pedunculate radiate heads of
yellow flowers in summer.
uniserialis, Benth. & Hook. (Gymnépsis uniseridlis,
Hook.). An annual herb 1 ft. or so high, loosely
branched, with alternate, deltoid or rhombie-ovate, den-
tate, petioled Ivs. and fragrant fl.-heads, with 5-9 oval
or oblong, orange-yellow rays. Moist or shady ground,
Texas and south. R. H.1853:261. . W, BarRovAY.
SCOKE. A name for Phytolacca decandra.
SCOLOPENDRIUM. See Phyllitis. Many garden
forms are cultivated under a variety of names, all de-
rived from Phyllitis Scolopendrium (the Scolopendrium
vulgare or the S. officinarum of Europe).
SCOLYMUS
SCOLYMUS (ola Greek name used by Hesiod). Com-
posite. Scolymus Hispanicus (Wig. 9) is the vege-
table known as Golden Thistle or Spanish Oyster Plant.
It makes a root much like salsify, except that it is much
lighter colored and considerably longer. Its flavor is
less pronounced than that of salsify, but when carefully
cooked, it possesses avery agreeable quality which is
somewhat intermediate between that of salsify and pars-
nip. It is adupted to all the methods of cooking em-
ployed for those vegetables. The particular value of the
Spanish Oyster Plant, aside trom atfording a variety in
the kitchen garden, is its large size and productiveness
as compared with salsity. The product may be nearly
twice as great, for a given area, as for salsify. The
seeds are much ensier to handle and sow thin those
ot salsify. They are sown in March or April. The
seeds, or rather ukenes, are flat and yellowish, sur-
rounded by a white scarious margin. The roots can be
dug either in fall or spring. The greatest fault of the
Spanish Oyster Plant lies in the prickly character of
the leaves, which makes the plant uncomfortable to
handle. The roots are often 10-12 in. long and 1 in.
thick. It is said that the leaves and stalks are eaten
like eardoons by the people of Salamanca; also that the
flowers are used to adulterate s:ttron,
Scolymus Hispanicus, Linn., is a biennial plant na-
tive to southern Europe. The radical Ivs. are very
spiny, oblong, pinnatifid, dark green variegated with
pale green spots. The plant grows 2-2% ft. high, is
much branched and bears bright yellow flower-heads,
2278. Scirpus cernuus ( },).
Known to gardeners as Isolepis gracilis.
which are sessile and contain only 2 or 3 fis., all of which
are ligulate. The heads are sessile, terminal and axil-
lary.
Seolymus contains 4 species, all natives of the Medi-
terranean region. S. grandiflorus, a perennial species,
is rarely cult. abroad for its fls., and S. maculatus, an
annual species, for its variegated foliage. [ H, B.
SCORPION GRASS. Sce Myosotis.
SCORPIURUS. See Cuterpillars and Worms.
SCROPHULARIA 1633
SCORZONERA (old French scorzon, serpent; S. His-
panica was used against snake-bites). Compdsite. The
vegetable known as Scorzonera or Black Salsify is a
plant with a long, fleshy tap-root like that of salsify,
but ditfering in having a black skin. The flesh, how-
ever, is white. It is cultivated and cooked like salsify,
but being somewhat
more difficult to raise
it is rarer than that
vegetable, although
considered by many to
be superior to it im fla-
vor. The leaves may be
used for salads. Seor-
zonera is a perennial
plant, but it is treated
in cultivation as an an-
nual or biennial crop.
Botanically, :
Scorzonera is) closely
allied to salsify. ‘The
two ve bles are eas-
ily distinguished in
root, leaf, flower and
seed. The lvs. of Seor-
azonera are broader, the
tls. are yellow (those
of salsify being vio-
let), and the seeds are
white. Also, the in-
volucral bracts of Scor-
zonera ure in many
series; of salsify, in 1
series. The genus
Scorzonera is a large
one—over 100 species,
all natives of the Old
also
World. Perennial
herbs, or rarely an-
nual, flocecose, lanate
or hirsute: lvs. some-
times entire and grass-
like, or wider, some-
times more or less
pinnately lobed or dis-
sected: heads long-
peduneled, yellow, the fls. all radiate:
or villous. Cult. same as salsify.
Hispanica, Linn. Scorzonera. BLAcK SALSIFY.
Perennial herb 2 ft. high: stem much branched: lvs.
clasping, lanceolate, undulate, glabrous: heads solitary
at the ends of the branches. Spain. W. M.
2279. Spanish Salsify, or Golden
Thistle—Scolymus Hispanicus.
akenes glabrous
SCOTANTHUS.
See Gymnopetulin.
SCOTCH BROOM.
Cytisus scoparius.
SCOTCH PINE. Pinus sylvestris.
SCOURING-RUSH. £quisetum.
SCREW BEAN. Prosopis pubescens.
SCREW PINE. Poandanus.
SCROPHULARIA (2 reputed remedy for scrofula).
Scrophulariacee. Frawort. A genus of about 100 spe-
cies, mostly native of Europe, and of very little borti-
cultural value. They are mostly perennial, tall-growing
herbs, with usually large opposite leaves and small,
often dull-colored flowers in a terminal thyrse in mid-
or late summer. Corolla short; the tube globular or
oblong, ventricose; lobes 5, unequal, 1 reflexed or
spreading, the others erect; stamens 4, the sterile sta-
men represented by a scale on the throat of the corolla:
seeds numerous.
nodosa, Linn., var. Marilandica, Gray. A tall-grow-
ing, hardy perennial herb, usually 5 ft. high, often more,
with large, dark green, ovate acuminate lvs. and small,
dull purplish or greenish fls. in a nearly naked, open
thyrse. Throughout the United States.
1634
The plant is sometimes used as a foliage background
for the herbaceous border. It is too inconspicuous in
tlower and too weedy in habit for general use. The typi-
cal form is native to Europe and Asia.
F. W. BaRcLay.
SCROPHULARIA
SCULLION. See Scallion.
SCUPPERNONG. A variety of grape grown in the
South. See Vitis rotundifolia and Grape.
SCURFY PEA. Psoralea.
SCURVY-GRASS (Cochlearia officinalis, Linn.), a
eommon European perennial, is so called from its anti-
scorbutic qualities, which lave long been recognized.
Stimulant, diuretic, stomachic and laxative properties
have been ascribed to it. In general appearance —leaf,
flower, fruit—it somewhat resembles its close relative,
water cress, but in flavor it is acrid, bitter, pungent, and
has a strong suggestion of tar. Bruising reveals a dis-
agreeable odor. When cultivated it is treated as an
annual, the seed being sown upon garden loam in a
cool, shady place where the plants are to remain. It is
grown to a limited extent in America, has escaped from
cultivation, but so tar has not become obnoxious as a
weed like water cress. M. G. Kans.
SCUTELLARIA (Latin, dish; referring to the form
of the persistent calyx). Labiate., SKuLLcAP. A genus
of nearly 100 species of annual, perennial or shrubby
plants widely scattered about the world, with simple
leaves and blue, yellow or red, tubular 2-lipped flowers
in terminal spikes or racemes or in the axils of the
stem-leaves. Calyx in anthesis bell-shaped, gibbous,
with a helmet-shaped projection; stamens 4, ascending
and parallel, all fertile, the two anterior longer: an-
thers ciliate, pilose.
INDEX.
alpina, 5. galericulata, 6. Mociniana, 7.
angustifolia, 8. grandiflora, 11, orientalis, 11
9: lateriflora, 10.
macrantha, 1.
resinosi
antirrhinoic 3.
i Wrightii, 4.
brevifolia, 2.
A. Les. sessile or nearly so,
B. Foliage entire.
c. Habit procumbert...cc.. 6. 1. Baicalensis
co. Habit erect.
dD. Fls. in terminal racemes... 2. brevifolia
pp. Fils. in arils of stem-
leaves,
E. Plant with moniliform
PUD ERS Gis a meweiek 3. resinosa
EE. Plant without monili-
FOP ML AWD ETS ode edie es 4. Wrightii
BB. Foliage serrate or dentate.
co, Habit procumbent..... cc... 5. alpina
OCs TLGUUCTCEE sy ie ooecn eek a . 6, galericulata
Aa. Lus. petioled.
B. Color of fls
BB. Color of fls. not red.
co. Marqin of lus. entire.
D. Shape of lus. linear ... 8 angustifolia
7. Mociniana
bb. Shape of lus. oblong...... 9. antirrhinoides
co. Margin of lus. serrate.
pb. Fis, 3-5 lines long ......, 10. lateriflora
DD BUS c LONG OI. scien odiaves cicte x 11. orientalis
1, Baicalénsis, Georgi (S. macrdntha, Fiseh.). A
hardy perennial herb, almost glabrous: stem half erect,
about 1 ft. high: Ivs. lanceolate, obtuse, ciliate: fis.
blue, in many simple racemes; calyx-hood incurved.
July, Aug. Eastern Asia. ;
2. brevifolia, A. Gray. A half-hardy, compact per-
ennial, s-1 ft. high: Ivs. numerous, ‘oblong, narrow,
about in. long: fls. dark purple, about 34 in. long.
Blooming season long; summer. Dry limestone banks,
Texas. ;
3. resinosa, Torr. A hardy perennial, a few inches
high, resinous: lvs. %-1 in. long, oval to oblong: fis.
violet-blue, 1 in. long. Plains of Colo., Wyo. and Neb.
SEA BEAN
4. Wrightii, Gray. A tufted perennial, about 6 in.
high, with numerous oval, ovate or spatulate-oblong
lvs. about '. in. long and violet or rarely white fls. 4% in,
long. Kansas to Texas.
5. alpina, Linn. A hardy spreading perennial, about
10 in. high, with ovate, serrately dentate Ivs. and large,
purple and white or somewhat yellowish fls. in dense,
terminal racemes. July and August. Europe. R.H.
1889:12.—A handsome rock or low border perennial.
6. galericulata, Linn. Hardy, perennial by filiform
stolons, 1-3 ft. high: Ivs. ovate to oblong-lanceolate,
about 2 in. long: fis. solitary in the axils of the upper
Ivs., about 1 in. Jong. June-Sept. In moist ground
throughout the U.S. and Eu. B.B. 3:83.
7. Mociniana, Benth. A tender, moderately low,
shrubby plant, probably the most showy of the genus,
with opposite, long-elliptical, acute lvs., and long, tubu-
lar, red fs. with a yellow throat, about 1% in. long,
in dense, terminal spikes. Autumn. Mexico. R.H.
1872:350.— According to Gn. 10, p. 606, the plants are of
easy culture with warm greenhouse treatment and may
be grown as bush specimens or in smaller pots with a
single stem, when they will flower at about 1 ft. in
height. Cuttings are easily rooted.
8. angustifolia, Pursh. A hardy perennial, about 6in.
high, with lvs. 's-1 in. long, narrowed at the base, and
violet-blue 4 a-l in. long, with the corolla-tube slen-
der. Moist ground, northwestern United States.
9, antirrhinoides, Benth. Resembles the larger-
leaved forms of S. angustifolia, but has longer petioles
and the lvs. mostly obtuse at base and also shorter and
broader fls. 7-10 lineslong. Moist, shady ground, north-
western United States.
10. lateriflora, Linn. A hardy perennial, increasing
by slender stolons, 12 ft. high: lvs. ovate to lanceo-
lat in. long: racemes axillary or terminal, narrow,
leafy bracted: fis. blue to nearly white. Moist soil
throughout the United States.
11. orientalis, Linn. (8. grandiflora, Sims, not
Adams). A hardy perennial, procumbent: lvs. long-
petioled, ovate, dentate, tomentose: fls. purplish, with a
yellow throat or almost entirely yellow. Altai Mts.
B.M. 635. J.B. KELLER and F. W. Barcuay.
SCUTICARIA (Latin, scutica, lash or whip). Orehi-
dacee, This genus is remarkable for its long whip-like
leaves, which are channeled on one side. No evident
pseudobulbs are formed, but each shoot terminates in a
long, pendulous leaf. The lvs. are rather crowded on
the short rhizome. Fs. solitary or several, on short
peduncles. In structure the fils. resemble Maxillaria,
but the plants are easily distinguished by the terete
leaves. Sepals and petals similar, the lateral ones form-
ing a mentum: labellum movable, 3-lobed, with large,
erect, lateral lobes: poilinia ona transversely elongated
stipe. Two species from South America.
These plants require a temperature similar to Cattleya
and Livlia, but should be grown on blocks or in shallow
baskets ina mixture of equal parts peat fiber and sphag-
num. 8. Sfeelii does best on a block, as the plant grows
downward in an inverted position. The compost should
be kept moist at all times, particularly while the plants
are inaction. They are propagated by division.
Steélii, Lindl. Lys. attain a length of 4 ft., as thick
as a goose-quill: fls. on short scapes; sepals and petals
oblong, connivent, pale yellow, with chocolate blotches;
labellum large, cream-colored, striped with brown
purple. Fls. at all seasons. British Guiana. B.M. 3573.
B.R. 23:1986 (both as Musrillaria Steelii).
Hadwenii, Planch. Lys. 1% ft. long: fis. with spread-
ing sepals and petals oblong, sharply acuminate, yel-
lowish green, blotched with brown; Inbellum obovate-
cucullate, white with flesh-colored spots. Brazil. B.M.
4629, F.LS.7:731 (both as Bifrenaria Hadwenii). G.M.
412558. Heinricn HasseLerina and R. M. Grey.
SCYTHIAN LAMB. Refer to Cihotium.
SEA BEAN. Consult p. 135, second column; SEA
BucKTHORN is Hippophae ; Sea Darropin is Zymeno-
callis,
SEAFORTHIA
SEAFORTHIA (Francis Lord Seaforth). Paulmdcee.
Seaforthia elegans is a name familiar to every gardener
who has room in his conservatory for tall” pecimen
pahus. Twenty years ago this palm was grown to a
greater extent in smaller sizes and fora greater variety
of purposes, but it has been superseded for such uses by
the Kentias (Howea Belmoreana and FPorsteriand). Sea-
forthia elegans is often called the Australian Feather
Pala. Whether more
, thanone thing is enl-
| tivated under this
\ fi name is doubtful.
J According to Flora
: Australicnsis 7:141
(1878) the proper
name of Seuforthia
elégans, R. Br., is
Ptychospérma ele-
gans, Blume. It is
variously deseribed
asa low or very tall
palm: Iws. attaining
several feet; seg-
ments numerous, more or
less toothed or irregularly
jagged at the end. Prob-
ably the plants cult. as
S. elegans are Archonto-
phenir Cunninghamti.
For S. vobusta, see Rho-
palostylis. W. M.
SEA GRAPE.
uvifera,
Coccoloba
SEA HOLLY. Lryngium.
SEA-KALE (Crambe mari-
tima, Linn.) is a large-leaved,
strong, cruciferous perennial,
the young shoots of which are
eaten in the spring, usually
after having been blanched.
The plant is little known in
North America, but it is worthy
of general cultivation in the home gar-
den, for it supplies an esculent of good
quality at a season when vegetables
are searce. Sea-kale demands a deep,
rich and rather moist soil, in order to
give the best results and to maintain
its vigor for a series of years. The
plants require about as much room as
rhubarb; that is, they should stand
from 3 to 4 feet apart each way. The
culture and general requirements are
much the same as for rhubarb. The
young shoots are blanched as they
grow, in early spring. The blanching
is accomplished by heaping fine, loose
| earth over the crown of the plant,
into which the shoots grow, or by cov-
ering the plant with an inverted box or
| flower pot so that the light is excluded
} from the growing shoots. These shoots
are eaten before the leaves have begun
2280. to expand to any extent, and whilst
Head of Rye. they are crisp and tender. The vege-
table is prepared in the same manner
as asparagus.
Sea-kale is propagated by root cuttings, and also by
seeds. Quicker results are secured from cuttings. If
strong cuttings, 4 or 5 inches long, are taken in early
spring and grown in strong and rather moist soil, the
plants may be strong enough for cutting the following
spring; but it is usually better not to cut them until
two years from starting. The cuttings may be placed
where the plants are to stand permanently, or they may
be grown in drills ina seed-bed. The latter plan is usu-
ally to be preferred, since it allows the plants to receive
better care. Seeds give plants that are strong enough
for eutting about the third year. The seeds are
really fruits or pods, and each fruit may produce
Natural size.
SECHIUM 1635
two or three plants. Usually the fruits are sown
without shelling. The secdlings are raised in the seed-
bed and transplanted when one year old to permanent
quarters, On good soil, plants of Sea-kale should main-
tain their vigor for five to eight years after they have
come to cutting age. As soon as they bevin to show
signs of deeline, new plants should’ be propagated,
Although the plant is hardy in the northern stat it is
always benefited by a liberal dressing of litter or ma-
nure in the fall. Plants may be forced in hotheds or
under the greenhouse benches, as recommended for
rhubarb. Sea-kale las dar meous, cabbage-like
leaves which make it oa striking plant for ornament
early in the season, It also throws up a strong cluster
bearing many rather showy white flowers. However,
the plant is rarely propagated for its omamental value.
Sea-kale grows wild on the cousts of southwestern
Europe, L. H. B.
SEA LAVENDER.
SEA ONION. Urgined
Ornithogalum caudatium.
Statice.
maritima; also applied to
SEA PINK.
SEASIDE GRAPE.
SEASON VINE.
SEA-URCHIN CACTUS. Lechinopsis.
SECALE (the ancient Latin name, said to be derived
from seco, to cut; according to some, applied to spelt).
Gramintee., Species 2, 8. fragile, an annual of southern
Russia, and S. cereale, the cultivated Rye, which, ac-
cording to Hackel, is derived from the perennial, WS.
montanium, native in the mountains of southern Europe
and central Asia. Spikelets with 2 perfect fis. sessile
on opposite sides of a zigzag rachis, forming a terminal
spike, empty glumes subulate and l-nerved, by which
characters the genus differs from Triticum, in which
the empty glumes are ovate and 3-nerved.
cereale, Linn. Ryrg. Fig. 2280. A tall annual com-
monly cultivated in Europe, le so in this country, asa
cereal. Also cultivated here for annual pasture. FI.-
glume long-awned. Much more commonly grown in New
York and New England than westward.
A. 8. Hirencocr.
SECHIUM (by some said to be derived from Sicyos,
with which the genus was once united, by others to have
come from the Greek sekos, a “fold,” because swine are
fed on it). Cucurbitdcea. One very odd tendril-climb-
ing vine, probably native to the West Indies and adja-
cent South America. This species, 8. édule, Swartz,
Fig. 2281, is known underavariety of names, as Chocho,
Chuehu, Chow-Chow, Chayotte, Cahiota, Pepinella. The
vine itself, with herbaceous annual stems, is useful for
covering arbors in warm countric The root becomes
a large corky tuber, sometimes weighing 20 Ibs., and is
edible. The fruit is irregularly ribbed, 3-6 in. long (Fig.
2281, from nature), and edible. Sechium belongs to that
group of the Cueurbitacem which comprises 1-seeded
fruits. The single flat seed is 1-2 in. long (shown in
upper specimen in Fig. 2281), and attached at the
upper end of the cavity. It is not removed from the
fruit, but the entire fruit is planted. Because seeds
are not to be had separate, the notion has arisen that
the fruit is seedless. Sometimes germination begins
before the fruit drops from the vine. The fruit is
variously ribbed and lobed, varying from pale green to
eream-colored and white, according to variety, the sur-
face shining and somewhat spiny. In tropical coun-
tries the fruit is cooked for eating, much as squash
is served with us. Some persons prefer the roots to
vas. Sechium edule is aecommon commodity in the
West Indies, and the fruits are not rare in northern
markets. It is also grown to some extent in Florida and
southern California. In northern countries, the plant
makes a strong vine in one season but does not bear.
The plant bas little ornamental value.
In Sechium the fls. are monecious. The staminate
are in short, long-stalked axillary clusters; the pistil-
alimeria.
Coceoloba.
Cissus sicyoides.
1636
late are solitary or in pairs on a short pubescent axil-
lary pedicel. Corolla 5-lobed, green or cream-colored.
Stamens 3, united into a glabrous or glandular column.
Lys. 46 in. across, cucumber-like, cordate -ovate and
5-7-angled, pointed, somewhat scabrous above. Ten-
drils opposite the Ivs., 3-4-cleft. The plant grows 50
feet in warm climates. G.C. 1865:51; TIL. 24:476;
28:450.
SECHIUM
L. H. B.
1
2281. Fruits of Sechium edule (x 14).
SECURINEGA (Latin, securis, hatchet, and negare,
to refuse; alluding to the hard wood). HMuphorbidacee,
Deciduous shrubs, with alternate, petioled, entire, usu-
ally small leaves, small greenish or whitish flowers in
axillary clusters or solitary, and capsular small sub-
globe se fruits. S. ramiflora seems to be the hardiest
species and the only one in cultivation in this country.
It is fairly hardy at the Arnold Arboretum, usually only
the tips of the young branches being winter-killed, and
forms a handsome round bush with bright green foliage.
It seems to grow in any kind of soil and is propagated
by seeds and by greenwood cuttings under glass. About
10 species in temperate and subtropical regions of
America, Asia and Africa, also in southern Europe, but
none in N. America. Fls. unisexual, dioecious or monw-
cious in axillary, few-fld. cymes or solitary; sepals 5;
stamens usually 5, with a 5-lobed disk at the base; pis-
tillate fls. with entire disk and 3 2-parted styles: fr. a
3-lobed dehiscent capsule, 3-6-seeded.
ramiflora, J. Miiller (Geblera suffruticdsa, Fisch. &
Mey. Fliggea suffruticosa, Baill. Aciddton ramiflorus,
Kuntze). Shrub, 3-6 ft. high: lvs. short-petioled, oval
or ovate to ovate-lanceolate, acute or obtuse, cuneate at
the base, entire, bright or yellowish green, glabrous,
thin, ]-2 in. long: staminate fls. about 14 lines across,
in 5-10-fld. clusters; pistillate solitary: fr. about one-
fifth in. across, greenish. July, Aug. S. Siberia to
Amurland and Mongolia.
seeds, which are concave on the ventral sur
berry-like. F. Leucopyrus, Willd., is a s
tuous, light-colored, glabrous branches:
lar, emarginate, cuneate at the base, glabrous, 34-1 in. long:
fils. small, in axillary clusters, the staminate fls. more numerous
and on slenderer pedice fr. globose, white, %-% in. across.
India to trop. Austr. For cultivation in trop. regions or in the
hothouse. ALFRED REHDER.
SEDGE.
Consult Carer and Cyperus.
SEDUM (Latin, sedes, to sit: the plants fix them-
selves on rocks and walls). Crassuldcew. Sedumis a
large group of fleshy-leaved herbaceous plants, mostly
hardy and perennial, including the Stonecrop and Live-
forever. The flowers are usually small, rarely 14-84 in,
across, but the clusters are often showy and 3-4 in. in
diameter. There is a pretty blue-flowered species and
one with searlet flowers, but with these exceptions the
genus might be divided into two groups, those with
yellow flowers and those with white or pinkish flowers.
The foliage is always succulent, but otherwise remark-
ably varied: the leaves opposite, alternate or whorled,
entire or serrate, rarely deeply cut, sometim e,
broad and flat, sometimes thiek and pulpy, sometimes
minute and moss-like. Some of the plants are stout,
erect and bushy, but many of them have a set of creep-
SEDUM
ing barren shoots, terminated by dense rosettes, while
the flowering stems are erect and often furnished with
leaves of an entirely different shape.
Sedum is a geuus of about 120 species, all found in
the temperate and frigid regions of the northern hemi-
sphere except a solitary species in Peru. Herbs, rarely
shrubby at the base, glabrous or glandular-pubescent:
flowers in cymes; petals 4-5 (rarely 6-7); stamens
8-10 (rarely 12-14). The genus is closest to the House-
leek and other species of Sempervivum, but the floral
parts of Sedum are typically in 4’s or 5’s, while those of
Sempervivum are typically 6 or more. Also Semper-
vivum extends to South Africa. The hardy Sedums are
monographed by M. T. Masters in Gardeners’ Chronicle
for 1878. Masters’ arrangement has been followed be-
low. There is also a good horticultural review in Gn.
27, pp. 314-316 (1885).
Sedums are of the easiest culture. As a rule, they
prefer sandy soil, and are very averse to a wet position
in winter. They are standard plants for carpeting poor
and sandy waste places where few other things will
grow. The little yellow-fowered plant with pulpy foli-
age that spreads in nearly every cemetery is Sedum acre.
Sedums are also general favorites in all forms of rock-
gardening. They are much used for ¢arpet-bedding,
especially the kinds with mealy or glaucous foliage, and
those with various metallic shades of purple. In the
hardy border, the more robust and bushy kinds, like 8.
marimum and spectabile, are preferred, though any of
the lower-growing kinds are suitable for edgings and
any of the evergreen kinds are welcome in winter when
the hardy border shows few other bits of color or signs
of life. As a rule, Sedums like the sun, but a few of
the species may help to solve the difficult problem of
earpeting the ground underneath the trees where the
soil is dry and shaded. Sedums are also favorites for
baskets and vases, especially the kinds with trailing
stems and minute leaves. For greenhouse decoration,
S. spectabile is the favorite, as it is perhaps the
showiest of the genus, It may be had in flower at any
season of the year and remains in bloom a long time.
It is also one of the favorite Sedums for window-sills
balconies and housetops, especially in crowded cities.
Sedum acre, however, is everybody’s plant. A pot of it
is often the only pleasant sight in an ugly city alley.
Sedums are plants for poor folks. The chief points
against them are that they have never been fashionable
and anybody can grow them. They can be propagated
by seeds, but they are easily multiplied by the young
offsets. These rosettes are somewhat bulb-like in nature
and Sedums could probably be propagated if it were
worth while by using each leaf of a rosette.
The key to the species is necessarily unsatisfactory.
It would answer better for wild plants. In the gar-
dens the species run together, especially those of the
Telephium group, Nos. 7-10. There is no absolute proof
that these and other Sedums intercross in the gardens,
although it is practically certain. Although the species
may run together, it has heen thought best to take
clear-cut types and to make the key as sharply de-
fined as possible instead of giving generalized de-
scriptions through which the plant lover may search in
vain for distinguishing marks.
INDEX.
acre, 28,
Aizoon, 4.
Japonicum, 18.
Kamtschaticum, 16.
album, 10, 34. Lydium, 33.
Anacampseros, 22. macrophyllum, 18.
Asiaticum, 2. majus, 28.
atropurpureum, 9. Maximowiezii, 5.
aureum, 28, 33 maximum, 9. Sieboldii, 23.
azureum, 21, ¢ Middendortfianum, spathulatum, 11.
brevifolium, 3. spathulifolinm, 11.
cveruleum, Monregalense, 35. spectabile, 10.
monstrosum, 24, spurium, 19.
Nevii, 14. stenopetalum, 25.
obtusatum, 12. stoloniferum, 19.
oppositifolinn, Telephium, 7.
populifolinm, telephoides, 8
pulchelhun, 27.
ternatum,
purpurascens, 7. Turkestanicum, 21.
37. purpureum, 7, 10. variegatum, 9, 18,
reflexum, 24. 23
Rhodiola, 1.
robustum 24,
roseum, 1, 10.
rubrum, 7.
sarmentosum, 26.
Selskianum, 6.
sempervivoides, 36.
sexangulure, 29.
eristatum, 2
eruciatum, 35,
dasyphyllum, 30.
28,
Pabar
Formosanun,
heematodes, 9,
Hispanieum
hybridum, 7,
villosum, 39.
SEDUM
Section I. Hekpackous Prerenntans, é. ¢., plants that
die down to the rool during winter, (Li greenhouse
cullicre some become evcrgreen.)
As, SEOCOINORS TOMES OLITOb se wee a ee Eke 1. roseum
AA. Blowers biserual.
B. Les. narrow,
ce. adrrangemont of les. oppo-
PUG c a tan hentai Wr ted 2. Asiaticum
ee. abrranyement of les. aller-
nate,
dD. Height about din... 3. Middendorffianum
pp. Leight 12 in. or more,
E. Sfems gletbrous,
BF. Sepals equal...... 4. Aizoon
FR. Sepals inenanin . Maximowiczii
EE. Stems pilose ». Selskyanum
BB. Lus. broud:
ce. clrrangement of les
tered (rarely opposite int
S. Lelephium),
D. Margin of lus. dentate. 7.
pp. Margin of les. nearly
roots tuberous,
scat-
Telephium
CUULIID 2 ou cee eee ote s. telephoides
eo. Arrangement of les, oppo-
site (sometimes in o's
in S. spectabile),
bp. Buds obovoid, abruptly
POON UEC 22. paseey a aesiaytisls 9. maximum
pp. Buds long and pointed.10. spectabile
SeEcTION II. EVERGREEN PERENNIALS. Foliay: does not
die during the winter,
A. Foliage flat, broad and vela-
tively thin: lus,
wider.
B. Les. in tufts or rosettes (at
least those of the burren
shoots).
c. #ls. yellow:
low.
Bach fl, te in, across
pp. Hach fl. ty in. aero
ce. Fils. white; anthers red-
dish,
pvp. Barren shoots with les.
WINS! Seuss 8 Ae
pp. Burren shoo
seattered lus. ...
BB. Lis. scattered, i.e. nottutted.
co. Stem erect: flsc whitish or
pinkish...
eco. Stems (barren ones) pros-
trate,
bp. Fils. yellow.
BE. Margin of Jus.
coarsely toothed
above the middle.
F. Petals lanceolale..16. Kamtschaticum
FF. Petals linear. .17. hybridum
EE. Margin of lus. entire. 18. Japonicum
pp. Fls. pink,
white.
BE. Arrangement of lus,
opposite.
F. Base of lus. near
POM rede exis 19. stoloniferum
20. oppositifolium
spululate or
cauthers yel-
1. spathulifolium
2, obtusatum
rose or
FF. Base of lus. cor-
WO aiken ews wes 21. Ewersii
EE. Arrangement of les.
altervndte......-...22. Anacampseros
EEE. Arrangement of les, a
( 25. Sieboldii
AA. Foliage
les. usually linear,
than lanceolate
No. 28).
Apes oflus, sharply pointed,
co. Fis, yellow.
Inflorescence decurved.24, reflexum
More Or
not iden
(wales in
pp. Inflorescence nol de-
curved,
gr. Cymes scorpioid....25, stenopetalum
1637
), Sarmentosum
. pulchellum
SEDUM
EE. Cymes wmbellale...
co, Bs, lilac ov white
BB. Sper of les, blunt,
eo. Pls. yellow,
D. Les. ovoid, bitter. .
pp. Les, oblong, tastele
eo. As. awhile or pink.
Dp. Plants wsuadly
COUS.
Authers black. :
alathers purples...
ANT OS POUR cose a Sec
po. Plants not glaucous,
E. Mls. pinkish: buds
S-angled ..........38. Lydium
Us. acre
. sexangulare
glu
30, dasyphylum
1. Hispanicum
2. brevifolium
EE. Pls. whiles buds ob-
(ONG, ie carina. ed. album
EEE. Fils. white: bids
roundish..........35. Monregalense
ANNUALS or BIENNIALS. These die after
aALnaiels flower the first year,
Section III.
flowering and fruiting.
biennials the second,
Les. flat, not cylindrical,
B. Els. scarlet 330. sempervivoides
BB. Fils. yellow. .o7. Formosanum
AA. Lvs. more or less cylindvicul.
Bar ABS: WUE Os calaesid naar araem anes . ceruleum
BB. fs. dull rose or white 4. villosum
Section I. HeRBACEOUS PERENNIALS (Species 1-10).
1. roseum, Scop. (S. Rhodiola, DC.). Rootstock
thick, fleshy, exhaling a perfume of rose water: height
6-8 in.: lvs. scattered, oblong, 1x 14 in.: fls. greenish or
reddish purple, in a terminal flat-topped ceyme about
1 in. across; petals 4; stamens 4 in the male fl., absent
in the female; carpels in the female fl. 4. Summer.
Eu., N. Amer., Himalayas.—The only species here de-
scribed that has unisexual flowers. A neat-growing
a suitable for rockcries or the front row of borders.
Asidticum, Spreng. Height 6-12 in.: lvs. opposite
Pres coarsely and irregularly toothe a: fis. greenish
yellow, in compact, globose cymes, floral parts in 5’s.
Summer. Himalayas.—Cultivated abroad and possibly
in America. Its almost pinnatifid foliage makes it very
distinet. In India it is said to have red flowers. It
seems to suffer from the wetness of an ordinary border
in winter, and should probably be wintered under glass.
3. Middendorffianum, Maxim. Lvs. alternate, ob-
lanceolate, dentate toward apex: fls. yellow, in a flat-
toppedcyme. Summer. Amurland.— According to J. W.
Manning, it grows 4 in. high, and has deep green foli-
age which becomes a rich purple in winter. Woolson
says it is densely tufted.
4, Aizdon, Linn. Height 1ft.ormore, usually 11; :
lvs. alternate, oblong-lanceolate, coarsely and irregul: ny ly
toothed for the greater part of their le ngth, 24% x! :
fis. yellow, 4s in. across, in a loose, panicled eyme 1-3 in.
across. Latesummer. Siberia.—An old garden favorite,
suitable for the hardy border and for rockeries.
5. Maximowiczii, Regel. Height 1 ft.: lvs. suboppo-
site or alternate, oblong-ovate or oblong-lanceolate,
regularly te fis. yellow, In a dense, flat eyme.
July, Aug. Japan, Amurland. Gn. 19, p. 203;
—By some this is considered a variety of
It is similar to S. A/zoon in habit but Jarger i ditterine
in the sepals of unequal length and in the peculiar
flask-shaped fl.-buds, which are dilated below and nar-
rowed into a long beak above. Desirable for borders;
also used for carpet beds. Seeds, as well as plants, are
offered.
6. Selskianum,
Height 12-18 in.: lvs.
Regel. Also speed Sclskyanum.
alternate (2), serrate in the distal
third: fls. yellow, nearly 1 in. across, ina hollow-topped,
leafy cyme. Late summer. Amur., Manechnria.—Re-
sembles S. Aizoon but has narrower and pilose leaves.
Offered in 1
Teléphium, Linn. Orr!
Height 12-18 in.: Ivs. +
oblong-ovate, obtuse, dentate:
3 by John Saul.
LIVE-FOREVER. Fig.
attere d, rarely opposite,
fis. pink, spotted red, ox
2282)
1638
sometimes pure white, in dense, terminal and lateral
subglobose cymes. July, Aug. Enu., N. Asia. Gn. 27,
p. 316.—Naturalized in America, where it spreads much
but blooms little. Vars. hybridum, purpireum and
robrum are live American trade names representing
forms with dark purple foli-
age, the last-named variety
being said to retain its pur-
ple color all summer. All
the forms are suitable for
the front rows of borders
and for rockeries. The
young shoots in spring are
pretty objects and differ
with the different varietics.
The larger forms with bright
fls. are preferable. iS. pior-
pureum and purpurascens,
Koch, are varieties of S.
Telephium. Subspecies
Fabaria, Masters (8S. Ma-
baria, Koeh, not Hort.).
This is regarded by Masters
as a subspecies of S. Lele-
phium, with lvs. narrower
than in the type, the cymes
always terminal and shorter
peduncled: fls. smaller and
earlier; petals less recurved.
2282. Live-forever—Sedum It is doubtful whether this
Telephium (x 44). is really in the trade. See
as S. spectabile,
8. telephoides, Michx. Height 6-12 in.: Ivs. scattered,
2x1 in., oblong-obovate, nearly entire or sparingly
toothed: fis. flesh-colored, in small dense cymes 1-1%
in. across. June. Alleghanies from Md. south. —Offered
1891-92 by H. P. Kelsey.
9. maéximum, Suter. A stout, bushy plant 2 ft. or less
high, with either green or purple stems: Ivs. opposite,
ovate-acute, more or less cordate, crenate - dentate:
cymes terminal and lateral on long peduncles, forming a
loose panicle: petals whitish, spotted red towards tip.
Aug.-Oct. Eu., Caucasus, northwestern Asia. Gn. 27,
p. 316. — Var. variegatum, Hort., has gold and green
foliage, according to J. W. Manning. F.S. 16:1669 (as
var. versicolor) shows a form with rosy purple stems:
lvs. green, yellow and white, margined rosy purple.
This species has many forms, the stems
green or purple, fis. green or reddish, Ivs.
cordate or tapering at the base, spreading or
recurved, variegated or not. It is the best for
borders, but in the autumn is apt to get too
straggly and needs support.
Var. hematddes, Mast. Stems 2-2%% ft.
high, deep purple: lvs. 5 x 3 in., oblong-ovate,
obtuse, coarsely and irregularly toothed, pur-
plish: petals whitish, tipped red. September.
Here belongs S. atropurpireum, Hort., ac-
cording to Masters, but the plant or plants
passing as such in America are very different.
S. atropurptremm, Turez., which appears as
a good species in Index Kewensis, is probably
a synonym of S. vosewm.
10. spectabile, Bor. (S. Fabdaria, Hort., not Koch).
Srowy Srepum. Fig. 2283. This is the most popular of
all Sedums and is used for the greatest variety of pur-
Robust, glaucous, 14-2 ft. high: Ivs. opposite
ov in 3's, 3x2 in., ovate, obtuse, entire or obscurely
wavy - toothed: fls.
+ in. across, in flat-
topped, inversely
pyramidal, leafy, am-
bellate cymes 4 in.
across, Sept., Oct.
Possibly from Japan.
7 SIO. Weck:
4 s. Vary
~! ae i from rose to purple
and perhaps to white.
Pitcher & Manda
offered var. album.
Var, purpureum and
roseum are trade
SEDUM
2283. Showy Sedum—Sedum
spectabile.
Clusters 4 inches across.
SEDUM
names, Also w form with variegated foliage has been
advertised. This species remains in bloom a long while
and is very attractive to butterflies. Masters declares
that it thrives in stiff clay, and does not do so well in
lighter soils.
Section II]. EveRGREEN PERENNIALS (Species 11-35),
11. spathulifolium, Hook. Barren stems creeping,
with terminal rosettes of obovate Ivs.: flowering
branches erect, and bearing scattered club-shaped lys.:
fls. yellow, #4 in. across, in terminal cymes; sepals
long-obtuse. May, June. N. W. Amer. G.C. IL. 10::
Gn. 24:415.—Otiered in 1881 by Gillett, but is prob-
ably not cult. in eastern states, and probably requires
pot culture indoors. Here may belong Franceschi’s 8,
spathulatum, a California species, which he calls a
“ciant among Sedums, growing several ft. high.” Mas-
ters’ plant is not over 1 ft. high.
12. obtusatum, Gray. Barren stems prostrate, with
rosettes of spatulate 1] fl.-stems erect, ultimately
leafless and then scarred: fis. yellow, in terminal, um-
bellate cymes 1 2 in. acre 3 sepals oblong-acute.
June, July. Calif.—Once offered in America, but prob-
ably not now in cult. .
13. ternatum, Michx. Fig. 2284. Barren stems pros-
trate, with terminal rosettes of spatulate Ivs.: lvs. of
the flowering branches scattered, oblong, acute, all the
lvs. in whorls of 3: fls. white, 14 in. across, in terminal,
leafy, 1-sided, 3-5-parted cymes; floral parts in 4’s.
July, Aug. Pa. to Ill. and south. B.M. 1977. B.R.2:142.
14. Névii, Gray. Barren stems prostrate, with termi-
nal rosettes of obovate-spatulate lvs., tapering into a
short stalk auricled at the base, sprinkled with pink
dots: fl.-stems erect, with appressed, scattered lvs.
similar to, but smaller than those of the barren stems:
fis. white, 24 in. across, in forked cymes whose branches
2284. Sedum ternatum (X !5)
are about 11g in. long and reeurved; anthers brownish
purple. July. Mts. of Va. and Al Hardy in Mass.
and desirable for edgings or rockeries, according to Ed-
ward Gillett.
15. populifolium, Pall. A very distinct species by rea-
son of its shrubby base, stalked, poplar-shaped lvs. and
corymbs of whitish fls. which have the scent of haw-
thorn. Roots fibrous: stems 6-10 in. high, branched:
Ivs. alternate, ovate, acute, coarsely and irregularly
toothed: fls. nearly % in. across, whitish or pinkish, in
corymbose eymes; stamens pinkish; anthers purple.
Aug. Siberia. B.M. 211. Gn. 27, p. 316. R.H. 1857, p.
150.—Rare in eult., but desirable for borders and rock-
eries and makes uw charming pot-plant.
16. Kamtschaticum, Fisch. & Mey. Height 4-6 in.:
lys. alfernute or opposite, obovate, coarsely, but regu-
larly toothed above the middle: fis. yellow, °4 in. across,
in umbecllate cymes 1-3 in. acre petals lanceolate.
Late summer. E. Asia. Gn. 25, p. 531; 27, p. 317.
SEDUM
17. hybridum, Linn. Creeping, glabrous or glandular:
Ivs. alternate, stalked, spatulate, coarsely toothed in the
upper half: fls. yellow, in umbellate cymes 2-3 in,
across; petals linear. Sumner. Siberia.
Japonicum, Siebold. Ditfuse: Ivs. seattered or
opposite, spatulate, acute, entire: tls. yellow, 1s in.
and lateral
petals lanceo-
across, in terminal
panicled cymes;
late. Var. variegatum, Hort.
has Ivs. with golden llotches,
uccording to John Saul. “WN,
macrophyllim aureo-margin-
ts
AT te
Ne
ct
Sedum acre (X 74).
atum,” Hort., is probably
a variegated form of this
species.
19. stoloniferum, Gmelin (S. sptrium, Bieb.). Bar-
ren stems trailing, marked with annular scars, rooting
at nodes: fl.-stems ascending 6 in. high: lvs. opposite,
spatulate, coarsely toothed above, the margins studded
with hyaline papile: fi pink (or white), %4
across, in cymes 2 in. acros anthers reddi h.
Aug. Asia Minor, Persia. M. 2370. Gn é
R.H. 1891, p. 523.—Commoner in cult. abroad. “It has
the disadvantage of affording cover for snails,” but “one
always knows where to look for the snails.”
20. oppositifolium, Sims. Very close to 8S, stolonife-
rum, but the Ivs. are brighter green, more regularly
decussate, and as they are broader at the base they
overlap one ape a little and produce a neater ap-
pearance than in S. stoloniferum. Fls. white or whitish.
Anthers orange, pee ee to Masters, but yellow in
B.M. 1807. Aug. Caucasus, Persia.
21. Ewersii, Ledeb. (S. azireum, Royle, not Desf.).
Stock thick, giving off many trailing or ascené
der branches: lvs. opposite, sessile, cordate,
entire or slightly wavy: fis. pink or pale
globose eyme Aug., Sept. Himalayas, Siberia. -—M
ters says Fu is rather tender in cult., but well worth pot
eulture. Var. Turkestanicum, Hort., according to J. W.
Manning, grows 4 in. high, has deep violet fls. in Sept.
and Oct., and is hardy in Mass.
asping,
violet, in dense
Glancous, barren branches
rooting at nodes: fl.-stems erect, reddish: Ivs. bluish
n, orbicular or obovate-obtuse, cordate, auricled,
ae ps with reddish margins: fls. violet, 44 in. across,
22. Anacampseros, Linn.
g
in dense, globose cyvme Central Eu.
able for rockeries and ngs. The fls. are compara-
tively rarely produced.
23. Siéboldii, Sweet. Glancous, 9 in. high: branches
purp ‘lish, erect, afterwards decurved: Ivs. in whorls of
es sessile, sinuate, bluish green, es at margins:
. pinkish, 4% in. across. Aug. Japan. B.M.
v be useful for rockeries and borders, Var. variegatum,
Hort. ( Hort., not Wats.). has Iws. marked
with white. I.H. 10:373 (green at margin, yellow down
center).
24. refléxum, Linn.
fl.-stems 8-10 in. high:
barren stems into a conical mass,
inflorescence decurved or erect before
S. varieqatum,
barren stems trailing:
crowded on the
linear:
Glabrous,
in 6-7 rows,
14-34 in. long,
flowerin
Ivs.
34 in. across, yellow, floral parts in4’s to8’s. Eng
Var. cristatum, Mast. (S. monstrosum and robustion,
Hort.), a crest like a cocks-
comb.
has fasciated stems forming
2285. Stonecrop, or Wall Pepper—
1639
stems 3-6 in.
Ivs. crowded on
sSEDUM
stenopétalum, Pursh. Glabrous:
erect from a decumbent base:
barren shoots, sessile, fleshy, lanceolate, 44 in. ron
fls. bright yellow, in scorpioid eye floral parts in 5’s,
Rocky Mts.—Otfered by Gillett in 1881. Rare in oul
26. sarmentosum, Bunee. Clabrous: Ivs. opposite or
whorled, linear: fs, yellow, 14) in. across, ina Hat-topped,
wmnbelate, 8-3-forked cyme, China.— Var. carneum (S.
carrer variegation, Hort.), bas pink stems: lys
marked with marginal stripe of white or erean-color.
This variety is grown in greenhouses and for carpet
beds and edgings.
. pulchéllum, Michx. Glabrous trailer,
S-6 in. high: Ivs. linear, terete-pointed,
gibbous at base, scarcely 1s in. long: fls.
rosy purple, ty in. across: inflorescence
a 3-4-branched cyme, with erect fis.
crowded in 2 rows along the upper sur-
face and each provided w ith a le safy bract.
Jone-Ane. U. &. BOM, 6223. tin. 27,
p. 315, G.C. IL. 10:685.—The minute foli-
age assumes rich tints of red, brown and
purple. The branches of the inflorescence
are 3-4 in. long and gracefully arched,
28. acre, Linn. Stonecrop. Wa.
PEPPER. Love Enraneue. Fig. 2285.
Barren stems creeping, branched, about 2
in. long: fl.-stems in. high: lvs. mi-
nute, 14 in. long or less, crowded, thick, ovoid or nearly
globular: fls. Ms in. across, in 1-sided cymes having 2-5
forks. June, July. Eu., E. As a. Gn. 27, p. 316.—This
is the commonest species native to England and one of
the commonest in cultivation. It is much used for
edging and carpeting bare spots, especially in cemeteries.
Thrives best in poor soil. The lvs. have an acrid taste.
Masters suys it may often be seen on the window-sills
of London alleys, and adds: “It is one of the com-
monest, least considered of all plants, but very few
have really higher claims to notice.” Var. atreum,
Mast., las Ivs. and tips
of shoots bright golden
yellow in spring. This is
cult. for spring bedding.
It gives a bit of color at
a dull season. It loses
the yellow tint in sum-
mer and is never
bust as the green f :
Var. élegans, Mast., has
the tips and young lvs.
pale silvery colored, Not
as effective or hardy as
var. aureum. Var. ma-
jus, Mast. Larger and
more robust than the
7 rows in-
fls. *4 in.
2-parted
type: Ivs. in
stead of 5:
across, in a
cyme. Morocco,
29. sexangulare, Linn.
Very close to 8.
acre but the lvs
not so bitter to the
taste,more slender
Sedum ceruleum.
Natural size.
several times as long as thick, and in
ratherthan 5. Europe, rarer.
In Aineriecan gardens it is said te grow
6 in. high, and flower in June and
July.—Mostly used for carpet beds.
530, dasyphyllum, Linn. Glaucous, glabrous or glandu-
lar: Iws. oblong or roundish, studded with crystalline
pimple buds oblong, obtuse: fis. pinkish; anthers
black. Eu., 8. Ate. B.M. 6027.—Woolson says it grows
3-6 in. high, and is suitable for edgings.
Hispdnicum, Linn. Glnucous: fl.-stems 3-4 in.
high, reddish: Iws. 1, in. long, linear, greenish gray,
becoming reddish, studded with fine hyaline pimples at
O-7 rows,
1640 SEDUM
the tips: cymes 3-7-branched, umbellate: buds 5-6-
angled: fis. pinkish white, in. across. July. Central
and southern Europe.— Readily distinguished by having
the floral parts in 6’s.
32. brevifolium, DC. Glaucous: Ivs. in 4 rows, «
tenth of an inch long, pinkish, densely covered with a
mealy pubescence: fis. 44 in. across; petals white, with
pink midrib; anthers pink. Western Mediterranean
region.—Manning says it grows 4 in. high and blooms
in July and August. Said to be exceptionally sensitive
to superfluous moisture at the root.
33. Lydium, Bo Glabrous, 3-6 in. high: lvs. 44 in.
long, linear, greenish or red-tipped, auricled at base and
with numerous pimples at tip when seen with a lens:
buds 5-angular: fils, one-tenth in. across, pinkish; an-
ish. Aug., Sept. Asia Minor.—Var. atreum,
thers reddi
Hort., was offered by John Saul in 1893.
34. album, Linn. Glabrous, 4-6 in. high: lvs. alter-
nate, 14 in. long, linear-oblong: cymes 2-3 in. across:
buds oblong: fs. % in. across, white; anthers reddish.
July. Eu., N. Asia. Gn. 27, p. 315.
35. Monregalénse, Balbis (S. er Desf.).
Glabrous, except inflorescence, which is glandular: lvs.
linear: fis. 44 in. across, white; buds roundish, pointed;
stamens pinkish. N. Italy, Corsica. L.B.C. 5:464.
SEcTION III. ANNUALS OR BIENNIALS (Species 36-39).
36. sempervivoides, Fischer. ScarLet STONECROP.
One of the showiest in the genus and remarkably dis-
tinct, if not unique, by the color of the fls. Habit of a
house-leek, 4-8 in. high: Ivs. 40-50 in a rosette, wedge-
shaped: lvs. of fl.-stems clausping, greenish red, oblong,
acute: cymes 2-4 in. across, den fls. searlet. July.
Asia Minor. Gn, 19:378. R.H. 1846:5.—Seems not to be
offered in America.
37. Formosanum, N. E. Br. Height 6 in.: stem re-
peatedly branched in a dichotomous or trichotomous
manner: lvs. 1-3, in whorls at branchings of stem, with
occasionally 1-3 on internodes, flat, sputulate: fs. yel-
low. Formosa, Int. into 8. Calif. in 1900.
38. ceruleum, Linn. (S. aztreum, Desf., not Royle).
Fig. 2286. Glabrous, or pilose on inflorescence, 2-3 in.
high: lvs. 14 in. long, oblong-obtuse, pale green, spotted
red: cymes 1 in. across, with recurved branches: fis.
4 in ss, pale blue, 5-7-merous. 8. Afr. B.M. 2224.
B.R. 6:520. Gn. 27, p. 315.—Carpet beds. Sandy soil.
39. villosum, Linn. Glandular-pubescent, 3-4 in.
high, with no barren branches: lvs. 2-5 times as long
as thick: fis. few, dull rose (or white according to
Masters) ina small, loose cyme. Bogs and stony rills,
mountains of Eu.—This is one of the very few that pre-
fer wet feet. The white-fld. form is advertised by one
dealer in perennials. The species, however, is an
annual.
2288. Natural planting of maple seeds.
S. Bratinii, offered hy Krelage, Haarlem, Holland, appears
not to be recognized by botanists.—S, Caldbricuwn. is a name
given withont description to an Italian species, which is still
offered by Krelage.—sS. débile, Watson, an American species,
was offered in 1881 by collectors, hut is probably not in eult.
anywhere.—S. Doviglasii, Hook., is a yellow-fld. species from
SEEDAGE
Oregon which is now offered in the East, but is probably not
cult. in Eu. It grows 4 in. high, and flowers from June until
Aug. Said to be annual. Lvs. lanceolate, 44-44 in. long, acute,
—wS. Oreganum, Nutt., was offered by collectors of w.
in 1881, but is not known to be cult, Spe-
SN, tectorum, Scop.=Sempervivum tectorum,
fered in America, but should be in
immediately distinguished from
the pinnatifid foliage, which is
massed at the top of the stems and makes a fine setting for the
clusters of fls., being twice as wide as the latter. Height 1 ft.:
fils. purplish, red or crimson. Himalayas. Gn, 27, p. 317.
Wa,
SEEDAGE. Under this term may be included all
knowledge respecting the propagation of plants by
means of seeds or spores. ‘lhe word was first used, so
far as the writer aware, in 1887. It is equivalent to
the French semis, and is comparable with the words
graftage, layerage and cuttage. In general literature
and common speech, a seed is that part of the plant
which is the outcome of flowering and which is used for
propagating the species. In the technical or botanical
sense, however, the seed is the ripened ovule. The seed
contains an embryo, which is a miniature plant. The
embryo has one or more leaves (cotyledons), a bud or
growing point (plumule) and a short descending axis
(caulicle). From the caulicle or stemlet, the radicle
or root develops. This embryo is a
minute dormant plant. Each embryo
is the result of a distinet process
of fertilization in which the pollen
of the same or another flower has
taken part. The ovule is contained
in the ovary. The ripened ovary is
the seed-case or pericarp. The peri-
carp, with the parts that are amal-
gamated with it, is known techni-
cally as the fruit. In many instances
there is only one seed in the fruit;
and the seed and its case may ad-
here and form practically one body.
Many of the so-called seeds of hor-
ticulturists are really fruits contain-
ing one or few seeds. Such are the
seeds of beet, lettuce and sea-kale.
The winged seeds of elms, hop-tree (Fig. 2287) and
ashes are really fruits containing asingle seed. Acorns,
walnuts, butternuts and chestnuts are also fruits; so
are grains of corn, wheat, and the “seeds” of straw-
berry. The keys of maple are double fruits, with two
seeds (Fig. 2288). Beans and peas are true seeds. The
fruit part is the pod in which they are borne. Seeds of
apples and pears are also true seeds, the fruit being the
fleshy part that surrounds them. Germination is the
unfolding and the growing of the dormant or embryo
plant. The first visible stage in germination is the
swelling of the seed. Thereafter the integument is
ruptured, and the caulicle appears. When the caulicle
protrudes, the seed has sprouted; and this fact is taken
as an indication that the seed is viable (Fig. 2289).
Germination is not complete, however,
until the young plant has made vital
connection with the soil, has developed
green assimilative organs and is able
to support itself (Fig. 2290). See, also,
Figs. 2291 and 2292. Seeds that have
sufficient life to sprout may still be too
weak to carry the process to com-
plete germination. The ideal test for
the viability of seeds is to plant them
in soil in conditions that somewhat nearly approach
those in which they are finally to be planted. This test
eliminates the seeds which are very weak and are not
able to grow under ordinary conditions and to push
themselves through the soil. The sprouting test made
in a specially prepared device, in which all conditions
are regulated to a nicety, may be of the greatest value
for purposes of scientific study and investigation and
for the making of comparative tests between various
samples, and the greater the sprouting test, the greater
the germinating power; but one must not expect that
the actual germination will always be as great as the
percentage of sprouting. In many cases, the differences
in results between the sprouting test in a specially per-
pared device, and the germination tests in well-pre-
every fancier’s collection. Iti
all others described above
2287. Seed-like fruit
of Hop-tree.
Natural size.
2289.
Sprouting stage—
Castor Bean.
SEEDAGE
pared soil in the open, may be as great as 50 per cent.
Viability varies with seasons and other conditions.
While it is true as a general statement that the older
the seed the less the viability, yet the reverse may be
true within narrow limits. Sometimes lettuee “and
melons that germinate only 50 per cout in December,
germinate 70-80 per cent in April.
In order that seeds shall germinate, they must be
supplied with moisture and he given a definite tempera-
ture. The requisite temperature and moisture vary
with the ditterent kinds and they are to be
determined only by experience. Seeds may be planted
in any medium which supplies these requisite coudi-
tions. Although seeds are ordinarily planted in the
ground, such practice is not necess: ivy to germination,
They may be planted in cocoanut fiber, moss or other
medium. However, the ground may supply the requi-
sites for germination, and it also supplies plant-food
of seeds,
for the young plantlet when it begins to shift for itself;
and, furthermore,
the plants are in the position in which
they are desired to grow. In
the ease of many seeds,
germination is more rapid
and certain when the seeds
are sown in coconnut tiber
or other medium, for the
conditions may be more uui-
form. As soon as germina-
tion is fairly complete, the
plants are transpliuted to
the soil. The depth at which
seeds shall be sown de-
pends on many conditions.
Out of doors they are
planted deeper than in the
house,
uniform supply of moisture.
A depth equal to twice the
; , diameter of the seed is an
2290; Germination:complete old gardeners’ rule. This
—Castor Bean. applies well to the sowing
of most seeds under glass
when the soil is well prepared and is kept watered, but
in the open ground three to four times this depth is
usually necessary. The finer and moister the soil, the
shallower the seeds may be planted, other things being
equal. Better results in germination are secured when
the seeds are sown in a specially prepared seed-bed.
The conditions may then be better, the gardener is able
to protect the young plants from cold and from insects
and fungi, and he is enabled also to economize time and
labor. In transplanting from the seed-bed to the field,
the gardener unconsciously chooses only the best plants
and thereby the crop isimproved. The seed-bed may be
in a forcing-house or hotbed, or in the open. If it is in
the open, it should be near the buildings, where it can
be visited frequently and where water may be applied
as needed. If the bed is to be used late in the season
when the soil is naturally dry, it is well to cover it the
previous spring or fall with a very heavy coating of ma-
nure. This retains the moisture, and the leaching from the
manure adds plant-food to the soil, there-
by enabling the young plants to secure
an early start. When the seeds are to
be sown, the manure is removed and the
surface is then in ideal condition. In the
handling of young plants in seed-bed:
one must take pains that
the plants are not too thick
and that they do not suffer
for light, else they may
become “drawn” and be 2291. Sprouting stage
practically worthless In of Indian corn
greenhouses and hotheds,
it is well to handle common vegetables and flower seeds
in gardeners’ flats (Fig. 2293). These flats are easily
handled, and the soil is so shallow that it ean be kept
in uniform conditions of temperature and moisture. The
seeds of some of the finer and rarer kinds of ornamental
plants require special treatment. These treatments are
usually specified in the articles devoted to those plants.
Details of the handling of very delicate seeds are well
discussed in the article on Orehids.
in order to insure a
1641
As arule, seeds germinate best when they are fresh,
that is, less than one year old. Some ae however,
of which those of melons, pumpkins and cue umbe ‘Ys are
exwuuples, retain their vitality unimpaired for a number
of years, and gardeners do not ask for recent stock.
Seeds of corn salad should be a year old to germinate well.
SEEDAGE
Very hard, bony seeds, as of haws and viburnums, often
In the
do uot germinate until the second year.
time, however, they
should be kept moist.
Seeds of niost fruit and
forest trees should be
kept moist and cool,
otherwise they lose vi-
tality; yet if kept too
moist, and particularly
too close or warn, they
will spoil. Nuts and
hard seeds of hardy
plants usually protit by
being buried in) sand
and allowed to freeze.
The freezing and the
moisture soften and
split the integuments.
Sometimes the sceds
are placed between al-
ternate layers of sand
or sawdust: such prac-
tice is known techni-
cally as stratification.
Li; 2B:
Seed Breeding. —The
marvelous industrial
and commercial devel-
opment which has char-
acterized the latter part
of the nineteenth cen-
tury is nowhere more
marked than in the art
mean-
and practice of seed
growing. Whatever
may have been their
intellectual belief,most
planters have acted, up
to within a few years,
as if seed was indeed
essential to the pro-
duction of a crop, but
only in the way that
water and manure are
essential. The only
question was whether or not the seed would grow. It
night be desirable that the seed all be of some particu-
lar kind so that the crop would ripen all at once, but
beyond that the breeding of the seed was given very
little consideration. It is only within a few years that
a majority of even good cultivators have come to recog-
nize in their practice the fact that the possibilities and
limitations of a crop are as positively determined by the
seed used as is the character of the fruit of an orchard
by the trees of which it is composed. There have al-
ways been exceptional men, who fully appreciated the
importance of seed selection and breeding, which they
practiced within their own gardens to secure a supply
for their own use, but even professional seedsmen
formerly gave little heed to scientific d breeding, be-
ing quite content to “rogue” out mixtures or poorer
plants rather than to select and breed only from the
best. Now, every seedsman who values his reputation
maintains more or less extensive stock seed farms,
where plant-breeding is conducted on the same princi-
ples and with the same sort of skill and care that is
used in the breeding of anim:
The general method followed is first to form a cle:
coneeption of just what points or qualities give value to
a variety and what a perfect plant of that sort should
he. Then a few planuts—say ten—which come as near
this ideal as possible are selected and the seed of each
saved separately. These separate lots are planted the
next spring in contiguous blocks, and the plants given
an opportunity for their most perfect development. .\s
they approach maturity the lots are carefully examined.
2292. Germination complete in
Indian corn.
Is.
1642 SEEDAGE
and if those in one or more blocks show either general
inferiority or a large portion of inferior plants, the en-
tire block is condemned and rooted out, even if in doing
so some very fine individual plants are destroyed. The
remaining blocks are then carefully examined andthat one
selected which shows the closest adherence to the desired
type, and from it a few plants are selected and their
2293. A gardener’s flat, or shallow box, in which seeds are
sown and small plants handled.
A good size for a flat is 16 x 20 inches, and 3 inches deep.
seed saved separately for planting in blocks the suc-
ceeding year. Then the remaining plants of this and
the other blocks which escaped the first weeding out are
very earefully examined and all inferior ones removed,
and the seeds from the plants which still remain are
saved together. These are usually sufficient in quantity
to plant a field, the product of which is used by the
seedsman for his general stock seed. From the stock
seed he grows the seed which he offers his customers.
The same process is repeated every year, or at least every
few years, and results in marked improvement, if not
in type, at least in the fixing and making permanent the
good qualities of the variety. Having thus obtained
stock seed which is of superior quality and sure to
reproduce itself, the seedsman contracts with some
farmer, located in a section where soil and climate are
favorable to the best development of the sort, to plant
a large field and save the entire seed product. This the
farmer does with little regard to selection, taking pains
only to guard against contamination from adjoining
fields, and to remove any chance sports or mixtures
that may appear. The seed thus produced is what the
seedsman furnishes his customers. This plan enables
the professional seedsman not only to produce cheaper
seeds, but seeds of better quality than the ordinary
planter can, or at least is likely to produce in his own
garden, and in consequence gardeners have come to get
more and more of their seed from the seedsman, whose
business has correspondingly increased.
In 1900 a single seed firm contracted for the growing
of more than 200 acres of one variety of watermelon
for seed, and received on its contracts over 30,000
pounds. More than half of this came from a single field
of over 50 acres, and in this entire field there were not
50 fruits which were not good types of the variety.
One could go to any part of it and gathering together
the nearest 100 fruits would find that at least 50 of them
were so nearly alike as not tobe distinguished from one
another; while of the remaining 50 at least 40 could be
distinguished only by some mark that had resulted
from accidental causes. The same firm had 20- and 40-
acre fields of beans, peas, corm and other vegetables in
which every plant was, as it were, the grandchild of
some especially fine plant produced two years before,
and which was itself the product of years of previous
selection, Such seed is much more reliable than that
produced in asmall garden, where other plants of the
same species are growing in near-by gardens and fields.
W. W. Tracy.
sod testing was inaugurated
Nobbe, direewsr of the Experiment
tion at Tharand, Saxony, who v.35 impressed by the
é amount of impurities and the iow germinating
Seed Testing. —Srientific
in 1869 by Dr. F.
Sti
SEEDAGE
power of many commercial seeds, for which the German
farmer Was paying fancy prices. The publication of the
results obtained by him excited much comment and laid
the foundation for the present extensive system of
European seed control, At the present time there are
more than one hundred so-called seed control stations
in Europe alone. Some of these are independent insti-
tutions, while others are conducted as branches of agri-
cultural experiment stations.
The quality of seeds cannot be told by a mere easual
inspection but is ascertained only by a careful test.
This should include three steps: (1) an examination
for purity (freedom from foreign matter), (2) vitality,
and (3) genuineness, or trucness to name. The latter is
known to seedsmen and growers as purity of stock.
Unl
respects their use will entail great loss to the planter.
Purity Test.—The percentage of purity is determined
by weight, from a fair average sample of seed selected
from different parts of the bulk lot. Wheat and other
grains are taken with a sampler, consisting of two hol-
low eylinders of metal, one inside the other, and about
36 in. long by 144 in. in diameter. They are pointed at
the bottom and contain a series of openings along one
side, which may be turned at will to open or close the
holes. The sampler, with the holes open, is thrust into
the grain in the car or open bag for its entire length.
When filled with seeds the inner cylinder is turned, so
as to close the holes, and the sampler removed. For
clover and other small seeds one uses a “trier,” consist-
ing of a single short cylinder open at one end and taper-
ing down to a sharp point, just above which on one side
is a long, elliptical open-
ing (Fig. 2294). The trier
is thrust through the side
of a bag of seed at dif-
erent points until the
aperture is covered, the
seed being allowed to run out at the other end into a
dish.
The seed thus taken is thoroughly mixed and a given
quantity weighed out for testing. The amounts used in
the purity test vary with the size of the seed, ranging
from 15 grains of June grass, red top, and tobacco to
1.8 ounces of peas and cereals. If the sample is suspected
to contain any seeds of such serious pests as dodder,
Canada thistle, wild mustard, ergot, etc., at least 1.8
ounces are examined for such impurities.
After being weighed the seeds are spread out thinly
on a sheet of heavy white paper or pane of glass and by
means of a pair of forceps the impurities are removed.
This includes inert matter, such as dirt, chaff, broken
seeds and foreign seeds. Under the latter designation
are embraced seeds of both weeds and useful plants,
that is, any seeds of a different name from that under
which the sample was sold. The impurities are weighed
upon a good chemical balance and the percentage of
impurity thus determined.
The purity which a given kind of first-class com-
mercial seed should show depends largely upon the
habit of growth of the species and the difficulty of ob-
taining pure seed of that species. Most vegetables and
cereals are grown devoid of weeds, and their seeds
are easily cleaned, hence they should be practically
pure. Grasses and clovers, on the other hand, are more
or Jess liable to be mixed with other species in the field
Furthermore, the cleaning of some varieties requires
great care, often entailing a cousiderable loss of good
seed, henee the proportion of pure seed to be expected
in such samples is less than in the former case.
An extensive experience in testing commercial seeds,
together with a comparison of the results of other tests
made in this country and Furope, has enabled the
United States Department of Agriculture to fix a table
of standards of purity for most seeds sold by dealer:
These standards, however, are subject to future re-
vision if found necessary.
By means of a hand Jens and by reference to a stand-
ard collection of ceonomic seeds, the foreign seeds in
the sample are next determined. If dodder, Canada
thistle, ergot, wild mustard, bulbs of wild onion, chess,
Russian thistle, eoekle, quack grass, penny cress, wild
oats, or witd flax are present the seed should be re-
2294. Clover seed “' trier.”
SEEDAGE
jected; also if 1 per cent or more of weed seeds be
found.
The reference collection of seeds should be kept in
neatly labeled glass bottles, without necks, tightly
stoppered and systematically arranged in shallow paste-
board boxes (see Fig, 22 \ convenient size for these
bottles is 2 in. long by in. in diameter. A tray
holding 100 of such bottles should fit into an ordinary
herbarium case. If the collection is large, a eard index
will be of great assistance in finding the specimens.
Germination Tests.—The seeds used in germination
tests must be taken indiscriminately from pure seed
which has been thoroughly mixed for that purpose,
The selection of plump, nice-looking seeds for these
tests, as frequently practiced, impairs the authenticity
of the result. ;
Tests may be conducted in the laboratory between
damp cloths or blotters, or in porous saucers, or in sand
or soil in a greenhouse, Seeds which ave kuown to ger-
minate with difficulty should be tested in a greenhouse
as well as in the laboratory. The same is true of any
species of seed whose conditions of germination are not
well understood,
While damp blotters serve as the best substratum
under ordinary circumstances, and especially where a
large number of tests are to be made, they do not
answer us well for tine, slow-germinating sceds like
tobacco and June grass, and many flowe eds, owing
to the fact that the blotters sometimes adhere too closely
to permit the proper circulation of air. This may he
remedied to a certain extent by placing narrow strips of
glass between the folds, but main reliance in such cases
should be placed upon soil tests.
All tests are to be made in duplicate, using two lots
of 100 see each of peas, beans, corn, eucurbits and
others of a similar size, and 200 seeds of clover, cab-
baye, lettuce, ete. The more seeds taken for test the
less the chance of error. However, 5 per cent to 10 per
cent of variation may be expected between the two lots
of seed, even though they might have been taken from
the same plant. In the case of a greater variation than
10 per cent the test should be repeated. Seeds upon
which moulds form quickly are likely to be old stock.
The seeds should he inspected daily, a note being
made of those having sprouted, which are then thrown
out. In testing seeds of the pea fam-
ily (Leguminose) one-third of those
remaining hard and fresh at the close
of the test are usually counted as hav-
ing sprouted. The average of the
duplicate tests is to be taken as the
percentage of vitality. Averages
should not be made, however, between
ults obtained by different methods,
such as blotters and soil.
Laboratory tests are preferably made
vetween damp blotte placed in a
metal chamber heated by gas, the heat
being controlled by a thermo-regulator.
The blotters must be free from soluble
chemicals. Blue blotters will be found
less trying to the eye than white. The
germinating chamber may be of any
form which allows proper control of
the conditions of light, heat, air and
moisture. The standard chamber
adopted by the association of Ameri-
can Agricultural Colleges and Experi-
ment Stations was designed by the
writer, and serves equally well for
bacteriological purposes or experi-
ments in plant physiology as for seed
testing (see Fig. 2296).
It is made of 20-ounce corrugated copper, and is 2 feet
long, 18 inches deep, and 2 feet high, outside measure-
ments. The outside, except the bottom, is covered with
two layers of felt, each 5 inch thick.
A water space is alforded by the double walls, which
extend on all sides except the front and are 2 in. apart.
Entrance to this water jacket is obtained ata, @ (Fig.
2296), while the water can be drawn off at g. At c,¢, on
the top, and at f, near the bottom of one end, are 1-inch
Openings into the chamber. One of the upper openings
2295.
Bottle similar to
that usedin
Ui. Ss Dept:
Agric. for small
seeds.
SEEDAGE 1643
may be used for the insertion of a thermometer, if de-
sired. Owing, however, to the influence which the ex-
ternal atmosphere exerts upon thermometers whose
tubes are partly exposed, provision has been made tor
holding two thermometers in a horizontal position, one
on the inside of each panel of the door to the chamber,
by means of hooks of stout copper wire (Fig. 2297, a, a).
The door is made in 2 panels, each consisting of 2
plates of thick glass set about ts in. apart in a copper
frame, which is covered inside with felt. The inside
murgin of the door is provided with a projection (Fig.
2297, ¢) which fits snugly into a felt-lined groove (Fig.
97, 0), extending around the front side of the cham-
ber. The door is 3 in. shorter than the front of the
chamber, the remaining space being closed with copper
and provided with a ventilator (Fig. 2296, h), which per-
2296. Standard seed-germinating chamber (front view, with
one door slide removed).
Used by the United States Department of Agriculture
and Amer Experiment Stations. a,d@, openings
into water jacket; &, thermo-regulator; ¢, ¢, openings
into cham)h d, gas entrance tube; e, microbunsen
burner; f, gas exit: y, water exit; h, ventilator; 7, j,
door slides; k, pan to hold porous ete.; 1, blot-
ter test; mm, porous saucers with sand test.
mits the exit of carbon dioxid, and can be closed tightly
with a slide. Perfect closing of the door is further ef-
fected by a copper slide extending along the front mar-
gin, which catches firmly at the top and bottom of the
chamber (Fig. 2297, d,d). This device, together with
the groove and its corresponding projection, are adapted
from the Rohrbeck bacteriological chamber. The out-
side door is furnished with a frame into which slide
to plates of galvanized iron painted dead black inside
and covered with felt (Fig. 2296, 7, j). By this arrange-
ment the interior of the chamber may be kept dark or
exposed to light, or, if desired, one-half may be dark
and the rest light, the other conditions remaining the
same. By raising these slides the thermometers can be
read without opening the door. Glass plates of various
colors may be substituted for the slides, if the effects
of different rays of light on plant-growth are to be
studied.
Seven movable shelves, placed 214 in. apart, are held
in place by copper ledges !4 inch wide. These shelves
are made of brass rods 1's in. apart, and each one i
capable of holding up GO pounds weight. The tempera-
ture is controlled by a low-temperature thermo-regulator
(Fig. 2296, b). A very low and equable flame is secured
with a microbunsen burner (Fig. 2296, ¢). One of the
openings into the water jacket (Fig. 2296, a) is 2 in. in
diameter to admit a Roux thermo-r
gulator, if a ve
1644
even temperature is desired, as in bacteriological work.
Fresh air or different gases can be forced into the
chamber at one of the openings at the top (Fig.
¢,¢) and out at the bottom (Fig. 2296, f).
openings at the end (Fig. 2296,
f,g) is closed with a screw cap.
The chamber is provided with
three tin-lined copper pans,
each having «a narrow ledge
around the inside near the top,
which serve to hold copper rods
with folds of cloth, if the ex-
perimenter wishes to test seeds
according to the (eneva pan
method. The pins also serve
to hold porous saucers or
plates.
The chamber when empty
weighs about 100 pounds, and
2297. One-half of door (in- is therefore easily moved.
side view). The shelves will hold about 60
SEEDAGE
Each of the
eeeEsPowUeTAS blotter tests, with an equal
oks for g i :
Eu cmea states Bie section TUMber of duplicates. It rests
upon a detachable base consist-
ing of a stout iron frame 15 in.
high, inclosed with a sheet-iron
jacket.
Other Forms of Germinating Apparatus.—The so-
called “Geneva tester,” invented at the Experiment
Station at Geneva, N. Y., consists of an oblong pan of
galvanized iron or tin with ledges around the inside
near the top upon which are suspended metal rods.
Fig. 2298. Over these rods (y, p) is hung a strip of
cloth, arranged in folds, with each end of the strip
hanging down into the water, which covers the bottom
of the pan. The lower edges of the folds are sewed (as
ato) to hold them in place. The seeds are placed he-
tween these folds and are kept moist by capillary at-
traction; no provision is made for regulating the tem-
perature, the pan being placed in an ordinary living
room.
Porous saucers of unglazed clay set in shallow pans
containing water are often used for fine seeds. Owing
to the difficulty of procuring clay saucers of equal po-
rosity plaster of Paris germinating dishes (Fig. 2299)
are ommended. These can be made by any one at a
trifling cost by means of a wooden mold, with a detach-
able top which consists of an ordinary pane of glass to
which a Petri dish is attached with glue. Fig. 2300.
A very simple apparatus for sprouting seeds is shown
in Fig. 2301. It consists of a shallow tiu basin “re-
dipped,” which is given two coats of mineral paint both
of groove ine hambe r into
which fits ¢, projection on
door; d, d, door fastener,
—
2298. Geneva seed-tester.
e and out to prevent rusting. The bottom of the
basin is covered with water, and a small flowerpot sau-
cer is placed inside. The seeds are laid between two
layers of moist blotting paper placed in the bottom of
the saucer, and a pane of glass covers the dish, which
is to be kept in a temperature of about 70° F., suel
an ordinary living-room. The basin may be left partly
open from time to time to permit exchange of air and
SEEDAGE
gases. By using a good-sized dish with small saucers,
and renewing the water occasionally, several kinds of
seed may be tested at once at little expense. [Extremes
of temperature and excessive moisture must be avoided.
A still simpler germinating outfit than this and quite
satisfactory for most cereals and vegetable seeds con-
sists of two soup plates, one used as a cover, and two
Jayers of cloth to hold the seeds. The cloths should be
kept moist but not too wet. (See Fig. 28, Yearbook of
the U.S. Department of Agriculture, 1895, p. 181.)
Temperature.—A temperature of 20° C. (68° F.) is
generally maintained in germination te Seeds of
celery, most grasses, and a few other species should be
subjected to alternating temperatures of 20° C. and 30°
C., the higher being used for six hours out of the
twenty-four,
Duration of Germination TLests.—For purposes of
comparison if is desirable to have uniform periods of
time for conducting germination tests. The following
riods have been adopted in this country and are prac-
tically the same as those used throughout Europe.
For laboratory tests: Ten full days for cereals
spurry, peas, beans, vetches, lentils, lupines, soja
beans, sunflower, buckwheat, crucifere, Indian corn,
and cow-peas; 14 full days for serradella, esparsette,
beet fruits, rye grass, timothy, umbelliferes, tobacco,
lespedeza, and all grasses except poa, Bermuda grass,
rye grass, and timothy 3 full days for poa and Ber-
muda grass. Soil tests are to be continued two days
longer in each case and the sprouts counted only at the
close.
Special Treatment of Seeds Preparatory to Germina-
tion.—Soaking seeds in water for 6-15 hours before
placing them in the germinating chamber, as frequently
practiced, is to be condemned. As a rule, however,
seeds of asparagus, lettuce,
okra, and onion may be soaked
to advantage. Asparagus
should be placed in distilled
water for 5 hours, then trans-
ferred to blotters which should
be kept very wet for the first
48 hours; okra may be soaked
in water at 50° C. for 5 hours.
Owing to the readiness with
which moulds develop upon
onion seed, it should be soaked for an hour in a solu-
tion consisting of one part bichloride of mercury to
1,000 parts of water. Such seeds as okra, asparagus,
adonis, canna, moonflower and lupine sprout better if
previously clipped, care being taken not to injure the
germ. The loud assertions often made of the value of
treating seeds with certain chemicals to hasten germ-
ination, are, in the main, not worthy of notice.
Testing Grass Sceds.—Most grass seeds require spe-
cial treatment, both in purity and germination tests.
For the latter neither blotters nor cloth can be depended
upon as a seed-bed, hence soil tests are advisable. Care
must be taken not to plant the seeds too deeply. Seed
of red-top and June grass should be sown upon the
surface and the lightest possible cover of soil or sand
given it. Before planting the soil should he thoroughly
watered, and after sowing a fine rose spray should be
used to avoid disturbing the seeds. The same remarks
will apply to soil tests of other fine seed.
To prevent counting empty glumes (chaff) a mirror-
box (Fig. 2302) is useful. This consists of a box of hard
wood, half an inch thick. It is 12 in. long, 8 in. wide
and 6% in. high, the front being open, and the top con-
sting of an ordinary pane of glass. The inside of the
box is painted a dead black. Attached by hinges to the
upper margin of the box in front is a rectangular piece
of black binder’s board, 12x 8 in. in size. A smaller
piece of similar board, 8 in. square, is attached to each
end of the box at its upper edge. These boards are for
the purpose of excluding all extraneous light. In the
center of the box is a mirror about 10 x 7% in. in size,
so pivoted that it can be turned at different angles and
reflect the light which enters the open side of the box
up through the glass top.
Grass seeds are spread thinly over the surface of
the glass top, and the mirror adjusted so as to throw
the light up through the seed. The operator faces the
2299. Plaster of Paris
germinating dish.
SEEDAGE
apparatus with the open side opposite to him and _ to-
ward the light. The mirror should be so arranged that
it will not throw any light into the operator’s face.
With this apparatus the outlines of grass seeds within
the glumes can be clearly seen, and the chatf ean be
removed with the other impurities of the sample.
A much simpler method of identifying the sound
seeds in grasses consists in the use of a pane of glass,
over the surface of which the seed, thoroughly wet, has
been thinly spread. This glass is held up to the light,
and with the forceps the good seed may be easily picked
out. It would be well for the purchaser of grass seed,
2300. Mold for making plaster of Paris germinating dishes,
and a Petri dish.
especially of meadow fox-tail, awnless brome and vel-
vet grass, to make use of this simple test. For labora-
tory purposes the mirror box is to be greatly preferred,
since the seed can be handled much better when dry.
Testing Beet Seed. —Special methods are also re-
quired for testing red and sugar beet “balls,” each of
which contains from 1 to 7 seeds. Three separate lots
of 100 balls each are selected with great care, so as to
represent average samples. These are rubbed slightly
between the hands, soaked 6-15 hours, then placed on
blotting paper or sand at a constant temperature of 20°
C., for 18 hours out of 24, the rest of the time at 30° C,
In 3, 5, 8 and 11 days the balls are examined. When-
ever 1, 2, or 3 seeds have sprouted in a single ball, they
are carefully cut out with a knife, and the balance of
the ball is removed to a second seed-bed, which is num-
bered to correspond with the number of the secds which
have germinated in the balls placed therein. At the
next examination the sprouted seeds are again cut out
and the clusters removed to another bed, numbered to
agree with the total number of seeds per ball which
have sprouted. The test is closed on the 14th day,
when the sum of all the germinating seed of each lot of
100 cluste together with the number of unsprouted
seeds, is ascertained. The average of all the clusters is
taken into account, especial care being exercised not to
count as seeds any cavities which were empty at the
beginning of the test.
Test for Gennineness or “Purity” of Stock, — The
genuineness of the seeds of vegetables and other horti-
cultural varieties of plants can only be told by means
of a field test, which should be made in such cases
whenever possible. The purity of stock of such seeds
is of far more importance than a high percentage of
purity and germination. In making field tests of differ-
ent varieties of seed a check test should be conducted,
using a sample, for purposes of comparison, which is
known to be authentic. The different tests must be
subjected to the same conditions of soil, ete. The gen-
uineness of the seed of grass, clovers, and other forage
plants can usually be ascertained by mere inspection
and comparison with a standard collection.
GILBERT H. Hicks.
{The preceding article was prepared for this work by
the late Gilbert H. Hicks, of Washington, D. C., in 1599,
while in charge of pure seed investigations for the U.S.
Department of Agriculture. It is printed practically
as it was written. The subsequent changes in the De-
partrnent methods are given below by Mr. Hicks’ sne-
cessor. L. H. B.]
SEEDAGE 1645
The methods and apparatus in use in the Seed Labora-
tory of the U.S. Department of Agriculture have un-
dergone some changes since the foreyoing was written.
These changes have been the necessary result of ex-
perience and ure in substanee the following:
While purchasers uve urged to buy the best seeds, it
is doubtful whether, under the conditions of trade in
the United States, arbitrary stundards have much value,
The comparison of the price and quality of different
grades offered means more than an ideal standard which
it is seldom practicable to enforce, A system of inspee-
tion that would certainly detect all weed seeds would
make the seed too expensive for practical use.
The standard chamber is now covered with asbestos
lagging instead of with felt; a single door covered with
the lagging has been substituted for the double doors.
An air bulb regulator, devised by Mr. E. Brown, has
been substituted for the mercury bulb regulator.
The temperatures needed for the suceesstul germina-
tion of seeds depend on the kind of ds tested. Let-
tuee must have a low temperature, 15° C. giving best
results. A temperature of 30° C, will ahnost entirely
inhibit germination. Seeds of teosinte, on the other
hand, demand 30° C., while vine seeds give best results
under a temperature alternating between 20 and 30° C.
A constant temperature at 20° C. is seldom used. Seeds
naturally germinate under conditions of constantly
changing temperature and favorable natural conditions
should be reproduced as nearly as possible in the lab-
oratory. Kentucky blue grass seed is not tested in the
greenhouse, better results being obtained in the cham-
ber by means of alternating temperature. When seeds,
as of sugar beet, are sold on a guarantee, the re-test
should be made under conditions similar to those under
which the original test was made. The energy of ger-
mination, that is, the percentage of seeds that sprout in
about one-fourth the full time, nearly represents what
the seed will do in the field and is of vreater importance
than the full time test. A
The Seed Trade of America.—furly ITistory.—The
history of the seed business in colonial times is largely
one of importation from Holland and England, when
small hucksters carried a few boxes of popular seeds
with an assortment of dry goods, foodstuffs or hardware.
Corn, barley, peas, onions, fruits and vegetables, nee-
essaries in fact for divect use, first claimed the atten-
tion of the colonists. Towards the end of the eighteenth
century we begin to find references to the saving of
stock seeds, and in ihe newspapers of the day are a
number of advertisements of shopkeepers who dealt in
seeds. Agricultural seeds were an article of commerce
as early as 1747 (Pieters), clover, onions, beans, peas,
carrots, cabbage and cauliflower, etc., being raised for
seed in the colonies at that time, though chiefly im-
ported. At that time Boston did most of the business.
2301. Home-made germinating apparatus.
A, complete; B, section.
Among the earliest advertisers of seeds for sale were
Nathaniel Bird, 1763, a book dealer of Newport, R. C.;
Gideon Welles, Son the Point,” 1764; Samuel Deall, a
dealer of general merchandise in New York in 1776;
William Davidson of New York in 1768, while in Phila-
delphia, in 1772, we find one Pelatiah Webster advertis-
jng clover and duck grass seed; James Loughead
“colly- flower” seed in 1775; while David Reid kept a
general assortment in the same year.
Development of American Trade,—It was not until the
opening of the nineteenth century that America he
find that seeds could be grown here as profitably
could be imported. Grant Thorburn, in New Yor
1646 SEEDAGE
David Landreth, of Philadelphia, seem to have been the
largest dealers atthat time. ‘Thorburn’s was perhaps the
first business of importance devoted entirely to stock
seeds, though this honor is disputed by the descendants
of David Landreth. Thorburn, in his autobiography,
says that he began his business by buying out the stock
of one George Inglis for fifteen dollars, Inglis agreeing
to give up the market and to devote himself to the rais-
ing of seeds for Thorburn. This is but one of many
small beginnings from which has grown a trade which
now amounts to many millions, and this relation between
seedsmen and growers is largely typical of relations
which have obtained in the trade ever since.
Railway and Postal Service.—With the development
of the railway and the postal service the business grew
by leaps and bounds, new land was found suitable for
different varieties of seed, and a letter could carry to
the countryman the garden seeds for his yearly con-
sumption. There is probably no trade which has been
more widely benefited by cheap postage and improved
mail facilities, but of late years the abuse of their privi-
leges by members of Congress has largely tended to
negative this benefit. The originally beneficent distri-
bution of free seeds to pioneers and needy settlers was a
form of agricultural encouragement against which there
could be no adverse criticism, but it has degenerated
2302. Mirror box for testing grass seeds.
into an abuse, which is estimated to have taken a trade of
some $4,000,000 during the past two or three decades out
of the hands of the men who have built up the business
Catalogues.—Grant Thorburn’s catalogue of 1822 was
the first to be issued in pamphlet form, and it was the
pioneer of the many finely and carefully illustrated
catalogues with which we are familiar to-day. These
catalogues have been largely instrumental in facilitat-
ing the specialization of the industry and its subdivi-
sion in the hands of the country dealer, who buys seeds
at wholesale, combining as they do the mos
lists and illustrations of varieties with dire
methods, conditions, and seasous for planting.
They
are distributed literally in hundreds of thousands.
It is of interest to remember that up to 1844 the word-
ing on the bags was written by hand, a laborious and
expensive process, which of itself is an indieation of
the small volume of the trade at that date,
Imports and Hxports Statistics. —With regard to the
export of seeds, A. J. Pieters’ admirable report for 1899
in the Yearbook of the Department of Agriculture may
be taken as the latest information. He says in part:
“The statistics of exports date from 1855, and no sepa-
rate records of imports of seeds were kept before 1873.
Clover and grass seeds, especially timothy, have always
taken the lead in the seed export trade, and until recent
years garden seeds have not been a considerable factor
in the total values. In 1825 some 10,000 bushels of
clover seed were exported to England within a few
months. How long this trade had existed we do not
know. From 1855 to 1864 there is no record of any seeds
exported except clover, but the value of exports increased
from $13,570 in 1855 to $2,185,706 in 1863, the war ap-
parently having no effect on the trade, The total value
of the clover sced exported during this period aggre-
SEEDAGE
gates $5,393,663. During the decade ending with 1880
clover seed was not separately entered except in the
last year, but the total exports of seeds amounted dur-
ing that period to $20,739,277. The aggregate was in-
creased by more than $3,000,000 before the end of 1890.
From 181 to 1898 there has been a slight reduetion in
the average annual value of seed exports and also in
the amount of clover and timothy seed sent abroad.”
Development of Home Industry.—The importation of
staple garden seeds had largely decreased by 1870, and
with the exception of a few staples in agricultural and
flower seeds, America may be said to have become to a
great extent self-supplying. The greatest development
of this industry has taken place since the close of the
war. In 1878 J. J. H. Gregory estimated that there
were in all 7,000 acres devoted to garden seeds, while
the census of 1890 showed that there were 596 seed
farms, containing 169,850 acres. Of these farms, 200
were established between 1880 and 1890, and it is likely
that about 150 more were started during the same
period. The census returns, however, do not give the
actual acreage devoted to growing seeds. As many
seeds are grown by those not regularly in the business,
it is probable that census returns as to acreage are un-
der rather than over the mark. The statistics available
in the United States Census are very imperfect, partly
owing to the lack of a continuous system in presenta-
tion, both in the returns of home industry and also in
custom house returns, but chiefly to the reluctance of
seedsmen and growers to make public the results of
their business methods or even the*methods themselves.
Contract System of Growing.—The contract system of
supply has been the general method pursued by the
larger seedsmen, farmers in those locations best suited
to certain seeds contracting to grow supplies from stock
seeds found by the seedsmen. As a rule, one farmer
will grow only one or two varieties. A saving in the
expense of supervisions has been made by the growth
of the system of subletting a contract. The middleman
being posted on the abilities of his neighbors and the
qualities of their soils for many miles around, can often
place and keep sight of the growing of many more varie-
ties than he himself could handle on his own land.
Many of these middlemen do not grow seeds themselves
but act merely as the seedsman’s growing agent among
the farmers of a large district. Excepting in California,
where the growers as a rule devote their whole capital
to the business, it is a frequent custom throughout the
country for seedsmen to make cash advances against
crops. Few seed houses grow their own seeds.
Values of Staples, Home-grown and Imported.—The
following table will give as close an estimate as can be
made of the annual cost of the chief staple garden
seeds handled in America:
Gar deni peas: sana seme ieie: wade
Garden beans
Onion seed...
Lettuce seed .
Cabbage: Seed! tici0.ceo en eats tes 100,000
Sweet corn 100,000
Tomato se 50,000
Turnip se
Beet seed .. 3 2
Celery SCbd nein ccke Santee wha noeec aed
$2,175,000
Miscellaneous seeds, Flower seeds.......... 150,000
Probable invoice cost of imported garden
seeds
1,700,000
Bic nieRenNete ae Mea $4,025,000
An estimate recently made by one of the largest
seedsmen in the country gives the capital invested in
the business at about $12,000,000, and the actual acreage
under seed at the present time as about 150,000 acres.
Staples and Localities of Production.—The following
may be taken as the present principal garden seed
staples and the localities where they are most profitably
raised (See, also, Bailey, “Principles of Vegetable Gar-
dening,” p. 170):
String beans: New York, Michigan, Wisconsin.
Beets: Imported chiefly from France, owing to bet-
ter method of selection in practice there, but would
adapt itself to almost any of the older states of the
Union.
Total growers’ value
SEEDAGE
Cabbage: About half imported, the other half chiefly
Long Island, Connecticut, Pennsylvania, and to
small extent, Puget Sound.
Cauliflower: Finest kinds imported from Denmark;
coarser kinds from Italy.
Carrots: The bulk of finest kind
France, some finer grades in
coarser grades in California.
imported from
Connecticut, and
Sweet corn: Connecticut, Nebraska, New York,
Ohio.
Cucumbers: Chietly in Nebraska, northern New
York.
Lettue California.
Watermelons: Nebraska, Kansas and the South.
Muskimelon Nebraska.
Onions: Chiefly in California; Connecticut, New
York. Michigan.
Peas: Northern New York, Canada, Michigan, Wis-
consin.
Parsley: Imported from England and France.
Potatoes: Fine grades chiefly in Maine and New
York; also in every state.
Spinach: Imported from Holland.
Squash: Nebraska.
Tomato: Chiefly in New Jersey, Pennsylvania, New
York, Connecticut and Michigan.
Turnip: About half is imported from England and
France, where it is grown chiefly from American
seed; other half chiefly in Connecticut, New York
and Pennsylvania.
Lima beans: California.
Celery: California.
Dealers in garden seeds are also large dealers in flow-
ering bulbs, such as hyacinths, tulips, nareissus, crocus,
ete. These are chiefly imported from Holland, south of
France, ltuly and Japan.
Divisions of the Trade.—The trade is divided into
the main branches of garden and flower seeds and
bulbs and agricultural seeds. The latter is practically a
business by itself, devoted to such seeds as blue grass,
timothy, clover, red top and alfalfa, some of which are
exported or imported as the exigencies of the season's
product demand.
Tariff.—Flower seeds are subjected to no import
duties, while on garden seeds there is a tariff of 30 per
cent ad valorem. It is a mooted point whether this tariff
at the present time operates to the advantage of the
trade, the principal seedsmen being generally of the
opinion that it tends to stimulate over-production in
this country.
Number of Firms in the Trade.—The main business
of the country is in the hands of about 150 firms, but
practically every groceryman in country towns and vil-
lages carries a stock during the spring season, These
men, however, deal as arule with the larger houses,
and constitute the principal class of middlemen for
retail trade.
Wholesale Seedsmen’s League: Its Ohjects.-—On
August 24, 1900, some 42 of the leading houses of the
country incorporated themselves in the Wholesale
Seedsmen’s League, with the object of regulating the
general interests of the trade. The office of the League
is in Philadelphia; its president, F. W. Bruggerhof, of
New York; vice-president, S. F. Leonard, of Chicago;
secretary and treasurer, Burnet Landreth, of Phila-
delphia. The climate and soils of the United States are
so varied that entirely different methods of carrying on
the seed business obtain in different trade centers, and
one of the principal efforts of the League is in the direc-
tion of agreeing as to the uniform listing of prices for
crops of the same seed which mature at different dates
in different localit It is hoped in this way not only
to prevent the sacrifice of stock by growers in early dis-
tricts, but also to prevent the demoralization of the
general market, caused by the publication of clearance
pric by seedsmen in an early district before the
market has been adequately supplied by seedsmen in
those districts in which the stock matures at a later
BERS ON: J. M. Toorsurn & Co.
SEED-BOX. Ludwigia alternifolia; probably also
sometimes applied to plants that have loose seeds in
inflated pods, as Crotolaria.
104
SELAGINELLA 1647
SELAGINELLA (diminutive of Latin Selugo, old
name of wa club moss). Selayinelldcew, CLuB Moss. A
large genus of mostly tropical plants of diverse habit,
ranging from minute, prostrate annuals to erect or even
climbing perennials. Easily recognized by the produc-
tion of two kinds of spores— powdery microspores from
which the male prothallus arises and larger microspores
produced four in a sporange just within the axil of the
terminal leaves of the stem, which often form a 4-angled
spike. In all our cultivated species the lvs. are in four
ranks, the two upper smaller and pressed against the
stem, giving it a flattened appearance. Selaginellas are
graceful fern-like greenhouse plants, offen known to
gardeners as Lycopodiuims.
INDEX.
Africana, 33,
albo-nitens, 13.
amend, 30.
apus, 12.
arborea, 5.
argentea, ¢
utroviridis, 14.
aurea, 2,9.
Braunii, 31.
Brasiliensis, 11.
euspidata. 21.
denstm, 12.
denticulata, 2.
elongata, 37.
Emmeliana, 22.
erythropus, 35.
filicina, 36.
flabellata, 32.
geniculata, 37.
gracilis,
patula, 4.
Pervillei, 33.
plumosa, 6.
Poulteri, 18.
rubella, 17.
rubricaulis
rupestris, 1.
sarmentosa, 4.
serpens, 3.
serrulata,
5
S
39.
Brownti, 9. grandis, setosa, ¢
ccesia, 5. hematodes, 36. stoloni cape
Californiea, 15. in 19. uncinata, 5.
entlescens, 30. Kr DR variegatia, 9, 17.
cognata, 26. levigat . Vietoriw, 24.
coneinna, 7. lepidophylla, 20, viticulos D
cordata, 38 Lobbii, 26. Vogelii,
cordifolia, Lyallii, 34. Wallichii,
crispa, ¢
a Martens
Cunninghami, 10.
molliceps, 39.
Willdenovii,
A. Lvs. all similar, many - ranked,
IN GELUVE SP CCLES fs cass ot vaes Wakuase Sd 1. rupestris
AA. Les. 4-ranked, of two sorts, forming
an upper and a lower plane.
Mostly hothouse exotics.
B. Foliage of the spikes uniform.
c. Main stem decumbent, usually
rooting throughout.
pv. Plants percunial: lus, firm.
E. Stems continuous, t. €.,
without joiuts.
F. Branches one-eighth in,
or le: wide: stems
6-9 in. TONG ccc ee eee 2. denticulata
3. serpens
4. patula
FR. Branches 44 in. or more
wide: stems 1-2 ft. long 5. uneinata
6. plumosa
7. concinna
EE. Stems articulated .......- 8. stolonifera
9. Kraussiana
pp. Plants annual: lvs. and
stem weak and flaecid..... 10. Cunninghami
11. Brasiliensis
12. apus
13. albo-nitens
cc. Main stems ascending,
branched nearly or quite to
the base
pv. Roots confined to the lower
half of the stems.
E. Plants perennial,
continuous stems,
F. Color of lus. and stem
pale or bright green... 14. atroviridis
15, Californica
16. Martensii
FF. Color oflus. dark green,
with
becoming red: stem
reddish brown........ 17. rubella
BE, PlIGHES GNNUA oo wen ota 18. Poulteri
pp. Roots confined to the base of
the stems.
G. Stems crowded in
rosettes, curling
closely when dvy ...19. involvens
20. lepidophylla
21. cuspidata
1648 SELAGINELLA
GG. Stems 6-12 in. high,
nol curling tn
POS CLECS eit ha
aaa. Stems elongated (2
ft. or more), not
crowded,
H. Lvs. equal-sided at
OES Be Ro odio Siete 23, Wallichii
24. Victoriz
HH. Lis. produced on
upper side at base.25, gracilis
26. Lobbii
. Willdenovii
. Emmeliana
coe. Main stems climbing
ecoe. Main stems erect, the branches
confined tothe upper portion,
nohed below,
bp. Stems not jointed,
E. Color of stems straw-col-
ored, or at most only
pink-tinted,
F. Les. long, the
divisions of stem
LNG VUE ie Seek Han 5
FF. Les. shorter or minute;
the ultimate divisions
of stem one-sirth to
one-tweltth in. wide.
G. Plants usually less
than a foot high....29. viticulosa
aa. Plants 1-2 ft, high...30. caulescens
. Braunii
. flabellata
. Vogelii
Lyallii
erythropus
. hematodes
ullimate
1
. grandis
UTERO. S edie lee caro steel acrapa emcees
BB. Foliage of spike of two kinds, the
smaller forming a lower plane,
the larger an upper ...........38. cordifolia
39. molliceps
geniculata
1. rupéstris, Spring. A small, rock-loving perennial,
with branching stems 4-5 in. long, many-ranked lvs.
ending in a white awn, and square, 4-angled spikes. —
Native of the eastern half of the United States, but re-
placed by many allied species in the Rocky Mts. and on
the Pacific coast. The writer has separated 6 of these
and Dr. Hieronymus, at Berlin, has recently character-
ized 10 others.
2. denticulata, Link. Fig. 2503. Stems less than 6 in.
long, matted: Ivs. of the lower plane slightly spaced.
denticulate, cordate on the upper side at base and im-
bricated over the stem; Ivs. of upper plane ecuspidate.
Mediterranean region throughout.—Trade names are
vars. aurea and foliis variegatis.
3. sérpens, Spring. Stems 6-9 in. long, trailing, bright
green, copiously branched: lvs. of lower plane crowded,
obtuse, spreading, ciliated at the rounded base; Ivs. of
upper plane obliquely oblong, acute. West Indies.—
Long in cultivation.
4. pétula, Spring (S. sarmentosa, A. Br.). Stems
slender, trailing, pale green, 6-9 in. long, with long,
tail-like tip, and fewer short pinnate branches: lvs. of
lower plane crowded, crect-spreading, oblong-lanceolate,
somewhat acute; Ivs. of lower plane one-third as long,
acute. Jamaica.
5, uneinata, Spring (Lycopédinm cesiimn and Selagi-
nélla cwsia, Hort.). Stems 1-2 ft. long, extending in a
somewhat naked tip beyond the branches, doubly
grooved above, with short, alternate branches : lvs.
thin, blue-green, with a distinct midrib, slightly more
produced on the upper side; lvs. of upper plane cuspi-
date, much imbricated. China.—In 1893 John Saul
offered “iS. casia arborea” with the remark that S.
levigata was a synonym thereof,
6. plumésa, Baker. Stems 6-12 in. long, flat above,
often forked near the base: lys. of lower plane close,
bright green, much more produced on upper side of
midrib, ciliated on both sides at base; lvs. of upper
SELAGINELLA
plane half as long, ovate, much imbricated. India, Cey-
lon, China, Malay Isles.
7. concinna, Spring (S. serruldta, Spring). Stems
1 ft. or more long, copiously pinnately branched, with
more or less fan-shaped compound branches: lvys. of
lower plane crowded, bright green, glossy, much dilated
and rigidly ciliate on the upper side at base; Ivs. of
upper plane one-third as long, long-cuspidate, much
imbricated. Mascarene Islands.—Vavr. foliis variegatis,
Hort., is cultivated.
8. stolonifera, Spring. Stems a foot or more long,
with a more or less naked tip, angled above and below,
with short, compound branches lvs. of lower plane
closely set, rigid, acute, short-ciliate and minutely auri-
cled at base. West Indies.
9. Kraussiana, A. Br. Stems 6-12 in. long, flat on the
back, rounded on the face, copiously pinnate, with
compound branches: Ivs. of upper plane spaced on the
branches and main stem, acute, slightly imbricated over
the stem; lvs. of upper plane obliquely ovate, acute.
Africa, Madeira.—S. Brownii, Hort., is a dwarf form
from the Azores. Vars. atrea and variegata are
American trade names.
10. Cunninghami, Baker. Stems copiously pinnate,
the lower branches compound: lvs. of lower plane ovate
or oblong, cordate and very unequal-sided at base,
much imbricated over the stem; lvs. of upper plane
distinctly cuspidate. Brazil.
11. Brasiliénsis, A. Br. Stems copiously pinnate, the
lower slightly compound: Ivs. of lower plane mostly
spaced, acute, cordate at base, ciliate and imbricated
over the stem; lvs lane half as long, euspi-
date. Brazil.—Similar to preceding, but with longer
leaves.
12. apus, Spring. Stems 1-4 in. long, angled above,
with short, simple or forked branches: lvs. of upper
plane pale green, serrulate but not ciliate, cordate on
the upper side; lvs. of the upper plane ovate. Canada
to Texas.— Lycopodium densum, cultivated at the Har-
vard Botanic Garden, is said to belong here.
13. Albo-nitens, Spring. Stems slender, trailing, the
lower branches slightly compound: lvs. of lower plane
spaced on main stem, short-ciliate, bright green; lvs. of
upper plane one-third as long. cuspidate. West Indies.
X =e
Club Moss used to cover the soil of an orchid pot—
Selaginella denticulata (X 14).
2303.
14. atroviridis, Spring. Stems 6-12 in. long, ascend
ing, doubly grooved above: Ivs. of lower plane spuriously
3-nerved, firm, broadly rounded; lvs. of the upper plane
half as long, long-cuspidate, much imbricated. India.
15. Californica, Spring. Stems 4-6 in. long, 4-angled,
copiously pinnate: Ivs. of lower plane ovate, minutely
SELAGINELLA
cuspidate, denticulate on the upper side at the base;
lvs. of the upper plane very small, ovate-oblong. Said
to come from Lower California, but not known at Kew
and doubtfully in cultivation in this country.
2304. Poorly grown specimen of Club Moss, unsuitable for
table decoration ( 14).
For contrast with Fig. 2305. This species is 8. Martensi/.
16. Martensii, Spring. Fig. 2304. Stems 6-12 in. long,
flat or rounded below, angled above: Ivs. of lower plane
plong-lanceolate, serrulate but not ciliate, slightly im-
bricated over the stem : Ivs. of upper plane ob-
liquely oblong, long-cuspidate. Mexico.—Exists under
many varieties in cultivation.
17. rubélla, Moore. Stems 1 ft. Jong, somewhat erect
in habit, reddish brown, with 2 grooves on the upper
face: lvs. of lower plane dark green, becoming reddish
with age, obtuse or obscurely cuspidate, ciliated and
imbricated over the stem at the upper side of base; Ivs.
of upper plane ovate-cuspidate. Native country not
known. — Has been in cultivation since 1870. Var. varie-
gata, Hort., is cultivated.
18. Poulteri, Hort. Veitch. Stems densely tufted,
slender, suberect, 2-3 in. long, three to four times
dichotomously forked: lys. of lower plane spaced, sub-
orbicular, obtuse, bright green; Ivs. of upper plane
nearly as long, but ovate and acute. Azores.
19. invélvens, Spring. Stems densely tufted, 2-6 in.
long, deltoid, branched nearly to the base: Ivs. of lower
plane crowded, ovate, with a distinet cusp, bright green,
thick, rigid, serrulate on both margins; lvs. of upper
plane nearly as long, ovate-lanceolate, cuspidate. Japan
to India and the Philippines.
20. lepidophylla, Spring. RestrRRECTION PLANT.
Stems 2-4 in. long, densely tufted, spreading in a close
spiral so as to form a flattish expanse, curling closely
into a ball when quite dr lvs. of lower plane oblique,
obtuse, minutely ciliated, green on the face, paler below;
s. of upper plane nearly as long, obliquely ovate, ob-
tuse. Texas and Mexico to Pern.—Often sold dry under
the name of “Resurrection Plant” (which see), as the
absorption of water will cause the ball with a dull
brown exterior to expand and show its bright green
upper face of the stems long after the plant is dead.
21. cuspidata, Link. Stems densely tufted, 6 in. or
more long, branched nearly to the base, with copiously
compound branches: lvs. of lower plane obliquely ovate,
euspidate, dilated and ciliated on the upper side at the
base, pale green edged with white; lvs. of upper plane
nearly as long, obliquely ovate, cuspidate. A plant oc-
curring under the horticultural name Lycopodium cor-
difolium has the stem a foot or more long and simple
in its lower part, and doubtle represents a distinct
species. Cuba and Mexico to Venezuela.
22. Emmeliana, Hort. Fig. . Stems 6-12 in. high,
the primary branches ascending, bipinnate: lvs. of lower
plane close, obliquely ovate, those of the branchlets nar-
rower and minutely spinulose; lvs. of upper plane
raised above those of the lower, one-half as large, spinu-
lose-serrulate, short-cuspidate. S. Amer.? Named for
Th. Emmel, a German gardener.
SELAGINELLA 1649
23. Wallichii, Spring. Stems 2-3 ft. long, with lan-
ceolate branches and simple crowded branchlets: lvs.
of lower plane crowded, smaller towards the end of the
pinnules; Ivs. of upper plane one-fourth as long, eus-
pidate: spikes },-l in. long. India and the East Indies.
—Highly ornamental.
24. Victoria, Moore. Stems 3-4 ft. long, with lanceo-
late-deltoid, caudate branches, with the lower branch-
lets forked or slightly pinnate: Ivs. of lower plane
crowded, a line long, truncate at base and obscurely
petioled; lvs. of lower plane one-fourth as long, short-
cuspidate: spikes 1-2 in. long. Borneo and Fiji Islands.
25. gracilis, Moore. Stems 2-3 ft. long, somewhat
roughened, with lanceolate branches and simple branch-
lets: lvs. of lower plane ovate-faleate, adnate to stem
on lower side at base; lvs. of upper plane ovate-lanceo-
late, cuspidate. Polynesia.
26. L6bbii, Moore (S. cogndta, Hort.). Stems 3-4 ft.
long, with lanceolate-deltoid branches and contiguous
simple or forked branchlets: Ivs. of lower plane oblong-
lanceolate, acute, bright green, truncate at base; Ivs.
of upper plane one-third as long, obliquely ovate, eus-
pidate. Borneo and Sumatra.
27. Willdenovii, Baker. Stems reaching a length of
many feet, with spreading deltoid brauches and much
compound branchlets, the ultimate short and contigu-
ous: lvs. of lower plhine crowded, ovate or oblong,
tinted with blue, obscurely petioled; lvs. of upper plane
one-third as long, obliquely oblong, not cuspidate. In-
dia and the East Indies.
28. grandis, Moore. Stems 1144-2 ft. long, branched
above: lvs. of lower plane crowded, lanceolate, acute,
rather firm; Ivs. of upper plane one-third as long, as-
cending, much imbricated. Borneo.
29. viticuldsa, Klotzsch. Stems with deltoid 2-3-pin-
nate branches: lIvs. of lower plane ascending, acute,
short-ciliated and much imbricated over the stem; lys.
of upper plane one-third as long, obliquely ovate, cuspi-
date. Central America.
30. cauléscens, Spring (S. amena, Hort.). Stems
stiff, erect, the short final branchlets curling when dry:
lvs. of lower plane crowded, ovate, falecate, bright green;
lvs. of upper plane one-third to one-fourth as long, cus-
2305. Well-grown specimen of SelaginellaEmmeliana (< !4).
Suitable for table decoration.
pidate. Japan, China and East Indies.—Var. argéntea,
Hort., is advertised.
31. Bratnii, Baker. Stems deltoid and fexuous above,
with deltoid erect-spreading pinne, the pinnules short,
deltoid and spaced: lvs. of lower plane ovate-rhomboid,
usually revolute at both edges; Ivs. of lower plane
sbort-cuspidate. West China.
1650
32. flabellata, Spring. Stems erect, deltoid, decom-
pound, with contiguous final branchlets: lvs. of lower
plane obliquely ovate, acute, broadly rounded and cili-
ated at the base; lvs. of upper plane obliquely ovate,
cuspidate. Widely distributed in tropical regions. —One
of the forms of this is cultivated as S. crispa, Hort.
3. Vogelii, Spring (S. Africdna, A. Br. S. Pervillei,
Spring). Stems decompound above, the’ lower pinne
deltoid, petioled, 3-4-pinnate: Ivs. of lower plane lan-
ceolate, ascending, often revolute on both edges, trun-
cate at base; | of upper plane minute, strongly cus-
pidate. Africa.
34. Lyallii, Spring. Stems deltoid above, the lower
pinne bipinnate, the final divisions 44-1 in. long, '—-s
in. wide: lvs. of lower plane oblong-lanceolate, faleate,
acute; lvs. of upper plane minute, acute. Madagascar.
35. erythropus, Spring. Stems under a foot long, del-
toid and decompound above, the lower pinne 3-pinnate,
the ultimate divisions one-twelfth to one-eighth in.
wide’: lvs. of lower plane oblong-lanceolate, acute,
strongly ciliated; Ivs. of upper plane one-half as long,
cuspidate. Tropical America.—N. setdsa, Hort., is said
to be a starved form of this species.
36. hematédes, Spring (ZZ. filiclna, Spring). Stems
1-2 ft. long, the deltoid pinne 3-4-pinnate, the ultimate
divisions 's-'4 in. wide: lvs. of lower plane ascend-
ing, oblong-rhomboid, acute, dilated on upper side at
base, not ciliated; lvs. of upper plane minute, cuspidate.
Venezuela to Peru.
37. geniculata, Spring (S. elongata, Kl.). Stems 2-3
ft. long, decompound, with lower pinne 3-pinnate, the
divisions ascending and pinnately arranged: lvs. of
lower plane ovate, acute; Ivs. of upper plane one-third
as long, ovate-lanceolate. Costa Rica to Peru.
38. cordifolia, Spring (S. corddta, Kl.). Stems trail-
ing, a foot long, with short branches often ending in
whip-like tips: lws. of lower plane acute, pale green,
membranous, ciliated on the upper edge, dilated and
subcordate; lvs. of upper plane ovate-lanceolate, cuspi-
date. West Indies.
39, méHiceps, Spring ( ubricatlis, A. Br.). Stems
erect, 6-9 in. long, bisuleate above, much compound:
Ivs. of lower plane oblong-lanceolate, dark green, very
unequal-sided, serrulate on the upper edge; lvs. of up-
per plane one-half to one-third as long, ovate or ovate-
lanceolate, cuspidate. Africa.
The following American trade names cannot be satisfactorily
accounted for as spec S. acatlis is said to be oneof the
most important commercial species cult. in Ameri re
einatum is eult. at Harvard Botanie Garden.—S. Lageriana
was introduced from Colombia and probably belongs to species
a dy described from that country. It is said to bea very
light green plant and a strong grower, whereas S8. Pitcheriana
is of dwarfer habit and with stems and under surface of fronds
red and upper surface dark green.—S. paradéxa. Offered by
John Saul, 1893.—S8. Piteheriana, Consult 8. Lageriana. Co-
lombi N. rubicinda and triangularis were o ed by Sanl
jn 1893.—S. wmbrosa. Once cult. by Pitcher & Manda, of the
United States Nurs 5
SELAGINELLA
L. M. UNDERWooD.
Selaginellas are favorite plants in every good con-
servatory, being greatly admired for their feathery,
moss-like foliage. They have various shades of green,
and some of them are remarkable for metallie and iri-
descent tints, especially bronze and bluish colors, the
latter being very unusual among plants in general. S.
Willdenovii is avery choice large-growing species of
the bronze and blue class. Another is S. unecinata,
often called “Rainbow Moss.” Selaginellas are often
grown for their own sake as specimen plants, but they
are also very commonly used as edging for greenhouse
beds, for covering unsightly spots under the benches,
and for hiding the surface soil of large tubs, orchid pots
and the like. See Fig. 2303. They are also delightful
subjects for table decoration when grown in pans or
jardini¢res. For this purpose a well-grown Selaginella
should be a dense, compact mass of fluffy and feathery
green, not a weak, thin, straggling plant, as shown in
Figs. 2304 and 2305. Selaginellas are also employed in
bouquets of flowers, fronds being used for “green” in-
stead of asparagus or fern. Occasionally a fancier of
the more difficult species grows a large specimen in a
wardian case for exhibition,
SELENIPEDIUM
In general, Selaginellas are of easy culture. As a
rule they prefer shade and moisture and are somewhat
tender in foliage compared with some of the commonest
of commercial ferns. S. denliculata, Araussiana, Mar-
tensii, and some other commercial favorites may be
rapidly propagated without any preliminary treatment
in the cutting bench. Cuttings of these species about
an inch and a half long may be inserted directly into
small pots of light sandy soil, placed in ashady position.
Syringe them lightly three or four times a day for a
week, at the end of which time they will take root.
They will soon grow into salable plants.
The popular S. Lmmeliana, which is generally con-
sidered by florists a variety of S. cuspidata, requires
different treatment. It is much slower and sometimes
requires about nine months from the making of cuttings
until the young plants are ready for potting.
Fill regular fern boxes with fern soil, adding one
part in five of sand, and press firmly. Select mature
fronds of the S. Hmmeliana, cut them into pieces half an
inch long, scatter thinly over surface of soil, and put
just enough finely screened soil on top of the cuttings
to attach some small portion of them to the soil. Water
thoroughly, cover with glass, and place in a temperature
of 70° F. In this condition they will soon form roots
and little plants at almost every joint. When sufficiently
large they should be separated and transplanted singly
an inch apart into boxes, where they may be left until
large enough to be potted.
The following list of Selaginellas for special and gen-
eral purpose is not designed to be complete, but merely
suggestive. For commercial purposes, S. denticulata,
Kraussiana, Martensti and Hmmeliana; for carpeting
the soil, 8S. denticulata; for table decoration, S. Hmme-
liana and S. Martensii; for cutting, the commercial
kinds; for veranda boxes, S. Braunii; for bronze and
blue colors, 8S. Willdenovii and S. uncinata; for specimen
plants and exhibitions, 8S. Braunii, Lyalli, viticulosa,
Wallichii, and Willdenovii, Also the following, which
are generally considered more difficult subjects; S. atro-
viridis, hematodes and rubricaulis; for curiosity, 8.
serpens and lepidophylla,
The curiosities of the genus call for special mention.
S. serpens is remarkable for its changes of color during
the day. In the morning the foliage is bright green;
during the day it gradually becomes paler as though
bleached by the light; toward night it resumes its
lively green hue again. For S. lepidophylla, see Resur-
rection Plant.
The following species also deserve a few running
notes: S. Braunii is an old favorite which is often in-
correctly labelled S. Wilidenovii in collections. Its
branches, or “foliage” in the popular sense, are excep-
tionally tough and wiry for the genus. Variegated
forms appear in NS. Martensii, Kraussiana and invol-
vens, the last-named species being prolific in singular
forms. S. viticulosa is better adapted for use as a pot-
plant than for mingling in a fernery, because of its
strong-growing, erect, fern-like habit. The branchlets
are thrown up from creeping stems and do not root
readily, so that this species is usually prop. by division
or spores.
W. AH. Tapuin, N. N. Bruckner and W. M.
SELECTION. See Plant- Breeding and the discus-
sion under Seedage.
SELENIA airea, Nutt., is a hardy annual of the mus-
tard family, a native of the U.S. from Arkansas and
Texas to the base of the Rockies. It is not known to be
cult. in America, but it seems to be one of the prettiest
of our few native ornamental crucifers. It has small
yellow fls. about 3% in. across, each of the 4 petals hav-
ing a central band of red. It is also interesting for its
finely cut foliage and its flat pods through which the
seeds may be vaguely seen, as in the case of Lunaria,
or “Honesty.” It grows about 9 in. high. B.M. 6607.
W. M.
SELENIPEDIUM (from selene, moon, and pedion,
ground; analogous to Cypripedium. It was evidently
intended to derive the second part of the word from
pedilon, sandal, and some botanists and horticultural
writers use the word thus derived, but Reichenbach
SELENIPEDIUM
wrote Selenipedium). Orchiddcew, The genus Seleni-
pedium comprises the South American Cypripediums.
Technically it is separated from the genus Cypripe-
dium on account of the three-loculed ova Aside from
this character the flowers resemble those of Cypripe-
dium, but the intlorescenee is quite distinct. Les
seapes of Cypripedium bear a single flower (rarely 2
more), While those of Selenipedium bear several aa: ‘TS
and often become paniculately branched. In general
habit the Selenipediums are more robust and luxuriant.
The Ivs. are crowded in dense tufts on short, creeping
rhizomes, As in many orchid) genera, the species of
Selenipediam are remarkable for the number of color
variations of their flowers. There are many varieties
that form connecting lnks between species, thus mak-
ing the genus a very difficult one for satisfactory de-
scription. It is hoped that the following account, how-
ever, will serve to distinguish the leading types,
This genus, like the true Cypripediums, has been a
favorite one with hybridizers. Some of the best known
species, as S. Sedeni and others, are the products of
crosses. The total number of hybrids far exceeds the
number of original species. A part of the genera Cy-
pripedium and Selenipedium has been separated by
some botanists as a distinet genus, Paphiopedilum,
which is now sometimes found in horticultural writings.
For culture, see Cypripediiam.
HEINRICH HASSELBRING.
All Selenipediums enjoy plenty of heat and moisture
in the growing season, March to November (65-90°).
Give good drainage. Use chopped sphagnum with
broken clinkers from the furnace, and the addition of a
little leaf-mold, raising the material as high above the
rim of the pot as possible. This material is especially
to be recommended for the young and divided plants.
Give slight shade, and grow on raised benches near the
glass. Water sparingly until growth begin The four
species, S. Dominianum, S. Sedeni, S. Schlimii and
S. Sargentianum, should not be overpotted. Fill pots
three-fourths full of drainage, then place a thin layer
of coarse fern root, which will fill pot to level of the
tim. Place the age on top and then fill 24, to 3 in. on
top with chopped sphagnum and leaf-mold Sees with
coarse sand or pulverized coal clinkers. Keep the moss
in a growing condition. Wn. Matuews.
INDEX.
(Including some names advertised under Cypripedium.)
Ainsworthii, 6. Klotzschianum, 18. Sargentianum, 8.
albiflorum, 1. Lindeni, 14. Sechlimii, 1.
albo-purpureum, 11. Lindleyanum, 9. Schomburgkianum,
atratum, 15. longifolium, 10. 18
Boissierianum, 17. Luxemburgense, lt.
ealurum, 12. magniflorum, 10
candidulum, 2. nigrescens, 14.
eardinale, 5 Pearcei, 19.
earicinum, 19. porphyreum, 4. Wallisii, 14
ecaudatum, 14. reticulatum, 17, Warscewicezianum,
Dominianumn, 16. Reezlii, 10. 14.
giganteum, 1. resenm, 10 4 Warseewiezii, 14.
grande, Rougierii, 12. Weidlichianum, 3.
Hartw
A. Petals ovate to lanceolate,
plane or scarcely twisted.
B. Fls. white or pink.........
BB. Fis. purple and white......
Se hroederaa, 13.
Sedeni, 2
Sesgerii, 14,
vittatum, 7.
i, 10.
1. Schlimii
2. Sedeni
3. Weidlichianum
+. porphyreum
5. eardinale
6. Ainsworthii
7. vittatum
8. Sargentianum
9, Lindleyanum
AAA. Petals lanceolate-caudate ....10. longifolium
. albo-purpureum
calurum
3. Schreedere
AA. Petals linear-oblong .........
Petals linear-caudate
B. Lis. broadly linear........ 14. caudatum
. grande
. Dominianum
7. Boissierianum
narrowly LNCAP oc... 18, Klotzschianum
19. caricinum
AAAA.
BB. Lvs.
SELENIPEDIUM 1651
A. Schlimii, Linden (Cypripedinim Schlimii, Linden),
2506. Lys. 4-6, ligulate, leathery, sharp-pointed,
Zin. high: seape longer than the lvs., birsute, often
branched, 2-8-fld.: sepals less than 1 in. Jong, ovate-
obtuse, the lower a little larger than the uy pper and con-
cave, white or spotted with crimson on the inner side;
2306. Selenipedium Schlimii (x 24)
petals like the sepals; labellum an elliptic bag with a
contracted opening, white with a large crimson blotch
in front; staminodium yellow. Late summer. Colombia.
B.M. 5614. F.S. 18:1917.—Var. albiflorum, Linden.
Fils. white, except the yellow staminodium and asuffused
blotch on the labellum. J.H. 21:183. Vars. gigantéum
and supérbum are also advertised.
2. Sédeni, Hort. Fig. 2307. Lvs. numerous, crowded,
12-18 in. long, tapering to a point: :
high, about 4-fld. but often sending out seconda
ering branches from the axils of the bracts pe ihe
first fls. have fallen: fls. 344-4 in. across the petals;
lower sepal oval, greenish white, upper sepal oblong,
acute, with faint purplish green veins; petals lanceo-
late, twisted, purple shading to greenish white at the
base; labellum rich crimson-purple shading to paler
purple behind, spotted ins —Garden hybrid between
S. longifoliim and 8, Schlimii, A very luxuriant free-
flowering plant. F.M. 187 Be R.H. 1879:470,
Var. candidulum, Reichb. f. Sepals white; petals white
tinged with rose; hoe nee darker rose. A hybrid be-
tween S. longifolium and S. Schlimii, var, atbiflorum,
The following names are also in the trade: grandifld-
rum, sanguineum, supérbum,
3. Weidlichianum, Hort.
S. Hartwegit and S. Sehlimii,
S. Sedeni. G.M. 84:274 (as
annum).
4. porphyreum, Reichb. f. (Cypripedinm porphireum,
Reichb. f.).. Lys. broadly strap-shaped, acute, about
1 ft. long: fls. mostly purple, resembling those of S.
Sedeni, but without protuberances on the open sides of
the lip. The sepals and petals are oblong and more
acuminate. Garden lybrid between S. Razlii and 8.
Scehlimii.
5. eardinale, Reichb. f.
Reichb, f.). Lys. long, straight:
A garden hybrid between
It hardly differs from
Cypripedian Weidlini-
(Cypripedium cardinale,
dorsal sepal blush-
1652 SELENIPEDIUM
white, slightly streaked with green; petals broad, ovate-
oblong, undulate, white tinged with rose-purple near
the base; labellum intense purple; staminodium white.
Garden hybrid between S. Sedeni and 8S, Schlimii, Gn.
27:495.
6. Ainsworthii, Reichb. f. (Cypripedium Ainsworthii,
Reichb. f.). Lvs. ligulate, acuminate, 1%. ft. long:
scape shorter, pubescent, few-fld.: upper sepal oblong,
acutish, undulate, whitish or yellowish green with a
pale purple border; lower sepal very broad and con-
2307.
Selenipedium Sedeni.
(x%,)
cave with a reflexed margin, shorter than the lip; petal
broad, purple, with a green midvein and a pale area near
the base; side lobes of the lip yellow, with numerous
spots. A garden hybrid between 8. Sedeni and NS.
Rezlii.
7. vittatum, Reichb. f. (Cypripedium vittatum,
Vell.). Lys. 1 ft. long, linear-ligulate, acute, margined
with yellow: stems few-fld., 12-18 in. high; dorsal
sepal oblong, subacute, greenish striped with red; lower
sepal about twice as broad as the upper, green; petals
linear, pendent, undulate, reddish brown, striped with
green and green toward the base, longer than the sepal;
labellum shorter than the sepals, brown, greenish spotted
with reddish brown inside. Brazil. I.H. 2 3
8. Sargentianum, Rolfe.
in. long, oblong-lanceolate, acuminate, with golden mar-
gins: seape 6 in. hig —! dorsal sepal oblong,
acute, pale yellow with red veins; lower sepal ovate,
subacute, shorter than the lip; petals longer than the
sep: strap-shaped, slightly twisted, undulate, ciliate,
pale yellow streaked with red and with bright red mar-
gins; labellum yellow, with pale red veins, deflexed side
lobes speckled with red. Brazil. BM. 7446. G.C. LIL.
15:781. A.G. 21:423,
SELENIPEDIUM
9. Lindleyanum, Reichh. f. & Warsc. (Cypripédium
Lindleydnum, Schomb.). Lys. 15-20 in. long, leathery,
deep green, with yellow margins: scape many-fld., pu-
bescent, 2-4 ft. high: upper sepal ovate-oblong, undu-
late, light green with brownish veins; petals 2 in. long,
detlexed, green with brown veins, ciliate; labellum
olive-green, with brown veins and much spotted on the
side lobes. Guiana.
10. longifolium, Reichhb. f. (8S. Re@zlii, Reichb. f. 8,
Hiirtwegii, Reichb. f. Cypripedium lonyifolium, Warse.
and Reichb. f. C. Muzlii, Regel. ©. Hdrtwegii,
Reichb. f.). Lvs. tufted, 8-12 in. long, narrowly strap-
shaped, tapering to a point and strongly keeled: scape
2 ft. high, purplish, sparingly pubescent: fis. large;
upper sepals ovate-lanceolate, pale yellowish green,
faintly streaked with purple; lower sepals ovate-obtuse,
shorter than the lip; petals 3}. in. long, spreading, nar-
rowly lanceolate, twisted, pale yellow with rose-colored
margins and with a white line on the edge; labellum
2 in. long, green shaded with dull purple or brown in
front, side lobes yellow, spotted with pale purple.
Costa Rica. B.M. 5970 and 6217. I.H. 20:138. R.H.
1873, p. 416; 1893, pp. 18, 19. F.M. 1874:119. F,
1871:126.—S. Razlii, sometimes considered as a dis-
tinct species, is of more robust habit, having lvs. 2 ft.
long and green scapes. Var. magniflorum, Hort.
(Cypripedium magniflorum, Hort.), has the petals
margined with white. A.F. 7:707. The following varie-
ties also are distinguished in cultivation: grandiflorum,
latifolium, and roseum.
11. albo- purptreum, Reichb. f. (Cypripedium dibo-
purptreum, Reichb. f.). Lvs. long, strap-shaped and
recurved: fis. larger than those of S. Sedeni; sepals
oblong-acute, subequal, whitish, with a purplish tinge
on the margins; petals 5-6 in. long, linear, hanging
downward and twisted, purplish; labellum purplish on
the borders, the inflexed lateral lobes nearly closing the
mouth, white, with dark purple spots. Garden hybrid
between S. Schlimii and Dominianum. Gn. 21, p. 832.
—A var. supérbum has been advertised.
12. calurum, Nichols. (Cypripedium calirum, Reichb.
f.). Lvs. numerous, tufted, long acute, channeled:
scape much taller than the lvs., brownish red, branch-
ing: fis. large, about 5 in. across the petals; dorsal se-
pals oblong-ovate, pale green, with longitudinal pur-
plish ribs, flushed with red on the outside; lower sepal
broadly ovate and much
smaller; petals lanceolate, &
undulate, pale green in ‘ i
the center and at the base,
margins rose-red;_ label-
lum oblong, rose-red
tinted with brown in front;
side lobes deeply inflexed,
eream white, with irregu-
lar spots of purple. Gar-
den hybrid between W.
longifolium and S. Sedeni.
F. 1884: 145. — There are
several horticultural
forms, one known as
Rougiérii.
13. Schredere, Hert.
(Cypripedium Schraederw,
Hort. Veiteh, ex-Reichb.
f.). Plant of the habit of
S. Sedeni, with fls. resem-
bling those of S. albo-pur-
pureum Wat larger: upper
sepals nearly ochre -col-
2308.
ored, with purple veins; Selenipedium
lower sepals very broad, Sargentianum
ochre-colored, with purple (Xx)
NS 3*
veins; petals long-lanceo-
late, undulate, pendent, 4 .
in. long, greenish white in the middle, erimson-purple
around the margin; labellaum purple outside, inflexed
lobes yellow, with brown blotches. Garden hybrid be-
tween S. caudatum and S. Sedeni.
14. caudatum, Reichh. f. (Cypripedium cauddtum,
Lindl. Cypripedium Lindeni, Van Houtte. Cypripe-
dium Warscewiezidnum, Reichb, ioe Las. strap-shaped,
SELENIPEDIUM
rather stiff upright, about 1 ft. long: scape 12-24 in.
high, about 4-tld.: dorsal sepals 5-6 in. Jong, lanceolate,
pale yellow, verging on creamy white and veined with
greenish, lower sepal similar; petals pendent, twisted,
often attaining a length of nearly a yard, yellowish,
shaded with brown on the outside and bee oming brown-
ish crimson toward the tips. Peru. F.S. 6:506. RH.
. 318; 1883, p. 351; 1885, p- 472. 46,0. 11. 33211 ¢
Gn. 3, p.313; 26, p. 72; 32, p. 301; 46, ;P: 80. ALEy
3: 132; 6:859. Gung. 5:265, G.M. 31:557; 33:795; 35:489.
2309. Selenipedium Dominianum ( % 1-5)
—One of the largest of the Selenipediums and remark-
able on account of the extremely long petals. Peloric
forms with the third sepal (labellum) resembling the
other two have passed under the name of Uropedium
Lindeni, Lindl.
Var, roseum, Hort. (8. cauddtim, var. Warscewlezii,
Godfroy.). Sepals yellow, with orange veins ; petals
deep purple; labellum deep yellow in front, green be-
hind. LH. B3i . Var. Wallisii, Hort. (S. Wéllisii,
Reichb. f£.. Cypripedium Wadllisii, Hort.). Lys. paler
green: fls. pale, and in every way more delicate than
the ty Gu. $9, p. 140.) Numerous other varieties of
this species are distinguished in cultivation. The fol-
lowing names occur in trade lists: atreum, Luxembur-
génse, rubrum, supérbum, Seégerii, spléndens, nigrés-
cens.
15. grande, Reichh. f. (Cypripedium grande, Reichh.
ybrid between S. Rezlii and S. cauda-
tum, resembling the former in habit and flowers but
moons more vigorous, with darker fls.: Iws. dark green,
over 2 ft.long: scape over 3 ft. high, with severallarge,
SELF-s 1653
shining fls.; sepals long, oblong -lanceolate, yellowish
veined with green; petals long, pendent, yellow-
green above, becoming rose-pink; labellum large,
greenish yellow in front, whitish behind; side -lobes
white, spotted with crimson. G.M. 32:87. A.F. 11:1349,
—Var. atratum, A hybrid between 8. longifolium, Raz-
lit and S. caudatin rosewm. G.C. WI. 152692.
16. Dominianum, Hort. (Cypripedium Dominidnum,
Reichh. f.). Fig. 2309. Lys. numerous, about 1 ft. long,
acuminate: fs. yellowish green, with copper - brown
shades and markings ; Iabellam deep reddish brown,
PERILITY
reticulated in frout and yellowish green behind. A hy-
brid between S. Pearce’ and S. eaudatum, It is inter-
mediate between the parents, but differs from 8. caudu-
s and narrower lvs., from S.
se staminode and hairy ovary.
57.—The following varieties are
élegans, rubéscens,
tian by its acute brac
Pearcei by the transve
Gn. 3, p.491. F. 1874, p.
also distinguished in cultivation:
supérbum.
17. Boissierianum, Reichb. f. (Cypripedium reticula-
tum, Reichhb, f.). Plant of vigorous habit: lvs. about 3
ft. long, acuminate: scape few-fld. or sometimes pani-
culate, 3-7-fld.: fls. of peculiar light green tints, with a
few sepia brown and green blotches on the whitish in-
flexed part of the hp and with some brown spots on the
margins of the sepals: ovary dark brown, with green
apex and ribs; upper sepals ligulate-lanceolate, very
crisp; lower sepals oblong, about equal to the labellum,
crisp; petals spreading, long-linear, twisted and very
erisp on the margins. Peru. G.C. III. 1:148; 21:54, 55.
GB. 4£:605,.
18. Klotzschianum, Reichb. £. (Cypripedium Schom-
burghidnion, Klotzsch and Reichb. f.). Lvs. linear, 6-
12 in. long, scarcely }» in. wide, rigid, keeled: scape
longer than the lv hirsute, purple, 2-3-fld.; dorsal
sepal ovate-lanceolate, pale rose-colored, with reddish
brown veins, the lower ovate, boat-shaped, colored like
the upper one; petals 3% in. long, linear, twisted, col-
ored like the sepal; labellum greenish yellow, the in-
flexed side-lobes whitish, spotted. British Guiana.
B.M. 7178. G.C. III. 15:625.
19. caricinum, Reichb. f. (Cypripedium Pearcei,
Hort. Cypripedium caricinum, Lindl. & Paxt.) Lys. 1
ft. long, springing in sedge-like tufts from the long
creeping rhizome: scape longer than the lvs., 3-6-fld.:
fis. mostly pale greenish, with the segments bordered
with white andhaving purple tips; sepals broadly ovate,
waved, as long as the lip; petals more than twice as
long, pendent, narrow and much twisted; labellum ob-
long, the upper margins flat; staminodium provided
with 2 hairy processes. Peru. B.M. 5466. F.S. 16:1648.
HEINRICH HASSELBRING.
SELF-HEAL, See Brunella.
SELF-STERILITY OF FRUITS, Self-sterility may
be roughly defined as the inability of a given plant to
produce fertile seeds when pollinated with its own pol-
Jen. With the rapid strides in plant-breeding, propaga-
tion and cultivation, self-sterility and sterility have be-
come important subjects in determining the value and
adaptability of new varieties to the various needs and
purposes of the planter.
The study of self-sterility in more recent years has
been confined mostly to fruit trees and small fruits,
and has been conducted by a number of experimeut
station workers. The list of self-sterile and unisexual
varieties is now fairly large for apples, pears, plums,
grapes and strawberries. In the case of peaches, apri-
cots, cherries, nectarines and prunes little has been done
to determine the number of self-sterile and partially self-
sterile varieties. The causes which tend to produce
self-sterility in cultivated plants may be briefly sum-
marized as follows:
(1) Change of environment dne to domestication pro-
duces change in the reproductive organs of the plants.
It may result (@) in the suppression in whole or in part
of either stamens or pistils; ()) in the infertility or
impotency of the pollen upon its own pistils; (¢) in
changing the time of ripening of the pollen and of the
receptivity of the stigma.
(2) Asexual propagation tends to reduce the impor-
tance of seed production, and to transmit and fur-
1654 SELF -STERILITY
ther develop any tendency towards self-sterility and
separation of the sexes which the parent plant may
possess.
(3) The careless practice of taking cions promiscu-
ously from the nursery row and from unreliable
sources may perpetuate self-sterile individuals.
(4) Breeding and selecting for other qualities than
those associated with seed production may tend to favor
these qualities at the expense of the latter.
(5) Crossing and intererossing of hybrids may tend to
modify the reproductive organs and to produce selt-
sterility.
(6) Excessive cultivation and over-feeding with ni-
trogenous fertilizers may induce too vigorous wood-
growth at the expense of seed and fruit production.
Self-sterile varieties are unable to fruit and produce
seed when planted by themselves. When such varieties
are desired for planting they should always be planted
with other varieties whose time of flowering is the same.
Self-sterility is not always complete. There are all in-
termediate grades between plants that are wholly self-
sterile and those that are self-fertile.
For a condensed list of the important varieties of
leading fruits which are known to be self-sterile or
self-fertile, see Bailey’s “Principles of Fruit-Growing,”
3d edition, pp. 229, 230, and "The Pollination of Pear
Flowers,” by M. B. Waite, Bulletin 6, Div. of Veg.
Path., U. S. Dept. Agric. A full and popular treat-
ment of the whole problem as it affects fruit-growers
will be found in Bulletin 181, Cornell Exp. Sta.,
by 8S. W. Fletcher. For the self-sterility of grapes,
see Bulletin 169, N. Y. Exp. Sta., by S. A. Beach. For
plums, see the writings of F. A. Waugh. See Pollina-
tion. E. P. SANDSTEN.
SELINUM (derivation doubtful). Umbellifere. About
25 species of rather large perennial herbs, mostly from
the northern hemisphere, with pinnately decompound
lvs. and compound radiate umbels of small white or
rarely yellowish white flowers: petals obovate-emargi-
nate: fr. ovoid or nearly quadrate.
tenuifolium, Wall (Oredcome Candodllei, Edgew.). A
hardy perennial with finely cut fern-like foliage and
stem often 8 ft. high, branched, with numerous umbels
of white fls.: ultimate segments of lvs. narrowly lance-
olate, acute: fr. 2-3 lines long, much compressed dor-
sally, four to six times as broad as thick; lateral ridges
much the broadest. India. Gn. 38, p. 221.—Offered as
a novelty in America in 1899 and recommended as a
foliage plant for single lawn specimens.
F. W. Barcuay.
SEMECARPUS (Greek, mark and fruit; referring to
use of fruit juice). Anacardidcew. A genus of 20 spe-
cies of tropical Asiatic and Australian trees with simple,
leathery Ivs. and small fis. in branching panicles: drupe
fleshy, oblong or nearly globose, 1-seeded.
Anacardium, Linn. f. MARKING-NUT TREE. A moderate-
sized deciduous tree with large, oblong or obovate-oblong
Ivs. 8-24 in. long by 5-10 in. wide: fls. greenish white, 24
in. across, nearly sessile, in stout branching panicles
about the same length as the lIvs.: drupe 1 in. long,
smooth, black. India.—The black acid juice of the nut
is used for printing cotton cloth. Cult. in 8S. Fla.
E. N. Reasoner and F, W. Barcuay.
SEMELE( mother of Bacchus). ZLilidcew. The Cuims-
ING ButcHeR’s Broom is a tender evergreen vine
which attains a height of 50-60 ft. and is remarkable
for bearing its flowers on the margins of the “leaves”
instead of on separate flower-stalks. These fis. are
small, yellow, 6-lobed blossoms about three-eighths of
an inch across. What appear to be leaves are teehni-
cally “cladophylla,” i. e., leaf-like branches. They are
organs which have the form and function of leaves but
not the morphology. Semele belongs to the small group
of 4 genera known as the Asparagus tribe, all the mem-
hers of which have cladophylla. Semele differs from
the Butcher’s Broom (#useus) in having 6 anthers in-
stead of 3 and in having the fls. borne on the margin of
the cladophylla instead of along the midrib. Aspara-
gus differs from both in having the fls. not borne on
SEMPERVIVUM
the cladophylla and the filaments free instead of grown
into an urn-shaped body.
Semele is a genus of one species, a native of the
Canary Islands. The plant is not known to be cult. in
American greenhouses, but it is suitable for outdoor
cultivation in the South. Frane hi (Santa Barbara)
says it looks likea gigantic smilax and has dark green,
tropical foliage likely to be mistaken for some of the
Indian climbing palms.
androgyna, Kunth. Seandent, branching: cladodia
ovate or ovate-lanceolate, acuminate, leathery: fls. small,
yellow, clustered: ovary 3-loculed: berry globose, inde-
hiscent. B.M. 1898 and 3029 (as Ruscus androgynus),
R.H. 1894, p. 546. G.M. 31:477, 479; 37:261.—The
members which have the position of leaves are mi-
nute scales, in the axil of which are borne the elado-
phylla, the latter being 3-4 in. long. W. M.
SEMPERVIVUM (Latin,/iving forever). Crassuldcce,
HovusELEEK. About 40 species of fleshy herbs widely
scattered in the mountainous countries of the Old
World. They are mostly hardy perennials and stemless,
and increase by rosettes (Fig. 2310) which are sent out
from the parent plant, thereby suggesting the popular
name ‘“Hen-and-chickens.” The Ivs. are thick, short
and succulent. The fis., which are borne in panicled
cymes, are mostly yellow, greenish yellow, or some
shade of rose or purple, rarely white. The individual
fls. are larger than those of Sedum, but the clusters are
less showy. Houseleeks are cultivated more for foliage
than for flowers. They are not used for as great a va-
riety of purposes as Sedums, but they are popular for
earpet bedding, rockwork and covering dry banks and
bare sandy wastes. They are of the easiest culture and
are quickly multiplied by means of the offsets or ro-
settes. They may be used alone for permanent carpet
beds, and for this special purpose are preferable to the
more popular but tender Echeveria. The foliage re-
mains green all winter. The lvs. are often spotted with
red toward the tip, and this color is brighter if the plants
have full sunlight. The names "Houseleek” and “Hen-
and-chickens” are loosely applied to the whole genus.
If these names are to be restricted, the former should be
used for Sempervivum tectorum and the latter for S.
globiferum. The common species, which grows on the
roofs of houses in Europe, is S. tectorum. In the case
of S. globiferum the young rosettes are attached to the
parent plant by a more slender thread than usual and
2310. Rosette and offsets of a Houseleek—Sempervivum
tectorum (X 15).
more easily detach themselves and roll about. The
spider-web species are the prettiest of them all, by reason
of the webs that cover the young rosettes. These webs
are made by the plants themselves and are incidental to
development.
Sempervivum is closely related to Sedum, but the
floral parts are multiples of 6 or some larger number,
while the floral parts of Sedum are in 5’s. The genus
is a difficult one for the botanist. It has been mono-
graphed by J. G. Baker in “Gardener's Chronicle” for
SEMPERVIVUM
1878. Baker's scheme has been closely followed below,
but some of the names have been changed.
INDEX.
montana,
pumilum, 7.
Ruthenicum, 9.
soboliferum, 12.
tectorum, 1
tomentosa, 8S.
aqnomalum, 7. expansum, 1.
arae hnoideum, 8. tlagelliforme, 6
kos glaucmn, 3.
5 globiferum, 12.
5 granditiornm, 10
Heutfelii, 11.
I. SemMpPerviveum Proper. Flora’
S parts in
sorl#£s, Berpanded petals widely spreading.
Division 1. Rhodanthw, Fls. reddish.
Group dl. Ciliata, Les, of the barren rosettes glabrous
on the faces when mature, shortly ciliated on the
7 )
ed ONT.
A. Red-brown tip of lvs. conspicuous,
B. Foliage green or slightly qlau-
COUS Eo i%
1. tectorum
BB. Foliage very qlaucous..... 2. caleareum
AA. Red-brown tip of les. none or ol
SCE.
Ba Pets (BPG HE PEAS alae wets ed 3. glaucum
BB ePOtdUS MUbe Mel Aviram ncidetare were +. Atlanticum
Group 2. Pubescentia. Les. of the barren shoots de-
cidedly pubescent on the fuces as well as ciliated at the
edges, not tipped with a tuft of spreading hairs.
A. Height 6 in.: fls
numerous, the
LOUOST STUDSCS SCLC. Jere doc 5 o5 5 cry oe 3. Montanum
Height 3-4 in.: fis. few, 48, all
sessile or sub 2
B. Bar en rosettes I- Its in. acro
fls. bright red........ G. flagelliforme
BB. Barren + So Ot.
most: fls. mauve-purple..... 7. pumilum
Group 3, Barbulata. Lvs. of the barren rosettes
strongly ciliated on the edge, and furnished with a
tuft of similar, not fleecy hairs at the cusp. (None
in our trade.)
Group 4. Arachnoidea, Differing
from the other groups in having the
tips of the inner lus. of the barren
rosette connected by fine fleecy threads
like those of a spider's web.......... 8. arachnoideum
Division 2, Chrysantha, Els. yellow.
A. Fls. less than 1 in. aero height
sonar 9. Ruthenicum
height
Ree AT ee oe cet ne eet 10. grandiflorum
Floral paris in 6's, Co-
with ascending close
StBGeNtvs II. Dropocoy.
rolla permanently bell-shaped,
pe tals.
A. Petals not fimbriated: young ro-
Setées NOt PedwUneled a..4 gu wens os
AA. Petals fimbriated: young rosettes
temporarily attached to the
mother plant by a slender stalk.
B. Lvs. obo 12. globiferum
BB. Ls. oblanceolate Men neatvelexclcts erences 13. arenarium
11. Heuffelii
1. tectorum, Linn. HovsELEEK. OLp-Man
MAN. Fig. 2310. Height 1 ft.: rosettes 3-4 in. ac
obovate-cuneate, cuspidate, 1s-2 or finally 3 in. long,
pale green, with a distinct red- “brown tip an eighth toa
con of an inch long: panicle 5-6 in. long, 3-4 in. wide,
composed of 10-12 seorpioid branches: fis. #4-1 in.
across; petals pale red, keeled with deeper red; sta-
mens often changed to pistils; filaments bright purple.
Eu., Orient.—Var. expdnsum, Hort.. is said to have
broader lvs. and more open rosettes.
2. caledreum, Jord. (S. Californicum, Hort.). Height
2 in. across: Ivs. oblanceo-
, With a distinet red-brown
tip, 1-14 in. long: 3-4 in. long and broad, with
8-12 seorpioid branche 44 im. oss; petals pale
red, greenish down the keel both on the back and face.
Caleareous Alps of Danphiny.
under 1 ft.: barren roset
late-cuneate, very ¢
SEMPERVIVUM
3. glatcum, Tenore. Height 6-9 in.:
2-3 in. across: Ivs. oblanceolate-cuneate, le
than S. celearenm, with only a very faint
spot at the tip: panicles 2-3 in. across:
petals bright red. Simplon Alps.
4. Atlanticum, Baker. Height nearly 1 ft.:
settes in, across: lvs. oblanccolate-cuneate,
green, hardly tipped red-brown: panicle 3-4 in. gor
His; din. petals pale red. Atlas Mts. B.M.
(as S. fectorwm, var, Atlanticum).—The lvs. of “the
flowering stem are brightly colored with red, excepting
towards the base.
red-brown
fils, L in. across;
barren ro-
pale
across;
2311.
5. montanum, Linn. Height 6 in.: barren rosettes
1*4-2 in. across, the new ones few, and borne on red
pilose peduncles 1-172 in. long: lvs. 60-80 in a rosette:
panicle very dense, 1?s-2 in. across, the lowest fis.
nearly sessile: fls. 1-11, in. across, bright mauve-red.
me about the end of June. Alps, Pyrenees.
flagelliforme, Fisch. Height 3+4 in.: barren ro-
re 1-1}. in. across, the new ones long-peduncled:
Ilys. 40-50 in a rosette: fils. 6-8 in a dense head, all ses-
sile or nearly so, 1 in. across or more ; petals bright
red. Fils. early in June, before any other species. Na-
tive country uneertain.
7. pumilum, Bieb. (|S. andmalum, Hort.). Height 3-
4in.: barren rosettes at most lin. across, the new ones
numerous and short-peduneled: fis. +8, in a dense
d, all sessile or subsessile, 1 in. aero petals
izht mauve-purple. Fls. in middle of June. Cauca-
PIDER - WEB
2311. Hei se barren rosette
the new ones crowded and ile: 1
oblong- cuneate, pale green, the tips of nearly all con-
nected by long, soft, w hite hairs: panicle dense, few-
fid.: fls. less than lin. across; petals bright red. Py-
renees to Tyrol. B.M.68 tomentoswm, C, B. Lehm.,
said to differ in having shorter, more obovate-cuneate
Ivs. and flatter and more compact ae and a denser
Scan on Linn.
web, could not be dis lished by J.G. Baker. R.H.
1860, pp. 490, 491; 189 573.
9. Ruthénicum, Koch. Height 6-12 in.: barren ro-
ones few: Ivs. 40-50 in a ro-
on the faces: fis.
Eastern Eu.—Rare
i. Acro Hey
‘ ghtly pubescent glandular
pale yellow, | than 1 in. across.
in cult.
10. grandiflorum, Haworth. The yellow petals are
set off by the red-purple filaments: h t 3-4 in.: bar-
1656
ren rosettes 1-1!4 in. across, the new ones on stalks 1-2
in. long: lvs pale green and pubescent all over, only
the very tip red-brown: fs. 144-1 in. across, yellow.
Fastern Eu., Asia Minor. B.M. 507 and 2115 (as S. glo-
biferwm).—The showiest of all the hardy species.
11. Hetffelii, Schott. Height 6-8 in.: barren rosettes
1%-2 in. across, not peduncled: Ivs. 30-40 in a rosette,
obovate -cuneate, the upper third or even half tinted
bright red-brown: panicle dense, many-fid., 224-3 in.
across: fis. an inch or less across, pale straw-yellow;
petals with 3 small cusps, not fimbriate. Aug. Mts. of
Transylvania and Greece, 5,000-6,000 ft.—One of the
latest in flower.
SEMPERVIVUM
12. globiferum, Linn. (8. soboliferwm, Sims). HEn-
AND-CHICKENS. HovuseLEEK. Height 6-9 in.: barren
rosettes globose, 1-1!» in. thick, the numerous young
ones attached to the parent only by a slender thread
and easily becoming detached from it and rolling about:
lvs. 60-80 in a rosette, obovate-cuneate, the outer ones
tipped red-brown, especially on the back: fls. 1 in.
across, pale yellow; petals obscurely tricuspidate, con-
spicuously fimbriated at the edge and on the prominent
keel. Mts. of Austria. B.M. 1457.—Unless the young
rosettes are thinned out the plants are not so likely to
flower. Under the name of S. globiferim, Linneeus
seems to have confused all the yellow-fld. hardy species
which he knew.
13. arenarium, Koch.
Very close to S. globiferum,
having the same height, the same globular deciduous
rosette, ete., but with narrower lvs. and the petals
larger and more strongly fimbriated: lvs. oblanceolate:
fis. 1-124 in. across; petals pale yellow, distinctly tri-
cuspidate, with a linear end tooth, strongly fimbriated
at the edge and less so on the prominent keel. Tyrol.
Gn.49; ‘Dp. 220.
R. rupéstris is advertised by one American dealer, but it
seems to be unknown to botanists. W. M.
SENEBIERA (after Joh. Senehier, a naturalist of
Geneva). Cruciferw. About 6 species of procumbent
annual or biennial herbs from the temperate regions of
Europe and Asia, and Australia, with alternate, entire
or pinnately cut Ivs. and small white or rarely purple
fls., in short, axillary racemes: sepals short, spread-
ing, equal at the base; stamens free; siliques in pai
small, laterally compre: valves 1-seeded, indehis-
cent.
pinnatifida, DC. A common weed in many parts of
the world and sometimes used as wv pot-herb in foreign
countries: plant ‘2-1 ft. high: Ivs. pinnately lobed:
fis. white, small, numerous F. W. Barcuay.
SENECA SNAKEROOT. Polyyulu Senega.
SENECIO (Latin name for plants of this genus, ulti-
mately from sever, “old man”; said to be in allusion
to the hoary pappus). Composite, (@KOUNDSEL. The
largest genus of plants, comprising some 1,200 species
in all parts of the world. A genus comprising so many
members and being so widely distributed is necessarily
variable and therefore practically impossible of defini-
tion. A distinguishing mark of the Senecios lies in the
character of the involucre,—scales in one series, and
usually reinforced at the base by a row of shorter scales
that give the head the appearance of having a small
calyx. The heads are usually radiate, the ray
being pistillate and fertile; but sometimes the rays are
absent and then the head is homogiunous (flor ts all of
one kind, i. e., perfect), The disk-forets are tubular
and 5-toothed. The torus or reeeptucle is usually naked.
The akenes are mostly terete and ribbed; pappus of
soft whitish, often copious bristles. According to Gray,
minute short hairs or papillee on the akenes of most
species swell and emit a pair of spiral threads when
wetted. Before wetting, the akenes may be really or
apparently brous, and after wetting become canes-
cent.” Most of the Senecios are yellow-rayed. Of the
vast number of species, very few lave gained promi-
nence as cultivated subjects. If we omit the greenhouse
Cineraria (which is technically a Senecio as understood
by Bentham & Hooker), the most popular species are
Is
SENECIO
the Farfugium grande (properly Senecio Kuempferi) of
florists, S. mikanioides or German ivy, 8. elegans or
purple ragwort, and 8. Cineraria, one of the plants
commonly known as dusty miller. Various other plants
are known as dusty miller, and one of them (Fig. 2312)
is sometimes confounded with Senecio Cineraria,
All other species are of very minor importance to the
horticulturist. Of the 60 or more species native to the
2312. Artemisia Stelleriana, one of the Dusty Millers some-
times confused with Senecio Cineraria. See Fig. 2315.
United States and Canada, about a half dozen have been
offered by dealers in native plants, but they are practi-
cally unknown horticulturally. Most of the species ae
wholly herbaceous, but in South Africa and South
America many species are shrubby. Some spec are
even arborescent; others are climbe In South Africa
and the Canaries is a set that has been separated as
Kleinia, distinguished mostly by its habit, being for
the most part fleshy shrubs or herbs, with terete or an-
eular stems and whitish or pale yellow rayless flowers.
Species of this group are sometimes seen in collections
of succulents, but they are little known outside of
botanie gardens. S. vuigaris, Linn., from Europe, is a
common annual weed in various parts of this country.
To Senecio belong the genera known to gardeners as
Erythrochwte, Farfugium, Jacobiwa, Kleinia, Ligularia.
Cineraria is also a Senecio, but the florist’s Cineraria
is described under that name in Vol. I of this work,
Bentham & Hooker refer to Senecio the genus Cacalia,
which is kept distinct by American botanists. dloff-
mann (in Engler & Prantl’s Natiirlichen Pflanzenfa-
milien) refers the garden genus Emilia to Senecio, but
keeps Ligularia (including Farfugium) and Cineraria
distinet. Por S. conchifolius, see Hmilia.
Sinee Senecios afford both greenhouse and hardy
border plants, it is impossible to give general cultural
directions. The species are not difficult to manage,
however, and most of them propagate readily by means
of greenwood cuttings aud seeds; the hardy species
muy be divided.
SENECIO
INDEX.
Dougl: asii, 17.
eleguns, 5,
erectus, 5.
Erythrochcete, 3.
exaltatus, 13.
Farhuguon,
acanthifolius, 9.
albus, 5.
Anteuphorbiwn, 1.
argenteus, 2.
articulatus, 1.
aureo-maculatus, 2.
aureo - marginatus,
9
lugens, 13
mucroglossus, 8.
maculattun, 2.
maritime, 9.
mikanioides, 7.
palinatifida, 3.
Palmeri, 10
Petasitis, 11.
pulcher, 6,
purpureus
scandens, 7
spinulosa, 1.
suspeusit, lL.
9. Shanes De
aureus, lt. Jacoboa, 5.
Bolanderi, 16. (
eandidissimus, 9.
Cineraria, 9.
Doria, 12.
eruentus, 4.
A. Stem fleshy, with jointed and swol-
len branches: heads rayless ....
Stem not fleshy.
B. Scales of involucre somewhat
overlapping and appearing as
if 2-ranked: stigma rounded,
the style-branches hairy:
plants grown for foliage.
(Ligularia, Barfugitm.).
=
. articulatus
AA.
ne)
. Kempfieri
. Japonicus
BB. Seales of involucre usual ly
strietly LI-seriate: stigmu
short, the style-branches hairy
only at the tip.
c. Flowers purple (there
white garden forms),
Lvs. large and palmately
veined: lobes shallow or
are
NUQDUGis te cit lator ps s/t Sa etes Nacadsver
elongate,
pin-
ge
cruentus
Db. Les. medium,
pinnate -veined or
nate
elegans
. pulcher
Flowers yellow,
Plant climbing
CG.
tien Grt coterie 7. mikanioides
8. macroglossus
pp. Plant not climbing, usually
less than 2 ft. high,
E. Herbuge white-tomentose
throughout ....ccc. eens 9, Cineraria
10. Palmeri
EE. Herbage qrecn or at most
only grayish, not
white-tomentose,
F. Les. large, palmately
VEIN ED: ccc ciwas ioe ks 11. Petasitis
FF. Les. oval-oblong and
dentate, the cauline
ones decurrent...... 12. Doria
FFF. Lus. small or ordi-
nary, pinnately
veined or divided.
( Native American
species, as Ee
terized by Gray.)...13. lugens
14. aureus
15. fastigiatus
)». Bolanderi
. Douglasii
1. articulatus, Sch. (Aleinia articuldta, Haw.).
CANDLE PLant. Plant branching, glabrous and fleshy,
1-2 ft. high, the branches swollen at intervals: Ivs. flat
and fleshy, petiolate, laciniate or runcinate, with acu-
minate lob heads discoid and all the florets perfect,
white, in small corymiis on naked peduncles: akenes
downy. S. Afr.—Perhups the commonest Kleinia in
cultivation, being grown with coolhouse succulents.
S. (Kleinia) Anteuphorbium, Sch., is sometimes seen
in collections, although itis not known to be in the
American trade. It is a glabrous shrub 3-4 ft. high,
with fleshy stems constricted at the joints, small, erect,
fleshy, entire lvs. that are decurrent on the stem, and
solitary cylindric yellow-fld. heads (with rose tinge) an
inch long. B.M. 6099, According to J, D. Hooker, this
plant “is one of the oldest Cape plants in cultivation,
having, according to Dodoneus, been brought to Europe
in 1570, and cultivated in England in Gerard's garden
in 1596. * * * The name Anfeuphorbinm was given
SENECIO 1657
because of its being a reputed antidote against the
acrid poison of the Cape Kuphorbium.” The names
Kleinia spinulosa and AY. suspensa have appeared in
the American trade, but they are unidentifiable.
Kempferi, DC. (Pagans Kitmpteri, Sieb. &
Pak L. Fartigium, C. Koeh. Bus fnginum Nompteri,
Benth. ). RA cians pe rennial sending up many ys,
on slender, flocculent-woolly petioles: Ivs. large (often
6-10 in. across), orbicular to nearly reniform, cordate at
base, angular-toothed, grecnu: fl.-stems 1-2 tt. tall, foe-
culent-woolly, brauched, with only small, bract-lik Ivs Se
heads large, with light yellow rays spreading 1}.
across: pappus white and copious. Japan. B.M.
—Vur. atreo-maculatus, Hort. (Murfinginn one.
Lindl. #. maculdtum, Hort.). Leorarp PLanr. Fig.
2313. Ditfers in havi ing the Ivs. blotched with yellow or
white and sometimes with lightrose, ‘Nhe yar iety aureo-
maculatus is the only form in general cultivation. It
was introduced to England in 1856 “from the garden of
a mandarin in the north of China” by Fortune. Twenty
years ago this was a common plant in conservatories
and window-gardens, but of late years it has been ne-
glected. It is, however, a most worthy plant, not only
for the house but for bedding in the open in shady
places. The plant is hardy as far north as Washington
when set permanently in the open. One form has yel-
low-spotted Ivs. (the commoner) and another has white-
spotted Ivs. Another form (var. argenteus) las lvs.
glaucous-green edged with creamy white. Easily propa-
gated by division.
3. Japénicus, Sch. (Ligularvia Japonica, Less.
throchiete palmatifida, Sie. & Zuce.). Strong perennial
herb, growing 5 ft. high (said to reach ft. in southern
Japan), and grown for its massive foliage effect: radical
lvs. very large, 1 ft. or more across, deeply palmately
cut iuto 7-11 narrow lobed and notehed divisions: fl.-
stems branched, bearing heads on rather long, naked
stems: rays orange, spreading, 3 in. from tip to tip.
Japan. Gn. 22, p. 139.—Intr. into this country about
twelve to fifteen years ago. It is a bold plant, hardy in
New York, and well adapted to planting where strong
foliage effects are desired, provided the place is moist.
4. cruéntus, DU. (Cinerdria eruénta, Mass.). Low
short-stemmed perennial, floeecose- woolly: Ivs. large,
Lry-
2313. Leopard Plant, or Farfugium—Senecio Kempferi,
var. aureo-maculatus (< '4).
cordate-oyate to cordate-triangular, angled or undulate
and sinuate-toothed, rather long-stalked: fls. purple-
red. Canary Isl.—The supposed parent of the florists’
Cinerarias, for disenssion of which see p. 318, Vol. I.
1658
5. élegans, Linn. (S. purpitreus, Hort. JSacobiea éle-
gans, Moench). PURPLE RaGwort. Annual, viscid-pu-
bescent, erect or diffuse, 1-2 ft.: lvs. various, mostly
SENECIO
oblong in outline, pinnate, lobed or toothed, the sinuses
mostly broad and rounded, clasping at the base: heads
in loose corymbs, the rays purple, disk-fls. yellow. 8.
B.M. 238.—Var. eréctus, Harvey.
Afr. Stem slender
2314. Senecio mikanioides, usually called German Ivy.
(xX ar)
but erect, the lvs. pinuate or 2-pinnatifid. Senecio ele-
gans is an old garden plant. A common form of it has
double fis. Var. albus, Hort., has white fis.
6. pulcher, Hook. & Arn. Robust, 2-4 ft., white-cob-
webby, the stem simple or nearly so and scarcely leafy:
Ivs. long (4-10 in.), oblong-lanceolate, thick, shallow-
lobed and crenate-toothed: heads 2-3 in. across, with
many long, red-purple r and a yellow disk. Uruguay
and Argentina. B.M. 5$ R.H. 1877, p. 94; 1896, p. 329.
Gn. 49, p. 122. G.M. 40:745.—A very bold species, with
striking erect habit and large fls.in summer. Perennial,
although it has been described as annual. In protected
places and well-drained soils, it is hardy in southern
New England.
7. mikanioides, Otto(S. sedndens, DC.). GERMAN Ivy.
Fig. 2314. Slender and glabrous, tall-twining: lvs. ovate
or deltoid-ovate in outline, mostly with a deep basal
sinus, sharply 5-7-angled or angle-lobed: head small,
discoid, yellow, in close clusters on axillary and termi-
nal branches. S. Afr.—Very common conservatory and
window-garden plant, easily propagated by cuttings.
8. macrogléssus, DC. Lvs. mostly hastate, often with
acuminate basal lobes, but various in shape: heads only
1-3 together, and bearing yellow rays. S. Afr.
9, Cineraria, DC. (Cinerdria maritima, Linn. Sene-
cio acanthifolius, Hort.). Fig. 2315. Perennial, 2 ft.
or less tall, branching from the base, very white-woolly
throughout: Ivs. pinnatifid, with oblong and obtuse seg-
ments: heads small, yellow, in small, compact corymbs,
ray Europe. F.M. 1872:52.—Var. candidissimus,
Hort., has very white foliage. Var. aureo-marginatus,
Hort., has lys. bordered with orange-yellow. S. Cine-
raria js an old-fashioned garden plant, sometimes
known as Dusty Miller: the commoner Dusty Miller is
Lychnis Coronaria, and another one is Artemisia Stel-
leriana (Fig. 2312).
10. Palmeri, Gray. Densely white-tomentose all over,
branching, 1-2 ft., perennial: Ivs. oblong- lanceolate,
slightly toothed, narrowed into a petiole: heads few,
with yellow rays, about 1 in. in diam., in a eorymb.
Guadalupe Isl., Lower Calif.—Intr. by Franceschi,
Santa Barbara.
11. Petasitis, DC. (Cinerdria Petasitis, Sims). Fig.
2316. Robust perennial, 2-3 ft. tall, gray-fHoccose on the
young parts, branching: Ivws. both radical and cauline,
6-10 in. aer » long-stalked, cordate-ovate-orbicular,
strongly several nerved, shallowly many-lobed, dull
green above but gray-tomentose beneath: heads in a
long open panicle, the cylindrical involucre % in. high,
SEQUOIA
the few rays light-yellow. S. Amer. B.M. 1536.-—A
striking plant for winter decoration, the star-like fis.
(or heads) being produced in great abundance ; now
becoming disseminated in this country.
12. Doria, Linn. Erect, 3-4 ft.: radical lvs. oval-ob-
long, dentate, somewhat glaucous, stalked ; stem-lvs,
oblong - lanceolate, sessile and somewhat decurrent :
heads yellow, with 5 or Grays. Eur. Hardy perennial.
13. lugens, Rich. Perennial: floccose-woolly when
young but becoming nearly or quite glabrous, 6-24 in.
tall, the stem practically naked above: Ivs. spatulate to
oval or oblong, repand-denticulate: rays 10 or 12, yel-
low, conspicuous. Western U. 8. in the mountains and
to Alaska.— Var. exaltatus, Gray, has been offered: 1-3
or 4 ft. tall: Ivs. thickish, longer-petioled, abrupt or
subcordate at base.
14. aureus, Linn. Perennial: an exceedingly variable
and cosmopolitan group, by some authors split into sev-
eral species, some glabrous, 1-2 ft. tall: lvs. mostly
rounded and undivided, the cauline ones lanceolate and
pinnatifid or laciniate: heads many, }4-)s in. high, with
8-12 conspicuous yellow rays. Moist places, nearly
throughout the U.S.
15. fastigiatus, Nutt. Perennial: mostly pubescent,
the stem strict and simple and 1-2 ft. high: lvs. all
entire or very nearly so, lanceolate or spatulate-lanceo-
late, obtuse: heads }4-) in. high, with conspicuous
yellow rays. Idaho, Oregon, Washington.
16. Bolanderi, Gray. Perennial: glabrous or soon be-
coming so, the stems weak and slender and 6-20 in. tall:
lvs. thin, palmately 5-9-lobed or incised, or the stem-
lvs. pinnately divided: heads several, }-lg in. high,
with 5-8 rather long yellow rays. California, Oregon.
17. Dotglasii, DC. Fig. 2317. Woody or even shrubby
at base, with many stems, 2-3 ft. tall, with the aspect of
an aster: lvs. small and linear, or the lower ones pin-
nately parted into filiform divisions: heads numerous,
‘e-% in. high, with 8-18 conspicuous yellow rays.
Nebr., W. L. H.B.
SENNA.
SENNA, BLADDER.
SENSITIVE BRIER.
SENSITIVE FERN. Onoclea sensibilis.
SENSITIVE PLANT. Mimosa pidica.
See Cussia.
Colutea,
See Schrankia.
G
\ NY Ci :
aN Vie
2315. Senecio Cineraria.
One of the plants known as Dusty Miller.
SEQUOIA (after Sequoyah, otherwise George Guess,
a Cherokee half-breed of Georgia, about 1770-1843, in-
ventor of the Cherokee alphabet). Confferw. BiG
TREES OF CALIFORNIA. REDWoop. Tall, massive, often
SEQUOIA
gigantic forest trees, with trunks usually heavily but-
tressed at base, covered with thick, fibrous b: gre deeply
and widely lobed; heartwood dark red, soft, durable,
straight-grained; sapwood very thin and nearly white:
lys. persistent, alternate, often dimorphie (especially on
young trees): fs. naked, monccious, solitary, the stami-
nate terminal or axillary; stamens numerous: cones
maturing in one season. Onee widely distributed in
several species throughout the interior of North America
and parts of Europe, but now limited to two species,
which are continued to the mountains of California.
The wood of S. sempervirens at present forms the
bulk of the redwood lumber in the trade, and is used
on the Pacific coast wherever a light, durable, easily
worked material is desired. Most wooden buildings are
constructed with this lumber in California, and it is
sometimes exported to Europe to be employed as a sub-
stitute for red cedar in the manufacture of lead-peneils.
Logs with a curly grain are highly prized by cabinet-
makers, from whom they have received the name “eurly
redwood.” 4
The wood of S. gigantea resembles that of S. semper-
virens, but is coarser-grained and lighter (in weight),
and is therefore not adapted to as wide use as the latter.
Itis very durable in contact with the soil, however, and
is widely used for coarser construction work, ties, fenee-
posts, Vineyard stakes, shingles, and the like.
As an ornamental subject, S. sempervirens will be
valuable wherever it is hardy. It is rather insistent
upon a cool, moist, foggy elimate, however, and is in
this respect inferior to the other species, although a va-
riety known as 8. sempervirens, var. glauea, is reported
to be doing well in southern California,
S. gigantea has been more widely planted in the East
and in Europe, and in sheltered locations has maintained
itself for a number of years. The most notable exam-
ples are those in the Ellwanger & Barry grounds, at
Rochester, N. Y., which are now about 40 yrs. old, 30
ft. high and 12 in. in diameter at base of trunks, When
seen in the winter of 1900-1, however, these trees were
beginning to show the effects of the rigorous climate by
their dead and dying tops. This species is far more
2316. Senecio Petasitis ( 14).
hardy than S. sempervirens, and even in the dry climate
of southern California is reported to be doing very well.
A weeping variety known as SN. pendula is advertised,
which originated some years ago in European nurseries,
and is described as having “all pendulous branches,
closely pressed against the stem.” Both species are said
SEQUOIA 1659
to dislike heavy soils, and to thrive best when planted in
deep sandy loam. Both are easily propagated from seed,
which sprout readily in a few weeks.
Ws
2317. Senecio Douglasii (* 14).
A. Lvs. dimorphic, usually 2-rauked: buds sealy.
sempérvirens, Endl. Cauirornra Repwoop. Fig.
2318. Tree, 200-400 ft. and more high, with a slightly
tapering trunk, 10-20 and sometimes 25 ft. in diam., and
often clear of branches for over 100 branchlets and
lvs. distichously spreading, the latter persistent for two
or three years and sometimes dimorphie on the same
branch, the larger 14-°4 in. long, the smaller seale-like:
cone oblong, 4-1 in. long, % in. broad, and persistent
after opening and dise ring the seed. Confined to
northern and central Coast Ranges of California on
slopes exposed to sea influences. 8.8. 10:535.—When
ent, or from fallen stems, it throws up many Vigorous
long-lived shoots, often producing merchantable trees.
AA. Lvs. seldom or not at all dimorphic, not 2-ranked,
often imbricate: buds naked.
gigantéa, Decne. (S. Wellingtonia, Seemann). CAati-
FORNIA Bia TREE. Fig. 2319. Tree, 200-350 ft. high,
with heavy massive trunks, sometimes 20-30 ft. in
diam. and often clear of branches for over 150 ft.: bark
of old trees from 1-2 ft. thick; branchlets hardly dis-
tichously arranged, pendulous, cord-like, forming rather
tangled masses: Ivs. lz to 44 in. and sometimes 14 in.
long on stout shoots, and usually ¢
seale-like: cone ovate-oblong, 2-3%4 in. long, 1-214 in.
thick, opening only slightly, retaining its original form
even when dry, and persistent. Western slopes of Sierra
Nevada, 8.5, 10:536 ARNOLD V. STUBENRAUCH.
Taxodium was the group in which Sequoia semper-
virens Was at first placed by Lambert from the speci-
meus obtained by Menzies in 1795, and it remained
there until 1847, when Endlicher established Sequoia
for its reception. The type-species of Taxodium is 7.
distichum, the deciduous cypress. Like nearly al) tax-
ads, the deciduous cypress has a very ancient relation-
ship among fossil trees; it once grew on a large part of
western Europe and portions of England. Forms of
Sequoia, whose ancient history constitutes one of the
most interesting chapters in fossil botany, once grew in
immense forests in Europe, Asia and North America.
The first fossil remains occur in the lower chalk-forma-
tions and increase in extent to the tertiary strata, in
which they are numerous. In miocene times, fossil Ne-
quoias extended “from the Hebrides to the Steppe of
Kirghis.” Asa Gray and others have told the story of
the rise and fall of this great and strong family of coni-
fers, once as powerful as any tree-group in the world,
1660
but cut off, swept away and destroyed by the glacial age
until only the local conditions prevailing in the Coast
Range and Sierras of California preserved the two re-
maining species to the present time. According to
Grav, S. Lunysdorfii, the Sequoia which is found in
the miocene in Europe, appears in the miocene of
Alaska, Greenland, Spitzbergen and Iceland, and it
much resembles S.
SEMPEVVLTENs, An-
other fossil species,
S. Sternbergii, found
in Greenland, scems
to have been the an-
cient representative
of S. gigantea. Ac- Sequoia sempervirens
cording to theinvesti- (xX%)
gations of the United
States Geological Department, the wood
of the Arizoua petrified forest is that of
a species of Sequoia, whose wood went
down under a primeval sea, was covered
with sandstone, and rose again into the
present continent. If one asks how long
ago these things happened, the geologist an-
swers, “Millions of years.” And it is the same
in regard to the period when Sequoias grew in
Greenland, Siberia and Great Britain. We can
measure that period only by vast and indefinite
epochs. But the value and interest of the Se-
quoias are greatly increased by a consideration of
their place as the last modern survivors of so
powerful an ancient family.
At the present time the Coast Redwood occupies only
a narrow belt of country near the ocean, nor is it con-
tinuous even there; the Giant Redwood, or California
Big Tree, exists only in a few small and isolated groves,
covering in all less than fifty square miles along the
restern side of the srra Nevada range. Compared
with the enormous territory once occupied by species of
Seqnoias, the modern representatives of this ancient
and honorable family are reduced to a very small area.
The first known of the Sequoias, and much the more
valuable species, economically speaking, was S. semper-
virens, the Coast Redwood of California. This is one of
the most important timber trees of the world, and its
forests, comparatively limited in area, have yielded and
are yielding the most easily obtained, the most durable
and most profitable fencing and building lumber of the
Pacific coast. The reproductive powers of the tree are
enormous ; no other known conifer so persistently
sprouts from the stump, so rapidly makes new forest,
or so well resists fire. But it does not thrive farther
inland than the limits of the sea-fog, and a large part
of the original area covered by this noble tree has been
denuded by snecessive fires and destructive lumbering
methods, Small Redwood forests occur in Monterey
county, but the most southern forests of commercial
importance are in Santa Cruz. The belt, broken by the
Bay of San Francisco, extends north through Marin,
Sonoma, Mendocino, Humboldt and Del Norte to the
southern borders of Oregon. The real Redwood forests
are all contained within a strip of coast lands 500 miles
long and rarely more than 20 or 25 miles wide. The
actual bodies of Redwood within this region are merely
achain of isolated groups separated by clearings or by
large areas on which Redwoods never grew. A small
grove, now practically destroyed, existed fifty years ago
on the east side of the Bay of San Francisco, in Ala-
meda county. Well-borers have found Redwood logs in
a perfect state of preservation in various parts of the
Coast Range far south of where the tree now grows,
even to Los Angeles and San Diego, showing that in
some former period of greater rainfall and more sea-fog,
Redwood forests extended much farther along the coast.
The climate where the Redwood thrives is compara-
tively equable, marked by cool summer winds from the
southwest. The tree delights in rich, sheltered moun-
tain valleys and fertile slopes, in dripping fogs and in
heavy winter rains. Going east from the ocean, in the
Redwood region, one suddenly comes to the top of a
ridge, to overlook oaks and pines, and at once reaches
ee plainly marked edge of the Sequoia sempervirens
orest.
SEQUOIA
SEQUOIA
While 8S. sempervirens is sometimes called second in
size among the giant conifers of the Pacific coast, the
tallest tree yet authentically measured was 340 ft. high,
exceeding in height the tallest of the Sierra species, and
it is probable that trees exist which rise to nearly 400 ft.
and so deserve to take the first place among the conifers.
Many trees of 20 and even 22 ft. in diameter at five feet
from the ground, and from 300 to 325 ft. in height, are
still standing in the Redwood forests. The finest groves
of Redwoods contain many specimens that range from
150 to 250 ft. or more in height and have a diameter of
from 12 to 18ft. Insuch forests the trunks rise in clear,
red-brown shafts to a height of from 75 to 150 ft. before
they branch; they stand so close that the masses of
timber that exist on each acre are greater than are
found in any other known forest, and through their far-
distant tops the sun seldom reaches the warm, sheltered
soil of the great Coast Range Canons. With proper
management, under the principles of scientific forestry,
the Redwood region as it ex s to-day could be main-
tained, and its future yield greatly increased, but other-
wise in forty or fifty years the commercial value of the
entire area will be practically destroyed. The state of
California has this year (1901) appropriated $250,000 for
the purchase of the large Redwood forest of the “Big
Basin” in Santa Cruz county, and a commission is now
arranging to create a State Redwood Park there.
Sequoia sempervirens was discovered by Archibald
Menzies in 1795, rediscovered by David Douglas in 1831,
and soon after by Dr. Coulter. It was introduced to
European gardens by Hartweg about 1847. Both Douglas
and Hartweg were sent out by the Royal Horticultural
Society of London. S. sempervirens var. adpressa (Car-
riére) is a smaller tree than the type form, with creamy
white younger leaves and more glaucescent older leaves.
It is called in California the “White Redwood ” and the
“Silver-leaf Redwood.” Other horticultural varieties in
cultivation are known as Sempervirens gracilis, 8. tari-
folia, S. picta, S. albo-spica and S. glauca. The golden
forms found in many other conifers occasionally appear,
but cannot yet be called fixed. No really dwarf Red-
wood is yet extant. Larger-leaved or more compact
forms can be selected from the forest, and the tree re-
sponds easily to selection and culture. It thrives in
gardens in the Sacramento valley, in the Sierra foot-
hills and in many parts of southern California, so that
its range for ornamental uses can be greatly extended
on the Pacifie coast. It has been largely planted in
Europe, particularly in English parks, and, as was to
have been expected, does best in well-drained rich soil
near the ocean but sheltered from cold winds.
Endlicher’s Sequoia gigantea (the S. Washingtonia
of Sudworth and the 8. Wellingtonia of Seemann and of
2319. Sequoia gigantea ( };,).
Sargent) is undoubtedly one of the rarest of all living
species of trees, and one of the most easily visited and
studied, It is the best living representative of a geologic
age long passed away. Besides this, it is the most im-
pressive and noble of all known trees. But nearly all
of the small remaining group of Big Trees except the
Mariposa groves are owned by private individuals and
are being cut down or may at some future time be de-
SEQUOIA
stroyed. The famous Calaveras grove, which is his-
torically and scientifically of the most interest of any
Big Tree group, was in 1899 bought by a lumberman
who expects to convert the trees into timl unless he
“eets his price” from the state of California, the gen-
eral government or public-spirited association.
Some fine Sequoias are in the Sequoia and General
Grant national parks, but private timber claims hold
many of the best trees here, and sawmills are now at
work in this region.
The resistance offered by
fire, old age and decay is
itself with extreme difficulty. The seeds, even under
favorable circumstances, have a very low vitality, and
one seldom finds a single young tree in the Sequoia
gigantea groves, excepting on the south fork of the
Kaweah and on the branches of Tule river. The pres-
ervation of these magnificent trees is a matter of the
utmost interest, especially to Americans. Some of them
appear, from an examination of the stumps, to have
lived not less than 4,000 vears. Muir estimates the age
of some living trees at 5,000 years; one observed by
Asa Gray, 24 feet in diameter, was about 1,600 years old,
There is an extensive and rapidly increasing literature
of the Sequoias net only in English, but in other
languages.
The present condition (1901) of the nomenclature of
the famous California “Big Tree” is unfortunate.
panicles, slender-pediceled, %5 in.
across; stamens 15-20. June, July.
Japan. 2B. MM. 7593. Gt. 49: 13h.
Handsome shrub much resembling
Neillia 1 foliage, coloring in fall bril-
liant orange and scarlet or yellow.
ALFRED REHDER.
Stephanandra fleruosa is closely allied to
Spirwa and has the Spirwa style of beauty.
It grows 2-3 ft. high and has long, slender
branches which are densely and regular i
terwoven ina fan-like manner. Its habit of
growth is fountain-like, the branches being gracefully
pendent. Its flowers are snowy white and, although
Minute, are so numerous that the plant becomes very
showy. It is especially fitted for the back of herba-
ceous borders or for the front of larger shrubs, Its
foliage, which is deeply toothed, is tinted red in early
spring and deep glossy green during spring and sum-
mer. In the autumn it puts on unusual tints of red-
dish purple. This species can be increased by cuttings,
but it is usually propagated by layers, which root
readily and are easily transplanted. The foliage be-
comes so dense that the growth of weeds beneath its
thickly set branches is effectually prevented.
J. W. ApaMs.
STEPHANOPHYSUM. See Ruellia.
STEPHANOTIS (from Greek words for crown and
ear; alluding to the 5 ear-like appenduges on the stami-
nal crown). Asclepiaddeew, Twining glabrous shrubs
of the Old World tropics, of about fourteen species, one
of which, S. floribunda, is one of the best of green-
house elimbers. Lys. opposite and coriaceous: fis.
large and showy, white, in umbel-like cymes from the
axils; calyx 5-parted; corolla funnelform or salver-
form, the tube cylindrical and usually enlarged at the
base and sometimes at the throat, the lobes 5: crown
mostly of 5 scales that are usually free at the apex and
adnate to the anthers on the back, the anthers with an
inflexed tip or membrane: fr. 2 more or less fleshy fol-
licle.
2397. Stephanandra Tanake (X !
STERCULIA
floribunda, Brongn. Fig. 2398. Glabrous, 8-15 ft.:
lvs. elliptic, with a short point, thick and shining green,
entire: fils. 12 in. long, of waxy consistency, white or
cream color, very fragrant, in many umbels, che ¢a-
lyx one-fourth or less the length of the corolla-tube:
fr. 3-4 in. long, ellipsoid, glabrous, fleshy, containing
a4
Z
2398. Stephanotis floribunda (X 34).
melon-like seeds which are provided
with a tuft of hair. Madagascar.
B.M. 4058. Gn. 21, p. 441 (showing
a pygmy plant blooming in a small pot and
not climbing); 46, p. 208; 55, p. 150.) G.
C. IL. 14:169 (a dwarf variety, the Elves-
ton); 24:817; 25:137; III. 17:50. R.H. 4
1874, p. 368; 1885, p. 438, 439.—This is a ,
most useful old greenhouse twiner, bloom- |
ing in spring and summer. In winter it
should be kept partially dormant at a tem- 4
perature suited to carnations (say 50-60°).
Enrich the soil every year. Propagated
by cuttings of last year’s growth in spring. '
Good seeds are rarely produced under u
glass. When planted in the open in warm countries, it
thrives best in partial shade. Very liable to mealy bug.
S. Thoudrsii, Brongn., from Madagasear, appears to
be the only other species in cult., but it is not in the
American trade. It has obovate lvs., fls. in 3’s, and
sepals about one-third the length of the corolla-tube.
iene: ae = A
Stephanotis floribunda is one of the handsomest of
our warmhouse climbers, blooming in spring and sum-
mer. In the days when short blooms were used in
bouquets it was one of the most valuable flowers that
the florist had, its large waxy umbels having a delicious
odor. It should be kept about 60° during the winter,
with less water. In the summer it delights in the tem-
perature of our warmest houses with plenty of syring-
ing. When given too much root room it grows very
rampant and is less inelined to flower. Therefore a
tub or a border where its roots are restricted is better,
with an annual top-dressing of good manure. Its great-
est enemy is the mealy bug, which, if allowed to get a
lodgment on the plant, is a great pest. Seed pods are
occasionally seen on the plant, but it is easily propagated
by cuttings from pieces of the last year’s growth and
they strike freely in sand. This is also one of the most
valuable plants for private establishments. When grown
in a 12- or 15-inch pot or tub and trained on a balloon
trellis it makes splendid specimens and is often seen at
our horticultural exhibitions; and when in bloom there
is nothing finer for the conservatory. Wo. Scorr.
STERCULIA (Stereulins of Roman mythology, from
stereus, Manure; applied to these plants because of the
odor of the leaves and fruits of some species). Ster-
enlideew, Some 50 or 60 species of tropical trees or
shrubs, most abundant in Asia, a few of which are
planted in the southern states and California. Fils.
mostly polygamous, apetalous, the ealyx tubular, 4-5-
cleft, often colored; stamens united in a column which
bears a head of 10-15 sessile anthers; pistil of as many
earpels as calyx-lobes and opposite them, each carpel
2- to many-ovuled, the stigmas free and radiating: fr.
STERCULIA
follicular, each carpel distinet and either woody or
membranaceous and sometimes opening and spreading
jnto a leat-like body long before maturity (Fig. 2399) ;
seeds l-many, sometimes arillate or winged, sometimes
hairy. Sterculias have very various foliage, the leaves
of different species being simple, palmately lobed or
digitate. The flowers are mostly in panicles or large
elusters, sometimes large and showy, varying from
greenish to dull red and scarlet. The species are grown
mostly for street and lawn trees. The only kinds that
are generally known in this country are 8S. platanifolia,
S. diversifolia and S. acerifolia, the last two known in
California as Brachychitons. All are easily grown from
seeds. Sterculiaceous plants are allied to the Malvacew.
i
2399. Mature follicles or fruits of Sterculia platanifolia, bear-
ing seeds on the margins. Natural size.
A. Carpels expanding before maturity into leaf-like
bodies, exposing the seeds.
platanifolia, Linn. f. (Firmidna platanifolia, Schott
& Endl.). JAPANESE VARNISH TREE. CHINESE PARASOL
Tree. Fig. 2399. Strong-growing, smooth-barked,
round-headed tree of medium size, with deciduous foli-
age: lvs. very large, glabrous, cordate-orbicular, pal-
mately 3-5-lobed like maple lvs., the lobes sharp-
pointed: fils. small, greenish, with reflexed calyx-lobes,
in terminal panicles: carpels 4 or 5, bearing globular
pea-like seeds.—Said to be native of China and Japan.
Hemsley admits it to the “Flora of China,” and Sargent
says in “Forest Flora of Japan” that it is one of the
several Chinese or Corean trees grown in Japan.
Bentham, in “Flora Hongkongensis,” says that it is
nativeto China. Franchet and Savatier, in“ Enumeratio
Plantarum Japonicarum,” admit it as an indigenous
Japanese species. Now a frequent tree from Georgia
south. Excellent for lawns and shade.
AA. Carpels not becoming leaf-like.
B. Lvs. all digitately compound,
fétida, Linn. Tall, handsome tree, with all parts gla-
brous except the young foliage: lvs. crowded at the ends
1723
of the branchlets, of 5-11 elliptic, oblong or lanceolate,
entire, pointed, thick leaflets: fs. large, dull red, in
simple or branched racemes, appearing with the tvs.:
tr. large and woody follicles, glabrous outside, often
3 in. or more in diam. and containing black seeds the
size of a hazelnut. Tropical Africa and Asia to Aus-
tralia,— Grown in southern Florida. In its native coun-
tries, the seeds are said to be roasted and eaten.
STEREOSPERMUM
BB. Lvs. entire or only lobed (compound forms some-
times borne on S. diverstfolia).
co, Pollicles pubescent outside and corky inside.
alata, Roxbr. Large tree, the young parts yellow-
pubescent, the bark ash-colored: Ivs. large, cordate-
ovate, acute, 7-nerved: fis. about 1 in. across, in few-
fld. panicles shorter than the Ivs., and which arise from
the leafless axils, the calyx tomentose and the segments
linear-lanceolate: follicles 5 in. in diam., globose, with
wide-winged seeds. India.—Introd, into S. Florida.
cc. Follicles glabrous on the outside,
within.
acerifolia, PA. Cunn. (Brachychiton acerifolium, F.
Muell.). BrRacHycHiron. FLAME ‘TREE. Evergreen
tree, reaching a height of 60 ft., glabrous: Ivs. long-
petioled, large, deeply 5-7-lobed, the lobes oblong-
lanceolate to rhomboid, glabrous und shining: fils. bril-
liant scarlet, the calyx about *4 in. long, in large, showy
trusses: follicles large, glabrous, long-stalked. Aus-
tralia.—A most showy tree when in bloom, and planted
on streets and lawns in California. Thrives in either
dry or fairly moist places.
diversifolia, G. Don (Brachychiton popilneum, R.Br.).
BRACHYCHITON. Tall tree, glabrous except the fls.:
lIvs. very various, mostly ovate to ovate-lanceolate in
outline, often entire, sometimes variously 3-5-lobed on
the same tree, all parts acuminate: fls. tomentose when
young, bell-shaped, greenish red and white or yellowish
white, in axillary panicles: follicles 1!.-3 in. long, ovoid,
glabrous, stalked. Australia.—Planted in California,
and commoner than the last.
Var. occidentalis, Benth. (Brachychiton Gréqorii,
F. Muell. S. Grégorii, Hort.). Lys. deeply 3-lobed, the
lobes narrow, sometimes with short lateral ones: fis.
usually villous
salmon-color; calyx smaller and more tomentose. West
Australia. — Offered in 8. California. L.H.B.
STEREOSPERMUM (Greek; hard seed). Bigno-
nidacew, About 10 species of tropical trees native to
Asia and Africa, of which 2 are cult. nS. Fla. and
S. Calif. They have handsome foliage, which is once
or twice pinnate, and large bignonia-like flowers of
pale yellow or pale rose, borne in large, lax, terminal
panicles; calyx ovoid, open or closed in the bud; corolla-
lobes 5, nearly equal, round, erisped, toothed or lacin-
inte: capsule long, terete, loculicidally 2-valved; seeds
in 1 or 2 series.
Stercospermum Sinicum seems to revel in the light
sandy soilof the Florida gardens. Its abundant, large,
fern-like, crimped bipinnate foliage and its luxuriant
symmetrical growth combine to make it an object of
great beauty. It grows toa height of 10 to 12 ft. in one
season, and if not cut down by a severe freeze it attains
a height of 20 ft. in two years, provided the soil is
made rich by a good fertilizer. Planted out in a con-
servatory in the North it soon reaches stately dimen-
sions. It is easily raised from cuttings placed in sand.
S. suaveolens lac the elegance of its congener, and it
does not sprout as readily after it has been frozen down.
A. Foliage twice-pinnate: fils. pale yellow.
Sinicum, Hance. Tree, said to attain 60 ft.: lvs. oppo-
site, bipinnate; pinnae about 4 pairs, each pinna with
about 7 Ifts.; Ifts. ovate-lanceolate, 2.x %4 in.: corolla
pale sulfur, 3 in. long; lobes 1 in. Jong, somewhat
crisped. Hong hong.
AA. Foliage once-pinnate: fls, pale or dark purple.
suavéolens, DC. Tree, 30-60 ft. high: Ivs. 12-18 in.
long: Ifts. 7-9, broadly elliptic, acuminate or acute, 5
x3 in.: panicle many-fld., viscous, hairy: fls. 1/4 in.
long; lobes crisped-crenate. India.
H. NEHRLING aud W. M.
1i24
STERNBERGIA (after Count Caspar Sternberg, a
botanist and writer, 1761-1838). Amarylliddcer, A
genus of 4 species of low-growing hardy bulbous herbs
from eastern Europe to Asia Minor, with strap-shape
or linear leaves and bright yellow crocus-like flowers.
Perianth regular, erect, funnelform; stamens inserted
on the perianth-tube ; filaments long, filiform; anthers
dorsifixed, versatile: fr. fleshy, scarcely dehiscent;
seeds subglobose. The bulbs should be planted rather
deeply, about 6 inches. J. N. Gerard si of their cul-
ture in G.F. 10:158 that they require a rather heavy soil,
in asomewhat dry, sunny position where they will be well
ripened in summer.
STERNBERGIA
2400. Sternbergia lutea ( 14).
A. Fls. aud les, appearing together.
B. Blooming in fall.
lutea, Ker-Gawl (Amargllis Ittea, Linn.). Fig. 2400.
Bulb about 1% in. through: lvs. 6-8 to a bulb, strap-
shaped, becoming 1 ft. long: fis. yellow, 1+ to a bulb;
tube less than 14 in. long; perianth-segments about 1%
in. long. Mediterranean region of Eu. and Asia. B.M.
200. Gn. 44, p. 365; 47, p. 114. G.C. IL. 18:21.
BR. Blooming in spring.
Fischeriana, Roem. Ilas the habit of S. lutea, but
differs in season of bloom and stipitate ovary and cap-
sule. Wm. Watson says (G.F. 8:144) that the fis. are
a brighter yellow and as large as the largest forms of
SN. lutea. Caucasus. B.M. 7441.
VA. Fils. and lus. appearing at different seasons,
B. Les. linear: fls. small.
colchiciflora, Waldst. and Kit. Bulb about % in.
through: Ivs. appearing in spring, 3-4 in. long: fis. yel-
low, in fall; segments about 1 in. long by 2 lines broad.
ast Europe, Asia Minor. BR. 25:2008,
BB. Ls.
macrantha, J. Gay. Bulb globose, 11. in. through,
with along neek: Ivs. becoming 1 ft. long, nearly 1 ‘in.
wide, fully developed in June: tls. bright yelow, 3-5 in.
aeross; segments about 1 in. broad. October. Asia
Minor. G.C. TEL. 23:97. Gn. 47:1001. B.M. 7459.—A
handsome spec F. W. Barebay.
strap-shaped: fls, large.
STEVENSONIA (named after one of the governors
of Mauritius). Palmacee. A monotypic genus of tropi-
cal palms from the Seychelles. Tall trees, spiny through-
out or at length nearly smooth, with ringed caudex: lvs
terminal, spreading-recurved, the enneate-obovate blade
convex, bitid, oblique at the base, plicate-nerved, the
inurgins split, segments deeply eut, the mid-nerves and
nerves prominent, sealy beneath; petiole plano-convex;
sheath deeply split, scaly, spined; spudix erect; pe-
dunele long, compressed at the base: branches thiek-
ish: spathes 2, the lower one persistent, prickly, the
upper one smooth, woody, club-shaped, deciduous: fr.
ellipsoidal, small, orange- colored. For culture, see
Palm.
grandifolia, Duncan (Phanicophorum Sechellarum,
H. Wendl,). Caudex 40-50 ft. high, very spiny when
young, less so when old; petiole 9-18 in. long, pale
ercen;, blade cuneate-obovate, Seychelles. TH. 12:433.
G2: «Gm 23% 20,
B.M. 7
pp. 7
JARED G. SMITH.
STILES
STEVIA. For the Stevia of florists, see Piqueria.
True Stevias are described in horticultural literature,
but it is not known that any of them are now in the
American trade.
STEWARTIA. See Stuartia.
STICK-TIGHT. Vernacular for burs of Cynoglossum,
STIGMAPHYLLON (Greek, stigma and leaf; refer-
ring to the leaf-like appendages of the stigmas). Some-
times written Sligmaphyllum. Malpighiacee. About
50 species of tropical American woody vines with usu-
ally opposite, entire to lobed, petioled leaves and yellow
flowers in axillary, peduncled umbel-like cymes: calyx
5-parted, 8-glandular; stamens 10, of which 6 are per-
feet and 4 antherless or deformed; styles 3; stigmas
produced into leat-like or hooked appendages : ovary
3-loculed, 3-lobed.
ciliatum, A. Juss. A tender woody twining vine: lvs.
evergreen, smooth, opposite, cordate, ciliate: fls. bright
yellow, large, in peduncled axillary clusters of 3-6.
P.M. 15:77. Gn. 33:637.—Apparently the only species in
the trade and possibly the most handsome of the genus.
G. W. Oliver says that S. ciliatum is one of the best
medium-sized vines for outdoor trellis work. For pot
culture it is of little service and thrives in the green-
house only when planted out. September is the best
month for propagation. On outdoor plants much of the
wood is useless for this purpose, being thin and soft.
Choose the wood made early in the season; a heel or
joint is not necessary; root in bottom heat and carry
through the winter in the greenhouse as small plants.
Ernest Braunton says of its culture in §. Calif. that
it must have shade, protection from dry or hot winds,
and an open soil. Under the right conditions it flowers
adimirably. F. W. Barcuay.
STILES, WILLIAM AUGUSTUS, journalist, editor
and park commissioner, was born March 9, 1837, at
Deckertown, Sussex county, in northern New Jersey,
and died Oetober 6, 1897, in Jersey City, N. J. His
grandfather settled on a farm near Deckertown in
1819, where his father, Edward ), 15:1104. M.D.G. 1900:479. ALFRED REHDER.
j ore . O1 ‘ * Decne cites ers is . a ¢
in. long: fs, so-d In, across, with obovate spreading — perimenter and writer, was born in Boston, Mass., Janu-
petals: seeds wingless, shining. May, June (July and — ary 23, 1842, and died at South Framingham, Mass., July
ends, serrulate, light green, pubescent beneath, 21-4 STURTEVANT, EDWARD LEWIS, agricultural ex-
STURTEVANT
30, 1898. Though holding the degree of M.D. from
the Harvard Medical School, Dr. Sturtevant never prac-
ticed the profession of medicine, but devoted his life to
agricultural work, first specializing on Ayrshire cattle,
then on pedigree corn (Waushakum) and muskimelons
(New Christiana), and afterward devoting particular
attention to the modifications which cultivated plants
have undergone as shown by such records as occur in
the older books. lu connection with these studies, Dr.
Sturtevant brought together a rare collection of hooks
dealing with plants published before the time of Lin-
neus (say 1755), which, with his index cards and her-
barium, is now preserved at the Missouri Botanical
Garden in St. Louis, Mo.
As first director of the New York Experiment Station,
at Geneva, Dr. Sturtevant drew the broad plans on
which the successful work of that establishment has
been conducted and which have served largely as mod-
els for subsequently organized agricultural stations
over the country. He was a man of active mind, aud
his career is suggestive of worthy work to an unusual
degree. A biographie sketch and a list of his principal
writings are printed in the Tenth Report of the Missouri
Botanical Garden. Wu. TRELEASE.
STYLOPHORUM (Greek, s/yle and
bearing, in reference to the persistent
stvle), Papaverdcee, A genus of prob-
ably 3 species of perennial herbs, one
American and the others from southeast-
ern Asia and Japan. Herbs with stout
rootstocks and yellow sap: Iws. lobed or
cut: fils. yellow or red, rather long-
stemmed, solitary or clustered ; sepals
2; petals 4; stamens numerous; placentae
2-4; style distinet; stigma 2-4-lohed,
radiate: capsule linear or ovoid, dehis-
cent to the base.
diphyllum, Nutt. (Pupdver Styld-
phorum, Hort.). CELANDINE Porpy.
Fig. 2438. A bardy perennial about 1 ft.
high, forming large clumps: stem with
2 Ivs. at the summit: Ivs. light green,
pinnately parted: fils. yellow, 2 in.
across, in clusters of : May, June.
Moist shade, W. Pa. to Wis. and Tenn.
B.B. 2:102. J.H. IIL. 34:475.—An attrac-
tive plant of easy culture in any rich,
rather loose, moist soil in either shade or open, but pref-
erably in partial shade. F. W. Barcuay.
STYRAX (ancient Greek name of Styrax officinalis).
Styracdcee, STORAX. Ornamental deciduous or ever-
green trees or shrubs, with alternate, simple, serrate or
entire leaves and white often pendulous flowers in ax-
illary clusters or terminal racemes, followed by dru-
paceous dry or fleshy fruits. S. Obassia, Americana
and Juponica are the hardiest and stand the winter ir
sheltered positions as far north as Massachusetts; S.
grandifolia is hardy about Philadelphia and 8. Cali-
fornica ouly south. The Storaxes are handsome shrubs
of graceful habit, usually loose and spreading. Their
flowers are numerous, white and mostly fragrant. They
are well adapted for borders of shrubberies or as single
Specimens on the lawn, and thrive best in a light,
porous soil. Prop. by seeds sown soon after ripening
and by layers; sometimes grafted on Hulesia tetrauptera,
About 60° speci in the tropical, subtropical and
warmer temperate regions of America, Asia and Europe.
rees or shrubs: lvs. short-stalked, exstipulate, more or
less covered, like the inflor nee, with stellate hairs:
fls. white; calyx campanulate, obscurely 5-toothed or
truncate; petals 5, connate only at the base; stamens
10, inserted at the base of the corolla and usually some-
what connate below: ovary superior, often united at the
base with the calyx, 3-loculed at the base, 1-loculed at the
apex; style slender: fr. a drupe, mostly subglobose,
fleshy or oftener dry with dehiscent pericarp, 1-2-seeded,
witn large, subglobose seeds. Styrar Benzoin vields
the benzoin, a balsamie exudation of the wounded tree;
storax, a similar gum-resin, was formerly obtained from
N. officinalis, but the storax of to-day is a product of
Liguidambur.
STYRAX 1749
AL Pls, in mony-fld. racemes: les. 2-10 in, bony.
B. Young branchlets, petioles and racemes grayish
tomentose,
grandifélia, Ait. Shrub, 4-12 ft. high: Ivs. oval to
obovate, shortly acuminate, usually narrowed toward
the base, deuticulate or almost entire, glabrous above,
grayish tomentose or pubescent beneath, 2'.-6 in. long:
fis. fragrant, in loose racemes 3-6 in, long or sometimes
in clusters; corolla fully ‘2 in. long, with spreading.
oblong petals: fr. subglobose, about ' in. across. May.
S. Va. to Pla. L.B.C.11:1016 (poor). B.B. 2:599.
BB. Young branchlets, petioles and racemes soon
glabrous,
Shrub or small tree, 30 ft.
young branchlets and petioles covered with a
Obassia, Sieh. & Zuee.
high:
2439. Styrax Japonica.
(XK 44.)
quickly disappearing Hoccose rusty tomentum: Lvs. or-
bicular to broadly obovate or oval, abruptly acuminate,
usually rounded at the base, remotely dentate above the
middle and sometimes tricuspidate at the apex, glabrous
above, pubescent beneath, 6-10 in. long: fis. fragrant,
in racemes 5-7 in. long; rachis glabrous; pedicels and
calyx finely tomentose; corolla 34 in. long, with slightly
spreading obovate-oblong petals: fr. $4 in. long, ovoid,
pointed. May. Japan. 8.2%. 1:46. B.M. 7039. G.C. IIT.
4:131 (not correct in regard to habit). A..F. 12:30,
M.D.G. 1898:16.
AA. Fls. in few-fld. clusters or short racemes: lvs,
1-3 in, long.
B. Petals 5-8: branchlets and lus. beneath pubescent,
Californica, Torr. Shrub, 5-8 ft. high: Ivs. broadly
oval or ovate, obtuse, entire, stellate pubescent, at
least when young, 1-2!, in. long: fls. in few-fld. to-
mentose clusters; pedicels about as long as calyx;
eorolla *, in. long, with 5-8 oblanceolate petals; sta-
mens 10-16, with the filaments pubescent and connate
about one-third. April. California.
BB. Petals 5:
ce. Pedicels about as long as calyx, puberulous.
Americana, Lam. (8. g/dbrum, Cav. S. lavigdtun,
Ait.). Shrub, 4-8 ft. high: Ivs. oval to oblong, acute at
both ends or acuminate, entire or serrulate, bright
ereen and almost ghtbrous, 1-3 in. long: tls. nodding, in
few-fld. clusters; pedicels about as long as calyx
little longer, puberulous; corolla about 1. in. lon
most glabreus, with spreading or reflexed, lanceol:
oblong petals; calyx-teeth minute, acute. April-June.
Va. to Fla., west to Ark. and La. B.M. 921. L.B.C.
10:960, BUR. 11:952 (as Malesia parviflora).
lus. almost glabrous, acute.
1750 STYRAX
ce. Pedivels %4-L en. long, glabrous.
Japonica, Sieb. G Zuce. Fig. 2439. Shrub or small
tree, high, with slender spreading
scoming 30 ft.
branches: young branchlets and lvs. with stellate pu-
bescence, which soon disappears: lvs. broadly elliptic to
elliptic- ‘lanceolate, acute at both ends, often ‘acuminate,
crenately serrulate, glabrous, 1-8 in. long: fis. pendu-
lous, in 3-6-fld. glabrous racemes; corolla about ty in.
long, with slightly spreading, elliptic, tomentulose petals ;
calyx usually with short and broad, obtuse teeth.
June, July. Jap., China, §.Z. 1:23. Gt. 17 B.M.
serrulatium). M.D.G. 18
Small tree, allied to 8.
stellate-tomentose benenth, also pedicels and caly Malay
S. officinalis, Linn. Closely allied to 8. ¢ fornica:
; stamens connateonly at the base. Mediterr. region.
—S. platanifolin. Engelm. Allied to S. Californic almost
glabrous: lvs. undulate or irregularly sinnately lobed. Texas.
—S. pulverulénta, Michx. Low shrub, allied to S. Americana,
but lvs. stellate-pubescent when young: fis. fragrant, ou shorts
tomentose pedicels. S. Va. to Fla. and Tex. 5 2:599
serrulata, Roxb. Shrub or tree, 40 ft. high, allied to $ ee
: lvs. usually elliptic -ohlong, actmninate, distinctly serru-
. short-pediceled, in 5-10-fld. short racemes; calyx and
pedicels tomentose. E. India. ALFRED REHDER.
SUCCORY.
SUCCULENTS are desert plants that live on a mini-
mum of moisture. Kitchen vegetables are said to be
“sueculent” when they are tender, sappy, full of juice,
—as lettuce or cucumbers. In ornamental gardening
“Sueculents” are such tough and dry plants as cacti
and century plants. The cacti are typical Succulents,
as they represent a botanical family created by e
of desert life. Even in flower and fruit the cacti are
much removed from other botanical families, and in
the structure of their vegetable parts they are highly
specialized to accord with desert conditions. Near to
cacti, botanically, are supposed to be the ficoider, of
which the large genus Mesembryanthemum is most im-
portant. The family Crassulacese contains many fleshy
or succulent plants, the most important genera of whic h
are mentioned under Crassula. Other families that have
left survivors in the desert, though greatly altered in
appearance and habits of life, are the lily family, e. g.,
Agave and Aloe; the spurge family, e. g., Euphorbia ;
the milkweed family, e. g., Stapelia; the purslane
family, e. g., Portulaca, and among composites certain
spec of Senecio, Kleinia and Hertia. Riimpler’s Die
Sukkulenten, Berlin, 1892, is an illustrated book of 263
pages covering the above ground, mostly from the bo-
tanical side. Nearly all the good cultural books on eacti
notice the succulent plants of other families. In this
work consult Cacti and the various genera indicated
above. See also special books published in Europe.
There is no special American book literature. wr, yf
SUGAR APPLE.
SUGAR BERRY. Cvl//is oecidentalis,
SUGAR BUSH. In some English books this name
refers to Protea mellifera, a plant not cult. in America.
In the U. 8., Sugar Bush, or Sugar Orchard, refers to
«a grove of sugar maples.
SUGAR CANE. See
SUKSDORFIA violacea, Gray, and Sullivdntia Ore-
gana, 8. Watson, are two small perennial herbs of the
saxifrage family native to the Columbia river region.
They were once offered by western collectors but are
not known to be in cultivation. T hey are fully deseribed
in Proc. Am. Acad. Arts. Sei., the former in 15:41, the
latter 14:292,
5950 (as N.
S. Bénzoin, Dryand. aponica: lvs.
Another name for Chicory.
Annona squamosa,
Saecharim,
SUMACH. See Rhis.
SUNDEW. Droseru.
SUNDROP. Yellow- flowered diurnal primroses (see
Primula); also Qnothera fruticosa,
; SUNFLOWER. Species of Helianthus. The common
Sunflower of gardens is Helianthus annus. his is
SWAINSONA
grown for ornament, and the seeds (fruits) are also
used as poultry food. Sunflower oil, produced in Rus-
sia, ay used in salads. See Bull. 60, Div. of Chemistry,
U.S. Dept. of Agric., by Harvey W Ww iley, on “The Sun-
flower Plant, its Cultivation, Composition and Uses,” 1901.
SUN ROSE. Zelianthemium.
SURINAM CHERRY. Hugenia Michelii.
SUTHERLANDIA (James Sutherland, one of the
earliest superintendents of the Edinburgh Botanic Gar-
dens, wuthor of “Hortus Medicus Edinburgensis,” 1683).
Leguminosae, Sutherlandia frutescens, the BLappER
SennNA of the Cape, might be roughly described as a red-
flowered Swainsona. It is a tender shrub said to grow
3 ft. high or more in South Africa. Each leaf is com-
posed of about 9-11 pairs of leaflets and an odd one.
The fls. are bright scarlet, drooping and in the best va-
riety an inch or more long. The blossoms are not pea-
shaped; the standard is oblong, with reflexed sides;
the keel is longer than the standard, and the wings are
very short. The fils. are numerous and borne in axillary
racemes, 5-11 in a raceme. An interesting feature of
the plant is its large bladder-like pod, which sometimes
measures 2144 x14 inches.
Botanically Sutherlandia is very imperfectly under-
stood. There are at most 5 species, or 8. frutescens ee
prove to be the ouly one. Generic characters: fis.
described above; calyx campanulate, 5-toothed; cteniens
9 and 1: ovary stalked, many-ovuled; style bearded:
pod many-seeded, indehiscent: seeds reniform.
At the Cape S. frutescens runs into two forms. The
common or typical one bas the leaflets glabrous above,
while in the seaside form, var. tomentosa, they are sil-
very white on both sides. In cultivation there seem to
be three forms: (1) the typical species, which is gener-
ally treated as an annual in France. (If Sutherlandias
are kept for several years in a greenhouse the plants
hecome woody and unsightly and lose some of their
foliage. Young, compact and bushy specimens are pre-
ferred.) (2) A form with larger red fls. (var. grandi-
flora), which in France at least does not flower until the
second year. (3) A white-fld. form,which is probably one
of two different things cultivated under the name of S.
floribunda, but which is here called S. frutescens, var.
alba,
Sutherlandias are highly esteemed by French connois-
seurs. They are propagated by seeds and are said to be
readily raised by cuttings. Seeds of the typical form are
sown in March or Aprilunder glass and the plants bloom
the same summer for several months. They seem to be
usually kept in pots for the decoration of verandas,
terraces, ete., but could probably be grown in the open
border during summer. The seeds of var. grandiflora
are generally sown in June or July, and the plants
wintered in a greenhouse. They bloom toward the end
of May, which is earlier than the typical forms. For
winter treatment. the French advise very moderate water-
ing and as much air and light as possible. In America
the Sutherlandias seem to be known only in California,
though an eastern dealer has recently offered one under
the name of “Searlet Bush.” The var. grandiflora is
worthy of trial by northern florists. Flora Capensis
2:212. The species is hardy at San Francisco.
frutéscens, R. Br. Biapper Senna of the Cape.
Tender South African red-fld. shrub described above,
Harvey calls the typical form var. communis; it has
Ifts. eames above, elliptical or oblong: ovaries and
pods glabrous. B.M. 181 (as Colutea frutescens), R.A
1896, p. 206. Var. tomentosa, Hary. Lifts. shorter and
broader, obovate or obcordate, silvery white on both
age ovaries and pods hispid. Var. grandiflora, Hort.
floribunda, Carr., not Vilm.), has large red fls. and
Hee not bloom until the second year, R.A, 1871:610.
Var. alba (S. floribinda, Vilm., not Carr.) has white fis.
Ernest Braunton, of Los Ron pale: received in 1900 a plant
ealled S. spectabilis, of which little is known. W, M.
SUWARRO. Cereus giganteus,
SWAINSONA (Isaac Swainson, an English horti-
culturist of the latter part of the eighteenth century).
Often spelled Swainsonia, Legumindse, About 25
SWAINSONA
Australian undershrubs and herbs, differing from
Colutea chiefly in smaller stature and the large lateral
stigma. Flowers pea-like, in axillary racemes, purple,
blue, red, yellow or white, often showy; standard or
yexillum large and showy, orbicular; wings oblong,
twisted or faleate; stamens 9 and 1: fr. a turgid or
inflated pod, which is sometimes divided by a partition
and sometimes With the upper suture depressed; seeds
small and kidney-shaped: Iws. unequally pinnate, usu-
ally with several or many small leaflets. Now and then
various specie sare seen in the collections of amateurs
or botanic gardens, and 8 species are offered by one
German dealer, but by far the most popular kind is 8.
galegifolia, var, albiflora.
galegifolia, R. Br. ( Vicia galegifolia, Andr. Colitea
galegifolia, Sims. S. Osbornii, Moore). Small, gla-
brous, attractive shrub, with long, tlexuose or half-elimb-
ing branches: Ifts. 5-10 pairs and an odd terminal one,
small, oblong and obtuse or somewhat emarginate: ra-
ecemes axillary and mostly exceeding the foliage, bear-
ing rather large deep red fis.: pod 1-2 in. long, much
inflated, stipitate. Australia. B.M. 792.—Siainsona
galegifolia is an old-time garden plant, blooming freely
in a cool or intermediate house along with carnations
and roses. It thrives well either as a pot-plant or in
beds. It is hardy at San Francisco. It is a nearly con-
tinuous bloomer. Cuttings taken in late winter bloom in
summer; these plants may then be transferred to the
house for winter bloom, although maiden plants are to
be preferred. By eutting back old plants, new bloom
may be secured. Cuttings grow readily. The plant is
easy to manage. The original form of Swainsona is
little known in cultivation, but the advent of the white
form has brought the species to the fore.
Var. albiflora, Lindl. (var. d/ba, Hort. S. albiflora,
G. Don). Fig. 2440. Flowers pure white. B.R. 12:994.
Ie BeGy, Vie1642.. CASES S172 1OL6UES. V1s1180.. Gres
5:185.—In North America this is now one of the most
popular of white florists’ flowers for use in winter dee-
orations. It has been called the “Winter Sweet Pea”
because of the shape of the flowers, but it has no fra-
grance. The delicate bright green foliage affords an
excellent contrast with the pure white flowers. This
variety is often grown at the end of a rose or carnation
house, or trained on a trellis. It likes abundant sun-
light, rich soil and liquid manure. When allowed too
much root room the plants become very large and are
slow to bloom, wherefore a large pot or tub is prefer-
able to the border.
Var. violacea, Hort.,
what dwarf. S. coronillafolia, Salisb.,
sents this form or something very like it. B.M. 1725
S. coronillefolia is an older name than S. galegifolia,
and if the two names are considered to represent the
same species the former should be used.
Var. rosea, Hort., has pink flowers.
S. Ferrandi, Hort., is called a “garden variety’
thorities. Var. alba is described in R.H. 1886, p
carminea is in the American trade.
has rose-violet fls., and is some-
probably repre-
“by Kew an-
2, and var.
et. Bs
SWALLOW THORN. JZippopha® rhamnoides.
SWAN RIVER DAISY is Brachycome iberidifolia,
SWEET ALYSSUM.
See ullyssvm maritimum.
SWEET BASIL. See Basil.
SWEET BAY of general literature is Laurus nobilis.
In America, Maqnotia glauca.
SWEET BRIER. Rosa rubiginosa.
SWEET CICELY, or SWEET-SCENTED CHERVIL
(Mijrrhis odorata, Seop., which see), indigenous to
Europe upon the banks of streams, is a graceful, hardy
perennial 3 ft. tall, with very large, downy, grayish
green, much-divided leaves, hairy stems and leaf-stalks,
small, fragrant white flowers, and large brown seeds of
transient vitality. The leaves, which have an aromatic,
anise-like, sweetish flavor and odor, characteristie of
SWEET W751
the whole plant, are still occasionally employed in fla-
voring soups and salads, though their use as a culi-
nary adjunct, even in Europe, is steadily declining. In
American cookery, the plant is almost confined to our
unassinilated, distinctly foreign population. Though
eusily propagated by divi ision, best results are obtained
from seed sown in the autumn either spontaneously or
artificially; the seedlings, which appear in the follow-
HERBS
2440. Swainsona galegifolia var. albiflora (> 14).
ing spring, are set 2 ft. apart each way in almost any
ordinary garden soil. Spring-sown seed frequently
fails to germinate. When once established common
care will be sufficient. M. G. Karns.
SWEET CLOVER. Jelilotus alba.
SWEET FERN. Jyrica Gale.
SWEET FLAG.
Acorus Calamus,
SWEET GALE. Myrica Gale.
SWEET GUM. Liguidambar.
SWEET HERBS. The term"Sweet Herbs” has long
been applied to the fragrant and aromatic plants used
in cookery to add zest to various enlinary preparations,
principal among which are dressings, soups, stews and
salads. At the commencement of the nineteenth cen-
tury many were to be found in gardens and kitehens
that now have been dropped entirely or have but very
limited use. Perhaps no group of garden plants dur-
ing this time has been marked by so little improve-
ment, Exeept in parsley, very few distinctly new or
valuable varieties have been produced or disseminated,
This is mainly due to the prevailing ignorance of their
good qualities, to which ignorance may be charged the
improper handling, not only by the grower, but by the
seller and often by the final purchaser. With the public
1752
duly awakened to the uses of herbs, improvements in
growing, handling, and in the plants themselves will
naturally follow, to the pleasure and profit of all.
In this country the herbs best known and appr ciated
are pursley, sage, thyme, savory, marjoram, spearmint,
dill, fennel, tarragon, balm and basil, arranged approxi
mately in their order of importance. Since parsley is
more extensively used as a garnish than any other
garden plant, it is grown upon a larger seale than all
other herbs combined. Hence some seedsmen do not rank
parsley with Sweet Herbs. Sage is the universal flavoring
for sausage and the seasoning par ercellence for rich
meats such as pork, goose and duck. It is more widely
cultivated than thyme, savory and marjoram, which have
more delicate flavors and ave more popular for seasoning
mild meats, such as turkey, chicken and veal. With the
exception of spearmint, without which spring lamb is
deemed insipid, and the famous mint julep, a thing of
little worth, the remaining herbs mentioned above are
scarcely seen outside our large city markets, and even
there they have only a very limited sale, being re-
stricted mainly to the foreign population and to such
restaurants and hotels as have an epicurean patronage.
In many market-gardens both near to, and remote
from, the large cities, sweet herbs form no small
source of profit, since most of them, when properly
packed, can be shipped in the green state even a con-
siderable distance. and when the market is over-sup-
plied they can be dried by the grower and sold during
the winter. Probably more than one-half the quantities
used throughout the country are disposed of in the
latter manner.
As a rule, the herbs are grown as annuals and are
propagated from seed sown in early spring, though
cuttage, layerage and division of the perennials are in
favor for home practice and to a certain extent also in
the market-garden. Commercially they are most com-
monly grown as secondary crops to follow early cab-
bage, peas, beets, ete. In the home garden they are
frequently confined to a corner easily accessible to the
kitchen, where they remain from year to year. In gen-
eral, herbs should be planted on good light garden soil
of fine texture, kept clean by frequent cultivation,
gathered on a dry day after the dew is off, dried in a
current of warm, not hot air, rubbed fine and stored in
air-tight vessels.
For specific information see articles on the following:
Anise, Angelica, Balm, Basil, Caraway, Catnip,
Coriander, Dill, Feunel, Horehound, Hyssop, Mari-
gold, Marjoram, Mint, Parsley, Peppermint, Sage,
Samphire, Savory, Tarragon, Thyme.
M. G. Kat
SWEET HERBS
SWEET LIME. See Lime.
SWEET MARJORAM. Sce Origanum.
SWEET PEA (ZLuathyrus odoratus. See Lathyrus for
botanical account. For structure of the flower, see
Legume), Figs, 2441-44. For its beauty and fragrance,
the Sweet Pea is the queen of the large genus to which
it belongs. Long a common garden annual, within re-
cent years it has been brought to a high degree of
development, until it ranks with the most popular gar-
den favorites. It is also grown for high-class exhibitions
and floricultural competition.
Its early botanical history has been traced back to
1650. The whole history of the Sweet Pea is elaborately
treated by 8. P. Dicks, of London, in American Gar-
dening, for July 24, 1897. The origin of the Sweet Pea
is divided principally between Sicily and Ceylon, the
original purple variety being indigenous to the former
island and Sardinia. Sicily was also the native habitat
of the white variety, but all obtainable testimony credits
Ceylon with the original pink and white variety known
as the Painted Lady. Thence also came the original
red out of whieh the erimson-searlet sorts have come.
Father Franciscus Cupani, a devout Italian monk and
enthusiastic botanist, is credited with being the first eul-
tivator of this flower, at Panormus, in Sieily, in 1699,
and the seed of the purple variety was sent by him to
England and elsewhere. The seed of this Hower heeame
an article of commerce as early as 1730 In 1798 a Lon-
don seed catalogue listed 5 varieties, the black, purple,
SWEET PEA
searlet, white and Painted Lady. About 40 years later
the striped and yellow are found named on the list.
Not until 1860 do we find any further advance, when a
blue-edged variety was offered, since known as Butterfly,
In 1865 Invincible Scarlet won a certificate. In 1868
Crown Princess of Prussia appeared in Germany, and
gave us the first light flesh-pink. Adonis in 1882 gave
a new color in rose-pink, which was soon followed bya
better shade in what was afterwards named Princess
Beatrice. Several others of less value helped to prepare
2441. Flowers of Sweet Pea, to show structure.
the way for the modern Sweet Pea as it has come from
the skilled hands of Henry Eckford, the prince of spe-
cialists in this flower.
About 1876 Henry Eckford, of Shropshire, England,
after long experience and signal success as a specialist
in other florists’ flowers, took up the Sweet Pea. He
began with the 6 or 7 common sorts, working patiently
by means of cross-fertilization and selection for seven
years before he had anything of merit to offer. By that
time he began to get new colors and a somewhat im-
proved size and form. Orange Prince, the dark maroon
Boreatton, and the deep bronze-blue of Indigo King,
were among the cheering signs of his success in origi-
nating colors. But his novelties did not meet with pop-
ular appreciation till about 1890, when their merit of
size and grandiflora form and originality of color began
to excite a new interest in this flower, especially in
America. Up to 1898 Eckford put out about 75 varieties,
the product of 22 years of patient labor. A large per-
centage of his introductions has received certificates and
awards of merit from the Royal Horticultural Society
and at other English shows. Laxton, of England, and
J.C. Schinidt, of Germany, are among those who have
done special work in originating varieties.
At the time when this new interest in Sweet Peas
awoke in America the increased demand for the seed
led to the successful experiment of growing it in Cali-
fornia. The demand soon increased till 125 tons of this
seed were produced by the California seed-growers,
and now practically the world’s supply comes from
that source. This also led to the production of Amerl-
can novelties in this flower, the extensive seed-growers
having unequaled opportunity for finding new sorts and
also of making them by cross-fertilization. The Ameri-
can novelties have the advantage of being introduced
with stronger seed than the Eckfords. The complete
list of varieties in 1898 numbered about 150 named sorts.
The colors now represented are white, light primrose,
Plate XL. Sweet Pea. Lathyrus odoratus
SWEET PEA
primrose-cream, buff-cream, buff-pink, various shades
of light pink, flesh-pink, rose-pink, several shades of
bright rose, scarlet, crimson-scarlet, meh blood-red,
light blue, mauve-blue, dark blue, lavender, salmon-
pink and also light rose, with more or less riel infusion
of orange, purple, Magenta, Maroon with bronzy cast or
rich velvety effect, and shades of violet. All of these
are found in passably good selfs and also in contrasted
and blended colors, and all these colors ure now found
in stripes and flakes. In 1893 the first dwarf Sweet Pea
ealled Cupid was found in California, the white first ap-
pearing. and now practically all colors have been tound
in this diminutive torm., In this form of sporting the
plant totally abandons its vine habit, making a mat of
dwarf foliage, the blossoms being of the usual size, but
with very short stems.
The best canon of judgment vives no encouragement
to the so-called “double” Sweet Pea, the grandiflora
single form being the approved type, as it certainly is
the most graceful and best adapted to the flower. The
highest form of development which the Sweet Pea takes
is first in bringing the single flower to the best grandi-
flora size and form, and then in adding to the number
of tlowers on the stem. The improved Sweet Pea now
takes on £ blossoms to a stem to some extent, and even
5 blossoms to a true single stem are not unknown. The
length and diameter of the are also important
in determining merit. Stems 14 in. long are occasion-
ally exhibited, and the flower cannot be said to have
high culture unless the stems are well on towards 10
inches in length. The finest grandiflora type of blossom
has a standard which when pressed out will be nearly
cireular and will cover a silver dollar. The finest
exhibition stock will now show some blossoms that
measure 1°4 in. across.
Now that this Hower is grown for the highest com-
petitive test of skill. the rules for judging an exhibit
are of importance. Although no scale of points has
received general recognition, yet, allowing that each
variety must be judged according to the correct indi-
vidual type under which it was introduced, size of
blossom, color, form, substance, number of blossoms on
the stem and_= size of
stem, are the essential
points. The retrograde
of stock is easily shown
hy the loss of full
rounded outline, reflexed
standard and deterior-
ated substance. De-
scriptive terms have
been adopted by the
growers to some extent,
e. g., blossoms take the
old common form, or are
semi-expanded, boldly
expanded, hooded,
notched, shell-shaped, or
grandiflora, Positian of
blossoms on the stem is
also a point aimed at by
the specialist.
A good degree of suc-
cess isnow reported from
ordinary gardens every-
where in the growing of
this flower. Yet since it
has been brought to its
stem
! present highly hybrid-
\ ized and developed
\W stage some of its hardy
\\ habits that formerly
\\ made it easy to grow
in have been reduced.
Closer attention must
2442. Gaiety Sweet Pea. now be paid to such rules
of culture as have been
found necessary. Tolerably rich soil inclining to a clay
loam is best. Ovyer-enriching will be likely to cause an
excess of vine growth at the expense of bloom. In all
light soil, firming the ground by treading or rolling it
will be found a preventive of the early blight. The time
for planting is as early as possible, the ground having
SWEET PEA
been prepared in the fall, and the seed going in as soon
as the frost isout. ‘Lhis first planting should be covered
one inch, the place where the row comes being hollowed
out about three inches to hold qoisture. A later plaut-
ing needs to be covered with three inches of soil. Slow
2443. Red Riding Hood Sweet Pea.
germination and almost a standstill condition through
the month of May is better than any forcing process.
Only the thinnest top-soil should be disturbed in hoeing
and no soil filled in earlier than June, if at all. Cut-
worms must be shown no quarter. A light mulch is
excellent for shading the ground. Whatever support is
given the vines must be strong and six feet high. A
wire trellis answers well, but good birehes give the
vines a chance to ramble and they are cooler and more
airy. Rows should run north and south. All the
strength of the vines should be conserved by keeping
the pods removed. W. T. Hercurss.
CALIFORNIA’S CONTRIBUTIONS TO THE SWEET PEA.—
The pink and white Sweet Pea, or, as it was popularly
known, the “Painted Lady,” is an old-time garden
favorite which was greatly esteemed by flower lovers
for its beautiful coloring and delightful fragrance.
This type, with the old style white-flowered kind and a
few small-floowered sorts of dull and unattractive color-
ing, constituted for many years the entire assortment
of varieties known to gardeners. When any one spoke
of the Sweet Pea the Painted Lady was understood, in
the same way that in speaking of a tea rose the favorite
Safrano was the variety always referred to. In the past
twelve years all this has been changed by the wonderful
improvements made by specialists in the development
of this flower and its consequent popularity. Our list
of varieties of the tall-growing or running type now
of ry Eckford,
the Sweet Pea mainly by selection.
sent out anumber of crosses, which were very distinct
of England, who las improved
The Laxtons also
elimatie conditions under which he worke«
greater interest in the jimprovement of the flower, Mr.
Eekford has not produced seed in sutiicient quantities
to greatly cheapen the price, and this element of popu-
larity las been supplied by our own wonderland of
flowers—California., In California, finely ripened seed
ean be produced in such large quantities that in two
1754
years after Mr. Eekford’s introduction of a new variety
our seedsmen are able to offer the seed at a price within
the reach of every gardener. For a small outlay these
novelties can be planted in masses unthought of by
European gardeners. :
California has done much more than this for the
Sweet Pea, however. The Sweet Pea likes a cool soil
and climate, the vines shriveling up during midsummer
and succumbing to the red spider during the hot, dry
weather which prevails over a very large portion of our
country. To a certain extent, therefore, the popularity
of this flower has been confined to the cooler northern
states. In the effort of nature to adapt the plant to
changed conditions, an entirely distinct type of growth
soon appeared in the California fields, having a low,
compact, spreading habit. The dense, deep green foli-
age lying closely to the soil, serves to mulch, shade and
protect the strong network of roots lying beneath the
surface. This type is known as the Cupid Sweet Pea.
That it is apparently due to climatic intiuence is readily
shown by the large number of distinct varieties we
now have with this type of growth, many of which
originated directly from the tall varieties, and not from
sports of the original Cupid. This Cupid Sweet Pea
succeeds excellently in hot, dry weather, and exposed
dry locations where snecess with the tall varieties is
exceptional. Conversely, the Cupid type does not suc-
SWEET PEA
Three varieties of Sweet Pea, about half natural
size, indicating the progress in size of flower.
2444.
The figure on the left shows a variety of the last
generation; that on the right an average flower of to-
day. The middle flower is the grandiflora type, re-
dneed from a flower 1/4 in. across. Larger flowers
ean be secured, but it is a question whether they are
desirable.
éeed in eool, moist locations where the tall sorts do
best, as the dense foliage does not dry out readily and
is inclined to mildew.
Two other distinct types have been originated in this
country, the Bush Sweet Pea, which stands half-way
between the Cupid and tall Sweet Peas in growth,
needing no trellis or support but with the foliage held
well above the soil and the flower-stems of greater
length than in the compact Cupids. This type is also
especially adapted to hot weather and dry soils, having
a splendidly developed system of fine fibrous roots.
The second type is the result of breeding and selection,
as exemplified in Burpee Earliest of All, which has
the true vine-like or running growth. but grows only 18
inches high and comes into full flower greatly in
advance of the taller varieties of Sweet Peas without
any sacrifice of size in the flower or of length in the
stems. With this variety aud early planting a great
show of flowers may be had even in the southern
states. Its early flowering habit makes it the most
desirable of all varieties to grow under glass for winter
flowering. Heretofore, the enthusiasm for Sweet Peas
has been mainly in the cooler northern states, but with
fall planting of the tall sorts and the adoption of the
Cupid and Bush variet for summer flowering in the
hotter locations, there is no reason why they cannot be
grown under more widely varying conditions than any
other popular flower, E. D. DARLINGTON :
SWEET POTATO, Jpomea Batatas, which see for
botanical aecount. An edible tuberous root, much
prized in North America, a staple article of food in all
the southern states, and also much consumed in the
North. The Sweet Potato plant is a trailing vine of the
morning-glory family. The branches root at the joints.
The edible tubers, Fig. 2445, are borne elose together
under the crown and unlike the common potato they
“ers may not produce seed.
SWEET POTATO
do not bear definite “eyes.” The varieties differ greatly
in length of vine and the “vineless” Sweet Potato has
a bushy habit. Good commercial varieties that are
well cared for rarely bloom, and even then the fow-
The plant is tender to
frost. The species is widely distributed in tropical
regions but is supposed to be of American origin,
It has been cultivated from prehistoric times by the
aborigines. The plant is exceedingly variable in its
leaves (Fig. 2446), and the varieties are sometimes
classified on the foliar characters. In the southeast-
erm states the word “potato” usually means sweet
potato, the potato of the North being known as
“Trish,” “round” and “white” potato.
The Sweet Potato crop amounts to fifty million
bushels annually. Large quantities are grown in the
Carolinas, Georgia, Texas, Alabama, Mississippi, Vir-
ginia and New Jersey, the last state being the farthest
point north where the crop is raised on a large scale.
In California the yield is also large, particularly in the
interior valleys and in places removed from the influ-
ence of the coast climates. The Sweet Potato is propa-
gated by means of its tubers, usually from the slips or
cuttings which arise when the tubers are planted in
beds or frames. It is also propagated by means of cut-
tings or slips taken from the tips of fresh runners. A
bushel of ordinary Sweet Potatoes will give from 3,000
to 5,000 plants, if the sprouts are taken off twice. An
average good yield of Sweet Potatoes is 200-400 bushels
peracre. Yields twice as high as these are sometimes
secured.
In the northern states amateurs oceasionally grow
Sweet Potatoes of the southern types in a small way on
ridges in the garden, but it is usually for the pleasure
of the experience rather than for profit. A warm,
sunny climate, long season, loose warm soil, liberal
supply of moisture in the growing season and a less
supply when the tubers are maturing—these are some
of the requirements of a good Sweet Potato crop. The
crop should be gathered immediately after the first frost
In the South a soft and sugary Sweet Potato is desired.
In the North a firm, dry, mealy tuber is the prevalent
type. Certain varieties of Sweet Potatoes are called
"yams ” in the South, but this name belongs historically
to a very different kind of plant, for an account of
which see Dioscorea.
There are two special American books on Sweet Pota-
toes, by Fitz and Price. For history, see Sturtevant in
Amer, Nat., Aug., 1891, pp. 698, 699. Some of the most
important bulletins are Farmers’ Bull. 26, U. 8. Dept.
Agric. and Ga. 25 hy Hugh N. Starnes. Mad. 59 and 60
deal with the insects and diseases. Ti. He B:
COMMERCIAL CULTIVATION OF THE SwEET POTATO. —
The cultivation of the Sweet Potato as a staple crop is
confined almost exclusively to the southern states.
While it is true that the Sweet Potato occupies large
areas in New Jersey and is also planted more or less
extensively throughout portions of Illinois, Indiana and
Ohio, by far the greater bulk of the crop is to be found
below the 38th parallel of latitude. Hence the cultural
details here given, as well as the memoranda on dis-
cases, are compiled from a strictly southern standpoint.
Methods vary but little. Loeal environment enters
less as a factor into Sweet Potato culture than into any
other horticultural industry of the country. For this
very reason it is remarkable that there should occur
such extraordinary variations in type as are everywhere
noted, and for which local environment, if anything,
should be held responsible. So marked are these varia-
tions that without apparent cause any given “variety”
so-called—more correctly, perhaps, “selection "—will
develop, when transferred a few hundred miles from its
place of origin, after a few years of cultivation in the
hands of half a dozen different growers, just that
many distinct types, each differing materially from the
original in its more important characteristics—produc-
tiveness, maturity, quality and habit of growth. This
difference extends, sometimes, even to a change in the
form of the leaf itself from possibly an ovate shape
with margin entire and with no more trace of a lobe
thin an apple leaf has, to a sagittate or halberd form or
even to one decply cleft or indented. See Fig. 2446.
SWEET POTATO
Propagation is effected altogether by means of shoots,
mostly those trom the root. While blooms are often
found on the vines— particularly inthe extreme South —
they are nearly always imperteet and invariably drop
from the pedicel. yovaries ever develop. Therefore
the remarkable series of rapid transformations observ-
able in the Sweet Potato must be credited entirely to an
active and persistent tendency in the plant to bud varia-
tion—in effecting which it must be admitted to
veritable Kaleidoscope.
Propagation,—* Draw or developed sprouts from
root-buds, supply the readiest and, indeed, the only
practicable means of propagation, Tubers of the Inst
season’s crop are “bedded” tor this purpose: that is, an
outdoor hotbed is constructed in which the tubers are
placed in a single layer, close together, and covered
with several inches of soil early in spring. In a tew
weeks the latent buds of the tubers, under the stimulus
of the heat from the fermenting manure, will live
sprouted, and by the time all danger from frost has
passed adense growth of “draws,” or “slips " will cover
the bed. These are removed from the tubers, se by
hand in the field in rows four teet apart—the plauts
eighteen inches, generally, in the row. The size of
the bedded tubers does not attect the erop. As good
results are obtained from small aS from lurge potatoes,
Even the smallest tubers or “string consistently
planted from year to year, produce as heavily as the
choicest selections. This is ce logical if we remember
hat the Sweet Potato is merely an enlarged, inaxial,
fleshy root, and heavy tubers, when sprouted, should
have little direet tendency to produce a erop of corre-
sponding size, particularly when the subsequent culti-
vation is inditferent.
For later plantings the “bed” may be supplemented
by cutting “slips” 12 or 14 inches long from the young
vines after growth commences in the row, and using
them as “draws.” While the “slips” do not live quite
so readily as the rooted “draws.” they are said to make
smoother and more sightly tubers—due, doubtless, to
the fact that by this method the mycelium of the black
rot is not conveyed trom the bed to the field.
Soil and Fertilization.—Although a cou
sumer of nitrogen, the Sweet Potato cannot advanta-
geously occupy “bottomland.” With this reservation it
may be said that almost any land will produce potatoes,
Yeta light, sandy loam is best. Stiff, red soil is to be
avoided, as in it the potato splits, cracks and “rough-
ens,” by reason of the suspension and sudden resump-
tion of growth during variable weather.
The most approved fertilizer formula has been found
to be, per acre, about as follows:
bea
gross
50 lbs.)
Nitrogen (ammonia equiv.
Phosphoric yen
Potash
This requirement would be met by a compound of:
Lhs.
High-grade acid poRD: hate
Nitrate of soda .... byes Re
Sulfate of potashs ssh. ecuece Seles
SRG PA Ste sp arcasedtea nas Giese nein ese seee 1,000
Cottonseed meal has been found in many localities
preferable to sodium nitrate, as itis not so readily soluble
and therefore more gradual and continuous in action
through the season. It may be substituted in the for-
mula for sodium nitrate in the ratio of two pounds for
one. Potassium muriate produces as heavy
um sulfate, but the latter considerably increases
areh ata which in southern - grown potatoes
is unusually large, For potash, kainit may be substi-
tuted in the > proportion of four pounds of kainit to one
of either potassium sulfate or muriate. Stable manure
of normal composition produces excellent Sweet Pota-
toes, but is. of course, too variable in character and
too uncertain in quantity to be generally ayailable.
Acomplete summary of methods e employed in Sweet
Potato culture would oceupy too much space. They are,
moreover, too familiar to require repetition. Yet it is
desirable to call especial attention to certain points
which have been insufticiently discussed in previous
publications. First among these is the practice of
a erop as
SWEET POTATO 1755
premature planting. Against this tendeney
protest should be entered. It is the cause of much
When an early market crop is not the object
there is no need for haste in putting out the druws,
since the season abundantly long for leisurely plant-
ing, even in June, after oats and wheat are harvested.
If planted in May, or earlier, with the long southern
season, the crop is likely to mature before the approach
arhest
loss.
2445. Sweet Potatocs.
of cold weather permits the proper housing. The con-
sequent and usual result is a “second erowth,” which
predisposes the tubers to the inroads of the “soft rot,”
Which causes great loss.
A deep, mellow soil-bed, with an extended season, un-
questionably will produce more aud larger, but later,
tubers, Shallow preparation will yield an carlier crop,
It follows that the deeper the soil the earlier the plant-
ing may be effected.
Preservation,—Were it possible
inexpensively preserve through the
to successfully and
winter the Sweet
Potato crop, southern agriculture would be prae-
tically revolutionized. Land capable of producing a
bale of cotton, worth, S40, will readily yield 300
bushels of potatoes, at half the cost for cultivation,
Worth, at 20 ets. per bus., su0, This the planter would
gladly take, at harvest time, but there is then no market
at any price. Yet six months later he cannot supply the
demand at 60 ets., or S180 peraere, These figures are
conservative, Even on poor soil, producing 500 pounds
seed cotton (one-third of a bale) per acre, the yield in
Sweet Potatoes—100 bushels, avery small output could
be sold in the spring for U0 were it possible to sue
fully keep the tubers through the winter. Many succeed
in so doing, and reap the reward, but it is still an un-
solved general problem. Methods, too, are variable in
the extreme—and this is the one notable exception to
the rule of uniformity prevailing in Sweet Potato cul-
ture. Climate and local environment seem here to play
an important part, and means of preservation found
successful in one place prove entirely unserviceable in
another— personality, even, entering as a factor in the
problem, one man failing where another, by the same
methods, succeeds, Many ways have been devised and
practiced, some simple, elaborate ; but each
said by its enthusiastic adyocate to be
absolutely infallible.
Nothing has yet been found that will effectually
supersede the well-known popular method of “bank-
ing” or *hilling” in quantities of from 30 to 50 bushels,
necording to the different local eustoms which prevail
in each community. The ordinary practice is to heap
the tubers in a conical pile around a perforated wooden
tlhe, covering them with a few inches of dry pine-
straw, then a laver of corn stalks, and finishing with
three inehes of dry sand and afterward two or three
inches of clay or other stiff soil. The hill may be con-
structed either under shelter or out-of-doors. If the
latter it is well to protect with a covering of boards to
keep off the rain, though not absolutely necessary.
Diseases and Maladies. — A few of the most im-
portant maladies of the Sweet Potato—the cause, indeed,
of nine-tenths of the loss experienced in attempts to
winter the ecrop—will be noted in the probable order of
their importance:
(a) Soft Rot (Rhizopus nigricans): This is the most
common form of rot, and the one that produces the most
damage. It is due to a fungus or mold on abraded
places, chiefly of the tuber, especially when the potatoes
some
originator or
1756 SWEET POTATO
are stored in large bulk, without sufficient
opportunity to dry out. It is perhaps the
main cause of loss with stored potatoes,
developing rapidly and immediately, under
favoring conditions, and reducing, some-
times in a few weeks, the entire contents
of a bin or hill to a pulpy mass of cor-
ruption, emitting a most disgusting odor.
A few simple remedial measures will
greatly reduce loss from this cause: (1)
Dig only when soilis dry. (2) Dig be-
fore tubers become sappy from a “second
vrowth.” (3) Remove all affected tubers
before storing. (4) Use padded baskets
in handling to avoid abrasion. (5) Store
in small bulk and keep dry and well ven-
tilated.
(b) Black Rot (Ceratocystis fimbriata):
The fungus producing this affection does
not depend so much on the conditions of
moisture and abrasion, and is slower in
making its appearance than is the soft
rot, continuing to develop, however, all
through the winter and often completing
the destruction the other has begun. It
is all the more to be dreaded because it is
not so immediately noticeable, and tubers
containing its germs are more likely to
be housed. The black rot does not pro-
duce a pulpy mass, though effectually de-
stroying the entire tuber. It frequently
makes its appearance on the young draws
at “setting-out time.” Remec careful
selection — Ist, of sound tubers for bed-
ding; 2d, of perfectly healthy draws for
setting; 3d, where these conditions can-
not be fully complied with, by planting the
Dulk of the crop with cuttings from the
vines, thus minimizing the damage. The
use of copper sulfate, or any of the stand-
ard fungicides, either as a spray or for
soaking the tubers, is not advisable; for,
since the mycelium of most of the fungi
causing decay in the Sweet Potato is
lodged in and protected by the interior
cells of the tuber, surface treatment would
prove more or less futile.
(c) Sotl Rot (Acrocystis Batatas): This
fungus, as its name implies, is a resident
of the soil rather than of the tuber, and
hence cannot be readily guarded against.
It is responsible for most of the decay
observed in the crevices or cracks of split
tubers. Sudden expansion of vegetable
tissue due to a resumption of rapid growth
when wet weather follows a period of
drought, particularly when the soil is a
stiff clay, produces the primary “crack-
ing” and the spores of the fungus, finding
a ready lodgment, start the process of de-
cay, As for remedies, heavy applications
of sulfur to the soil have been found to
check its ravazes in a measure, but this
method of operation is not practical. That
is to say, while checking the fungus the
result is not commensurate with the cost.
The surest preventive—and this is true
for any and all rots—is rotation. The
same areas should never be planted in
potatoes two years in succession, nor
should the same spot be used twice for a
hotbed to furnish draws, even at the cost
of great inconvenience in establishing the
bed in another place :
(d) Other Fungi: Several other fungi are
serious enemies of the Sweet Potato, as the
stem rot, white rot, dry rot, potato seurf,
leaf blight, ete.; but their ravages will
not compare with the dumage produced
by the first three—soft rot, black rot and
soil rot.
As for the first three, it matters little
to the practieal grower whether or not he
ORLEANS RED
YELLOW YAM
SWEET POTATO
is able to distinguish one from another,
After the conditions favoring the spread
of one of them have been permitted to
develop and the resulting decay once ap-
pears, it is usually too late to put reme-
dial measures into effect. Remedy, in this
case, must precede manifestation of dis-
ease. Every possible precaution should
be observed at one and the same time
against them all. Proper preventive effort
during harvesting will be found a surer
guarantee against loss from decay than
the most elaborate structure or the most
carefully detailed method of housing yet
devised, and when thoroughly enforced
little apprehension need be felt as to re-
sults, no matter what plan of preserva-
tion is adopted.
To this end the following summary of
procedure will be found serviceable:
a. Rotate the crop. Never plant twice
in succession on the same land.
b. Rotate the bed. Never use old soil
or old manure a second season.
e. Dig only when the soil is dry.
d. Dig before tubers are rendered moist
and sappy by a “second growth,” and to
this end never plant too early in spring.
e. Use padded baskets in handling to
prevent bruising and abrasion.
f, Handle with scrupulous care.
g. Reject all affected tubers before stor-
ing.
h. Store dry, in small bulk; if in bins
erect bulkheads and use flues for ventila-
tion.
i. Use only perfect tubers for bedding,
rejecting any showing symptoms of decay.
j. Use only healthy and unaffected
draws for setting out.
k. When draws in bed are affected with
diseased roots (black vot) and cannot be
thrown away, plant in a separate plat and
take cuttings from their vines later for
the main crop.
Varieties. -Sinece new varieties of
the Sweet Potato can originate only by
bud variation, it is a marvel where and
how all of the different types arise. The
writer has personally cultivated and
tested some fifty odd kinds, and there
doubtless exist, in all, 75 or 80—the num-
ber still ince sing. But one uniform
method of classification exists — that by
the “leaf” into tribes, falling under the
three heads, “Leaves entire,” “Leaves
shouldered or lobed” and “Leaves cleft”
—commonly termed “round - leafed,”
“shouldered” and “split-leafed,” respec-
tively. Of these the second type is the
inost numerous, containing probably two-
thirds of the entire list.
As for the best variety, ‘the “all-round”
potato has not yet been found, nor is it
likely to be, since such a type should be
a tremendous yielder, of first quality, a
safe keeper and free from disease. No
potato embodies, superlatively, all of
these characteristics. All of the heaviest
yielders belong, unfortunately, to the
‘nilky” or “turpentine” group—as Nor-
ton, Hayman, Southern Queen, White St.
Domingo, Early Golden, ete.,—and their
sappy consistency prevents them from
keeping well, while their quality is uni-
formly poor. Regarding quality, however,
tastes differ. The northern market prefers
n dry, mealy potato, represented by the
Jersey or Nansemond strain. The southern
2446. Leaves of Sweet Potato, market, on the other hand, demands a
Adapted from Bulletin of the
Georgia Experiment Station.
rich, sugary potato, like the Georgia or
Yellow Yam, which is generally considered
SWEET POTATO
to be the standard of excellence, and is a good keeper
though yielding very lightly.
The market it is intended to supply should, therefore,
be specially planted for. If for northern shipment, the
Jersey Sweet is preferable. For carly local sale Orleans
Red (‘*Nigger-killer”), Early Golden or Bermuda Red,
head the list. For winter storage and local market in
spring it is best to rely on the good old popular standard
—the Georgia Yam—despite its light yield, or rein-
foree it with Vineless, which closely approaches it in
quality and is a much heavier cropper.
Huau N. STARNEs.
SWEET SCABIOUS. See Scabiosu,
SWEET-SCENTED SHRUB.
See Culycanthus,.
SWEET-SOP.
sLnond squamosa,
SWEET SULTAN. See Centaurea moschata.
SWEET VERNAL GRASS, See Anthoranthum.
SWEET WILLIAM is Dianthus barbatus.
SWERTIA (after Emanuel Swert, a bulb cultivator of
Holland and author of Florileginm, 1612). Gentiand-
cee. About 40 species, widely scattered about the world
but mainly from S$. Asia, of annual or perennial herbs
with simple leaves, mainly radical in the perennial spe-
cies and yellow, blue or white flowers in loose or rather
dense corymbs.
Calyx 4-5-parted: corolla rotate, with a very short
tube and glandular pits at the base of each lobe; lobes
4-5, overlapping to the right: ovary 1-loculed: eapsule
dehiscing by 2 valves at the sutures.
diluta, Benth. & Hook. (Ophelia dilita, Ledeb.). A
tender perennial about 1 ft. high: stem winged and an-
gled, branching from near the base: Ivs. glabrous,
ovate-lanceolate, 3-nerved, rather obtuse, rounded at
the base, short-petioled: fls. 4-merous, blue, in a dense,
fastigiate umbel; corolla-lobes ovate, rounded at the
apex and bearing at the base a single ovate, nectarifer-
ous pit destitute of a fringe. E. Asia, Japan.
perénnis, Linn. A hardy perennial 1s-1 ft. high:
lower Ivs. oblong- elliptical, long-petioled ; stem-lvs.
ovate -oblong, obtuse: fils. mostly 5-merous, blue to
white, in a thyrse; corolla-lobes elliptical-oblong, acute,
bearing at the base 2 orbicular nectariferous pits crested
with a fringe. Colo., Utah and northward; also in the
alpine regions of Europe and in Asia.—S. perennis is
an alpine bog plant and should be given a cool, deep,
moist soil. F. W. Barcuay.
SWIETENIA (Gerard van Swieten, 1700-1772, physi-
cian to Empress Marie Theresa in Vienna). Jlelidcew.
This genus contains the mahogany tree, a tree of high
importance in the furniture trade. The young trees are
offered by nurserymen in 8. Fla. and 8. Calif.
x fit J
2500. Thunbergia alata (X 4s).
separate; anther-cells parallel, equal, mostly mucronate
at the base: wy seated on a fleshy disk, 2-loculed,
each cell with 2 ovules (rarely only one). The Thun-
bergiew are distinguished by the contorted corolla, the
4-seeded capsule, and the seeds.
The Thunbergias are nearly all vigorous greenhouse
climb resembling allamandas in habit. In large con-
servatories where they are not cramped for room they
flower freely and display their flowers to the best ad-
vantage. Severe pruning, which is necessary in small
greenhouses, prevents the production of flowers. The
larger species, 7. laurifohia, To atfinis, T. grandiflora,
T. Mysorensis, and T. coecinea are rapid growers, re-
quiring plenty of feeding and root-room, All do better
in open beds than in pots. They may be propagated
either from seeds or by cuttings which are taken from
the young wood which starts into growth after the
plants have been cut back during winter. These pro-
duce few flowers the following autumn, but bloom
freely the second season. As arule, the plants flower
in late summer or autumn, but this may be made to
vary according to treatment in some species. J. alata
and its varieties and JZ. fragrans are often treated as
annual garden plants, flowering in late summer. 7.
erecta and T. affinis when grown in pots form rather
compact shrubby plants. See Gn. 24, p. 314; 30, p. 292
47,p. 150. ZT. elegans of the trade cannot be accounted
for by the writer. Heiwricn HasseLerine.
Thunbergias and allamandas are great favorites in
central and southern Florida, being used on verandas,
arbors, small trees, old stumps, trellises and buildings.
Of the blue-fld. kinds ZT. grandiflora is bhardiest and
commonest. It has large, heart-shaped leaves which
overlap one another in a charming manner. It blooms
from September till Christmas, the fs. being light blue
and rather dull as compared with the next. The form of
T. laurifolia, known to the trade as VT. Harrisii, has
nearly sky-blue fls., of a deeper but brighter hue than
the preceding. It is a taller-growing and choicer plant,
and has 10 or more fils. in a raceme, while those of 7.
grandiflora are solitary in the axils. 7. fragrans is the
common white-fld. kind. The form cult. in Florida is
probably var. vestita, as the blossoms are not fragrant.
T. alata is a general favorite. The fis. range from
baff and white to orange with a deep purplish brown
throat, the last form being the most popular. This spe-
cies is killed to the ground by sharp frost every winter
globose
)
but sprouts vigorously the following spring. — It also
comes ee from self-sown seed. This species grows
only 7 or 8 ft. high. All the Thunbervias mentioned
THUNBERGIA 1799
above are easily raised from cuttings or layers in sum-
mer, 7 erecta is not a climber but has a somewhat
straggling habit. lt has small, dark green Ivs. and
large, deep purplish blue gloxinia-like tls. whieh are
white at the base. There is a pure white variety of it.
It blooms all summer and autumn. It is readily raised
from cuttings during the rainy season,
H. Neunuine
INDEX.
aftinis, 1 ecoecinea, 9.
»
laurifolin, he
lut
Mys
aurant
Bae Ae} sulphure:
Bakeri, * 4 Oe te. unicolor
chrysops, 5
A. ETs. arillary, solitary
Bb. Lus. entin . affinis
BB. Les. angularly toothed.
Pectioles winged. sieienane ee LER,
cu, Petioles not winged.
D. Color of fls. whites corolla-
lobes truncate and sinwately
toothed at the aper..........3. fragrans
pp. Color of fls.
in varieties).
Bs. Plant: SU ber Cb vis.s sccisnsvscieee 6 4. erecta
EE. Plant climbing.
F. Throat ofthe corolla yellow.5. chrysops
FF. Throat of the corolla white.6. grandiflora
blue (w ‘hite only
AA. Fis. in terminal or arillary racemes
(see, also, T. grandiflora).
Be COLON OF Sis OLE eee opie ne aavoco . laurifolia
BB, Color of fls. yellow... ccc. eee Mysorensisa
BBB. Color of fls. scarlet........ coccinea
1. affinis, S. Moore. A rambling shrub, 10-12 ft
high, smooth: branches 4-angled: Ilys. short-petioled,
elliptic, acute, entire: fls. 2 in. across, deep purple-blue,
with a yellow throat. Summer. Tropical Africa. B.M.
6975. G.C. WI. 2461. G.M. 82:291.—This plant is
closely allied to 7. erecta, from which it differs by its
entire Ivs. and larger fls., which are about twice the
size of those of ZT. erecta, When grown in a pot the
plant forms a compact shrub, but when given more
room it is a rambling climber,
2. alata, Boj. Fig. 2500. Stem square, climbing-
hairy: lvs. opposite, triangular-ovate, hastate, repand-
toothed, rough-pubescent, tomentose beneath; petioles
winged, about as long as the lvs.: fis. solitary, on
axillary peduneles; calyx very small, surrounded hy 2
large inflated bracts; corolla-tube somewhat longer than
the involucre, dark purple within; limb rotate, oblique,
of 5 rounded segments, buff or cream-colored. S.E.
Africa. B.M. 2591. P.M. 2:2, B. 5:238 (not good).
L.B.C. 11:1045.—A_ perennial climber which may also
be treated as an annual greenhouse plant. Usually
propagated by seeds. It is used either as greenhouse
climber or to grow on trellises outdoors. Outside
it flowers mostly in August, but by propagating at
various times they may be had in b om nearly the
whole year in the greenhouse. There are many varie-
se some of which have been described as species
Var. alba, Paxt. (7. aldta, var. albiflora, Hook.)
Fls. white, with a blackish eenter. P.M. 3:28. B.M
$512. Var. aurantiaca, Ktze. (7. aurantiaca, Paxt.).
Fls. bright orange, with a dark center. The best of the
croup. P.M. 6:269.. Subvar. ae has variegated
Ivs. P.M. 15:221. F.S. 4:415. Var. Bakeri, Hort. (7.
Bahkeri ovr Backerii, Hort.). Fls. pure white. Var
Fryeri, Hort. (7. Fryjeri, Hort. @. alata, var. intas-
alba, Hort.). Pale orange, with a white center. Var.
sulphtrea, Hort. Fls. sulfur-yellow. Var. lutea, Hort
(T. alata, var. tricolor, Hort.). Fls. entirely yellow.
3. fragrans, Roxb. Stem slender, ¢limbing: Ivs
lanceolate to triangular-ovate, cordate or subcordate,
mostly angularly toothed on each side of the
rough on both sides, petiolate: fls. white, axillary;
eorolla-tube narrow; limb spreading, 1's in.
lobes truneate and repandly toothed at the end.
mer. India.
base,
across,
Sum-
1800 THUNBERGIA
Var. levis, Clarke, is glabrous. B.M. 1881. L.B.C.
20:1913. Var. vestita, Clarke, is more hairy and the
flowers are uot fragrant.
4, erécta, T. Anders. (Meyeuia eréeta, Benth.).
Shrub, 2-4 ft. high, with loose spreading branches, haltf-
erect: lvs. opposite, petiolate, ovate or subrhomboid,
smooth, entire or sinuate-toothed: fs. solitary on axil-
lary peduncles; calyx cut into 12-14 short teeth, con-
cealed by the large bracts; corolla funnelform; tube
curved, deep yellow within;
limb purple, 11.-2 in.
across, of 5 subrotund
obcordate Jobes. Trop.
W. Africa. BLM. 5013.
11:1093.. Rh.
F.
TEE. -33.99:.
J.H. III. 28:35,—
A greenhouse shrub,
producing flowers freely
at almost any season.
Grows ip the open in
Florida. Not a climber.
Var. alba, Hort. Fis.
8.
251.
225.
rat
@
2501. Thunbergia grandiflora ( 2.,),
white. Var. cerilea, Hort.
with orange throat.
5. chrysops, Hook.
Fis. large, intense violet,
orcampanulate; tube yellow, limb purple, bluish around
the throat. Sierra Leone. B.M. 4119. F.S.1:5. P.M.
11:22]. F. 1844:193.—Naturally a climber, but said to
become somewhat erect if grown in a coolhouse.
6. grandiflora, Roxb. Fig. 2501. Stem tall, climbing:
lvs. broadly ovate, angular ordate and toothed or
lobed, somewhat ronghened on both sides, petiolate:
fls. solitary or in short, stout racemes in the leaf-axils,
bright blue, becoming whitish in the thro: corolla-
tube bell-shaped; limb 3 in. across, of e. spread-
ing rounded lobes. Bengal. B.M, 2266. P.M. 7-221.
L. B.C, 47324, B. 2276. BR. 6:495. Gn, 47:1005, I.11.
49°32. -G.C. IIT. A very large perennial green-
house climber; flowers during the summer or autumn.
There is also a white-flowered variety.
7. laurifolia, Lindl. (7. [dry i, Hook. VT. grandi-
flora, Wall.). Stem terete, smooth except the youngest,
THUNIA
twining: lvs. long-petiolate, ovate-oblong to oblong-
lanceolate, acuminate, rounded at the base, smooth, en-
3
tire or slightly toothed: fls. 3 in. acros
4985; 4998,
dee 293. RA,
1860, p. Gng. $:295.— Perennial
greenhouse climber, flowering profusely in winter,
Propagated by cuttings.
8. Mysorénsis, T. Anders. (Ieracéntris Mysorénsis,
Wight). Climbing shrub, with long, slender branches:
lvs. opposite, petiolate, oblong-lanceolate, acuminate,
entire or somewhat distantly toothed: racemes long,
pendulous: fis. yellow, 2 in. across, the tube enelosed
by the spathe-like bracts; limb 4-lobed, the upper lip
concave, with reflexed side lobes, lower lip of 3s
equal, spreading lobes. India. B.M. 4786. B.S. 8
Ss
he
for,
M. 2, p.130.—A tall greenhouse climber which flowers,
cording to treatment, at all seasons.
ac
9. coccinea, Wall. (Heracéntris coccinea, Nees). A
very tall climber: stem much branched,
d-angled: lvs. short-petiolate, variously
shaped, the lower broadly ovate, with
a hastate or cordate angled base, the up-
per ovate, cordate, all angularly toothed
or the upper entire: fls in terminal or
axillary racemes, 1-3 ft. long; bracts
large, inflated, as long as the tube; limb
searlet, of 5 reflexed emarginate lobes;
throat orange. Autumn and winter. In-
dia. B.M. 5124. L B.C. 12:1195. F.S.
23:2447. R.H. 1890, p. 197.
HEINRICH HASSELBRING.
THUNIA (Count Thun-Tetschen, who
had an important collection of orchids
about the middle of the 19th century).
Orchiddcew., A small genus of which at
present only 5 species are known. These
are tall plants with annual leafy stems
terminating in a raceme of showy flow-
ers. The genus was formerly united
with Phaius, from which it differs by
the terminal inflorescence. Sepals and
petals similar,spreading; labellum convolute over
the column, spurred, ornamented with several
crests consisting of lines of fleshy hairs: pollinia
&: fls. subtended by large membranous bracts.
The species of Thunia occur in northern India,
Burma, and in the 8. Himalaya region ascending
to a height of 6,000 ft. The culture of the Thu-
nias is very simple. Th y begin growth natur-
ally at the end of February or early in March. As
soon as new growth is visible the plants should
be given new material, consisting of fibrous peat
or fern-root and sphagnum mixed with loam and
some sand and potsherds for drainage. In their
native home the plants are said to be epiphytic,
and when treated as terrestrial orehids their na-
tive habit may be imitated by setting them well above
the pot, which should not be toolarge. For the first 4-6
weeks until the young roots have made good growth, it
is necessary to apply water sparingly. Thunias are very
rapid-growing orchids and may be liberally supplied
with liquid manure until the end of the flowering sea-
son, which occurs about the middle of August. Soon
after this the leaves fall. The old stems winter in this
condition and serve as food reservoirs for the young
growth of the next season, but although they remain on
the plant two years they form no leaves the second sea-
son. During the resting period they should be kept ina
rather dry atmosphere and be given only enough wate r
to prevent the stems (pseudobulbs) from shriveling.
This is one of the few orchids which ean be profitably
propagated by cutting the old stems into lengths of
about 6 in. and rooting them in sand or sphagnum.
When rooted the young plants may be potted in the
usual way. A temperature of 60°-65° is favorable dur-
ing the growing season.
alba, Reichb. f. (Phains dlbus, Lindl). Fig. 2502.
Suberect, 2-3 ft., clothed with sheathing, oblong -len-
THUNIA
cvolate, striate Ivs. 6 in, long: raceme drooping at the
end of the stem, 6-12-fld.: fls. white, 3-4 in. across
when tully open; sepals and petals oblong-laneeolate,
acuminate; Iubellum shorter than the scyments, not
manifestly 8-lobed, Interal lobes conyvolute over the
column, apex spreading, wavy and finely crisp. The
color of the Inbellum is white veined with purple in the
throat, with 5-9 purple or yellow fringed keels. Wings
of the column entire. April-Aug. Burma and S. Him-
alava region. B.M. 3991. B.R. 24:33. P.M BC.
: 5. R.A. 1874:450. Gt. 47, p. — There are several
avieties of this species. The throat of the labellum is
otten yellow.
Bénsoniw, Hook. (Phadins Bénsonin, Benth.). Stems
fascicled, 1-2 ft. high, lea Ivs. Hinear-laneeolate, S-10
in. long: fs. like those of 7. alla but of a pale purple
color; labellum large, 8-lobed, deep purple in frout,
with a yellow crested dis with 6-7 rows of fringe-like
golden yellow hairs; spur short, slender. India. duly—
Sept. B.M. 5694. G.M. 31 »— The dnost showy spe-
cies of the genus.
Marshalliana,Reichb.f.(Phaius Mirshallia,Nichols.).
Closely related to Z. alba. Stems somewhat stronger:
segments pure white, acuminate: Libellam evidently 3-
lobed, with the lateral lobes surreuuding the column,
middle lobe wavy and crisp. The color of the Jabellum
is yellowish white, with five orange-fringed keels in the
throat: wings of the column toothed. May-Aug. India,
RB 2s eG: ABR ic aebeies Pie bales > le 3.—A var.
ionophlebia, Reichh. f., has the center of the labellum
bright yellow, paler toward the margin.
HEINRICH HASSELBRING.
THURBER, GEORGE (Plate NLI), botanist, natur-
alist and editor, was born in Providence, R. 1., Septem-
2 aaNet ag
ber 2
a
Union Classical and Engineering School of his native
eity. Afterwards he served an apprenticeship as phar-
macist, at the termination of which he began business
for himself in partnership with Joshua Chapin. Dur-
ing these years he devoted himself eagerly to the study
of chemistry and natural sciences in’ general, but
especially to botany, so that at an early age he was
already well known as one of the most prominent
botanists of the country. This brought him in close
intimacy with Drs. John Torrey, Asa Gray. George
Engelmann, Louis Agassiz and other eminent scientists,
whose warm friendship he enjoyed until his death. In
1850 he obtained the appointment as botanist, quarter-
master and commissary of the United States Boundary
Commission for the survey of the boundary between
the United States and Mexico. During the following
four years his botauical work consisted niainly in the
exploration of the native flora of these hitherto un-
known border regions. His herbarium collected there
comprised a large number of species new to scientists,
some of which have been named after their discoverer,
Cereus Thurber’ being one of the most important; it is
now cultivated for its fruit in the desert regions of
North Africa. This historical herbarium formed the
subject of Dr. Asa Gray's important work "Plante
Nove Thurberinane,” published by the Smithsonian
Institute. After his return to New York in 18! Dr.
Thurber received an appointment to the United States
Assay Office, of which Dr. John Torrey was the assayer.
In this position he remained until 1856, when owing to
his strong sympathies with Gen. John C. Fremont, who
was the first presidential candidate of the Republican
party, he preferred to resign rather than sacrifice his
principles. This incident well illustrates his perfect.
candor and characteristic, uncompromising spirit. Upon
being asked for a contribution to the Buchanan eam-
paign fund, he inquired: “Is this an invitation or a
demand!” He was informed that it was a demand, aud
at once tendered his resignation. During the following
three years he was connected with the Cooper Union
and the College of Pharmacy of New York city as
lecturer on bot: iy and materia medica. In 1859 he was
appointed professor of botany and horticulture at the
Michigan Agricultural College, which position he held
for four years Here his wide and varied knowledyve,
of which he had ready command, his alertness of brain,
THURBER 1801
clearness and vigor of speech, humor and enthusiasm
mide him a successful and ideal teneher. Many of his
students and those who studied under his students
are now filling important professional and editorial
chairs throughout the country. This position he re-
signed in T8683 to aceept—on the urgent invitation of
Orange Judd, the publisher—the editorship of the
“Aimeriean Agriculturist,” which he held to within a
few years of bis death, when failing health prevented
him from continuing his ardent labors. In this position
he found his most eongenial work and the real mission
of his life, for whieh his previous training, lis vast
2502. Thunia alba. (™ 14)
and varied knowledge of natural sciences, arts and in-
dustries, his quick perception and rare judgment as to
eause and effeet had fitted hint so admirably. Few men
have exerted so powerful and effective an influence on
progressive horticulture and agriculture as has Dr.
Thurber. During his connection with the “American
Agriculturist "he was a most painstaking and serupu-
Jous editor and would not accept any article or statement
about the correctness and accuracy of whieh he was not
fully convinced. In order to convince himself to his
own satisfaction of the value of new plants, fruits and
vegetables, he established an extensive experimental
and botanical garden in connection with his home on
the Passaic river, which he named “The Pines,” after a
clump of tall white pines growing in front of it. The
results of these observations and experiments formed
the basis of a regular and valuable ries of “Notes
from the Pines.” But in no part of his editorial work
has he taken so mueh delight as in the “Doctor's
Talks,” aud thousands of now gray-haired men and
women will long hold in grateful and affectionate re-
mnembrance “The Doctor,” who through his letters to
the “boys and girls” has added so much to the delights
of their childhood days. Although Dr. Thurber was
never married and had no children, he was always fond
of young people and was never happier than when he
could teach and assist them in whatever lay in his
power. The amount of his writings in the “American
Avriculturist ” during the twenty-two years of his con-
nection with if was enormous, but as his name dnt
rirely appeared with his artieles it would be impossible
to estimate the aggregate, yet whatever he wrote bore
the stamp of aceuracy of detail and vaturalness of
style. While in Michigan he revised and partly rewrote
Darlington’s “Agricultural Botany,” which was pub-
lished under the title of “American Weeds and Useful
Plants.” He wrote also the entire botany of Appleton’s
“New American Eneyvelopedia.” An important part of
1802
his contributions to horticultural literature consisted in
editing, revising and bringing out the horticultural
and agricultural books of the Orange Judd Company.
After the death of Dr. Torrey, he was elected president
of the Torrey Botanical Club. He was also president of
the New Jersey Horticultural Society; vice-president
of the American Pomological Society for New Jersey;
and honorary member of many scientific societies
throughout the world. The honorary title of doctor of
medicine was conferred upon him by the University
THURBER
f
2503. Typical form of Thuya occidentalis (* 14).
Medical College of New York. During the latter years
of his life he suffered severely from chronic rheuma-
tism, which finally resulted in heart degeneration and
his death. Personally, Dr. Thurber was one of the most
genial of men, gentle, sweet-tempered, with a consider-
able share of good-natured humor, always ready to help
those whom he felt needed assistance, liberal-minded
and generous to a fault; but a relentless foe to frauds,
shams and impostors of every kind.
F, M. HEXAMER.
THUYA (Thya or Thyia, an ancient Greek name for
a resinous tree or shrub). Also spelled Thuja or Lhuis
Including Biota. Coniferw. ARBORVITa. Ornamental
evergreen trees of narrow pyramidal habit, with much
runitied branches, the branchlets arranged frond-like,
flattened and clothed with small scale-like leaves; the
fruit is a small strobile or cone not exceeding 1 in. in
length. The well-known Z. occidentalis is hardy north
and also 7. Japonica. T. gigantea and several forms of
T. orientalis ave hardy as far north as Mass. Thuyas
are favorites for formal gardens. They are all of regu-
lar, symmetrical habit. Their numerous garden forms
vary greatly in habit and in color of foliage. For plant-
ing as single specimens in parks they are mostly too
stiff and formal, but they are well suited for massing
on borders of streams or lakes, The most beautiful and
the most rapidly growing species is 7. gigantea. Thuyas
are well adapted for hedges and wind-breaks. They bear
pruning well and soon form a dense hed They thrive
best in somewhat moist, loamy soil and are easily trans-
planted. Prop. by seeds sown in spring. The varieties,
especially those of V. occidentalis, are usually prop. by
cuttings taken late in summer and kept during the
winter in a cool greenhouse or frame; also by grafting
on seedling stoek in summer or early in spring in the
greenhouse. The vars. of 7’. gigantea and 1. orientalis
are usually grafted, since they do not grow readily from
cuttings, except the juvenile forms of the latter, as var.
decussata and Meldensis. Consult Retinispora,
Five species occur in N. America, E. and Cent. Asia.
Resiniferous trees with short horizontal, much ramified
branches; the branchlets tlattened and frond-like ar-
THUYA
ranged: lvs. decussate, scale-like, appressed, usually
glandular on the back: fis. moneecious, globose, small
terminal on short branchlets, staminate yellow, consist:
ing of usually 6 opposite sta- ‘i
mens, each with 2-4 anther-
cells; pistillate consisting of
8-12 scales in opposite pairs,
of which only the middle ones,
or in the section Biota the
lower ones, are fertile, each
scale with 2 ovules inside at
the base: strobiles globose-
ovate to oval-oblong, with 2
seeds under the fertile scales.
The wood is light and soft, brit-
tle and rather coarse-grained,
durable in the soil; it is much
used for construction, cabinet-
making and in cooperage. 7’.
occidentalis contains a volatile
oil and thujin and is some-
times used medicinally.
A. Cones pendulous, with thin
scales, apiculate below
the apex: seeds winged,
compressed: branchlets
ramified more or less
horizonially, with a dis-
tinet upper and under
side.
B. Lvs. yellowish or bluish
green beneath: usually 2
puirs of fertile scales.
occidentalis, Linn. Common ARBORVITR. Erroneously
but commonly called WHITE CEDAR (which is prop-
erly Chamecyparis). Figs. 2503-5. Tree, attaining 60
ft. and more, with short horizontal branches ascending
at the end and forming a narrow pyramidal, rather com-
pact head: lvs ovate, acute, usually glandular, bright
green above, yellowish green beneath, changing in win-
ter usually to dull brownish green: cones oval to oval-
oblong, about 4% in. long, brownish yellow: seeds %
in. long. New Brunswick to Manitoba, south to N.C.
and Ill. $8.8. 10:532.—Much used for telegraph poles.
A great number of garden forms, about 50, are in culti-
vation. The best known are the following: Var. alba,
Nichols. (var. albo-splea, Beissn. Var. Queen Victoria,
Hort.). Tips of young branehlets white. Var. argén-
tea, Carr. (var. albo-variegata, Beissn.). Branchlets
variegated silvery white. Var. aurea, Nichols. Broad
bushy form, with deep yellow foliage; also var. Bur-
rowii, Douglas’ Golden and Meehan’s Golden are forms
with yellow foliage. See also var. lutea. Var. aureo-
variegata, Beissn. (var. aired maculata, Hort.). Foli-
age variegated with golden yellow. Var. cénica dénsa,
2504. Seedling of Thuya
occidentalis (x 14).
Nearly full size.
2505. The Arborvite—Thuya occidentalis.
Hort. “Dense conical form.” Var. Colimbia, Hort.
“Strong habit; foliage broad, with a beautiful silvery
variegation.” Var. cristata, Carr. Irregular dwarf,
pyramidal form with stout crowded, often recurved
branchlets. Var. Dowglasii, Rehder. Bushy form, with
THUYA
long and slender sparingly ramified branches nodding
at the tips, partly 4-angled and clothed with sharply
pointed leaves, A very distinct form, somewhat simi-
lar to Chamecyparis pisifera, var. filifera, Var. dumo-
sa, Hort. (var. plicdta diumodsa, Gord.). Dwarf and
dense form of somewhat irregular habit; in foliage
similar to var. plicata. Var. Ellwangeriana, Beissn.
(var. Tom Thumb). Pig. 2606. A low, broad pyramid,
with slender branches clothed with two kinds of foliage,
adult Iws.and primordial, acicular spreading Ivs.; it is
an intermediate form between the var. ericoides and
the type. RH. 1869, p. 850; 1ss0, p. 95. Var, ENwan-
geriana aurea, Spiith. Like the preceding but with yel-
low foliage. Var. ericoides, Beissn. & Hochst. (2eti-
nispora diibia, Carr. BR. ericoldes, Hort., not Zuee.).
Fig. 2507. Dwart, globose or broadly pyramidal form,
with slender branchlets clothed with needle-shaped,
soft, spreading Ivs., dull green above, grayish green
beneath and assuming a brownish tint in winter. R.H.
Iss), p. 93, 94. A juvenile form. See, also, Relini-
spora. Var. globésa, Beissn. (var. globuldvis, Hort. Var.
compdcta globosu, Hort. Var. #réebeli, Hort.). Dwart
elobose form, with slender branches and bright green
foliage. Var. Harrisoni, Hort. “A neat little tree with
the entire foliage tipped almost pure white.” Var.
Hoveyi, Veitch. Dwart, dense, ovate-globose form with
bright green foliage. Var. intermédia, Hort. ‘Of dwarf,
compact habit.” Var. Little Gem, Hort. Very dwarf,
dark green form, growing broader than high. Var.
litea, Veiteh. (var. elegantissima, Hort. Var. George
Peabody's Golden). Pyramidal form, with bright yel-
low folinge. Var. nana, Carr. (2. plicdta, var com-
piteta, Be Dwarf, compact globose form; foli-
age similar to var. plicata. Var. péndula, Gord. With
the branches bending downward and the branchlets
more tufted. Var. plicata, Mast. (7. plicdta, Parl., not
Don. ZL. Waredna, Booth). Pyramidal tree, darker
and denser than the type: branchlets short, rigid, much
flattened: foliage distinetly glandular, brownish dark
green above, bluish green beneath. G.C, HT. 21:258.
Said to have been introduced from N. W. America, but
not found wild there. Var. pumila, Beissn. Dwarf,
dense form with dark green foliage. Var. pygme@a,
Hort. (Z. pliedta, var. pygme@a, Beissn.). Similar to
yar. dwmosa, but still dwarfer, with bluish green foli-
age. Var. Réidii, Hort. “Broad, dwarf form with
small Ivs.. well retaining its color during the winter.”
Var. Spethii, P. Smith. Peeuliar form with two kinds
ssn.).
IE
ErhGex
7fE = Sa N
RRO Oy
"EOE
8
rN ay dp 15>
HN 4 WA
YOY, BRS ne
2506. Thuya occidentalis, var. Ellwangeriana (X '3).
of foliage; the younger and lower branchlets with
spreading acicular lvs. like those of var. ericoides, but
thicker in texture; the upper branchlets slender and
sparingly ramified much like those of var. Douglasi.
THUYA 1808
Gt. 42, p. 539. Var. Verveneana, Henk. & Hochst. Of
smaller and denser habit than the type: branchlets
slenderer, with yellowish foliage, bronzy in winter.
Var. Wagneriana, Beissn. (var. Iérsmanni, Hort.).
Globose form, retaining its bright green color during the
2507. Thuya occidentalis, var. ericoides ( 4).
winter. M.D.G. 1895:123. Var. Wareana, Beissn. (var.
robusta, Carr. JT. Caucdsica, Lutdrica and Sibirica,
Hort.). Pyramidal tree, lower and denser than the
type, with stouter branchlets; foliage bright green.
Very desirable form. Var. Woddwardii, Hort. “Dense,
globose form, with deep green foliage.”
BB. Les. with whitish markings beneath.
gigantéa, Nutt.( 7. plicdta, Don. V. Menziesii, Doug.
T. Lebbi, Hort.). Tall tree, attaining 200 ft., with short
horizontal branches often pendulous at the ends, form-
ing a narrow pyramid: trunk with a much buttressed
base and clothed with cinnamon-red bark: branchlets
slender, regularly and closely set: Ivs. bright green
and glossy above, dark green beneath and with whitish
triangular spots: lvs. of vigorous shoots ovate, acumi-
nate, glandular, of the lateral branchlets acute and
seareely glandular: cones cylindric-ovoid, little over
¥% in. long; scales 8-10, elliptie-oblong, usually the 3
middle pairs fertile; seeds winged, notched at the apex.
Alaska to northern Calif. and Mont. $8.8. 10:533. G.C.
III. 21-215. G.F. 4:116. Var. atrea, Beissn. With yel-
lowish foliage. Var. gracilis, Beissn. Smaller tree,
with more slender branches and smaller foliage of paler
green.
Japonica, Maxim. (7. Stdudishii, Carr. ZT. gigantea,
var. Japonica, Franch. & Sav. Lhuydpsis Stdndisht,
Gord.). Similar to the preceding but lower, usually
only 20-30 ft. high: branchlets more irregularly set,
thicker and less compressed: lvs. ovate, obtusish,
thieckish, lighter green above, darker beneath and with
whitish, triangular spots: cones oval, little over 1
4 in.
long: seales 8, oval, usually the two middle pairs fer-
tile. Japan. G.C. IIL. 21:258. R.H. 1896:160.
AA. Cones upright, the thickened scales with a promi-
nent horn-like process below the apex: seeds
wingless: branchlets ramified in a vertical
plane with both sides alike. (Biota.)
orientalis, Linn. (Bidfa orientalis, Endl.). Pyra-
midal or bushy tree, attaining 25 ft., with spreading
and ascending branches: branchlets thin: lvs. rhombic-
ovate, acute, bright green, with a small gland on the
back: cones globose-ovate, l2-1 in. long; usually 6
ovate seales, each with a horn-like process, the upper-
most pair sterile. From Persia to E. Asia, in Japan
probably only cult. There are many garden forms, of
which the following are the best known: Var. athro-
taxoides, Carr. Dwarf, irregularly and not frond-like
branching; branchlets nearly quadrangular, slender,
dark green. R.H. 1861, p. 230. Var. aurea, Hort. Low,
1804
compaet, globose shrub, golden yellow in spring, chang-
ing to bright green. Var. aurea conspicua, Hort. More
erect, the intense golden foliage partially suffused with
green. Var. atrea nana, Hort. Golden yellow foliage
and very dwarf and compact habit. Var. aureo-varie-
gata, Hort. Of pyramidal habit: branchlets variegated
with yellow. Var. decussata, Beissn. & Hochst. (fet-
inispora juniperoides, Carr. Chamecyparis decussala,
Hort.). Fig. 2094. Dwarf, globose form: lvs. linear-
lanceolate, spreading, stiff, acute, bluish green. A juve-
nile form; see, also, Retinispora. Var. elegantissima,
Gord. Of low, columnar habit, bright yellow in spring,
yellowish green afterwards. Var. falcata, Lindl. Of
dense, pyramidal growth, deep green, the horns of the
strobiles curved backwards. Var. filiformis stricta,
Hort. Round-headed, dwarf bush, with upright, thread-
like branches. Var. gracilis, Carr. Of pyramidal,
somewhat loose and slender habit, with bright green
foliage. Var. freneloides and var. Nepalénsis are hardly
different from this. Var. Meldénsis, Veitch. Of col-
umnar pyramidal, somewhat irregular growth: lvs. aci-
cular, bluish green, sometimes passing into the normal
THUYA
form. Intermediate between the var. decussata and the
type. Var. péndula, Parl. (var. filiférmis, Henk. &
Hoehst. ZT. péndula, Lamb. 2. filiformis, Lindl.).
Branches pendulous, thread-like, sparingly ramified,
and with the lvs. wide apart and acuminate. Var. funt-
THYMUS
spreading and often nodding at the ends: branchlets
one-fifth to one-fourth in. broad: lvs. glossy green
above, marked with a broad white band beneath, those
of the upper and under side obovate-oblong, obtuse
adnate except at the apex, the lateral ones spreading,
ovate-lanceolate and curved (hatchet-shaped), obtusish:
seales of stuminate fls. 6-10, much thickened at the ob-
tusely pointed apex, the middle ones fertile and with
3-5-winged seeds under each scale. Japan. §.Z. 2:119,
120. G.C. 11, 18:556.—Var. nana, Sieb. & Zuce. (7. la-
tevirens, Lindl.). Dwarf form, with more slender and
narrower branchlets of alighter green. Var. variegata,
Fortune. Tips of branchlets creamy white.
T. borealis, Hort.=Chamecyparis Nutkaensis.—T. Standishi,
Gord.=Thuja Japonica. ALFRED REHDER.
THYME.
THYME, WATER. See £lodea.
See Thymus.
THYMOS (classical name of doubtful origin, perhaps
from the Greek for incense). Labidte. Tuyme. Prob-
ably about 50 species, although more have been de-
seribed, all natives of the Old World and chiefly of
the Mediterranean region. They are low, half-shrubby
perennials, although usually herbaceous or nearly so in
the North. Lvs. small, opposite, simple and mostly en-
by
~~
ws » AN
ws a a.
apm ~ “af wow 2 ee?
YG aay, uo = Be ale 9 oe wee Beer
(Fe RG WR Ae YY, AG 4
Seas Pal si -e \ sia .
Sas, (idly A 2€
mcCy N Ler? ¢
i
2508. Creeping Thyme —
culata, Hort., and var. inlermeéedia, Carr., are interme-
diate forms between this var. and the type. Var. pyra-
midalis, Endl. Of pyramidal habit, with bright green
foliage; one of the tallest and hardiest vars. Var. sem-
perauréscens, Veitch. Dwarf, globose; the golden hue
of the foliage remains throughout the whole year. Var.
Siéboldi, Endl. (var. Japénica, Sieb., var. nana, Carr.
var. Zuccariniana, Veitch. Var. compdeta, Beissn.).
Globose, compact, low form, bright green.
ALFRED REHDER.
THUYOPSIS (Greek, Thuya-like). Contferw. Ever-
green ornamental pyramidal tree or shrub, with spread-
ing branches, the branchlets arranged in a frond-like
fashion, much flattened and clothed with scale -like
glossy green foliage. Thuyopsis is one of the most
beautiful Japanese conifers, and is well adapted for
planting as a single specimen on the lawn wherever it
ean be grown successfully. It is hardy as far north as
Mass., but usually suffers from summer drought. It
thrives best in a sheltered and shaded position and in
moist loamy soil, and seems to grow to perfection only
in cool and moist climates. Prop. by seeds, also by cut-
tings and by grafting like Thuya. Plants raised from
euttings usually grow into bushy, round-headed plants.
Plants grafted on Thuya are said to be short-lived.
Seedlings are therefore to be preferred. The genus
contains only one Japanese species, closely allied to
Thuya and chiefly distinguished by the 4-5 ovules
under each scale. The yellowish white, close and
straight-grained wood is very durable and is used in
Japan in boat- and bridge-building.
dolobrata, Sieb. & Zuce. (Thiya dolobrdata, Linn.).
Pyramidal tree, attaining 50 ft. or sometimes shrubby:
branchlets irregularly whorled or scattered, horizontally
Thymus Serpyllum ( 42).
tire. The calyx is ovate or ovoid, hairy in the throat,
5-toothed and 2-lipped, about 10-13-nerved, usually de-
clined in fruit: corolla small, 2-lipped, the upper lip
2-toothed and erect, the lower one 3-cleft and spreading:
stamens 4, mostly in 2 pairs and usually exserted. The
flowers are mostly in shades of blue or purple, but are
sometimes white; they are borne in whorls, forming a
terminal spike or head-like cluster. Thymes are erect
or prostrate plants with strong mint-like odor. Most of
the species are grown as a ground cover on banks, in
borders or rockwork. The creeping or prostrate habit,
ability to persist in dry places and poor soils, and the
colored or woolly foliage of some species make them
adaptable to a variety of uses. The common 7. Ser-
pyllum is evergreen. TJ. vulgaris is the Thyme of sweet
herb gardens, being prized in cookery. All Thymes are
easily propagated by means of division, although seed-
lings may sometimes be used to renew plantations of
some of the species, particularly of J. vulgaris. Sev-
eral names occur in American catalogues, all of which
seem to be referable to three species, one of which is
not a true Thymus. See Sage, where general culture
of such herbs is given.
vulgaris, Linn. Common TuymMeE. Plant erect,
the base sometimes decumbent, 1-2 ft., the branches
stiff and woody, usually white-pubescent: lvs. sessile,
linear to ovate-lanceolate, acute, the margins more or
less revolute: fis. small, lilac or purplish, in terminal
interrupted spikes. §. Eu.—An old garden plant, being
grown as a sweet herb. The leaves and shoots are used
for seasoning. It is well to renew the plants from seeds
every two or three years. There are varieties with broad
and narrow leaves.
Serpyllum, Linn. Fig. 2508. MoTrHER oF THYME.
CREEPING THYME. Creeping, wiry-stemmed, slightly pu-
THYMUS
beseent: Ivs. small, seldom ts. in, long, nerrow-oblong
to oval to nearly ovate, obtuse, narrowed into a distinct
petiole, the margins sometimes slightly revolute: ts.
minute, lilae, much shorter than the Ivs., in axillary
whorls. Temperate parts of Europe, Asia and N. Atriea.
—A common plant in old gardens, prized as an ever:
ereen edging and as cover for roekwork and waste
places; also run wild. The leaves are sometimes used
for seasoning, as those of 7. rv/garis are. The nodes
are short, making it a ve leafy plant. Variable
Some of the enlt. forms are: var citriodérus, Hort. (7
‘itrioddrus, Sehreb.), the Lemon THyMe, has small,
strong-veined Ivs. and a pronounced lemon odor. Var.
montanus, Benth. (7. montdnus, Waldst. & Wit. Le
Chamiedrys, Fries), has et Ivs. and longer, some-
what aseending branches. Var. lanuginosus, Hort. ( 7’.
lanuginosus, Sehk.), is a form with small roundish lys.,
and a pubescent-gray covering, making it a handsome
plant for edgings. Var. atreus, Hort. Foliage golden,
particularly in spring. Var. argenteus, Hort. Lys
variegated with silvery white. Var. variegatus, Hort
White-variegated Ivws. Var. coccineus, Hort. Fils. nu-
merous, scarle There is a form with white fls. (see
Gt. 45, p. 108). All forms are hardy.
Corsicus, Pers., is properly Culamintha Corsica,
Benth. Prostrate, small, glabrous or nearly so: lvs
very small, 2 lines or less long, nearly orbicular, peti-
oled: As. small, light purple, in whorls, the floral leaves
similar to the others, Corsiea.—A good little plant for
edgings, with very aromatic herbage. tee
THYRSACANTHUS (Greek, fthyrse and flower).
Acanthdcee, About 20 species of tropical American
herbs or shrubs with opposite, often large leaves and
red, tubular flowers in fascieles which are arranged in
a terminal simple or panicled thyrse. Calyx short, 5-
parted; corolla long-tubular, the limb 4-cut, slightly 2-
lipped; stamens staminodia 2, small, at the base of
the filaments capsule oblong; seeds 4 or fewer by
abortion.
Schomburgkianus, Nees (7. rvfiluns, Planch.). Fig
2509. A shrubby plant, becoming 6 ft. high: Ivs. ob-
long-lanceolate, nearly sessile: racemes 8-10 in. or
even 3 ft. long from the upper axils, slender, drooping:
fls. tubular, red, about 1? in. long, pendulous, —Dee.-
Mareh. Colombia. B.M. 4851. R.A. 1852:160. Gn. 42,
p. 482. FS. 7.732. F. W. Barcuay.
Thyrsacanthus Schomburgkianus a fine old green-
house favorite which has of recent years fallen into un-
deserved neglect. It deserves a place in every good
general collection. It is chiefly admired for its um-
brella-like habit and pendulous grace of its long sprays
of slender, red, tubular flowers. Like many other acan-
thads, it becomes leggy and weedy in old plants, even
if cut back severely. Hence, plants are rarely kept after
the second season. The culture of Thyrsacanthus is
easy. It isan ideal plant for a general collection, as i
requires no special treatment. Some English wr
advise a stove temperature, but the undersigned has
grown it for many years in a coolhouse. Ordinary pot-
ting soil such ¢ uits geraniums will do for Thyrsa-
eanthus. It flowers about April and remains in bloom a
long time. Cuttings may be made at any time in early
spring and will produce flowering plants 0-214 ft. high
the first season. After flowering, they gliould be cut
back severely. It is not desirable to have more than one
plant in a pot, nor should the young plants be pinched
the first season, as the umbrella form is preferable to
that of a compact, much-branched bush. The pendu-
lous habit of Thyrsacanthus has suggested to some gar-
deners the use of this plant for hanging baskets and
brackets. Ropert SHORE.
THYRSOSTACHYS (Greek, thyrse and spike). Gra-
minew. TL. Siamensis is a tall Indian bamboo which has
been offered in southern California since the article
Bamboo was written for this work. As the plant is not
included in Mitford's Bamboo Garden, its horticultural
status is uncertain. Franceschi writes that the plant is
rather tender at Santa Barbara. The genus belongs to
a subtribe of bamboos of which Dendrocalamus is the
type. This subtribe is distinguished by having 6 sta-
TIARELLA 1805
mens, a 2-keeled palea and the pericarp free from the
seed. For generic characters of ‘Thyrsostachys, see the
Ploraof British India 7:397 (1897). ‘
Thyrsostachys is a genus of 2 species of arborescent
humboos native to Upper Burma and Siam. The stem-
sheaths are long, thin and persistent, with a long, nar-
row blade. The Iws. are small or moderate-sized. As
nearly as may be judged from the only available deserip-
tion, this species could be inserted at the bottom of
page 128 of this work, being distinguished from species
Zand 13 by the narrowness of the vs.
Siaménsis,
hoo,” with ve
Lbo-3 in. i
the top, 9-11x41
narrowly
x 4-% in.
(ramble. A tender, deciduous, ‘giant bam-
sceful tufted stems 25-30 ft. high and
Stem sheaths waved and truncate at
Sin.: auricles short-triangular: blade
triangular. tvs. small, narrow, linear, 3-6
Sinn. Ww. M.
2509. Thyrsacanthus Schomburgkianus (* !.).
TIARELLA (Latin, @ Jiffle tiara or turban; in ref-
erence to the form of the pistil). Sarifragdcee, PALSE
Mitrrewort. A genus of 6 species of slender perennial
le of which 4 are from North America, 1 from
Japan and 1 from the Himalayas. Low-growing plants,
with most of the leaves radical and long-petioled, simple
or serrate, lobed or even 3-foliolate, with white flowers
in terminal, simple or compound racemes: calyx-tube
but slightly adnate to the base of the ovary; 9
petals a,
entire; stamens 10, long: capsule superior, compressed,
with 2 unequal lobes.
A. Dus, simple.
B. Petals oblong,
Foam Fuower. Fig. 2510.
some native perennial, forming a tufted mass, 6-12
in. high, of broadly ovate, lobed and rate leaves
and simple, erect racemes of white flowers borne well
nbove the foliage in May. Fls. about ly in. across;
petals oblong, elawed, somewhat exceeding the white
ealyx-lobes. In rich, inoist woodland, Nova Scotia to
Ontario, south to Ga _ Gn. 22: pe2il a) 32 per DLRY Do aps
456; 55, p. 40; V. 11:35.—-An elegant pk mnt well worthy
of general cultivation. It is a lover of cool, shaded
places s and of rich, moist soil. It will, however, do well
in ordinary soil and flower freely in a half-shaded place
but the varied leaf-markings of bronzy red and other
signs of luxuriance are not brought out to their fullest
A hand-
cordifolia, Linn.
1806 TIARELLA
extent except with moisture, coolness and a fairly rich
soil. The plant forces well and easily in a coolhouse for
early spring flowering. It is tenacious of life and gen-
erally easy to manage.
2510. Tiarella cordifolia (x 14).
BB. Petals filiform, inconspicuous.
unifoliata, Hook. Hardy perennial: Ivs. thin, rounded
or triangular, 3-5-lobed, the lobes crenate-toothed; stem-
Ivs. usually only 1, rarely 2-3: panicle loose; petals
small. W. Amer.—The lobing of the lvs., according to
Bot. of Calif., varies so that it may pass into the next
species.
AA. Lvs. 3-foliolate.
trifoliata, Linn. Resembling TZ. wnifoliata except in
having 3-foliolate lvs. Ore. to Alaska. Also north-
western Asia. F. W. Barcuay.
TIBOUCHINA (native name in Guiana). JMelasto-
macew, A genus of about 125 species, native to the
warmer parts of North and South America but mainly
from Brazil. Shrubs, herbs or climbers, with usually
large ovate or oblong, 3-7-nerved lvs. and purple, rose,
violet or rarely white fis., either solitary or in terminal
punicles. Fls. 5-merous, rarely 4- or 8-merous; calyx
ovoid or bell-shaped, the lobes as long as or longer than
the tube; petals obovate, entire or retuse; stamens
twice the number of the petals, nearly equal or alter-
nately unequal: ovary free: fr. a capsule, 5-4-valved.
D.C. Mon. Phaner. vol. 7.
semidecandra, Cogn. (Lasidndra maerdntha, Linden
& Seem. Pleroma macrduthum, Hook.). Fig. 2511. A
tender shrub: Ivs. ovate or oblong-ovate, 2-6 in. long,
round at the base, short-petioled, densely setose above,
villous beneath, not foveolate, 5-nerved or 3-nerved:
bracts broadly suborbicular, somewhat rounded at the
apex and shortly apiculate, margin not translucent: fis.
reddish purple to violet, often 5 in. across, solitary and
terminal or 1 fl. terminal and 2 in the upper axils on the
branchlet; stamens purple; style setulose. Brazil.
B.M. 5721; 4412 (as P. Hunthianum), F.S. 23:2480.
Gn. 44:921. F, 1868:193. LH. 16:594.
Var. floribinda is more suited to pot culture in pots
and flowers more freely when small than the type.
Lusidnudra, or Pleroma spléndens, Hort., should be
compared with this. 2. semidecandra is a plant of easy
culture that has been highly praised by several con-
noisseurs. Cuttings struck in April will give bushy
plants for fall and winter blooming. Handsome speci-
mens may be had by keeping the same plant two or
three years, training it to wires or stakes in a cool-
house where it has plenty of root room. The flowers
TIGRIDIA
last but a day or so, but new ones open up every day
and the flowering season lasts for several weeks,
Plants may also be used for summer bedding. They are
seldom out of bloom, The species is much esteemed in
Florida, where it makes a showy shrub 8 ft. high. It
endures a few degrees of frost with impunity, and even
if cut down it sprouts readily.
élegans, Cogn. (Plerdma élegans, Gardn.) Tender
shrub, 3-6 ft. high: lvs. rigid, fragile, oblong or ovate-
oblong, 3-nerved: fils. purple, 14 in. across; calyx more
or less armed with rigid spreading bristles which are
thickened at the base. Brazil. B.M. 4262. P.M. 15:27.
F.S. 12:1212 (as Lasiandra elegans). — Once cult. by
John Saul. F. W. Barcuay.
TICKSEED is Coreopsis.
TICK TREFOIL. Refer to Desmodium.
TIEDEMANNIA rigida, Coult. & Rose, is a hardy
native, white-flowered swamp herb, growing 2-5 ft.
high from clustered tubers. It has pinnate lvs. with 3-9
leaflets. This was offered in 1590-91 by a collector of
North Carolina plants, but is probably not in culti-
vation. For a fuller account, see Coulter and Rose’s
monograph of the North American Umbellifere (contrib.
U.S. Nat. Herb. vol. 7, No. 1, p. 194), 1900; also Gray’s
Manual, and Britton and Brown’s Illustrated Flora.
TI-ES. Lucuma Rivicoa.
TIGER FLOWER. Tigridia.
TIGER LILY. Lilium tigrinum.
TIGER’S JAW.
themum tigrinum.
Catalogue name for Mesembryan-
g y
TIGRIDIA (tiger-like; referring to the peculiarly
marked flowers). Jriddcew. Eight or ten species of
cormous plants ranging from Mexico to Peru and Chile,
9511. Tibouchina semidecandra (X }).
and making very showy summer-blooming plants.
Bulbs tunicated, Stem erect, unbranched, a few inches
to 2% ft. tall, with a few narrow plicate leaves at the
TIGRIDIA
base and or 3) smatler higher up: spathes
1 or 2. leat-like, exch bearing one or few blossoms.
Flowers in shades of yellow, orange or purplish, vari-
ously spotted, often very showy: perianth wide-spread:
ing, with no tube, the segments 6, in two dissimilar se-
ries, connivent into a broad cup at the base; stamens
3, the tilaments united into a long cylindrical tube in-
eluding the style; pistil with 3-loculed ovary, long style
with three * rted branches. Tigridia Pavonia, from
southern Mexico, was in cultivation in Europe in the
sixteenth century. L’Obel deseribed it in 15 The
younger Linneus referred it to the genus Ferraria, and
some of the Tigridias are yet cultivated under that name.
Ferraria, however, is a South African genus, and all the
parts of the perianth are nearly equal. 2. Pavonia is
cultivated in many forms, and is the only common spe-
cies in gardens. The flowers of all Tigridias are fugi-
tive, lasting only for a day. See Baker, Iridew, 67 (1892).
Tigridias are tender “bulbs” requiring the treatment
given Gladiolus. Plant in well-prepared soil when set-
tled weather comes, 2 or 83 inches deep and 4 to 8 inehes
apart. The principal blooming period is July and Aug-
ust. Allow the corms to remain in the ground until
danger of frost approaches, then store in a dry place
where dahlias or gladioli will keep. See that the corms
are dry before being placed in storage. Prop. by corm-
els and seeds. Best colors are got in warm weather.
ones
A. Fils. large (often £ in. or more across): the tico
rows of perianth-seqments very dissimilar: stig-
mas decurrent. (Tigridia proper.)
Pavonia, Ker-Gawl. TIGER FLOWER. SHELL-PLOWER.
Fig. 2512. Ereet, usually unbranched, 11>. to 2! ft. tall,
glabrous, with several sword-shaped, strongly plicate
long-pointed leaves, the spathe-leaves 3-3 in. long: fis.
produced in succession through the warm season, very
large and showy, in some forms 5 and 6 in. across,
oldly marked, with a cup-shaped or saucer-shaped cen-
ter and wide-spreading limb formed by the obovate
outer segments which are bright red on the limb, and
purple. yellow or red-spotted on the claw; inner seg-
ments panduriform (fiddle- shaped), about half the
length of the outer ones, the blade ovate-acute, orange-
yellow and copiously spotted. Mex. and Guatemala.
B.M. 532 (as Ferraria Tigridia), IH. 38:142. Var.
conchifléra, Hort. (7. conehiflora, Sweet), bas bright
yellow flowers. Var. Watkinsoni, Hort. (var. ativrec,
Hort. ZL. conchiflora Witkinsoni, Paxt.). Raised from
seeds of var. conchiflora pollenized by ZL. Pavonia,
before 1840, by J. Horsefield, Manchester, England.
Horsefield is quoted as follows by Paxton: “In habit
and strength this hybrid resembles 7. Pavonia, the
male parent: but in color and the markings of the
flower it resembles Z. the female parent;
the large outer sepals, however, are of a very deep yel-
low, inclining to orang and sometimes elt \
streaked with red lines; whilst the spotted center
equals, if not surpasses, the brillianey of either of the
species. One of its greatest merits is heing so free a
bloomer, and as easy to cultivate and increase as Fs
Pavonia, whereas LT. coneliflora is rather delicate, in-
creases slowly, and is easily lost.” Dutch bulb dealers
still offer it. P.M.14:51. Var. alba, Hort., has white
fls., but has red spots in the throat. Var. alba immacu-
lata, Hort., is a spotle white variety, a sport) from
var.alba. Gn. 49, p. 361, Var. flava, Hort.. has pale
yellow fls. with red-spotted center, Gn. 5021074. Var.
Canariénsis, Hort., is also a pale yellow-fld. form, but
named as if an inhabitant of the Canaries. Var. lutea
immaculata, Hort., has pure yellow spotless flowers.
Var. rosea, Hort., has rose-colored fls., with yellow va-
riegated center. Var. lilacea, Hort., has lilac fls., with
spotted center. Gn. 45:955. Var. speciosa, Hort., is a
partially dwarf form with deeper red color, the interior
of the cup being similar in color to the limb. Described
in 1843. Var. grandiflora, Hort., has flowers much like
those of Z. Pavonia itself except that they are larger
and brighter colored. Gn. 45, p. 263. Identieal with
this, or subtypes of it, are the forms known as Wheelers,
covcinea, splendens, Most of the marked departures in
colors of Ligridia Pavonia are recent. In catalogues
the above names often appear as if they were species
names,
conehiflora,
ll4
TIGRIDIA S07
Pringlei, Wats. Distinguished ly
the author of the species, as \ "Very closely
related to 7. Pavoni, and if alone were to de-
eide, it might be considered a variety of it, though dif
fering markedly even in that respeet from the old spe-
The base of the sepals is) blotehed (rather than
spotted) with crimson, with a border of orange, the re-
tlexed blade being of a bright searlet-red. The petals
have the base blotched and coarsely spotted with crim-
son, with a well-defined, deeper-colored, brownish mar-
Sereno Watson,
follows:
color
cies.
2512. Tiger-flower—Tigridia Pavonia (* 15).
gin, the blade orange, tinged with scarlet, but not at all
spotted as in 7. Puvonia, The more essential ditfer-
ence is in the form of the petals, which have a broadly
cordate or reniform base, with a much narrower small
triangular-ovate acute blade, The sepals are also
smaller and more oblong in outline.” Northern Mex,
G.F.1:389. B.M. 7089.—Offered to the trade by Hors-
ford in 1889,
1808 TIGRIDIA
ad. Fils. relatively small: the two rows of segments
differing less in size: stigmas capitate, or at
least not strongly decurrent. Subgenus Beatonia.
buccifera, Wats. About 1 ft. high, slender, branch-
ing, glaucous: lvs. very narrow, strongly plicate: fl. 2
in. across, the cup pale greenish yellow, dotted with
purple, the obovate obtuse blade of the outer segments
light purple; inner segments “folded together in such
au manner as to form a sunken longitudinal tube down
the center, the dilated sides at the outer end of the
tube approaching each other in the form of two cheek-
like prominences,—these are colored white, purple and
yellow, while the small rounded terminal blade is a
deep purple.” Mts. of Jolisco, Mex. G.F. 2:413.—Of-
fered in 1889 by Horsford.
ivan trade,
Van-Houttei.
droteenia (H
See page +
See page 787.—7'. Meleagris, Hort., also a Hy-
Meleagris, Lindl.), but is not in the American
trade. BR. —f. violacea, Schiede. One of the Beatonii
section: narrow-lvd.; tls. 2 in. across, violet, spotted
at the base; inner segments small, cusp-pointed. Mex. B.M.
306 EAB
TILIA (the classical Latin name). Tilidcew. Lime.
LINDEN. Basswoop. WHitewoop. Trees distributed
generally throughout the northern temperate zone, with
soft, light, white or light-colored wood, tough fibrous
inner bark, serrate alternate petiolate, mostly cordate
Ivs. and caducous stipules: inflorescence cymose, the
pedunele attached to, or adnate with, for about half its
length, a ligulate membranaceous bract: fs. small, yel-
lowish; sepals 5; petals 5; stamens many, with long
filaments nectariferous: fr. globose, nut-like. In some
species, small petaloid seales are found among the
stamen
The soft white wood of several species is in great de-
mand for making fruit, honey and other light packages,
the facility with which the wood is cut into veneers
rendering it admirable for such use. The fibrous inner
bark is used as a tying ma-
terial and in the manufac-
ture of Russian bass or bast
mats. Extensively planted
as an ornamental tree and
for bee pasture. As a
source of honey supply per-
haps no other plant excels
it, as under favorable con-
ditions the nectar sometimes
drips from the flowers in a
shower.
Nearly all the species are
of rapid growth and not
very particular as to soil.
Propagated by seeds, layers
or grafting. In layering, it
is usual to twist the branch
layered before covering it.
The method known as
"stooling” is also employed.
In order to effect this a tree
is cut close to the ground
and the “stools” or snekers
; are banked up with earth
until they root, when they are severed from the old
stump and planted in the nursery rows. Rare varieties
are usually increased by budding or grafting.
Much confusion exists in the trade names, especially
in the European varieties. This is no doubt largely
due to the fact that at least three species have been
sent to this country under the name of 7. Buropwa.
2513. A young Linden tree,
five or six years olde
INDEX.
alba, 1, 3, 4. = macrophylla, 4, 7. pyramidalis, 3, 9.
Americana, 6, 7 Muandshuriea, 2. rubra, 9.
argentea, 3.
aurea, 9.
Caroliniana, 7.
cordata, 12.
dasystyla, 10
Europoa, 9,11, 12.
grandifolia, 9,
heterophylla, 4
laciniata, 9.
microphylla, 12.
Miqueliana, 5.
Moltkei, 7.
Mongolica, 8.
parvifolia,
pendula, 1, 7.
petiolaris, 1.
platyphyllos, 9.
pubescens, 6.
Sibirica, 12.
spectabilis, 3
sulphurea, 9.
tomentosa, 3.
ulmifolia, 12.
vitifolia, 9
vulgaris, 11.
TILIA
A. Fls. with petaloid scales at the base
of petals: petals upright, longer
than stamens.
b. Les, whitish tomentose beneath.
co. Br. with 5 furrows.
b. Cymes few-fld.: tr. with no
cavity at the base.......... 1. petiolaris
pp. Cymes many-fld., dense: fr.
with a cavity at the insertion
of the pedicel: tvs, large.... 2. Mandshurica
oo. Kr. without furrows
p. Shape of lvs. orbicular, ab-
ruptly acuminate: fr.
slightly ribbed............ 3. tomentosa
bb. Shape of lus. ovate, gradually
acuminate
E. Winter-buds glabrous: luvs.
broadly ovate: fr. not
ribbed
4. heterophylla
EE. Winter - buds pay:
lus. ovate: fr. slightly
ribbed at baSe.... 0... 0008 5. Miqueliana
BB. Les. green beneath or glaucous.
and glabrous
co. Under side of lus. pubescent at
least when young... ++... 6. pubescens
cc, Under side of lus. glabrous.
v. Lhe luvs. large, serrate and ab-
ruptly acuminatle......... 7. Americana
vp. The lus. small, usually 3-
lobed, long-cuspidate ...... 8. Mongolica
AA. Pls. without petaloid seales: petals
spreading, shorter than stamens.
Bb. Les. pubescent beneath: fr. b- or
AGUDUON ss es wise siete saeco 9. platyphyllos
BB. Les. glabrous beneath, execpt
tufts in the axils of the veins:
fr. without ribs.
co. Under side of lus. green,
pv. Branches bright yellow or red
in winter: lus. very glossy
above, rather leathery .....1
vb. Branches greenish or reddish
brown: lus. thin, slightly
GLOSSY sistas weeks ees ha 11. vulgaris
cc, Under side of lus. glaucous....12. wmifolia
0. dasystyla
1. petiolaris, DC. (7. Americana, var. péndula, Hort.
T. argéntea, var. pendula, Hort. T. dlba, var. péndula,
Hort. 7. péndula, Hort.). Sinver LinpEN. WEEPING
LINDEN. A medium-sized species with slender some-
what pendulous branches: Ivs. pale green above, sil-
very and finely tomentose underneath, 3-5 in. long;
petiole slender, as long as the blade. July. E. Europe.
B.M. 6737. Gng. 5:210.—An elegant species and one
of the best of the European kinds, holding its foliage
throughout the season.
2. Mandshirica, Rupr. & Maxim. Tree, attaining 50
ft., with spreading, often somewhat pendulous branches:
Ivs. large, 5-8 in. long, orbicular to broadly ovate, cor-
date or truncate at the base, rather coarsely and re-
motely serrate with spreading teeth: floral bract adnate
almost to the base of peduncle: fr. globose, thick-
shelled, with 5 furrows and a slight cavity at the inser-
tion of the pedicel. E. Asia.—A variety has the lvs.
edged with yellow or a lighter green.
3. tomentosa, Moench (7. argéntea, DC. T. dlba,
Waldst. & Kit., and probably Ait. ‘2. dlba, Z. dlba, var.
spectdbilis and TV. dlba, var. pyramidalis, Hort.).
WHITE or Siuver Linpen. This is the larger ‘White
Lime” of Europe. Tree, 40 ft. high with upright or as-
cending branches forming a pyramidal rather dense and
compact head: lvs. suborbicular, 3-5 in. across, un-
equally cordate, serrate, densely white-tomentose be-
neath; blade 2-4 times longer than petiole: fr. tomen-
tose and slightly ribbed. Very variable in time of
flowering. Eastern Europe.—This is a very distinct and
striking species.
4. heterophylla, Vent. (7. dlba, Michx., not Ait.).
Tree, attaining 70 ft.: lvs. very large, 5-8 in. long,
smooth and shining above, whitish and tomentulose he-
neath: floral bract short-stalked: fr. globular, not
TILIA
ribbed. July. Alleghanies., S.S8. 1:27.—This has been
sent out as ZT. macrophylla, a name that properly be-
longs toa large-leaved var of 7. Americana.
5. Miqueliana, Maxim. Tree, attaining 100 ft., with
usually an oblong head: Ivs. ovate, truncate or slightly
cordate at base, gradually acuminate, rather coarsely
serrate With incurved teeth, 4-6 in. long: floral bract
adnate almost to the base of the peduncle: fr. globose,
thick-shelled, 5-ribbed only at the base. Japan. G.F.
6:113.
6. pubéscens, Ait. (7. Americdua, var. pubéscens,
Loud.). Similar to the better known 7. Americana, but
a smaller tree: winter-buds finely pubescent: lvs.
smaller, obliquely truncate at the base, glabrous above,
pubescent beneath: floral braet usually rounded at
base: fr. globose. June. Long Island to Fla., west
to Tex. S.S. 1:26.—Less ornamental than 7. dA meri-
cana and but rarely cult.
7. Americana, Linn. (7. Carolinidna, Hort.). AmMEni-
ean LinpEN. Basswoop. Fig. 2514. Stately tree with
large cordate Ivs. shining above, usually smooth except
for the tufts of hairs in the awnils of veins: floral
bract very large, tapering to a more or less stalked
base: fr. ovoid, tomentose. July. E. N. Amer. 8.8.
1:24. Mn. 6:153.—This is our most common American
species and the one most frequently planted. Variable
in its habit, size and shape of Ivs. and in the color of
its bark. As a forest tree it was formerly abundant in
the eastern and middle states, but with the general
destruction of the forests and the greatly increased de-
mand for its white wood for manufacturing purposes,
good specimens are becoming searce, and the source of
supply is constantly moving westward. Vars. in the
trade are macrophylla, Hort., a large-lvd. form; MOolt-
kei, Hort., a very strong-growing large-Ivd. form which
originated in cultivation in Europe. What is sold some-
times as T. Americana, var. pendula, is a form of
T. petiolaris.
8. Mongolica, Maxim. A slender tree with very small
orbicular or ovate Ivs., truncate at the base, usually 3-
lobed, cuspidate, coarsely serrate with acuminate teeth,
glaucous beneath or green on Vigorous shoots: cyme
rather dense, with the stalk naked at the base. TE. Asia.
9. platyphyllos, Scop. (7. grandifolia, Ehrbh.). This
is the broad-leaved Linden of European plantations and
probably the largest. It attains 90 ft. Lvs. large, green,
pubescent, often on the upper side to some extent, un-
equally cordate, petioles and veins hairy: fr. 5, rarely
+-angled, tomentose, thick-shelled. This is the species
most commonly sold here as 7. Huropwa, and the earli-
est to flower. June. Eu. G.F. 2:256.—The following
varietal names in the American trade seem to belong
here: pyramidalis, an upright grower with reddish
shoots; rubra, bark of branches very red; atrea, with
yellow bark on branches; laciniata and _ laciniata
rubra, with deeply cut leaves and reddish young bark;
sulphirea, probably the same as aurea: vitifolia, the
vine-leaved Linden with lobed leaves.
10. dasystyla, Stev. Crimean Linpen. Lys. tough
and leathery, dark glossy green above and pale beneath.
with tufts of brown hairs in the axils of the principal
veins: bark of young branches bright green: Ivs. often
obliquely truncate at base. E. Eu.,\W. Asia.
ll. vulgaris, Hayne (7. Huroptea, Hort., in part).
This species grows nearly as large as 7. platyphyllos,
has large unequal or oblique cordate lvs., smooth and
green on both sides; tufts of hairs in axils of veins
whitish: fr. globose or oval, tomentose, shell thick,
June, July. Eu. G.F. .—This is said to be the
celebrated species of Berlin and is often sold in this
country under the name of 7. Luropwa., It is a week or
ten days later in blooming than 7. platyphyllos, and
about the same number of days earlier than 7. slmeri-
cana,
12. ulmifolia, Seop. (7. cordatu, Mill. T. parvifolia,
Ehrh. £. Sibiriea,Boyer, Z. Huropau, in part. L. micro-
phylla, Vent.). Of slower growth and usually smaller
tree than the LT. platyphyllos: lvs. small, thin, cordate,
green above, silvery beneath, with tufts of rusty hairs
in the axils of the veins: fr. globose, sometimes slightly
ribbed, very thin-shelled. July. Eu. G.F. 2:257.—Very
late in lowering. JOHN F. CowEtn.
TILLAGE 1809
TILLAGE. he working or stirring of the Innd, in
order to improve it for agricultural purposes, is known
by the general name of tillage. There is a tendeney
to use the word cultivation for these operations. Til-
lage is a specific technical term, and is to be preferred.
Tn the eager discussions of scientific matters, as applied
to agriculture im recent years, there is danger of for-
getting that the fundamental practice in all kinds of
farming is, after all, the tillage of the land. The knowl-
edge of the importance of tillage has developed late in
the world’s history. In fact, it is Only within the latter
part of the century just closed that the real reasons for
2514, Basswood or American Linden — Tilia Americana.
(X 4.)
tilling have come to be popularly understood in this
country. Even now there are many persons who believe
that the object of tillage is to kill weeds. The modern
conceptions of tillage probably date from Jethro Tull's
book on “Horse-Hoeing Husbandry,” which reached the
second and full edition in 1733, in England. This book
awakened so much discussion that the system of “horse-
hoe husbandry” recommended by it was ealled the
“new husbandry.” There had been tillage of land he-
fore Tull’s time, but his writing seems to have been the
first distinet effort to show that tillage is necessary to
make the soil productive rather than to kill weeds or to
open the ground to receive the seeds. He contrived va-
rious tools whereby grain crops could be sown in rows
and afterwards tilled. The tillage of the land in early
times was confined very largely to that which preceded
the planting of the crop. In the vineyards of southern
Europe, however, Tull observed that tillage was em-
ployed between the vines during the season of growth.
Such vineyards prospered, He made experiments and
observations on his return to England and came to the
conclusion that tillage is of itself a very important
means of making plants thrifty and productive wholly
aside from its office of killing weeds. He supposed that
tillage benefits plants by making the soil so fine that the
minute particles can be taken in by the roots of plants.
Upon the same hypothesis he explained the good effects
of burning or “devonshiring ” land, and also the benefits
that followed the application of ashes: the minute par-
ticles of the ashes are so small as to be absorbed by
roots. Although this explanation of the benefits of til-
luge was erroneous, nevertheless Tull showed that til-
luge is necessary to the best agriculture and that it is
1810 TILLAGE
not merely a means by which seeds can be put into the
land, weeds killed, and the crop taken out.
Tillage improves land in many ways. It divides and
pulverizes the soil, gives the roots a wider “pasturage,”
as Tull puts it, increases the depth of the soil, and im-
proves its physical condition with respect to warmth
and dryness.
Tillaze also saves moisture by deepening the arable
soil so that moisture is held, and also by checking
evaporation from the surface by means of a thin blanket
or muleh of pulverized earth that is made by surface-
working tools. Water lost from the soil by under-
drainage and by evaporation from the surface. The
more finely the soil is pulverized, within certain limits,
the more water it will hold. Its capillary power is in-
creased, As the water evaporates from the surface, the
moisture is drawn up from the under surface so that
there is a more or less constant flow into the atmos-
phere. If any foreign body, as a board or a blanket, is
spread on the land, the evaporation is checked. A
similar result follows when the soil is covered with a
layer of dry ashes or sand or sawdust. Very similar
2515. Cryptanthus zonatus, commonly known as
Tillandsia zebrina ( 34).
results are also secured when the surface is made fine
and loose by means of frequent shallow tillage. The
capillary connection between the surface soil and the
under soil is thereby broken. This surface soil itself
miay be very dry, but it serve sa blanket or mulch to
the soil beneath and thereby keeps the under soil moist.
In many instances this conservation of moisture by fr
quent shallow tillage is the chief advantage of the til-
lave of the land during the growing season.
Land that is well tilled has different chemical rela-
tions from that which is neglected. Nitrification, de-
composition aid other chemical activities are hastened,
The stores of plant-food are rendered available. The
soil is made more productive.
The first requisite for the growing of the plant is to
have the soil in such condition that the plant ean thrive
init. It is only when the land is well tilled and pre-
pared, or when its physical condition is nearly or quite
perfect, that the addition of concentrated fertilizers may
he expected to produce the best results. The fertilizing
of the land, therefore, is a secondary matter; tillage is
primary. ; :
The ideal tillage of the land is that whieh is prae-
ticed by the gardener when he grows plants in pots.
The soil is ordinarily sifted or riddled so that unneces-
TILLANDSIA
sary parts are removed, and most of it is brought into
such condition that the plants can utilize it. The gar-
dener adds leaf-mold or sand or other material, until
the soil is brought into the proper physical condition,
He also provides drainage in the bottom of his pots or
boxes. Often the gardener will produce as much from
a bandful of soil as a farmer will produce from a bushel,
i. BB,
TILLANDSIA (Elias Tillands was professor of medi-
eine at the University of Abo, Sweden; in 1673 made a
catalogue of plants of the vicinity of Abo). Bromelidcea.
Tillandsias are mostly epiphytes and all natives of
America. They are allied to billbergias, «echmeas,
guzmanias, pineapples, and the like. Many species are
described in horticultural literature as having been in-
troduced into cultivation, but most of these are known
only to amateurs and in collections where species of
botanical interest are chiefly grown. In the American
trade about 30 names occur, many of which are to be
referred to other genera. The generic limits of Til-
landsia, as of most bromeliaceous genera, are ill defined.
By different authors a given species may be placed in
any one of a half dozen genera. Lately, Tillandsia and
Vriesia have been merged, but in this book Vriesia is
kept distinct, following Mez’s monograph, It is useless
to attempt a description of all the Tillandsias that by
chance may occur in collections. Persons who want to
know the species other than those regularly in the trade
should consult Baker’s * Handbook of the Bromeliacex,”
_1889, or Mez’s “*Bromeliacee” in DeCandolle’s “Mono-
~ graphia Phanerogamarum,” 1896,
The latter work,
which regards Vriesia as a separate genus, admits 248
species of Tillandsia. Some of these species extend
northward into the United States, growing chiefly in
Florida, although one or two reach southern Georgia,
and the Spanish moss (which is Lillandsia usneoides)
reaches Virginia and is common throughout the South.
The native upright Tillandsias are not in the general
trade, but they are offered by one dealer in southern
Florida: of such are J. recurvata, TL. tenuifolia, 7.
fasciculata, 7. utriculata,
Tillandsias are usually known as “air-plants” to gar-
deners. They are perennial herbs, mostly of upright
growth (the common Z’. wusneoides being a marked ex-
ception), the bases of the narrow entire leaves often
dilated and forming cups that hold water and in which
utricularias and other water plants sometimes grow.
The flowers are usually borne in spikes or heads, singly
beneath bracts; they are perfect, with 3 sepals and
3 petals which are twisted or rolled in the bud, 6
stamens, a superior ovary with filiform style: fr. a
3-valved capsule, containing hairy or plumose seeds.
Vriesia is distinguished by having one or two scales or
ligules at the base of the petals on the inside, whereas
the petals of Tillandsia are eligulate; however, there
are intermediate forms and it is sometimes a matter of
individual opinion as to which genus shall receive a
given species. Some of the cultivated Tillandsias be-
long to still other genera. This is the case with 7.
zebrina, whieh is properly Cryptanthus zonatus (Fig.
2515). This is an odd plant, producing crinkled deflexed
saw-edged leaves, which are whitish beneath and
brown-barred above, and small clusters of white flowers.
See p. 404, where other kinds of Cryptanthus in the
American trade are described.
Tillandsias are grown both for foliage and for flowers.
The foliage is usually scurfy and sometimes blotebed.
Many of the species are very showy when in bloom,
sending up strong central clusters of blue, violet, red,
yellow or white flowers. In nature, the seeds are
carried in the wind by means of the soft hairs, and find
lodgment on trees, where the plants grow. A few
species, however, grow on the ground. In cultivation,
most of the species are treated as pot-plants. The
growing season is summer. In winter the plants should
be kept nearly dormant, although not completely dry.
They need a warm temperature and plenty of light
while growing. Give a soil rich in peat. In some
eases sphagnum may be added to advantage. Prop. by
suckers; also by seeds. For further cultural notes, on
sult Billbergia, Other bromeliaceous genera described
in this book are Bromelia, 42chmea, Karatas, Cryp-
tanthus, Ananas, Piteairnia, Puya, Guzmania.
TILLANDSIA
A. Plant-body slender and hangings tls.
leaf avils,
SPANISH, Phoripa or Long Moss.
Figs. 2516, 2517. Whole plant hoary-gray, hanging from
trees; the stems very slen- hee asa ae
der and often several feet
long: lvs. seattered, nar-
row-linear, 1-3 in. long: fls.
solitary in the leaf -axils,
small and not showy, the
petals yellow and reflexed
at the end. Trop. Amer.
and in the U. 8. from Texas
to Fla. and eastern Vir-
ginia; extends southward to
southern Brazil. B.M. 6309.
Gu. 375, Dac22l. -Gts 45; -p:
267.—This is one of the most
characteristic plants of our
southern regions. In moist
regions it gives a most weird
aspect to the forests. It is
used as a packing material,
and also, when specially
prepared, for upholstery. It
is rarely cultivated, although
it is not uncommonin green-
houses, being hung on
branches and beams; but it
must be renewed frequently.
The plant is named for its
resemblance to the lichen
Usnea.
solitary in
usneoides, Linn.
ue a
AA. Plant-body stiffund nearly or quite erect.
B. Stamens shorter than the petals.
c. Fils. few in the cluster.
recurvata, Linn. (7. Birtrami, Ell., at least in part).
A few inches high, tufted, with seurfy terete or fili-
form recurved 2-ranked lys.: fls. 1-5 on a spike that is
sheathed at the base but naked above, the corolla blue
and exceeding the calyx. Florida to Argentina and
Chile. :
ce, Fls. many, distichous.
anceps, Lodd. (Vriesia dneeps, Lem.). Erect, the
flower-stem 6-12 in. tall and bearing a spike with large
distichous green bracts
from which small blue fils.
emerge: lvs. stiff, about 1
ft. long, dilated and striped
at the base: fis. 2 in. or less
long, blue or purplish, the
perianth much exceeding
the calyx, Cotta Rica,
Trinidad. L.B.C. 8:77].
Lindeniana, Regel (7.
Lindenti, Morr. Vriésia Lin-
deni, Lem.). Lys. rosulate,
about 1 ft. long, dilated at
the base, long recurving:
spike large, the showy dis-
tichous bracts carmine: fls.
large, much exserted beyond
the bracts, the large wide-
spreading segments bluish
purple, Eeuador, Peru. I.
H. 16:610; 27:370 (as var.
Regeliana). G.C. Il. 12:
46], RK. H. 1872:2303; 1898:
206 (as var. tricolor). F.M.
1872:44.—A handsome and
popular species.
BB. Stamens longer than
the petals.
Stem thickened and bulb-
like at the base.
bulbosa, Hook. Small
seurfy plant a few inches high, the stem swollen at the
base: Ivs. 3-5 in, long, much dilated and clasping at
the base and terete above: fls. few, in racemose short
25:6. Spanish Moss—Tilland-
sia usneoides. (Much re- ©:
duced.)
2517. The Spanish Moss— Tillandsia usneoides, hanging from the trees.
TILLANDSIA 1811
spikes, long and narrow, the mueh exserted but not
spreading petals purple. Var. picta, Hook., has the
upper Ivs. and bracts searlet. S. Bla. to Venezuela.
B.M. 4288. FS. :
Gulf coast.
cco, Stem not prominently swollen,
p. Les. linear or filiform from the base or abruptly
from « dilated base,
polystachya, Linn. (7. angustifolia, Swartz. TL. parvi-
spiea, Baker). Lys. rosulate, lepidote or scurfy, curved,
equaling or exceeding the stem: inflorescence compound,
somewhat paniculate, the lateral spikes shorter than the
central ones, the bracts distichous and pointed and little
exceeding the calyx: fls. blue. 8. Fla. to Brazil.
tenuifolia, Linn. (7. cespildsa, Leconte, not Cham.
& Schlecht. Z. Bdartrami, EM. in part). Plant less than
6 in. tall, reddish, clustered: Ivs. awl-shaped and crect,
nearly terete, concave at the base, scurfy: fls. few in a
simple or somewhat compound spike, the blue petals
exceeding the bracts and recurving at the apex. Fla. to
Brazil.
pp. Lvs. gradually narrowed from a broad base.
fasciculata, Swartz (V7. bractedta, Chapm. YL. glau-
cophylla, Baker. Vriesia glaucophylla, Hook.). Tall,
strong species with stem 2 ft. tall: lvs. 1-1!» ft. long,
coneave or channeled above, erect or ascending, scurfy
and bluish; stem longer than the lvs. and branched, the
branches or spikes bearing distichous keeled acute
mostly greenish and red-tinged bracts: fls. narrow, ex-
serted, blue. S. Fla, West Indies and Central Amer.
B.M. 4415. F.S. 5:432.—Very variable.
utriculata, Linn. Plant 2-3 ft. high: Ivs. glaucous
und seurfy, becoming subulate and recurved at the
summit but much dilated and imbricated at the base
and forming pockets that hold water: inflorescence
branched, the fls. far apart on the branches: fls. pale
blue (pale colored forms), narrow, the petals twice
longer than the sepals. S. Fla. to 8S. Amer. B.R,
9:749 (as JZ. fleruosa, var. pallida).—For full deserip-
tion of this species, together with plate, see Trelcase,
Sth Rept. Mo. Bot. Gard, (1894).
T. bivittata, Linden, is Cryptanthus bivittatus
1. farinosa, Hort., is Billbergia pyramidalis. ep. 163.—T7.
La Salliana: “A new species from South America, with most
brilliant flowers. It is of free growth and easily cultivated,
thriving best in a moderate temperature and in alight, fibrous
soil mixed with sphagnum.” (Siebrecht.)—Z. musaicea, Lin-
den, is properly Guzmania musaica, Mez. It is acaulescent:
lvs. 20 or less in a rosette, lorate and obtuse but with a cusp,
with transverse lines on both surfaces: fils. ina rounded head
on the end of ared-bracted seape, the corolla white. Colombia.
BM. 6675. IA. 24:268 (as Caraguata musaica). It is an excel-
lent plant, with broad lvs. 2 ft. long. In the American trade.
This plant is sometimes known as a Massangea (see p. 992) =
See p. 404.—
1812
T. musedsa, Hort., is Pitcairnia muscosa. P. muscosa, Hook.,
B.M. 4770, is Pitcairnia Beycalema. The name T. muscosa has
oecurred in the trade, but the plant is unknown to the writer.
—T. Wilsoni, Wats., has been introduced sparingly to cultiv
tion, but does not appear to be in the trade. It was discov-
ered in Hernando county, Fla., in 1887 by Dr. W. P. Wilson, of
the University of Pennsylvania: “
TILLANDSIA
“Stem simple, very short
(about 4 inch): Ivs. numerous, 1 to 3 or 4 inches long, gradu-
ally narrowed from the clasping base to the long-attenuate
apex, channeled above, more or less hoary, with minute ap-
pressed, peltate, brown-centered scales: peduncle very slen-
der, reeurved, about equaling the lvs., with 2 distinct bracts,
probably 1-3-fd.: fls. and capsules not seen.” This is Sereno
Watson's original description, 1888. Nee Mn. 2, p. 180, and 6,
p. 130, for pictures of what purport to be this species.—T.
Zahnii, Hort., is properly Guzmania Zahnii, Mez. Tufted,
branching from the base, glabrous throughout: lvs. 1 ft. long,
about 1 in. broad, crimson striped and yellow: inflorescence
paniculate, subtended by scarlet bracts: fls. yellow. Costa
Riea. B.M. 6059, as Caraguata Zahnii. In the trade.
The following names are accounted for uniter Vriesia: cari-
nata, fenestralis, guttata, hicroglyphica, psittacina, Saundersii,
splendens, tessellata, zebrina (in part). L. H. B.
TIMOTHY. Phlewm pratense.
TINANTIA fugax, Scheidw., is sometimes seen in
old gardens but is not in the trade. It is a tradescan-
tia-like herb from tropical America, with blue fls. in
bracteolate curved terminal clusters. 1-2 ft. Grown in-
doors and out. Known also as Lradescantia erecta, T.
undata, T. latifolia, B.M. 1340. B.R. 17:1403. L.B.C.
13:1500-.
TIPUANA (name apparently Latinized from a Bra-
zilian name). Legumindse., A genus of 3 species of
handsome South American trees with odd-pinnate lvs.,
numerous alternate Ifts. and showy yellow or purplish
fils. in loose, terminal panicles. Here belongs the plant
recently introduced to southern Calif. as Macherium
Tipu, whieh Franceschi says yields one of the rose-
woods of southern Brazil.
speciésa, Benth. (IMachierium TMpu, Beuth.). Ten-
der yellow-fld. tree; Ifts. 11-21, oblong, emarginate,
entire, 14s in. long: veins somewhat parallel: standard
broadly orbicular: wings very broadly ovate, much
larger than the keel: pod veiny. S. Amer.
TIPULARIA (Latin, Viputa, a genus of insects, al-
luding to the form of the flower). Orehiddcew. Includes
2 species of small terrestrial orchids in N. America and
the Himalaya region. Herbs with solid bulb, baving
several generations connected by offsets: leaf solitary,
basal, appeariug in antumn long after the flowering
season: fls. in a long, loose, terminal raceme, green,
nodding; sepals and petals similar, spreading: label-
lum 3-lobed, produced into a long spur behind; column
erect, Wingless or narrowly winged.
discolor, Nutt. CRANE-FLY OrcHISs. Seape 15-20 in.
high: leaf ovate, 2-3 in. long, appearing in autumn and
often surviving through the winter: raceme 5-10 in.long,
loose: fils, green, tinged with purple. July, Aug. Vt. and
Mich. to Fla, and La. B.B. 1:480.—Rare. Advertised
by dealers in Dutch bulbs. Hyiwpien HAsSsELBRING.
TOAD FLAX. Linaria vulgaris.
TOADSTOOL. Consult Mashroom and Fungi.
TOBACCO is considered to be an agricultural rather
than a horticultural crop and hence is not treated at
length in this work. See Vicotiana for an account of the
cultivated species of the genus to which Tobacco belongs.
TOCOCA (Tococo is the native name of 7. Guianen-
sis). Melastomdcee, A genus of 38 species of tropical
shrubs native to the northern part of South America,
including several handsome foliage plants for hot-
houses. Their beauty is similar to that of the well-
known Cyanophylum, for which see Miconia. The lvs.
are usually ample, petiolate, membranous, rarely leath-
ery, entire or dentienlate, usually 5-nerved: fls. rather
large, borne in terminal or sometimes axillary panicles,
white, red or rosy, 5-merons, rarely 6-merous; stamens
10: ovary 3-loculed, rarely 5-loeuled,
platyphylla, Benth. (Spharéqyne latifolia, Naud.).
Short-stemmed plant with succulent, somewhat tortu-
ous stem: lvs. broadly ovate, minutely denticulate-cili-
TOLMIEA
ate, 7-nerved: fils. rosy or red: ovary 5-loculed. Colom-
bia, Venezuela, Costa Rica. — Cogniaux puts this spe-
cies in a section characterized by having the lys. desti-
tute of vesicles and the calyx not winged. In this sec-
tion it is unique by reason of its herbaceous branches
with long bristles, especially at the nodes; the other
species of the section have shrubby and glabrous
branches. A very beautiful plant, but considered to he
difficult to grow. WM
Tococa requires a warmhouse temperature, with shady
and fairly moist place. Use leat-mold mixed with
fibrous loam, and provide ample drainage. It is best
propagated from what are called split joints, or eyes
with the leaf rolled up, and inserted in thumb-pots in
fine sand with chopped moss; then insert pot in sand or
cocoa fiber, with bottom heat of 75-80°. Cover with bell-
glass or other inclosure to exelude air and to keepa
fairly moist (but not wet) condition. In about two
months the cuttings will have rooted. The wood for
propagating should be well ripened.
Hi. A. Sresrecar.
TODDALIA (Kaka Toddali, Malabar name of 7. acu-
leata). Feutdcee, About 8 species of trees, shrubs and
climbers native to the Old World tropics and the Cape
Lys. alternute ; Ifts. in 3’s, shining, leathe full of
fine veins, glandular - dotted, with a wavy vein inside
the margin: fls. small, copious, in deuse panicles; se-
pals 4-5, minute; petals 4-5, valvate or imbricate; sta-
mens as many, or twice as many, as petals: ovary 4-5-
loculed; stigma peltate: fr. hard, coriaceous, globose,
permanently synearpous. In Toddalia proper the petals
are valvate, and the stamens as many as the petals; in
the subgenus Vepris (name altered from vepres, bram-
ble) the petals are imbricate and the stamens twice as
many as the petals.
lanceolata, Lam. (J ?pris lanceolata, A. Juss.), Small
tree or large shrub, ereet, without prickles, entirely
glabrous: petioles 1-2 in. long; Ifts. oblong-lanceolate,
2-3 in. long, acute, entire, waved at the edge, '
broad: panicles axillary and terminal, thyrsoid: 7
a line long, imbricate; stamens 8, in the male fls, ex-
serted: fr. the size of a pea, 4-lobed, fleshy, gland-
dotted. Mauritius, Mozambique, Cape. Int. by Rea-
W. M.
soner Bros., 1891.
_TODEA (Tode, a German botanist). Osmunddacen,
GRAPE Fern. A genus of ferns related to Osimunda but
with the sporangia borne on the under surface of the
leaf. The last three species, although frequently united
with Todea, more properly form a distinet genus Lep-
topteris, differing widely in habit from the original
Todea; they form delicate foliage plants resembling
the filmy ferns in hahit. *
For culture, see Ferns.
A. Texture leathery: lus. bipinnate.
barbara, Moore (7. Africana, Willd.). Lys. in a
crown rising from a short caudex, 3-4 ft. long, 9-12 in.
wide; piunw erect spreading, sometimes 2 in. wide:
sori closely placed, often covering the whole under sur-
face at maturity. South Africa to New Zealand.
AA. Torture thin: lus. with linear divisions.
B. Lvs. tripinnatifid.
hymenophylloides, Rich. & Less (7. pelliicida, Hook.).
Lys. 1-2 ft. long, 8-12 in. wide, lowest pinne about as
long as the others; rachises mostly naked. New Zea-
land.
supérba, Col. Lys. 2-4 ft. long from a woody caudex;
pinne often erisped. the lower gradually reduced;
rachises densely tomentose. New Zealand.
BB. Les. bipinnate.
Fraseri, Hook. & Grey. Lys. 1-2 ft. long, from an
erect woody caudex 18-24 in. high, lowest pinne nearly
as large as the others: rachis narrowly winged, naked.
Australia. L. M. UNDERWOOD.
TOLMIEA (Dr. Tolmie, surgeon of Hudson Bay Co.,
at Puget Sound). Sarifragdcew, A genus of one spe-
cies, a western relative of the Bishop's Cap or Mitella,
.Q00wWS || puw puNo’ ‘adie[—ojyEUIOY jo 9d43 UJspOW 2S4YL “HTX Id
TOLMIEA
and with the same style of beauty. It is a perennial
herb 1-2 ft. high, with loose racemes of small ereenish
or purplish flowers. The species seems to have been
cult. abroad, and twenty years ago it was offered in the
eastern U. S. for western collectors. It is probably
hardy and doubtless requires some shade. :
Generic characters : ealyx funneltor, gibbous at
base, 5-lobed, the tube in age longitudinally splitting
down one side; petals 5, threadlike, inserted in the
sinuses of the calyx, recurved, persistent; stamens 3:
ovary l-loculed, with 2-parietal placente, This plant
has been described uuder Tiarella and Heuchera, which
it resembles in foliage and inflorescence. It seems to
be the only plant of the Saxifrage tribe that has 3} sta-
meus,
Méenziesii, Torr. & Gray. Perennial herb, 1-2 ft. high,
with slender creeping rootstocks and some sunmer
runners: Ivs. round-cordate, more or less lobed and
erenately toothed, slender - stalked, all alternate, those
of the stem 2-4 in number: raceme *4-1'. ft. long: fis.
and capsule nearly *2 in. long, greenish or tinged pur-
ple. Forests of Mendocino Co., Calif., to Puget Sound.
—Propagates naturally by adventitious buds, produced
at the apex of the petioles of the radical Ivs. and root-
ing when these fall to the ground. Woe
TOMATO (Plate XLII). The Tomato is Lycopers-
cum esculentum (which see), one of the solanum or
nightshade family and closely allied to the potato. In
fact, the potato and Tomato can be grafted on each other
with ease, although they will not cross, The graft pro-
duces no practical results, however (see Bull. 61, Cor-
nell Exp. Sta.). The Tomato is grown more extensively
in North America than elsewhere in the world, and
the varieties have here reached a higher degree of per-
fection. The American standard or ideal is a To-
mato that is nearly globular, solid and “smooth” (that
is, not wrinkled). Figs. 8-2 The flat angled
1334, Vol. II) are
now little grown in this country. These forms are
little adapted to canning, to which use enormous quan-
tities of Tomatves are put, and they do not satisfy the
popular ideal or desire. The old-time pear, cherry, and
plum forms (Fig 2522) of Tomatoes are still
grown for curiosity dalso for the making of pickles
and preserves, but their field culture is relatively not
important. The currant Tomato, grown for ornament
and curiosity, is Lycopersicum pimpinellifolium (Fig.
2523). It sometimes hybridizes with the common spe-
cies (Fig. 1338, Vol. II).
The Tomato requires a warm soil and climate, a
sunny open position, and along season. The plants are
usually started in hotbeds or glass houses, being trans-
ferred to the open as soon as settled weather comes.
The plants are usually set from 4-4 feet apart each way
and are allowed to grow they will, finally covering
the ground. For home use, however, the plants are
often trained, in order to forward their ripening and
to secure larger and better colored fruits. The best
method is to train toa single stem, as recommended
for forcing below. The stem is supported by a stake or
perpendicular wire or cord (Fig. 2524); or sometimes
it is tied to the horizontal strands of atrellis. This sin-
gle-stem training requires close attention, and if the
time cannot be spared for it, the vines may be allowed
to lie on an inclined trellis or rack. This rack training
keeps the plants from the ground and thereby allows
the individual fruits to develop perfectly and also
checks the spread of the fruit-rot; but it usually does
not give such perfect fruits as the single-stem training,
since the number of fruits is limited in the latter. The
most serious general difficulty in Tomato growing is
the rot of the fruit. This usually causes most damage,
following close, wet weather when the fruit is ripening.
It is apparently worst on plants that cover the ground
thickly with foliage and do not allow it to become dry
on the surface. Usually it does not seriously lessen the
crop beyond a few pickings; and if the plants are
brought into bearing early and are kept in thrifty con-
dition for subsequent bearing, the percentage of total
injury is greatly reduced. The Tomato is tender to
frost. The green fruit remaining when frost kills the
plants may be ripened in tight drawers or cupboards,
TOMATO 1513
if it is nearly or quite full grown. The Tomato is prob-
wbly a short-lived perennial; but in eold climates it is
grown as a annual from secds foe
General Advice on Tomato Culture. — The ‘Tomato
comes from tropical America and in its natural habitat
the conditions of temperature and moisture during the
entire growing season are constantly favorable for its
rapid development. The pluit is adapted to sueh eon-
ditions, and if we are to lave the best possible results
with it under cultivation we must provide them and sce
The modern type of large, round,
“smooth” Tomato
fy 1518.
ta
that it has a steady and unchecked growth from the
germination of the seed to the ripening of the fruit. It
is true that the plant will live through considerable
degrees ot cold, wet, drought and other untoward econ-
ditious, and ofteu seemingly recover from their ill ef-
fects and make a vigorous growth. But we believe it is
true that any check in the growth of a Tomato plant,
particularly if it occurs when the plant is young, will
surely lessen the quantity and lower the quality of the
fruit produced. This is a strone statement, but we are
convineed of its truth by scores of experiences like the
following: Two adjacent fields of similar character
were set with plants from the same coldframes. Those
in one field were carelessly set out just before a cold,
dry wind-storm and received a check in transplanting,
the effect of which was evident for at least ten days:
but the plants ultimately became as large as those in
the second field, which had been kept in the coldfranie
during the storm and were set out rather more care-
fully than the first lot, but six days later. They sut-
fered scarcely perceptibly from the transplanting, and
actually commenced a new growth sooner than those
set six days earlier. The subsequent treatment of the
two fields was as nearly identical as possible; but the
second field yielded over 100 bushels J aere more
fruit than the first and it was so superior in quality
that, sold by the same man in the same market, it
brought an average of nine cents per package more
money. We were familiar with the fields and their
treatment, and know of no reason for the difference
in results except the check that one lot received at
transplanting. All our experience with Tomatoes con-
vinces us that the first and great essential to the best
results is a steady constant growth from start to finish,
but more especially when the plant is young. This
1814
leads to a method of culture which differs somewhat
from that usually recommended. We plant the seed in
flats placed in a greenhouse or hotbed, some forty to fifty
days before we think the plant can be set in the field
without danger of frost, or what is quite as bad, a cold,
dry wind-storm. As soon as the plants ean be handled
(which ought to be ten or twelve days from the sowing
of the seed), we transplant into other flats or into cold-
frames, setting them 2 to 4 inches apart according to
the space available and the desired size of the plants
when set in the field. We have never failed to get
better results from plants which had been transplanted
but once (and that when very small) and had been kept
in constant growth, than from those which were started
earlier and kept of a practical size for setting in the
field by repeated transplanting and pruning.
We aim to give the young plants light, heat, water,
and above all air, in such proportions as to secure a
constant and steady growth, forming stocky, vigorous
TOMATO
2519. A prolific Tomato, the result of training to a single stem.
plants able to stand erect when set in the field, even if
they are a little wilted. A plant which has onee bowed
its head suffers from it forever.
For Tomatoes we prefer a field that has been made
rich by fertilization in previous years, but if manure is
used we aim to have it thoroughly worked into the soil.
There is no crop in which this is’ of greater importance
than with Tomatoes. If we have to depend upon com-
mercial fertilizers we select those comparatively rich in
nitrogen and potash, and work in two-thirds of it just
before setting the plants and the balance some four or
five weeks later. We prepare the field by plowing as
early as it can be worked, and repeated replowing or
TOMATO
deep working until, at the time the plants are set, it is
a deep bed of mellow, friable soil. We begin cultivat-
ing the day after the plauts are set, running the culti-
vator as deep as possible, and go through again every
two or three days, as long as the plants will permit;
but we aim to make each cultivation shallower than the
preceding one until it becomes a mere stirring of the
surface soil,
When quantity and quality are of little importance
compared with earliness, the best results are obtained
by a method almost the opposite of that given above,
The seed is sown very early so that, though growth is
kept in check by crowding and scarcity of water, the
plants have set the first cluster of fruit, which is some-
times nearly full grown by the time dan of severe
freezing is past, and the plants are then set in the field
much earlier than recommended for general erop. In
setting, furrows are opened running east and west and
the plants set in slanting to the south, so that the fruit
is just above the surface, with a bank of earth on the
north side, and the roots are no more than normal depth.
So treated, the plant will ripen the fruit already set
very early, but the subsequent crop is of very little
value.
When quality is of first importance, staking and
pruning is essential, as in this way much better fruit
can be grown than can be produced on unpruned vines
allowed to trail on the ground, particularly if the soil
be at all cold. When the plants are to be staked and
pruned they may be set as close as 30-40 inches apart.
We have obtained the best results from the use of a
single stake, some 2 inches square and 5 or 6 feet long,
to each plant. As soon as the plant shows its first clus-
ter of flowers it divides, and the two branches are
allowed to grow, being tied to the stake as necessary;
all branches starting below the division are cut or
pulled off, and any above are cut off just beyond the
first leaf or cluster of blossoms. Most of the fruit pro-
duced in the Gulf states for shipment north is grown in
this way.
For market or for canning and pickling, quantity and
quality of crop and cheap production are of prime im-
portance, and the best results are secured by following
the general cultural directions as just given. As the
gathering of the crop is one great element of its cost,
we have found it profitable to set 15 to 20 rows and
then omit one to form a driveway, at the same time
omitting every sixth or eighth plant in the row to form
a cross-walk. This facilitates the distribution of the
empty, and the collection of the full crates, and enables
one to gather the fruit with less injury to the vines;
consequently one secures nearly as much marketable
fruit, particularly if it is gathered green for pickling,
as if the entire space was covered.
Although the Tomato has been in cultivation a much
shorter time than most of our garden vegetables
have been developed a great many varieties, di 4
materially in habit of vine, size, form and color of fruit
as well as other qualities; and these differences are so
divergent, and individual taste and the demands of dif-
ferent markets so varied, that it is difficult to classify
the varieties or arrange them in order of merit.
The extra-early sorts are of two types, one repre-
sented hy Early Minnesota, with a vigorous vine produc-
ing in abundance large clusters of small, round, smooth
fruits which ripen early but are too small for market;
the other represented by the Atlantic Prize, in whieh
the vine is short-lived, lacking in vigor, and produces
very early-ripening fruit, too rough to be salable after
the smoother sorts reach the market.
Of varieties for a general crop there are quite a num-
ber, varying greatly in type and quality, from the Opti-
mus of medium size, perfect form, fine flavor and bril-
liant vermilion-red color, through the larger Favorite
and Matchless, to the perfect-shaped, large-sized, late-
ripening Stone; or if one prefers the purple-red, from
the Aeme through the Beauty to the later Buckeye
State.
If one prefers the dwarf-growing plants, we have the
purple-fruited Dwarf Champion or the fine-flavored and
beautiful red Quarter Century. For special purposes
and to meet individual tastes we have the immense and
solid Ponderosa and the Honor Bright, which can be
TOMATO
shipped long distances almost as readily and safely as
the apple and more so than the peach, and which, picked
and stored on shelves, will prolong the season of tresh
Tomatoes from one’s own garden till Christmas time.
And to please the eve we have the Golden Queen,
of clear vellow with
a beautiful red
cheek, or the White
Apple-nearly white—
ov the Peach, covered
with bloom and as
beautiful in’ color as
a peach For -pick-
ling we have the Red
Plum and Yellow
Plum, the Red Pear-
Shaped and the Yel-
low Pear-Shaped, the
Red Cherry and the
Yellow Cherry, and the
eherry -like exquisite-
flavored Burbank’ s
Preserving. Every
season there are new
and more or less dis-
tinet varieties added to the lists: and very truly of the
making of new varieties of Tomato, like the making of
books, there is no end. W. WM. Tracy.
2520. The old-time and new-time
forms of Tomatoes—the an-
gular and the ‘‘smooth.”
Tomatoes Under General Field Conditions. —Tomatoes
should be started in hotbeds. To make the beds, select
a sheltered place on the south side of a bank or erect
some shelter on the north side from where the hot-
bed is to be made. Dig a hole about a foot deep, $8
feet wide and as long as needed: 18 feet long will give
room enough to grow plants for twelve acres of Toma-
toes. Use fresh stable manure; cart it out in a pile and
letit lay three or four days, then work it over until it
gets good and hot, then put it into the hole prepared
for it, 8x 18 feet, about 18 inches thick. Then place the
frame, 6 x 16 feet, on the manure: that will leave one
foot manure outside of the frame; by this means the
heat will be just as great at the edge of the bed as itis
in the middle. Then place 4 or 5 inches of dirt on the
manure and let it lie for a couple of days to allow the
dirt to get warm. The sash is put on as soon as the
dirt is placed. When the dirt is warm. rake it over to
get it nice and fine, then sow the seed in drills which
are made about 2 inches apart by a marker. Sow the
seed by hand: the sash is then put on close to the dirt:
at the lower end of the bed the frame is made 3 inches
higher at the end next to the bank so the water will run
off; the bed is banked up all around so no cold can get
in. In this way the bed will be
Kept warm and the seed will
soon come up, After the plants \
are up nicely, they will need \
some air that they may become
hardened and stocky.
Ventilating can be done by rais-
ing the bottom of the sash and
putting a block under them
while the sun is hot; but do
not neglect to lower them at
night. When the plants are
four or five weeks old, and
about 2 inches high. transplant
the first into a bed that has a
little warm manure in the bot-
tom and 4-6 inches of dirt on
top. Use sash over this first
bed, as the weather is quite
cold at night. Do this in order
to get the early plants in the
field. Transplant the remainder
into coldframes and use cover-
ings or shutters made of boards. Transplant all in rows
6 inches apart and 2 inches inthe row. Keep them in
these beds until planted in the open fields, When there
is a frost in the morning and plants are large, take off
the covering early in the morning that tl a frosty air may
harden the plants while they are in the bed. Sometimes
the plants are in blossom before they can be set in the
Aad
CNA
\\\Y
J
grow
Two forms of the
pear Tomato.
2521,
TOMATO S815
fields. Never pineh a plant back.
from 4-6 inches high and stocky; the stronger the plant
the earlier will be the crop. The main pointis to get the
plant strong before it is set in the field, then it will not
stop growing, While a slender, weak plant will not start
~ as soon. Transplanting the plants from the
sowing bed into the cold beds helps the plants, and they
will produce earlier fruit than those set in the fields
from the hotbeds. Take them up with a trowel that all
of the dirt possible may go with them trom the bed
into the field. In case the ground is dry, take a large
box with clay in it and make a regular mush, dip the
plant into it, then put the plant in the box, One ean
leave them there for a day or two before setting them
in the field.
Prepare the ground about the same way that farmers
prepare corn pes Have it well harrowed, then
mark it off +x 6 or 5x6, and when the ground is very
rich 6 x 6 feet, and ae the plant in the cross. Use the
hands to fill the dirt around the plant. Set the plants that
A good-sized plant is
2522. A pear-shaped type of Tomato.
are transplanted under sash first, as they are the oldest
and strongest. These can be risked in the field first;
then fill that bed with plants again, as plants may be
needed for replanting in case cutworms or other causes
destroy some of the first setting
Never put manure under the plants set in the field.
The best way to manure the ground a year before,
for some other crop, such as cabbage, potatoes or
pickles: then you can grow Tomat« everal vears after.
Never put Tomatoes in ground prepared with fresh ma-
pure, for the manure burns the roots and causes trouble.
and the flavor of the Tomatoes is not so good, As soon
as a field of Tomatoes is planted, go over the area with
hoes and draw up some soil to the plant, and fill in
around the plant with earth so it will not get dry into
the roots. After the plants begin to take root, go
through the field both ways with the cultivator, and
keep this up during the season. One cannot cultivate
them too much. Some farmers think that because there
are no weeds growing around the plants they need very
little cultivating, but this is a mistake. When the sea-
son is dry they need more cultivation in order to keep
up the moisture.
Half-bushel baskets are very useful in picking Toma-
toes. Our own practice is to take about six rows in a
piece and throw the vines of a row around so that we
can drive a team through the field. If the rows are 6
feet apart a team can go through without destroying
many Tomatoes. In that way one ean pick more Toma-
toes in a short time because he does not have to earry
them so far. Have be alongside where the team will
evo and the Tomatoes are carried to these bushel hoxes,
and when the team comes are loaded and driven to the
factory. Picking is done mostly by children. A man is
with them who keeps account of what they pick and
gives them instructions in picking. 4, J, Herz Co.
Tomato Culture in the South.—The Tomato is one of
the most capricious of market-garden vegetables. It is
of greater relative importance in the South than in the
North. Essentials of habit and cultivation do not ma-
terially differ in either section. While by no means &
1816
gross feeder, the plant demands a fairly good soil, light,
porous and well drained, and is generously responsive
to judicious fertilizing, though acutely sensitive to the
slightest variations of soil and climate. Underfertil-
ized it is unprofitable; too liberally manured, espe
cially with nitrogenous matter, jt runs to vine at the ex-
pense of fruit and is subject to es re inroads from
bacterial and fungous discases. Similar results follow
from wet seasons or too heavy soil, while drought or
insufficient nourishment cut short the harvest. To
steer a middle course between these extremes is ditli-
cult. It is, on the whole, safer to underfertilize than to
overfeed—to select a moderately dry, sandy loam, well
manured the last season, and with but a light applica-
tion of fertilizer, or none at all for the present crop—
to risk underproduetion rather than invite overgrowth
of vine, fungous maladies, loss of foliage and decay
of fruit.
The norma! fertilizer formula approximates that for
the potato, though a smaller percentage of nitrogen
will suffice—say 3 per cent nitrogen, 9 per cent phos-
phorie acid and 7 per cent potash. This would be met
by a compound of: Nitrate of soda, 400 Ibs.; high
grade (14 per cent) superphosphate, 1,320 Ibs.; muriate
(or sulfate) of potash, 280 Ibs.; total, 2,000 Ibs. This
may be used to the amount of 1,000 Ibs. per acre with
safety on a well-seleeted soil if applied sufficiently
early in the season. Such an application should pro-
duce a yield of 300 bushels per acre in a normal season
with any of the better standard varieties.
Varieties. —All things considered, the following short
list presents for the South the best of half a cen-
tury’s effort in development: Crimson Cushion, Stone,
Ponderosa, Freedom, Acme, Trophy, Paragon and
Perfection. The medium-sized, smooth, round, red,
uniform, solid fruit represented by Stone and Acme,
and of which Crimson Cushion is perhaps the choicest
and most conspicuous example, presents an almost per-
eet type, of which one cau ask little more than that its
present standard be permanently maintained. Yet local
experience and preference niust ever differ with this as
with all other soil products.
For slicing, Golden Queen or Yellow Acme inecom-
parable, but if is valueless for cooking by reason of the
muddy tint developed thereby, Fruit of the Ponderosa
type is too large, gross and frequently too unsynmmetri-
eal for successful shipping; it finds a xr ier sale in
local markets. Extra earliness in maturity seems to be
more or less a chimera, little real difference appearing
(on careful test) between most varieties. Early ripen-
ing is rather a matter of soil, manipulation and local en-
vironment than a fixed habit. ;
Color is apparently a secondary consideration, tastes
in this particular varying greatly. Some markets prefer
the crimson shade of the Acme type, while others de-
mand the purple tinge of the Mikado.
Vigor of growth, produetiveness and shipping quality
seem the three most important requisites—size, even,
Iding to them in importance. Oversized fruit, in-
deed, is almost as serious a defect as undersized. The
following would probably represent the best scale for an
ideal Tomato at the South, though differing somewhat
from that generally recognized:
TOMATO
Per cent
20
Vigor (covering freedom from disease)
Productiveness ......
Shipping quality .
Cultivation.—Whether grown on a large or small
scale, the young plants are started under glass from
vnuary to March, according to isotherm, and in about
30 days from the seed are ready for “pricking out” or
transplanting—to open ground in the lower latitudes,
farther north into boxes or "Neponset” pots. The Iat-
ter, constructed of paper, admit of handling without
rupturing the root stem when permanently trans-
planted some 30 days later. 3
TOMATO
The land, when the business is conducted on a large
seale, may be prepared as for cotton by “laying off”
after breaking and fining, and then bedding on the fer-
tilizer drilled in continuous rows—though compost is
usually distributed “in the hill.” Por garden cultivation
the latter plan is strongly recommended, though broad-
casting is preferable for limited areas. A shovelful or
so of well-rotted stable manure to each hill, reinforced
by a top-dressing of superphosphate in early spring,
gives excellent results. 5
Distance naturally varies with |character of soil—
sometimes with variety of Tomato—and depend also,
on the mode of training. Where no supports are
used 6x4 ft. is not too great. When trellised with 3 ft.
posts, at intervals, and one strand of No. 12 wire, either
6x4 or 6x3 will do, and when trained to 5 ft. single
stakes, 5x9 ft. -
The crop should be rapidly worked through the sea-
son with either cultivators or “22-inch heel scrapes ”—
at first in both directions, and afterwards, as the vines
spread, following the wide row only. Of course with
trellises cross-plowing is impossible.
Under either system pinching back weak or inconse-
quent laterals is necessary. All lower laterals when
stake-training is employed must be pruned until a main
stem is established, which is trained spirally around
the stake and secured with raffia, after which laterals
are still shortened from time to time, as occasion re-
quires. This is an ideal, and also a practical system,
and though necessarily the most expensive, will gener-
ally justify its use by the results. With the trellis sys-
tem two or three stems are allowed to grow, although
the plant is sometimes restricted to one stem for “fancy ”
results. When no support is used only the more stocky
and fungus-resisting varieties should be planted and
severely pruned while young, to form, as far as possible,
an upright, rigid growth. This is the most common
method and probably the most profitable also, when
land is cheap and the grower is not readily discouraged
by damp and deeay and is vigorous and determined in
the use of the spray-pump. It is certainly the most
economical form of cultivation everywhere, at least to
outward appearance,
Without his spray-cart and fungicide the tomato-
erower is lost—and knows it! The sprayer has hence be-
come an invariable and indispensable adjunct to the truck
farm, by means of which mast of the fungous and bae-
teroid affections of the plant may be, if not altogether
prevented, at least held in hand and damage reduced to
auminimum. But it must be kept going resolutely and
continuously from the first—the earlier sprayings to
consist of an admixture of 4 ounces Paris green to each
harrel of Bordeaux mixture to hold in check insect dep-
redators, later sprayings to be made with Bordeaux
only.
Second Crop.—A peculiar advantage of the Tomato
over other transplanted truck crops is its ready dispo-
sition to grow from cuttings, thus obviating the neces-
sity for re-seeding for a second or fall crop, as with the
cabbage The cuttings afforded hy the pruned laterals
strike root vigorously, and thus afford a ready means
for filling vacancies in the plat immediately upon their
ocenrrence; and, since the plants from cuttings begin to
fruit as soon as they start growth, a coutinuous succes-
sion may be obtained from early summer until the
plants are eut short by frost in the fall—an economic
consideration of vast importance.
Marketing.—While no particular state or section of
the South altogether monopolizes the northern markets,
and many trucking centers from lower Texas and
Florida to Norfolk and Memphis successively forward
their shipments in greater or less quantity, the Florida
crop is probably the earliest. largest and best known,
though heavy shipments are made to western cities from
Louisiana and Mississippi, while the middle and eastern
states are supplied, after the Florida shipments have
ceased, by the truckers of Savannah, Charleston, Wil-
mington and Norfolk in turn,
The methods of packing and shipment are as many
and as diverse as the loenl centers of production. The
Florida crop, dominating the very early market, 18
usually shipped stark green, each fruit paper-wrapped
in the regular “six-basket carrier” used for Georgla
TOMATO
peaches, and forwarded by “ventilated fast freight.”
This meets the early spring demand, but the fruit
ripens unevenly and is frequently unsalable at the
expected fancy figures on account of its appearance.
A growing tendency has been lately manifested to
ship as the fruit is coloring, after careful and syste-
matie grading, in “four-basket carriers ” by refrigerator
ears. Despite the extra cost of icing and the later ship-
ment, quality and prices are thereby more satisfactorily
maintained and the northern publie will soon insist al-
together on this more rational method being put into
practice universally. The sorting and grading cannot
be carried too far, since the culls and second-class fruits
are equally as good for the cannery as first grades and
hence the standard of excellence may always be main-
tained without material loss.
Fungous Diseases.—Of the fungous affections of the
Tomato, damping-off in the seed-bed is the first to be
noted, and is familiar to all, Provoked by excess of
moisture, warmth and confined air, it may be controlled
by withholding water from the young plants except at
midday, stirring the soil to break up and destroy the
mycelium of the fungus, and otherwise thoroughly
ventilating.
Mildew, Cladosporiion fulewm, is a common mal-
ady in the South during wet seasons, and may be easily
recognized by the continuous and successive death of
the foliage from below upward along the main stem,
and the great effort of the plant to set new leaves and
branches above, thereby maintaining its life at the ex-
pense of production. Steady spraying with Bordeaux
mixture is the remedy.
Florida blight, an undetermined species of Sclero-
tium, is less common, though sometimes quite serious.
It produces a wilted appearance in the plant somewhat
resembling that caused by the “bacterial blight,” and
like it generally causes death. The peculiarity of this
fungus consists in the fact that the greater portion of
its life is passed under ground and it is hence unaffected
by fungicides applied to the foliage. Even when ap-
plied to the surface of the ground beneath the plant
Bordeaux mixture is of little value, since the precipitate
formed by the copper salt in suspension is more or less
arrested or strained out by the soil as the liquid filters
through. The ammoniacal solution of copper carhonat
and eau celeste, are not liable to this objection, and may
be used as remedies with fairly satisfactory results.
Leaf curl, edema, is also well known and while it
seldom, if ever, completely destroys the plant, yet it
greatly reduces its productiver and is all the more
insidious from the fact that it frequently escapes notice
until it reaches an advanced stage. It isa form of vege-
table dropsy due to too much soil moisture, unbalanced
food formulas or excessive pruning—one or all. Cessa-
tion of pruning followed by deep cultivation will arrest
the malady, to a great extent, as the plants will thus be
given an opportunity to set foliage, thereby affording
breathing surface sufficient to transpire or pass off the
TOMATO 1817
surplus moisture. The feeding power of the roots
should be reduced and evaporation stimulated from the
soil. Possibly a light application of superpbosphate at
time of cultivation would also prove beneticial.
Black rot, or blossom end rot, a widespread affection
causing great loss of fruit, aud quite familiar to all,
seems to have long been erroneously ascribed solely to
one of the forms of Macrosporiimn— the fa-
miliary early blight of the potato — and Bor-
deaux mixture is consequently suggested as
a remedy. Recent investigations by Earle
seem to indicate that the real caus d
maluly is no fungus but a bacillus, ineapable,
unaided, of penetrating the outside tissues of
the fruit, but rapidly developing on abraded
surfaces or in inseet wounds of any kind.
2523. Foliage of the two cultivated species of Tomato. Ly-
copersicum pimpinellifolium—Currant Tomato—above;
L. esculentum —common Tomato—below. ( ts.)
The boll worm «appears to be an active agent in
its distribution, while thrips and other wandering in-
sects largely assist in spreading or disseminating the
bacilli. Hence fungicides would prove of little avail in
eoutrolling the baeterial agencies, whieh seem to work
in conjunction with the fungus heretofore regarded as
alone responsible for this malady, We must therefore
look for its complete subjugation only to those preven-
tive measures which have been found efficacious in
other forms of bacterial disease in plants. These are
detailed in the next paragraph, which covers the worst
malady known to the trucker.
Bacterial blight, Bacillus solanacearum, is by far the
most diffienlt to control of all the affections of the To-
mato, When this peculiar form of wilt puts in an ap-
pearance the grower is always thrown into more or less
of a panic, The malady progresses rapidly. The folia
soon yellows and shrivels, the stems parch and contract,
and death follows swiftly. As with most bacterial dis-
eases, an effective remedy is yet to be found. At best,
preventive measures only can be adopted. Since it has
been found that certain insects—among them the Colo-
rado heetle—< st in disseminating the bacilli causing
the trouble it is evident that all leaf-devouring insect
1818 TOMATO
pests should, as a primary procedure, be eradicated,
as far as possible, from the Tomato plot. This at once
suggests the importance of crop rotation as a second
step, and thereafter, in sequence, the destruction of
affected vines and contiguous vegetable matter, the se-
lection of areas not recently planted with solanaceous
crops, and finally the importation of seed (for all sola-
naccous plants as well as 'T districts
Tomatoes) from
known to be exempt from the blight.
Insect Pests. -While these are relatively numerous,
their ravages ave much less of a menace to the grower
i than either the fungous or
the bacterial maladies. Only
the more important are
lere mentioned.
First, the boll worm, Hel-
iothis armigera. As the pro-
blem of the damage done by
this insect is of almost equal
interest to the cotton plant-
er and the Tomato trucker,
the corngrower, too, being
largely concerned, it might
well be left in their hands
for solution, but for the fact
that the loss to the trucker
is not confined to the direct
depredation of the worm it-
self, but a pathway is there-
by opened to the subsequent
jnroads of the blight bacil-
lus, as stated. It is on this
account that the trucker’s
interest in the"boll worm”
is paramount. Unfortu-
nately no adequate remedy
beyond hand - picking, the
use of cornas a “*trap-plant”
und the destruction of
wormy fruit has ever been
suggested.
Of the various cut worms
and wire worms almost the
same might be said, omit-
ting the interest of the cot-
9524. Stake-trained Tomato. ton planter. Remedies are
equally illusive. Except the
stereotyped “sunrise worm hunt” with a bit of shingle,
and cabbage leaves or dough poisoned with Paris green
and deposited at night about the plat, nothing of value
has ever been suggested.
Hand-picking for the great, green, sluggish tobac
worms, Phieyethontius Carolinus, usually proves efi
tive, in combination with the pre s of poisoning fol-
lowed by tobacco growers by means of a solution of co-
balt and sugar deposited cach afternoon, at dusk, in the
corolla of the Jimpson weed, Datura Stramonium, which
the tobacco moth frequents.
The flea beetle, Phyllolreta vittata, pinholing the foli-
age in clammy, cloudy weather and thereby assisting
the inroads of fungi and bacilli, is sometimes repelled
though not destroyed by Bordeaux mixture.
Nematode galls, Fig. 2144, p. 1545, caused by the
“vinegar eels,” Heterodera radicicola, which affect cot-
ton, peas and certain other garden plants, frequently do
much damage to the Tomato. They can be avoided only
by rotation of area and preventing the contiguity of any
of their host plants—particularly cowpeas. |
After all, the chief injury wrought by inseets upon
the Tomato consists not so much in direct depredation
as in the incidental transfer of bacterial germs through
their agency. Boll worms, thrips, Colorado and flea
beetles, and other forms relatively innocuous in them-
selves, become, for this reason, a serious menace.
Were their complete extinguishment possible, the com-
mereial prospects and possibilities of the Tomato plant
would be infinitely improved, Huan N. Starnes.
Tomato Growing Under Glass.—The Tomato is now
one of the most popular vegetable crops for foreing. It
is grown to a considerable extent near most of the large
eastern cities. Very often it is grown in connection
with carnations or other plants. The houses may be
TOMATO
used for carnations during the winter season and for
Tomatoes in late winter and early spring when the out-
side temperature becomes warmer. In many cas 8,
however, houses are used almost exclusively for To-
mato growing. The forced crop usually comes into
market during holidays and runs until May or even
June. The winter crop is usually relatively light and
the Tomato small. The erop that matures when the
days are long, from April on, is much heavier and the
fruits are considerably larger. Nearly all the heavy
yields and large specimens that are reported in the pub-
lie press are secured in the later crops.
Many Tomato growers aim to have crops from two
sets of plants. One set of plants produces a crop in
midwinter or somewhat later, and the other set comes
into bearing in April or May. These crops may be
raised in different houses, succeeding other plants. If
they are grown in boxes, however, they may be handled
in the same house, the pots for the second crop being
set between those of the first crop before that crop is off.
In many instances, however, only one crop is grown;
that is to say, the effort is made to secure a more or
less continuous picking from one set of plants running
over a period of two months or more.
The Tomato requires a uniform and high tempera-
ture and is very subject to diseases and difficulties when
grown under gla There are many risks in the busi-
ness of Tomato growing in winter. It is probable that
there is no money to be made from it when the price
falls below thirty cents per pound, and perhaps the limit
of profit, taking all things into consideration, is not
much below forty cents.
Tomatoes are now usually grown on benches or in
solid beds, preferably the former. Sometimes the
grown in boxes 10 or 12 inches
square or in 10- or 12-inch pots,
but greater care is exercised to
grow them in this way and the
expense is also increased,
Plants may be raised either
from cuttings or from seeds.
Seedlings are usually preferred
in this country. It requires
from four to five months to se-
cure ripe Tomatoes after the
seeds are sown. The young
plants are usually started in
flats and are then transplanted
to other flats or, preferably, to
pots. They should be stocky
and well grown and about 6
or 8 inches high when they
are placed in the beds.
Sometimes the old plants are
bent down at the base and one
or two feet of the stem covered
with earth; the top then re-
news itself, particularly if cut
back, and a new crop of fruit
is produced. Plants can be
kept in bearing for two sea-
sons. Healthier plants and bet-
ter results are usually secured,
however, when new plants are
used for each succeeding crop,
although time may be saved by
the laying-down process.
As grown in this country win-
ter tomato plants are usually
trained to a single stem, being
supported by a cord that runs
from near the base of the plant
to a support overhead. In this
system of training the plants
may stand 2 feet apart each
way or even less. The side ”
shoots are pinched out as fast as they appear, the main
central shoot being allowed to grow. It is loosely tied
to a cord or wire as if ascends. Usually the main stem
is stopped when it renches about 5 feet in height. Some
persons prefer to start 3 to 5 stems from near the crown
of the plant and to train them fan-shape. When this 1s
done the plants should stand from 2 to 3 feet apart
2525. A strand of winter
Tomato, showing the
clusters supported by
slings.
TOMATO
either way. This system is seldom used in American
commercial Tomato growing, however.
The soil should be much like that which is adapted to
the growing of Tomatoes out of doors. It should be
well enriched with old short manure and also with some
commercial fertilizer which is relatively rich in the
mineral elements. Care should be exereised that the
soil is not secured from a Tomato tield, for in that ease
diseases are likely to be brought into the house. Every
effort should be employed to cause the plants to grow
coutinnously. — Plants
that become root-bound
or yellow and pinched
eannot be expected to
give good results.
Some bottom - heat
should be applied. If
the soil is as shallow
as 4 inches, eare should
be taken that pipes are
not too close to the bot-
tom of the bench or
that the heat is not too
great. From 5 to 6
TOMATO Lio
len in order to secure large and well-formed fruits.
The pollinating should be done freely and with great
thoroughness, as upon this operation depends the
chance of securing a full and good crop. One ean rarely
expect to secure from a whole house an average of more
than 3 to 4 pounds of fruit toa single phuit for the win-
ter crop when the plants are trained to a single stem,
Similar plants fruited in April or May, however, may
produce considerably more than this. As soon as the
fruit clusters begin to get heavy, they should be sup-
ported by
eured to the main stem
cords se-
(Pig: 2525).
Many varieties of
Tomatoes force with
ease. There are few
Which seem to be spe-
cial forcing varieties.
Usually a Tomato of
medium rather than of
large size and one that
is rounded and with
few creases or angles
inches is a better depth
for soil on Tomato
benches, and the pipes
for carrving steam
should be several
inches beneath the bot-
tom. The temperature
of the house at night
should not fall below
60°, although a lower
temperature than this,
providing the house is
dry and the plants are
not growing very rap-
idly, may result in no
appreciable harm. It
is to be preferred. The
varieties of Tomatoes
that are in favor for
forcing are constantly
changing and it is not
advisable to give a list
here,
The ‘Tomato is beset
by several difficulties
when grown under
s. Oneof the most
mus is the root-gall,
which is due to a nem-
utode worm. In the
northern states where
the soil may he frozen
there should be little
is bet however, to difficulty with this
win a temperature pest. After the crop
at night. The PLOW DRAWN BY MEN. is off in early summer
temperature all the soil should be
should run from 75 to
80°. The house should
have an abundance of
light and should he
high enough only to
allow the plants to
have free head-room.
The Tomato plant is
very likely to grow too
rapidly when it is
given too much water
and the temperature is
too high. This is par-
ticularly true in the
removed from the
benches and the boards
should be thoroughly
washed with lye. The
new soil should be sach
as has been thoroughly
frozen. The pr
of mixing old forcing-
house soil with the new
soil is very likely to
perpetuate any root-
gall difficulty that may
have been intreduced
into the house, When
dull cloudy days of once plants are affected
midwinter. The plant with the root-gall they
then fills with mois- BLOW 22 RIAN: Bi OO EN: eannot be saved. The
ture, becomes soft and ee - Tomato rust, whieh is
flabby and is likely to 2526. Sculptures from a Theban tomb “' of the 18th or the begin- characterized by fun-
develop the cedema, or
dropsy. This disease
manifests itself in itself is nothing more
brown elevations on dragged along the g
substituted
the stems and in the ae
eurling of the leave
When a plant is once
iously affected it is worthless.
The preventive is to keep the houses well ventilated
and relatively dry in spells of dark weather. This can-
tion applies particularly to the duller and damper parts
of the house,
The Tomato flower needs hand-pollination to enable it
to set fruit. The pollen will ordinarily discharge readily
if the flower is jarred quickly at midday when the sun
is shining and the house is dry. When the flowers are
ready for pollination a bright day should be looked for
and the house should not be watered that morning. The
pollen is jarred into a spoon or a watch-glass, and into
this pollen the protruding stigma of the flowers is
rubbed. It is necessary to apply anv abundance of pol-
ning of the 19th dynasty.’
From Daubeny's “ Lectnres on Roman Husbandry.”
than a modification of the hoe, which was first
and by manual labor, before the force of oxen
See Tools, page 1820.)
gous spore-patches on
the under sides of the
leaves, may be held in
cheek by spraying with
Bordeaux mixture or
other fungicide.
are several forms of blight which are apparently bacter
troubles. Thes em to follow unsanitary conditions of
the house, as too close temperature, too little light, too
much moisture at the root, and the like. They are
characterized by various degrees of curling and black-
ening of the foliage and young growth. There is no
remedy. Infected plants should be destroyed and, asa
safeguard, the soil in which they grow should not be
used again in the house. The rot of the fruit is often
serious in Tomato houses. The cause of the trouble is
not definitely known. After the rot has proceeded toa
certain stage, filamentous fungi develop, and these
were formerly considered to be the cause of the trouble.
The only remedy so far known for rot in houses is to
"The plough
TOOLS
2527, Ancient plows, reproduced from Bradley’s ‘Survey of the Ancient Hus-
bandry and Gardening,”’ 1725,
Herewith is Bradley’s explanation:
give attention to the general
sanitary conditions of the place
and to pick off the injured
fruits as fast as the disease de-
velops. L.H.B
TOMATO. Husk T. is Phy-
salis pubescens. Strawberry T.
is Physalis Alkekengi and pu-
bescens.
TOMATO, TREE. Cyphom-
andra,
TOMMASINIA (Tommasini,
a magistrate and naturalist of
Trieste). Umbelliterw. Two
species of herbs allied to Peu-
cedanum and Angelica. Ben-
tham and Hooker attach it to
Peucedanum. In the breaking
up of that genus (see Peuce-
danum), this group would seem
to be best treated as a distinct
genus, following Koch, Boissier
and others. It has the habit of
Angelica. From Peucedanum
it differs chiefly in having the
petals involute on the margin.
Involucre none; involucel
many-leaved; margin of car-
pels dilated: fls. somewhat po-
lygamous. One species, T. ver-
ticillaris, Bertol. (Peucédanum
verticillare, Koch. Angélica
verticilldre, Linn.), is adver-
tised in this country as a lawn
plant. It is a hardy peren-
nial, about 1 ft. tall: lvs. with
small yellow-green flow-
3-pinnate, the leaflets ovate,
acute-serrate and the lateral
ones often 2-lobed and the ter-
minal one 3-lobed, the petiole
much dilated at base. Pied-
mont region, 8. Europe.
bes By
TOOART TREE. Licalyptus
gomphocephala.
TOOLS. The American
farmer is known by his tools
and machinery. Labor costs
much and land costs little. The
“No. 1. Figure of an ancient
Plough, supposed to be used about
the Time of the Romans.
"No, 2. kigure of a Spanish
Plough, which some suppose pre-
serves somewhat of the Manner of
the Roman Plough, only alter'd to
be drawn by one Horse, instead of
a Yoke of Oxen. ‘Tis said that the
Husbandmen in Spain, will plough
two or three Acres of light Land.in
a Day with this Plough.
“No. 3. The common Shoulder
Plough or best Plough, used in
several Parts of England, for cut-
ting or breaking the Surface of
Grass Grounds, or Heath Lands;
‘tis push'd along by one Man;
sometimes cutting the Turf half
an Inch thiek, sometimes an Inch
or two. At A is an Iron turn’d
up witha sharp Edge, to cut the
Turtf from the rest of the green
Sward,.
"No.4. Isa Figure of the common
Dray Plough, which is good to be used for miery Clays in Winter; but is not so proper e used in Clays when they are hard.
us No. 5 The Figure of a singl'’d Wheel'd Plowsh cased in Sussex. b ESocproper tovbemsedamCInysiwl :
: “No. 6. The Fignre of the Hertfordshire Wheel Plough, which is of the easiest Draught: proper for any Grounds, except miery
Clays, which are apt to clogg the Wheels, The several Parts of this Plough, being understood, will explain to us the Use of the
other Ploughs. A isthe plough Beam, B the Handle, Tail, Stilts, or Staves, C the Neck, or Share Boam, D the Earth Board,
Mould Board, Furrow Board, Shield Board, E the Sheath, F the Share lron, G the Coulter, H the Plough Pin and Collar Links,
I the Plough Pillow, K the Wheels.”
TOOLS
American is inventive. The result is that there is a tool
to expedite and lighten almost every labor. The effort
of each man is multiplied. Not only are the American
tools numerous and adapted to almost every agricul-
tural labor, but they are trim, light and comely in de-
sign.
A tool is properly a hand implement,
used to facilitate mere manual labor. A
machine is a contrivance, usually more
elaborate, that multiplies and transmits
power or motion. Yet tools and machines merge
completely that it is impossible to make a definite cate
gory of one or the other. The word implement is more
so
generic, and apphes to any intermediary device by
means of which a man aecomplishes a given work.
The phrase “agricultural implements,” as used by
tradesmen, usually refers to both tools and machines.
In general discussions the word tool is used somewhat
indefinitely, as in this sketch; but even then it does
not include complicated machinery.
The tools used by horticulturists can be thrown into
four general categories:
1. Tools for tilling the land, as plows, harrows, roll-
ers cultivators, weeders, hoes, rakes. See Tillage.
2. Tools to facilitate various handwork, as seed-
sowers, transplanters, markers, pruning imple-
ments, and most greenhouse devices.
3. Tools or machines to facilitate the destruction of
insects and fungi, as fumigators, syringes, spray-
ing devices. See Spraying, Insecticides, Fun-
gicides.
4. Tools or vehicles for transporting, as earts, har-
rows.
In the multiplic-
ity of tools, one is
often at a loss what
to purchase. The
buyer should have
a definite idea of
the kind of labor
that he needs to
have performled
and he should then
consider how well
adapted the tool
may be to perform that labor. Once purchased, the tools
should be cared for. A tool shed orroom is the greatest
convenience und often the greatest economy. Labor is
expedited and annoyance saved if each tool has its
place. Every farm or garden should be provided with a
room that can be warmed in cold weather, in whieh re-
pairs can be made on tools and machinery. No general
farm barn is complete without such a room. The care
of tools not only contributes to the longevity and use-
fulness of the implements themselves, but it sets dis-
tinct ideals before the farmer and therebyis ameans of
educating him. The greater the variety and the better
the quality of the tools the more alert the user of them
One should look up the new ideas in
is likely to be.
2528. An early Yankee plow, made ot wood and the mold-
Ddoard protected by iron nailed on, After Roberts.
tools each year as he does in markets or crops. The
advertising pages of rural papers are suggestive in this
direction.
The original tool for opening or tilling the groufid*
2529. An European type of plow,
TOOLS
appears to have heen a forked or erotched stic
prong of which was used as a handle and the other as a
cleaving instrument. From this the hoe and the plow
appear to have developed. Pig. 2526. The hoe and the
plow are still the fundamental or primary tillage tools,
2530. The perfected American plow.
one being for hand-work essentially what the other is for
team-work. As the philosophy of tillage has come to
be better understood, these tools have been greatly
modified and varied. It is surprising to know that the
plow was not perfected until within a century. It is
doubtful if the invention of any of the most important
machines of modern times has really meant so much for
the welfare of the race as the birth of this humble im-
plement. To many persons is ascribed the credit of the
invention of the modern plow, for the implement seems
to have originated independently in different countries,
and even in America fiers are various contestants for
the honor. Thomas
Jefferson, Charles
Newbold, David
Peacock, and others
have received the
honor. There is
reason for ascrib-
ing the modern
type of plow to
Jethro Wood, of
Scipio, Cayuga
county, New York.
The years 1814 and
1519 are the dates of his most important patents, al-
still used in its improved forms.
though the latter is usually regarded as the natal
day of the implement. Wood was born in Massachu-
setts in 1774 and died in 1845 or 1846. (See “Jethro
Wood, inventor of the Modern Plow,” by Frank Gilbert,
Chicago, 1882.) The study of plows is a curious and
protitable undertaking, and one that still needs to be
prosecuted. Some of the forms of plows, ancient and
modern, are shown in Figs. 2527-30.
The large-area farming of North America and the ap-
prehension of the principles that underlie tillage have
resulted in the invention of a large number of surface-
working tillage tools. These inventions are particu-
larly important in orcharding, as they enable the grower
to maintain the necessary surface mulch (see Tillage
and Pomology) with a small amount of labor and without
training the trees too high. There are now many culti-
vators and harrows which cover a wide swath and which
are adapted tothe light stirring of the surface soil with-
out the turning of furrows and the ridging of the land.
Fig 1. One who is contemplating a serious
study of tillage tools should familiarize himself
with the inventions of Jethro Tull, before the
middle of the eighteenth century. Tull devised
implements to facilitate the tillage of plants
when they were growing in the field.
In hand-tillage tools the greatest recent ad-
vancement is in the development of the wheel
Fig This light and simple tool, usually
adjustal le blades, performs the labor of many
sets of fingers and does the work more effectively so
far as tillage is concerned. It also enforces better
initial preparation of the land in order that it may do
]
hoe.
with
its work more perfectly; and this rem: irk will also
apply to the modern seed-sowers. Fig. 25
Unfortunately, there is no rece nt American | book that
ples underlying {the application of
diseusses the princip
Practically, our only sus-
farm tools and machinery.
1822 TOOLS
tained effort in that direction is Thomas’ “Farm Im-
plements and Machinery,” 1859 and 1869. Useful hand-
books illustrating various farm devices are “Farm Con-
veniences” and Martin's Farm Appliances,” both pub-
lished by the Orange Judd Company. Ti A Be
Two types of tools for preparing the surface soil.
The spike-tooth and spring-tooth harrows.
2531.
TOOTHACHE TREE.
TOOTHWORT. English-made name for Dentaria.
TORCH LILY.
TORENIA (after Olaf Toren, clergyman; traveled in
China 1750-52 and discovered 7. Asiatica). Serophula-
ridcew., About 20 species of annual or perennial herbs,
mostly low, branching and somewhat decumbent, with
simple, opposite, serrate or erenate leaves and tubular,
somewhat 2-lipped flowers in terminal or axillary, few-
fld. racemes. The species are mainly from tropical
Asia and Africa. Calyx tubular, plicate or 3-5-winged,
obliquely 3-5-dentate or 2-lipped at the top; corolla-
tube cylindrical, usually much wider above; posterior
lip erect, broad, concave, notched or more deeply cut;
rly equal lobes;
seeds numerous,
See XNanthorylum.
Kuiphofia
lower lip large, spreading, with 3 nez
stamens 4, perfect: capsule oblong;
small.
Tovenias are of easy cultivation and are very useful
for window-boxes, low borders or even for large nv
The flowers are not large but the plants are flor
and Keep in good leaf and flowers from spring to frost.
T. Fournier’ has the best habit for a bedding plant,
but it may be bordered with Z. flava. The plants are
easily raised from seed, but may also be grown from
cuttings, which root quickly.
2532. The hand-wheel hoe.
2533. A hand seed-sower.
A. Fils. mainly yellow.
flava, Bueh.-Ham. (7. Baitloni, Godefr.). Usually
decumbent and creeping: lvs. 1-2 in. long, ovate to ob-
long, coarsely crenate; petiole balf as long as the blade
or less: fs. axillary and solitary or scattered at the
ends of the branches in pairs on an erect rachia; co-
TORREYA
rolla-tube red- purple above, yellow beneath; corolla
limb bright golden yellow with a purple eye. India and
E. Asia. B.M. 6700. F. 1883:55.
AA. Pls. mainty blue or white.
Asidtica, Linn. Annual, erect or diffuse: stem quad-
rangular: Ivs. ovate or ovate - lanceolate, long -acumi-
nate, serrate, obtuse, not cordate at the base, rough to
the touch: peduncles axillary, single-fld.: corolla large;
tube dark purple; limb 4-lobed, of a delicate pale pur-
ple-blue, with a dark blotch on 3 of the lobes, without a
yellow eye; stamens 4, the 2 longer with a subulate
spur. India. B.M. 4249.
Fourniéri, Linden (YZ. edéntula, Hort., not Benth.),
Fig. 2534. Low, bushy, usually annual, becoming nearly
lft. high: stem 4-angled: Ivs. petioled, cordate-lanceo-
late, 1-14 in. long, crenate-serrate; petiole ¢ in. long;
corolla-tube narrow, yellow; corolla-limb 2-lipped, the
posterior lip not cut, pale blue, the anterior 3-lobed:
lobes round obtuse, dark purplish blue, the anterior
lobe marked with a yellow blotch. JI.H. 23:249. R.H.
1876, p. 465. B.M. 6747.—Var. alba, Hort. (var. White
Wings) has pure white flowers. A.F. 5:401. G.M. 36:87.
Var. grandiflora has somewhat larger fils. and is more
free-flowering. In the neighborhood of Philadelphia,
self-sown seed sometimes germinates in the spring;
also seeds of 7. flava. F. W. Barcuay.
Torenia Fournieri in Florida is an excellent substi-
tute for the pansy, which is cultivated only with diffi-
culty so far south. Young plants come up by the hun-
dreds around the old
plants from self-sown
seed during the rainy »
season. The species
ean also be propagated
with great ease by cut-
tings. The Torenia
shows its full beauty
when planted in beds
or borders or in masses
in front of small ever-
green shrubs. It flow-
ers abundantly
throughout the sum-
mer, and even late in
fall isolated flowers
may be found. The
hest results are ob-
tained by treating it
as an annual. Any
good and rich light
soil seems to meet its
requirements. It sue-
eeeds almost every-
where but prefers a F er
shade and moisture. 2084: Thorenia Fourier:
It even grows luxuri- Detached flower (X 7).
antly in wet places
along ditches and water-courses where forget-me-nots
grow inthe North. If such localities, however, are very
shady, the flowers, though much larger, are neither pro-
duced as abundantly nor are they colored so brightly as
in sunny situations. On the other hand, it is sometimes
found in such dry positions, where only cacti and yue-
cas manage to live, that one can searcely understand
how it is able to sueceed, In good soil the Torenia
attains a height of from 8 to 10 inches, and when
planted about 8 inches apart soon cover the ground en-
tirely. There is already a great variety in colors, but
the typical plant has beautiful light blue and royal
purple flowers, with a bright yellow throat, in texture
rivaling the most exquisite velvet. THI. NEHRLING
TORNILLO.
y, one of the most
TORREYA (after Dr. John Torrey
distinguished of the earlier American botanists; 1796-
1873). Syn., Limion, Caryotéxus. Coniferw. Orna-
mental evergreen trees, with spreading, usually whorled
branches, clothed with yew-like, two-ranked, dark green
foliage; the fruits are drupe-like and about 1 in. long.
The ‘Torreyas are but little known in cultivation and
rarely seen in a flourishing condition, The southern
See Prosopis pubescens.
TORREYA
Y. taxifolia survives the winters in very sheltered posi-
tions in the vieinity of Boston, but 7.
not hardy north. The Japanese 2. nwedfera is probably
the hardiest and most desirable species, but secs not
yet to have been tested north. Torreyas will probably
grow best in shaded and sheltered positions and in a
somewhat moist lowmy soil Prop. by seeds; also by
euttings and by grafting on Cephalotaxus. Plants
raised from euttings grow very slowly and usually re-
main bushy, Por cious, terminal shoots should be
selected.
There are 4 speciesin N. America andE, Asia. Trees,
rarely shrubs: Ivs. 2-ranked, linear or linear-lanceolate,
with 2 narrow glaucous lines ben h. becoming fulvous
with age: when bruised the folinge emits a disagree-
able odor: tls. dia@cious, rarely moncacious; staminate
fls. ovoid or oblong, composed of 6-8 whorls of stamens,
surrounded at the base by bud-seales: pistillate tls.
consisting of a solitary ovule surrounded at the base by
a fleshy aril and several scales: fr. drupe-lik
consisting of a rather large seed, with thick
woody shell entirely covered by a thin fleshy
aril. The hard, strong and close-grained wood
is much valued in Japan ter cabinet-making
and building. It is very durable in soil. In
this country it has been used for fence posts.
Rafinesque’s Tumion has recently been taken
up as the proper name for this genus, since
the name Torreya was used for other genera
before being applied to this: but there are
good reasons why none of these older Tor-
reyas can stand, and no useful purpose ean be served
Sie the present name.
A. Lvs. linear, about 1g in, broad or less.
B. Length of lus. 24-125 in.
taxifolia, Arnott ( Timion tarifolium, Greene). Fig.
2535. Tree, attuining 40 ft.. with sp ding, slightly
pendulous branches, formines a rather open pyramidal
head: bark brown, tinged orange: Ivs, linear, acumi-
nate. dark or dark yellowish green above, with narrow
white lines beneath, °y-115 in. long: fr. obovate. dark
purple, 1-174 in. long. Fla. $8.8. 10:512.
BB. Length of Tvs. 1-313 in.
Californica, Torr. (7. Miyristien, Hook. f. Limion
Californicum, Greene), CALIFORNIA NUTMEG. Tree,
attaining 70. or oecasionally 100 ft.. with spreading,
slightly pendulous branches. forming a pyramidal or in
old age round-topped head: bark grayish brown, tinged
with orange: Ivs. linear. slightly faleate, acuminate,
Californica is
lustrous and dark green above, 1-31, in. long: fr. ob-
long-oval or oval. licht green, streaked with purple,
1s lone: Gali Ses. Tiesto. Boab ots 0. SBS,
Be eC VS Spoke Tis o8005 SUL. RoE ISi, pp,
16) The ToD pps. dele Ly
AA, Dus. lanceolate,
one-sirth in, broad or somewhat
less.
nucifera, Sieh. © Zuee. Tree, usually 30 ft., but oe-
casionally $0 tt. high, with spreading branches, forming
acompact head, sometimes shrubby: bark bright red:
Ivs. lanceolate, acuminate, rigid and spiny poin very
dark green above, with 2 white lines beneath, *4-11, in.
Io fr. oveid, oblong, less than an inch long. Japan.
8 9. RAs W873... —The Chinese ZL. gritudis,
Fort., is very similar in
disagreeable odor of the
8 GG, UT, PGS I
. but said to lack the
Ri Ee T8095. 2:
ALFRED REHDER.
r species,
TORTOISE PLANT. Testidinaria Elephantipes.
TOUCH-ME-NOT. Dinpations aurca aad biflora.
TOURNEFORTIA (Jos. Pitton de Tournefort, 1656-
1708; one of the earliest systematic botanists). Dorra-
gindcer, A large genus comprising possibly 100 spe-
cies widely seattered about the warmer portions of the
world. Mostly trees and shrubs, rarely subshrubs, with
alternate simple leaves and small flowers in terminal
cymes,
heliotropioides, Hook. Properly Heliotropium anchu-
sefolium, Poir. A hairy, shrubby perennial, with aspect
Tis
TOXYLON 1823
of garden lelotrope but uot sweet-seented: Lvs. ellipti-
end, obtuse. wavy -moargined: peduncles terminal, 2-3
Himes branched. bearing a T-sided, 2-rauked raceme of
many ts. calyx S-lobed, hairy: corolla-tube vellow, the
limb S-lobed, lilae. Buenos Avres. BoM. 3006, — Self-
sows and eomes up in the garden spontaneously, Not
popular North, but a good shrabby plunt im the South.
Fo Wi. Barcnas,
TOWNSENDIA (David Townsend, botanical assoei-
ate of Wm. Darlington, of Pennsylvania).
Compisilec,
About 17 species of low, many-stemmed herbs, nearly
all of which are patives of the Roeky Mts., with linear
or spatulate, entire Ivs. and rather ta uls resem-
bling those of Aster; the numerous ravs from violet to
rose- purple or white: Howering from early sprin
summer, The annual or biennial species have la H
heads than most of the perennials. Judging from the
literature, the largest fld. of the perennials are Z.
densata, Wileoriane and Roethrockii, three species
whieh seem not to be in cultivation as yet. The species
mentioned below are presumably among the most de-
sirable of the genus. They are offered by collectors of
Colorado wild fowers.
Asa genus Townsendia is distinguished mainly by its
akene, which is commonly beset with bristly duplex
hairs, having a forked or glochidiate-capitellate apex.
Townsendia is practically unknown to forieulture. For
fuller account see Gray's Synoptical Flora of North
America.
grandiflora, Nutt.
stems sprending from the base:
Draets of invelucre conspieuously attenuate
heads Ja rays +s in. long, bright Ilue
Summer. Foothills western Neb. to Colo.
Mex.
sericea, Hoo
sile heads surr
heads “4 in.
April, May.
cCon-
Biennial or annual, 9-18 in. high:
upper Ivs. often linear:
reuminate :
or violet.
and New
Nearly stemless perennial with ses-
unded and surpassed by the linear lys.:
across; rays white or purplish tinged.
Dry hills. plains or mountains, Saskatehe-
wan to Roekies, south to New Mex. and Ariz.—hnown
as “Easter Daisy “in Colorado. Wilks
TOXICOPHLEA. Sce cfeokuuthera
TOXYLON ( Bow-wood, from the Greek). Crticdcee.
OsSAGE ORANGE. One species, a thorny North American
small tree. much used for hedges, Formerly known by
Nuttall’s name Jfaclura (named for Wm. Maclure,
American geologist), but Ratinesque’s Toxylon has a
year’s priority. The orange-like, inedible fruit is famil-
jar to children. See Fig. 2536. The tree thrives in
moist and rich or in ordinary or dry soils. Its roots
1824 TOXYLON
deplete the soil.
and rapidly
A tree with
are voracious fecders
Hardy as far north as Massachusetts.
deciduous, simple, alternate, petiolate, entire leaves
and milky sap: branches, particularly the lowe ey, beset
with numerous straight, axillary spines 2-3 in. long
fls. minute, dicecions, apetalous, axillary, appearing in
May to June, the stauminate borne on the short spur-like
branchlets of the previous year, racemose, pedicillate,
pendulous; calyx 4-parted, with its segments valvate
ene . the pistillate borne on branches of the cur-
rent year, sessile, capitate; peduncle short, the 4-cleft
calyx potions the sessile ovary: style simple, filiform,
long and exserted: ovary superior, one-loculed; ovule
solitary: fr. a dense aggregation of enlarged, fleshy ca-
lices into a globular synearp with a mammillate sur-
face, light green or yellowish in color: synearp 4-5 in.
in diameter, falling as soon as ripe in the autumn,
2536. Osage Orange—Toxylon pomiferum ( 1-3).
pomiferum, Raf. (.Muclira curantiaca, Nutt.). OSAGE
ORANGE. Fig. 36. Tree, 30-50 ft. high: Ivs. ovate
to oblong-lanceolate. E. Kansas to N. Texas. Wood
orange-eolored, G.C. TIL. 16:693. G.M.33:808, 809. R.H.
1896, p. 33 (var. inermis). Vi. 4:37 Eaup Miscue.
Before the advent of wire fences the Osage Orange
wis an extremely popular hedge plant, meeting general
requirements better than any other plant suitable to
our climate. It is used considerably, and where prop-
arly attended to from the start makes a hedge in a short
‘ins of a fairly defensive nature. Most dealers in tree
seeds keep seeds of the Osage Orange, and those who
grow the plants procure the seed in spring, drilling it
in rows. The Osage Orange grows readily from seed,
even when the latter is a year old. The sowing in rows
gives the seedlings achanee to become stocky by fall
and plants two feet high the first year are not uncom-
mon. These one-year-old plants are quite good enongh
for hedging. Nurserymen who grow them for sale usu-
ally dig the plants in the fall, storing them away in a
eool cellar, the roots buried in sand. They are then
sorted into two grades, which compose first- and sec-
ond-elass plants. At the time of grading, the tops are
chopped off somewhat, leaving about six inches of
length only. This fits them for planting without more
eutting.
The place where a hedge is desired should be well
eleared of all weeds. If cultivated for a year in ad-
vance, soimnuech the better, as it will make the keeping
down of weeds a mueh easier task.
There are two ways of planting a hedge; viz., single
row and double row, The double row is made by set-
ting the plants nine inches apart each way, the plants
in the second row coming between those in the first
row, forming a zigzag line. The single row, however,
is good enough, and is much easier to eultivate and
keep clear of weeds. In single rows set the plants six
inches apart.
The soil need not be overrich for the Osage Orange.
The plant is a strong grower naturally, and soil in fair
eondition will give a growth more tractable to form a
good hedge than a rank growth from rich soil.
When dug the Osage plants have very long roots, and
the ends of these may be chopped off without disadvan-
tage. Ifthe plants are held in bunches and the roots
chopped to an even length the setting will be an casy
task. The tops will have heen already cut off if treated
in the way above suggested,
Beyond cultivation of the plants, nothing is required
the first year. By falla good growth should have been
TRACHELOSPERMUM
made, and towards spring this should be cut back, leay-
ing about six inches of the young growth. The season
following more care must be given to forming a hedge.
When in full growth, say in July, shear off the tops of
the plants. This will cause the side shoots to dey elop;
and it is these side shoots which will form the base cf
the hedge. Another light trimming should be given
when growth is over for the season, to bring the plants
into a hedge shape. Much the same work will be re-
quired every year—a trinmning when growth is in full
swing to make the hedge bushy, and another later on to
shape it.
The proper shape for a hedge is the conical form,
though it may be flat-sided or in any shape desired,
provided the upper branches never overlap the lower,
Of late years a system of planting the Osage Orange
differing from the one deseribed has been followed by
some. Strong two-year-old plauts are procured and are
planted ina slanting position. As the new growth is
made it rises in an upright way as usual, and this pro-
duces a lattice-like appearance of the branches, aud a
very strong hedge. It is certainly stronger than a com-
mon hedge, and yet a common one properly looked after
forms a defensive fence, meeting all requirements, and
costs not nearly as much as the other. See Hedyes.
JOSEPH MEEHAN.
TRACHELIUM (Greek, trachelos, neck; from its
supposed efticucy in diseases of the throat). Campanu-
ldcew, TH wort. A genus of 4 or species of
perennial berbs or low shrubs with usually somewhat
simple stems and terminal panicles of small blue
flowers. The species are native to the Mediterranean
region of Europe. Calyx adnate: lobes 5, narrow; co-
rolla narrowly tubular; stamens free from the corolla:
capsule nearly globose: seeds small.
eertleum, Linn. A half-hardy biennial or perennial,
20.
1-3 ft. high: Ivs. ovate, acuminate, unequally serrate:
fls. blue or white, in deuse, terminal cymes, in late
summer. Shaded plac B.R. 1:72
-s in S. Europe.
(in. 28, p. 181; 47, p. 803; 51, p. 84.—An attractive late-
flowering perennial suited to culture as an annual.
According to Gn. 28, p. 181, the species is fairly hardy
in England, but young plants are more floriferous than
old ones. Seed may be sown in March. The plant is
easily propagated by euttings. Avecording to Gn. 47,
p- 303, plants from cuttings are dwarfer than seedlings.
F. W. Barcuay.
TRACHELOSPERMUM (Greek, referring to the fact
that the seed has a neck). 45.49
BR. 15212 F. W. Barcuay,
TRADESCANTIA (John
Charles I.; died about 1638). Commelindcew, Spiprer-
wort. Thirty- species are admitted by C. B. Clarke,
the Jatest monographer, 1581 (DC. Monogr. Phaner. 3),
This enumeration does not include 7. Regine and other
recent species. They are all American perennial herbs,
ranging from Manitoba to Argentina. In habit they are
various, varying from erect bushy species to trailing
plants rooting at the nodes. The plants are more or
Tradescant, gardener to
less soft and succulent in texture, although usually not
fleshy. The leaves are alternate, sheathing, varyi
from ovate to long-linear-lanceolate. The flowers vary
from red to blue and white, sometimes solitary but usu-
ally in simple cymes or umbels; sepals and petals each
3, free, the sepals sometimes colored ; stamens 6, in
some species the alternate ones shorter, the filaments
y more or less bearded at the base or above:
3-loculed, with 2 ovules in each locule, the style
p fr. a 3-loculed dehiscent capsule. The genus
Zebrina, usually confounded with this by gardeners,
differs, among other things, in having a_ tubular
perianth.
To horticulturists, Tradescantias are known as hardy
herbs, coolhouse plants and warmhouse plants. 7.
Virginica is the best known of the hardy species, with-
standing the climate of the northern states. The Wan-
dering Jew of greenhouses and hanging baskets, usu-
ally known as J. tricolor, is partly Z. fluminensis and
partly Zebrina pendula, LZ. Regine
is perhaps the best known warmhouse
species at present, although various
species may be expected in botanic
gardens and the collections of ama-
teurs. The glasshouse species are
essentially foliage plants. Several
species have handsomely striped leaves. All Trades-
cantias are free yvrowers, propagating with case from
cuttings of the growing shoots.
A. Plant prostrate, rooting at the joints.
’ fluminénsis, Vell. (7. and ZZ, albiflora,
Kunth. ZL. repens, repens viridis, viridis
viitata, prostrata, proctimbens, striata, Hort. VT. tri-
color, Hort., in part). WaNpERING Jew in part. Figs.
9539-41. Glabrous, with shining stems and leaves, the
nodes conspicuous, trailing, or the ends of the shoots
ascending: lIvs. ovate-acute, without distinct petiole,
ciliate at the very base, the sheaths 14-%% in. long: fis.
white, hairy inside, the 6 stamens all alike, borne sev-
eval together in a sessile cluster subtended by 2 un-
equal lvs. or bracts, the pedicels not all of same age.
Central Brazil to Argentina.—One of the commonest of
greenhouse and basket plants. In greenhouses, usually
grown under the benches. When the plants grow very
vigorously and have little light,
they are usually green, and this
is the form commonly known as
Viridis. There are forms with lvs.
striped yellow and white, but these
colors usually do not hold unless
there is abundance of sunlight.
Tn light places, the lvs. become red-
purple beneath. Very easily propa-
gated by cuttings or pieces of
shoots at any time of the year.
The plant needs plenty of moisture
in order to grow vigorously. Three
plants are known as Wandering
Jew, and although they belong to
three genera, it is not easy to tell
them apart when not in flower ,
(Fig. 2539). These plants are Vradescantia flaeminen-
sis, sheaths hairy or ciliate only at the top, fis. white;
Zebrina pendula, sheaths hairy throughout or at er
at base and top, Ivs. redder beneath and always colorec
above, fils. rose-red; Commelina nudiflora, sheaths gla-
brous, fls. blue. The two first are tender to frost; the
mindula
villata,
2540.
Flower of Trades-
cantia fluminensis.
Natural size.
TRADESCANTIA
last is hardy in the open ground in central New York.
All of them are used for baskets and vases. The two
first are best known and are the plants commonly known
as Wandering Jew. All of them may have striped
foliage. See Commeliue and Zebrina,
aa. Plant erect, or ascending from a decumbent base.
s grown primarily for the colored foliage:
greenhouse kinds,
=
B. Speer
c. Stem none, or scarcely rising above the ground.
fuscata, Lodd. (properly Pyrrhetma L6ddigesii,
Hassk.). Stemless, brown-tomentose or hairy: Ivs. ob-
long-ovate, entire, about 7-nerved, short-petioled: fs.
blue or blue-purple, Lin. or more across, borne in the
midst of the Ivs. on very short pedicels, stamens 6.
$8. Amer. L.B.C. 4:374. B.R. 6:482. B.M. 2330.—Lyvs.
6-8 in. long. Now referred to Pyrrheima, being the
only species. :
co, Stem evident, usually branching.
pv. Lus. distichous (in 2 rows).
Regine, Lind. & Rod. Stiff-growing upright plant:
lvs. lanceolate-acuminate, sessile, set closely on opposite
sides of the stem and spreadiny nearly horizontally,
about 6 in. long, the center purplish crimson, with
feathered border, the space towards the margins silvery,
the very edge of the leaf darker, the under side purple.
Peru. I.H.39:147; 40:173 yl, p. 14. GLC. ML. 117699:
13:477. R.B.19:118.—Introd. into Belgium from Peru
in 1870. Named for the Queen of the Belgians. Perhaps
a Dichorisandra.
pp. Les. not 2-ranked.
E. Stamens all equal and similar.
Warscewicziana, Kunth & Bouehé (Dichorisdéndra
Warseewiczidna, Planch.). Fig. 2542. Dichorisandra-
like, having a stout candex or trunk, marked by leaf-
sears and finally branching: Ivs. green, stiffish, 1 ft. or
less long, clustered at the top of the stem, recurving,
lanceolate-acuminate: fs. lilac-purple, numerous in
small crowded clusters along the branches of a panicle-
like cluster. Guatemala, B.M. 5188. R.H. 1860, p. 136.
2541. Wandering Jew—Tradescantia fluminensis.
Natural size.
EE. Stamens uncqual,—3 long and 3 short.
elongata, Meyer. Nearly glabrous, procumbent and
Tooting at the base, then suberect to the height of 1-2
ft.: lvs. lanceolate or oblong-lanceolate, acuminate,
Sessile, light glaucous-green above and striped with
Silver, reddish purple beneath: peduneles 1-5, terminal:
fils. rose-colored, the sepals green. Tropical Amer.
TRAGOPOGON {S27
BB. Species grown as border plouuts for their flowers:
nalive kinds,
c. Umbels sessile.
Virginiana, Linn. Common Spmerworr.
branching, 1-3 ft., glabrous ov nearly so:
cate, very long linear-lanceolate :
(6-15 in. long), clasping: um-
bels several-fld., terminal, the
pedicel recurving when not in
bloom: fis. violet-blue, in: vari-
ous shades, 1-2 in, across, pro-
duced frecly nearly all summer.
N.Y. toS. Dakota, Va. and Ark.
BM. 105; 8546 (as VT. car
fotve).. Ta. BuGy 162-1513 (as: 2.
elata).— An exceedingly varia-
ble plant. Var. occidentalis,
Britt., is in the trade. It has
much narrower Ivs. and smaller
ffs. and is usually dwarf. There
are several horticultural forms,
Var. alba has white fls. B.M.
3501. Var. atrosanguinea has
dark red fils. Var. coccinea has
bright red fis. Var. certlea
has bright blue fls. Some of the
forms would better be regarded
us species, See Rose, Contr.
Nat. Herb. O4.
brevicaulis, Raf. Villous, 1 ft.
or less high, sometimes nearly
acaulescent: Ivs. mostly from
near the ground, linear-lanceo-
late, more or less ciliate: fis.
about 1 in. across, blue or rose-
purple. Ky. to Mo.
Erect,
Ivs. condupli-
2542. Tradescantia
Warscewicziana.
co. Cmbels peduncled,
rosea, Vent. Slender and nearly or qrite simple,
glabrous, 12 in. or Jess tall: Iws. very narrow-linear:
bracts short aud seale-like: fls. t2-%4 iu. across, rose-
colored,
Ma. to Mo. and south. Mn
T. crassifolia, Cay, Something like T. Virginiana, but lvs.
)
umbels, the stamens all equal. Mex. BoM. 1508.—7. Crassula,
Link & Otto, Somewhat succulent, ascending: Ivs. thick, ob-
long and nearly or quite obtuse, glabrous except on the edges:
thout by-%6 in. aweross, white, in termi und date
stalked umbels, the ealyx and pedicels hairy. Br: BM
L.B.C, 16:1560.—7. deedra, Bull. Foliage pl ee DNS
aneeolate, dark olive-green with a cent y band,
.—T. discolor is Rhoso discolor, which see (p. 1526).— 7.
cnafolia, “A noble and rapid-growing plant, with laxnri-
ant and handsome foliage. The leaves in many respects resem-
ble a dracena and are a deep green, marked with chocolate
When fully grown the plant will send ont loug
ring ont tufts of leaves at the end.” John Lewis
nlogue 1900.— 7. maulticolor, Hort. See Zebrina.—T.
narienlaris, Ort. Mueh like T. Virginiana: stoloniterous:
stem much branched: Ivs. ovate-aente, sessile, boat-shaped:
umbel terminal, many-fld., with 2 folineeous bracts: fis.
colored, the stamens all equal. Peru. Mentioned in European
literature as a warmhouse subject.-— 7. quadricolor, Hort. See
Zebrina.— 7. superba, Lind. & Rod. Lys. oval-oblong-acnminate,
sessile, pnrple beneath, dark metallic green with a white band
on either side of midrib. Per IH. 39:155; 40:173 (6). Gt.
46. p. 163. Perhaps not a Tradescantia.—ZL. zebrina, Hort., is
Zebrina pendula. Teck Bs
TRAGOPOGON (Greek for goat's beard). Compdsitm,
Goat's Bearp. Between 30 and 40 species of erect bi-
ennial or perennial herbs with narrow grass-like leaves
and heads of yellow or purple flowers, belonging to the
ligulate section of the composite family (tribe Ciehori-
acew), Florets perfect, with slender style-branches and
gittate anthers; pappus composed of bristles in a
single series and mostly raised on a beak; involuere
eylindrie or nearly so, with approximately equal bracts
ina single row. The Tragopogons are mostly weedy
plants with a tap-root. They are native to outbern
Europe, northern Africa and central and southern
Asia. One of them is cultivated for its edible tap-root
(salsify) and another is now a frequent weed in this
country. The flowers of these open only in the morn-
ing.
1828 TRAGOPOGON
A. Flowers purple
porrifolius, Linn. Savsiry. VEGETABLE OYSTER.
Oyster PLant. Figs. 2543. Tall strict biennial,
sometimes 4 ft. high when in bloom, glabrous: fis.
showy, sing at noon or before, the outer rays ex-
ceeded by the involucre scales: pedunele thickened and
A
2543. Flowers of Salsify or Oyster Plant —
Tragopogon porrifolius (* 1%).
hollow beneath the heads. S. Eu. Naturalized in many
parts of the country, often becoming a persistent weed.
See Salsify.
AA. Flowers yellow.
praténsis, Linn. Goat's Bearp. More or less branched,
3 ft. or less tall: outer rays exceeding the involucre
scales: pedunele scarcely swollen. A weed from Eu-
EOpe: LL. i.. B.
TRAILERS. See Vines.
TRAILING ARBUTUS. Lpigea repens.
TRAILING BEGONIA.
Cissus discolor,
TRAINING. See Pruning.
TRANSPIRATION is the process by which water is
given off in the form of vapor from leaves and stems.
Instead of a circulation of the sap in plants similar to
the movements of the blood of animals, water contain-
ing mineral salts is taken in at the roots in liquid form
and carried upward to the leaves through the woody
tissue, and then evaporated, leaving the mineral or ash
behind in the leaf, where it serves in making food. The
chief purpose of transpiration is, therefore, to carry a
stream of mineral food from the soil to the green part
of the plant, although if also serves to aid in the ex-
change of gases with the air, and preserves more equable
temperatures of the body of the plant.
Minerals may be absorbed by the plant only in very
dilute solutions. Hence it is necessary for the plant to
lift several thousand pounds of water to the leaves in
order to obtain one pound of minerals. After the mineral-
laden water reaches the green organs it is of no further
use and must be evaporated. It is estimated that 98
per cent of the energy received from sunlight by the
plant is used in this important work. That an enormous
amount of work is performed by the plant in transpira-
tion may be seen when it is known that a single sun-
flower plant will evaporate a pint of water from its
leaves in a single day, and about seventy times this
much in the course of its development. (A birch tree
with 200,000 leaves will transpire from 700 to 1,000
TRANSPLANTING
pounds of water daily in the summer. A single oak tree
will throw 120 or 130 tons of water into the air during
the course of a season, and an acre of beech trees con:
taining 400-600 specimens will transpire about 2,000,000
pounds in a single summer, :
To determine the exact amount of water transpired
by a plant, a specimen not more than a yard in height
growing ina pot may be used. Set the pot on a square
of oil-cloth, then bring the cloth up around the pot and
tie closely to the stem of the plant. This will prevent
evaporation except from the shoot. Now set the pre-
pared plant on one pan of a scale, together with a
small measuring glass, and balance. Allow the plant to
remain in the warm sunshine for eight hours, then
pour water into the measuring glass until the scale
shows original position or reading. The water in the
glass will represent the amount of transpiration,
To demonstrate that water vapor does actually come
from the leaf, cut off a small leafy shoot of any conve-
nient plant and thrust the base of the stem through a
piece of cardboard into a tumbler of water; now cover
the exposed part of the shoot with another tumbler and
set in a warm, light place. Moisture, which could have
come only from the leaves, will soon gather on the glass.
Some transpiration occurs over the entire surface of
the plant, although only about one-thirtieth as much is
given off by a stem as from the same amount of leaf
surface. The leaves are specially adapted to carry on
this function. The interior of the leaf is made up of a
great number of loosely arranged cells which evaporate
water into the air between them. The air in the leaf
communicates with the atmosphere through openings
called stomata, which are generally placed on the lower
side of the leaf. Consequently the watery vapor dif-
fuses out through the stomatal opening. The stomata
are controlled by guard-cells which may completely
close them up, and the action of the guard-cells is
under the control of the plant. When the plant is
losing too much water the stomata close; and they are
variously affected by winds and sunshine.
Species growing in very dry localities adapt them-
selves to the conditions by building only limited sur-
faces from which transpiration may take place and by
reducing the number of stomata. The cactus is an ex-
ample of this type, and this plant transpires only about
one three-hundredth as much water as a leafy plant of
the same volume. As might be expected, the character
and amount of the mineral salts in the soil also affect
the amount of transpiration. D. T. MacDouGaL.
TRANSPLANTING is a general term used to desig-
nate the removal of living plants whereby they may be-
come established in new quarters. Transplanting may
be performed when the plant is in a dormant condition,
as in winter, or when it is still actively growing. Small
herbaceous plants are usually the only ones that are
transplanted when in a growing condition, and this only
when the plants are living under special garden condi-
tions where they may have the best of attention as
to watering and shading. Considered from the stand-
point of the plant, transplanting is always a violent oper-
ation, for it destroys a considerable part of the root-
system, loosens the plant’s attachment to the soil and
arrests for the time being a large part of its pro-
gressive vital activities. In order to overcome these
dangers the earth into which the plant is set should be
well prepared and moist, so that the plant may quickly
reéstablish itself; part of the top usually should be re-
moved in order to lessen transpiration, and with suecu-
lent and growing plants some shade should be pro-
vided for a time. The deeper and finer the soil, and
the greater the quantity of moisture it holds, the more
ressful the transplanting operation will be, other
being equal. The operation is also more
successful in humid regions, as in the Atlantic states,
than it is in dry regions, as on the plains and westward.
In the more arid parts of the country transplanting 18
performed as little as possible, whereas in the eastern
part great quantities of annual and other garden plants
are transferred from seed-heds to tle open ground. —
The successful transplanting of any plant depends in
part on the condition of the plant itself. The younger
the plant, as a rule, the better it withstands the opera
Plate XLIII Various stages in the transplanting of a large tree. See Transplanting
TRANSPLANTING
tion. Herbaceous or growing plants that are relatively
short and stocky and compact in growth transplant
better than those that are long, “1 y,” and weak. The
stocky plants are better able to withstand the vieissi-
tudes of inclement weather when they are transferred
from a protected place to the open air, and they prob-
ably also have more recuperative power to make new
roots and to attach themselves again to the earth.
Many plants may be “hardened off” ov gradually inured
to sun and eold before they are transplanted. The
more frequently a given plant is transplanted the more
readily it endures transplanting. The reot-system he-
eomes close and compact and there is relatively less
injury to the roots at each subsequent removal, pro-
viding a long interval does not take place between the
operations.
The success of transplanting also depends to some
extent on the weather at the time the removal is per-
formed. If cool, cloudy aud damp weather follows the
transplanting, the plants are much more likely to live.
Plants usually establish themselves more quickly in
freshly turned soil, because it contains a relatively large
amount of moisture. In order to bring the earth into
contact with the roots, it should be firmed closely about
the plants. This packing of the soil tends to bring the
subterranean moisture upwards where it may supply the
roots; it also tends to increase evaporation from the
surface of the soil and thereby to waste the water,
although much of the moisture is utilized by the plant
as it passes upwards. In order to prevent the escape of
moisture from the surface of the soil, it is customary to
cover the ground with a mulch, from one to three inches
in depth, of litter, sawdust, leaves or coarse manure.
When practicable the water may be saved by keeping
the surface well tilled, thereby providing a mulch of
earth.
In dry weather it may be advisable to water newl
plants, particularly if they are green and growing
as tomatoes, cabbages and other annuals. The watering
may best be done at nightfall. The water should be ap-
pliedin a hole or depression about the plant orat one side
of it, rather than on the surface: and the following
morning the loose, fresh earth should be drawn over the
roots in order to provide a surface mulch and to prevent
the soil from packing.
All kinds of plants can be transplanted, but some of
them remove with great difficulty. In these cases the
special skill which is born of experience with these par-
ticular plants must be in-
voked for The
difeulties are of Various
kinds. In some eases the
diffeulty may be a tap-root
system, as in the case of
the black walnut and the
hickories. In these instances
the plant may be prepared
a year or two in advance by
severing the tap-root some
distanee below the ground
by means of a spade or
other sharp instrument that
is thrust underneath the
erown. In other cases the
difficulty is the inability of
the plant to make new feed-
ing roots quiekly, as in
some of the asimuinas or pa-
paws. Such plants often
may be treated like the tap-
rooted plants; that is, the
long, cord-like roots may be
severed at some distance
from the crown a year or
two before the plants are to
be removed. In other cases
the inability to be trans-
planted is probably due to
the excessive rate of transpiration from the foliage.
In these instances cutting back the top rather severely
and providing shade may contribute to success. In
some cases the difficulties are so great as practically to
prohibit transplanting. é
rset
success,
2544. A dibber.
One of the most useful
implements to aid in the
transplanting of small
plants. The plant is
dropped into a hole made
by the dibber; this hole is
closed by inserting the dib-
ber at the side and moving
It against the plant.
TRANSPLANTING 1829
So-eatled transphuiting machines have peen perfected
Within the last few years for setting small herbaceous
stull, as cabbages, tobueco and tomatoes. These are
really vehicles, drawn by horses, that open a furrow and
drop asmall quautity of water when the plant is in-
serted in the furrow by the hands of an operator who
rides on the machine, The plants, already prepared for
setting, ave carried in a tray or hopper, and the opera-
tor places these between guards which automatically
measure the distance, These machines are particnlarly
2515. A transplanting box, specially designed for melons.
It is made of a “flat” or splint 14 in. long and 35*
bent at four corners and held in place by a tack.
bottom.
in. wide,
It has no
valuable in large areas where great quantities of plants
are to be set, and also in bard and dry land where it is
difiicult to make the proper openings with the band and
also otherwise to supply the plant with sutticient water,
For most small plants that are to be reset in small quan-
tity, the dibber is amost useful implement to expedite
the operation. Fig. 2544.
Plants grown in pots and small shallow boxes trans-
plant more readily than those grown in the open soil.
Particularly is this true of pot-grown plants, for the
bevel or slope of the pot allows the ball of earth to he
"knocked out” readily. See Pof/ing. Special trans-
planting boxes are on the market, to be used instead of
pots, for purposes of economy. These boxes are usu-
ally made of thin basket stuff and are thrown away
when the plants are taken from them for transplanting.
Pig. 2445. The seeds are sown directly in these boxes.
Melons, eueumbers and other plants that are difficult to
transplant are often grown on pieces of inverted turf,
taken from old pastures.
In the case of large trees and shrubs, success often
may be attained by transplanting in the winter, when a
ball of frozen earth may be removed. Fig. 2546, It is
usually better to give the transplanting of large trees
into the hands of an expert, than to attempt to perform
it with unskilled help and inefficient appliances. Only
a small proportion of the efforts in transplanting very
trees are really sueeesstul. The trees may live
for several years and yet never fully recover nor make
satisfactory subjects. The surest and best results are
usually secured only when the trees are nursery-grown
and have been transplanted two or three times within
a few years of their final removal. There are some
species that remove from the wild with relative ease
when they are of large size, among which are elms,
maples, pin oak, basswood; but the large number of
species do not readily recuperate from the operation.
It is sometimes said that a plant cannot recover
from the transplanting operation, that the severing of
the roots infliets injuries that are net outgrown, and
that anew type of root-system develops. These fears
appear to be ungrounded. In many eases the plant does
not regain itself, but these instances are probably due
to lack of skill in the operation rather than to any in-
herent difficulty in the transplanting process itself. But
even if the transplanting process were to be found to be
theoretically injurious, nevertheless it must be employed
in the practice of modern hofticulture, Te Be B;
1830
Transplanting Large Trees (Plate XLIII).—The prin-
ciples of transplanting large or small trees are the
same, excepting as regards the mechanies of transpor-
tation. Types of machinery for moving deciduous trees
may be classified as follows:
The most primitive device is a two-wheeled cart with
a pole. The tree is dug, and the cart is secured to it
with the trunk resting in a notch in the axle or bolster,
TRANSPLANTING
2546. Moving a tree in winter, with a large
ball of frozen earth.
and the pole lashed up among the branches. The tree
is pulled over and dragged root foremost.
In a modification of the above, a platform under the
ball connects the rear axle, bearing the tree, with the
front axle. Of this type are the Hull, Estes, Santimer,
Kutherford and other patents. In one form the tree is
loaded top foremost, and by means of a turn-table above
the rear axle, swung arennd to position, These ma-
chines usually carry au ball of earth and roots, 7 to 9 ft.
in diameter, cut shorteron the side next tothe platform.
Por moving trees in an upright position, there are
low platform trucks, and trueks with two high perches.
In the latter, one perch or a seetion of the axle is re-
moved to admit the trank between the perches. This
form is used in England: also a similar one in which
the tree is swung vertically beside the axle of a two-
wheeled cart drawn by one horse. When carried verti-
cally, the top interferes with electric wires and the tops
of other trees, and the roots are injured by the platform
or other support. It is not practicable to carry a spread
of 30 or 40 ft. of roots between the wheels.
House-mover’s rigging is adapted to moving trees for
short distances, but is so slow that the fine feeding
roots outside the central ball of earth are likely to dry
out, and get broken by the work.
Trees are carried horizontally with the trunk resting
on two benches on a low true The tree may be tipped
over on the benches by tackle, or loaded and unloaded
by derrick, The derrick legs usually interfere with the
full cirele of roots, and as the derrick bas to be set up
twiee for each tree moved, the operation is slow, and,
with the tree swinging in midair, somewhat dangerous,
For moving trees a few feet, a derrick may be used,
with or without small wheels in the base of the derrick
legs. Many kinds of machines may be used, but in
order to make this disenssion conerete, the following
account has reference to the device shown in Plate
XLII. Other successful moving operations are shown
in Figs. 2547, 2548.
For operating the mover shown in Plate XLII, the
tree, of say 14-26 in. diameter of trunk, is dug by
starting a circular trench with a diameter of 30-40 ft.
An under cut is made heneath the roots with a light
prospecting pick, and the ] picked ont and caved
down with a spading fork or picking rod, the points of
TRANSPLANTING
which are rounded to avoid cutting off the roots. The
loose dirt is shoveled out of the bottem of the trench,
The roots, as uncovered, are tied in bundles with lath
yarn and bent up, out of the way of the diggers. See
Fig. 2549. If the roots are to be out of the ground over
one day in dry weather the bundles may be wrapped in
elay mud, damp moss and straw, or burlap. When the
digging has progressed to within 4 to 8 ft. of the center,
the tree is slightly tipped over to loosen the central
ball, which cleaves from the subsoil near the extremi-
ties of the downward roots. On sand or bard-pan sub-
soil this is at a depth of 2 to 5 feet. In deep soil it may
be necessary to cut some downward roots. A ball of
earth is left in the center from 5 to 12 ft. in diameter,
or as heavy as can be drawn by four to eight horses.
This ball is not essential with deciduous trees, but it is
easier to leave it than to remove and replace the soil.
With fine-rooted trees like the red maple, it is difficult
to pick out the soil, while with coarse-rooted trees, like
che beech, in gravelly soil, the ball drops to pieces,
For lvading, the cradle which is pivoted above or
back of the axle is swung over to the tree, the trunk
having first been wrapped with cushions and slats. The
trunk is clamped to the cradle by chains and screws
without injuring the bark. By means of a screw 9 ft.
long operated by a ratchet lever or hand-brake wheel,
the cradle lifts the tree from the hole and swings it
over in a horizontal position. Pulling in the same diree-
tion, by tackle fastened in the top of the tree, aids the
work of the screw.
After the tree is loaded, the roots on the under side
of the axle are tied up to the perches. The front wheels
are on pivots, therefore the roots are not broken by the
swinging of the The roots are drawn aside to put
in the pole and driv : Planks are placed under
the wheels, and the mover is pulled out of the hole by
tackle.
The hole to receive the tree is prepared with a layer
of soft mud in the bottom, which partly fills the crev-
ices as the tree is lowered into it. The weight of the
tree is not allowed to rest upon and crush the down-
ward roots, but is supperted by the mover until fine
earth is packed in. Soil is worked down between the
roots in the form of mud hy means of a stream of
water and packing sticks. One man shoveling, two or
three with packing sticks, and one with hose is the
right operation until the center is made solid. The
packing sticks are 2 in. in diameter, 6 ft. long, and
pointed at one end and round at the other. The side
roots are next unwrapped and covered at their natural
depth.
The roots are
now to be wound in burlaps or other material.
2547. A large tree removed from its place.
While the tree is horizontal, it may be most conveb-
iently pruned. Th outside should be cut back 1 to 3
ft., cutting to a crotch or bud, and the remaining twigs
thinned out about one-third. Hardwood trees and trees
with few roots need the most severe pruning.
TRANSPLANTING
The soil should be friable loam, not baking elay nor
sterile sand, and it should be made fertile. The surface
should be covered with a soil or straw muleh 3 inches
deep and the earth kept moist by watering once a week
The roots may be dam-
or less frequently, as required.
2548. The roots wrapped, and the tree being moved
aged by too thick muleh, deep planting, excess of water
or lack of drainage, all of which exelude the air. De-
caying Manure aud caustic fertilizers in direct contact
with the roots are injurious,
The tree may be secured by guy wires. Anchor posts
are set slanting, 4'. ft. in the ground, with a ecross-
piece just below the sv ‘e. Two to six strands of No.
11 galvanized steel wire are used. The wire is run from
the post, through a pi ot hose around the tree, and
back to the post, It is twisted tight, with two sticks
turning in the same direction and moving toward each
other. To preveut the sun from drying out the bark on
the south side of the tree, the trunk should be wrapped
with straw, especially thin-barked trees, like beech and
silver maple.
The best trees for moving are those with abundant
small roots. These have fibers branching from them
which take in the waterand plant-food. The large roots
in the center of the root-system are conduits for the
sap, and braces for the tree. Trees which transplant
suceesstully are the maple, horsechestnut, elm, catalpa,
ash, linden, willow, poplar and pin oak. Trees with few
fine roots and hard wood, as the hiekory and white oak,
on skids.
TRANSPLANTING
are difficult to transplant with good results, as well as
the tender-rooted trees like magnolia and tulip, Trees
grown in the open are imueh better for moving than
those in the woods, The roots are more numerous, and
not mixed with the roots of other trees, the bark is
thicker and does not dry out so quickly, the branches
and tw are closer and better deve loped to stand ex-
posure, and may be thinned out without destroying the
beauty of the tree, and more plant-tood is stored for the
new growth of leaves and roots. A young tree of large
size is better to move than an old tree. In friable loam
the roots are straighter and tougher and less liable to
injury in digging, than in hard or reeky soil.
The popular prejudice that moving large trees is an
ultimate failure, or that sniall trees quickly overtake
them, arises from moving trees 1 to 2 feet in diameter
with 6 to 8 feet diameter of roots, As this mass of
roots is mainly the large reots, and from 70-90 per
cent of the feeding roots are lost, the tree, after send-
ing out the leaves with its stored plant-food, fails to
support all the foliage and bark. In
successive seasons its branches die, or
the growth is short and yellow and the
bark dies on the south side.
For moving large coniferous ever-
greens, it is usually considered neces-
sary to a ball of earth intact.
The foliage is constantly transpiring,
a and if the roots become dry, the sap
eK
does not flow again. As it is not
generally feasible to move balls of
over 12 feet diameter and 3 feet in
depth, the size of evergreens which it
is practicable to transplant is smaller
than of deciduous trees.
The digging is started as in Fig. 2 The flexible
roots are wrapped against the ball by twisting them with
acord, and the large, stiff roots are cut off. The ball
may be held by frost, or by upright staves, iron bands,
or irons ju the form of a pot split in halves and held by
bolts or chunps. The best method is the use of a can-
vas band, wider than the depth of the ball, eut to fit.
Tt has draw ropes operated by levers which firmly com-
the earth, without damaving the small roots
upped inst the ball. A lbammoe consisting of
ypes to distribute the pressure, is attached to
a windlass. A platform is placed with a chisel edge in
the under eut. By means of the windlass, the ball is
cut ott from the subsoil and the platform, with the tree,
loaded upon a truck.
In planting, the hammock is reversed and holds the
ball, while the platform is pulled out by the windlass,
leaving the tree in the hole. By this method, trees 20-40
feet high and 6-12 inches in diameter may be moved.
Trees grown in fertile clay lonm are best for trans-
planting, but with care the canvas will hold balls of
sand or gravel. Root-pruning, one or more years pre-
ss
PICKING SOIL,
FROM BETWE.
Sou FROM
RooTs
Wit FORK
2549. Diagram to illustrate the operations in the removal of a large tree for transplanting.
1832
vious to moving, all or part way around the tree at a
diameter less than the size of the ball to be moved, is
beneficial. With very large balls, freezing aids in keep-
ing the soil solid, although it destroys the fine roots
outside the ball.
Eyergreens may be moved any month in the year. In
June and July, the new growth is likely to wilt more
than in August, after it has hardened. It is well to pro-
tect from deep freezing and drying winds in winter.
Henry Hicks.
Another View of Transplanting Large Trees.—The
modern demand for immediate effect in landscape work
n met by the successful transplanting of large
s. The method employed about Chicago differs
somewhat from that in vogue in the east. This is due
to a considerable degree to the condition of the soil in
which the trees are found.
TRANSPLANTING
TRAVELER’S JOY
near the apex. The fruit is about 34 in. across and has
4 spinescent angles. It is roasted and eaten in some
parts of Europe like the common chestnut. The Indian
species, @. bispinosa, is said to yield very large and
sweet nuts which are commonly sold in the East under
the name of Singhara Nut. The name Trapa is abbre-
viated from caleitrapa, which is the same as caltrops,
an instrument of war used to impede the progress of
mounted warriors. It had 4 spine-like projections, like
the fruit of the Water Caltrops.
Generic characters: fis. small, axillary, solitary,
short-peduncled: calyx 4-parted, the segments persist-
ent, sometimes spinescent; petals and stamens 4
ovary 2-loculed; ovules solitary, long, pendulous, at-
fixed to the septum: fr. top-shaped, leathery or some-
what bony, 1-loculed, 1-seeded. About 5 species, native
to the warmer parts of the eastern hemisphere.
ROOTS-By-NEW- METHOD
Lizz
2550. Diagram to show how and where the digging is begun.
Select a shapely tree with well-balanced crown and
which has stood in the open so that all its branches are
equally thrifty. A bushy top is preferred that the
necessary amount of trimming can be done by thinning
out whole branches and not disturbing the terminal
shoots, thus preserving the original outline of the tree.
Crowded forest trees are too tall and it is difficult to
get the sap to carry to the top.
~ A light sandy soil often produces fibrous roots spread-
ing over a lurge area, but this generally slips off in
transplanting and, if frozen, cracks badly when the ball
is rolled. When resetting a tree, care must be taken to
sift in new soil between the fine hair-roots and get it in
direct contact with each rootlet, because if crowded to-
gether the roots are likely to rot. When practicable, it is
undoubtedly best to move the roots in their native soil.
A hard ball can be rolled at will and easily supports the
weight of the trunk, which otherwise would crush the
roots when rolled or handled. The prevailing soil about
Chieago is two feet of rich black loam and a subsoil of
clay. This is ideal for giving plenty of fibrous roots
near the trunk, and a body to the ball of earth eneasing
the roots, without waiting for the ground to free
This allows a longer planting season and makes it e
to have loose soil to tamp around the tree.
After the tree has been dug loose, rock back and
forth, filling under it each time with soil, until the
whole ball is standing flush with the surface. It de-
pends upon the weight of the load what style of a
wagon is to be used. A hardwood tree of thirty inches
in diameter weighs, with proper ball, about fifteen tons.
This is the limit of practical construction for a low-hung
stone truck. Simply pull the tree over and rest it on the
high support over the rear axle and with block and
tackle roll the ball on the wagon. When at the desired
location roll off again, letting the ball rest on the ground
before dropping into the hole. A counter check should
be maintained to keep the tree always under control.
Straighten up and thoroughly tamp so as to anchor it
well and the work is complete. Wu. A. PETERSON.
TRAPA (name explained below). Onagracer. Trapa
natans, the WATER CHESTNUT or WATER CALTROPS,
is an interesting plant for the aquarium. It has two
kinds of leaves. The submerged ones are root-like,
long, slender and feathery. The floating lvs. form a
loose rosette. The leaf-stalks are swollen and spongy
natans, Linn. Water CuEestnuT. WaTER CALTROPS.
Jesuir’s Nur. Petiole of floating lvs. 2-4 in. long,
nearly glabrous: blade rhombic-orbicular, dentate in
upper half, slightly villous along the nerves beneath:
fr. 4-spined, but the 2 lateral ones shorter. Eu., Orient.
Gi, 24,9. O07. Gl. TL. W0c212,. Bu, 33252.
pispindsa, Roxb. StnaHara Nut. Petiole of floating
lvs. 4-6 in. long, woolly: blade 2x3 in., slightly crenate
in the upper half, very villous beneath: fr. 34 in. thick,
with 2 of the spines sometimes absent. India, Ceylon.
W.M.
Trapa natans is one of the daintiest aquatics in
cultivation. It is perfectly hardy and very desirable for
aquaria, pools, ponds or tub culture. Its beautifully
mottled or variegated foliage is very attractive. The
flowers are white, small and inconspicuous. The fruits
are very large in comparison with the flowers and leaves,
but they are hidden beneath the foliage until they
ripen, when they drop off. They are good to eat raw,
like chestnuts, and are sweeter and more palatable
ore the shell becomes hard. The nut is not likely to
become of commercial importance in America. The
seeds drop from the plant and remain in the pond all
winter. Wm. TRICKER.
TRAUTVETTERIA (Trautvetter, a Russian botanist).
Rununculacea, A genus of but two species of North
America and eastern Asia. Tall, erect, perennial herbs:
lvs. broad, palmately lobed: fls. white, small, corymhose-
paniculate; sepals 3 to 5, caducous; petals none; earpels
many, forming 1l-seeded akenes. Very hardy, thriving
in ordinary or rich soil. Propagated by division of
roots. Offered by dealers in native plan
B.M. 1630 (as Cimicifuga palmata).
grandis, Nutt. (Actiea palmata, Hook. A. grandis,
Dietr.). Much like the aboye species. Lys. membran-
aceous, more deeply lobed, often to the base, thin,
sparsely hairy beneath along the ribs; reticulations less
distinct: styles longer and somewhat curled. Wash.,
Idaho, Brit. Col. K. C. Davis.
TRAVELER’S JOY.
Clematis vitalba,
TRAVELER'S TREE
TRAVELER'S TREE. See Ravenaulu.
TREASURE VINE. Name proposed by J. L. Childs
for Hidalgoa Wereklei or Childsia Wereklei.
TREE. Candelabrum,
Cundelabrum.
TREE OF HEAVEN.
TREES. Plate XLIV. Figs. 2551-2566. What is a
tree? is a question to which it is not easy to give a
short and well-defined answer. The same species may
assume a tree-like habit or remain shrubby, aceording
to the climatie conditions, soil and other circumstances.
Usually a tree is defined as a woody plant rising from
or Chandelier T., Pandanus
See Lilanthius.
2551,
the ground under normal conditions with a single stem
and attaining a certain height, fixed by some at 20, by
others at 15 feet, or even less. A more exact definition
has been given by B. E. Fernow: "Trees are woody
plants the seed of which has the inherent capacity of
producing naturally within their native limits one main
erect axis continuing to grow for a number of years
more vigorously than the lateral axes and the lower
branches dying off in time.”
Trees are the most prominent feature of the vegetable
world and surpass all other organic beings in height,
Magnitude and longevity. The greatest height known
has been reached by Lucalyptus amygdaltina of Aus-
tralia, of which trees have been observed that were 470
feet high. In length, but not in body and longevity,
even this tree is surpassed by some giant floating algm
said to attain the length of 900 feet, and by some climb-
ing palms of Java attaining, sometimes, 600 feet. Fol-
lowing Eucalyptus amygdalina is probably Sequoia
sempervirens, which attains 325 feet and occasionally
TREES 183:
more. The Sequoias are of more majestic and gigantic
appearance than the Eucalyptus on account of its mas-
sive trunk (see Sequoia, p. 1660). Psendolsuga Doug last
and Pos Lambertian oecusionally attain 300 feet. A
number of other conifers, chiefly American, grow to a
height of 150 to 300 feet. Some deciduous trees, as Pla-
tanus occidentalis, several species of oak and Lirioden-
dron Tulipifera exceed 150 feet in height. The jequitiba
of Southern Brazil (Couwratari legalis, one of the Myr-
tacew®) is also a gigantic tree (see Bot. Gaz. 31, p. 352).
The greatest diaineter has been observed in Caslened
vesca, of Which a tree with a partly decayed trunk at
the foot of Mt. Etna in Sicily measures more than 60
feet in diameter. After this the greatest diameter ob-
served is in Lurodiim mucronata, about 40 feet,
and in Platanus orientalis about the same, in Sequoia
od
A pasture elm.
gigantea 35 feet, in Tarodium distichim 30 feet, and
somewhat less in Adansonia digitata,
The age attributed to many of the tallest trees is
based more or less on speculation, and opinions often
differ widely. Dracaena Draco is believed to reach 6,000
vears of age, Adansonia digitata 5,000, Tarodiinm mu-
cronatim and Platanus 4,000, Cupressus sempervirens
and Torus baceata 8.000, Castanea sativa, Quercus
peduneulata, Sequoia gigantea and Cedrus Libani more
than 2,000 years.
Although the trees are the most conspicuous features
of the vegetable kingdom, they represent only a small
percentage of it as regards the number of species. In
the United States, where about 550 trees oceur, they
represent only about 3's per cent of the whole phanero-
gamic flora, in Europe even less. As a rule, towards
the tropics the number of tree-like species inereases,
ds the arctic regions it decreases. Remarkably rich
in trees is the flora of Japan, where the proportion of
trees to the whole phanerogamice flora is more than 10
183: TREES
per cent, which percentage surpusses by far that of any
other country in the temperate regions.
Trees belong to many ditfercnt natural orders, but of
the orders of monocotyledonous plants only a few con-
tain trees and none of them is hardy north. None of the
larger orders contains trees only, but there are some
whieh consist exclusively of woody plants and include a
large proportion of trees, as Coniferer, Cupulifere,
Salicaceew, Juglandacew, Magnoliacee, Sapindaces,
Elwagnacer, Urticacer, Hamamelidacew, Lauracee,
Anacardiacer, Ebenacer, Styracace and others.
The uses of trees are manifold, and a country from
which the forests have been destroyed becomes almost
uninhabitable and worthless to mankind. The forests
furnish wood and timber, exercise beneficial influences
on the climate, act as regulators of the waterflow, pre-
TREES
self, the trees and shrubs do not need his perpetual
care and usually grow without his aid and interference.
To the landscape gardener a thorough knowledge of
trees is absolutely essential. He ought to know the or-
namental properties of the trees, their rate and mode of
growth, their peculiarities in regard to soil, situation
and climate. As the trees are, after the surface of the
ground, the most permanent element of the landscape,
they ought to be planted with careful deliberation as to
the intended artistic effect and their fitness to the soil
and climatie conditions, for mistakes in planting of
trees are afterwards not easily corrected and rarely
without injury to the original artistic design. The
available number of trees from which selection may be
made is large. There are in American and European
nurseries and gardens more than 600 species in cultiva-
2552. A group of old sugar maples, with trregular and broken heads.
vent erosion and also the removal of soil by the wind.
Besides furnishing wood and timber, many trees yield
other products of great economic importance, especially
the numerous kinds bearing fruits. The esthetie value
also of the tree must not be underrated, though it can-
not be counted in money. :
The science of trees and shrubs is dendrology. The
art of growing trees is arboriculture, of which sylvi-
culture is a branch and deals with the rearing and main-
taining of forests and the producing of wood crops.
Orchard culture is a branch of arboriculture or of hor-
ticulture and deals with the cultivation of fruit trees;
it is usually included under pomology, which comprises
both the science and practice of fruit-growing. As or-
namental subjects, trees are more permanent, easier of
cultivation and cheaper in the long run than herbs. It
is curious to note how little attention the average gar-
dener who has the eare of a park or garden gives
to the most prominent feature of his domain. He
usually knows fairly well the greenhouse plants and
his herbaceous perennials, whieh cost most in time
and money, but the trees and shrubs he often hardly
deigns to look at. This is apparently due to the fact
that after being once planted, and often not by him-
tion which are hardy in the northern and middle states.
About 240 of them are American, almost 200 from eastern
Asia, about 100 from Europe and 70 from western and
central Asia. About 40 natural orders are represented,
of which the most important are the Conifer, Cupu-
lifer, Salicacew, Rosacew, Leguminose, Jug idacer,
Sapindacew, Urticacew, Magnoliaceee and Oleacew. The
number of all the cultivated varieties and garden forms
is, of course, considerably larger than that of the botani-
cal species and may be estimated at about 3,000, Com-
paratively few horticultural varieties are found in
American uurseries as compared with European, ut
this need not be regretted, as horticultural varieties are
mostly merely curious or monstrous forms. In plant-
ing, one must rely chiefly on the types and use the horti-
cultural varieties sparingly, for restfalness should be
the prevailing character of the masses and groups of
trees.
The fundamental purposes of trees in landscape
gardening are to furnish the great masses of foliage
which frame and divide and partly constitute the views
and landseape pietures, to emphasize the elevations of
the ground, to vary the sky-line, to screen or block out
unsightly objects, to enbance the beauty of buildings,
TREES
and to furnish shade and shelter. The enjoyment the
trees give by beautiful flowers, various foliage, splendid
autumnal tints, and ornamental fruit is more incidental,
though of great value and worthy of careful considera-
tion. The trees should be selected for planting in ae-
cordance with the natural and intended character of the
scenery and not be taken indiscriminately because they
happen to be handy and easy to procure.
It is essential that the trees should be well adapted
to the climate and soil, and in this respect a careful
observation of the natural tree growth of the locality
will give many good hints. Other considerations are the
height the trees attain, the character of growth, color
and effect of foliage, flowers and fruits, autumnal tints
and winter effects. Concerning the general rules which
govern the selection of trees for planting and which are
principally the same as in herbs and shrubs, much
other information may also be found in the articles on
Landscape Gardening, Park, Shrubbery and Herbs.
Selections of Trees for Special Purposes.—The follow-
ing lists include trees of proved hardiness and are not
intended to be complete but merely suggestive, and
chietly for the northeastern states.
1. TREES WITH SHOWyY FLOWERS.
A. Blooming in early spring before or with the
7
dedves.
Acer rubrum (tls. blood-red).
Amelanchier Canadensis (tls. white).
Cercis Canadensis (ils. rosy pink).
Cornus florida (fs. white, also pink).
Cornus 1 (tls. yellow).
Magnolia Yulan (tls. white).
Magnolia Sonlangeana (fs. white to purple).
Prunus Avium and other cherries (fls. white).
ana and other plums (fls. white).
diana (fils. pink, also white, the earliest
of all Prunus).
Prunus pendula (fis. pinkish, branches pendulous).
Prunus Pseudocerasus (fls. white to pink
Pyrus ba and other species (fis. white to pink).
Salix (staminate plants with yellow catkins).
aa. Blooming late in spring after the leaves
ZEsculus Hippocastanum and other species (fis.
white or red).
Catalpa speciosa (fls. white).
astis tinctoria (tls. white).
Cornus Kousa (ts. white).
Cratwegus (fis. white).
Fraxinus Ornus (fls. white).
Laburnum (fis. yellow).
hypolenca (4s. white).
x (fls. white).
Robinia (fls. white or light pink).
Syringa vulgaris (fls. white to purple).
Tamarix parviflora (pink).
Aaa. Blooming in summer and autumn.
and spinosa (fls. Aug. and Sept.).
a ana (fls. white; July).
Gordonia pubescens (fis. white; Sept.,
Kelreuteria paniculata (tls. yellow; -
6) ydendrum arborenm dd i
i white;
Robinia Neomexicana (fls. light pint
Sophora jea (fils. white; Ang
Syringa Japonica (ffs. white; July).
Tamarix Gallica (fls. pink; Aug., Sept., if severely
cut back).
2. TREES wITH SHowy FRtITs.
Acer rubrum (fr. bright red in May and June).
Ailanthus glandulosa var. erythrocarpa (fr. red).
Cornus florida (fr. scarlet).
Cratzegus coccinea and others (fr. searlet or red).
Hippophaé rhamnoides (fr. yellow).
Tiex opaca (fr. red).
Magnolia hypolenea (fr. scarlet).
Magnolia tripetala (fr. pink).
ay baccata and allied species (fr. yellow or scar-
et).
Rhus Cotinus (ample feathery panic
Rhus typhina (fr. scarlet).
Sassafras officinalis (fr. dark blue with red stems).
Sorbus Americana and Aucuparia (fr. red).
Taxus baccata (fr. scarlet).
ue
TREES 1835
3. TREES VALUED FoR Fouiace Errects. (See also
Section 5, EVERGREENS, below.)
A. With colored foliage.
argenteo - variegatum (the most
gated trees).
Ke er Negundo, var. aureo marginatum (lvs. yellow)
Acer palmatuim, var. atropurpureun (lvs. purple).
Acer platunoides, var. Reitenbachi (lvs. becoming
dark red in summer).
Acer pliutanoides, var.
spring).
Acer Pseudoplatanus Worleei (lvs. yellowish).
Betula alba, var. purpurea (lvs. purple).
Fagus sylvatica, var. purpurea (lvs. purple).
Populus alba, var. niven (vs. white beneath).
Populus deltoides, var. aurea (one of the best yellow-
leaved trees).
Quereus peduneula
plish).
ie peduneulata, var. Coneordia (lvs. yellow-
ish).
Salix alba, var. argentea (lvs. silvery white).
Tilia tomentosa (lvs. white beneath).
Ulmus campestris, var. argenteo-variegata (lvs
whitish).
AA. With large, bold foliage.
chwedleri (lvs. bright red in
var. atropurpurea (]vs. pur-
gne
mac rophy lum.
Aralia Chiner and spinosa.
Asimina triloba,
Catalpa speciosa.
Magnolia macrophyNa.
Magnolia trivetala.
Paulownia imperialis.
Quercus dentata.
Aaa. With small narrow or finely cut foliage.
Acer palmatum, yar. dissectum.
ser platanoides, var. Lorbergi.
Acer saecharinun, var. W
Alnus glutinos imperialis.
Betula alba (eut-l iD
Elzeagnus angustifolia.
Fagus sylvatic¢a, var. asplenifolia.
Gleditschia triacanthos
Canadensi
rhamnoides.
Juglans regia, var. laciniata.
Quereus pedunculata, var. filicifolia.
Salix nig
Sambucus nigr a, war. laciniata.
T: unarix Gallien, ete.
Taxodium distichum.
S WITH BRILLIANT AUTUMNAL TInTs.
rubrum (senrlet).
er saccharum (scarlet and orange).
G vornus florida (scarlet).
liphylum (yellow ¢
itegus (mostly
nus Ame a (y
Liquidambar (scarlet).
ndron (bright ye llow).
id pers)
e).
Sassafras
EVERGREEN TREES
A. Conifers (see also Vol. 1, p. 358).
Abies.
Cham rparis
Juniperus Virginiana.
Picea.
Pinus.
Psendotsuga.
Thuya.
Tsuga.
AA. Broad-leaved evergreens (only Ilex opaca and
Rhododendron hardy north).
Tlex opaea.
Magnolia glauca (not fully evergreen as far north as
it is hardy).
Magnolia grandiflora.
Persea Carolinensis
Prunus Caroliniana.
Prunus Lusitanica.
Quereus Virginiana.
Rhododendron maximum.
1836
TREES
Decipvous TREES VALUED FOR THEIR WINTER
EPFFEcts.
Acer Negundo (branches light green).
Acer Penusylvanicuin (striped bark).
Betula nigra (laky reddish brown bark).
Zetula pup . (smooth, silvery white bark).
Cratiegns viridis (red fruit).
Fagus sylvatica (eeps its dead leaves).
Gleditschia (large, flat pods)
Hippophaé rhamnoides (yellow berries).
Liquidanibar (ecorky branches).
Pyrus prunifolia (scarlet or yellow fruit).
Quereus alba, pedanculata and tinetoria (keep their
lez ie
Quercus macrocarpa (corky branches).
Rhus typhina (servlet fruit).
Salix vitellina (yellow branches).
Sorbus Americana and Aucuparia (scarlet fruit)
Nae
Very TALL TREES.
Glelitschia triacanthos.
Juglans nigra.
Liriodendron Tulipifera,.
Picea excelsa.
Pinus Strobus.
Platanus occidentalis.
Populus balsamifera.
Populus deltoides.
Quercus macrocarpa
Querens palustris.
Querens rubra.
Quereus velutina.
Taxodiun distichum.
Ulmus Americana.
8. COLUMNAR Ok NARROW PyYRAMIDAL TREES.
Abies (most species).
Acer nigrum, monwnentale
setulae alba, var. fastig s
‘arpinus Betulus, va astigiata.
Shanneeyparis Lawsoniana,
Chaniecyparis Nutkaen,
Juniperus communis, vV _ Suecicn.
Juniperus Virginiana (e jally var. pyramidali
Liriodendron Tulipifera, var. pyramidalis.
Picea (most species).
Populus alba, var. Boleana.
Populus nigra, var. Ttaliea.
Querens pedune alata, var. pyramidalis.
Taxodinim distichum (especially var. imbricarium ).
axus baceata, var, fastigiata,
Thay
U Imus. campestris, var. monumentalis.
Uhnus seabra, var. fustigiata.
9. WEEPING TREES.
Acer saccharinum, var. Wieri.
Betula alba, var. pendula.
Ragus sylvatica, var. pendula.
Fraxinus e jor, var. pendula.
Fraxinus parvif ar, pendula
Prunus pendula
Prunus serotina, var. pendula.
Querens pedune ali ita, vir, Dauvessei.
Salix vitellina, var. pe ndula.
Salix Babyloniea.
Salix blanda.
Sorbus Anenparia, var, pendula.
Tilia petiolari
Ulnus seabra, var. pendula.
10. Criry TREES (See also No. 11).
al inthus glandulosa (pistillate tree).
Jarpinus.
¢ ratiegus Oxyaeantha.
Fraxinus Americana.
Fraxinus excelsior.
Ginkgo bilol
Gleditse hia trine anthos,
Platanus orien
Populus deltoides. (often attacked by
Populus nigra, var. Italies. j borers).
Prunus serotina.
Robina Psendacacia (often attacked by borers).
Sophora Japonica,
Ulnus Americana,
Ulmus campestris.
Tilia ulmifolia.
TREES
11. SHADE AND AVENUE TREES.
Besides the trees enumerated under city trees, No. 10 (which
are to be recommended as street trees in the cities), the fol-
lowing trees are good avenue subjects:
Acer platanoides.
Acer rubrum,
echariam,
Acer saccharum.
aBseulus care
éEsewlus Hippoc
Catalpa speciosa.
Celtis occidentalis.
Fagus ferrmginen and F
Liquidambar sty racifl
Liriodendrvon Tulipite
stanin,
sylvatica.
Quereus palustris.
Quereus P hellos.
Tilia dasy stele
Tilia wlmifolia.
12. TREES FOR SEASIDE PLANTING.
Ailanthus glandulosa.
Cratiegus Oxyacantha.
Eleagnus angustifolia.
Hippophaé rhamnoides.
Juniperus Virginiana.
Pieca alba.
Pinus Laricio.
Pinus rigida
Pinus sylvestris
Populus de Itoide ss, var. Carolinensis.
Populus tremnloides,
Quercus rubra.
Salix alba,
Salix Caprea.
Sassafras officinale.
Tamar
3%. TREES FoR Dry SITUATIONS AND Dry CLIMATES.
=
Acer campestre.
Acer Ginnala.
Alnus rugosa.
setula alba,
Cornus Mas,
Eleagmius ungustifolia.
Fraxinus pubescens.
Phellodendron Amurense,
Quercus velutina.
Uhnus etfusa.
14. TREES FoR WET Solu.
Acer rubra.
Acer saccharinum,
Almus glutinosa.
Almus maritima.
Betula alba,
Betula nigr
s sphieroidea.
a laciniosa,
av sylvatica.
alba.
Picea nigra.
Pinus rigida,.
Populus (most specie
Quereus alba.
Quercus bicolor
Quereus palustri
Querens Phello
Salix (most species).
Taxodiwn distichum. ALFRED REHDER.
Ornamental Trees for the Middle Southern States.
Il. Decipuous Trees. uleer saecharinum (A. dasyear-
pum) and A. Neyundo, the latter extensively used for
street. planting. — Broussonetia papyrifera, formerly
planted along streets, but objectionable because of tbe
many suckers which they produce, as is also B. Kazinoki.
—Cercis Canadensis. Valuable as an early spring-flow-
ering tree.— Celtis Bungeana, One of the most distinet
trees: av excellent shade tree.— Catalpa. Seldom planted
TREES
south as anormaumental tree, because of the repeated at-
tacks of caterpillars. ‘The latter are Frequently used for
fish bait. —Cludrastis tinctoria, Very desirable as a flow-
ering lawn tree.— Cloris florida, The white-fowering
species is Mong the most attractive of our early spring-
blooming trees and is lugely used in landscape work,
The pink- and red-tlowering forms are exceedingly
beautiful. —Cvrategus. Taking into account the various
shapes, the foliage and the bright colored fruit im fall
and winter, the best are: C'. cordata or Washington
Thorn, C. arborescens, Cy spathilate and Cy cstievatis
or Apple Haw. — Chilopsé known as C
is one of the best for dry soils ‘he typical species pro-
duces lilac-colored flowers, but several forms have lately
saligna . linearis,
been produced with Howers ranging from light Hlne to
lilne-purple with yellow stripes inside. A pure white-
very striking but is of more dwarf
Virginfana, Sometimes planted for
shade or for its fruit. Adapts itself to nearly all soils.
There are many forins Varying both in the foliage and
size and shape of fruit. —2gis ferruginca is tre Does
used for street planting in sandy soils. The red-leaved
forms of the European species are of little value south,
the purple tint of the foliage fading toa dull green at
the approach of warm weather. Prariiis cemminale
and Both thrive best in rich soils and are
very desirable for street planting, being seldom attacked
by insects.—Ginkgo ov Salishburia is sometimes used
for avenues and strect planting where a vigid pyramidal
tree is required. The folin is one of its attractions,
being shaped like the Muaidenbair fern.— Gleditsehiu
tiacanthos. The fertile tree is sometimes planted for
e faleate pods, which ave relished by many for
wine acidulated pulp. The finely pinnate foli-
age is very ornamental. — Ta lesia tetrapt rice Tn ithe
middle seetions of be South and in rich, dry soils it
rrows to asmall tree, but inthe mountain distriets in
rich soils along the. water-eourses, trees 40 to 50 fect
high are frequently found. Valuable for landscape
planting. —ieoria or C: The pecan is the best
southern nut tree and is very largely planted for its
nuts. It is often planted in avenues for its beauty, —
Hicoria myristicw forms is searee, but its foliage is more
attraetive than that of any other species.—fovenia
flowering form is
habit. — Diospyros
» pede SCCNSs
dulcis, The foliage and the fleshy red peduneles in
autumn make it an excellent shade and ornamental
tree. —Idesia polycarpu. me tree when grown
in partial shade; the bark in full sun.—Jay-
lans, J. nigra is one of the most valuable ornamental
2553. A pasture maple, in autumn, showing
the strong framework.
and economic trees and is extensively planted for
avenues, The Persian or English walnut and its many
forms are being more largely planted than of old, but
are often injured by late spring frosts following a warm
TREES
period daring February. /.
mental
Sicboldiand is a very ornia-
tree and very productive ut un carly age. J.
cinerea is sited only to the mountain regions of the
South.—Walrenteria paniculata. Very desirable tor its
pinnate foliage and panicles
of yellow
flowers, which
2554, A tree growing in the open, with full rounded head.
are succeeded by bladder-like fruits. Lagerstr@ mia
Ludica, The Crape Myrtle is one of the most character-
istic features of southern homes. It has become almost
naturalized south. If trained to a single stem it will
form a tree 25 to 30 feet high: otherwise it affects the
bush form. It is conspicuous for its shining brown bark
and the profusion of its beautifully crimped and fringed
flowers, which are produced from April until August.
The colors vary from a pale to a dark pink, purplish
red, pure white and glowing crimson. No other flower-
ing tree can surpass it in beauty, and by a judicious
selection of the various colored flowers a grand effect
is produced in landscape work.—Liriodendron Tulipif-
era, One of the most valuable and rapid-growing shade
and ornamental trees; thrives best in rich soil. Trees
taken from woods transplant badly. They should be
grown in nursery and occasionally transplanted until
sufficiently large for using in street planting. —Liguid-
ambar, A Most symmetrical shaped tree; adapts itself
to all soil; valuable for street planting. Some trees as-
sume a deep purple or erimson tint in the foliage dur-
ing autumn, others a golden yellow. — Magnolia, Of the
native deciduous species, IZ. acmminata is the most
rable for street and avenue planting. All the spe-
s are voracious feeders and thrive best in rich soils
JL. macrophylla, oy Umbrella Magnolia, dom grows
beyond 25 fect, but is conspicuous for the length and
size of its leaves. This tree is called Umbrella Tree
south, Whereas this name applies to Jf. fripetala at the
North. Jf. Fraseri, Ear-leaved Magnolia or Wahoo of
the western North Carolina mountaineers, is also avery
ornamental tree, MM. tripetala is objectionable in gar-
dens owing to the unpleasant odor of its flowers. Few
Chinese speeics, with the exeeption of Jf. hypoleuca,
attain the size of a tree. Jf, Vulan and MW. Sowlange-
ana can be trained to a single stem and made to attain
a height of 15 feet. All the other varieties may be
elassed as shrubs. The flowers are often injured by
late spring frosts.— Melia Azedarach (Pride of India,
Chinaberry). Almost naturalized south. It is of very
rapid growth and begins to flower at an early stage.
The Howers are delightfully fragrant with the perfume
18
of the lilac. Extensively planted for shade trees. The
umbrella form, known us Texas Umbrella, assumes a
dense, spreading head with drooping foliag It is of
unique appearance and can be used with great effect
in landscape work.—Jorus. Jf. rubra is frequently
planted for shade; it is valuable for its wood, which is
of great durability for posts. Jf. alba is naturalized
in many sections. A form of Jf. rubra discovered in
middle Georgia some years ago aud ealled Stubbs
from the discoverer, produces enormous crops of large,
rich vinous fruit. ‘This and the Hicks and Multicaulis
(latter of Chinese type) are often planted for feeding
poultry and hogs. ‘They should not be planted near
dwellings, owing to the dropping of the fruit.— Vyssa
sylvatica, Only desirable in landscape work for the
brilliant red tint of its autumn foliage.—Orydendrum
TREES
2555. Apple, one of our most picturesque trees.
arboreum. Desirable for its flowers and highly colored
autumn fol .—Parkinsonia aculeata, Retoma or
Horse bean of southern Texas. A small tree with green
bark, feathery foliage and yellow flowe Valuable for
shrubberies.— Paulownia imperialis, Rapid-growing.
Almost naturalized in some sections of the South. Lhe
foliage in young trecs is very large, Flowers pale violet,
very fragrant, in long panicles; they open before the
leaves appear.—Peach. There are many ornamental
varieties which ure exceedingly handsome while in
bloom, especially the donhle-flowering crimson, white
and pink; others are desirable for their peculiar growth,
as Pyramidalis, which is as erect as a Lombardy popliu
Weeping, willow-leaved and golden-leaved varieties are
interesting.—~Prvunus, Hortulana or Chicasaw plums
are sometimes planted for ornament, though commonly
for fruit. RP. Virginiana is abundant everywhere but
not valued owing to being usually infested with tent
caterpillars. Prins Pissardi is the best purple-leayed
tree for the South, as it retains its color during sum-
.—Pineknega pubens. This very ornamental small
> is seldom seen under cultivation, as it grows natur-
ally in wet and hoggy soils.—Pyris coronaria, The
crab apple, a small tree with very fragrant flowers in
spring, is excellent for shrubhe ies.—Platanus ocei-
dentalis, One of the most desirable trees for street
planting.—Poprins, The variety which is of greatest
value for street planting is P. deltoides or monolifera,
TREES
commonly known south as cottonwood. It is of rapid
growth and grows in nearly all soils that are not too
arid. All southern nurserymen catalogue the Carolina
Poplar, but the stock is not always true to name,—
Plevocarya fravinifolia, or Caucasian Wing- fruited
Walnut, is a very rapid-growing tree, with spreading
branches and pinnate foliage. Very ornamental when
covered with pendulous racemes of small winged nuts,
which, however, are of no economic value.— Quercus.
Nearly all the species of the middle and eastern states
are found more or less abundant in the middle South,
but the most valuable purely southern species are as
follows: @Q. Phellos, or Willow Oak, with lanceolate
leaves; Q. aquatica, or Water Oak, with leaves almost
perennial, oblong and obtusely lobed. Both are largely
planted for streets and shade, as they grow ve rapidly
and in almost any soil. Q. falcata, Q. laurifolia, Y.
Phellos and Q.t gi are desirable. Q. Virginiana,
or Live Oak, is a very large tree, seldom exceeding 50
feet in height but covering a large circumference. It js
native along the seacoast and adapts itself to inland
sections, where it does not attain the great size of the
coast region. There is no southern tree, except Mag-
nolia grandiflora, that is more admired, especially when
planted in avenues.—Sapindus marginatus. The glo-
bose yellow berries are retained during winter. Berries
when boiled produce a saponaceous fluid.—Stillingia
sebifera, Naturalized on the coast of Georgia and South
Carolina. The acuminate rhomboidal leaves give the
tree a unique appearance. Requires rich soil and is
valuable in landscape work.—Symplocos tinctoria. Not
common. Could be available for shrubberies.— Tilia
pitbescens, A large tree occasionally found in rich soils
along the seacoast. Differs little in general from 7.
Americana, but seems to be better suited to the middle
South. Very desirable for street planting or shade,—
Torylon, or Maclura, is naturalized in many sections of
the middle South. Grows to a height of 30 feet and the
fertile trees are very ornamental when laden with their
large, globular fruit. The wood is very lasting when
used for posts and takes a beautiful polish.—Ulmus
slLmericana is perhaps more largely planted for streets
and avenues than any other deciduous tree.— Viburnum
prunifolium (Black Haw or Possum Haw). In very rich
soils sometimes attains a height of 15 to 20 feet. The
dark blue berries are retained during winter. Desirable
for shrubberies.
Il. Broap-LEAVED EVERGREEN TREES. Camellia
Juponica, Although these maguificent plants are usu-
ally seen in bush form, they can be trained to single
stems and attain a height of 20 or more feet in the coast
region, where they have found a congenial soil and c¢li-
mate. The typical single red variety, a tree of which is
growing at Charleston, 8. C., and planted in 1808, being
the first introduced, is now upwards of 20 feet high.
The double-flowering sorts, while usually of vigorous
growth, do not attain the size of the single red.— Cinna-
momun Camphora, In southern Louisiana and middle
Florida trees grow to a height of 50 feet; in the middle
South they affect the bush form or when trained to
single stems seldom exceed 15 to 20 feet. For the ex-
treme South it is recommended for street planting.—
Cyvilla vacemiflora, Specimens are occasionally found
on shady banks of streams, where the soil is very rich,
that will grow 20 feet high, but the tree form must
be secured by pruning, The foliage assumes a bright
red or bronze tint in winter.— Priobotrya Japonica.
Flowers produced in January, and if not frost-killed are
followed by a golden yellow plum-like fruit of good
flavor. Reaches a height of 20 or more feet in the coast
belt. —Gordonia Lasiauthus. A stately tree found only
in shallow swamps or turfy soils. The roots spread al-
most entirely near or upon the surface of the ground,
which makes it difficult to transplant trees taken from
the woods. Trees grown from seed in pots are best for
planting, but a vich moist soil is necessary to their
growth,—Tler, I, opaca and I, Dahoon are among the
most valuable evergreen trees, the former being the
best where a large tree is desired. Specimens taken
from the woods should not exceed one foot in height, as
larger sizes almost always fail in transplanting.—
Liqustrum, LL. Japonicum often forms a tree 25 feet
high. Berries blue-black, retained during winter.—
ab.
Plate XLIV. The framework of trees and bushes. iNustrate the article 7'ree.
TREES
Magnolia. M. grandiflora is justly considered the
glory of southern broad-leaved evergreen trees. There
are many forms, based on the size and shape of the
leaves and the flowers. The superb white flowers, which
are seen from May until August and occasionally upon
some trees as late as October, vary from 4 to 12 inches
in diameter. Thrives as far north as Washington, D.C.
M. glauca has white flowers 2 to 3 inches in diameter
and delightfully fragrant.—Osmanthus fragrans, var.
ruber and O, Agu/folium, var, ilicifolius, ean be trained
to single stem. The flowers of the first ave delicately
fragrant and produced twice 7
a year. — Persea Caroli-
TREES 1839
riety, with thread-like foliage and compact habit to 10
to 12 feet.
In the foregoing list of Conifer no mention is made
of species or varieties of low or shrub-like growth, sueh
as Podocarpus, Cephalotaxus, Thuyopsis, and Sciado-
pitys, of which there are many good speeimens in
various parts of the south. Araucarias are also
omitted, owing to their liability of failure from ex-
treme heat or other unfavorable climatic conditions.
This applies also to Sequoia, and Frenelas (prope
Callitris); these frequently make an extraordinarily
Planted for shade
in rich soils in the coast
belt. — Photinia serrulata,
or Chinese Evergreen
Thorn, has white flowers and
dark red autumn foliage.—
Prunus Carolinensis.
Known south as Carolina
Cherry, Carolina Laurel,
Mock Orange, etc. One of
the most ornamental south-
ern trees.— Quercus Suber.
Acorns were distributed by
the U. 8S. Patent Office in
1860 and many la trees
are now found in several
sections of the South, where
they have fruited. Some
small plantatious are made
for the purpose of produc-
ing cork. It grows well in
comparatively poor and
stony soils, — Sahal Pul-
metto is now freely used for
street and avenue planting
on the coast. It is conspic-
uous for its tropical appear-
ance. It is not suecessful
further than 40 miles from
the seashore.
III. CoNIFERS OR Nar-
ROW -LEAVED EVERGREENS.
—Abies. Of this section few
specimens are found below
the Piedmont region. Oc-
easionally the Norway
spruce grows to a moderate
size.—Cedrus Deodara. An
admirable tree and of rapid
growth, 40 to 50 feet. ©.
Atlantica, 25 to 30 feet.
ne
con)
gl gum oa
a
ft
ih | Wilh rah f
Mail
—Cunninghamia Sinensis.
Foliage resembles an Arau-
earia.— Cupressus. C. sem-
pervirens has many forms, from the compact, spiral or
shaft-like shape to more spreading habit. C. Lusitanica
or Cypress of Goa, has numerous forms with foliage of an
ashy green and pendulous branches, to others of a more
dark tintand rigid form. Of Chamecyparis Lawsoniana
there are endless forms, from a compact, erect habit
and vivid green foliage to those of open or pendulous
shape and with glaucous or golden foliage. C. funebris
has varied Jess in its seedlings.—Juniperus. The
Irish Juniper is of fine pyramidal form, and reaches a
height of 15 feet. J. ercelsa, Chinensis and thurifera
differ in the tint of their foliage and are all of tall growth.
—Libocedrus decurrens. The California arbor-vite,
with its graceful feathery foliage and conical shape, is
one of the most ornamental of conifers.— Pinus. Few
of the exotic species are suitable to the South. Pinus
ercelsa, or Bhotan Pine, is undoubtedly the best adapted
to the middle South of all kinds.—Wefinispora is a
valuable group of Japanese Cypress, but with the ex-
ception of R. obtusa, Fullerii, plumosa and squarrosa
Veitehii, all are of dwarf habit.—Zhuya. The Asiatic
section is better adapted to the middle South than the
American species. Of the former the best forms are
Known to nurseries as Biota pyramidalis and var.
Gured, reaching a height of 15 to 18 feet. B. Japonica,
var. filiformis (Thuya orientalis) is a remarkable va-
116
2556. Picturesque old apple trees.
rapid growth until late in autumn, and are often injured
by a cold wave early in winter. P. J. BERCEMANS.
Trees on the Great Plains.—The Plains are not abso-
lutely treeless, as strangers often suppose, but the whole
vast area is dotted here and there with small groves, or
narrow belts which fringe the borders of the streams.
The number of native species, however, is much
smaller than in the rich tree flora of the northeastern
United States. The number of species cultivated for
shade and ornament, for a long time, at least, must be
relatively small owing to climatic and other causes. In
general the people of the Plains are necessarily more
interested at present in planting trees for profit than
for pleasure, but in the older parts are already to he
found many fine publie parks and private grounds. To
a large extent, however, their point of view is that of
forestry rather than horticulture.
In studying the forest trees of the Great Plains of
central North America we find that most of the species
have migrated out upon the Plains from the great for-
est body of the Mississippi valley. These trees found
their way upon the Plains by way of the forests which
border the Missouri river and its tributaries. As we
pass down the river, along the eastern edge of the
Plains, the forest belt becomes larger and larger, until
1840 TREES
it eventually merges into the great body of forest trees
lying on the easterly side of the Mississippi valley.
The principal trees which have come upon the Plains by
this route are the common red cedar, papaw, half a
dozen willows, one cottonwood, basswood, two or three
elms, hackberry, mulberry, three ashes, wild apple,
four species of hawthorns, Juneberry, wild cherry,
choke cherry, wild plum, coffee bean, honey locust, red-
bud, sycamore, two species of buckthorns, buckeye, one
maple, box-elder, sumach, two species of walnuts, tive
or six hickories, nine or ten oaks, ironwood, blue beech,
and one birch. But ten species of trees have come from
the Rocky Mountain forests, and these have made much
less impression upon the forests of the Plains than
those which came from the eastern forests. In this list
are the bull-pine, the western red cedar, four species of
cottonwoods, the buffalo berry, a maple, and two birches.
Although the present forest area of the Plains is not
relatively great. it is large enough to he seriously con
sidered inregard to its preservation. There
is danger that with the habits acquired
by our people in the thiekly wooded
portions of the United States
of cutting down forest trees
wherever found, much of
this small forest area
will be destroyed. It i a}
is much easier to fig 2p
- fst? Sep
preserve an area AW,"
of forest land
than to create it
anew. First,
all forest fires
must be kept
down. Where
a mass of
woodland
adjoins the
open prairie,
fire - guards
should be
made so that
the fires will
not sweep into
the forest
growth. The
greatest de-
stroyer of the
at aA
forests of the ami Wap
Plains in the past wale
has been fire, as it lle
swept over the Nr: Ace
prairies into wood- :
land, Second, it is ab- : mae
solutely necessary to
keep out certain kinds of
stock. Swine, if herded in
large numbers, will inevitably
destroy the trees, They prevent the
growth of small trees, and eventu-
ally destroy those of larger growth.
Cattle, inlarge numbers, are equally destructive. In fact,
where the attempt is made to preserve uninjured the trees
in a forest it is necessary to keep out stock of all kinds,
excepting possibly during limited portions of the year.
Third, it is necessary to eut out the trees for use with
very great care. A forest should be a permanent crop,
and the cuttings should be so made that the forest as a
whole is not injured. Trees should he eut here and
there in such a way that the young trees which are left
have an opportunity for growing iuto usable timber.
Care should be taken to encourage the tendency to
spreading which is so strong in nearly all parts of the
Plains. With a little care every present living forest
area may be made to extend itself spontaneously, or
nearly so. The forest should be effectually inclosed by
a fence placed at some distance from its outer border,
leaving a belt of unoceupied land between the trees and
the fence. This will grow up with weeds, and mingled
with these will be the seedling trees springing from the
seeds blown or carried from the forest area. In this
way the border of the forest will be gradually extended,
This can be helped by plowing up these inclosed belts
2557. Avenue of live oaks in Audubon
Park, New Orleans.
TREES
of land, giving better opportunity for the starting of
seedling trees, With the weeds and little trees will
spring up low shrubs of various kinds. These need give
no trouble, for this is merely nature’s way of taking
possession of the soil. Little if any cultivation need be
given to such a nursery belt, as the weeds which spring
up, while unsightly, will serve the useful purpose of
sheltering the little trees, and eventually the trees will
rise above, and choke them out. Grass, however, form-
ing a tough sod, is harmful to the little trees, far more
so than the ordinary weeds.
There are many places where actual planting must be
resorted to. In looking about for a site for the new for-
est plantation, we must remember that the best condi-
tions for tree growth are usually to be found near the
natural forests. Where there are natural forests the
planting should be around their borders, so as to extend
them in much the same way as indicated in the preced-
ing paragraph in regard to natural spreading. Where
there are no natural forests at all it is nec-
essary to select the more favorable
places for planting. Since the nat-
ural forests on the Plains oc-
cupy the depressions rather
than the hill-tops or the
slopes, this should give
us a hint as to what
iN we must do. Wher-
Wass ever the land slopes
fia » into a depression
Yt. 2 one may find
at favorable condi-
tions for grow-
ing trees.
These depres-
sions, gener-
ally called
“draws,” may
be filled with
trees, and
when once a
growth of a
few acres is
secured it will
not be difficult
to extend the
forest far up
the hillside
slopes. On the
K
a ai
mi
aii,
EcN western portions
Www ie ; sas
ANU gira a of the Plains simi-
Poona en eet tatn lar positions should
ae ae be taken under the
irrigation ditches. In
the selection of trees
for the formation of for-
est areas we should also take
a hint from nature. The rule,
which is a very excellent one for
the plainsman to follow, is to plant
on his farm the kinds which he
finds in the nearest forest, and to give his planted trees
as nearly as possible the same conditions as those un-
der which they grew in the native forest. On the east
ern third of the Plains, the walnut, white oak, shell
hark hickory, white elm, red elm, hackberry, white ash.
wild cherry, catalpa and honey locust are recommended
for planting. On the extreme eastern portions border
ing the Missouri river, many more kinds can be planted,
but as we pass westward toward the borders of the
Sand Hill region the list grows smaller. On the cen-
tral Plains the list is reduced, and also somewhat
changed in species. The two elms may be planted, as
also the hackberry, the green ash in place of the white
ash, wild cherry, honey locust, and in many places the
bull-pine. On the western Plains, especially that_por-
tion lying west of the main body of the Sand Hills,
and having an elevation above the sea of from 3,000 to
4,000 feet, the list is still smaller. The white elm is still
included, also the hackhberry, the bull-pine, and in many
places the red cedar.
The trees mentioned are of the more durable and
profitable kinds. But on all parts of the Plains people
TREES
must often have quick-growing trees which soon pro-
duce fuel, but which have little, if any, value for other
purposes In the eastern part of the Plains the black
willow, almond willow, common cottonwood, silver
maple, and box elder are useful trees for this purpose.
We should not condemn the use of these easily grown
soft-wooded trees. A forest is acrop, and there is no
reason why a farmer may not plant a more quickly
erowing crop if he wishes, but he should at the same
time plant the more enduring kinds given in the prec
ing lists. On the central Plains the quickly-grown tree
may inelude the same willows and cottonwood and also
the box elder. The silver maple will not do well in the
greater part of this central region. On the western
Plains the list is essentially the same as for the central
portion: namely, the willows, cottonwood, and the box
elder, to which may be added, here and there, one or
more of the western species of cottonwood.
Now for the horticultural point of view. About the
country homes the tirst trees are usually cottonwood,
silver maple and box elder, followed later by green ash
and white elm. Very commonly the red cedar is planted
with the first mentioned species, and often Scotch and
Austrian pines are sdon added. It must be remembered
that the settler’s house on the Plains stands in the
open instead of being hemmed in by forest trees, as in
the eastern portions of the American continent. The
settler’s problem is to surround his house with trees,
not to clear the trees away. In towns and cities the
cottonwood, silver maple and box elder are generally
the pioneer trees, since they produce a shade sooner
than any others, and later these are gradually replaced
by green ash and white elm. Hackberry, black walnut
and buttonwood are oceasionally planted with good
sueeess. The species which are most largely used for
wind-breaks for orchards and other plantations are com-
mon cottonwood, willow (a variety of Salix alla), sil-
ver maple and box elder, The first mentioned, because
of its easy propagation, rapid growth and extreme har-
din is the favorite tree for this purpose. Where
landscape gardening is attempted, the Scotch and
Ss
2558. A tree group dominated by a leaning oak, which
is a remnant of the forest.
Austrian pines, Norway spruce and red cedar are gen-
erally used, and to these are often added one or more
Species of the Rocky Mountain spruces. The most
generally used deciduous tree for this purp is the
TREES 1541
white elm (which here attains to a singular beauty of
form and foliage), to which are occasionally added bur
oak, black walnut and Russian olive (Elwagnus), and
in proper situations, the white willow. The coniferous
trees of greatest value
for ornamental purposes
on the Plains are the
Austrian pine, Scotch
pine and red cedar, With
proper care these may
be grown on all parts
of the Plains where
Water enough to main-
tain life may be ob-
tained, On the extreme
eastern border the Nor-
way spruce and even the
balsam fir have proved
valuable. Among decid-
uous trees the white elm
holds first place, fol-
lowed by the backberry
(which is not as much
planted as it deserves)
and the green ash.
C. E. Bessey.
Trees Grown for Shade
and Ornament in Cali-
fornia. — The mild and
equable climate of Cali-
fornia allows a wide
of available spe
cies from which to se-
lect trees for shade, or-
nament and shelter. On
account of the long rainy
season, the low humid-
ity of the atmosphere,
and the relatively high
mean, and freedom from
low winter minima in
temperatures, the trees
whieh thrive best in mid-
dle California are those
indigenous to the arid and semi-arid warm-temperate
regions of the globe, e. g., southern Australia, the Medi-
terranean region, South Africa, northern Mexico and
Chile. Many trees of the temperate humid regions also
thrive in this state, particularly in the relatively humid
climate of the coast, and are offered by our nurserymen,.
Several of the species mentioned in this list are not
described in this Cyclopedia, as they did not appear to
be in the general trade when the pages were written.
2559. Two types of conifers —
pine and spruces.
I. THE SPECIES Most EXTENSIVELY PLANTED. — The
three following are the trees most frequently met with
as shade and ornamental trees in middle California:
1. Enealyptus Globulus
2. Cupressus macroearpa.
3. Pinus radiata.
The relative abundance of the succeeding species is
only approximately indicated by their sequence.
4, Robinia Pseudacacia, probably more widely distributed
and occurring in more remote and out-of-the-way
plac than any other species (exeept, perhaps,
Eucalyptus Globulus). The seeds may have heen
brought across the Plains by the earliest settlers at
the mines.
Melia Azedarac
Phcenix Cunariensis.
Schinus Mole.
. unbraculiformis.
ov. Ace ae
. Magnolia grandiflora
Populus deltoides, var. Carolinensis
2. Washingtonia robusta.
3. Cordyline australis and other species.
14. Arauearia Bidwillii.
5, Araucaria excelsa.
Grevillea robust
Juglans Californica and spp
18. Ulmns racemosa and spp.
19, Acer Negundo and var. Californicum.
20. Salix Babylonica.
21. Eucalyptus robusta.
22. Eucalyptus viminalis.
23. Enealyptus rostrata.
24. Acer saccharinum.
TREES
25. Pittosporum spp.
. Washingtonia filifera.
Betula alba.
. Cedrus Deodara.
Il. Trees Berna Most EXTENSIVELY PLANTED AT THE
Present Time. —The following list, arranged in sequence
according to the actual number of sales made during the
planting season of 1900-1901, is compiled from data
furnished by John Rock, of the California Nursery Com-
pany, at Niles. The percentages refer only to the
seventeen species here enumerated, and not to the total
number of tr sold by the nursery, which has a large
and varied assortment of spec many of which are
more suitable and more effective than those for which
there is, at present, the greatest demand.
er
Per cent.
. Acacia mollissi
. Robinia Psendacacia .
. Magnolia grandiflora .
11. Acer saceharinum
2. Juglans Calitornic
13. Acer Negundo, var
14. Populus deltoides
15. Ulmus Ameri
16. Betula alba..... ‘
17. Washingtonia filifera
=
SOwOrIB Aw
nensis...
cana
100.00
III. SELECTIONS FOR SPECIAL PuRposEs. —The diver-
sity of choice, rendered possible by the extent of desira-
ble material that is available, makes it somewhat difficult
(
: Heels ae TSENG rel
Pu:
2560. Picturesque field pine, remnant of a forest.
to readily select the most suitable species for various
specific purposes. The following classified lists are
intended as suggestions to aid in making a suitable
selection; they are almost entirely restricted to species
TREES
offered in the Californian trade, and are intended to be
suggestive only, and not by any means complete. New
species and varieties are constantly being added to the
nursery stocks, some of which will be found particularly
well adapted to certain conditions of climate and soil,
and will doubtless replace others now in use.
lu
i
yl
ated ll ii
2561. Leaning tree in a clearing, showing its effort to
regain itself by producing upright branches.
1. For Subtropical Hffect.— That there is in California
strong appreciation of subtropical effects in gardening
is shown by the great demand for dracenas and such
large-leaved plants as palms, magnolias, bananas and
rubber-trees. That the effect produced by the planting
of such trees so often fails to be satisfactory is largely
due to one or both of two causes,—either unsuitable
location of the specimens or choice and association of
unsuitable species. To prevent a repetition of the first-
named error, the prospective tree-planter is recom-
mended to consult the article on Landscape Gardening
in Volume II; and to avoid the second, a selection from
the following list is suggested, with the addition of such
large-leaved herbaceous plants as cannas, colocasia,
cynaras, funkias, Gunnera scabra, pampas grass, ver-
atrums, agaves, vuccas, aloes, Woodwardia radicans
and Rodgersia podophylla, together with such shrubby
plants as bamboos, giant reed, the choicer varieties of
castor-bean, Senecio grandifolius, Polygonum Sachali-
nense and P. Sieboldi.
A. Small Trees or Tall Shrubs.
Acanthopanax ricinifolium,
Aralia Chinensis
Aralia Chine
Mandshurica,
Aralia spinosa,
Arundinaria faleata,
Chamerops humilis,
Dicksonia antarctica,
Eriobotrya Japonica,
AA. Larger
Catalpa bignonioides,
Catalpa ovata,
Catalpa speciosa,
Cordyline australis,
Cordyline Banksii,
Cordyline indivisa,
Cordyline stricta,
Corynocarpus leeviga,
Erythea edulis,
Euealyptus calophylla,
Eucalyptus ficifolia,
Ficus Carica,
Ficus macrophylla,
Gymnocladus Canadensis.
s, var.
Erythea armata,
Fatsia Japonica,
Fatsia papyrifera,
Musa Ensete,
Prunus Laurocerasus,
Ricinus Cambodgensis,
Ricinus macrophyllus,
Ricinus sanguineus,
Ricinus Zanzibarensis,
a spectabilis,
vistona australis,
Magnolia grandiflora,
Paulownia imperialis,
Phoenix Canariensis,
Pheenix dactylifera,
Pheenix reclinata,
Phenix sylvestris,
Phytolacea dioica,
Trachyeurpus excelsus,
Tristania conferta,
Washingtonia filifera,
Washingtonia robusta.
Eucalyptus Globulus can also be used effectively if
cut down periodically when the faleate leaves begin to
appear; it will continue to shoot up vigorously from the
same root for several years. Hucalyptus robusta 18
useful for screen purposes if cut out before it becomes
straggling.
TREES
Trees with Ornamental Flowers.—In making the
following grouping, arranged
hardiness,
formation
the several species, as we
data on the subject
A. Susceptible
according to relative
it has been impossible to give precise in-
as to the exact degree of frost-tolerance of
‘an find but meager published
to light frost.
The following would probably succumb to a tempera-
ture of 28° Fahr.:
Euealyptus ealophylla,
Euealyptus ficifolia,
Jacaranda ovalifolia.
AA. Susceptible to heavy frost.
The following are not likely to stand a temperature of
20° Fahr.
particularly while young:
Acacia Baileyana,
Acacia eyanophyla,
Acacia elata,
Acacia faleata,
Acacia longifolia,
Acacia mollissima,
Acacia neriifolia,
Aeacia pendula,
Acacia salicina, ete.
Some of them may
succumb at 25° Fahr.,
Bursaria spinosa,
Euealyptus cornuta,
Eucalyptus corymbosa,
Eucalyptus pol
AAA. Hardy.
Acacia pyenantha,
£seulus carnea,
Bsculus Hippocastanum,
Albizzia Julibr n,
Catalpa bignonioides,
Catalpa ovata,
Catalpa, speciosa,
Cercis Canaden
Cereis Siliquas rum,
Crategus mollis,
Crategus monogyna (vars.
Pauli, punicea, alba plena,
ete.),
Keelreuteria paniculata,
Laburnum vulgare,
Liriodendron Tulipifera,
Magnolia acuminata,
Magnolia grandiflora,
Magnolia Kobus,
Enealyptus sideroxylon, var.
pallens,
Hymenosporum flavum,
Pittosporum undulatum.
Magnolia Soulangeana,
Magnolia stellata,
Paulownia imperialis,
Prunus Armeniaca (double-
fld.),
Prunus cerasitera, var. atro-
purpurea,
Prunus Japonica,
Prunus Persica (white- fld.,
double red-fd., dark-fld.,
ete.),
Prunus spinosa (double-fid.),
yrus Halliana,
Pyrus Ioensis( Bechtel's
erab),
Robinia hispida,
Robinia Pseudacacia,
Sophora Japonica,
Sorbus Aucuparia.
double
Trees with Colored Foliage.
A. Glaucous.
B. Susceptible to frost (20° Fahr. and perhaps less).
Acacia Baileyana,
Acacia dealbata,
Acacia glaucescens,
Acacia salicina,
Erythea armata,
Eucalyptus Globulus(pollarded
to produce suckers )
Eucalyptus polyanthema,
Enealyptus Risdoni,
Encalyptus sideroxylon, var.
pallens,
Leneadendron argenteum,
Pheenix dactylifera,
Washingtonia Sonor.
BB. Hardy.
Cedrus Atlantica, var. glauca,
Cedrus Deodara, var. glauca,
Picea pungens, var. ccerulea,
AA. Purple or
B. Susceptible to
Ricinus Cambodgensis,
Picea pungens, var. glauca,
Sequoia sempervirens, var.
glauea.
bron
2a° Palin:
BB. Hardy.
gee platanoides, var. Reiten-
yach
Ac ser r latanoides, var. Schwed-
Betula alba,var. atropurpurea,
Fagus sylvatica,var. purpurea,
4. Wide-spreading Trees
Rounded
back or one corner
Swing a hammock on
Outline.—It frequentl
owner of a garden desires a wide-
of his
a hot day
Ricinns communis, var. Gib-
sonii.
Fagus sylvatica, var. purpurea
Riversi,
Prunus cerasifera, var. atro-
purpurea,
Prunus Persica var.
for Shade, Mostly with
- happens that the
preading tree in the
domain, under which to
uch trees are also
useful in the school yard, affording welcome shade in
which the children
‘an eat their lunch.
Deciduous, all hardy.
B. Growth rapid or medium.
c. Suckers likely to he troublesome.
Populus alba,
Robinia Pseudacacia,
Ulmus Americana,
Ulmus racemosa.
TREES 1843
cc, Suckers not troublesome.
bd. Requiring a great deal of water.
Salix Babylonica.
pp. Requiring not much water,
Acer macrophyllum, Acer saccharinum,
Acer Negundo, Acer saccharinum, var.
Acer Negundo, var. Californi- Wieri,
ewan,
Acer platanoides,
Acer platanoides, var. Reiten-
Carya oliveaformis,
Fraxinus Americana,
Fraxinus velatina,
bachi, 7 Quereus lobata,
Acer platanoides,var. Sechwed- Quercus peduneulata,
levi, Uhnus campestris.
Acer Pseudo-platanus,
BB. Growth somewhat slow,
Acer caumpestre, Platanu
Eseulus carnea, Quercus
Eseulus Hippocastanum, Quer¢ Kelloggii,
Carpinus Betulus, Quereus lobata,
Castanea sativa, Quereus mucrocarpa,
Fagus sylvatica,var. purpurea, Quereus rubra,
Juglans Sieboldiana, Sophora Japonica,
Liriodendron Tulipifera, Tilia Americana,
Melia Azedarach, var. um- Tilia Europea,
braculiformis, Uhnus campestris.
orientalis,
vecinea,
AA. Hverqgreen,.
B. Growth rapid: trees susceptible to 2.
Acacia mollissima.
BB. Groicth somewhat slow: trees hardy.
Arbutus Menziesil, Pinus Pinea,
Fiens Caries Quercus agrifolia,
Olea Europiva, Schinus Molle,
5. Ornamental Trees affording but Little Shade.
A. Outline oblong or nearly columnar.
Deciduous.
var. Italica.
BB. Hvergreen.
Cupressus sempervirens,
Cupressus sempervirens, var. fastigiata,
Juniperus communis, var. Hibernica,
Taxus baccata, var. fastigiata.
Fahr
Populus nigra,
AA. Outline conical or spiral, usally pointed,
B. Cloniferw, with mostly narrow leaves.
Deciduous: hardy.
Larix decidua,
Larix leptolepis.
Taxodium distichum.
cc. Lvergreen.
Susceptible to severe frost (probably about 20° Fahr
Agathis robusta,
u Bid
Araucaria Cunninghaimi
Araucaria excelsa,
Araucaria imbricata,
Pinus Canuariensis.
pp. Hardy.
Picea excelsa,
Picea nigra,var. Doumetti,
Picea polita,
Picea pungens,
Pinus Laricio, va
aca,
Pinus contorta,
s Coulteri,
densiflora,
Pinus monophylla,
Pinus Pinaster,
Pinus radiata,
Pinus Sabiniana
Pinns sylvestris,
Podoearpus Totara,
Pseudotsuga Donglasii,
Sciadopit verticillata,
Sequoia gigantea
Sequoia sempervirens,
Taxus baceata,
Thuja gigantea,
Thuja orientalis,
Thujopsis dolabrata,
Torreya Californica,
Araucaria Cook,
Abies balsamea.
Abies Cephalonica,
Conlon.
nobilis,
bies Nordmanniana,
Abies Pinsapo,
Cedrus Atlantic
Cedrus Deodar
Cedrus Libani,
Cephalotaxus drupacea,
Cephalotaxus Fortune,
Chamreeyparis Lawsoniaui,
Cryptomeria Japonien
Cryptomeria Japonic
elegans,
Cunninghamia Sinensis,
Cupressus Goveninna,
Cupressus macrocarpa,
Cupressus macrocarpi,
Guadalupensis,
Libocedrus Chilensis,
Libocedrus decurrens,
Picea Ajanensis,
Picea alha
. Austri-
ay, VAL;
var,
Picea Engelmanni, Torreya nucifera.
BB. Foliage broad.
Deciduous; hardy.
Ginkgo biloba,
Quercus Cerris
Quereus nigra,
Sorbus Aucuparia.
Betula alba,
Betula lenta,
Betula Intea,
Betula papyrifera,
Betula populifolia,
1844
TREES
co. Hvergreen.
p. Susceptible to severe frost (probably 20° Fahr. and
even
Cinnamomum Camphora,
Corynocarpus lwvigatas,
Cryptocarya Miersii,
DD.
a melanoxylon,
erasus Lusitanica,
Ilex Aquifolium,
Lagunaria Patersonii,
AAA. Outline more or
less).
Grevillea robusta,
Sterculia diversifolia,
Tristania conterta.
Hardy.
Laurus nobilis,
Pittosporum crassifolium,
Quercus Suber,
Umbellularia Californica.
less rounded, but trees not as
wide-spreading nor as shade-giving as in class 4.
B. Deciduous.
ec. Susceptible to frost (25° Fahr.).
Phytolacea dioica.
co. Hardy.
Fraxinus Ornus, ’
Gymnocladus Canadensis,
BB. Hvergreen.
ce. Probably susceptible to severe frost (20° Fahr. or
less).
Acacia eyanophylla,
Alectryon excelsum,
Bursaria spinosa,
Eucalyptus calophylla,
Eucalyptus cornuta,
Eucalyptus corymbosa,
Eucalyptus corynocalyx,
ce.
Aeacia pyenantha,
Eucalyptus amygdalina,
Eucalyptus’ Gunnii,
Euealyptus leucoxylon,
Eucalyptus obliqua,
Eucalyptus rostrata,
ptus rudis,
Eucalyptus viminalis,
Juglans Californica,
Juglans nigra,
Keelreuteria paniculata,
Paulownia imperialis,
Robinia Pseudacacia.
Euealyptus ficifolia,
Eucalyptus Globulus,
Eucalyptus maculata, var.
citriodora,
Eucalyptus robusta,
Hymenosporum flavum,
Maytenus Boaria.
Hardy.
Jubsea spectabilis,
Phenix Canariensis,
Pheenix reclinata,
Phoenix sylvestris,
Pittosporum engenioides,
Pittosporum tenuifolinm,
Pittosporum undulatum.
AAAA. Drooping trees.
B. Deciduous.
Acer saccharinum, var. Wieri
Jaciniatum,
Betula alba, var. pendula ele-
gans,
Betula alba, var. pendula la-
ciniata,
Betula ‘alba, var. pendula
Youngi,
Cratwegus monogyna, var. pen-
dula,
Fagus sylva
Fraxinus e
pendula,
Fraxinus excelsior, var. pen-
dula,
Juglans regia, var. pendula,
Laburnum vulgare, var. pen-
dulum,
tica var. pendula,
elsior, Var, aurea
Morus alba (Teas’ Weeping),
Populus grandidentata, var.
pendula,
Prunus fruticosa,var. pendula,
Quercus lobata,
Salix Babylonica,
Salix Babylonica. var. Lickii,
Sophora Japonica pendula,
Sorbus Aucuparia, var. pen-
dula,
Tilia Americana, var. pendula,
Tilia Europea, var. pendula,
Ulmus Americana, var. pen-
dula,
Ulmus
dula,
Ulmus glabra, var. pendula,
Ulnus montana, var, pendula.
campestris, var. pen-
BB. Evergreen.
Cupressus funebris,
Schinus Molle,
2562. Weeping elm, type of a grotesque horticultural variety,
Ulmus scabra var. horizontalis.
TREES
6. Trees for Streets, Avenues and Roadsides. — The
number of tree species suitable for street planting is
limited by the necessarily heavy restrictions, as to
height, spread, sewer-penetration and sidewalk-raising
imposed by municipal street departments. In European
2563. Cordyline australis.
Often called Dracena Palm. California.
cities the first-named objections are overcome by means
of frequent and systematic pruning to a uniform stand-
ard; where this necessity can be obviated by the selec-
tion of trees which naturally keep within the desired
bounds, the labor of maintaining them in a sightly con-
dition is minimized and the result much more pleasing.
For town streets not more than 60 feet in width, it is
important to have trees that will not give too much
shade and prevent the rapid drying of the roadway
after showers, nor be so tall nor wide-spreading as to
obstruct the view and shut out sunshine, rendering the
adjacent houses dark, cold and damp. On this account
trees with narrow or pyramidal outline are in many
cases preferable to those with wide -spreading habit,
and, generally speaking, deciduous trees are more suit-
able than evergreen, although at the time of losing
their leaves they make more litter. Exception may be
made in favor of such evergreen species as certain
palms and cordylines, some acacias and a few other
species mentioned below.
It is not wise to use trees of very rapid growth on
town streets; they soon become too large and require
frequent trimming, which is usually equivalent to muti-
lation, and are likely to interfere with sewers. :
It cannot be said that street planting in California
towns has, in most cases, been satisfactory. In spite of
the much larger varicty of suitable material than is
available in most of the states, there are few examples
of good street-planting to be met with. In most of our
towns the eye is greeted with a few straggling trees, of
which perhaps not more than two are of one kind, re-
calling Professor Wangh’s apt simile of “nine mon-
strously different buttons in a row down the front of a
Prince Albert coat.” There are many pleasing exceptions,
however, although few are entirely satisfactory. The re-
peated attempts to improve the appearance of a town by
planting trees along the streets should be encouraged on
every occasion, and the object of this article is to render
TREES
2564. Abies venusta, one of the California firs.
assistance by pointing out how some of the mistakes may
be avoided. The unsatisfactory results of street-p slant-
ing, so often met with, can generally be traced to one
or uy of three causes
. Selection of unsuitab le spe
The mixing of several species on the same
an even in front of the same lot.
Crowding the trees
This last-mentioned source of trouble is perhaps«the
cause of more failure than the first. When trees are
block
once growing, few persous have the heart to thin out
the specimens to the proper distance apart; finally a
neweomer, Without personal feeling in the matter and
noting only that there is too much shade and too little
light, euts down the whole row and a gap is lett in what
may have been a fa airly - uniform block. Spreading
avenue trees of large size should not stand Coe than
50 ft. apart; smaller trees, on narrower streets should
have 40 or at the very least 30 ft.. unless they are slen-
der species such as cordylines or washingtonias, when
1846
20 ft. may be sufficient. As a rule, three small trees to
a 50-foot lot will be found ample, and the center one of
these three should be taken out when they begin to
meet at the sides; if the whole street is planted uni-
formly with the same species, and at this same dis
tance, the result will be much more pleasing than if
four or five trees are planted in front of every house.
TREES
A. For city and town streets.
B. Small trees suitable for streets 60 ft. wide or less.
c. Deciduous.
D. Growth rapid or moderate.
Betula alba,
Betula lutea,
Betula papyrifera,
Betula populifolia,
Catalpa bignonioides,
Catalpa ov
Catalpa speciosa,
Kelreuteria paniculata,
Melia Azedarach, var. um-
braculiformis
Paulownia imper: ‘ialis,
Rhus typhina,
Sorbus Aucuparia.
bb. Growth slow.
Crateegus mollis,
Crategus monogyna,
Ginkgo biloba.
cSt Hvergreen,
pd. Growth rapid or moderate.
E. Palms and arborescent Liliacee.
Livistona australis,
Trachyecarpus excelsus,
Washingtonia filifera,
Washingtonia robusta.
Ery thea edul is,
EE. Evergreen trees other than palms and arborescent
Liliacew,
ia Baileyana, Acacia neriifolia,
sanophyUa, Myoporum lztum,
Acacia faleata, Pittosporum eugenioides,
Acacia lineata, Pittosporum tenuifolium,
Acacia longifolia, Sterculia diversifolia.
DD. Growth slow.
Aleetryon excelsum,
Bursaria spinosa,
Cinnamomum ¢ iumphora,
Enealyptus ficifolia,
lex Aquifolium,
Lagunaria Patersonii,
Ligustrum lucidum,
Magnolia grandiflora,
Maytenus Boaria,
Olea Europea,
Pittosporum crassifolium,
Tristania conferta.
BB. Larger trees for streets, avenines and boulevards
80 to 100 ft. wide.
c. Deciduous.
Db. Growth rapid or moderate.
accharinum,
inus Americana,
axinus velutina,
Gymnocladus Canadensis,
Hicoria Pecan,
Platanus orientalis,
Querens pedunculata,
Robinia Psendacaci
Ulmus campestris.
Dp. Growth slow.
Gleditschia triacanthos,
Liriodendron Tulipifera,
Sophora Japonica,
Tilia Americana,
Tilia Europea.
cc. HBvergreen.
bp. Palms and bananas.
Erythea edulis,
tona australis,
Ensete,
Trachycarpus excelsus,
Washingtonia filife
Washingtonia robusta.
Dp. Lvergreen trees other than palms and bananas.
Acacia elata,
A a melanoxylon,
Acacia pyenantha,
Angophora intermedia,
Angophora subvelutina,
Eucalyptus amygdalina,var.
angustifoli
Eucalyptus calophyla,
Eucalyptus corymbosa,
Eucalyptus ficifolia,
Eucalyptus polyanthema,
Eucalyptus rudis,
Eucalyptus sideroxylon,
var. pallens,
Ficus macrophylla,
Synearpi: laurifolia,
Tristania conferta.
Umbellularia Californica,
BBB. For avenues and boulevards without sidewalks
or with wide spaces between sidewalk and drivewa y.
For this purpose almost any of the larger and more
ornamental species enumerated in the other lists may be
selected. Spreading coniferous trees, with broad bases
TREES
(such as Sequoia gigantea, ete.) can often be used to
advantage, as well as the wide-spreading feather-palms
(Phoenix and Jubea).
AA. For country roads.
B. Deciduous.
Acer campestre,
Acer macrophyllum,
Acer Negundo,
Acer Negundo, var.
fornicum,
Acer platanoides,
Acer saccharinum,
ZEsculus carnea,
Esculus Hippocastanum,
Ginkgo biloba,
Hicoria Pecan,
Juglans Californica,
Juglans nigra,
Juglins Sieboldiana,
Cali-
Liriodendron Tulipifera,
Paulownia imperialis,
Phytolacea dioica,
Populus nigra,var. Italica,
Quercus lobata,
Quercus pedunculata,
Robinia Pseudacacia,
Sophora Japonica,
Taxodium distichum,
Tilia Americana,
Tilia Europea,
Ulmus Americana,
Ulmus campestris,
Ulmus racemosa.
BB. Hvergreen,.
Acacia melanoxylon,
Acacia mollissima,
Arbutus Menziesii,
Cinnamomum Camphora,
Cryptomeria Japonica,
Eucalyptus botryoides,
Euealyptus rudis,
Eucalyptus viminalis,
Ficus macrophylla,
Olea Europa,
Pinus radiata,
Quereus Suber,
Schinus Molle,
Sequoia gigantea,
Sequoia sempervirens,
Sterculia diversifolia,
Tristania conterta.
Umbellularia Californica,
Eucalyptus calopbyla,
Eucalyptus caupitellata,
Eucalyptus cornuta,
Eucalyptus diversicolor,
Eucalyptus leucoxylon,
yptus rostrata (Fig.
7. Trees which have been tried but have proved un-
satisfactory.—There are many species which have failed
to give satisfaction in some localities because of local
peculiarities of climate or soil; there are some, also,
which have proven unsatisfactory on account of habit,
ete.; from among these may be mentioned:
Hucalyptus robusta, a species which is exceedingly
handsome as a young tree and has been extensively
planted along roadsides and streets in the warmer parts
of the state; when mature it becomes straggling and
exceedingly brittle. breaking up in an unsightly manner.
SA
2565. Phoenix Canariensis, one of the best palms for
outdoor planting. Berkeley, California.
Hucalyptus corynocalyr also becomes straggling and
unsightly with age.
Schinus Molle should be avoided in the Citrous belt,
as it is found to harbor and become a nursery for seale
insects. As a street tree it is also unsatisfactory, be-
coming too large and straggling and re quires too much
pruning to keep it within bounds; its large surface
roots often break cement and asphalt sidewalks.
TREES
Melia Azedarach, var. umbraculiform ts, is found un-
satisfactory in the immediate Vicinity of the coast; i
sidewalk tree it is exceedingly untidy when losing its
leaves, and is also much subject to Seale insects.
aleaeia melanorylon is generally debarred from the
Citrous belt, as a breeder of seale; when mature it is
said to sufter quickly from the effects of drought. In
the moister climate of the immediate vicinity of the
coust, near San Francisco, however, it proves entirely
satistactory, :
Populus alba, Robinia Pseudacacia and Ubnus
racemosa are exceedingly troublesome when used as
sidewalk trees on narrow streets; their surface roots
often break the cement
or asphalt sidewalks,
TREES 1847
AA. Tolerant of medium alkali (chiefly “white” sa (ts).
Acacia melanoxylon, Eucalyptus rostrata (Fig.
Ailantus glandulosa, 2560),
b Eucalyptus sideroxylon,
Cas var, rose
Eucalyptus amygdalina, Pheonix ¢ ylifera,
Platanus orientalis,
Populus Fremonti,
Querenus lobata,
Robinia Pseudacacia.
AAA. Only fairly tolerant.
Acer macrophyllum, : Cinnamomum Camphora,
Acer Negundo, var. Cali- Gleditschia triacanthos,
fornicum, Ulmus spp.
Washingtonia filifera.
AAAA. Tested and
var. angustifolia (appa-
rently the least sensi-
tive of the Eueulypts),
and the suckers come
up in the midst of
lawns several yards
away from the parent
tree.
Ficus macrophylla
is another tree injuri- } {\\\ ay |
ous to sidewalks. \ NY | iN
Eucalyptus Globu- \a f Ai hi
'
\
Jus, and in fact almost
all species of the ge-
nus, are frequently
debarred by town ordi-
nance from growth
within 60 or even 70
feet of a sewer, on ac-
count of the remarka-
ble length and pene-
trating power of their
roots.
Paulownia imperi-
alis is sometimes ob-
jected to on account
of the somewhat un-
tidy appearance of the
persistent seed - pods,
which require no little
labor if all are to be
removed after flower-
ing.
Grevillea robusta
has brittle wood and is
usually much broken in
heavy winds, but can
be used with satisfac-
tion if kept well cut
back.
The species of Pho-
nix and Juba should
be avoided on account
of their low, wide-
spreading habit, ex-
cept for avenues and
boulevards where there
is no sidewalk or where
there is from 20 to 30
feet space hetween
found unsuitable.
Most of those trees
of the humid regions,
e. g., the eastern states
and N. Europe, which
have been tried on al-
kali soils, have been
found to suffer and to
remain dwarf and
stunted, This is par-
ticularly true of Livi-
odendron Lutlipitera,
Quercus pedunculata
and species of Tilia.
Since writing the
above, the following
additional information
on the alkali tolerance
of ornamental trees
has been brought to
light through the in-
vestigations of Dr. R.
H. Loughridge of the
Agricultural Experi-
iment Station at Berke-
ley, and has courte-
ously been placed at
my disposal.
Total amount of salts
actually found in the
upper four feet of soil
in which the following
trees were growing, ex-
pressed in tons per
acre:
—— a 2 —
=
Tons per acre in
depth of 4 feet.
Kelreuteria pani-
CUAL 0, oxdcs prordasceis
Platanus orientali:
Eucalyptus amyg-
CAIN swale ohcuces 20
Euealyptus angus-
GEO) Ta ewig ears 20
Washingtonia(spe-
cies not stated).
Pheenix dactylifera 5
Cinnamomum
Canphora....... 3%
Jos. Burtt Davy.
sidewalk and drive-
way.
poe qlandu- 2566. One of the gum trees—Eucalyptus rostrata. IV. TREES FOR
losa has a bad ‘repnta- Eleven years planted; 86 feet high. California. SouTHERN CaLi-
tion on account of its
disagreeable odor, but as this is only found in the stami-
f , it can be avoided by planting the pistillate
ring) trees only.
s for Alkali Soils.— There are many places in
p f the state that enjoy a high temperature
and low rainfall, where the percentage of alkali salts in
the soil is too great for the cultivation of most of our
ornamental trees, and where it is very important that
some shade-producing species be grown.
of strong “black” alkali (Soditm ecar-
bonate).
The most alkali-tolerant tree of those yet tested is
Kelreuteria puniculata, a small species 15 to 30 feet.
high, with feathery, pinnate leaves and ornamental
yellow blossoms.
A. Tolerant
FORNIA.— Street Drees:
Sterculia diversifolia, Australian Bottle Tree; Acacia
Melanorylon, Blackwood Acacia; Cinnamomum Cam-
phora, Camphor Tree; Sterculia acerifolia, Australian
Flame Tree; Huecalyptus robusta, Swamp Mahogany
Gun; Grevillea robusta, Silk Oak; Acacia dealbata,
Black Wattle; Jacaranda ovalifolia; Ligustrum Ja-
ponicum, Japan Privet; Pinus radiata, Monterey Pine.
The above are the best ten trees for street purposes
but among these might be placed Cordyline australis
and C. indivisa, and several kinds of palms. One de-
ciduous tree is much used—Melia Azederach, var. wm-
braculiformis, the Umbrella Tree. Though less known
or used, Hucalyptus calophylla is by far a better street
or sidewalk tree than #. robusta. Very few conifers
other than those noted do well in this climate. Any ex-
tension of the above list must be made almost entirely
,
1848
through palms, eucalypti and acacias, among which
there is plenty of room for personal preference. *
Luwn and Shade Trees: Araucaria excelsa, Nor-
folk Island Pine; Araucaria Bidwillii, The Bunya-
Bunya; Jacaranda ovalifolia; Cinnamomum Cam-
phora, Camphor Tree; Ficus macrophylla, Rubber
Tree; Ficus elastica (where hardy), Rubber Tree;
Sterculia acerifolia, Australian Flame Tree; Magnolia
fetida, Bull Bay; Sequoia gigantea, California Big
Tree; Cedrus Deodara, Deodar.
The above list contains ten of the best ornamental
trees. It might be extended indefinitely if all our good
tre were included. The ornamental eucalypti and
acacias would at least treble this list, and the palms
alone would easily double it. Ernest BRAUNTON.
TREE TOMATO.
TREFOIL. See
TREVESIA (after the family Treves di Bonfigli of
Padua, patrons of botany). Aralidcee. About 9 species
of small trees or shrubs from tropical Asia and the
islands in that region, with large lvs. either palmately
cut and simple or digitately or pinnate compound, and
flowers which are rather large for the family and borne
in panicled umbels: petals 8-12, valvate, somewhat
thick; stamens 8-12: ovary 8-12-loculed: fruit large,
ovoid, Greenhouse subject.
palmata, Vis. (Gastonia palmdta, Roxb.). A small
tree, with the ends of the branches sparingly prickly
and the young parts tomentose: Ivs. crowded at the
ends of the branches, 1-1‘ ft. across, palmately 5
lobed to below the middle; petioles 1-14 ft. long:
panicles long-peduncled: umbels 6 in. through, long-
peduncled: fis. 1 in. across, greenish white. Himalayas.
B.M. 7008. F. W. Barcuay.
TRIANEA Bogoténsis,
tensis, Benth. & Hook.
G@.C. I. 15 3467.
TRIARTEA. Error in a
Triartea.
TRICALYSIA (Greek, triple culyr; true of some spe-
cies). Rubidcee. Here belong the two shrubs from
Natal which are cult. in 8S. Fla. under the name of
Kraussia. When Kraussia was written for this Cyclo-
pedia the undersigned treated it in the manner sug-
gested by Bentham and Hooker, Index Kewensis and
Flora Capensis. Since then the writer has had access
to the Flora of Tropical Africa, which throws a new
light on the relationship of these plants. In Vol. 3 of
that work Kraussia is made a section of Tricalysia
characterized by having the calyx -limb 4-6-lobed; the
other species have a truncate calyx-limb which is entire
or nearly so. Tricalysia is a genus of erect or climbing
shrubs, with small axillary flowers. It contains a few
species from Natal and Madage in addition to 21
from tropical Africa. The two species mentioned he-
low have funnel-shaped fls. which are about a quarter
of an inch long. Their color is not stated; it is prob-
ably white. The fls. are borne in clusters, which are
much shorter than the leaves. It is not clear why these
plants should be cultivated at all. They bloom in S.
Calif., but have not bloomed in 8. Fla.
Generic characters of Triecalysia: calyx-tube in many
species girt at the base with a single or double epi-
calyx of involucral bracts: corolla funnel-shaped or
shortly salver-shaped; throat bearded or glabrous;
lobes 4-8; stamens 4-8, inserted at the mouth of the
corolla; ovary 2-loculed, rarely 3-loculed. Avaussia
lanceolata is here removed to Tricalysia and Hiern is
cited as the author of the combination Vricalysia lan-
ceolata, though the combination has probably never
been formally made previous to this occasion.
A. Lvs.
lanceolata, Hiern
TREES
See Cyphomandra,
Clover, Lrifoliian,
Karst., is Limnobiwm Bogo-
See Vol. Il, page 925. Also
nursery catalogue. See
lanceolate, acuminate.
(Kratssia lanceolata, Sond.).
Shrub: Ivs. lanceolate, acuminate: eymes many-fld.:
ealy3 toothed: throat of corolla densely bearded:
stigma deeply 2-lobed, lobes revolute: fr. globose, the
size of a pea. Natal. .
TRICHOLANA
AA. Lus. elliptic, obtuse.
Sonderiana, Hiern (Avratssia coridcea, Sond.),
Shrub: lvs. elliptical, obtuse or minutely apiculate,
wedge-shaped at the base, coriaceous, 134-3% in. long:
eymes about 4-fld.; fls. pentamerous; pedicels 4-34
in. long; throat densely bearded; stigmas deeply :
jobed, lobes revolute. Natal. W.M.
TRICHARIS. A section of Dipeadi.
TRICHINIUM ((ireek, hairy; alluding either to the
plant in general or to the fl.-heads). Amarantdcew, A
genus of 47 species of Australian herbs or shrubs, often
hairy, with alternate narrow or rarely obovate leaves
and pink or straw-colored flowers in terminal simple
spikes or heads, with shining scarious bra Perianth-
tube short; segments 5, equal, linear, rigid, usually
flumose; stamens 5, but usually 1-3 of them small and
antherless: fr. an indehiscent utricle.
exaltatum, Benth. (Prtildtus eraltdtus, Nees). A ten-
der perennial, ft. high, erect, usually branching
above: lower lvs. 2-5 in. long, oblong-lanceolate rather
thick, contracted intoa long petiole; upper lvs. smaller:
spikes erect, long- -peduncled, at first ovoid-conical, be-
coming longer: perianth 34 in. or less long, yellowish,
with dull red tips. B.R. 25:28 (as 7. alopecuroides).—
Lately introduced in this country as a greenhouse sub-
ject.
T. Manglesii, Lind]., is perhaps the choicest species. It has
violet-purple fis. in large pyramidal heads 3 in. long and 2 in,
wide at base. It could probably be grown as a summer annual.
B.M. 5448. F.S. 23:2396. R.H. 1866:291. F. 1864:217. 1.H.
13:464. G.C. 1864:555. F. W. Barcuay.
TRICHLORIS (Greek for three and green). Grani-
new. Under the name of Chlordépsis, or Uhloriddpsis,
Blanchardiana, seedsmen offer a tender perennial
ornamental grass, growing 1-2 ft. bigh and useful for
edgings. Its proper name is Trichloris Blanchardiana,
Hackel. It comes from Argentina. There are four
other species of Trichloris, 2 from Chile and 2 from the
southwestern U. 8. There are no such recognized ge-
neric names as Chloropsis and Chloridopsis. Trichloris
has the flowers arranged in long rather slender mostly
erect spikes which are umbellate or panicled: spike-
lets 1-3-fld., the sterile bracts produced into prominent
wuwns. YZ’. Blanchardiana is a useful grass, its umbel-
like clusters of soft-awned silvery spikes being very
pleasing. It is readily grown from seeds. |, ¥, B.
TRICHOCENTRUM (Greek, hair and slender; allud-
ing to the long, slender spur). Ovrchiddcew. A small
genus allied to Rodriguezia (Burlingtonia). The plants
grow in dense matted tufts. Pseudobulbs very small,
each bearing a broad, fleshy leaf. Inflorescence a few-
fld. raceme on which usually only one flower opens at
a time: sepals and pet tals free, spreading; labellum
larger, spurred, with 2 lateral lobes and a 2-parted mid-
dle lobe; column short: pollinia 2, on a wedge-shaped
stipe. Sixteen species. Epiphytes of dwarf stature,
growing best on blocks ; free-flowering ; they suffer
from too much water at the root; give them a warm-
house temperature. Prop. by division.
albo-purptreum, Reichb. f. Lvs. oblong-lanceolate,
3 in. long, tufted: fls. on short peduncles, 2 in. across;
sepals and petals obovate-lanceolate, inside maroon-
brown, with greenish tips, outside greenish; labellum
subquadrate, white, with a large purple spot on each of
the lateral lobes. Brazil. B.M. 5688. A.F. 6:609.
tigrinum, Lindl. and Reichh. f. Similar in habit to
the preceding: lvs. oblong, obtuse, speckled with red:
fls. pendulous, nearly 3 in. across; sepals and petals
broadly linear, yellow, speckled with red; labellum
cuneate-obovate, emarginate, white, rose toward the
disk. May. Cent. Amer.
to
B.M. 7380. I.H. 24:282.
Hernnicu IASsELBRING.
TRICHOLANA (Greek, trichos, hair, chlaina, or in
Latin, lena, a mantle; referring to the covering of
silky hairs on the spikelets). Graminew. A genus of
10 African species, one of which is cultivated for the
ornamental inflorescence, which is used in making dry
bouquets. Spikelets in loose panicles, very silky bairy,
TRICHOL.ENA
to which fact the cultivated species owes its ornamental
appearance. Allied to Panicum, from which it differs in
having the second empty ghune (which, on account of
the first glume being small or wanting, is apparently
the first) provided at the base with a conical callus, and
this and the third glume more or less awned between
the cleft apex.
rosea, Nees (7. violdcea, Hort. Piunicum Teneriffe,
R. Br.). First glume wanting; spikelets (second and
third glumes) clothed with violet silky hairs; awns
short or wanting; eulm 2-3 ft. South Africa.
A. S. Hirtcucock.
TRICHOMANES (Greek, soft hair), Hymenophyl-
ldcee. A genus of filmy ferns distinguished by its
tubular, cup-like indusinm and filiform elongate recep-
tacle. Fig. 2567. Very
delicate in texture and
capable of being grown
suecessfully only un-
der shaded glass. Over
100 species are known.
Various species may
be found in the collec-
tions of fanciers, but
the following appear
to be the only ones
regularly in the Amer-
ican trade. For cul-
ture, see Ferns.
radicans, Swz. Lvs.
2-8 in. long, 1-17» in.
wide, bipinnatifid ;
pinns ovate, obtuse;
indusia terminal, on
short lobes. Tropical regions, extending into our
southern states as far as Kentucky.
Prietrii, Kunze (7. dneeps, Hook.). Lys. 12-18 in.
long, 6-12 in. wide, tri-quadripinnatitid; pinnae ovuate-
lanceolate; sori 2-12 to a pinnule, small, axillary; indu-
sium with a much dilated lip. Tropical America.
L. M. UNDERWOoD.
See Romulea.
2567, Fructification of Tricho-
manes.
TRICHONEMA.
TRICHOPILIA (Greek, Jair and cap; the anther is
concealed under a cap surmounted by three tufts of
hair). Orchiddcew. About 20 species, ranging from
Mexico to South America. Pseudobulbs crowded on the
short rhizome, flattened, and often elongate, 1-lvd., sur-
rounded with dry scales at the base: Ivs. large, solitary,
erect, fleshy, keeled: fls. abundantly produced on short,
nodding or decumbent scapes; sepals and petals nar-
row, spreading, often twisted; labellum large, forming
the most conspicuous part of the flower, united with the
column below, lateral lobes convolute, middle lobe
spreading; anther bent over; pollinia on a triangular
caudicle; clinandrum fimbriately winged. The flowers
keep fresh a long time, both on the plant and when cut.
Handsome orchids, usually grown in pots, although
epiphytal. They need an intermediate or greenhouse
temp ture, If grown too warm, they suffer. Prop.
by division.
Galeottiana, A. Rich. G Gal. Pseudobulbs narrow,
flattened, 5 in. long: lvs. oblong, acute, about Gin. long:
scapes short, mostly 1-fld.: sepals and petals cuneate-
lanceolate, yellowish green, sometimes with a band of
cinnamon down the middle; labellum trumpet-shaped,
whitish with some purple streaks and dots iv the center,
and yellow in the throat. Aug., Sept. Costa Rica,
Mexico. IH. 6:225 (as V. picta). B.M. 5550 (as 7.
Turialver),
fragrans, Reichb. f. (Pilimna fragrans, Lindl.).
Pseudobulbs clustered, Hattened, 3-5 in. long, I-lvd.:
Ivs. oblong-lanceolate, acute, 6-8 in. long: scape pen-
dent, 1 ft. long, about 6-fld.: fls. on pedi 3 in. long;
sepals and petals spreading, linear-lancec 272
ate, 214-3 in.
long, wavy and twisted, greenish white; labellum folded
over the column, spreading in front, and somewhat
lobed, white with a yellow stain in the throat. Summer.
Colombia. B.M. 5035.—Fls. almond-scented.
nobilis, Reichb. f. (Pilimna nébilis, Reichh. f. 7.
cdndida, Linden). Pseudobulbs large: lvs. broadly
TRICHOPILIA 1549
oblong-aeute: fis. white; sepals and petals linear-oblong,
acute, 2 in. long, searcely twisted; Jabellum large,
white with a yellow spot in the throat. Venezuela
19:94 (as LL fragrans, var, nobilis), FM.
T. fragrans).—This has larger, stouter pseudobulbs and
shorter broader lvs. than %. fragrans. The labellum is
larger and the petals shorter compared with the size of
the flower.
tértilis, Lindl. Pseudobulbs oblong, compressed,
somewhat curved, 2-4 in. long: Ivs. solitary, oblong,
acute, 6 in. long: fils, solitary, on decumbent stalks
shorter than the lvs.; sepals and petals linear-lauceo-
late, 2 in. long, spirally twisted, brown with yellowish
margins; labellum forming a tube around the column,
upper portion expanded, 4-lobed, white with crimson
spots, becoming entirely crimson within, Fls. pro-
fusely in | summer and sometimes again in winter,
Mexino.. BOM 2730, Bu. 2221563. FC, 201. Borie
—Var. diba is advertised.
suavis, Lindl. Fig. 2568. Pseudobulbs thin, com-
pressed, 2 in. long: Ivs. broadly oblong, 8 in. long:
scape pendent, about 3-fld.: fls. on long, curved stalks,
large; sepals and petals lanceolate-acuminate, wavy,
nearly straight, 2 in. long, white or cream-colored;
labellum large, projecting forward, white or cream-
colored, spotted with pale purple, yellow in the throat;
limb large-lobed, wavy and crenate. May, June. Cent.
America. B.M. 4654. F.S. 8:76]. R.H. 1859, pp. 220,
221; 1887, p. 454. Gn. 4, p. 511; 31, p. 452; 38, p. 185;
48, p. 79; 51, p. 371. R.B. 23:256. G.M. 38:281.—Var.
alba, Warner. Fls. white with a yellow spot in the
throat of the labellum.
marginata, Henfr. (7. coccinea, Warse. T. crispa,
var. margindta, Hort.). Pseudobulbs clustered, oblong,
compressed: lvs. broadly lanceolate, suddenly acuminate,
subauriculate at the hase: scape about 3-fld.: fils. large,
whitish outside, reddish purple within; sepals and
petals linear-lanceolate, margined with white, the former
slightly twisted; labellam trumpet-shaped, with a large,
2568. Trichopilia suavis (< 14).
rounded, wavy, 4-lobed blade. May, June. Cent. Amer-
» BLS. 1451490; 1811925. GvCz IN. 207456.
F.M. 1874:98 (as ZL. lepida).
crispa, Lindl. This plant was described by Lindley in
Linden’s catalogue. Itisclosely related to 2. marginuta,
1850
which is sometimes classed as a variety of J. crispa.
TRICHOPILIA
The following description is taken from Watson's
Orchids. Pseudobulbs ovate, flattened, 2-3 in. long,
dark green, l-lvd.: lvs. leathery, 6x2 in., keeled, acute-
pointed: flower- spikes basal, drooping, short, 3-fld.: fis.
with pedicels 2 in. long; sepals and petals spreading,
2% in. long, % in. wide, wavy-edged, twisted, brow nish
yellow; lip folded over the column, spreading in front,
1% in. across, colored deep crimson with a white
margin. May, June. Costa Rica.
Heryricu HAssELBRING.
TRICHOSANTHES (Greek, hair and flower; alluding
to the fringed edge of the petals). Cucurbitacee.
Snake Gourp. About 40 species of climbing herbs,
annual or perennial by tuber-like roots, natives of south-
eastern Asia and Australia. They are tender plants
with usually large, roundish, lobed leaves and white
axillary flowers. The male fls. are usually in racemes,
while the female are nearly always solitary. The fruit
is often ornamental and highly colored. In 7. Anguina
it is exceedingly long, having been noted over 6 ft. in
length. Calyx long, tubular, 5-toothed; petals 5, united
at the base, ovate to lanceolate, longly fimbriate: sta-
mens 3 (in the male flower). D.C. Mon. Phaner,. 3:351.
The plants flower in July from seed sown in March.
They may be treated as tender annuals.
A. Bracts small or none on the racemes of mate fis.
B. Fruit ovoid,
cucumeroides, Maxim. Root fleshy, tuberous: stem
slender, 12-15 ft.: lvs. ovate in outline, 4-6 in. long,
more or less palmately 3-5-lobed, margin crenulate:
pedunele bearing the male fils. 1-4 in. long and 3-15-fld.:
petals about 1s in. long, oblong, acute, longly fringed:
fr. oblong, shortly rostrate, nearly 3 in. long, vermilion-
colored, Japan. Offered by importers of Japanese
plants.
BB. Fruit oblong.
Anguina, Linn. (Z. colubrina, Jacq.). SBRPENT or
Snake GourD. Stem slender, tall-growing: lvs. nearly
circular in outline, 5-7 in. acr 3-7 lobed; lobes
round; margin undulate or wavy: peduncle bearing the
male fls. 4-10 in. long, 8-15-fld.: body of petals oblong,
less than }% in. long, fringes % in. long: fr. slender,
contorted, often exceeding 3 ft. in length. India. B.M.
122. B.R. 32248 R.H. 1859, p. 595.
AA. Bracts large on the male raceme.
B. Calyr-segments entire,
c. Lvs. lobed.
Kirilowii, Maxim. (Hopépon vitifolius, Naud.). Per-
ennial root tuber-like: stem annual, high climbing,
20-30 ft.: lvs. nearly circular in outline, 3-8 in. aer
deeply 5-7-lobed, fhe lobes oblong, acute, coarsely ser-
rate: racemes bearing the male fis. 4-8 in. long, 3-8-,
rarely only 1-fld.: petals triangular-wedge-shaped,
deeply cut and the segments much cut and longly
fimbriate, ovoid, somewhat acute; base shortly attenuate,
yellowish orange, about 4 in. long, 2 2), thick. Mongolia.
co. Lus. not lobed.
cordata, Roxb. (7. palmata, Wall.). Root tuberous:
stem robust, high climbing: Ivs. wide, ovate-cordate,
acute or shortly acuminate, 5-8 in. long, rarely some-
what angled or obse surely lobed; margin slightly dentate:
peduncle bearing male fl 5-8 in. long, 4-8-fld.: ealyx-
segments finely acute: fr. globose, red, orange-streaked,
not acute at the apex. India.
BB. Calya-segments toothed.
bracteata, Voigt (7. palmata, Roxh.). Stem stout,
climbing to 30 ft.: Ivs. broadly ovate in outline, scabrous
above, usually deeply 3-7-lohed; lobes acute; margin
dentate: peduncle bearing the male fils. 4-8 in. long,
5-10-fld.: fr. globose, red with orange stripes about 2 in.
long. India. F. W. Barcray.
TRICHOSMA (Greek, hair and ornament). Orchida-
cew. Sepals and petals similar, erect-spreading, the
lateral pair forming a distinet mentum with the project-
ing foot of the column; labellum 3-lobed, the lateral
lobes erect, convolute over the column, middle lobe with
(as T. colubrina).
TRICYRTIS
longitudinal ridge stems slender, 2-lvd.: inflores-
cence racemose. Resembles Coelogyne.
suavis, Lindl. Lvs. lanceolate, undulate, 3-nerved:
fils. few ina terminal raceme, white, yellowish or pur-
plish, fragrant; sepals ovate-lanceolate; petals oblong;
labellum ovate-oblong, streaked with purple; disk yel-
low, middle lobe with several crenate ridges. Himalaya.
B.R. 28:21.
T. albo-marginata of the trade is unidentified.
HEINRICH HASSELBRING.
TRICHOSTEMA (Greek, hair and stamen; referring
to the filaments). Labidiw. Birur Curyts. A genus of
8 species of American plants, mostly low, aromatic, an-
nual herbs with entire leaves and blue flowers. Calyx
oblique and 2-lipped; corolla-tube shorter than the
limb. Offered by some dealers in native plants. For
fuller account, see Gray’s Syn. Flora of North America.
A. Calyx bell-shaped, regular, almost equally 6-cleft.
lanatum, Benth. A perennial shrubby plant with
rosemary-like leaves and cymes of fis. ina naked ter-
minal thyrse: lvs. narrow linear, 1-nerved, sessile, mar-
gins revolute: calyx and corolla covered with dense
violet or purple wool; corolla 1s in. long. S. Calif. A
very handsome shrub. Known as “Ramero.”
AA. Calyx oblique, 2-lipped.
dich6tomum, Linn. BastTarp PENNYROYAL. Low,
viscid annual: lvs. oblong or lanceolate-oblong, obtuse,
short-petioled: corolla blue or pink, sometimes white.
Sandy fields, Mass. to Ky., Fla. and Texas.
F. W. Barcuay.
TRICYRTIS (Greek, three converities; referring to
the nectar-bearing sacs at the base of the three outer
perianth-segments). Lilidcew. “Toap-Litigs,” as the
Japanese call them, are autumn-blooming perennial
herbs with 6-parted fis. which are generally an inch or
more across, and of whitish color, spotted with purple.
They are very distinct members of the lily family by
reason of their season of bloom, quaintly spotted flow-
ers, and the prominent nectar sacs mentioned above.
They are not bulbous plants, but have a short rootstock
emitting tufts of branched fibers. All the species are
desirable, but if only one can be afforded the amateur
should select 2. hirta, var. nigra. T.hirta is perfectly
hardy and has more fis. and larger ones than the other
species, and with good management it blooms in Sep-
tember. Sometimes, however, it blooms so late that its
flowers are prematurely destroyed by frost. For this
reason some gardeners prefer to grow the plant in pots,
which may be brought indoors when the fis. are at their
best. The variety nigra, which differs in having darker
colored spots, is said to bloom two or three weeks
earlier than the type and can therefore be recommended
to lovers of choice hardy plants, but with one reserva-
tion: it should not be placed in the ordinary mixed
border where it will have to struggle against stronger-
growing plants. It should be established in a bed
where the plants need not be disturbed for years. Half
a dozen plants in a circular bed could be made by divi-
sion to spread into a solid mass in the course of a few
seasons. Such a niass is much more desirable than one
plant each of all the kinds. The bed should be made in
a slightly shaded position. For soil, try a light fibrous
loam mixed with leaf-mold and sand. An English ex-
pert, W. Goldring, has suggested as a companion to the
Toad Lilies, either Lady Slippers (Cypripedium spec-
tabile) or Wood Lilies (Lrilliam grandiflorum). This
happy idea is worth a trial, as the species named bloom
at different seasons and would probably not compete
with one another. In this country, the leaves of Tri-
cyrtis often do not remain in good condition throughout
the season.
Tricyrtis is a genus of 6 species native to Japan,
China and the Himalayas. The plants average 2 or 3
ft.in height and have numerous lvs., green on both
sides and with many parallel nerves. Fls. bell-shaped,
then spreading ; perianth-segments lanceolate, acute:
ovary sessile, elle) ovules crowded, superposed:
capsule leathery, 3-valved: seeds minute. Tricyrtis is
one of the pberrant types of the lily family. It is
placed by Bentham and Hooker in the Uvularia tribe,
9
oO
TRICYRTIS
in which it is the only genus with a septicidal capsule.
Monographed in Latin by J. GQ. Baker in Journ. Linn.
Soe. 17 3 (1850). In this account the Ivs. of Z. macro-
poda are said not to be stem-clasping, but in B.M. 5355
they are described and figured as stem-clasping.
All the names given below are American trade names,
except Z. flava, Formosana and latifolia. The writer
has been tempted to include these, partly because there
has been no account in English of all the species, but
chiefly because they are desirable plants likely to come
into cultivation. i
A. Base of lus. not stem-clasping.... 1, Formosana
AA. Buse of les. clusping the stem.
B. Stem pilose, with spreading hairs, 2. hirta
BB. Stem not prominently hairy, pu-
berulous or very slightly pilose,
Ce HTS. GOO, UREBOR EE cosa a emia 3. flava
ec. Bis. spotted, not yellow,
p. Spots rather large........ e055 +. pilosa
pp. Spots minute.
E. Style as long as the stiqmas. 5. latifolia
EE. Style half as longas stigmas. 6. macropoda
Formosana, Baker. Stem flexuous, 1 ft. high: Ivs.
sessile, oblanceolate, wedge-shaped at the base: fls. few
in a lax corymb, whitish purple, scarcely spotted. For-
mosa.—Unique by reason of its Ivs. not being stem-
elasping.
hirta, Hook. (ZV. Japénica, Miq.). Fig. 2569.
1-3 ft. high, everywhere clad with soft, whitish, spread-
ing hairs: tls. 6-15, racemose or subcorymbose, whitish,
the outer segments covered with rather large purple
Stem
spots. Wide-spread im the woods of Japan. B.M.
5355. Gn. 30, p. 431; 49:1062. V. 0+.—Var. nigra,
Hort. (Z. nigra, Hort.), has black instead of purple
spots. Gn. 49:1062. A form with variegated Ivs.
once offered by Pitcher & Manda.
was
4569. Tricyrtis hirta (< }s).
lvs. oblong - lanceolate:
Seen by Maximo-
flava, Maxim. Stem dwarf:
fls. racemose, yellow, not spotted.
wicz in the gardens of Yedo only.
pildsa, Wall. Stem 2-4 ft. high, very slightly pilose:
lvs. oblong: fis. numerous, loosely corymbose, whiti:
with large purple spots; style half as ‘long as the stig-
mas. Himalayas, 5,000-6, 000 ft. B.M. 4955 (perianth-
segments narrow, oblong). F.S. 12:1219.
TRIFOLIUM 1851
latifolia, Maxim. Stem glabrous, flexuous, 2-3 ft.
high: Ivs. broadly oblong or the
few in a terminal corymil
spots;
uppermost ovate: fis.
4, whitish, with minute purple
style as long as the stigmas. Japan.
macrépoda, Miquel. Stem 2-3 ft. high, puberulous
above: Ivs. oblong: fls. in a loose corymb, whitish pur-
ple, with minute purple spots: style half as long as the
stigmas. Blooms in June and July, according to J.B.
Keller, Japan, China. B.M. 6544 (segments broadly
ovate, decidedly yellow, spotted red and veined red
near tips).—In F.S. 18:1820 is figured a plant with ses-
sile lvs. striated with white, and no fls., which he refers
to LZ. macropoda. This was sent out by Van Houtte as
T. hirsuta, bat it is a glabrous plant and probably lost
to cultivation.
T. grandiflora, Hort. should be compared with T. hirta, var.
It is aname scarcely known to botany. Ellwange ard&
y it has orchid-like, fragrant fls.in Oct. and Noy.
s the genus has no fragrant fils.) Krelage says that
T. grandiflora has white fls. mottled with black. W.M.
TRIENTALIS (Latin for the third of a foot; refer-
ring to the height of the plant). Primuldcee, STAR
FLOWER. CHICKWEED-WINTERGREEN. A genus of two
species of low, glabrous, hardy perennial herbs: stems
simple, with small seales on leaves below and a whorl-
like cluster of larger, nearly sessile leaves at the sum-
mit, from the axils of which in spring the star-like
white or pink flowers are borne singly on slender pe-
duncles. Sometimes grown in wild garden borders
A, Les. acuminate at both ends.
Americana, Pursh. Stem naked below, 5-9-
summit: lvs. lanceolate:
finely acuminate.
82380.
lvd. at the
divisions of the white corolla
Damp woods, Labrador to Va. V.
AA. Lvs. obtuse (acute in var, latifolia).
Europza, Linn. Stem either naked or with a few
seattered lvs. below the cluster of obovate or lanceolate,
oblong, obtuse or abruptly somewhat pointed Ivs.: di-
visions of the white or pink corolla abruptly acuminate
or mucronate. Alaska, Eu, and Asia.—Var. arctica,
Ledeb. ae lvs. lin. long, decreasing below: corolla
white. Var. latifolia, Torr. Stem naked below the clus-
ter of 4-7 oblong-obovate, or oval, mostly acute lvs.:
corolla white to rose-red. Woods, western California
to Vancouver's Island. F, W. Barcuay.
TRIFOLIUM (name refers to the three leaflets). Le-
guminose, CLOVER. Trifolium is a large genus, com-
prising between 200 and 300 species, most abundant in
the north temperate zone. They are low herbs, with
digitately 3-foliolate (rarely 5-7- -foliolate) lvs., stipules
adnate to the base of the petiole, and small papiliona-
ceous flowers mostly in dense terminal heads or spikes.
The calyx is 5- toothed, the 2 upper teeth sometimes
connate; petals 5, mostly withering rather than falling,
more or less adnate to the base of the stamen-tube;
stamens 9 and 1: ovary small, ripening into a little
few-seeded, mostly indehiscent pod. The flowers are
usually in shades of red and running into white, rarely
yellow.
The Clovers are very important agricultural plants,
but they have little distinctly horticultural value except
as cover-crops and green manures. See Clover, p. 337.
For the réle of Clovers as nitrogen-fixers, see Legumes,
p. 897. The species deseribed below are offered mostly
as forage plants. Many Clovers are perennial, although
they are of relatively short life, so that frequent resow-
ing is necessary if plants are to be kept in robust con-
dition. Some of the species are annual, and these tend
to become weeds. All are propagated readily by means
of seeds; but as the seeds are small and oily, they may
not germinate well in dry, hot soils. Three ‘annual yel-
low-flowered species are weeds in some parts, particu-
larly in the East, where they have been introduced from
Europe: ZL. agrarium, Linn., Yellow or Hop Clover,
with oblong-obovate sessile lfts.; 2. procumbens, Linn.,
Low Hop Clover, more spreading, Itts. obovate and the
terminal one stalked; “. dibium, Sibth., with Hts.
truncate or emarginate at apex and the terminal one
stalked, A silky-pubescent white-fld. annual species,
from Europe, J’. arvense, Linn., is the Rabbit-foot
1852
Clover of fields and waste places.
some seedsmen is evidently Melilotus.
are Lespedeza, Medicago and Melilotus.
TRIFOLIUM
The J. odoratum of
Allied genera
A. Flowers in a long spike.
incarnatum, Liun. Crimson or SCARLET CLOVER.
Fig. 499, Vol. I. Annual, erect, 1-3 ft. high, soft-hairy:
lvs. long-stalked, the Ifts. broadly obovate and denticu-
late and sessile or nearly so by a cuneate base, the
stipules large and thinand veiny and somewhat toothed:
heads becoming 2-3 in. long, very dense: fls. sessile,
bright crimson and showy, the calyx sharp-toothed and
2570. Trifolium repens—the White Clover (x }4).
hairy. S. Eu. B.M. 328.—An escape in some places.
Now much used as a cover-crop in orchards. See Cover
Crops. It is very showy when in bloom. If seeds are
sown at midsummer or later, the plants may be expected
to survive the winter and bloom early in spring.
rabens, Linn. Perennial, 20 in. or less tall, in clumps,
the stems erect: lvs. short-stalked, the lfts. oblong-
lanceolate and strongly denticulate, the stipules long-
lanceolate: heads usually in pairs, becoming 3-4 in.
long: fis. purplish red, showy.—Eu. Attractive orna-
mental species. The heads become silky after flower-
ing. There is a white-fid. form.
AA. Flowers in globular or ovate heads.
B. Corolla yellow.
filiforme, Linn. YELLOw Suckiine CLOVER, Annual,
of diffuse growth: Ifts. obovate or obcordate, somewhat
denticulate, the terminal one stalked, the stipules
broadly ovate: peduncles long and filiform, bearing ses-
sile yellow fls. in umbel-like heads, the calyx-lobes un-
equal. Eu.—Sometimes used for forage or grazing.
BB. Corolla white or ochroleucous (yellowish white).
Alexandrinum, Linn. Eq@yptiaAn CLover. Annual,
with few appressed hairs, the stems tull, erect or as-
cending and branching: lvs. numerous, the Ifts. oblong
or lanceolate and somewhat denticulate, the stipules
lanceolate-subulate and partly free from the petiole:
head stalked or sessile, ovate, becoming oblong-conic in
fr.: fis. ochroleucous. Egypt, Syria, ete.
Pannénicum, Jacq. Huneartan Ciover. Perennial,
very hairy, the stems usually simple, 2 ft.: lfts. lance-
oblong and subacute to retuse, ciliate and entire, the
stipules narrow and longer than the short petioles:
heads ovate-oblong stalked: fis. pale yellowish white or
creamy yellow. Eu., Asia.—Handsome plant for the
border; also recommended for forage.
répens, Linn. Waite CLover. Fig. 2570. Low creep-
ing vlabrous perennial: lvs. long-stalked, the lfts. ob-
cordate and obscurely toothed, the stipules small and
scale-like: heads long-peduncled from the ground,
small and loose: fls. white, fragrant. Eu. and thought
to be native in the northern part of the U. 8. and in
Canada, but naturalized everywhere.—Much used in
lawns, and in some parts prized for pasture. There are
forms with red and purplish foliage. This is thought
TRILISA
by most authorities to be the shamrock of Ireland. A
form of it is offered by Blane, as 7. minus, “the genu-
ine Irish shamrock.” See Shamrock.
BBB. Corolla rose-tinted or red.
ce. Individual fls. pediceled.
hybridum, Linn. ALsIkKE or SwepIsH CLover. As-
cending or nearly erect, 1-3 ft. high, branching, gla-
brous: Ivs. long-stalked, the lfts. obovate and serrulate,
stipules ovate-lanceolate and thin: heads small and
loose, nearly globular, long-stalked: fis. rose-colored or
sometimes white on the top of the head. Eu. B.M.
3702.—A good forage plant; also naturalized. Thrives
best on moist lands. Very hardy. Perennial.
cc. Individual fils. sessile.
dD. Plant perennial.
praténse, Linn. (7. praténse perénna, Hort.). Com-
mon Rep CLover. PEA-VINE CLOVER. COW-GRASS.
Fig. 2571. Ascending and somewhat hairy, 1-114 ft.: lvs.
long-stalked, the Ifts. oval or obovate and sometimes
notched at the end and the blade marked with a large
spot, the stipules broad but with a bristle point: heads
globular-ovate, sessile: fils. red-purple. Eu., but every-
where introduced, and much grown for pasturage hay,
and green manuring.
médium, Linn. MamMotuH or Z1GzaGCLover. Stouter
and less erect: Ifts. oblong and entire and without
spots: heads usually stalked, and fils. rather deeper
colored. Eu., and introduced, and much grown by
farmers.
pp. Plant annual.
resupinatum, Linn. (7. suaveolens, Willd.). Annual,
diffuse or trailing glabrous plant: Ifts. obovate and ser-
rulate and as long as the petiole, the stipules lanceolate-
acuminate: heads globose, with rudimentary involucre:
tis. purple. Greece, Egypt to Persia.—Grown for orna-
ment. a Ofte © ea
TRIGONELLA (Latin, « little triangle; probably re-
ferring to the shape of the fis.). Legumindse. Includes
Fenugreek, which see. Trigonella is a polymorphous
genus of about 50 species widely scattered in the eastern
hemisphere. The genus belongs to the Trifolium tribe
of the legume family, being distinguished from the
clovers and allied plants mainly by the fact that the lvs.
are pinnately trifoliolate and by the obtuse keel of the
flower. The inflorescence and pod are too various to be
described here. Bentham and Hooker divide the genus
into 6 sections, of which Fenugreek and other species
form a section characterized by having whitish, subses-
sile fls. and a thick, oblong or linear pod which has a
long beak and obliquely longitudinal veins.
Fenum-Grecum, Linn. FENUGREEK, which see.
White-fld. annual, 1-2 ft. high, blooming in June and
August. Distinguished from other species in its sec-
tion by the erect, unbranched stem and obovate lfts.,
which are obscurely dentate. Stipules lanceolate-fal-
cate, entire: calyx pilose: pods faleate, twice as long
as the beak. Eu., Orient. W. M.
2571. Day and night positions of red clover leaf;
unfolding young leaf at the right.
TRILISA (anagram of Liatris). Compdsite. Here
belongs a native perennial herb known as the Vanilla
Plant, from the odor which the leaves emit when
bruised. It is not, however, the vanilla plant of com-
merce (see Vanilla). Trilisa is a genus of two species
TRILISA
closely related to Liatris. The
blooming plants 2-3 ft. high,
flower-heads of purple or white. They differ from Lin-
tris as follows: The roots are tibrous (those of Liatris
being tuberous); the inflorescence is panicled instead
of racemose or spicate, and the involucral bracts are in
only 2 or 3 series, while those of Liatris are in many
series. Trilisa is not so well known to gardens as the
Blazing Star. Although a native of the low pine bar-
rens from Va. to Fla. and La., it is perhaps hardy.
Twenty years ago it was advertised by a Massachusetts
dealer in native plants. It is mentioned in some Eng-
lish books a hardy plant, thriving in light soil and
prop. by division or by seeds sown in autumn. It is
more fully described in our native botanies.
odoratissima, Cass. (Lid/ris odoratissima,
VANILLA PLANT. Also culled Carolina Vanilla,
tongue, ete. Rather stout, abrous,
2-3 ft. high: Iws. thiek, entire or
obtuse, 4-10 x I-1's in., oblong, ovate or oval: intlores-
cence corymbose paniculate: fl.-heads about 1, in. long,
Aug., Sept. B.B.3:319.—The other species (2. pani-
culata, Cass.) has a similar range and is distinguished
by its viseid-pnbescent stem and thyrsoid- er a
inflorescence. _M.
TRILLIUM (Latin, friplion, triple: leaves and floral
parts in threes). Zilidecw. WaAkE-RoOBIN. BIRTHROOT.
Wuite Woop Lity. Grounp Lity. Twelve species of
tuberous-rooted spring-Howering herbs in North Amer-
ica, and about half as many more in Asia from Hima-
laya to Japan. All the American species and none of
the others are in the trade in this country. The stem is
simple and erect, 3-leaved near the summit and bearing
one flower with 3 green sepals, 3 white or colored dis-
tinct petals, 6 short stumens, and a 3-loculed ovary
which ripens into a red or purple berry-like fruit. For
a botanical account of the American species, see 8.
Watson, Proc. Amer. Acad. Arts & Sei. 14 (1879).
Trilliums are amongst the characteristic flowers of
American woods. The best known species is 7. grandi-
florum, Which ranges from Canada to the mountains of
North Carolina and extends westward beyond the Great
Lakes. All Trilliums delight in moist, rich soil. They
thrive in woods mold. The root is a deep-seated perpen-
dicular tuber or rhizome (Fig. 2572). It is customary to
transplant Trilliums from the woods when in bloom.
This is because the plants can be found readily at that
time and because the desire to grow them is strongest
when the plants are in bloom. It is better to transplant
in midsummer, or later, however, when the growth is
completed, although the plants are difficult to find after
the tops have died. The bloom is made largely from the
energy stored in the tuber the
previous season. After flower-
ing, the plant stores energy for
the sueceeding year. By mid-
summer this work is aceom-
plished and the tops die: then
the plants are at rest and they
are in proper condition to be
moved. However, good results
are sometimes obtained by mov-
ing them in spring. These re-
marks will apply to most early
spring- blooming small herbs.
Give Trilliums a rich, deep,
rather moist soil in partial
shade. Plant deep. A colony
will last for years. Trilliums
force well. See Forcing. Plants
may be propagated by seeds
sown as soon as ripe. Bloom-
ing plants may be expected in
two or three years. Trilliams
species are autunim-
With numerous small
Michx.).
Dog's-
perennial herb,
sometimes dentate,
2572. Vertical rhizome of
Trillium (X 4%).
are among the choicest of all early spring plants, and
they should be more common in gardens. They can he
made to thrive well in borders about-city yards. They
may also be colonized in grass where the lawn mower
is not used. Best results are usually attained, however,
when they are planted alone in masses. Trilliums are
amongst the relatively few plants that are very showy
and yet not coarse.
TRILLIUM 1853
INDEX.
grandiflorum, 7
lanceolatam, 4
nervostim, 11,
nivale, 1.
Nuttallii,
ovatum, 3.
penduliunt, 9
album, 9.
angustipetalur
Californicuun, 3.
Catesbeei, 11
cermain, 10,
discolor, 3
ereetum, 9.
crythrocarpum, 2, 7. petiolatum, 6.
fortidion, ), pielume, 2,
giganteum, 3. purpuretune, 9.
pusillum, 12.
recurvitum, 4, 5.
rubrium, 3.
sessile, 3.
stylosum, 11.
vndulatum,
viridescens, 3.
viridiflorum,
Wrayi, 3.
A. Ovary d-angled, not winged,
1. nivale, Ridd. A dwarf species, 5 in.
early: Iws. narrow and obtuse, 1-2 in.
ona short erect or de-
clined pedicel, the pet-
als about 1 in. long,
narrow and nearly or
quite obtuse Low
woods, Pa. and Ky. to
Minn. and Iowa. B.M.
0449,
2 undulatum,
Willd. (2. erythrocds-
or less high,
long: fis. white.
pum, Miehx. YZ. ple-
tum, Pursh). Of me-
dium to large size, 1
ft. or more high: Ivs.
large, ovate and acute
er acuminate, short-
stalked: fls. rather
large, white, on a short
but slender erect or
inclined pedicel, the
petals oblanceolate and
wavy, about 1 in. long
and usually purplish
at the base. Woods,
Nova Seotia to Missouri and Georgia. B.
Bs@.- 1371232;
2573. Flower of Trillium grandi-
florum (x 44).
M. 3002. L.
AA. Ovary G-angled, offen winged,
B. Flowers sessile (and mostly colored).
co. Leaves sessile.
séssile, Linn. Strong-growing, 1] ft. or less high:
Ivs. broadly ovate or rhomboidal, acute, more or less
spotted: fl. sessile in the whorl of lvs., small, purple or
greenish, the petals narrow and acute. Woods, Pa. to
Minn., Ark., and Fla. B.M. 40. L.B.C. 9: FS.
22:2311.— Variable.
Var. gigantéum, Torr. (var. Culiférnicum, Wats.).
Much stouter, the lvs. often 6 in. long and spotted, and
the petals sometimes 4 in. long: fls. purple, rose-color
or white, the petals rhombic-ovate or narrower. Calif.
and Ore, GF. S632.
Var. angustipétalum, Torr. mwilar to Var. gigan-
teum, but the Ivs. somewhat petiolate and the petals
narrower. Calif., Ore. Apparently not in the trade.
This and var. gigantewm appear to be the only Trilliums
native to California, except Z. ovatium,
Var. rubrum, Hort. A form of Var.
fls. deep red- purple.
ae
giganteunt with
Var. Wray i, Wats. (T. discolor, Wray). Petals spatu-
late-obtuse, 4 in. long, greenish. Georgia. B.M. 3097.
Nuttallii, Wats. (7. vividéscens, Nutt.). Lys. pubes-
cent beneath, as also the upper part of the stem: petals
linear - lanceolate, purplish green with brown base.
Ark.
4. lanceolatum, Boykin (7. recarvdtum, var. lanceo-
latium, Wats.). Plant often more than 1 ft. tall: lvs.
lanceolate, sessile: fls. dull or brown-purple, an inch or
more long, narrow - lanceolate or linear, the sepals as-
cending or somewhat reflexed, the filaments usually
exceeding 14 in. in length. Ga., Ala.—Little known in
cult.
cc, Leaves stalked.
5. recurvatum, Beck. Strong-growing, usually 1 ft.
or more high: lIvs. ovate or ovate-oblong, tapering to
both ends, on short but slender petioles: fls. brown-
purple or dull-purple, about 1 in. or more long, the
1854
TRILLIUM
Ze
A i| na! f
S
SN
=
SN
SR
petals narrow and erect, the sepals narrow and refiexed.
Woods, Ga. to Minn., Miss. and Ark.
6. petiolatum, Pursh. Stem searcely arising above
the ground: lvs. ovate-elliptic to reniform, with stalks
Nearly full size.
as long as the blade or even longer (blade 3-5 in
long): fls. purple, the petals 1-2 in. long and narrow-
oblanceolate, the sepals erect. Idaho, Ore., and Wash.
Little known in cult.
TRILLIUM
BB. Flowers stalked.
ec. Pedicel longer than the flower: lus.
sessile,
7. grandiflérum, Salish. Figs. 854 (Vol.
2574. Stout, 1 ft. or more high: Ivs. broad-ovate or
rhombic-ovate, narrowed to both ends, often wavy: fls.
erect or nearly so, pure white, changing to rosy pink as
they fade, 2-3 in. long, the petals broadly oblanceolate
and spreading and much longer than the sepals. Quebee
to Minn., Fla. and Mo.
L: B.C. 1£:1349... (Gn. 29) p:
83:131, Mn. 4:17. ALG. Ite
nearly or quile
LE) 2308,
B.M. 895 (as 7 erythroe ee
36, p. 394; 40:
243. Gng.
21. GM.
6:161.—
£23053
2575. Trillium erectum (X }5),
Sporting forms are not uncommon. Sometimes forms
occur with petiolate lvs. A.G. 1892:206. ZL. grandiflo-
rum is the best and handsomest species for cultivation.
8. ovatum, Pursh. Much like 7. grandiflorum, but
the petals narrow-lanceolate or narrow ovate, the sepals
usually nearly as long as the petals: plants 1 ft. or less
high: lvs. ovate to n actly orbicular, often somewhat
rhombic. Calif. to B. C.—The Pacific coast representa-
tive of LZ. grandiflorum.
9. eréctum, Linn. (7. péndulum, Willd. TZ. purpi-
reum, Kinn. . fétidum, Salisb.). Figs. 2575, 2576.
Stout, 1 ft. or more high: lvs. broadly rhombic-ovate:
pedicel usually bent over or inclined but sometimes
erect: fls. brown-purple to greenish purple, the petals
usually about 1 in. long, ovate to lanceolate, not much if
any exceeding the sepals. Nova Scotia to Manitoba,
N Car.and Mo. B.M. 470. L.B.C, 19:1888. F.S. 10:990,
Mn. 2:49. G.C. II. 19:605. The fis. of Y. evectum are
ill-smelling.
Var. 4lbum, Lodd., has white fis. B.M. 1027. L.B.C.
19:1850.
Var. viridiflorum, Hook. Fls. greenish. B.M. 3250.
Not known to be in the trade.
cc. Pedicel generally not ercceding and usually shorter
than the flower.
vp. Fl. declinate under the lus.
10. eérnuum, Linn. Plant 1 ft. or more high: 1
broadly rhombie-ovate, nearly or quite ley’ fs:
white, the petals 1 in. or less long, ovate-lanceolate,
wide-spreading or reflexed, undulate, equaling or ex-
ceeding the sepals. Newfoundland to Ga. and Mo.
B.M. 954. Mn. 10:49.
11. stylosum, Nutt. (7. nervdsum and 7. Cilesbwi,
Ell.). Slender, 12-18 in. high: Ivs. ovate-lanceolate,
narrow at each end, short-stalked: fls. rose-color, the
petals oblong, obtuse or acute, curved, undulate, soime-
times 2 in. long. N. C. to Fla.
. very
117
TRIPHASLA 1855
po. Flower erect.
12. pusillum, Michx. Small, usually not 1 ft.
Ivs. lanceolate or oblong, obtuse,
color, less than 1 in, lon
petals lunceolate and e3
Wall. A species of temperate Himalaya,
little known and described by Hooker as follows: “Iuvs.
shortly petioled, ovate or ovate-cordate, acute: sepals sub-
equi, narrowly linear.’— 7, obovatian, Pursh. Founded on a
Canudian plant, whieh has been referred to T. erectum. Miaxi-
mowiez keeps it distinet, however, extending its range to
Kimtschatka nnd Japan. It is the DT. erectum, var, Japonieam,
Gr According to Watson, the Japanese plant “is distin-
guished by a somewhat produced connective [between the an-
ther-cells| and very short stigmas.” Maximowiez says that the
plant differs from T. erectum in the petals being broader and
more obtuse and longer than the calyx, the fls. nodding from
the first, and the Ivs. broader than long, sessile, not attenuate
at the base.—7. Smallii, Maxim. One of the T. erectum series
(T. erectum, var. Japonicum flore pleno, Gray), of Japan.
Fls. smaller than those of T. ohovatum (2 in. across), deep
tawny red, the petals not exceeding the sepals, nearly orbicu-
high:
sile: fls. pale flesh
ron a short erect pedicel, the
eding the obtuse sepals.
T. Govenianum,
Tar obovate.—T7. Lschonoskii, Maxim. About 1 ft. tall: Ivs.
sessile, broad-ovate or orbicular, somewhat rhombic, acumi-
nate: fls. dull purple, J in. or le the oblong-
lanceolate. According to Hooker, rs from erectum
chiefly in the longer filaments.” Himalaya to Japan.
Thy. H. By
TRIOSTEUM (name shortened by Linneus from Tri-
osteospermum, which is from Greek for three bony
seeds). Caprifolidcee. FPEVERWORT. HORSE GENTIAN,
A genus of 3 species of coarse perennial herbs, of which
2are American and 1 Himalayan. Stems simple: Ivs,
rather large, pinnately veined, entire or sinuate: fis.
dull-colored, sessile, solitary or in small clusters in the
lenf-axils, followed by orange or reddish fruits.
perfoliatum, Linn. Stem 2-4 ft. high, stout: Ivs.
ovate, shortly acuminate, narrowed below into connate-
perfolate or simply connate base: corolla dull brown-
purple. Rieh soil, New England and Canada to M1. and
Ala. B.B. 3:234.—Is occasionally offered by collectors.
It is a weedy plant of very easy cultivation.
F. W. Barcuay.
TRIPHASIA (friple; alluding to the make-up of the
flowers). Rutdcew, A small spiny shrub grown for hedges
and for ornament, and sometimes for its small berries,
which are used for preserves: vs. alternate, sessile, dark,
evergreen, trifoliolate, with small ovate luteral leaflets
and much larger obovate central leaflet: thorns slender,
about ¥%4 in. long, one or two in the axil of each leat:
fils. white, about 1% in. long, solitary, or in 3-fld. eymes,
axillary; calyx cupulate, 3-4-lobed; petals 3-4, linear-
oblong, free, imbricate; stamens 6, free, inserted
around a fleshy disk: ovary ovoid, 3-loculed: fr. a small
J-3-seeded berry: seeds oblong, exalbuminous, im-
mersed in mucilage; testa coriaceous, embryo often
with unequal plano-convex cotyledons. Only one
species,
2576. Trillium erectum.
aurantiola, Lour. (7. trifolidta, DC.). Brre@amor
Live or Live Berry. Fig. 2577. A glabrous spiny
shrub with straggling evergreen branches and le:
Hindostan.—Cultivated in many tropical countries and
1856
in greenhouses. Produces
nearly globular, gland-dotted red berries about
TRIPHASIA
an abundance of elliptical or
Yo-Yo in.
across. They ares t and agreeable and are said to
be delicious when cece In trade catalogues the
/
eae |
2577. Triphasia aurantiola (X 14s).
names Triphasia aurantiola and TT. trifoliata are
sometimes erroneously applied to the hardy trifoliolate
orange (Citrus trifoliata), In the U. S., little known
except in S. Fla. It withstands some frost.
H. J. WEBBER.
TR{PSACUM (Greek, trivo, to rub or thresh; probably
alluding to the ease with which the fertile spike can be
broken up). Graminew, Species 2 or 3, of the warmer
parts of North America, one extending north to central
U. S. and in many pla furnishing considerable na-
tive fodder. Fls. moncecious, in the same spike, the
staminate above; spikes terminal and axillary; stami-
nate spikelets 2) “Ald. ,in pairs at each joint; pistillate
single, 1-fld., imbedded in each joint of the rachis, so
that the SHOO ED cartilaginous axis and the outer glume
form a nearly cylindrical mass. At maturity the pistil-
late spikes separate into the joints.
dactyloides, Linn. (2. violdceumand T. Ddetylis of the
tr ). GAMA GRASS AME GRASS. Culms in bunches,
4-7 ft.: spikelet at summit and often single from the
upper axils. Moist soil, Conn., Ill., Kans. and south-
ward.—A wild fodder grass, sometimes cultivated for
the same purpose and also in gardens as a curiosity.
Raised from seed, or more certainly from cuttings of
the rootstocks. A. S. Hircueock
TRISTAGMA (Greek, three drops; alluding to the
three nectar glands of the ovary). Including Stephu-
nolirion. Litidacew. A genus of 3 species of bulbous
plants from Chile. Radical lvs. few, narrowly linear;
scape naked, bearing rather numerous. salver- shaped
pedicellate fls. in an umbel: perianth-tube cylindrical,
sometimes with a crown in the throat; lobes 6, spread-
ing, nearly equal; stamens 6: ovary sessile, 3-loculed,
ovoid. Fall-blooming bulbs.
nivale, Poepp. (Ifilla nivalis, Baker). Lvs. 6-9 in.
long, pi 2 lines wide; scape slender, about 1 ft.
long: 1 in. long, 2-8 in an umbel, the segments
linear ah greenish; crown none. — Offered by Duteh
bulb growers.
T. narcissoides, Benth. & Hook., does not appear to be in the
TRITELEIA
Amer. trade. It is 1 ft. or more high, with short narrow-linear
lvs., and white fils. bearing a bright orange narcissus- like
crown of 3-6 broad unequal more or less connate scales.
F. W. Barcuay.
TRISTANIA (in honor of Jules M. C. Tristan, 1776-
1861, a French botanist). Myrtdcee. A small genus
of subtropical evergreen Australasian trees or small
shrubs. Lvs. alternate or rarely opposite, somewhat
whorled: fis. axillary, pedunculate, cymose, often fra-
grant; bracts obovate or caducous ; calyx-tube turbin-
ate- -cumpanulate, lobes 5; petals 5, spreading g; stamens
numerous, united in bundles opposite the petals: cap-
sule 3-loculed, many-seeded, partly exserted or inclosed:
ds numerous, wingless, usually linear-cuneate. Cul-
tivated as greenhouse shrubs in N. Europe; hardy in
Calif. north to San Francisco, also in Fla, Propagated
by half-ripened cuttings in sand under glass, or by
seeds.
conférta, R. Br. (Lophostémon arboréscens, Sehott.).
BrisBaNE Box. Fig. 2578. An umbrageous tree attain-
ing 150 ft.: young shoots and calyx hoary-pubescent:
lvs. 3-6 in. long, ovate-lanceolate, glabrous, usually
crowded at the ends of the branches and apparently
verticillate: tls. mostly on the branches well below
the lvs.; petals about #4 in. long, white and spotted,
fringed. Queensland. B.R. 22:1839 (as YZ. maero-
phylla).—A handsome evergreen shade tree, valuable
for avenues in hot, dry regions, as it withstands great
drought; it also produces timber valued for strength
and durability. Much grown in New South Wales as
a boulevard tree. Hardy in middle California, with-
standing an exceptional temperature of 26° Fahr. at
Berkeley. Josern Burtt Davy.
TRITELEIA (thvee and complete; referring to the 3-
merous fis.). ZLilidcew. Triteleia has been referred to
Milla and Brodiwa; but when the group is restricted to
the South American species, it seems to be advisable to
keep it distinct. In Brodiwa proper the pedicels are
articulated at the apex; in Milla and Triteleia they are
not articulated. In Milla the stamens are inserted in
one series in the throat of the perianth; in Triteleia
they are distinctly in two series in the tube of the peri-
anth. See Brodiwa and Milla.
About 16 Triteleias are known (see Baker, G.C. III.
20, p. 459). These are of two series,—tbose with peri-
anth-tube usually as long as the segments, and those
with tube shorter than segments. To the former sec-
tion belongs the common 7%. uniflora, the only species
in general cultivation. The species are native to the
Andes and Argentina as far east as Buenos Ayres.
They are all low grass-leaved bulbous plants, hardy or
2578. Tristania conferta (X }4).
half- hardy, useful for planting in the border or for
spring blooming in pots. Sometimes the odor is un-
pleasant.
uniflora, Lindl. (Ifi7la uniflora, Grah. Brodiiva uni-
flora, Baker). SPRING STAR-FLOWER. Fig, 2579. Lvs.
TRITELEIA
narrow-linear, 1 ft. or less long: scapes 8 in. or less
tall, bearing a bract-like spathe towards the top: fll
(rarely 2), l-1ts in. across, pale lilac or pale blue, with
pointed segments violet-streaked through the center.
Argentina. B.R. 23:1921. B.M. : R.H. 1859, pp.
350, 851. Gung. 2:59.—Hardy in most of the northern
states, although it does not persist long. Grown chiefly
as a pot-plant for spring bloom. Var. ceerdlea, Hort.,
has porcelain-blne flowers. There are other horticul-
tural torms. 7. violacea, with “delicate violet flowers,’
is probably a form of this speeies rather than the 7.
violacea, Kunth, «a Chilean species. ees Be:
TRITHRINAX (apparently triple Thrinac; applica-
tion not obvious). Pulmadeccw. Four species of South
American fan palms, one of which was offered for cult.
in Fla. in 1889 and is now advertised in southern Cali-
fornia. The genus belongs to the Corypha tribe and is
distinguished from allied genera chietly by the follow-
ing characters: fls. hermaphrodite; petals imbricate;
filaments connate into a tube: carpels distinct; styles
long, distinet, terminal in fruit.
T. Brasiliensis is a little-known palm. It seems to
have been confused in the trade with Zhrinar Chuco,
which is referred in this work to Acanthorhiza Chuco.
The leat-segments of the former are bifid; of the latter
apparently not. André says the species described be-
low iique by reason of its sheaths at the base of the
leaves. These, he says, “are composed of fibers which
are at first parallel and longitudinal, then obliquely in-
tererossed and finally plaited at right angles like the
mats of pandanus in which the coffee of the Antilles
and Bourbon is exported. At the summit these narrow
strips unite and form a series of very long, robust, re-
eurved spines which are evidently designed to protect
the fls. and fruits against climbing animals.”
Brasiliénsis, Mart. Trunk slender, 6-10 ft. high,
in. thick: leaf-segments 22-27, linear, free for eee
thirds their whole length, bifid. Brazil. I.H. 22:202.
W. M.
TRITICUM (old Latin name for wheat). Graminee:
The genus as now limited comprises two sections,
Egilops, with 12 species of southern Europe and Asia,
one of which is thought by some to be the original of
our cultivated wheats; and Triticum proper, which in-
eludes our cultivated wheats and spelts, that are re-
ferred by Hackel to 3 species. Annual grasses with
flowe in a terminal spike. Spikelets -fld. placed
flat-wise, singly on opposite sides of a zigzag rachis;
empty glumes ovate, 3-many-nerved, these and the fl.
glumes more or awned: grain free. The three
Species of our cultivated wheats are:
monocéccum, Linn. ONE-GRAINED WHEAT. Spikes
compact, the joints readily separating at maturity;
spikelets with one awn and usually maturing but
one fruit.—The wild form occurs in southern Eu-
rope. Cultivated from prehistoric times but now
only to a limited extent, and mostly for mush and
“eracked wheat,” and for fodder.
Polonicum, Linn. PorisH WHEAT. Spikes very
large, compressed, mostly blue-green. — Original form
unknown. It is thought to be a true spec vecause it
rarely produces fertile crosses with YZ. sativum, as is
also the case with 7. monococcum, while the races of
T. sativum among themselves produce fertile crosses.
Cultivated in Spain, but not extensively elsewhere.
sativum, Lam. WHEAT and SpeeLT. Hackel divides
the numerous varieties into 3 races: (a) SpeLtts (7.
spélta, Linn.). Spikes loose, 4-sided: rachis articu-
late at maturity. (This race and the next are easily
distinguished by the fact that the grain does not fall
out when threshed.) One of the oldest of the cultivated
grains, the culture of which has decreased till now it is
grown only to a limited extent In a few countries in
southern Europe. (b) EmMmers (1. dicéecum, Schrank).
Spike very dense, laterally compressed, rachis articu-
late at maturity. This species has a history similar to
Spelt and its cultivation is now confined to certain
countries of S. Europe, where it is used chiefly for
mush and in making starch. Both of these races are
being tested in this country by the Department of Ag-
less
TRITONIA 1857
riculture, and they may
regions. (¢) Wheats.
prove valuable in the drier
: Rachis not articulate at maturity.
Grain easily falling out when threshed. There are 4
more or less well-marked sub-races. (1) ENa@uisH
Wueat (7. hirgidum, Linn.). Empty glumes sharply
APPS
ay
a5 Dy
2579. Triteleia uniflora (x 14),
keeled at base; grain broadly truncate above; leaves
usually velvety; Hour poor in gluten. To this belong
the MrracLe or EGyprTian WHEAats (2. compdésitum,
Linn.), having branched spikes, which originated as a
sport. (2) Harp or Furnt WuHeEats, MAcAronrt WHEATS
(LZ. dtrum, Desf.). Empty glumes sharply keeled at
base; grain narrow and tapering, very hard; awns long
and bristly like barley, in some varieties black. Culti-
vated in Mediterranean countries, especially for making
macaroni and similar products, and in Russia, where
it is used for making bread, when it is mixed with
10-25 per cent of soft red wheat. (3) DwarFr and
HepGenHoG WHEA Empty glumes keeled only in
upper half. Spikes short and dense, only 3-4 times
longer than broad: culms rigid. Grown in mountainous
regions of Europe, Chile and Abyssinia. The awned
kinds are called Hedgehog wheat. (4) Common WHEAT
(ZL. vulgare, Vill.). Glumes as in preceding, but spikes
longer and looser. There are many varieties grown in
this country, —some naked or awnless (“smooth”),
others awned or bearded, some with glumes smooth,
others with glumes pubescent (“velvet chaff”). Spring
wheats are planted in the spring and winter wheats in
the fall, the former group of varieties being grown in
the more northerly regions. A. 8. Hircucocr.
TRITOMA.
TRITONIA (name explained as follows by Ker-Gawler,
its author: “Name derived from Zrifon, in the signiti-
eation of a vane or weathercock; in allusion to the
variable direction in the stamens of the different spe-
cies”). Including Montbretia. Lriddecew., BuAazina
Star. A genus of South African bulbs (plants really
cormous), allied to Crocosmia, Acidanthera, Sparaxis
and Gladiolus. Baker admits 31 species (Handbook of
the Iridem, 1892). Few of them are in general cultiva-
tion, although many of the species have been introduced
at one time or another. Those of the Montbretiaclass are
showy, hardy summer-flowering |bulbs, to be handled
like Gladioli; or they may be left in the ground perma
See Nniphofia.
1858
nently if given protection of mulch in cold climates. As
far north as New York and Mass., however, they are usu-
ally best wintered in damp (not wet) earth indoors. The
pest known kinds are 7. crocosmeflora and T. Pottsti.
Most of the Latin names in catalogues belong to these, as
sulphurea, Ligridia pyramidalis,
grandiflora, elegans, floribunda,
To gardeners, Tritonias are usually
knownas Montbretias. Garden Tri-
tonias grow 1 ft. or more tall, pro-
ducing several to many showy flow-
ers of a yellow, orange or red color,
and bearing several stiffish linear
or sword-shaped
leaves. Corms
small, covered
with strongly
reticulated
sheaths or tu-
nies. The peri-
anth is tubular,
with a spread-
TRITONIA
2580. Tritonia Pottsi (< 24).
ing limb of obovate or oblong,
nearly equal segments. The
stamens are 3, inserted in the
perianth-tube, with mostly ver-
satile anthers and filiform fila-
ments. The pistil has a 3-
loculed ovary, filiform 3-
branched style, ripening into a
3-valved capsule.
A. Perianth-segments obovate.
crocata, Ker-Gawl. Slender,
simple or branched from near
the base, bearing few fis. in
loose 1-sided racemes: fl. about 2 in. across, tawny yel-
low or orange-red, the stamens one-third the length
of the perianth-limb. Cape Colony. B.M. 184 (as Iria
crocata), Gn. 54:1181.—Var. miniata, Baker (7. min-
iata, Ker-Gawl.), has light red fils. B.M. 609. There
are color varieties, as purplrea, coccinea, aurantiaca.
These plants are usually treated as greenhouse bulbs
in the North.
AA. Perianth-segments oblong.
rosea, Klatt. Tall and branched, with short linear lvs.
and loose 6-15-fld. racemes: fl. bright red, with oblong
segments (the three lower ones yellow blotebed at the
base) as long as the tube and anthers just protruding
from the tube. Cape Colony. B.M. 7280. —Can be left
in the open as far north as Mass., if well protected, but
are usually safer if taken up.
Pottsii, Benth. (Montbretia Péttsti, Baker). Fig. 2580.
Strong, branching plant 2-4 ft. tall, with several lax ra-
2581. Tritonia crocosmeflora (x 1%).
TROLLIUS
cemes, and few or several firm narrow lvs.: fl. about
1 in. long, bright yellow tinged red, the tube broadly
funnelform and twice longer than the oblong unequal
ascending segments, the stamens about half the height
of the limb. Natal, Transvaal, ete. B.M. 6722. G.C.
III. 7:301, showing how the corms form one above the
other.
crocosmeflora, Lemoine (7. Pottsii x pollen of Cro-
cosmia aurea [Fig. 582, Vol. I1]). Fig. 2581. Slender,
much branching, erect plant 3-4 ft. high, with several
or many sword-shaped lvs., and loose, more or less dis-
tichous racemes: fis. 2 in. across, orange-crimson, with
a slender curved tube nearly or quite equaling the ob-
long spreading segments. R.H. 1882:124. Gn. 25, p. 363;
31:598. G.M. 36:484.—Crocosma aurea was introduced
(into England) in 1847, and Lritonia Pottsii (into Scot-
land) in 1877 by G. H. Potts. Victor Lemoine, Nancy,
France, hybridized the two, and the product, 7. crocos-
meflora, bloomed in 1880. This hybrid is now the most
popular of Tritonias (or Montbretias).
T. aurea, Pappe. See Crocosmia aurea.—T. crispa, Ker-
Gawl. Fl. whitish or pale pink, with oblong obtuse segments,
and with crisped lvs. B.M. 678.—T. deusta, Ker-
Gawl. Differs from T. crocata in having a purple-
black blotch on the claw of the 3 outer segments.
B.M. 622.—T. flava, Ker-Gawl. Fls. bright yellow,
the segments oblong and the 3 lower ones with a
callus in the throat: lvs. very short. B.R.9:747.—
T. hyalina, Baker. Differs from T. crocata in hay-
ing the perianth-segments narrowed at the lower
part into a claw with hyaline margin. B.M. 704,
as T. fenestralis.—T. linedta, Ker-Gawl. Fls. white
or pink, with short oblong segments and protrud-
ing anthers, of the shape of gladiolus flowers. B.
M. 487 (as Gladiolus lineatus).—Z. seillaris, Baker.
Small and slender: fls. pink, with wide-flaring nar-
row segments, a-like. B.M. 629 (as Ixia poly-
stechya).—Z. securigera, Ker-Gawl. Lvs. short:
fils. red or copper-colored, the 3 lower segments
with a callus on the claw. B.M. 383 (as Gladiolus
securiger).—T. undulata, Baker. Lys. short and
narrow. much erisped: fis. pink, with oblong equal
segments. B.M. 599 (as Ixia crispa).—T. viridis,
Ker-Gawl. Lvs. plane or erisped, linear: fls. green,
with nearly equal oblanceolate segments. B.M.
1275.—T. Wilsoni, Baker. Lvs. very narrow linear;
racemes simple or forked, lax, few-fld.: fis. white,
tinged with purple, the segments obovate-cuspidate.
L. H. B.
TROLLIUS (old German ftro/, something
round; in allusion to the sbape of the flow-
ers.) Ranunculdcea. GLOBE FLOWER. A
group of neat, hardy, herbaceous perennials
of about 10 species, mostly found in marshy
places, of the north temperate zone. Roots
fibrous, thickened: lvs. palmately divided or
lobed: fis. large, solitary, yellowish or pur-
plish; petals 5 to many, small, unguiculate,
with a nectariferous pit at the base of the
blade: stamens many: carpels 5 to many, ses-
sile, many-ovuled: follicles in ahead. Plants
of this genus grow freely in a mixture of
sandy loam and peat, and in rather damp
situations. They may be increased either by
seeds, or by dividing the old plants; but the
young plants grow slowly at first, and will not
flower before the second season from seed.
A. True petals shorter than the stamens.
B. Plant with true stem, Yo to 2 ft. high..1. laxus
BB. Plant with scapes or scape-like stems
seldom over 3 or din. high........ 2. acaulis
AA. True petals longer than the stamens.
B. Lis. only 5-parted; Uts. someichat
lobed, cleft and toothed: sepals
hardly spreading. ..ccceccceaee 3. Europeus
BB. Lvs. smaller, bronze-green; Tfts.
more finely lobed, cleftand toothed:
SEP SPTEAGING ss
Lvs, with 2 white lines beneath,
grooved above, much flattened,
distinetly 2-ranked: cones Yo-145
in. long.
B. Mergin of lus. entire: apex of
les. usually entary inate, sonme-
times obluse.
ce. Seales of cones suborbicular.
vp. Branchlets yellowish
brown, glabrous ......... 1. Sieboldi
pp. Branchlets veddish brown,
PUD ESC ONE: 4 cksieiere wean 5 2. diversifolia
ce, Seales of cones oblong: luvs.
GLOOM ODT OSB sha ea in a 3. Caroliniana
BB. Marginofles. finely denticulate,
at leasttowards the aper: aper
of lus, obtuse or aculish.
c. Cones peduneled: scales al-
most orbicular, glabrous.
ce. Cones sessile: seales oval,
ee
. Canadensis
. Mertensiana
slightly puberulous outside. 5
AA. Lvs, stomatiferous on both sides,
flat or conver above, spirally ar-
ranged: cones 2-3 in, long (Hes-
POVOPCUWCE \ctte rena des WS Ba ae i Se 6.
Hookeriana
2591. A spray of Hemlock Spruce (> ?:;).
1. Siéboldi, Carr. (7. Avardgi, Koehne). Tree, at-
taining 90 ft., with spreading slender branch branch-
lets pale yellowish brown, somewhat glossy, with red-
dish leaf-cushions: Ivs. linear, usually broadest at the
apex, emarginate, grooved and glossy dark green above,
with 2 whitish lines beneath, 44-34 in. Jong: cone ovate,
1-11, in. long, the peduncle exceeding the bud-scales:.
bracts bifid. Japan. G.F. 10:492.— Var. nana. Endl.
Dwarf busby form, with short branchlets and very
short crowded leaves.
2. diversifolia, Mast. (Abies diversifolia, Maxim.).
Tree, very similar to the preceding, chiefly distin-
guished by the reddish brown pubescent branches: lvs.
linear, emarginate or obtuse, shorter and narrower,
broadest atthe middle or toward the base: cone smaller,
14-%4 in. long: peduncle not exceeding the bud-scales;
bracts truncate, crenulate, not or slightly bifid. Japan.
G.F. 6:495; 10:493.
8. Caroliniana, Engelm. CaArotina Hemuock. Tree,
attaining 70 ft., of more compact habit and with darker
green foliage than the following: young branchlets
light reddish brown, finely pubescent or almost gla-
brous: lIvs. linear, obtuse or emarginate, dark green
1866
and glossy above, with 2 whitish lines beneath, ?3-%4 in.
long: cones oblong, 1-]¥¢ in. long, peduncled; scales
oblong. Va. to S.C. S.S. 10:604. G.C. IL, 26:780.
G.F. 2:269.—More graceful than the next.
4. Canadénsis, Carr. (Abies Canadénsis, Michx.).
Common Hemuock. Fig. 2591. Tree, attaining 70 and
occasionally 100 ft.: young branchlets yellowish brown,
pubescent: lvs. linear, obtuse or acu ish, dark green
and obseurely grooved above, with 2 whitish lines be-
Y cones ovoid, 1.-%4 in. long, pe-
duncled; scales almost orbicular. New Brunswick and
Wis., south to Ala. S.S. 10:603.—The Hemlock Spruce
yields the lumber most commonly used in the East for
framing and clapboarding of buildings. It is not used
for finishing lumber. A number of garden forms have
been raised; the following are the most important:
Var. albo-spica, Nichols. Tips of the young branchlets
creamy white. Var. compacta, Sénécl. (var. compdcta
nana, Beissn.). Dwarf conical pyramid with numerous
short branchlets clothed with small leaves. Var. glo-
bosa, Beissn. (var. globuldris erécta, Kunkler). Dense,
globose, much branched form with numerous upright
branches nodding at the ends. Var. gracilis, Gord.
(var. microphylla, Hort.). Slow- growing form with
slender sparingly ramified branches, spreading and
more or less drooping at the ends: lvs. very small,
about 14 in. long. Var. nana, Carr. Dwarf and de-
pressed form with spreading branches and_ short
branchlets. Var. parvifolia, Veitch. Lvs. very small,
144 in. long or shorter: branchlets closely set and nu-
merous. Var. péndula, Parsons (var. Sdrgenti péndula,
Hort., var. Sargentiana, Kent.). Flat-topped form with
spreading branches and drooping branchlets. Gn ‘
p. 363; 39, p. 81. M.D.G. 1900:367, 368, 491. Very dis-
tinct and desirable form.
5. Mertensiana, Carr. (JZ. heterophylla, Sarg. T. Al-
bertidna, Sénécl.). Tree, attaining 200 ft., with short
slender usually pendulous branches forming a rather
narrow pyramidal head in older, but rather broad in
young trees: young branchlets pale yellowish brown,
pubescent: lvs. linear, obtuse or acutish, distinctly
grooved and dark green above, with 2 white lines below,
1,-34 in. long: cones oblong-ovoid, sessile, 34-1 in. long;
scales oval, slightly puberulous outside. Alaska to
Calif., west to Mont. S.S. 10:605. G.C. III. 12:11.
6. Hookeriana, Carr. (7. Mertensidna, Sarg., not
Carr. V. Pattonidna, Sénécl. L. Hezlii, Carr. Abies
Williamsoni, Newb. Hesperopetce Pattoniana,
Lemm.). Tree, attaining 100 and occasionally 150 ft.,
with slender pendent branches usually forming an open
pyramid: young branchlets light reddish brown, pubes-
cent, usually short and upright: lvs. spirally arranged
around the branches, linear, usually curved, acutish,
mostly rounded or keeled, rarely slightly grooved above,
light bluish green or pale bluish white, with whitish
lines on both sides, %-1 in. long: cones eylindric-ob-
long, usually violet- purple before maturity, brown
when ripe, 2-3 in. long: scales obovate, puberulous out-
side. Brit. Col. to Calif., west to Mont. 8.8. 10:606.
G.C. III. 12:10; 13:659; 21:150, 151. G.F. 4:380; 10:
6, 7. R.H. 1870, p. 21. Var. argéntea, Beissn. Foliage
bluish white.
T. Brunonidana, Carr. (T. dumosa, Sarg.). Tree, attaining
120 ft.: lvs. narrowly linear, acutish, 14-144 in. long, with sil-
very white lines beneath: cone 1 in. long. Himal. G.C. II.
26:73, 501.—T. Dovglasii, Carr.=Pseudotsuga Douglasii.
ALFRED REHDER.
Consult Polianthes,
TSUGA
TUBEROSE.
TUCKER, LUTHER (Plate XLI), born at Brandon,
Vt., May 7, 1802, was the founder of “The Horti-
eulturist ”and the proprietor of that valuable and unique
magazine during the period of its greatest glory—from
July, 1846, until the autumn of 1852. The statement, on
page 501 of this Cyclopedia, that the younger Downing
“founded ‘The Horticulturist,’” is inexact, he having
been the salaried editor, while the enterprise was
Tucker’s alone. To Downing, nevertheless, belongs all
the credit for the great and distinguished interest and
value of the magazine, as he conducted it according to
his own ideas, with which the proprietor never inter-
TULIPA
fered, the latter having indeed enough to do in putting
it before the public with enterprise and vigor. It was
issued simultaneously in Albany, Boston, New York
and Philadelphia, with 22 special agencies at other points,
including what was then the distant western town of
Cleveland, Ohio, as well as Hamilton and Cobourg in
“Canada West.” Luther Tucker also founded, at Roch-
ester, N. Y., October 27, 1826, the first daily paper pub-
lished west of New York, “The Advertiser,” which ig
still, under a slightly extended name, an influential
journal; also at Rochester, January 1, 1831, *The Gene-
see Farmer,” a weekly, the first agricultural periodical in
the world written directly from the standpoint of prac-
tical experience. It has undergone some changes in
name, as its scope extended far beyond the Genesee
valley, and bas been published in Albany since January,
1840, being now called “The Country Gentleman.” This
is one of the ten American agricultural periodicals that
were started before 1850 and outlived the nineteenth
century, the others being these: “Maine (Kennebec)
Farmer,” 1839; “American (Boston) Cultivator,” 1839,
“Southern Planter,” 1840; “Massachusetts Plowman,”
1841; “Prairie Farmer,” 1841; “American Agriculturist,”
1842; “Southern Cultivator,” 1843; “Indiana Farmer,”
1845; “Rural World,” 1848; “Ohio Farmer,” 1848. It is
now (1901) published by a son and a grandson of the
founder. Mr. Tucker was the descendant of a long line
of landowners. The first of the name of whom any-
thing is known was granted arms, and it is believed
estates, by William the Conqueror, and his descendants
in the direct line down to the subject of this note were
uniformly, both in England and in the American colo-
nies and states, country gentlemen and cultivators of
the soil. Strong rural tastes came to Luther Tucker as
an inheritance, and his conception of a happy and well-
spent life was a life as much as possible in the open air
and devoted to the advancement of agriculture and its
allied arts and the amelioration and refinement of the
condition of all classes of country residents, from the
proprietor to the humblest laborer. It was, therefore,
natural that he should be deeply interested in the New
York State Agricultural Society, which he found at a
low ebb on his coming to Albany, and of which, only a
year later, he was the chief reorganizer, getting on foot
the long series of annual fairs beginning in 1841 and
still continued. He served the society without any
compensation or even reimbursement for his own ex-
penses, for eleven years. The society then presented
him with a handsome table service of silver, and
adopted resolutions (afterwards reénacted at the time
of his death) to the effect that the great success of the
early fairs, paving the way for those that followed, was
chiefly due to his unremitting exertions. He died at
Albany, after a short illness, January 26, 1873.
GILBERT M. TUCKER.
TULIP. See Tulipa.
TULIPA (originally from Persian toliban,turban; which
the inverted flower resembles). Zilidceew. Tuuip. Plate
XLV. Bulb tunicated, the outer tunic often hairy or
woolly on the inner face: stem 3-30 in. high, usually
1-fld., rarely 2- 3- or 4-fld.: Ivs. linear or broad: fis.
erect, rarely nodding, showy; perianth deciduous, cam-
panulate or slightly funnel-shaped; segments distinct,
often spotted or blotched at base, without pitted necta-
ries; stamens 6, hypogynous, shorter than perianth-
segments; filaments longer or shorter than anthers,
attenuate or filiform; anthers dehiscing laterally: ovary
sometimes narrowed at collar, rarely into a distinct
style; stigmas adnate: seeds numerous, flat. Differs
from Fritillaria in the absence of nectariferous pits and
usually erect (never pendulous) fis., and from Erythro-
nium in its erect, broader perianth-segments, erect fis.,
and usually 1-fld. stems. Native of Oriental countries,
Siberia, Asia Minor, China and Japan, and naturalized
in the Mediterranean countries of Europe. The genus
now includes 83 species, only about half of which are
in cultivation at present. The latest monograph is
Baker, in “Gardeners Chronicle,” for 1883. Solms-Lau-
bach is the leading authority on the history of the gar-
den Tulips (see his *Weizen und Tulpe, und deren Ge-
schichte,” Leipzig, 1899). See Burbridge, (in. Sept. 22,
1900.
Plate XLV. The Modern Garden Tulip
TULIPA
Cultivation. —The produetion of large, perfect flowers
depends entirely upon a large supply of fibrous roots.
Size of bulbs is not nearly so important: a large bulb
cannot offset a deticiency of roots. 7
For outdoor cultivation the bulbs should be set in
September to November in New York. T hey should be
planted before hard freezing weather comes. The soil
should be a sandy loam, well worked to a depth of at
least 12 inches, and enriched with leaf-mold and well-
rotted cow manure. Fresh manure of any kind should
never be used near bulbs of any sort. On heavier soils
Tulips can be successfully raised if extra eare is given
to insure perfect drainage. Drainage is important under
all conditious. The bulbs will never prove satisfactory
in low, wet situations, and if there is daiieer from
standing water it is best to raise the beds several inches
above the surrounding ground.
Plant the bulbs 4 inches deep (to the bottom of the
bulbs) and from 4 to 5 inches apart, depending upon the
size of the plauts. A handful of sand under each bulb
is recommended in soils that do not already possess a
preponderance of this material. The cushion of sand
allows the water to drain away rapidly and at the same
time insures the presence of an easily penetrable me-
dium for the young roots. Care should be exercised to
place all the bulbs at the same depth, as otherwise they
will not all bloom at the same time. When the ground
begins to freeze, cover the beds to a depth of several
inches with leaves, dry forest litter or other light ma-
terial. After danger of heavy fro is past in spring
the beds should be uncovered, and if the work of prep-
aration and planting has been well done the ‘Tulips will
require little or no further care. In England many of
the beds of choice and de te varieties of Tulips are
protected when in flower from heavy rains and hot sun
by means of light cloth screens, and are thus kept in
good condition for some time.
For pot culture, a mixture of fine garden loam, two
parts to one of well-rotted manure (cow manure com-
posted for two years is best), mixed with enough clean
sand to make the mass easily friable, is most suitable.
If no loam is obtainable and a heavier-garden soil must
be used, one part of the latter will be sufficient, in
which case the addition of an equal proportion of leaf-
mold will be advantageous. From 3 to 5 bulbs, accord-
ing to size, to a 5-inch pot are effective. Fill the pots
lightly and press the bulbs into the soil, thus bringing
the base in close contact with the soil particles. Cover
the bulbs to the tip and press the soil firmly all around.
Water once freely and cover the pots entirely with soil,
leaves or litter, so that they will be out of reach of
frost, or place them in a dark cold (not freezing) cellar
or room until the bulbs have become well rooted, which
under ordinary conditions will require five or six weeks.
When the pots have become well filled with roots—tne
more the better—they are ready to be brought into the
house. For the first few days at least the tempera-
ture should be moderate and even, and the atmosphere
not too dry. Water freely but not to excess. Some of
the varieties—especially the white thin- petaled ones—
are said to resent over-watering very quickly. If raised
in living rooms greater care is necessary, as the atmos-
phere of a living room is drier than that of a green-
house. On cold niguts the plants should be removed
from exposed places where they are liable to freeze, and
when the flowers appear they should not be allowed to
stand in the direct rays of the sun shining through a
window. Many of the handsomest flowers are thus
easily burned and wilted. Practically all of the early
single varieties are adapted to pot culture, especially
the Due van Thols when well rooted; otherwise they are
extremely unsatisfactory. For a succession, pot every
week or 10 days from September to December or pot
early and bring into the house at fortnightly intervals.
In potting avoid caking soil beneath the bulbs.
Many of the early single varieties are adapted to
waterculture. For this purpose use ordinary “hyacinth ”
glasses and select only well-formed, solid, perfect bulbs
of fair size. Use rain water, and put ina little char-
coal to keep it pure. The bulbs must he placed so
that the base is just in contact with the water—not
immersed in it. Place them in a dark closet for 10 days
or a fortnight until the bulbs have become well rooted,
TULIPA 1867
then give them plenty of light and air. Avoid gaslight
as much as possible, and in cold weather protect them
from freezing.
Propagation,—Tulips may be increased by the side
offsets, but these are not as constant as new bulbs
produced within the outer tunies by means of cut-
ting the old bulbs. Fig. 2592 shows a section of a
bulb with new inner bulb and outer offset in place.
The new bulb is completely inclosed in a sac which
afterwards becomes the outer dry, membranous tunie.
The pubescence, if any, may be found on the inside
2592. Three leafy bulb-scales from young bulb, exhibit-
ing the homology of leaves and bulb-scales ( 14).
At the right an old Tulip bulb, showing formation
of new bulb within the old, and flower stem at-
tached directly to root-crown,
of this sac even in the earliest stages of growth.
The new bulb is attached to the base of the fower-
stem, immediately above the root-crown from which the
former proceeds directly upward, Each new bulb-tunic
(including the outer sac) is provided with a growing
tip, which often extends above ground into a leaf, each
one coming up within the other. Fig. 2592 shows the
separated leafy bulb-seales, and indicates the homology
of tunics and leaves. Sports among the offsets are at
present mainly depended upon for the production of new
varieties. These have been found susceptible to the
“breaking” process, though perhaps slower to respond
than the seedlings. Seed production is now practiced
only in exceptional cases. The production of hybrid-
ized varieties by crossing the old forms with some of
the newly introduced species is very likely a probability
of the near future.
The Oviginal Lulip.—The origin of the garden Tulip
seems to be lost beyond recovery. It is often said that
our garden Tulips are derived from Lulipa Gesneriana,
but this is an explanation which does not explain. It
merely means that in 1753, the year which is usually but
arbitrarily taken as the beginning of systematie botany,
Linneus grouped all the garden Tulips he knew under
the name of Lulipa Gesneriana. But the Tulips of that
day had been cultivated for two centuries by Europeans,
and previously for an indefinite period by the Turks,
from whom, of course, we have no exact records, Fig.
25 One might study wild Tulips in their native
plac es and compare them with descriptions without
being certain of the original form which the Turks
brought from the wild, simply because of the lack
of records at the beginning. It is necessary to have
some scientific name for the gurden Tulips. The most
one dare say is that the garden Tulips are chiefly refer-
able to 7. Gesneriana and T. suaveolens, with the dis-
tinct understanding that these names do not represent
an original wild stock.
Tulipa suaveolens requires explanation. This name,
which dates from 1797, stands for a kind of Tulip dis-
covered growing wild in southern Europe long before
that date. There isno proof that itwas native; the proba-
bility is that it had escaped from gardens and run wild.
Tn 1799, it was distinguished from the other Tulips then
known by the fragrance of the flowers, the earliness of
bloom, slightly greater size and pubescent seape. From
the early records it appears that there were fragrant,
early-blooming flowers among the first Tulips received
1868 TULIPA
from Turkey. This is one of the main reasons for
believing that Z. suaveolens is not native to southern
Europe. At all events it is clear that 7. suaveolens
has played an important part in the evolution of the
garden Tulip, the Due van Thol class being generally
credited to this source. The distinctions between 7.
suaveolens and Z'. Gesneriana given below are those of
Baker, but they do not hold at the present day. It is
impossible to refer any given variety with satisfaction
to either type. Some writers have said that the leaves
of 7. suaveolens are shorter and broader than those of
1. Gesneriana, This char-
acter also fails. All grades
of pubescence are present.
Some pubescent plants
have long leaves and odor-
less flowers. Others have
short, glabrous leaves and
fragrant flowers.
For practical purposes it
may be said that most of
the common garden Tu-
lips, at least the late-flow-
ering ones, are 7. Gesner-
iana, While many of the
early-flowering kinds,e.g
the Due van Thol class,
are supposed to be derived
from 7. suaveolens. It is
impossible to press much
nearer the truth, as botany
is not anexact science and
the prototypes of the old
garden favorites cannot be
known completely and pre-
cisely.
Barly History. — The
first Tulip sceds planted
by Europeans were sent or
brought to Vienna in 1554
by Busbequius, the Aus-
trian ambassador before
the Sultan of Turkey.
Busbequius reported that
he first saw the flowers in
a garden near Constanti-
nople, and that he had to
pay dearly for them. After
the introduction of seed to
Vienna the Tulip became
rapidly disseminated over
Europe, both by home-
grown seed and hy new
importations from Turkey.
In 1559 Gesner first saw
the flower at Augsburg,
and it is mainly upon his
descriptions and pictures
that the species 7. Ges-
neriana was founded, One
of the earliest enthusiasts
was the herbalist Clusius,
who propagated Tulips on
a rather large scale. Fig.
2593. He did not introduce
the Tulip into Holland,
but the appearance of his
specimens in 1591 did
much to stimulate the in-
terest in the flower in that
country. The best of Clusius’ plants were stolen from
him, as the admirers of the Tulip were unwilling to pay
the high prices he demanded, After this theft the prop-
agation of the Tulip proceeded rapidly in Holland and
the flower soon became u great favorite. The production
of new varieties became a eraze throughout the Nether-
lands, culminating in the celebrated “tulipomania”
which began in 1634. The excitement continued for four
years. Thirteen thousand florins were paid for a single
bulb of Semper Augustus. Governmental interference
was necessary in order to end the ruinous speculation.
After the craze subsided, the production of varieties
continued upon a normal basis, and has persisted
2593.
oldest pictures of Tulips.
A sixteenth-century Tulip.
From the work of Clusius published in 1576.
TULIPA
throughout the centuries in Holland, making that
country the center of the bulb-growing industry of the
world down to the present day.
The introduction of the Tulip into England is credited
to Clusius, about the year 1577. Tulips reigned supreme
in English gardens until the beginning of the eighteenth
century, when they were neglected by the rich for the
many new plants from Amer For a while the Tulip
was considered more or less of a poor man’s flower,
though it has at no time been without many staunch
admirers among the upper classes.
With the Turks the nar-
row acuminate flower-seg-
ments were in favor, while
western taste preferred the
rounded form (Fig.
2595). The Turks seem to
have been satisfied with a
preponderance of the reds
and yellows, for in the
first sowings of Turkish
seeds the majority of the
resulting blooms were of
those colors. It thus came
about that flowers so col-
ored were considered com-
mon and undesirable in
the European gardens and
all effort was directed to
the production of the
rarer white grounded va-
rieties with finely and dis-
tinctly marked _ stripes,
those with a sharp bright
red being the favorites.
Indisputable evidence of
this is seen in the old
Holland “still-life” paint-
ings of that time, where
one finds none but the
rarer forms represented
(Solms-Laubach). All the
early Tulips of direct
Turkish origin had acute
more or less narrow and
reflexed segments. In-
deed, among all the old
engravings, including
those of Pena and Lobel,
1570, Clusius, 1576, Do-
doens, 1578, and Besler,
1613, no round -petaled
forms are found. Besler’s
work, “Hortus Eystetten-
sis,” contains magnificent
copper plates, the first in
any book on plants. In
some copies the plates are
beautifully colored by
hand. The 53 figures of
Tulips in this grand work
show how widely diversi-
fied was this flower even
at that early date. In this
and in Parkinson’s “* Para-
disus Terrestris,” 1629,
many are figured with in-
ner segments rounded and
outer acute, but none vice
versa (so far as could be
seen), though that form is mentioned in the descrip-
tions. The broad, rounded, erect-petaled forms were
developed later, apparently first by the Dutch growers
previous to and during the tulipomania, and produced
wholly by selection. This ideal has prevailed down to
the present time, for the narrow-petaled varieties are
practically unknown among our common garden forms;
so much so that the extreme typical one has been re-
ferred to n separate species (JZ. acuminata, Fig. 2602).
In the Dutch fields they are now known as “thieves,
and are destroyed as soon as they make their appearance.
Parrot Tulips became known towards the end of the
seventeenth century. They were oftentimes considered
One of the
Same size as original plate.
TULIPA
to be monstrosities, and were pictured as sueh. Accord-
ing to Sohns-Laubach, no traces of them are to be found
in the old Dutch books. They were evidently developed
by the French, who did not disdain the yellow and red
forms, to which these belong, to such an extent as did
the Hollanders. At one time they were made a separate
species, 7. Purcica, and later said to be hybrids, by one
author, between 7. aciwminata and sylvestris (iE. 8.
Rand, Jr., 1873), by another between JV. Gesneriana
and swceveolens (Mrs. Loudon, 1841). That the Parrot
Tulips ave hybrids is perhaps true, but to state with
certainty the parents seems impossible, for as early as
1613, among the figures in Hortus Eystettensis, there is
one which shows laciniation
of the petals to a marked
degree; sufficiently so, in
fact, to be the original form
from which this strain could
bedeveloped. Besides, many
of our garden varieties of
to-day exhibit more or less
laciniationu, so that it is
probable that “Parrot”
strains might be developed
from them by simple selec-
tion.
Double Tulips seem to
have made their appearance
at an early date. In Hortus
Eystettensis (1613), there
are four forms figured, one
of which, at least, seems to
have been almost wholly
made up of bracts, as it is
shown entirely green and is
described as being “wholly
herbaceous and green.” The
other three there figured
are: one red, one yellow,
and the other white with
maroon borders. Solms-
Laubach places the advent
of double Tulips at a much
later date, 1665, and gives
as the first authentic record
the account of © Zulipa lutea
centifolia, le monstre jaune
double.” Flowers with as
many as 200 petals are men-
tioned. A double form of
“T. serotina” was known in
1701, and at the beginning
of the nineteenth century a
double form of Z. sylves-
tris was described.
ARNOLD V. STUBENRAUCH,
Tutip ButB CULTURE IN
AMERICA.—From a com-
mercial point of view the
Tulip in this country has
received but little consid-
eration, Which is due to the
fact that its cultivation has
not been considered of suf-
ficient financial importance
to warrant the undertaking,
and also to the very general opinion that the industry
could not be made profitable excepting in Holland aud
by the Dutch. There is a common notion that Dutch
soil alone is adapted to the perfect development of the
bulb, and that there is some secret process possessed
by the Dutch alone which they will not under any cir-
cumstances reveal. Nevertheless some of our early
horticulturists and florists showed conclusively that the
Tulip bulbs could be grown in Americaeven better than
in Holland.
The late David Thomas, of Greatfield, near Aurora,
Cayuga county, N. Y., grew from seed some of the
finest Tulips, both as regards size, colors and markings,
ever shown in this or any other country at that early
date, which was nearly sixty years ago. The writer re-
members well seeing them on exhibition at the Aurora
2594. The common contemporaneous garden Tulip.
TULIPA 1869
Horticultural Society and the favor with which they
were reecived by as critical and intelligent an audience
as ever gathered around an exhibition table,
The late Isaae Buchanan propagated the Tulip very
suecesstully from offsets at his nursery in Astoria, L I;
at about the same period, and exhibited the flowers at
the first spring exhibition of the first New York Horti-
cultural Society, carrying off the highest honors.
Recent attempts in cultivating the Tulip in various
parts of the country, particularly in the West, as an
industry, have been quite successful, and the work only
needs to be taken up systematically and cnergetically to
Insure success, (See Washington.) ;
The Tulip is not at all
particular as regards soil.
Jt will thrive in either sand
or clay, but it ean be prof-
itably grown only on a light
sandy soil, as in such the
bulbs increase more rapidly
and are larger and more at-
tractive in appearance, the
skin being of a lovely red-
dish brown, while those
grown in a heavy soil are
smaller and of a dirty brown
color, Nearly all the soil
on the Atluntie coast from
Maine to Florida is admir-
ably adapted to commercial
Tulip cultivation, as is much
of the upland soil from Vir-
ginia southward, the light
sand being almost identical
with that of Holland, where
the Tulip is almost exclu-
sively grown,
While the Tulip loves
moisture, perfect drainage
is requisite to success. The
best results are obtained
when the soil bas been
made very rich for a pre-
vious crop; it matters but
little what,—some root crop
being preferable. The hest
manure is that from the
cow-stall, which must be
thoroughly rotted and
evenly incorporated in the
soil. Even though the soil
be light and fine, it must be
thoroughly worked before
the bulbs are planted, whieh
should be by the J5th of
September. Plant the bulbs
4 inches below the surface
in beds 4 feet in width, the
rows 6 inches apart and the
larger or stock-bulbs 6
inches apart in the rows.
For propagation the largest
and finest bulbs are always
used, and selected by the
dealers before filling orders.
The sets can be planted 2
inches apart in the rows,
the space to be increased according to the size of the
bulb. Upon the approach of winter the beds should be
given a light mulch to prevent the ground freezing be-
low the bulb. Not that the Tulip will not endure as
much frost as any hardy perennial—for it will—but
nearly all bulbs make certain preparations for spring
flowers in winter, and when the soil around them is
hard frozen this preparation cannot go on; consequently
when growth starts in early spring it will be premature
and feeble, and the result will be inferior flowers and a
smaller increase.
Upon the approach of spring remove the mulch; this
is all the work that will be required, other than to keep
the surface of the soil frequently stirred with a fine
rake to keep down the weeds and prevent evaporation
until the flowers appear. The beginning of bloom is the
1870 TULIPA
all-important and critical period of the season’s work,
when the florist’s arcana must be practiced but not re-
vealed. The great secret in Tulip propagation is now
open to the world, though not popularly understood.
Propagation is effected by offsets, from the fact that
varieties will not reproduce themselves from seed. The
seed produces only “selfs” or Mother Tulips, which only
break into variegated forms at long and uncertain peri-
ods. Consequently the flowers must be cut away as
2595. Round-petaled Tulips in a five-inch pot (1%).
soon as they appear; if not, nearly the whole of the
plant’s energies would go to the development of the
seed,—nature’s method of reproduction, —and the bulbs
produced would be small and with but few or no offsets.
From nature’s standpoint the bulb is of consequence as
a means of reproduction or perpetuation of the species
only in case of failure of seed production.
By cutting the flower-stems as soon as the flowers are
sufficiently developed to show, there is no mistake as to
variety, and the plant’s energies are wholly directed to
reproduction by offsets which, from large bulbs, are
freely produced. There is a great difference in varieties
in this respect. The increase is not far from tenfold an-
nually; that is, the parent bulb will produce that num-
ber of offsets, which must be grown at least three years
before they can be sold as first class.
By the cutting of the flower-stems the plant’s period
of development is materially shortened. The bulbs will
mature at least four weeks earlier than the seeds would
if permitted to mature. On Long Island the bulbs can
be safely taken up and dried off within two weeks from
the time the stems are cut. When the flowers are cut it
will not do to leave them on the beds; they must be
carried to some place where bulbs are not to be grown.
If left upon the beds they will, as the Dutch say, “make
the soil sick,” and sound, healthy bulbs cannot again be
produced on it until after a suecession of grain and
grasses. Tulips must not be returned to the same soil
annually, a rotation of at least two other crops being
necessary to the production of sound, vigorous bulbs.
A hundred thousand salable bulbs can be grown on a
single acre. They require three years from the sets.
The first year double that number can be grown. The
average yield or output will be 66,000 bulbs to the
acre.
in this country where land admirably adapted to the
eultivation of Tulip bulbs can be had at not more than
fifty dollars per acre, in comparison with land in Hol-
land worth $5,000 per acre, the industry could be made
a profitable one. cL
. ALLEN.
TULIPA
It is a matter of great regret that the key used be-
low is based upon a technical botanical character of no
interest to the horticulturist, but it seems to be impos-
sible to group the species according to the color and
shape of the flowers.
SUMMARY OF GROUPS.
I. Outer bulb-tunie glabrous inside...Species 1-2
Il. Outer bulb-tunie with a few appressed
hairs inside towards the top..... Species 3-12
Ill. Outer bulb-tunie with scattering appressed
hairs all over inside....... See Species 13-20
IV. Outer bulb-tunie pubescent inside, densely
soataper ..-.. Bs Spee
V. Outer bulb-tunic pilose ti Species 24-26
TI. Outer bulb-tunice woolly at base inside.
epercastter es hc te detos ebmnveke tase heuy oODEOES Apa
VIL. Outer bulb-tunie everywhere woolly inside,
re dalines Wiescate: Hears ous Siaies rsbadeve te eee eae Species
Outer bulb-tunic always hairy at base in-
side around root erown, and usually
with a few scattering hairs above but
sometimes without them.......... Species 37-42
VII.
INDEX.
fulgens, 40.
Gesneriana, 42.
Greigi, 3.
albo-maculata, 42. Hageri, 2. Persica, 8. L.
Aleppica, 34. Kaufmanniana, 18. planifolia, 20.
Armena, 24. Kesselringi, 15. platystigma, 25.
australis, 38. Kolpakowskiana, 5. preecox, 35.
Batalini, 30. Korolkowi, 17. pulchella, 6.
Biebersteiniana, 33. Julia , retroflexa, 22,
biflora, 31. lanata, 8. L. saxatilis, 16.
Billietiana, 19. Leichtlini, 36. spathulata, 42.
earinata, &. linifolia, 28. Sprengeri, 12.
Clusiana, 32. Lorteti, 34. Strangewaysiana,
Dammanni, 23. Lownei, 27. 42.
Didieri, 20. lutescens, 20. suaveolens, 37.
Dracontia, 42. Lycica, 34. sylvestris, 10.
Eichleri, 4. macrospeila, 41. violacea, 7.
elegans, 13. maculata, 14. viridiflora, 39.
acutifolia, 20. montana, 29
acuminata, 21.
alba, 20.
flava, S. L. Mauriana, 20. vitellina, 9.
fragrans, 1. Maximowiczii, 26.
Group I. Outer bulb-tunie glabrous inside.
A. Perianth yellow, flushed with green
OULSTUE: cu 8 gc 2 ena nla ea eenle a hieere waeee 1. fragrans
AA. Perianth crimson tinged with yellow C
OUESTDEL co ckicicvsminem sie aues pale spas aes 2. Hageri
1. fragrans, Munby. Height 6-12 in.: proper lvs. 3,
crowded at middle of stem, linear or lorate: fils. yellow,
greenish outside; peri-
Avni:
\ YY)
\
anth funnelform - cam- M,
vA"
panulate, 1-124 in. long,
ami
—~
3 in. across, slightly fra-
grant; segments all
acute; tilaments bearded
at base: ovary slightly
narrowed at collar; stig-
mas small. Algeria. Gn.
45:965. — Allied to 7.
sylvestris, differing in
position of the leaves
and segments uniformly
wide.
2. Hageri, Held.
Height 6 in.: Ivs. 4-5,
lorate acute, not undu-
late: fls. chiefly red,
about 2 in. across; peri-
anth broad-campanulate.
1% in., inodorous; seg-
ments acute, red, with a
large, green or purple-
black basal bloteh mar-
gined with yellow; sta-
mens purple-black;_fila-
ments linear, bearded
at base: ovary narrowed
at collar; stigmas small.
Hills of Parnes range in
Attica. B.M. 6242. F.
1877:169.
2596. The open spreading form
of Tulip (X }4).
TULIPA
Group II. Outer bulb-tuniec with a few appressed hairs
inside towards the top.
A. Stem pubescent,
B. Les. blotched with linear
chestnut-brown spots: fila-
ments not bearded at base. 3.
BB. Luvs. nol blotched: filaments
bearded at base.... 0... 000. 4.
AA. Stem glabrous (L. Holpakouw-
skiana sometimes obscurely
pubescent).
B. Luvs. ovate or broadly lanceo-
late.
c. Filaments bearded at buse. 5. Kolpakowskiana
6. pulchella
7. violacea
cc. Filaments not bearded.... 8. carinata
9. vitellina
BB. Les. linear or linear-lanceo-
late.
co. Filaments bearded at base.10. sylvestris
co. Filaments not bearded ....11. Ostrowskiana
12. Sprengeri
Greigi
Eichleri
3. Greigi, Regel. Height 2-8 in.: lvs. usually 4,
obseurely downy, much undulate toward cartilaginous
border: perianth campanulate, 3-3!% in.
long, 5 in. across, spreading abruptly from
about the middle, bright crimson with a
large dark basal blotch, margined with
yellow; segments uniform, obovoid, cus-
pidate or emarginate; anthers yellow; fil-
aments black, glabrous: ovary narrowed
at collar: stigmas yellow, twice as broad
as neck of ovary, reflexed. Turkestan.
BLM. G1i7. FCB. 212220 F. 1876:217.—
Early-blooming. 5
4. Eichleri, Regel. Height 6 in.: lvs.
12-15 in. long, lanceolate acuminate, mar-
gins plane and
smooth: peri-
anth broadly
cam panulate, 2-
15-3l in.across,
deep scarlet
with a_ broad,
cuneate, dark
violet - blue ba-
sal blotch mar-
gined with yel-
low; segments
rounded at top
with a mucro;
Georgia in Asia. B.M. 6191.
F. 1877: 169. — Allied to
Greigi.
5. Kolpakowskiana, Regel.
Height 12 in.: lvs. 3-4, ob-
securely ciliate on margin:
bud nodding: perianth cam-
panulate, 2-2%% in. long, 4%
in. across, faintly scented,
varying from bright scarlet
to bright yellow, typically red
with a faint yellow-black
blotch at base; segments ob-
long, acute, the outer spread-
ing away from the inner as
the flower expands; anthers
dark purple: ovary large,
stout: stigmas large, crisped.
Turkestan and Central Asia, 1877. B.M. 6710. Gn. 60,
p. 182.~A near ally of 7. Gesneriana, which it bids fair
to rival in beauty and variability under cultivation.
6. pulchélla, Fenzl. Height 4 in.: lvs. 2-3, crowded
and spreading close to the surface of the ground, chan-
neled, obscurely ciliate on edges: perianth funnelform,
erect, 1-144 in. long, 24% in. across, bright mauve-red
118
2597.
(X%),
A Darwin Turnip
See No. 42.
2598. Acute-petaled style of
anthers violet- Tulip (x44).
brown; fila-
ments black; stigmas very
thick, undulate, pale yellow.
TULIPA 1871
above, passing downward into a slaty lilac without any
dark-colored blotch, but bright yellow at base; segments
all acute, densely pilose at base; filaments linear: ovary
Alpine re-
clavate: stigmas less than ovary-diameter,
gion of Cilician Taurus, 1877.
B.M. 6304.—A dwarf species
near to 7. Hageri.
7. violacea, Boiss. & Buhse.
Less than 12 in. high: lvs. 3-5,
crowded: perianth campanulate
with a contracted base, 14g in.
long, 2 in. wide, fragrant, typi-
cally bright mauve-red or rosy
crimson flushed with purple,
varying to white with a slight
flush of red outside, with a
large brown or black basal
blotch, usually bordered with
white; segments uniformly ob-
long, subacute; stamens black
or purple; stigmas small. Per-
sia. Int. to cult, 1890. B.M.
7440. G.M. 39:390. — Allied to 7.
Hageri and pulchella.
8. carindta, Hort. Krelage.
Lvs. 3, not crowd-
ed, as long as f1.-
stalk, slightly un-
dulate, slightly
ciliate on edge
near base; peri-
anth open-campa-
nulate, 3 in. long,
dark scarlet,
tinged with green 2599. A Parrot Tulip —
just above and Tulipa Gesneriana, var.
blending into a Dracontia (x %).
bright yellow ba-
sal blotch; segments acute, cuspidate ;
stamens yellow: ovary prismatic: stig-
mas white, not undulated. Habitat un-
known. Vars. rubra and violacea, Hort.,
are offered.
9. vitellina, Hort. Lvs. 4, not crowded,
as long as fl.-stalk, not undulated, thinly
ciliate on edge: pedunele slightly tinged
with red near fl.: perianth campanulate,
2 in. long, sulfur-yellow, no basal blotch;
inner segments rounded, outer acute;
filaments yellowish white; stigmas not
undulated. — Said to be “hybrids be-
tween 7. suaveolens and 7’. Gesneriana.”
It is one of the “Cottage Garden” Tulips,
a class of old-fashioned Tulips which
have been preserved from oblivion in the gardens of
the poor. Attempts have been made recently to restore
them to popular favor. Well worth attention.
10. sylvéstris, Linn. Fig. 2691. Height 9-15 in.: Ivs.
usually 3, at base of scape, channeled, linear-lorate:
peduncle sometimes 2-fld. in cultivation: bud nodding;
perianth funnelform-campanulate, 14-2 in. long, yel-
low; segments all acute, inner narrower: ovary bladder-
form (narrowed at collar): stigmas smaller than ovary-
diameter, yellow. Said to be native in England and
widely so in Europe.—In cultivation as 7. Floventina
and 7. Florentina, var. odorata.
1l. Ostrowskiana, Regel. Height 12 in.: Ivs. 3, flat,
ciliate on edge: perianth open-campanulate, 2-3 in.
across, non-odorous, scarlet with small brown basal
spot, margined with yellow at top; segments tapering
at base and top; filaments dark wine-red: ovary pris-
matic, white striped with green, red near top: stigmas
equal to ovary-diameter, scarlet. Introduced from
Turkestan in 1881. B.M. 6895. Gn. 45:965.—Allied to
T. Oculus-solis.
12. Spréngeri, Baker. Height 10-18 in.: lvs. 4, close
together, long, linear-lanceolate, stiff: peduncle wiry,
tinged with deep red under fl.: perianth open-campanu-
late (star-shaped), 2 in. long, bright scarlet with a
somewhat dull brown basal blotch margined all around
with dull orange-yellow, all blending into one another;
1872
segments all oblong-ovate and cuspidate; filaments red-
dish brown: ovary pyramidal, reddish: stigmas equal
to narrow collar. Hab. (2). Imported by Dammann &
Co., of Naples, in 1894. Gn. 56:1251. Gt. 44:1411.
TULIPA
Group Ill. Outer bulbd-tunie with scattering appressed
hairs all over inside.
A. Stem pubescent (T. macrulata
finely so and sometimes gla-
brous).
B. Perianth usually bright ved
with a yellow basal blotch...138.
BB. Perianth orange-scarlet or red,
with a dark brown, purplish
or bluish black basal blotch 14. maculata
AA, Stem glabrous.
B. Lower les. lorate or linear-
LGM CCOUCTEL s wernd lence Bocas ieee 15. Kesselringi
BB. Lower lus. lanceolate or
broadly so.
elegans
ce. Filaments bearded at base..16. saxatilis
ec. Filaments not bearded.
Db. The perianth segments all
rounded at top ........5. 17. Korolkowi
pp. The perianth segments all
COE OF 108 65 oes capes xe 18. Kaufmanniana
ppp. The inner perianth seg-
ments rounded: outer
CUTE OE LOD sivesiaters-ccadoreie ss 19. Billietiana
20. Didieri
13. élegans, Hort. Height 12-18 in.: lvs. 3-4, below
middle of stem, lorate-lanceolate, finely ciliate upon
upper face: perianth campanulate, 3-3% in. long: seg-
ments uniform, narrowed gradually to a very acute
2600. A pan of Murillo Tulips, one of the few double
varieties that are really desirable (x 14).
point; anthers violet; filaments glabrous; stigmas
larger than ovary-diameter, yellowish.—Known in gar-
dens only. Krelage catalogues a variety as ‘Cottage
elegans picotee,” which has larger lvs. and white Howers
edged with rose, and without basal blotch. “Frobably
a hybrid between Z. acuminata and suaveolens.”
14. maculata, Hort. Height 12-18 in.: lvs. 344, lorate-
lanceolate: perianth campanulate, 2-2% in.; segments
obovate, cuspidate, very wide beyond middle; anthers
purple; filaments glabrous; stigmas small.—"A well-
marked garden race” (Baker).
15. Késselringi, Regel. Lvs. 4-5, crowded at base
of stem, lorate-lanceolate, channeled: peduncle some-
times obscurely puberulent: perianth campanulate, 1%-2
in. long, bright yellow, flushed with red and green out-
side; inner segments subobtuse, outer acute; stamens
bright yellow; filaments glabrous; stigmas not equal
to ovary-diameter. Turkestan. B.M. 6754.
16. saxatilis, Sieber. Height 12 in. or more: stem
usually branched low down and bearing 2 fis.: lvs.
TULIPA
usually 3, sometimes lowest 12 in. long: perianth ob-
long-funnelform, 2-2%4 in. long, 3 in. across, light
mauve-purple, at base bright yellow; segments pubes-
cent at base, inner obovate, outer oblong; anthers
blackish ; filaments bright yellow: ovary prismatic:
stigmas small. Crete, 1878. B.M. 6374. Gn. 56:1234.
17. Korolkéwi, Regel. Height 6-9 in.: lvs. 2-3, fal-
eate, margin crisped: perianth campanulate, red, with
a distinct black basal blotch; inner segments oblong,
outer obovate ; filaments lanceolate; stigmas small.
Turkestan, 1875.
18. Kaufmanniana, Regel. Less than 12 in. high: lvs.
2-3; perianth subcampanulate, 2-3 in. long, 246-4 in,
across, bright yellow in original form, tinged with red
outside, without basal blotch; in cultivation very vari-
ble in color and nearly always with a deep yellow ba-
sal bloteh ; anthers lemon-yellow, linear; filaments
bright orange, linear flattened: ovary pyramidal: stig-
mas small in cultivated form, but described as large.
Turkestan, 1877. B.M. 6887.
19. Billietiana, Jord. & Four. Lvs. 3-4, undulate, not
ciliate on edge: perianth open-campanulate, 2 in. long,
3% in. across, inodorous, bright yellow, flushed with
searlet-pink, especially outside, with obscure basal
blotch striated with blue-black lines; anthers dark
gray or blackish; filaments yellow, with dark striations:
ovary narrowed at collar: stigmas light yellow, very
large and ecrisped. Savoy, Italy. B.M. 7253. G.M.
38:311.—One of the late Tulips.
20. Didiéri, Jord. Height 12-18in.: lvs. 3-4, undulate,
acuminate: perianth campanulate, 2-2} in. long, 4% in.
across, bright crimson, with purple basal blotch margined
with yellow or yellowish white; outer segments reflexed;
stamens same color as basal blotch: ovary narrowed at
collar: stigmas larger than collar- diameter, white.
Savoy, Italy and Alps. B.M.6639.—Var. Mauriana, Jord.
Lvs. narrower, slightly undulate: perianth brilliant red,
with wide yellow blotch. Var. planifolia, Jord. Stem
slender: lvs. narrow, not undulated: perianth deep red,
faintly marked with yellowish red or blackish blotch.
Var. acutifolia, DC. seca 8.
GG: Paiat Ol. esse 12.
FF. Lies. strongly pubes-
cent both sides...1s.
FFF. Lrs. glabrous, often
hairy on midrib
beneath,
glabrous
vacillans
nigrum
Canadense
VACCINIUM 1891
a. Margin of lus,
bristly -serru-
EO ee oe oe es done 11. Pennsylvanicum
GG. Margins of les.en-
tive or at most
ciliate.
H. Berry blue,
GIUCOUS. oo 18. corymbosum
HH. Berry black,
nolglaucous.19. atrococcum
HORTICULTURAL CLASSIFICATION. —The following key
to the more commonly known species is bused upon
horticultural or garden characters:
A. Species cultivaled ehiefly for
Pricit.
B. Color of fruit red.
oc, Stems slender,
les. evergreen,
trailing:
b, dper of leaves acute.... 1. Oxyeoceus
pp. Apes of leaves obtuse or
RU AUSG? Soe Tee gel ge ... 2. macrocarpon
co, Stems stoulerthough creep-
ing: branches erect,
LI See pean tare eee 3. Vitis-Idea
eco, Stems erect, much taller,
2-10) tt.
p. Les. small,%4—84 (dong. 4. parvifolium
po. Les. larger, L-38 in.
long
BB. Color of fruit blue or black.
co. Plant low, .-3 fl. high.
D. Poliuge evergrecn.
BE. Les. small, 4-% in.
long ace Ate 6. nitidum
EE. Lrs. larger, 'y-L in.. 7. Myrsinites
po. Foliage deciduous,
E. Surface of lus. gla-
brous.
F. Les. pale beneath,
not shining above,
(See also No. 12.
Here might be
sought Vy corym-
bosum, var. palli-
dum, No. 18.)
FF. Lus. not paler be-
neath, shining, at
least above. (Ey-
ceptions: No, 12
always paler be-
neath; No. 1
rarely paler be-
neath.)
@. Fis. solitary in
the arils,
H. Branches
sharply an-
qled .
HH. Branches not
angled.......10. cespitosum
Ga. Alls, in’ fas les
or short racemes.
H. The luvs. not
5. erythrocarpon
8. vacillans
9. Myrtillus
paler bencath 11. Pennsylvanicum
HH. The lus, paler
beneath. ..... 12. nigrum
EE. Surface of the lus.
hairy.
F. Ovary and fr. glau-
BOIS 2 hicks Bienes 13. Canadense
FF. Ovary and fre hia
Be eae wets 14. hirsutum
ec. Plant taller, s-12 ft
spreading.
bp. Bis. solitary in arils,
sharply serrate 15, myrtilloides
entire or slightly
serrulate, 16. ovalifolium
pp, B/s, in vacemes or co-
rymds.
EB. Racemes elongated on
naked branches....17. virgatum
1892 VACCINIUM
EE. Racemes shorter.
F. Corolla cylindric:
PPRMOUU aie ea cketetaee: 18. corymbosum
FF. Corolla urn-shaped:
PPOLMETE: on, crete Ges 19. atrococcum
AA. Species cultivated chiefly for
ornament,
B. Plants low, 1-2 ft. high.
oc. Stems creeping, with
branches erect, or as-
cending.
pv. Lvs. small, shining.....20. erassifolium
pp. Lvs. lurger,pale or glau-
GOR OLUE so Amine amnic aus .21. wliginosum
22. erythrinum
BB. Plants taller, 2-20 ft. high.
©. Foliage evergreen, rigid. .23.
ce. Foliage deciduous.
D. Surface shining above,
more or less pubescent
DOMECQ. aie sence iS Slate sve 24. arboreum
pp. Surface paler above,
glaucous beneath.....25. stamineum
ppp. Surface bright green
both sides. (Here
might be sought No.5.) 5. erythrocarpon
ovatum
1. Oxycéccus, Linn. SmaLL CRANBERRY. CRANBERRY
of the Old World. Slender creeping plants with short,
filiform stems 4-10 in. long: Ivs. ovate acute or acumi-
nate, 4 in. long, with revolute margins: pedicels 1-4,
terminal: corolla deeply 4-parted, the lobes reflexed;
anthers exserted, with very long terminal tubes: berry
red, globose, 14-13 in. in diam., 4-loculed. Sphagnum
swamps in subaretic and alpine ions.—Though
smaller, its fruit is by many considered superior to that
of the next.
2. macrocadrpon, Ait. LARGER AMERICAN CRANBERRY.
Stems slender, creeping, elongated (1-4 ft.), the flower-
ing branches ascending: lvs. oblong or oval, obtuse or
retuse, '3-%6 in. long, whitened beneath: pedicels sev-
eral, axillary and lateral: berry red or reddish, globose
or pyriform, 13-1 in. long. N. America. B.M. 2586.
Em. 2:456. See Cranberry.
2629. Cowberry or Mountain Cranberry — Vaccinium
Vitis-Idza (X about !;).
3. Vitis-Ida, Linn. Cowrrerry. Movuntain CRAn-
BERRY. Foxperry. Fig. 2629. Plants low (6-10 in.):
Ivs. coriaceous, persistent, obovate or oval, 14-*4 in,
long, dark green and shining above, with blackish
bristly points beneath: fls. in short, terminal racemes:
corolla white or rose-colored, 4-cleft: berries dark red,
acid, rather bitter. Arctic regions, south to coast of
VACCINIUM
New England, Minn. and Brit. Col. B.B. 2:580. L.B.C.
7:616 (as var. major); 11:1023(var. minor).—The fruits,
which are rather larger than currants, acid and some-
what bitter when uncooked, are largely used in the more
northern regions for tarts, jellies and preserves, or as a
substitute for the common cranberry. According to
Macoun, the fishermen’s families along the Gaspé coast
and the north shore of the Gulf of St. Lawrence gather
the fruit of this species in large quantities for their
own use and for sale, calling it *Low-bush Cranberry.”
Throughout the whole of northern Canada hunters and
trappers, as well as the native Indians, have frequently
to depend upon it for food. It is valuable for the shrub-
bery border, where the strong contrast of the dark green
foliage and the bright-colored persistent fruit is very
striking.
4, parvifélium, Smith. Shrub, 6-12 ft. high, strag-
gling, with slender, green, sharply angled branches:
lvs. oblong or oval, obtuse, entire, dull or pale, 14-34
in. long: fis. solitary in the axils; corolla globular,
nearly white; calyx 5-lobed: berries light red, rather
dry. Northern Calif. to Alaska.—Offered by only one
nurseryman. T. J. Howell, of Oregon, characterizes the
fruit as “of good flavor, excellent for tarts,” while Gray
says “rather dry, hardly edible.”
5. erythrocdrpon, Michx. Shrub, erect, divergently
branching, 1-4 ft. high: lvs. oblong-lanceolate, acumi-
nate, serrate, thin, 14-3 in. long: pedicels solitary,
axillary, bractless: corolla flesh -colored, 34 in. long,
4-eleft, revolute: berries globose, 4 in. in diam., light
red, turning to deep blue-black at full maturity, watery,
slightly acid, seareely edible. July. Higher Allegha-
nies, Va. to Ga. B.M. 7413.
6. nitidum, Andr. A diffusely much branched shrub,
with smooth branchlets: lvs. thick, coriaceous, shining
above, obovate or oblong: fis. in cles on short ra-
cemes, the almost persistent bracts as well as the
roundish or obtuse calyx-tecth reddish; corolla short-
campanulate, 5-toothed: berry “somewhut pear-shaped,
black.” Fla. and Ga. —Near to or passing into VW. Mf yr-
sinites.
7. Myrsinites, Lam. Low, evergreen shrub erect or
decumbent: Ivs. exceedingly variable, 34-1 in. long, en-
tire or serrulate, sometimes denticulate, mostly shining
above; bracts and calyx-teeth acute or acutish: berries
“globose, blue.” Sandy pine barrens N.Car.to Fla.and La,
B.M. 1550 (as V. nitidwm, var. decumbens ).—The differ-
ence between this species and the preceding is obscure.
The chief points of distinction seem to be that V. Myrsi-
nites has puberulent branchlets, prominently veined lvs.
and acute calyx-teeth and bracts, while V. witidum bas
smooth branchlets, smaller and faintly veined lvs., with
obtuse or roundish calyx-teeth and bracts. Grown as a
pot-plant in coolhouses in England under the name of
V. Sprengelit.
8. vacillans, Kalm. Low BiueBerry. BuuE HUckie-
BERRY. Erect, glabrous: lvs. obovate or oval, entire or
sparingly serrulate: fils. in rather loose clusters, gener-
ally on leafless summits of twigs; corolla campanulate
or cylindraceous, contracted at the mouth: berries large,
blue, with much bloom, of excellent Havor, ripening
with I. Canadense. Dry, sandy, or rocky places, N.
Amer. B.B. 2:579. Em. 1:454.—One of the most com-
mon species of the northern and central states, particu-
larly west of the Alleghanies. The fls. are quite showy,
while the fruit is particularly valuable.
9. Myrtillus, Linn. WHortTLEBErry. BiLBERRY. Low
shrubs, glabrous: lvs. ovate or oval, serrate, conspicu-
ously veined, %-?4 in. long: calyx almost entire: ber-
ries black, nodding. Mountainou egions, N. Amer.,
Eu., Asia.—The most widely distributed species and
very generally used as an article of diet and in the mak-
ing of drinks, particularly in the Old World. It is from
this species that the common name Whortleberry is de-
rived. Not of special importance in America.
10. cespitosum, Michx. Dwarr Binperry. A dwarf
tufted shrub, 3-12 in. high, nearly glabrous throughout:
Ivs. obovate, obtuse or acutish, serrulate, shining on
both sides: fis. solitary; corolla ohovoid, pink or white,
slightly 5-toothed (rarely 4-toothed): berries large,
globose, blue with bloom, sweet. N. Amer. B.B. 2:576
VACCINIUM
B.M. 3429—It is doubtful if varieties can be distin-
guished. Vir. arbuscula, Gray, passes into the ordinary
form; while vars. angustifolium, Gray, and cuneifolium,
Nutt., are found to be simply forms produced by shade.
The last form, particularly, is common in New Eng-
land, and early in the season the lvs. are of the ordini
obovate type, while later they become elongated.
Recommended by Warren H. Manning for the rock
garden.
11. Pennsylvanicum, Lam. Low Buiveserry. Fig.
2630. A dwarf shrub, 6-15 in. high: Ivs. membrana-
ceous, oblong-lanceolate or oblong, distinetly serrulate
with bristle-pointed teeth, mostly shining on both sides
but often hairy on midrib beneath: fils. on short pedi-
cels; corolla campanulate-eylindrical, short: berries
large, globose, bluish blaek with bloom, sweet, the
est to ripen north. N. Amer. BM. 3454. B.B.
Em. 2:456. Rep. Me. Exp. Sta. 1898:171.—Var.
2630. Vaccinium Pennsylvanicum — Low Blueberry (1%).
angustifolium, Gray. A dwarf form, with more deeid-
edly lanceolate Ivws. Lake Superior and northward, —
This species is extremely yariable in size and shape
of fruit and flowers, but with the exception of the va-
riety noted and the black-fruited form offen asso-
ciated with it, which is set off as Vy aigriom, the varia-
tions do not appear sufliciently constant to warrant mik-
ing separations. In general, the plant is of low, semi-
prostrate habit, is extremely prolific and thrives on dry,
sandy hills. It furnishes the bulk of the Blucherries
found in the eastern markets. When mown down or
burned, the new erect shoots produce, the following
vear, a long, spike-like mass of bloom and fruit which
may be stripped off by handfuls. Because of its charac-
ter and early-ripening habit, it is known on the Blue-
berry plains as “Early Sweet ” or “Low Sweet.”
12. nigrum, Britton. Low Biack BLUEBERRY. Low
shrub, similar to J. Pennsylvanicum, and often asso-
iated with it: lvs. oblong-lanceolate to obovate, finely
serrulate, green above, pale and glaucous beneath: fis.
few in the clusters, white or cream-colored, appearing
earlier than those of J. Pennsylranicum: berries rather
small, black without bloom. Dry rocky soil, N. Amer.
B.B. 2:579. Rep. Me. Exp. Sta., 1898:171.—This species
is distinguished from the preceding by the glancous
under surfaces of the leaves and by the characteristic
shining black fruit. It is usually found in colonies in
the same situations as J™ Pennsylrvanicum; but oeca-
sionally the two species will be found intermingled.
VACCINIUM 18938
13. Canadénse, Richards. CANAvA BLUEBERRY, Erect
shrubs, 1-2 ft. high, the crowded branchlets downy-
pubescent: Ivs. oblong-lanceolate or elliptical, entire,
downy on both sides: corolla short, open-campanulate,
greenish white, often tinged with red: berries glohose
or oblate, blue with mueh bloom, of excellent flavor.
Low woods, Hudson Bay to Bear Lake and the north-
ern Rocky Mts.; south to New Eng., mts. of Pa. and
Tl. BM. 3446. B.B. 2:578.—This species, commonly
known as “Velvet Leaf” or “Sour Top” because of the
character of its foliage and the somewhat acid fruit,
usually grows in rather moist, rocky, not swampy, lo-
ealities. The fruit is larger and more acid than the
other low forms and matures from one to three wecks
later, It is not so popular in the general market as the
sweeter kinds, but it is very prolific and its lateness in
ripening is a point in its favor.
14. hirsttum, Buckley. Hairy Hrekieperry. BEar
HvUckLEBERRY. Low shrub, 1-2 ft. high: stems green,
grooved, obscurely 4-angled, those of the current year
covered with stout, spreading white hairs: Ivs. ovate,
entire and, together with the pure white eampanulate
corolla, the calyx and the dark blue globose fruit, hirsute.
Very local in N.C., Ga. and Teun. G.F. 2:865.—This
species, discovered about 1840,was lost sight of for half a
century until rediscovered by Sargent and transferred
tothe Arnold Arboretum, It is readily distinguished by
the hairy Hower and fruit. The fruit is described as
fully as large as that of Gaylussacia resinosa, shining
black, and of an agreeable flavor. Under cultivation
not so densely hairy as in the wild state. Gives prom-
ise of being valuable under cultivation as one of the
latest of its kind to ripen,—at the Arnold Arboretum
the best period of fruitage being the middle of August,
berries remaining into September.
15. myrtilloides, Hook. An erect, branching shrub,
mostly glabrous throughout, the twigs slightly angled:
lvs. oval, oblong or ovate, acute, serrate, membranous,
green on both sides but not shining, 1-2 in. long: calyx
entire; corolla depressed-globular, yellowish or green-
ish white: berries large, oblate, black, rather id.
Lake Superior westward, B.M. 3447.—The berries are
large, 'o-84 in., oblate, with broad calyx, of exeellent
flavor; much relished by the natives of the northwest.
16. ovalifélium, Smith. . repens
EE. Habit upright: plants
stronger growing and
taller
F. Foliage and stem white-
WOOLLY. vice re clade Retel an eeeAls 14. incana
rr. Foliage nearly glabrous:
lus. large, dentate.
G. Lower lus. pinnatisect.15, pinnata
aa. Lower lus. merely ser-
rate or crenate.
H. Racemes panicled..16. spuria
HH. Facemes solitary or
few.
1. Lus. lanceolate ...17. longifolia
u. Lvs. ovate-oblong..18. spicata
Dp. Racemes axillary.
E. Habit low and creeping.
By. USS AUG OI.. aoacncsen seed circzeoides
rr. Lis. broader.
G. The racemes few-fld...20. montana
aq. Lhe racemes many-fld.
Fils. pale blue,
varely pink...
. Fils. deep blue,w hite
.21. officinalis
center 22. pectinata
EE. Habit taller, more 1
F. Calyr 4-purted sawed aaneeeety 23. Chamedrys
FF. Calyx d-parted.
Lvs. more or less den-
PME: Beil Dene mene e 24. Teucrium
Ga. Lvs. deeply pinnatifid.25. Austriaca
1. Hulkeana, F. Mueller. Showy lilac-fid. species,
readily distinguished by its serrate lvs. and terminal
racemes. Slender, erect, sparingly leafy, straggling
shrub, 1-3 ft. high, with branching stems: Ivs. 1-1!
n. long, in sparse pairs, ovate or oblong, obtuse or
acute, coarsely serrate, smooth, leathery: raceme slen-
der, terminal, branching, spreading, 4-10 in. long: fis.
capsule small, longer than broad, twice
sessile, lilac:
exceeding the sepals, Summer. Mts. and rocky places,
New Zealand. B.M. 5484.
Traversii, Hook. f. White-flowered shrub about 2-3
ft., of special interest as being hardy in Ireland and
parts of England. A smooth, much-branched shrub:
lvs. linear or linear-oblong, entire, smooth, opposite,
sessile, thick, 34-1 in. long, numerous: racemes axil-
lary, large: fils. many, small, white or mauve: capsule
acute, 3-4 times exceeding the calyx. All summer.
New Zealand. B.M. 6390. Gn. 82, p. 217.
1920
3. elliptica, Forst. (Vv. decussdta, Soland.). Remark-
able for its white fls., which are large for the genus,
15-84 in. across. Small or tree-like: lvs. oval or oblong-
VERONICA
elliptic: racemes axillary, few-fld.: fls. white or flesh-
colored. New Zealand and antarctic regions. B.M.
242. J. TEL. 35: —Not advertised in America now.
4, speciosa, R. Cunn. A half-hardy bushy branching
shrub, 3-6 ft. high. Stout and very smooth, the branches
angled: lvs obovate - oblong, subsessile, thick and
smooth, 2-3 in. long: racemes axillary, densely fid..:
fls. blue to violet, with rose, red or white varieties:
capsule exceeding calyx. Banks of streams, New Zea-
lund. B.M. 4057. R.H. 1844:60. Andersonii, Lindl. &
Paxt. (V. Héndersonii, Hort.), a hybrid of V. salic-
ifolia and speciosa, is a summer bedding plant and also
a greenhouse subject. It grows 18 in. high: lvs. oblong,
sessile, entire, thickish: racemes axillary: fls. bluish
violet. F.S. 5:658. Fig. 2658.
Var. imperialis, Boncharlat (WV. imperidlis, Hort.),
has large, dense spikes of “amaranth-red” or crimson-
purple flowers. F.S. 22:2317. The excellent “ Veronica
Purple Queen” is alleged to be a hybridof V. Traversii
and V. Hendersonii and to have violet-blue fis. with a
white center. The handsome plate Gn. 45:966 shows no
trace of V. Zraversii nor of white center. The plant is
close to V. speciosa. In some catalogues JV. Hender-
sonii and V. subsessilis are said to be synonymous, but
this is a gross error.
5. salicifélia, Forst. Strong, half-hardy, glabrous
shrub with flattened branchlets, approaching a tree
in size and habit: Ivs. lanceolate, subsessile, entire,
smooth, 2-3 in. long, pointed: racemes axillary, densely
fld.: fls. bluish to white, large, pedicelled: capsules
large, longer than broad, pointed, exceeding the sepals.
New Zealand, where it is a graceful tree 10-15 ft. high.
Gn. 26, p. 107; 28, p. 293; 34, p. 349.
6. macrocarpa, Vahl. Young branches glabrous: lvs.
sessile, lanceolate, entire, acute, smooth: racemes
densely fid.: fls. bluish to white: capsule ovate-oblong,
thrice exceeding the calyx. With habit and lvs. of V.
salicifolia, Mts., New Zealand.
2658. Veronica Andersonii (x 44)
No. 4.
7. Buxbaumii, Tenore. Prostrate annual, with elon-
gated slender pubescent stems, the lower branching
and often rooting: lvs. ovate, subcordate, coarsely
crenate-serrate, pubescent, shortly petioled, 94 in, long
the lower opposite, the upper alternate and similar:
racemes axillary: fls. small, blue, scattering, on long
pedicels, of long duration: capsule broader than long,
very widely notched, exce eded by the sepals. April-
Sept. Fields, middle and 8. Europe, Asia and natural-
ized in N. Amer. F. 1846, Dp. 112;
VERONICA
8. Syriaca, Roem. & Schult. Ascending, diffusely
branched pubescent herb, 6-12 in. high: lvs. ovate or
ovate - lanceolate, incised or dentate, smooth ; lower
petiolate, upper subsessile, 4 in. long: raceme termi-
nal, slender, 4-6 in. long: fis. blue, with thread-like
pedicels 4% in. Jong: capsule broader than long, notched
two-thirds of its length, exceeding the sepals. June.
S. W. Asia. R.H. 1897, p. 311.
9. serpyllifolia, Linn. (V. alpéstris, Hort.). Tuyme-
LEAVED SPEEDWELL. ST. PAUL'S SPEEDWELL. Slender,
ascending, nearly smooth plant, growing irregularly in
clumps 2-4 ft. high, the base DEOS rate and rooting:
lvs. ovate or oblong, crenate, %4-'% in. long, smooth,
variable: racemes loose, with conspicuous bracts; fis.
pediceled, whitish or pale blue with deeper stripes:
capsule wider than long, obtusely notched, exceeding
or equal to the sepals. May-July. Roadsides and fields,
Asia, Eu., N. Afr., N. and §. Amer.
10. Virginica, Linn. (Leptdéndra Virginica, Nutt.).
GREAT VIRGINIAN SPEEDWELL. CULVER’S Roor. Erect,
simple, somewhat pubescent herb 2-6 ft. tall: Ivs. in
whorls of 4-6, lanceolate, 2-4 in. long, smooth above,
pubescent below, acutely serrate, short-petioled: ra-
cemes terminal, erect, long, den fils. many, white or
pale blue, short-pediceled: capsules longer than broad,
pointed, twice exceeding the calyx. Aug.—Sept. East-
ern states.—Free-growing herb. Likes. rich soil and
much sun. While stiff and coarse, it is bold and stately.
Var. Japonica. Of similar character but a month
earlier. Japan.
11. alpina, Linn. A slender, delicate plant growing
from a creeping stock, branching at the base, becoming
ascending or upright, the flower-stems often solitary,
2-6 in. high: lvs. opposite, occasionally alternate, sub-
sessile, elliptic or oblong, entire or dentate, about Y%-1
in. long, of varying size, the lowest small, orbicular: r;
ceme short, spiciform, dense: fils. small, blue or viole
capsule 44 in. long, oblong, longer than broad, hairy,
exceeding the calyx. Mts. of Eu., middle and N. Asia
and alpine and arctic regions in America. B.M.2975.—
Adapted to the rock-garden. Blackens when dried.
12. gentianoides, Vahl. GENTIAN-LEAVED SPEEDWELL.
Erect, slender, tufted species 6-24 in. high, according
to soil and position, from creeping roots and leafy stems
below broadening above into a spicate raceme: lvs. obo-
vate or oblong, some lanceolate or linear, thickish en-
tire or small crenate, smooth, 124-3 in. long; root-lvs.
more or less in rosettes; Hes ‘Ws. bract-like, smaller
and narrower: raceme elongated, leafy, many - fid.,
hairy: fils. pale blue, with darker streaks on long pedi-
cels: capsule nearly round, slightly notched, exceeding
the calyx. Wet alpine fields, 8S. E. Eu. B.M. 1002.—A
hardy species in any soil or location, shade-enduring
though not ne arily shade-loving, blooming early.
Prop. by division. Forms a mat and makes a good
ground cover for bare spots in midsummer. Also a
valuable border plant. One of the earliest. Var. foliis
variegatis is a dwarf form with variegated lvs. used in
formal bedding. Another variety has longer flower-
stems and larger fls. which are light lavender. Var.
alba has white flowers.
13. répens, DC. CREEPING SPEEDWELL. Prostrate,
slender, compact plant growing in dense masses: lvs.
4-% in. long, ovate, slightly crenate, shining green
and moss-like: racemes slender, few-fld.: fls. nearly
white, with a trace of blue: capsules broader than long,
deeply notched, exceeding the sepals. May. Forests of
Corsica. Hardy in Mass.—Grows in the sun. Will cover
the ground where grass does not grow, forming asod in
a short time. Prefers moist corners but thrives ona
moderately dry soil.
14. incana, Linn. (V. edndida, Hort.). Hoary SPEED-
WELL. Strong, upright or ascending, white-woolly
plant 12-18 in. high, with many sterile matted branches
and fewer fertile erect branches: lvs. opposite, acute,
lower oblong, upper lanceolate, 1-3 in. long, white-to-
mentose: racemes erect, numerous, 3-6 in. long: fis.
many, blue, short-pediceled: capsule longer than ‘broad,
thick, exceeding the woolly calyx. July-Sept. Fields
and mountain regions. N. Asia, and southwestern
Eu.—Resembles JV’. spicata in habit. Has a good
VERONICA
appearance both in and out of bloom. Useful in the
rockery, border or geometrical garden.
15. pinnata, Linn. Strong, upright plant 2-3 ft. high,
glabrous or pubescent: Ivs. sparse or somewhat clus-
tered, finely cut, the lower pinnate with spreading seg-
ments, the upper pinnatilid, thickish, shining, smooth:
racemes slender, many-fld., elongated: fls. blue. June,
July. Open mountain lands, Russia.
16. spria, Linn. (I. panienidta, Linn. VW. amethis-
tina, Willd.). BastTarD SPEEDWELL. Upright, slender,
densely pubescent species 2 ft. high: Ivs. mostly oppo-
site or ternate, 1 in. long, linear, acute, serrate-crenate
toward the apex, entire below, smooth, narrowed at the
base, thickish racemes numerous, panicled, long,
densely many-fld.: fs, blue, pediceled: capsule nearly
round, thick, exceeding the sepals. May, June. Woods,
southeastern Eu. and southern Russian Asia. — Becomes
weedy late in the season. Var. élegans, Voss. Lys.
pubescent on both sides: habit much branched and
more slender than the type. A form with variegated
Ivs. and flesh-colored fls. is known to the trade as I.
eleyaus carned varicgata,
17. longifolia, Linn. Strong, leafy, upright, densely
growing species 2?) ft. high, with usually a smooth
stem: lvs. lanceolate or oblong-acuminate, sharply ser-
rate, lower opposite, upper more or less verticillate,
pubescent below, very acute, 24s-4 in. long: raceme
long, erect, spiciform, dense: fis. lilac, numerous
capsules longer than broad, notched, a little exceeding
the linear sepals or sometimes exceeded by them. Be-
eomes black in drying. July-Sept. Wet fields, middle
and eastern Eu. and northern Asia.—Much cultivated
and hybridized. Has several varieties. A fine border
plant and the most common species
ering freely in any good soil. Var. subséssilis, Miq.
Wig. 2 More erect, compact and robust than the
type, ft. high, growing in clumps with numerous
side branches and of a good habit: Ivs. 2-4 in. long, ac-
cording to the richness of the soil: spikes longer and
fis. larger than of the type and of an intense lustrous
blue. Aug.-Oct. Japan. B.M. 6407, R.H. 1881:270. G.C.
II. 16:788. A good border plant and considered the best
Speedwell. Best in deep, rich soil in an open position.
Var. rosea, Hort. (V. vdsea, Hort.), a probable va-
riety with pink fis., 2 ft. high and much branched.
Hardy in Mass. Prop. by division and cuttings.
Var. villosa (JV. villdsa, Schrad. VV. crenuldta,
Hoffm.). A Siberian form with narrower lvs. than the
type and large blue fls. Lvs. serrate or doubly notched
or incised.
18. spicata, Linn. Ascending or erect, slender stems
2-4 ft. high, growing from a shortly creeping, almost
woody rootstock: lvs. lanceolate, lance-oblong or the
lower ovate, opposite or verticillate, crenate, downy,
14-2 in. long, thick: racemes long, upright, densely
many-fid.: fis. pediceled, clear blue or sometimes pale
pink; stamens very long, purple: capsule longer than
broad, notched, thick, exceeding the broad hairy sepals.
June-Aug. Hilly pastures, Eu. and N. Asia.—Thrives
in an open soil away from shade. Regarded as one of
the better border Speedwells. Var. alba has white fils.
Var. rosea, Hort., has showy pink fis. in early autumn.
19. cirewoides, G. Don. Low, trailing perennial, grow-
ing in a dense mass: lvs. lanceolate, crenate toward the
apex, small, dark green, numerous: racemes many,
6 in. high: fls. small, dark blue. May, June. Switzer-
land.—Rare. Considered one of the best. Valuable as
a ground cover, as a rock plant or at the front of a her-
baceous border.
20. montana, Linn. Mountain SPEEDWELL. Slender,
trailing, hairy plant, 12-18 in. long, rooting from the
stem: lvs. ovate, petioled, coarsely crenate, hairy,
Sparse: racemes slender, few-fld., on long pedicels:
capsule large, broader than long, slightly notched, ex-
ceeding the hairy sepals. May, June. Moist woods,
temperate Europe.
21. officinalis, Linn. Common SPEEDWELL. FLUELLEN.
GrounD-HELE. Prostrate, leafy native with a pubescent
stem rooting at the nodes, slender, 6-18 in. long: lvs.
elliptic, oblong or broadly oblong, %-1 in. long, hairy,
Serrate at base, evergreen, retaining color where most
growing and flow- 2
VERONIUA 192A
exposed: racemes slender, densely many-fld.: {Is. pale
blue, rarely pink, sessile: capsule broader than lone
wedge-shaped, broadly notched, hairy, exceeding the
hairy sepals. May-July. Forests and mountains of
Eu. and N. Amer.—Grows under trees and in shade
Where no grass will grow, covering the ground with a
permanent sod. Spreads rapidly and is easily ¢rown,
Prop. by cuttings. ‘ ihe
ae nerd ‘ Ss 5
oe pectinata, Linn. ScALLopep-LEAVED SPEEDWELL.
Prostrate, white-pubescent, hairy, spreading plant root-
ing at the nodes, the ascending branches producing
single elongated raceme vs. obovate or oblong-linear,
sometimes pinnatifid, crenate, narrow at the base, ses-
2659. Veronica longifolia, var. subsessilis ( 14).
sile, pubescent, 1s in. long: racemes elongated, many-
fid.: lower bracts like lvs.: fls. deep blue with a white
center: capsule large, longer than broad, notched, pu-
bescent, thick, ling the sepals. May, June. Dry,
shady hills. Asia Minor.—Suitable to dry spots in a
rock-garden. Grows in almost any soil and position.
23. Chamedrys, Linn. ANGEL’s Eyes. Birp’s Eves.
GERMANDER SPEEDWELL. Slender, compact, pubescent
species 12-18 in. high, densely ascending from a creep-
ing base: lvs. broadly ovate, sometimes narrower, sub-
‘ le, erenate or incised, rounded or cordate at base,
hairy, thick, 144 in. long: racemes 3-6 in. long: fis.
large, blue, long-pediceled: capsule longer than broad,
widely notched, exceeded by the sepals. May, June.
Woods and roadsides, N. and mid-Europe and Canaries.
Adyentive in this country.—A good border plant.
24. Tetcrium, Linn. HUNGARIAN SPEEDWELL. Saw-
LEAVED SPEEDWELL. Stems produced from rhizomes,
the sterile prostrate, the floral ascending or ercet, white-
pubescent, 1 ft. high: Ivs. lanceolate or oblong, crenate,
sometimes somewhat pinnate, sessile: racemes several,
elongated: fls. large, blue, numerous: capsule longer
than broad, slightly notched, thick, exceeding the se
pals. June. Middle and §. Eu. and Middle Asia.—V.
prostrata, Linn., formerly considered a separate spe-
cies by reason of its narrow lvs. and prostrate sterile
stems, is connected with V. Tewerium by intermedi-
ate forms. IV’. prostrata is still used in the trade for a
plant with light blue fls. B.M. 3683 (V. prostrata, var.
satureiefolia).
1922
25. Austriaca, Linn. Strong, upright perennial 18-24
in. high, with woolly stems: lvs. mostly deeply pinnati-
fid, rarely entire or dentate, 2-3 in. long, linear to ovate,
the lobes linear or suboblong, narrow at the base: ra-
cemes elongated, loosely many-fld., spreading: fls. large,
VERONICA
blue: capsule longer than broad, slightly acutely
notched, exceeded by the calyx. §. E. Eu. and Asia
Minor.—A border plant.
The following trade names cannot be accounted for by the
writer: V. marmorata.—V. rupéstris of the American trade is
apparently not V.rupestris of the botanists. This name was first
used by Salisbury in 1796 and is a synonym ot V. fruticulosa,
a plant with terminal racemes. V. rupestris of the trade has
axillary, many-fld. racemes. It is a low plant with woody hori-
zontal stem and erect flowering branches 4 or 5 in. high with
strict racemes of purplish fls. borne in June and a 4-parted ca-
lyx. The capsule is obeordate. This plant has been offered by
Rochester nurserymen ever since 1894 and was cult. at Harvard
Botanie Garden as far back 83. Lvs. narrowly oblong, en-
tire or serrate, 46-1 in. long: yx segments strongly unequal:
pedicels longer than calyx: stem pubescent: lvs. sparsely cili-
ate, short-petioled.—V. scabrivscula, John Saul.—V. stevie-
folia, John Saul.—V. verbendcea, a name unknown to Kew
authorities in 1901, has been offered by Rochester nurserymen
since 1894. Lys. short-stalked, narrowly elliptic, serrate in
upper half: racemes lateral. A. PHeLes WYMAN.
VERSCHAFFELTIA (Ambroise Verschiiffelt, 1825-
1886, distinguished Belgian horticulturist ; founded
L'Illustration Horticole at Ghent in 1854 and_intro-
duced many choice plants, particularly palms and other
foliage plants). Palmacew. A genus of only 1 species,
from the Seychelles, allied to Dypsis but the former is
armed and the latter not. The two genera are alike in
baving 6 stamens and a ruminate albumen, but in Ver-
schaffeltia the ovary is l-loculed, while in Dypsis it is
3-loculed.
Verschaffeltia is a tall palm, spinose throughout or at
length spineless, the slender ringed trunks arising
from epigeous roots: lvs. terminal, recurved; blade ob-
long or cuneate-obovate, bifid, plicate -nerved, usually
laciniate nearly to the rachis; segments incised; mid-
rib and nerves strong, scaly; petiole half - cylindrical;
sheath long, scaly, deeply split: spadix 3-6 feet long,
paniculately branched, long-peduncled, recurved, scaly,
its rachis long, and branches and branchlets spreading,
slender: spathes 2 or 3, long, sheathing, the lower per-
sistent, the upper deciduous: fils. very small: fr. glo-
bose, smooth, 1 in. long.
spléndida, H. Wendl. Caudex 80 ft. high, 6-12 in. in
diam., very spiny when young, with many aérial roots:
lvs. 5-8 ft. long; petiole 6-12 in. long, pale green;
sheath 2%-3% ft. long, white-granular; blade cuneate
5 ft. wide, bifid,
obovate, bright green, 4-7 ft. long, :
deeply incised on the edges. I.H. 12:430; 43:31. F.R.
2:483. R.H. 1869, p. 148.
V. melanochetes, H. Wendl. See Roscheria, W. M.
VERVAIN.
Verbena,
VESICARIA (Latin, bladder ; referring to the shape
of the pods). Crucifere. About 20 species of widely
scattered herbs with racemes of large, rarely small, yel-
low or purple flowers of various forms. Sepals equal
at the base or laterally subsaeccate: silique globose or
inflated, many-seeded, and with a slender style: Ivs.
entire, wavy or pinnately cut. The genus has small
horticultural standing, but some of the hardy peren-
nials are said to be well adapted for rockwork and of
easy culture. Some are like wall flowers; others re-
semble alyssum. Both seeds and plants of V. sinuatu
are offered by American dealers, but the plant is imper-
fectly known. DeCandolle says it is an annual or hien-
nial, while Koch says it is perennial or subshrubby.
In the American trade it is considered an early-flower-
ing yellow annual, about 1 ft. high, blooming in May
and June. :
sinuata, Poir. Lys. softly tomentose, oblong-lanceo-
late, narrowed toward the base, sinuate-dentate or sub-
entire. Spain.—According to DeCandolle the petals
finally become whitish, W. M.
VETCH. Sce Vicia.
VIBURNUM
VETCH, CROWN.
alus.
VETRIS. See Salir.
Coronilla. Vetch, Milk. Astrag-
VIBURNUM (the ancient Latin name). Caprifolia-
cee, Ornamental, deciduous or evergreen shrubs,
rarely small trees with opposite, petioled and entire,
dentate or lobed lvs. and with white fls. in showy
cymes, followed by decorative red or blackish berry-like
fruits. The Viburnums rank among our most valuable
ornamental shrubs. Besides showy flowers and decora-
tive fruits they possess handsome foliage which mostly
assumes a bright fall coloring. The plants are of good
compact habit. Most of the deciduous species are hardy
north, but V.macrocephalum, var. sterile and V. obova-
tum are tender; also V. tomentosum, Wrightii, phlebo-
trichum, cotinifolium, nudum and dilatatum are not
quite hardy farther north than New England. Of the
evergreen species V. Japonicum is the hardiest and
stands some degrees of frost. The Viburnums are well
suited for borders of shrubberies or planting along
roads, and the more showy ones are handsome as single
specimens on the lawn. They are mostly medium-sized
shrubs, 5-10 ft. high, but Viburnwm Lentago, prunifo-
lium and vufidulum sometimes grow into small trees,
30 ft. high, while V. acerifolium hardly reaches 5 ft.
The most decorative in fruit are V. Opulus, dilatatum
and Wrightii, with scarlet or red berries which remain
a long time on the branches. Besides the Snowball
forms, I’. dilatatum, tomentosum, Sieboldi, prunifolium,
rufidulum, molle and dentatwm are very handsome in
bloom. Varieties with all the flowers of the cymes ster-
ile and enlarged are known in the case of Opulus, to-
mentosum and macrocephalum, the Common, the Japa-
nese and the Chinese Snowballs. The foliage of most
species turns purple or red in fall, that of V. Opulus
and acerifolium being especially brilliant. V. @ilata-
tum and phlebotrichum assume a dull yellow color. V.
macrocephalum and Sieboldi keep the bright green of
their foliage until late in autumn. The Viburnums are
not very particular as to soil and position, but most of
them prefer a rather moist and sunny situation. Some,
as V. acerifolium, Lantana, dilatatum, Tinus, pubes-
cens and prunifolium, grow well in drier places, while
V. alnifolium and pauciflorum require shade and a po-
rous soil of constant moisture. V. acerifolium does well
under the shade of trees in rocky and rather dry soil.
V. Tinus is often grown in pots and thrives in any
good loamy and sandy soil. With a little heat it may be
forced into bloom at any time in the winter; if not in-
tended for forcing, it requires during the winter a tem-
perature only a little above the freezing point and even
an occasional slight frost will not hurt it. The Common
and the Japanese Snowball are also sometimes forced
and require the same treatment in forcing as other
hardy shrubs.
Prop. by seeds sown in fall or stratified; also by
greenwood cuttings under glass, especially V. tomento-
sum, macrocephalum, molle, cassinoides and the ever-
green species; V. dentatum and Opulus grow readily
from hardwood cuttings and all species can be increased
2660. A layer of Viburnum Opulus, the Common
Snowball.
by layers (Fig. 2660); grafting is also sometimes prac-
ticed and V. Opulus, dentatum and Lantana are used
as stock.
About 100 species in N. and C. America and in the
Old World from Europe and N. Africa to E. Asia, dis-
tributed as far south as Java. Shrubs or sometimes
small trees, with opposite stipulate or exstipulate Ivs.;
fis. small in terminal paniculate or mostly umbel-like
VIBURNUM
eymes; calyx with 5 minute teeth; corolla rotate or
eampanulate, rarely tubular; stamens 5: ovary usually
L-loculed: froa drupe with a one-seeded, usually com-
pressed stone. In several species the marginal fls. of
the cymes are sterile and radiant; sueh are WV. macro-
cephalum, tomentostm, Opulus, Sargenti and alnifo-
Timm, and of the three first named garden forms are
known with all fls. sterile and enlarged.
ALFRED REHDER.
2€61. Viburnum Sieboldi ( x '.)
The familiar Snowball of delightful memory seems to
be doomed. It is too much trouble to try to keep off the
aphids. Fortunately its place can be taken by a Japa-
nese species that is even more satisfactory. Fig. 2663.
The berries of the Japanese species, I”. tomentosum, are
a brilliant scarlet, changing to black. The foliage of this
Snowball is also remarkably beautiful. The leaves are
olive-green with brownish purple or bronzy margi
and their plicate character makes them very distinct
and attractiy The bush is entirely free from insect
pests. The single and double forms of the Japanese
species differ in the same way that is shown in Figs.
2664 and 2666. Unfortunately they have been confused
in many nurseries, and only the trained eye can tell
them apart in the nursery row. The double or Snow-
ball type is, of course, the one destined to the greater
popularity, though the single form is a shrub of great
value, especially for large estates and parks. The dou-
ble form is known to nurseries as Iilaurniwm plicatum,
but its proper name is JV. tomentosum, var. plicatum.
While it is hardy in New England, it is not a shrub that
can be transplanted as easily as many other species.
Hence it should be transplanted every second year in
the nursery until it is sold. The double form may be
propagated by cuttings of half-ripened wood in close
frames, or by layers, which in some soils would better
remain two years. French nurserymen propagate it by
layering. The layers seem to suffer from winter and,
to be on the safe side, it is best to cover them well with
moss or leaves when the ground is somewhat frozen, so
that the frost may be kept in until spring. The clusters
are about as big as oranges and pure white. They are
in great demand for Decoration Day in New York.
The single form, unlike the double, is easily trans-
planted. It is also readily propagated by layers or eut-
tings. Both kinds are hardy in the North and make
compact bushes 6-8 ft. high.
J. W. Apams and W. M,
VIBURNUM
INDEX.
lantanoides, 13, 14.
latifolinim, 1, 5.
lauritolium, 4.
Lauvrustinus, 4,
Lentago, 9.
lucidui, 4.
acerifolium, 26.
alnifolinm, 13
almericanum,
Anglicum, 7.
angustifolium, 7.
Aiwabucki, 3
sbivafuki, 8.
cassinoides, 8,
Claytoni, 7.
cotinifolinm, 15.
cuspidatum, 16
Demetrionis, ¢
dentatum, 21,
dilatatuin, 18.
edule,
erosum,
ferrugineum, 10.
Fortune, 12.
Froebeli, 4.
grandifloruim, 4,
Hanceanum, 22 and
suppl. list.
hirtum, 4.
Japonicum, 1,16, 17.
Keteleeri, 12.
leerigatum, 6, 21.
Lantana, 14.
Lvs. penninerved, not lobed.
B. Cymes paniculate, broadly
Pyramidal or semi-globose,
macrophyllum, 17,
molle, 22,
miultratiwum, 15,
nanum, 28
Nepalense,
nitidum, 7.
nuduin, 7.
ohboyatum, 6.
odor: atissimum, 3.
opuloides
Opulus
OxyCcoccus, 28.
parvifoliuim, 16.
pauciflorum, 27.
phlebotrichum, 20.
pirifolinan, 9, 11.
plenuin, 16.
plicatum, 16.
prnnifolinm, 9, 10,
macrocephalum, 12,
pubescens, 24
purpuremn, 4.
pyrifolium, 9, 11
reticulatum, 1
rigidum, 5
TOSMCOEUM
rosewnn,
rotundifolium, 16,
rufiduluim, 10.
rufo-tomentosim 10.
rugosum, 5, 14
Sandankwa, 2.
Sargentii, 29.
Seabrellium, 22.
Sieboldi, 1
squaimatiimn, 8.
sterile, 28.
strictum, 4, 5.
suspensum, 2,
Tinus, 4.
tomentosum, 16.
trilobum, 28.
yariceatomy 4.
Vetteri,
sear 4.
Wrightii, 19.
C. Boliage deciduous .......00. 1. Sieboldi
cc. Moliage evergreen,
b. Corolla with cylindrical
UU CBr Set 8 te. th ge terncacie
Corolla
CONES sos cnsti hasan cen eas
BB. Cymes umbel-like, flat (exr-
ecpt in the owball forms.
See Nos. 12, 16, 28.)
c. Secondary veins curving and
anastomosing before reach-
ing the margin: margin
entire or finely serrate.
D. Foliage persistent, entire.
DD.
E. Branches and les. gla-
brous or slightly pu-
OOS CORE « ciscort evant D aiatecerses
Branches and lus. hir-
SOU ekee ev scde anita Gani hesse
pp. Poliage deciduous.
E. Branches and lus. gla-
brous or — ferrugin-
eously scurfy.
F. Les. entire or slightly
undulate-dentate.
G. Cymes sessile:
SIM ee aiseiseaeds
Ga, Cymes peduncled...
FF, Luvs. finely and
sharply serrate:
cymes sessile, sub-
tended by the upper
leaves.
G. Petioles mostly with
wavy, rather broad
MARGIN vcs a8s
. Pelioles without or
with narrow, not
WHLY MArYIN, ©
H. Winter-buds and
petioles rusly-
DIULVESCENE oo o5a.0
HH. Winter-buds and
petioles not
rusty-pubescent.11,
Branches and les. stel-
late pubescent: winter-
OUES NABER .scc03 vee%
Secondary veins prominent,
ending inthe points of the
tecth,
bp. Winter-buds naked: lus.
with usually nimerous
small teeth,
cc.
2. Sandankwa
3, odoratissimum
4. Tinus
5. rigidum
6. obovatum
7. nudum
8. cassinoides
9. Lentago
10. rufidulum
prunifolium
2. macrocephalum
1924 VIBURNUM
E. Cymes with the margi-
nal fls. sterile and
CNL ATG CO. ie ake Ae ase as ie 13.
EE. Cymes with all the fls.
fertile.
F. Rays of cymes usu-
ally 7: cymes flat. 14.
FF. Rays of cymes usually
5: cymes somewhat
COWUCT Sox Bin il annveiche 15.
pp. Winter-buds protected by
seales: teeth rather
coarse, usually less than
25 on each side.
E. Petioles without stipules.
F. Cymes with the margi-
nal fls. sterile and
CMAOK I CMe ys asisices 16.
FF. Cymes with all fls.
fertile and alike.
a. Frored: lus. rounded
or broadly cuneate
at the base.
H. Foliage evergreen,
glabrous
HH. Foliage deciduous.
1. Petiole 4-34 in.
long : al-
most sessile.
K. Lvs, pubescent
on both sides .18.
KK. Lvs.almost gla-
brous ....19, Wrightii
u. Petioles 4 in,
long: fls. pedi-
eeled, with
purple calyr. .20.
aa. Fr. bluish black:
lus. cordate or
rounded at the
base.
H. Branches and lvs.
Glabrous .....0. 21.
HH. Branches and tvs,
beneath prubes-
COMMER tei eet 22.
EE. Petioles with stipules,
sometimes rather
small and caducous.
F. Lvs. long-petioled:
blades to 3% in.
BOW tire ie aches 23. Demetrionis
FF. Luvs. short-petioled:
blades to 134 in.
alnifolium
Lantana
cotinifolium
tomentosum
17. Japonicum
dilatatum
phlebotrichum
dentatum
molle
broad.
G. Cymes short-pedun-
cled, dense....... 24. pubescens
aa. Cymes long pedun-
cled,, l008@. 606.556 25. erosum
AA. Luvs. palmately 3-5-nerved, usu-
ally 8-lobed, slender-petioled.
B. Fls. all perfect.
c. Habit strictly upright: tr.
purplish black .... ..26. acerifolium
co. Habit straggling: fr. searlet.27, pauciflorum
BB. Marginal fls. sterile, radiant.28. Opulus
29. Sargentii
1. Siéboldi, Miq. Fig. 2661. Deciduous shrub, attain-
ing 10 ft., with stout branches, pubescent when young:
Ivs. oval to oblong-obovate, coarsely crenate-serrate ex-
cept toward the base, acute, dark green and shining
above, paler and stellate-pubescent beneath, 3-6 in.
long: fls. white, rotate-campanulate, in panicles 2%-4
in. broad: fr. oblong, changing from pink to bluish
black. May, June. Japan. G.F. 2:559.—Hardy shrub of
vigorous growth with handsome dark green foliage,
large for the genus, exhaling a disagreeable odor when
bruised. The fruits drop soon after ripening. It is
known in some nurseries as V. Japonicum, V. lati-
folium or V. Japonicum latifolium. Var. reticulatum,
Rehd. (V. reticulatum, Hort.). Smaller in every part:
VIBURNUM
lvs. of lighter green, less pubescent: half-hardy. Var.
variegatum, Hort. Lvs. variegated with white.
2. Sandankwa, Hassk. (V. suspénsum, Hort.). Ever-
green shrub, attaining 6 ft., with slender warty
branches: lvs. oval to oval-oblong, acute or obtusish,
usually remotely crenate-serrate toward the apex, shin-
ing and dark green above, paler beneath, glabrous, 2-4
in. long: fls. white, tinged pink, in dense semi-globose
panicles becoming 1% in. high; corolla 44 in. long, with
cylindric tube twice as long as limb: fr. red, subglo-
bose. June, July. Loochoo Isl. B.M. 6172.—Tender.
3. odoratissimum, Ker. (V. Awabtcki and Awafiki,
Hort.). Evergreen upright shrub, attaining 10 ft., with
stout warty branches, glabrous: lvs. elliptic to elliptie-
oblong, acute, remotely serrate toward the apex or en-
tire, shining and bright green above. paler beneath,
glabrous, 3-6 in. long: fis. pure white, fragrant, in
broadly pyramidal panicles 4 in. high; corolla rotate-
ecampanulate: fr. red, changing to black. May, June.
India to S. China and Japan. B.R. 6:456.—Tender.
4. Tinus, Linn. (V. Laurustinus, Hort. nus laun-
rifolius, Borckh.). LAuRUSTINUS (or LAURESTINUS).
Bushy, 10 ft.,with glabrous or somewhat hairy branches:
lvs. ovate-oblong or oblong, acute, dark green, shining
and glabrous above, pubescent beneath usually only on
the veins, 2-3 in. long: fis. white or pinkish white,
slightly fragrant: cymes somewhat convex, 2-3 in.
broad: fr. ovoid, black, rather dry. May-Aug., or
in the greenhouse in early spring and winter. Med-
iterranean region. B.M. 38.—Handsome free-flower-
ing shrub, often cult as a pot-plant north. Var.
Frebeli, Nichols. Compact form with light green
lvs. and pure white fls. Var. hirtum, Ait. Lvs. pubes-
cent beneath and ciliate. Var. lucidum, Ait. (V. lucidum,
Mill. V. grandiflorum, Hort.). Lys. and cymes larger,
more tender and not adapted for forcing. Gn. 15, p.
196. Var. purpireum, Hort. Lvs. suffused with a dull
purple tinge. Var. strictum, Loud., not Ait. Of erect
and fastigiate habit. Var. virgatum, Ait. Lvs. oblong-
lanceolate, pubescent on the margin and on the veins
beneath. Var. variegatum, Hort, Lvs. variegated.
5. rigidum, Vent. (V. rugdsum, Pers. V. latifolium,
Hort. V. Zines, var. strictum, Ait.). Shrub, attaining
6 ft.,with spreading hirsute branches: lvs. broadly ovate
to ovate-oblong, acute or obtusish, pubescent on both
sides when young, almost glabrous above at length and
wrinkled, 3-6 in. long: fils. pure white: cymes large,
3-4 in. broad: fr. oval, bluish black. May-July. Canary
Isl. B.R. 5:376. L.B.C. 9:859. B.M. 2082. A.G. 1893 :456.
—Less handsome and less free-flowering than the pre-
ceding species.
6. obovatum, Walt. (V. levigdatum, Ait.). Shrub, at-
taining 8 ft., with spreading branches: lvs. almost ses-
sile, obovate to oblanceolate, obtuse or retuse, coria-
ceous, glossy, entire or obscurely crenate toward the
apex, 4-1! in. long: fis. white, in sessile cymes 1-2 in.
broad: fr. oval, black. April-June. Va. to Fla. L.B.C.
15:1496.— Tender.
7. nudum, Linn. (V. nitdum, var. Claytoni, Torr. &
Gray). Upright shrub, sometimes attaining 15 ft.: lvs.
oval to obovate or oval-lanceolate, acute or obtuse, usu-
ally entire and somewhat revolute or obscurely crenu-
late, thickish, seurfy on both sides when young, gla-
brous above at length: fis. white or yellowish white:
cymes rather long-peduneled, 3-5 in. broad: fr. globose,
pink at first, changing to dark blue. June, July. Long
Island to Fla., west to Ky. and La. B.M. 2281.—Not
quite hardy north. Var. nitidum, Zabel (var. angusti-
folium, Torr. & Gray. V. nitidum, Ait. V. Anglicum,
Hort.). Lys. smaller and narrower, more shining above
and firmer.
8. cassinoides, Linn. (I. nidum, var. cassinoldes,
Torr. & Gray. Ve squamatum, Willd.). Write Rop.
APPALACHIAN TEA. Upright shrub, 2-6, occasionally 12
ft. high: lvs. oval or ovate to oblong, acute or bluntly
acuminate, usually obscurely dentate, almost glabrous,
rather thick, dull green above, 1-3 in. long: fls. and fr.
almost like those of the preceding species, but peduncle
shorter, usually shorter than eyme; blooming a little
earlier. June, July. Newfoundland to Manitoba and
Minn., south to N.C. G.F. 9:305. Em. 2:411 (as V.
VIBURNUM
nudum).—A good shrub for borders of shrubberies;
hardy.
9. Lentago, Linn. SHrEP-BERRY. NANNY - BERRY.
Fig. 2662. Shrub or small tree, attaining 30 ft., with
slender branches: winter-buds long - pointed: petioles
mostly with wavy margin: Ivs. ovate, acuminate, gla-
brous or seurfy at the veins beneath, 2-4 in. long: fls.
white: cymes sessile, 2-5 in. broad: tr. oval, bluish black,
with bloom. May, June. Hudson Bay to Manitoba, south
to Ga. and Miss. 8.8 3, .— Hardy, large, often ar-
borescent shrub, keeping its fruits until spring. Some-
times as I. prunifolinm and pyrifolium in gardens A
garden hybrid, originated in Germany, is V. Vélteri,
Zabel (V. Lentago X nudum), similar in habit to this
species but the cymes on short peduncles over '4 in,
long.
10. rufidulum, Raf. (1. praunifdolinm, var. ferrugt-
neum, Torr. & Gray. VT. ferrugineum and rufo-tomen-
tosum, Small). Large shrub or small tree, attaining 25
ft. or more, with rather stout branches: winter-buds
searcely pointed, obtuse,rusty-pubescent: petioles often
with narrow margin, rusty tomentose: lvs. elliptic to
obovate, usually obtuse, glabrous and shining above,
rusty-pubescent on the veins beneath, 2-4 in. long: fis.
pure white: cymes 3-5 in. broad: fr. oval, dark blue,
glaucous, 'e in. long. April-June, later than the follow-
ing species. Va. to Fla., west to Ill. and Texas. 8.8.
5:225 (as WV. prunifolium, partly).—Handsome arbor-
escent shrub with dark green shining foliage, showy
ns. and decorative fr.; has proved hardy at the Arnold
Arboretum, Boston.
11. prunifélium, Linn. (1. pyrifdlium, Poir.). Buack
Haw. StaGc-svusH. Shrub or small tree, attaining 15
ft., with spreading, rather stout branches: winter-buds
short- pointed, glabrous or reddish, pubescent: lvs.
broadly oval to ovate, acute or obtuse, glabrous or
nearly so, 1-3 in. long; petioles often with narrow mar-
gin, glabrous: fls. pure white: cymes sessile, 2-4 in.
broad fr. oval to subglobose, bluish black and glaucous,
little over 's in. long. April-June. Conn. to Fla.,
west to Mich. and Tex. A.F. 12:1100. Gng. 5:310.
12. macrocéphalum, Hort. Shrub, attaining 12 ft. and
occasionally more with spreading branches: lys. short-
petioled, oval to ovate-oblong, rounded at base, acute,
denticulate, almost glabrous and dark green above,
stellate-pubescent beneath, 2-4 in. long: fls. yellowish
white, in peduncled cymes, 3-5 in. across, with the mar-
ginal fils. sterile and radiant. May, June. China.—Var.
Keteleéri, Nichols. (J. Aeteleéri, Carr.). The typical
form with only the marginal fils. sterile and enlarged;
has proved hardy at the Arnold Arboretum. R.H. 1863,
p. 270. Gn. 45, p. 423. Var. stérile, Dipp. (V. Fértune?,
Hort.). CHINESE SNOWBALL. All the fis. sterile, form-
ing a subglobose ball, sometimes 7 or 8 in. oss. B.R.
43. F. By 1838, pe 300, Gn. 24 p.
5 i G.C. IIT. 245:suppl. June 3.—
A very showy variety, but not hardy north.
13. alnifolium, Marsh.( V.Jantanoides, Michx.). Hos-
BLE-BUSH. AMERICAN WAYFARING TREE. Low shrub,
sometimes 10 ft. high, with wide-spreading, often pro-
cumbent branches, scurfy-pubescent when young: lvs.
orbicular or broadly ovate, cordate at the base, short-
acuminate or acute, irregularly serrulate, minutely pu-
bescent or almost glabrous above, scurfy pubescent be-
neath, 3-8 in. broad: fls. white: mes sessile, 3-5 in,
broad; marginal fls. enlarged and sterile,long-pediceled :
fr. ovoid-oblong, dark purple. May, June. New Bruns-
wick and Mich. to N. C.—Handsome shrub, with very
large foliage, assuming a deep claret-red in fall.
14. Lantana, Linn. Wayrartna Tree. Upright
shrub or sometimes small tree, attaining 20 ft.: young
branches scurfy-pubescent: lvs. ovate or oblong-ovate,
usually cordate at base, acute or obtuse, sparingly stel-
late-pubescent and wrinkled above, tomentose beneath,
denticulate, 2-4 in. long: fls. white: cymes dense, 2-3 in.
broad, with usnally 7rays: fr. ovoid-oblong, bright red,
changing to almost black. May, June. Eu., W. Asia.
A.G.18:453 and F.E. 9:593 (as V. lantanoides).—Hardy
shrub, especially for drier situations and limestone soil.
Var. rugdsum, Hort. With larger and very wrinkled
1925
Ivs. and larger cymes. There are a number of otber
vars., including some with variegated leaves.
_ 15. cotinifolium, D. Don (J. multratum, CG. Koch).
Shrub, attaining 6 ft., with spreading branches, tomen-
tose when young: Ivs. orbicular-ovate to ovate, cordate
or rounded at the base, usually obtuse, crenulate-den-
tate or almost entire, wrinkled above and nearly gla-
brous at length, tomentose beneath, 2-5 in. long: fis.
white, tinged with pink, in cymes 2-3 in. broad, with
usually 5 rays; corolla rather larger, funnelform-cam-
panulate, tube longer than limbs: fr. ovoid-oblong, red,
changing to black. May, June. Northwest Himalayas.
B.R. 19:1650. G.F. 5:245.—Not quite hardy north, re-
quiring protection near Boston.
VIBURNUM
2662. Viburnum Lentago. Nearly full size.
16, tomentosum, Thunb. (T. plicdtum, Miq.). Strong-
growing shrub, attaining 8 ft., with spreading branches,
tomentose when young: lvs. broadly ovate to oblong-
ovate, sometimes obovate, acute or abruptly acuminate,
dentate-serrate, dark green and almost glabrous above,
stellate-pubescent bene sometimes only on the veins,
115-4 in. long: cymes in. broad, long-peduneled;
sterile fis. long-pediceled: fr. ovoid, red, changing to
bluish black. June. China, Japan. §$.Z. 1:38. GFP.
4:594,595. A.F.12:1101. Gneg. 5:311. M.D.G. 1898:400.
S.H. 02. —A beautiful hardy shrub, with handsome
foliage and showy fls.; the fruits, too, are decorative,
especially before they change to black. In some nur-
series erroneously named I. Juponicum, Var. euspi-
datum, Sieb. & Zuce. (V. plicdtum, var. parvifolium,
Miq.). Lys. elliptic to oblong, long-acuminate, 1-2 in.
long. Of slow growth and blooms sparingly. Var. pli-
catum, Maxim. (J. plicatum, var. plenum, Miq. WV. pli-
eatum, Thanb.). JAPANESE SNOWBALL. Fig. 2663. All
fls. sterile, forming large, globose balls 24-3 in. across.
Wes. S2278. BOR. Besbl. ASG. 182357... Gne. 12208.
V.M. 6:294. M.D.G. 1898:401. S.H. 2:503, 505. Var.
rotundifolium, Hort. Much like the preceding var., but
lvs. broader and blooming about 2 weeks earlier. There
is also a variegated form.
1926
17. Japonicum, Spreng. (/%. macrophyllum, Blume).
Upright shrub, to 6 ft., with glabrous branches: lvs.
broadly or rhombic-ovate to oblong-ovate, acute or
shortly acuminate, remotely dentate except at the base,
3-6 in. long: fls. in short-peduncled, glabrous cymes
2-4 in. broad: fr. globose, red. June. Japan.—Hand-
some large-leaved shrub, but not hardy north. Ever-
green.
VIBURNUM
N
%.,) iW a
Ac
al al AAS ‘ S
Ses \(
y
=
?
'
~
\
Wi
JX
Ayn oh
“i peo as
Cur gun Sy
= NW
eed
2663. Viburnum tomentosum, var. plicatum — Japanese
Snowball, V. plicatum of gardens (< 1%).
18. dilatatum, Thunb. Upright bushy shrub, attain-
ing 10 ft., with the branches hirsute when young: lvs.
roundish or broadly ovate or obovate, usually abruptly
short-pointed, coarsely toothed, pubescent on both
sides, 2-5 in. long: fls. pure white, in short-stalked
cymes, 3-6 in. broad; corolla pubescent outside: fr.
ovate, scarlet, 4 in. long. May, June. China, Japan.
B.M. 6215. G.F. 4:150. M.D.G. 1899:241, 242. A.F.
15:123.—Handsome hardy free - Howe ing shrub, espe-
cially decorative with its numerous scarlet fruits re-
maining a long time on the branches.
Cs
a1
oe
AY Mes) y
VIBURNUM
19. Wrightii, Miq, Upright shrub, to 10 ft. high, with
the branches almost glabrous: lvs. almost orbicular or
broadly obovate to ovate, abruptly acuminate, coarsely
dentate, almost glabrous except on the veins beneath,
3-5 in. long: fis. rather large, white, in usually short-
stalked, 2-£ in. broad cymes; corolla glabrous outside:
fr. globose, red. May, June. China, Japan.—Hardy
shrub, similar to the preceding, but of less dense habit,
with larger fruits in nodding cymes.
20. phlebétrichum, Sieb. & Zuce. Upright shrub, at-
taining 5 ft., with glabrous branches: Ivs. ovate to ob-
long, acuminate, dentate except at the base, glabrous
above, with long appressed hairs on the veins beneath,
2-3 in. long: fis. white, with purple calyx, mostly
slender-pediceled and nodding, in few-fld., long-pedun-
cled cymes: fr. globose. May, June. Japan, China.—
Not quite hardy north.
21. dentatum, Linn. ARrrow-woop. Upright bushy
axils of the veins beneath, 144 3 in. long:
shrub, attaining 15 ft., with glabrous branches: lvs.
rather long-petioled, orbicular to ovate,
acute or shortly acuminate, coarsely den-
es, tate, glabrous or pubescent only in the
iy fis. in long-peduneled, glabrous cymes,
Ge ty 2-3 in. broad: fr. sub- globose, bluish
Ii black, glaucous. May, June. New Bru
is wick to Minn., south to Ga. G.F. 10:32.
Em. 2:414.—Handsome native
shrub, thriving best in moist
soil. V. levigatum of some
nurseries, not Ait., has some-
what larger lvs. and seems to
bloom later.
22. mélle, Michx. (J. sea-
bréllum, Chapm. V. Nepa-
lénse, Hort.). Similar to the
preceding, but branchlets,
cymes and under side of Ivs.
stellate - pubescent: lvs.
larger, with stouter petioles,
dark green: peduncles
stouter: teeth of calyx more
prominent: fr. large and more
pointed: blooms 2-3 weeks
later. Mass. to Fla. and Tex.
G.F. 4:30.— Handsomer than
the preceding on account of
its larger darker green foliage and more
robust habit. In gardens sometimes con-
founded with V. pubescens and sometimes
found under the erroneous name of J’.
Hanceanum. See supplementary list.
23. Demetridnis, Deane & Rob. Shrub,
attaining 12 ft.: lvs. orbicular or broadly
ovate, cordate, shortly acuminate, coarsely
dentate, pubescent beneath or almost gla-
brous, 24%-4% in. long: cymes long-peduncled, puberu-
lous, about 2% in. broad: fr. oblong, almost ¥% in. long.
Mo. B.B. 3:231.
24. pubéscens, Pursh. Bushy shrub, 3-6 ft. high, with
slender, upright branches: lvs. oval to ovate, rounded
or cordate at base, acute or acuminate, coarsely dentate,
almost glabrous above, pubescent beneath, 144-2! in.
long: cymes short-peduncled, dense, 14%-2'% in. broad:
stamens exceeding the corolla about one-half: fr. oval,
almost black, slightly flattened. June, July. Quebec
to Ga., west to Manitoba and Ill. G.F. 3:125. A.F.
J2:1101. Gng. 5:311.—Handsome shrub of compact
habit.
25, erdsum, Thunb. Upright sbrub, attaining 6 ft.,
with slender, much-forked branches: lvs. oblong-ovate
or oblong-obovate, narrowed toward the base, acuminate,
dentate-serrate, pubescent beneath at least on the veins,
2-3% in. long: cymes 2%-3 in. broad, rather loose,
long-peduncled: stamens little or not exceeding the
corolla: fr. subglobose, red. May. Japan, China. G.F.
9:85.
26. acerifolium, Linn. Dockmackie. Shrub, attain-
ing 5 ft., with slender, upright branches: Ivs. orbieu-
lar or ovate, 3-lobed, with acute or acuminate lobes,
coarsely dentate-serrate, pubescent or at length almost
VIBURNUM
glabrous, 2-5 in. long: fls
pedunceled, terminal,
ovoid. May, June.
N.C. Em.
yellowish white: cymes long-
1'.-3 in. broad: fr. almost blac k,
New Brunswick to Minn., south to
2:414.—It grows fairly well in drier situa-
2604. Viburnum Opulus (X 14).
Single form of the common Snowball as it grows in the wild.
tions under trees. The foliage assumes a handsome
nee purple fall color.
pauciflorum, Raf. Straggling shrub, attaining 5
Pe ee orbicular to oval, coarsely dentate, with 3 short
lobes above the middle or often without, glabrous or
slightly pubescent beneath when young, 2-34 in. long:
cymes few-fd., small, on lateral, short, usually 2-lvd.
branchlets: fr. scarlet, subglobose. June. Labrador to
Alaska, south to Vt. and Colo.
in the mountains. G.F.
3:5.—It does not usually succeed well in cultivation;
requires shade and moist porous soil.
28. Opulus, Linn. (17. A mericdnum, Mill.
Marsh. JV’. opuloides, Mithl. VW. é@ute, Pursh. V. Ory-
céccus, Pursh.). CRANBERRY-BUSH. HIGH CRANBERRY.
Figs. 2664, 26 Shrub, attaining 12 ft., with rather
smooth light g branches and stem: Ivs. broadly
ovate, 3-lobed, with coar sely dentate-serrate, acumi-
nate lobes, pubescent or almost glabrous beneath, 2-4
in. long: fls. white, in peduncled cymes, 3-4 in. broad:
fr. subglobose to oval, scarlet. May, June. New Bruns-
wick to Brit. Col., south to N. J. and Ore.; also in Eu.
and Asia.—Handsome native shrub, very decorative in
fruit, which begins to color by the end of July, remains
on the branches and kee ~ps its bright searlet color until
the following spring. The berries are not eaten by birds.
Var. nanum, Jacq. A very
dwarf, compact, small-
leaved form; flowers but
very rarely. Var. stérile,
DC. (I. roseum, and rosda-
ceum, Hort.). GUELDER
Rose, SNow-sBauu. Fig.
2666, All fs. sterile, form-
ing large, globose heads.
Gnz i. Gn. 56, p. S3—
This is a very showy var.,
but it lacks the decorative
fruits. There are also
variegated forms of the
type and of the sterile va-
riety. The American Cran-
berry-bush is considered
by some botanists a dis-
tinct species under the
name J. Americaniwon,
Mill., but differs little from
the European form, chiefly
by the more vigorous
growth, by the petioles
having a shallow rather broad channel and small glands,
and by the shorter peduncles and shorter stamens.
29. Sargentii, Koehne. Similar to the preceding, of
more upright, denser habit: bark of stems darker, fis-
sured and somewhat corky, young branchlets with prom-
T. trflobum,
ae
2665. Fruits of Viburnum
Opulus (¥ 44).
1927
inent lenticels: Ivs. of thicker texture, pubescent or
glabrous beneath, the upper lvs. with much elongated
and usually entire middle lobe and small, short, spread-
ing lateral lobes; petioles with large gland sterile
fls. larger, sometimes to 114 in. acros anthers purple:
fr. globose, in usually upright eymes. N. China, Jupan,.
—Introduced under the name Viburnum Opulus from
Pekin. It does not seem to fruit as profusely as V.
Opulus.
VICIA
V. Burejetioum, Herd. & Regel (V. Burejanum, Herd.).
Similar to V. Lantana. Lvs. narrower toward the base, vena-
tion like that of V.macrocephalum: eyme with 5 9: iys: fr.
pinkish or yellowish. May, June. Eastern Sibe rin, Amurland,
Gt. 11:384.—V. cordifolium, Wall. Similar to V. alnitoliam,
but eymes without radiant fls.:
the lvs. Himalayas.— V.
Ivs. narrow: blooming before
Dahtricum, Pall. Shrub, attaining
6 ft.: Ivs. broadiy ovate to oval, Lbs-2!y ine: fs. funnelform,
in short, small panicles: fr. finally blae Dahur. to W. China.
( bpm: Closely allied to V. acerifolium.
lvs smiuller, in., with mostly shorter lobes or none:
denser. W. i ellipticum, Hook. Shrub, attain-
ft allied to V. acerifolium, but lvs.
Lower:
eyn
ing not lobed, oval to el-
liptic-oblong: fr. oblong-oyal, slmost Vs in. long. Wash. to
Calif.—V. furedtum, Blume. Closely allied to V. alnifolium,
tt of upright habit and stamens aistten than corolla. Jap..
China.—V. Hancednum, Max. Allied to V. tomentosum: lvs.
broader, with few teeth above the middle. S. China. Tender.
Seems not in cultivation. See No. 22.—V. orientale, Pall. Al
lied to V. acerifolium: shrub, attaining 4 ft.: lvs. wita simple,
not faseicled hairs on the veins beneath and not glandular
dotted beneath: fr. red. June, July. W. Asia. Gt. 172567.
ALFRED REHDER.
2666. Snowball—Viburnum Opulus, var, sterile ( 14)
All the fertile flowers are changed to sterile, showy ones.
VICIA (classical Latin name). Veton. Tare. More
than 100 species of herbs, mostly climbing, with pinnate
foliage, closely allied to Lathyrus, Pisum and Lens, but
differing in minute floral characters: wings adhering to
the keel; style very slender, with beards or hairs all
around the upper part or only at the apex; pod flat, 2-
many-seeded, 2-valved and dehiscent, the seeds either
globular or flattish; stamens diadelphous (9 and 1).
Flowers mostly blue or violet, sometimes yellowish or
white. The Vicias are widely spread in the northern
hemisphere and some of them in South America, About
two dozen species oceur in North America, some of the
species introduced. Most of the Vicias are weedy or in-
significant looking plants, but a few are grown for the
bright flowers, others of late for green-manure crops
(see Cover-Crops), and one (I. Faba) is a garden bean.
The species are mostly cool-season plants of easy cul-
ture. The interest in the Vetches in this country is
mostly for their value as soil covers and for foliage. V7.
sativa and WV, villosa are the important species here at
present.
1928
A. Plant stiff and erect, usually bearing no tendrils,
cultivated for the beans (faba).
Faba, Linn. (Fadba vulgaris, Moench. F. sativa,
Bernh.). Broap BEAN. WINDSOR BEAN. ENGLISH
Dwakrr Bean. Figs. 190, 191, Vol. I. Strong, erect an-
nual, 2-4 ft., glabrous or nearly so, very leafy: leaflets
2-6, the lower ones not opposite on the rachis, the ter-
minal one wanting or represented by a rudimentary
tendril, oval to elliptic and obtuse or mucronate-pointed:
fis. in the axils, dull white and with a large blue-black
spot; pods large and thick, from 2 or 3 inches even to
18 in. long, the seeds large and often flat. Probably na-
tive to northern Africa and 8.W. Asia.—Much grown in
the Old World, but the hot dry summers prevent its
cultivation in most parts of the U. 8. It is grown suc-
cessfully in parts of Canada, particularly in the mari-
time provinces. The plant is grown mostly for cattle
feeding, although the beans may be used, both full
grown and immature, for human food. This bean has
been cult. from prehistoric times and its nativity is in
doubt. The plant is hardy and seeds should be sown
early, when the season is cool.
VICIA
AA. Plant weak, usually climbing by means of ten-
drils that represent leaflets.
B. Fls. about 2in the axils, sessile or nearly so.
sativa, Linn. Spring VETCH or TARE. Annual or bi-
ennial, not surviving the winter in the North, more or
less pubescent, 2-3 ft. high: Ifts. 7 pairs or less, ellip-
tic, oblong or oblanceolate, mostly truncate and apicu-
late at the top, the tendril part of the leaf extended:
fils. usually 2 in each axil, about 1 in. long, purplish:
pods 2-3 in. long when mature. Eu., and naturalized
in some parts of the U. 8S.—Much cult. abroad as a for-
age plant; in this country grown for similar purposes
and also somewhat as a cover-crop for orchards. Seeds
sometimes used for making flour. There is a white-
seeded and also a large-seeded variety.
2667. Vicia villosa, the Hairy Vetch (!,).
BB. Fs, several to many in peduncled clusters.
c. Blossoms small and usually not very showy, mostly
bluish, in loose often I-sided clusters: plants
groun mostly for forage or in wild gardens.
pD. Leaflets usually less than 9 pairs.
villdsa, Roth. Harry or Winter Vetcn. Fig. 2667.
Annual or biennial (sometimes perennial ?), enduring
the winters in the North, villous-pubescent: lfts. 5-7 or
more pairs, elliptic-oblong, rounded at the tip but usu-
VICTORIA
ally ending in a very minute point:
long 1-sided axillary racemes. Eu.,
siderably used as a cover-crop.
Americana, Muhl. Perennial, nearly or quite gla-
brous: lfts. elliptic to oblong, obtuse or sometimes
emarginate at the apex: fls. purplish, about 34 in. long,
in few-fld. loose racemes. Moist lands across the conti-
nent and as far south as Ky.—Has been offered by
dealers in native plants.
Caroliniana, Walt. Perennial, nearly or quite gla-
brous: lfts, oblong to linear-oblong, usually obtuse or
emarginate: fls. nearly white, % in. or less long, in
several- to many-fld. loose racemes. Minn. and Kans.
eastward.—Has been offered.
oroboides, Wulf. (Orobus lathyroides, Sibth. & Sm.).
Perennial, 2-3 ft. tall: lvs. 3-5 pairs, oval-lanceolate,
very acute: fis. handsome, violet-blue, small, in 2 or 3
short clusters each axil.
pp. Leaflets usually 9 or more pairs on full-sized lus.
gigantéa, Hook. Perennial, pubescent, high-climb-
ing: Ifts.,10-15 pairs, narrow-oblong, obtuse and mu-
eronulate: fis. about 1¢ in. long, pale purple, in 7-18-
fld. racemes. Calif. and north.—Has been offered by
dealers in natives.
Cracca, Linn. Perennial, usually pubescent: lfts.
9-12 pairs, thin, linear to oblong, mucronate: fis. pur-
plish, about 2% in. long in a rather dense raceme.
Across the continent and south to Ky.; also in Eu. and
Asia. — Offered by some dealers.
Gerardi, Vill. Described as a hardy annual:
cent: ‘lfts. numerous, narrow-oblong, very obtuse but
with a short mucro: fis. violet, small, in short racemes.
S. Eu.—Offered by seedsmen as a flower-garden sub-
ject.
co. Blossoms red and showy, in dense spikes or spike-
like racemes: ee -garden subject.
fulgens, Batt. Seinen —5 ft., pubescent: lfts. 8-12
pairs, oblong or lance- eee mucronate: fis. small, red
or nearly scarlet and purple-striped, in a compact ra-
ceme or spike. Algeria.—Recently introduced.
L. H. B.
VICK, JAMES (Plate XLI), seedsman and editor, was
born at Portsmouth, Eng., Nov. 23, 1818, and died at
Rochester, N. Y., May 16, 1882. He came to America
at the age of 12, learned the printer’s trade, and in 1850
became editor of the * Genesee Farmer,” then published at
Rochester by Luther Tucker and subsequently absorbed
by “The Cultivator.” In 1853 he purchased Downing’s
magazine, “The Horticulturist,” and published it for a
time, the editor being Patrick Barry. In 1860 Vick en-
tered the seed business and his trade soon grew to large
proportions. For about 20 years his name was a house-
hold word, being associated especially with flowers. In
1878 he founded *Vick’s Magazine,” which is still pub-
lished. Vick’s personality was thoroughly amiable, and
his letters in“ Vick’s Magazine” to children and to garden
lovers everywhere show the great hold be had on the
fils. violet-blue, in
Asia.—Now con-
pubes-
hearts of the people. W. M.
VICTORIA (in honor of Queen Victoria). Mympho-
deew, Royvan WaATER-LiLy. This remarkable aquatic
genus may be recognized by its huge, round, floating
leaves often 6 feet or more in diameter, with the mar-
gin turned up at right angles to the water surface to a
height of 3-8 inches, making a basin-like object. The
fls, (12-18 in. across) are nocturnal, opening on two suc-
cessive days about 4.30 Pp. M. and remaining open until
the middle of the following morning. The first evening
the inner floral Ivs. remain loosely closed over the
stigma, the flower is pure creamy white, and exhales a
delicious fragrance somewhat resembling a rich pine-
apple; the second evening the floral lvs. spread widely
open, and the color changes to pink or even a deep red.
The ovary is inferior, densely priekly, and surmounted
by a short, broad tube, on the sides and summit of
which the floral lvs. are situated, epals 4; petals 50-
70, obtuse, oblong-ovate to sublinear, rather thin and
delicate in texture; staminodia about 20; stamens 150-
200, linear-lanceolate: paracarpels about’ 25, forming a
ring of thick, fleshy bodies between the stamens and
VICTORIA
the styles: earpels 30-40; stigma forming a broad, ba-
sin-like depression, 2-2!, in. wide, in the midst of the
flower, with a central conical continuation of the floral
axis, the basin filled with fluid on the first evening of
opening: carpellary styles broad and fleshy in the lower
part, produced upward to a fleshy, subulate, incurved
process about 's in. long. In fruit all of the floral lvs.
have decayed away, leaving the basal tube of the torus
at the top of a great prickly berry, half the size of one’s
head. The seeds are greenish or brownish black, about
the size of a pea, The genus is represented by 2 well-
defined species, inhabiting still waters of South Amer-
jea from British Guiana to Argentina.
In its native haunts Victoria grows in 4-6 ft. of water,
GL:
‘i
Beri)
‘ Wai MS
RRA Ane
ies
a4
Mi?
1929
spite of the cup-like form of the leaves, water from rain
or other sources does not remain on the surface; it
doubtless runs down at once through the tiny perfora-
tions. This would be an indispensable protection to the
leaf against fungous foes and in the function of assimi-
lation.
A single leaf, by its buoyancy, may sustain a weight
of 150 or 200 pounds, Not the least remarkable feature
of these leaves is their rate of growth. Cuaspary found
the maximum growth in length to be about 1 inch per
hour when the leaf is just expanding; the surface in-
creases 4 or 5 sq. ft. in 24 hours, and a plant will pro
duce in 21 to 25 wecks 600 or 700 sq. ft. of leaf-surface.
A great development of heat has been observed in the
VICTORIA
MM Sic
a Ve
Ct RY | y
Hap
Poa GPE CUMANA
SN RAT
ay Wig fl
HAL
‘4
Wye
2668. Victoria regia. the giant
Water-lily of the Amazon.
in great patches miles in extent, and is perennial. The
tuberous rhizome stands erect in the mud, where it is
anchored by innumerable spongy roots which spring
from the bases of the lvs. in groups of 10-30 or 40. The
tuber may be as much as 6 in. in diameter and 2 ft.
long. It decays below as it grows above, The lvs.
are arranged in 144 order, and the flowers arise in
a parallel but independent spiral of the same order
(Planchon). Each leaf after the first seedling leaf has
a broadly ovate, fused pair of stipules, these organs
serving to protect the apex of the stem. The petioles
and peduncles are terete, about 1 in. in diam., covered
with stout, fesby prickles, and traversed internally by
4 large, and a number of smaller, air canals. The pet-
ioles attain to a length much greater than the depth of
the water, so that the Ivs. can adjust themselves to
changes of the water-level, though Banks states that
they may be completely submerged in times of flood.
The gigantic lvs. are covered beneath with a close net-
work of prickly veins, the larger of which project an
inch or more from the leaf-surface; the tissues are full
of air-spaces and canals, thus buoying up the mass of
cellular matter. Besides many stomata on the upper
surface of the leaf, which open into the air-chambers of
the mesophyll, there are innumerable tiny depressions,
in each of which one can see with a hand-lens that the
leaf is perforated with a fine hole; these holes were
termed by Planchon “stomatodes” (F.S. 6:249). He
considered them to be useful as air-holes to let out
gases which, rising from the water or mud, might be
caught in the deep meshes of the netted veins on the
nnder side of the leaf. It is also to be noted that, in
gee
fe MISS
ae
opening flowers of Victoria, About 8 P.M., when the
anthers are shedding their pollen (in second-day flow-
ers), the stamens may reach and maintain a tempera-
ture 10° F. above that of the surrounding air.
Though doubtless known to Spanish traders and mis-
sionaries, and certainly of use to savages as food in
quite early times, Victoria was first noticed botanically
by Haenke in Bolivia about 1801; but he died in the
Philippines without recording his discovery. Bonpland,
the companion of Humboldt, also saw it, near Corrientes,
Argentina, in 1819, but still it was neglected, In Is32
Poeppig found it on the Amazon, and described it as
Euryale Amazonica, D’Orbigny saw the plant in 18
at Corrientes, and in 1833 in Bolivia, and several years
kater published accounts of his find. Robert H. Schom-
burgk, finding it again in 1836 on the Berbice river in
British Guiana, sent home specimens and figures from
whieh Lindley in 1837 (published in 1838) established
the genus Victoria and described the species T. regia.
This name has settled upon the northern species, while
the one found at Corrientes was named in 1840, by
@Orbigny, WV. Cruziana in honor of General Santa
Cruz, of Bolivia.
The struggle to bring the “Queen of Water-lilies”
into eaptivity began with Schomburgk. He removed
living plants from inland lakes and bayous to Demerara,
1930 VICTORIA
British Guiana, but they soon died. In 1840 Bridges
obtained seed in the Bolivia locality, province of Moxos,
and sent them in a jar of wet clay to England. Out of
22 seeds obtained at Kew, three germinated and grew
vigorously as small seedlings until October, but died in
December. In 1548 dry seeds were sent to England
from the Essequibo river, along with rhizomes, the latter
in Wardian cases; the rhizomes rotted, and the seeds
refused to germinate. In 1849 an expedition from
Demerara succeeded in bringing back to that town
thirty-five living plants, but these all died. Finally
some seeds were sent to Kew from British Guiana in
bottles of fresh water by two English physicians, Rodie
and Luckie. The first sending arrived Feb. 28, 1849,
and on Nov. 8 a plant flowered at Chatsworth; the
blossom was appropriately presented to Queen Victoria,
From this stock Victoria regia was distributed to gar-
dens in Europe, Asia and America. Van Houtte, of
Ghent, first flowered it on the continent, and Caleb Cope,
of Philadelphia, was the earliest successful cultivator
in this country. His gardener was the late Thomas
Meehan. The first flower opened Aug. 21, 1851.
The next notable importation of seed from South
America was sent by Edward 8. Rand, Jr., from Para,
Brazil, to Mr. Sturtevant, then at Bordentown, N. J.
The resulting plants proved to be slightly different from
the former type, and were called V. regia, var. Randii.
It is doubtless the same form that was described by
Planchon as V. Amazonica, and retained with grave
doubts by Caspary; subsequent cultivation has shown it
not even varietally distinct from J. xegia of British
Guiana. In 1894, however, Mr. Tricker received seed of
quite another species, which was provisionally named V.
regia, var. Trickeri; it is much more amenable to out-of-
door culture than the older type, and has received a well-
deserved popularity. Specimens grown from seeds sent
by Mr, Tricker to Kew were regarded simply as garden
forms of V. regia, but recent investigation by Mr. Tricker
and the writer shows that it is truly the V. Cruziana of
d’Orbigny, dried specimens of which (including seeds)
had been sent to Paris over 60 years before. Its far south-
ern pabitat (27°8.) explains its hardiness. The large
starchy seeds of this species are used as food in Para-
guay under the name of Jfais del Agua, “water-corn.”
For much interesting information on Victoria, see
Hooker, B.M, 4275-78; Planchon, in F.S. 6:193-224, ete. ;
Caspary in Flora Brasiliensis 4, part 2, p. 143 et seq.
In 1854 John Fisk Allen published in Boston a quarto
work (pages 21 x 27 in.) with colored plates, entitled:
“Victoria regia; or the great water lily of America.
With a brief account of its discovery and introdue-
tion into cultivation: with illustrations by William
Sharp, from specimens grown at Salem, Massachusetts,
U. Ss. oA ”
régia, Lindl. (including V. régia, var. Rdndii). Fig.
2668. Lys. sparingly pubescent beneath, upturned mar-
gins reddish, 3-8 in. high: fls. becoming dull crimson the
second evening; sepals prickly almost or quite to the
tips: prickles of the ovary about two-fifths in. (10-11
mm.) long: seed eta wee nearly }5 in. long, less
in diam. (7-8 mm. Jong, 544-6 mm. diam.); raphe indis-
tinet; operculum aiipae. -orbicular, with the micropyle
at its center and hilum at the margin. British Guiana,
Amazon and tributaries. B.M. 4275 (poor); 4276-78
(incorrect in some details). F.S. 6:595-602. Kerner,
Natural History of Plants, pl. XI. Trieker, Water Gar-
den pl. 1 and 2; p. 21, 35. Caspary, Fl. Brasil. 4, part
2, pl. 38, fig. 15 (seed).
_Cruziana, dad Orbigny (known in cultivation as V.
regia, var. Trickeri, and V. Trickeri). Lys. densely
villous beneath, upturned margins green, 6-8 in. high:
fils. becoming deep red-pink the second evening; sepals
prickly only at base, smooth above: prickles of ovary
over in. (15— 16 mm.) long, crowded: seed subglobose,
about '% in.(744-9 mm.) indiam.; raphe stout; operculum
elongate-ovate, with hilum and micropyle equidistant
from the margin. Parana river and tributaries, Para-
guay. Tricker, Water Garden, pl. 1; pp.51,55. Caspary,
Fl. Brasil. 4, part 2, pl. 38, fig. 16 (seed).—Introd. by
Wm. Tricker in 1894. Henny §. Conarp.
Victoria regia at first was cultivated at a great ex-
pense in conservatories and tanks built especially for
VICTORIA
Then it was grown in artificially heated
ponds in the open air. The Victoria is largely grown in
private and public gardens throughout the United
States at the present time, together with tropical nym-
pheeas, and in some cases without artificial heat, but this
method of culture is uncertain and often unsatisfactory.
For many years but one type of Victoria was known,
but in 1886 Mr. E. D. Sturtevant, of Bordentown, N. J.,
introduced another form that produced a deep crim-
son flower; it also possessed darker foliage and the
upturned rim was deeper. It was known as Victoria
Randii, Having grown this variety and the original for
several seasons in the open air, the writer is unable to
discern any difference, and two seasons ago he decided
to drop V, Randii. In 1894 the undersigned received
seed of what is now known to the trade as V. Lrickeri.
This is by far the best kind for out-of-door culture.
Moreover, it can be grown where JV’. regia fails to grow,
as it revels in a temperature of only 75°-80°.
Victoria regia is now considered of easy culture. Its
requirements are heat, light and a rich, mellow loam in
abundance. The seed should be sown during February
and March. The temperature of the water should range
between 85° to 90° F. The seed may be planted in pots
or seed-pans and placed in shallow water.
VILLARSIA nymphoides is the plant described at
p. 925 of this work as Limnanthemum nymphoides. The
plant is probably to be referred to Limnanthemum pel-
tatum, however. To the list of pictures add Gn. 48:1036
and 48, p. 300.
VIMINARIA (Latin, vimen, a slender twig or withe,
alluding to the branches). Legumindse, A single spe-
cies, an Australian shrub with rush-like stems and long,
wiry “leafless” branches, i.e., the leaves for the most
part reduced to long, filiform petioles, although at the
VINCA 193
ends of the more vigorous or lower branches afew oval or
lanceolate Ivs. are often found. The rather small flowers
are pea-shaped, oraige-yellow and are produced in long,
terminal racemes. Calyx-teeth short; petals on rather
long claws; standard roundish; wings oblong, shorter
than the standard; keel slightly curved, as long as the
Wings; stamens free: ovary nearly sessile; style fili-
form: pod oyveid-oblong, usually indebiscent: seeds
1-2.
denudata, Smith. The name Leafless Rush-broom las
been proposed for this. Lealless yellow-fld. shrub, at-
taining 10-20 ft., formerly cult. in European gereen-
houses as a small tender shrub: lys. 3-8 in. lon pod
2-8 lines long. Austral BoM. 100. Po a eh
Offered in 8. Calif. F. W. Barcuay.
VINCA (pervinea, old Latin name of Periwinkle,
used by Pliny). A pocyndeew., A genus of 10 species
including the common Periwinkle or Trailing Myrtle,
Vinead minor, This is one of the commonest and best
plants for covering the ground in deep shade, especially
under trees and in cemeteries. It is a hardy trailing
plant with shining evergreen foliage and blue, salver-
shaped, 5-lobed fs. about an inch across, appearing in
spring or early suminer. sa dense carpet to the
exelusion of other herbs. s best in moist, half-
shaded positions, but will grow in the deepest shade
even in poor soil, especially if it be stony. It is a eapi-
tal plant for clothing steep banks, covering rocks and
carpeting groves, It can be planted successfully on a
large scale any time from spring to fall during mild
or rainy weather. It is propagated by division or by
euttings, as seeds very rarely mature. The Periwinkle
will live in city yards under trees where grass will
not thrive. J. minor is the commonest and perhaps
most variable species. Varieties with white, purple
and double fls. are kept im most nurseries, as also a
form with variegated foliage.
Vinea major is larger in all its parts than the eom-
mon Periwinkle and not so hard It is well known to
florists. A variegated form of it is seen in nearly every
veranda box in the country.
VW. rosea is a tender plant of erect habit which is
used chiefly for summer bedding. It grows about a foot
high and has rosy purple or white fls. with or without a
reddish eye, and often 2 in. across. The plants bloom
continuously from the time they are set out until frost.
It can be grown in large masses for publie parks with
somewhat less expense than geraniums. Mr. Strom-
back, head gardener of Lincoln Park, Chicago, has re-
corded his experience with Vinea rosea in Florists’ Re-
view 1:141 as follows: The seed is sown in Jan. or
Feb. in flats of sandy soil in a temp. of 65°-70°.. When
the seedlings show the second leaf, they are pricked
out about an inch apart in trays of the same soil, and
when the little plants have 5 or 6 lvs. they are potted
into 2-in. rose pots, and later shifted to 3-in. pots. The
majority are bedded out from the 3-in. pots. The soil
of the bed should be a sandy loam if possible, and the
plants will not do well in a very heavy soil. In bedding,
set the plants about a foot apart. They require more
water than a geranium, and when the bed is watered it
should be given a good soaking and then left alone for
afew days. The plants require no trimming.
The amateur will find linea rosea a_ satisfactory
window plant that can be grown with little trouble from
seeds started as late as April, but of course such plants
will not bloom as early as the bedding stock propagated
in Jan. or Feb. V. vosea is the largest flowered Vinea,
and it seeds freely. W. M.
Vinca major and varieties are the most useful of the
genus to the commercial florist. Some plants from
2-inch or 38-inch pots should be planted out in May.
They will make large plants by September. For decorat-
ing purposes, some of these plants can be lifted and put
in 5-inch pots and will winter in avery cool house. To
obtain useful sized plants in 3-ineh pots the following
spring for veranda, box and vases, cuttings should be
put into sand end of September. The long trailing
growths will give an abundance of material. Always
make the eutting with two eyes, choosing neither the
hard growth at base nor the very soft tips. They root
1934 VINCA
slowly but surely in about a month, and until February
will do very well in a 2%-ineh pot. About the middle of
February shake off the soil and give them a 3-inch pot,
and they will make a fine growth by middle of May. In
VINCA
dark purple fls.; aurea variegata, with golden variega-
tion; caerulea, with single blue fis.; pléna, with double
blue fis.; rosea, with single rosy fis.; purpurea pléna,
with purple double fis. Gn. 50:1078. Some of these are
2671. Vinca minor, the Common Periwinkle, or Running Myrtle.
growing these trailing Vineas in pots the principal point
to observe is never to let them want for water.
WILuiaAM Scorr.
Vinea is a genus of herbs or subshrubs, erect or pro-
cumbent: lvs. opposite: fis. rather large, axillary, soli-
tary; corolla salver-shaped, with a narrow throat which
is pilose inside or thickened-calloused; stamens in-
eluded above the middle of the tube; carpels 2, distinct;
stigma annular, thick, viscid; ovules 6-many in each
carpel, in 2 series: follicles 2, erect or divergent. The
genus may be divided into 2 sections: 1. Pervinea, in
which the anther-cells are short and divided by a wide
connective; 2. Lochnera, in which the anther-cells are
normal. J”. xvosea belongs to Section 2; the others men-
tioned below are included in Section 1.
INDEX.
alba, 1, 4.
argenten, 1.
atropurpurea, 1.
elegantissima,1,2.
herbacea, 3.
major, 2.
purpurea, 1.
reticulata, 2.
rosea, 4.
aurea, 2. minor, 1. variegata, 2.
Bride, The, 1. oculata, 4, varius, 4.
ecxerulea, 1. plena, 1.
A. Trailing herbs, hardy or nearly so, only the short
flowering stems ascending: fls, produced in spring
or early summer, mostly blue or white. Luropean
Species.
B. Foliage evergreen.
c. Lvs.
corolla-lobes
calyx glubrous.
ovate or oblong-ovate:
wedqe-
shaped:
1. minor, Linn. Common PreriwinkLe. Buivugz, Ron-
NING or TRAILING MyrrLe. Fig. 2671. Hardy evergreen
trailing herb, in all country gardens and running wild
in cemeteries and shady places, the blue-fld. or typical
form being commonest. Often called “Myrtle” but the
classie myrtle is Myrtus communis. Very rarely pro-
duces seed, but spreads freely by creeping sterile stems
which root at y joint. Lys. ovate or oblong-ovate,
glabrous and shining, barely 14s in. long: petiole very
short, with 2 glands near the apex: ealyx-lobes lanceo-
late, glabrous; corolla-lobes wedge-shaped, obtusely
truneate. Eu.
The following horticultural varieties are advertised in
America: Var. alba, with single white fls.; alba pléna,
with double white fls.; alba variegata, with single white
fls. and variegated foliage; argentea variegata, with
silvery variegation; atropurptrea compacta, with single
Natural size.
advertised without reference to I’. minor, as if they
were good species, thus I’. cerulea and purpurea. V.
elegantissima alba belongs here, also “The Bride,” a
white variety with a pink center.
cc, Lus. subcordute-ovate: corolla-lobes obovate: calyx
ciliate,
2. major, Linn. LARGER PERIWINKLE. Larger in all
its parts than V. minor, not quite hardy north, and root-
ing only at the tips of the sterile stems. Lys. broader
below the middle than in }. minor, subcordate-ovate,
often 2-3 in. long, ciliate; petiole with 2 glands near the
apex: fls. blue; calyx-lobes narrowly linear, ciliate ;
corolla-lobes obovate. Eu.—This species is much sub-
ject to mealy bug. The va-
riegated forms are popular
for veranda boxes and
hanging baskets. Some are
blotched with yellow, oth-
ers are margined. Here
seem to belong V7. aurea
marginata and Vy airea
maculata, Hort. Ve major,
vars, variegata and reticu-
lata, are also advertised.
Var. elegantissima, Hort.,
is a handsome form with
lvs. bordered and blotched
with yellowish white. It
seems to be common with
the florists, although it is
rarely, if ever, advertised
in American trade cata-
logues. It is one of the
best forms for vases for
baskets and for decora-
tion indoors, The sprays
should be allowed to grow
long, in order to develop
their characteristics. Cut-
tings should be struck
early in the fall and if kept
growing steadily will make
satisfactory specimens in
five-inch pots. Itisa good
idea to plant this variety
inthe front part of asunny
greenhouse bench where
the long sprays may reach down to the walk. As @
window-box plant it has the merit of withstanding
considerable neglect.
2672. Vinca rosea.
(X nearly 1%).
punodsa10j OZ UL SUYPUBIVISUVIN Sldejdodcrnyy Jo ysuq WV JONSBV oy UL VULQUBY Yotod Ye UO RYWULUD RIGQoyy
“SsOuUIA “IIATX 938Id
VINCA
BB. Foliage deciduous, or less evergreen,
3. herbacea,Waldst. & Kit. HerBAcCKOUS PERIWINKLE.
Hardy trailing herb, which generally loses its foliage in
winter, sends up short flowering stems in spring, fol-
lowed by sterile creeping stems which root at the tips.
The fls. are purpler than in the common Periwinkle,
later, and the corolla-lobes are narrower: Ilys, elliptical
or lanceolate, margin revolute, ciliate; petiole with 2
glands near the middle: calyx-lobes narrowly lanceo-
late, ciliolate; corolla-lobes oblong-obovate, dimidiate.
Eastern Eu., Asia Minor. B.M. 2002. B.R. 4:301.
AA. Tender, erect subshrub (herb N.), with rosy or
white fls. produced all summer, :
4. rosea, Linn. Mapagascar PERIWINKLE. Fig. 2672.
Tender, erect, everblooming plant, somewhat shrubby
at the base, cosmopolitan in the tropies: Ivs. oblong,
narrowed at base, veiny: petiole glandular at the base.
fis. with a very small orifice, rosy purple or white, the
latter with or without a reddish eye; ealyx-lobes linear,
corolla-lobes dimidiate-obovate, mucronulate. Gn. 36,
p. 455; 43, p. 389. V. 13:49; 16:49. B.M. 248. FLR
1:141.—This is commonly called the “Madagasear Peri-
winkle,” but V. rosea is probably not native to the Old
World, while the only species of Vinea that is really na-
tive to Madagascar, viz., 1. lancea, is not in eultiva-
tion. The plant is sometimes called “Cape Periwinkle ”
and “Old Maid.” The three main types should he
known as J. rosea, IV. rosea, var. alba, and WV. rosea,
var. oculata, the latter being a white Hower with pink
or red center. As a matter of fact, these appear in
American catalogues as I. alba, Ve. alba pura, Vy alba
nova, WV. oculata and WV. varius, the latter being a trade
name for seed of mixed varieties. W.M.
Plant or Cruel
Vineetoricum acumina-
Cynanchum ucuminatifo-
VINCETOXICUM. The Mosquito
Plant, known in the trade as
tum and VL Japonicum, is
lium, which see.
VINE-CACTUS.
Fouquieria splendens.
Clianthus.
VINE, GLORY.
VINE PEACH. See under Cucumis Melo.
VINE, PIPE. Aristolochia Sipho.
VINE, SILK. See Periploca Greeea.
VINE, WONGA WONGA. Zecomu australis.
VINES. In horticultural parlance, a vine is a weak-
stemmed, more or less tall-growing plant that needs to
have the support of some rigid object to hold it above
the earth. Many plants that are grown for their eco-
nomic uses are vines, although they are ordinarily not
so classified in horticultural works; for example, some
of the beans, the hop and the sweet potato plant. When
vines are mentioned in horticultural writings, plants
that are used for ornament are commonly understood.
In general literature the term “vine,” when used spe-
cifically, designates the grape. Sometimes vegetable-
gardeners, when speaking of vines, mean cucurbita-
ceous plants, as melons, cucumbers and squashes
Vines belong to many natural orders and represent
very many types of plant beauty. The larger part of
them are useful in horticultural operations as screens
for covering unsightly objects or for shading verandas
and summer houses. Many of them are shrubs,the plant
body being woody and persisting year after year; others
are perennial herbs, dying to the ground but the root
persisting from year to year, as some dioscoreas; others
are true annual herbs, as morning-glories. Some of
them are valued chiefly for foliage, as the Virginia
creeper, Japanese ivy, grapes and the true or English
ivy; others are prized largely for their flowers, as morn-
ing-glories, moonflowers and scarlet runners. Vines
represent all degrees of hardiness or tenderness; they
are also of various heights and differ in rapidity of
growth; therefore it is impossible to make a list of vines
that shall apply to the whole country.
122
VINES 1935
Vines are really climbing plants. They get up in the
world in three general Ways: by serambling or clam-
bering over other plants without any special devices
for aiding them in the ascent; by twining about the
support, by ascending by means of special organs, as
roots or tendrils. The larger number of cultivated
climbing plants belong to the last two categories.
However, there are many useful climbers amongst
the seramblers, as, for exmnple, some of the Jong-
stenmed roses. These plants usually have to be tied to
a support unless they are allowed to ramble at will over
some expanded surface, as the top of a bush or a broad
stone wall.
Each species of twining plant has its own direction of
winding about the support, and the species follows this
direction under all ordinary cireamstances. Some of
them, as the hops, wind about the support in the direc-
2673. Hop (Humulus Japon-
icus), twining from the
observer’s right to his
left, or with the sun.
2674. Morning-glory, twining
from the observer’s left
to his right, or against
the sun.
tion of the movement of the sun, or from the observer’s
right to his left. Fig. 2673. Others, as the morning
glory, twine in a direction opposed to the daily move-
ment of the sun, or from the observer’s left to his right.
Fig. 2674. The constaney of these directions of climb-
ing was observed long ago. It is interesting to know
that Paul Dudley, Chief Justice of Massachusetts,
made this observation as long ago as 1724 and reported
it to the Royal Philosophical Society. A full discussion
of this and related topies concerning climbing plants
may be found in Darwin’s book, “The Movements and
Habits of Climbing Plants.”
The special organs by means of which plants climh are
of many kinds. In general they may be referred to three
general categoric roots, as the trumpet creeper and
ivie coiling petioles or leaf-stalks, as the vlematis
(Fig. 487) and the nasturtium; tendrils. The tendrils
are of various morphological origin. Some of them, as
1936
of the grape, are modified branches or stems; others,
as those of the pea and cobewa, are modified leaflets; still
others, as in some species of Jathyrus, are modified stip-
ules. True tendrils are always definitely arranged with
reference to the position of the leaves. The young ex-
tended tendril usually swings about in a circle or ellipse,
VINES
its end being somewhat bent or coiled. When this end
2675. The coiling of tendrils; a shows the tendril hooks
ready to grasp asupport; b, shows the coiling of the
tendril-branches and the straight or not-coiled spaces
where the direction of the coil is reversed. Cassa-
banana (Sicana).
strikes a support it fastens itself securely, and then the
plant is drawn to the support or held to it by the coiling
of the tendril. This coil also serves as a spring whereby
the plant is held to its support during winds. The con-
tinuous coiling of the tendril in one direction would
twist the tendril in two; therefore, tendrils usually coil
in more than one direction, one part of the length being
coiled from right to left and another part from left to
right. Some of these phenomena may be seen in Fig.
2675, which represents the tendrils of one of the Cucur-
bitacee. All members of this family, as cucumbers,
melons, pumpkins and wild balsam apple, are excellent
subjects on which to observe these phenomena.
Of the very many vines that may be used with good
results in the open air in the North the following are
common and therefore to be commended. Many green-
house vines can also be used in the open during the
summer, but these are not included in the present list.
AA. Lop shrubby.
Ampelopsis quinquefolia, Virginia creeper. Figs. 80,
1866. The best single vine for covering buildings and
arbors, since it is perfectly hardy and thrives under
many conditions. Plants should be selected from vines
of known habit, as some individuals cling much better
than others.
Ampelopsis tricuspidata (A. Veitehi). Fig. 2676;
also Fig. 81, Vol. I. A neater and handsomer vine than
the Virginia creeper, clinging closer, but it is often in-
jured by winter in exposed places, especially when
young. It is best adapted to stone and brick buildings.
Clematis of various specie C, paniculata and C.
Virginiana are best for general use.
Tecoma radicans, trumpet creeper.
Vitis or grapes of various species. The wild species
are preferable. Fig. 2677.
Hedera Helix, true ivy. Fig. 1023. The English ivy
does not endure the bright sun of northern winters.
VINES
Hardy in middle states, and often does well on the north
side of buildings farther north.
Actinidia arguta. Fig. 29.
vines.
Akebia quinata, Figs. 56,57. Graceful and pretty.
Lonicera sempervirens, L. flava and other honey-
suckles. L. Japonica (or L. Halliana) is half evergreen
in the North and is popular.
Aristolochia macrophylla, Dutchinan’s pipe. Figs.
138-140. A robust grower, with enormous leaves. Use-
ful for covering verandas and arbors.
One of the best arbor
Celastrus scandens, waxwork or false bittersweet.
Wistaria Sinensis and W. speciosa. Figs. 2475,
2476.
AA. Top dying to the ground, or nearly so, in winter,
Some are annuals,
Menispermum Canadense, moonseed. A small but
attractive native twiner useful for wild gardens.
Humulus Lupulus and H. Japonicus. The former is
the common perennial hop; the latter is a sturdy and
useful anuual.
Dioscorea divaricata, yam, Chinese potato, cinnamon
vine. The large, deep-seated tuberous roots withstand
freezing. Climbs high, but does not produce foliage
enough to cover unsightly objects. Dioscorea villosa is
asmiull but handsome native species
Pueraria Thunbergiana (known also as Dolichos Ja-
ponicus), while not yet common, deserves to he better
known. It is an herbaceous perennial in the North, but
makes a woody top in the South. Very vigorous grower.
Phaseolus multiflorus, searlet runner bean, Dutch
case-knife bean. Red- and white-fld. varieties. Peren-
nial in the South. Tender.
Ipomea, various species. Moonflowers and morning-
glories belong here. Some are perennials far south; all
useful and interesting. Tender.
Tropeolum majus, nasturtiam. Tender annual.
T. peregrinum, canary-bird flower. Tender annual.
Lathyrus odoratus, sweet pea. Hardy annual.
Thunbergia alata. Tender annual.
Dolichos Lablab, hyacinth bean. Tender annual.
Cardiospermum Halicacabum, balloon vine. Tender
annual,
Adlumia cirrhosa, Allegheny vine.
Cobeu scandens. Tender. i. 38
Vines for the South. I. Decipvovus. Ampelopsis tri-
cuspidata and quinquefolia are exceedingly popular for
covering brick walls, stumps, or dead trees. Being de-
ciduous, they are free from the objection of evergreen
ivies, whose foliage often accumulates dust and is a harbor
for sparrows’ nests. A. arborea retains its black ber-
ries all winter; the form with variegated foliage is most
desirable.— Berchemia scandens has small, greenish
flowers; not showy, but of rapid growth in moist soil.
—Celastrus scandens is desirable for its orange-colored
Tender perennial.
2676. Ampelopsis tricuspidata on a stone building.
capsules and searlet seeds, which are retained during a
part of the winter.—Centrosema Virginianum, a twin-
ing herb, is a very desirable small vine. The large,
pea-shaped lavender flowers are produced from May
until autumn.—Clematis. The best native species are
C. crispa, with dark bluish purple campanulate flowers,
C. coccinea with searlet campanulate flowers, and C.
holosericea, conspicuous for the silky plumose tails of
the akenes. All these are herbaceous and lose their
stems during winter. Of the hybrid garden varieties
VINES
which retain their stems there are only a few that ean
stand the long, dry summers of the middle South. The
most resistant are C. Jachmani, Pairy Queen, Henryl,
lunuginosa, Otto Frabel. Duchess of Edinburgh, veli-
tina, but all should be plauted where free from the direct
glare of the afternoon sun.—Decwmaria barbara, a tall
climber usually found in rich moist bottoms and bear-
ing numerous fragrant white flowers, is a very showy
plant.—Lyciwm Barbarian is trequently used for tre
lises; the red berries, which are retained during winter,
are its main attraction. — Pussiflora tnearnata is often
a troublesome weed in newly cultivated lands, but its
flowers are remarkably showy and the lemon-like fruits,
called may-pops south, are edible, the seeds being coated
with a mucilaginous acidulated pulp. 2B. dite las very
small greenish yellow flowers and also a very small,
purple-colored fruit. — Periplocn Greeca is of exceedingly
rapid growth, and when covered in spring with myriads
ot flowers is an attractive plant for trellises or rustie
summmer-houses.—Pueraria Lhunbergiana is a most
vigorous climber, a single plant frequently
eovering an enormous The pea-
pace,
shaped flowers appear in spring, are of a mae:
violet color and very fragrant. No better
plant can be found for covering a large
space in a short time. It is excellent for
eovering dead trees,— Tecoma grandiflora
is one of the best exotie
very large and showy orange-red flowers, —Z
which are produced from spring until
autumn. It can be trained with a single
stem if supported for a few years. Sev- Pea eS
eral forms differ only in the size and Fiat Mees
color of the flowers, as coccinea, deeper wi =
red: speciosaflora, yellowish: hybrida, : =
blood-red. The native species, 7. radicans,
is frequently considered a nuisance south
in cultivated fields, but when trained to a
pillar or frame few of our native climbers
are as desirable.— Wistarias. Al-
though the Japanese species fre-
quently produces elusters more
than a yard in length, the Chin-
ese species is the favorite, being
cultivated in purple, white and
double forms. The double flow-
ers are very full and of a beauti-
ful shape, but the variety is un-
fortunately a shy bloomer. Our
native species, W. speciosa, is
superseded by an improved Eu-
ropean form. Var. magnifica has
flowers of a light lavender-blue,
which are produced at intervals
during the summer. Its growth
is unusually vigorous.
Tl. EVERGREEN. Ahkebia lo-
bata, with its large leaflets in 3’s,
yields an abundance of bananu-
shaped mucilaginous fruit, found
in the markets of Japan, but
here considered of indifferent
value. A very robust climber.
The “five-leaved akebia,” tee
\ aA iN RAMI Peach districts.
ji ie
2721. West Virginia, to illustrate the pomological regions.
state, Another apple belt in which young orchards give
much promise lies at the extreme southern border of
the state.
Peaches thrive in various sections of the state. In
fact, hardly a locality is without its supply; but strange
to say, in many instances the trees are chance seedlings,
and the quality of the fruit is correspondingly low. In
the five counties bordering upon the Potomac, however,
the industry has grown to important commercial pro-
portions.
The orchards under the control of the Alle-
The
most successful orchards are situated upon the first
terrace of the mountain, usually three to five miles
from the Potomac, and at an elevation of from 900 to
1,500 feet above tide. The soil is gravelly in nature,
resulting from the breaking down of shale and sandy
rocks. The methods of the Orchard Company above
mentioned mark a new era in the manner of handling
the peach crop. Instead of sending their product to
some commission house to be aguin seattered over the
country to the small towns, this company has a head
office in the city of Camberland, and from there, as
distributing point, peaches go direct to the dealers in
the small towns and eities, the commission of the mid-
dleman is saved, the retailer gets a fresh product direct
from the orchard, and the consumer is provided with a
better article.
In West Virginia, where Jack of transportation is
often an obstacle, canneries are valuable as furnishing
a market for horticultural products. Tn the city of
Wheeling there are three extensive pickling and can-
ning faetories where large quantities of cucumbers,
tomatoes and onions, as well as various fruits, are pre-
pared for winter consumption. In Martinsburg, in con-
nection with the cold storage house already mentioned,
a modern cannery of large capacity is operated, which
furnishes an annual market for the products of both
orebards and gardens. Besides these there are several
smaller concerns whieh confine their packing to one or
at most to two vegetables, tomatoes being the favorite.
1974
It becomes evident that a state with the limited terri-
tory of West Virginia must have some other compensat-
ing feature to render it capable of such varied products.
A glance at its geographical location, at the varied alti-
tudes and exposures, is sufficient to account for the va-
riety of climate. Persimmons, papaws and watermelons
thrive on the lowland, cranberries on the mountain
glades, and in the higher altitudes the huckleberry finds
a congenial home. Huckleberries are annually gathered
in great quantities both for domestic uses anil for ship-
ment. Certain local areas are expressly adapted to the
cultivation of sweet cherries, others to p s of the
better sorts, and nearly every corner of the state fur-
nishes ideal conditions for the blackberry and dewberry
—the Lucretia dewberry being a native.
The mountainous character of the state has been a
barrier to cheap railroad construction, and as a result
facilities for moving perishable products are not good,
and to-day lack of railroad facilities is the greatest
check to commercial horticulture. L. C. CorsBerr.
WEST VIRGINIA
WHAHOO or WINGED ELM is Ulmus alata.
WHEAT.
WHEAT, INDIA. Fagopyrum Tataricum.
WHIN.
WHIPPLEA (Lieut. [afterward General] A. W.
Whipple, commander of the Pacitic Railroad Expedi-
tion from the Mississippi to Los Angeles in 1853-54).
Sasifragdacee, A genus of one species, a trailing sub-
shrub with clusters of small white fls. which soon be-
come greenish. The clusters have 4-9 fls. and the petals
are a little more than atwelfth of an inch long. The
plant blooms in March and April and is native to woods
in the Coast Ranges of Calif. W. modésta, Torr., was
offered in the East for western collectors in 1881, but
the plant is horticulturally unknown. It is fully de-
seribed in Bot. Calif. and in Jepson’s Flora of Western
Middle California.
WHITANIA. Catalogue error for Withania.
See Triticum.
See Ulez.
WHITE ALDER. Sometimes applied in America to
Clethra alnifolia, White-and-Blue Flower is Cuphea
Lilavea, White Cedar. Chamecyparis spheroidea. See
also Thuya. W. Cup. Nierembergia rivularis. W.
Hellebore. Veratrum. W. Thorn. Crategus. Whiteweed.
Chrysanthemum Leucanthemum. Whitewood. Tulip-
tree and Linden (Liriodendron, Tilia).
WHITFIELDIA (after Thomas Whitfield, intrepid
naturalist who made several explorations into tropical
western Africa and brought back many choice plants).
Acanthdacew. A genus of 2 species of tropical African
herbs, one with white, the other with brick-red flowers.
The latter is a bushy evergreen plant with numerous
branches terminated by racemes of about 8 dull red fis.
each un inch long. The calyx and corolla and often the
large bracts are all colored alike. This species has been
considered a desirable stove plant, and the first speci-
men known to cultivation bloomed from October to
March. It is, however, practically unknown in Amer-
ica. It has been catalogued in the American trade, but
seems to be little known.
Generic characters: calyx 5-parted; segments colored,
oblong or lanceolate; corolla-tube swelled almost from
the base, or slender and cylindrical helow and abruptly
inflexed above, widening into a bell-shaped throat;
lobes 5, ovate or oblong-lanceolate; stamens 4, didyna-
mous. :
lateritia, Hook. Tender, evergreen, red-fid. subshrub
about 3 ft. high: Ivs. opposite, entire, ovate or oblong
ovate, wavy: corolla between bell- and funnel-shaped.
Western Trop. Afr. B.M. 4155. F.S. 1:36. W.M.
WHITLAVIA. See Phacelia.
WHITLOW GRASS.
WHITLOW- WORT.
Draba.
See Paronychia,
WIGANDIA
WHORTLEBERRY. See Vaccinium.
WIDDRINGTONIA (Capt. Widdrington, formerly
Cook, who traveled in Spain). Coniferw. W. Whytei,
M. Wood, is a coniferous tree from southeastern Africa,
probably not hardy N. It grows at an altitude of
5,000 to 7,000 ft. on Mt. Milanji in Nyassaland and is
known as the Milanji Cypress or Cedar. Seedlings of it
were first cultivated in 1894 at Kew, and plants have
recently been offered in Calif. According to Davy, it is
proving to be quite hardy near San Francisco. The
wood is dull reddish white, strongly aromatic, and locally
used for furniture and for doors and windows. The tree
attains a maximum height of 140 ft., with a girth of
5), ft. at a point 6 ft. above the ground, the trunk being
clear for 90 ft. The species has glaucous, linear, juniper-
like foliage and a cone smaller than achestnut and longer
than broad. Widdringtonia is considered by Bentham
and Hooker as a subgenus of Callitris. Franceschi, how-
ever, reports that it has proved quite delicate to raise
in 8. Calif.
WIGANDIA (Johannes Wigand, Pomeranian bishop;
wrote on plants in 1590). Hydrophyllacew. About 7
species of tall, coarse perennial herbs or subshrubs
native to mountainous regions from Mexico to the
Argentine Republic. The fis. are 5-lobed, mostly violet,
1-1% in. across and borne to the number of 30 or more
in lax, terminal, cymose panicles. Wigandias are chiefly
valued as foliage plants for subtropical bedding, because
of their very showy character. Their leaves are cov-
ered with stinging hairs, similar to nettles. Many large
specimens may be seen in California, but the plants
are considered to be rather coarse and straggling.
iy,
sail (i
‘
NS
v3)
iM
r
cae
as
2722. Wigandia Caracasana (X 34).
They are generally raised from seed every year, the
seed being started indoors as early as January. Theo
plants attain a height of 6-10 ft. in a single season.
They are unsatisfactory greenhouse plants, as they do
not grow vigorously indoors. The roots may be kept
over winter in a frostless place and stock may be se-
cured in spring by cuttings. i
Wigandias bave large, alternate, wrinkled lvs. with
WIGANDIA
doubly crenate margins and lax, terminal, eymose pani-
eles, the branches of whieh are l-sided spikes or ra-
cemes: calyx-segments linear; corolla broadly bell-
shaped, with a short tube and 5 spreading lobes; stamens
5, usually exserted: styles 2, distinet at base: capsule
2-valved: seeds small and numerous, pitted-wrinkled.
The species of Wigandia are endlessly confused in
current reference books, as well as in the trade, and
Index Kewensis reflects the general perplexity. The
following account is based upon André’s revision of the
genus in R.H. 1861:371, with an important change in
the name of one species which requires a somewhat
tedious explanation. In respect to W. wrens, André
follows the previous revision by Cho in DC. Prod.
10:184. The name Wigandia wrens was first used by
Kunth, who applied it to a Mexican pliant. Before this,
however, another plant of the same family but a native
of Peru had been called Hydrolea wrens. Now when
Choisy came to monograph the whole family he trans-
ferred Hydrolea wrens to the genus Wigandia and called
it Wigandia wrens, Choisy. He, therefore, had to in-
vent a new name for the Mexican plant, and this he
ealled Wigandia NKunthii. Choisy’s action would be
approved by the radical school of American botanists,
but not by the international rules of nomenclature
known as the Paris Code of 1867. Hence it is necessary
to give the Peruvian plant a new name, and it is here
ealled W. Peruviana. The “eommon” or English names
suggested below may be convenient in explaining the
difficulties of the genus. (Kunth=HBk.)
A. Color of fls. lilac or violet.
B. Spikes I-sided bul 2-ranked, the
fls, pointing in two directions.
c. Plant with rusty hairs......... macrophylla
cc. Plant without rusty hair Peruviana
BB. Spikes I-sided but not 2-ranked,
the fls. all pointing in one direc-
tion.
c. Capsule densely hairy..ccceceee urens
co, Capsule slightly hoary - pubes-
HEE to Rina Sie ios edt ERE Area Caracasana
AA. Color of fls. wine-red......005- eee ae Vigieri
macrophylla, Cham. & Schlecht. LARGE-LEAVED
Wicganpia. Tender Mexican perennial plant, attaining
a height of 6 ft. or more in a season when treated as a
subtropical bedding plant: plant covered with two
kinds of hairs, long white, stiff, spreading, prickly ones
and sbort rusty hairs: only the lower surface of lvs.
covered with a thick, white felt: spikes 1-sided, 2-
ranked: fis. violet, with a white tube. R.H. 1861:371.—
The above is André’s conception of the species, but
some writers would make it a variety of W. urens,
Kunth. The lvs. attain nearly 3 ft. in length under per-
fect conditions. Lys. oval-elliptic, base more or less
heart-shaped.
Peruviana (W. wrens, Choisy, not Kunth.). PERUVIAN
Wiganpia. Tender Peruvian subshrub, distinguished
by the absence of rusty hairs and by the 2-ranked spikes
of violet flowers. Very hispid with long, stiff, spread-
ing bairs: lvs. 5-6 in. long in their native place, ovate-
cordate, covered with a white felt below. R.H. 1867, p.
470 (same as N. 4:208; doubtful).
drens, Kunth, not Choisy (W. Ainthii, Choisy).
Mexican WIGANDIA. Tender Mexican subshrub, distin-
guished by its 1l-sided but not 2-ranked spikes of violet
fls. and densely hairy capsule. Very hispid: Ivs. ovate-
cordate, pilose on both sides, rusty hairy above.
Caracasana, Kunth. VENEZUELAN WiGANDIA. Fig.
2722. Tender Venezuelan subshrub, distinguished by
its l-sided but not 2-ranked spikes which are revolute
at the apex and by the eapsule which is merely hoary-
pubescent. Hairy: vs. elliptic-cordate, hairy on both
sides, rusty-hairy above: fls. pale violet or lilac, B.M.
4575 (adapted in Fig. 2722). B.R. 23:1966. r Ss. 8 755
(page 17). Gn. 4, p. 50%; 8, p. 198. R.A. 1859, p. 653.
(The first three pictures are anthentic.—The Ivs. are
longer and more acute than those of W. wrens. It
is probable that the plants cult. under this name are
really W. macrophylla. André found it so in 1861, and
the trade is conservative about changing names.
WILDER 1975
Vigiéri, Carr. Imperfectly deseribed species of un-
known nativity. Carri¢re merely said it was a silvery
plant instead of somber and glutinous ‘like W. Cara-
casana” (by which he perhaps meant W. maerophylla).
Nicholson says the fls. are lilaec-blue, passing through
Vinous red to fawn-eolor before fading. In the Ameri-
can trade the red color of the fls. is considered distine-
tive. N. 4:209. W.M
WIKSTREMIA (after a Swedish botanist). Lhyme-
ledcew. W. paueiflora is offered hy importers of Japa-
nese plants. “From its bark the celebrated Japanese
copying paper is made.” Wikstramia is a genus of
wbout 20 species of trees or shrubs native to tropical
and eastern Asia, Australia and the Pacifie islands.
Lys. opposite, rarely alternate: fls. hermaphrodite, in
terminal racemes or spikes; perianth-tube long; lobes
4, spreading; stamens 8, in 2 series; filaments short;
dise of 1-4 scales: ovary villous, 1-loculed; style short;
stigma large, globose: fr. fleshy and naked or more or
less included in the base of the perianth.
canéscens, Meissn. (W. pauciflora, Franch. & Say.).
Small shrub, 1-3 ft. high: lys. 1-3 in. long, thin, alter-
nate and opposite, oblong-lanceolate: perianth 3-4 lines
long: fr. silky. Himalayas, Ceylon, China.
WILDER, MARSHALL PINCKNEY (Plate XLI),
distinguished amateur pomologist and patron of horti-
culture, died at Lis home near Boston, Dee. 16, 1886, in
his eighty-ninth year. He was born at Rindge, N. H.,
Sept. 22, 1798. His inherited love of country life soon
showed itself, and at the age of sixteen he chose farm
work in preference to a college course. At twenty-seven
he moved to Boston, where he was long known as a pros-
perous merchant and president of imuny societies and
institutions. His active interest in horticulture may he
dated from 1832,when he purchased a suburban home at
Dorchester, where he lived for more than half a cen-
tury. His pear orchard at one time contained 2,500
s, representing 800 varieties. During his life he
ed 1,200 kinds of pears and in 1875 he exhibited 404
varieties. He produced several new pears. In 1844 he
introduced the Anjou. He imported many fruits and
flowers new to America, and from 1833 to the end of his
life he was coustantly contributing to the society exhibi-
tions the products of his garden. He carried a camel's
hair brush in his pocket and was always hybridizing
plauts.
He delighted in floriculture, and his camellia collec-
tion, comprising at one time 300 varieties, was the best
in America. He raised many new kinds of camellias,
though he lost 500 seedlings by fire. His Camellia
Wildevi he sold to florists for $1,000. He also had a
notable collection of azaleas. As early as 1834 he pro-
duced a double California poppy. Among the many
floral novelties which he was first to import, cultivate
or exhibit in America were Diervilla rosea (1851),
hardy kinds of Azalea mollis (1874), Cissus discolor
(1854), “the harbinger of the infinite variety of orna-
mental-leaved plants now so generally cultivated and
admired,” Clematis carulea, var. grandiflora (1841),
Lilium lanecifoliim, var. album, the first of Japanese
lilies, Gladiolus floribundus (1836), and Oncidiam
fleruosum (1837), a plant of which bore ninety-seven
fully expanded flowers and was the first orchid reported
at any American exhibition. The Marshall P. Wilder
rose makes his name familiar to a later generation.
Wilder’s greatest services to horticulture were in-
timately connected with the Massachusetts Horticultural
Society and the American Pomological Society. Of the
former he was «a member for fifty-six years, and presi-
dent from 1841 to 1448. He was one of the founders of
the American Pomological Society, and with the excep-
tion of a single term was its president from its orguni-
zation in 1848 until his death in 1886.
Wilder was an organizer. He is counted one of the
founders of the Massachusetts Board of Agriculture
and of the Massachusetts Agricultural College, and of
the United States Agricultural Society (1852). He was
president of the Jast from its foundation until 1857, and
from 1868 until his death he was president of the New
England Historic Genealogical Society. At twenty-six
he was a colonel, and in 1857, after declining the nomi-
1976
nation four times, he was elected commander of the
Ancient and Honorable Artillery Company. He was a
trustee of the Massachusetts Institute of Technology.
At one time he was president of the state senate.
In masonry he held all degrees, including the thirty-
third. It is said that when Wilder was 27 there were
no horticultural societies in America, and that he lived
to see more than 1500 societies devoted to horticulture
and kindred subjects.
In 1883 Marshall P. Wilder urged upon the American
Pomological Society the necessity of a reform in the
nomenclature of fruits. He took an active part in the
great work that followed.
Wilder’s personality was most engaging, being char-
WILDER
WILD GARDEN
cultural Society $1,000, to encourage the production of
new American varieties of pears and grapes. Wilder
wrote no book, but his oecasional contributions and
presidential addresses make a notable body of writings
when gathered together into the bound volume presented
by him to the library of the Massachusetts Horticultural
Society. “The Proceedings at a Banquet given by his
Friends to the Hon. Marshall Pinckney Wilder * * *
to Commemorate the Completion of his Eighty-fifth
Year,” is a stately memorial of 116 pages published in
1883. The best account of him seems to be that by the
secretary (Robert Manning) of the society, in Trans.
Mass. Hort. Soc. 1887: 20-39, from which the present
article has been chiefly compiled. Ww. M.
2723. A Wild Garden.
acterized by geniality, dignity, tact and conservatism.
Horticulturists remember with what graciousness he
met and recognized the younger men of merit at the
meetings of the American Pomological Society. He was
by nature a peacemaker, and in the early days when
the conflicting interests of the Massachusetts Horticul-
tural Society and the Mount Auburn Cemetery required
separation, he was an important factor in solving the
complicated and delicate problem. The settlement of
this difficulty laid the foundations of the unparalleled
wealth of the Massachusetts Horticultural Society.
Wilder was a man of habit. Until he retired from busi-
ness it was his life-long practice to rise early, devote
the morning to books, garden and orchard, the middle
of the day to business and the evening to family and
study. He was married three times and had fourteen
children, only five of whom survived him. He was
sitting in his chair at home and engaged in conversation
when death came to him instantly.
The portrait of him in Plate XLI was considered
by Mr. Wilder to be his best likeness. At his death
he left the American Pomological Society $1,000 for
Wilder Medals for objects of special merit and $4,000
for general purposes. He left the Massachusetts Horti-
WILD GARDEN. Figs. 2723-28. Wild gardening is
that form of floriculture which is concerned with plant-
ing in anature-like manner colonies of hardy plants that
require a minimum of care. A wild garden is not to be
thought of as a garden run wild, nor should it be con-
fused with the promiscuous sowing of flower seeds. “No
form of gardening,” says Wm. A. Stiles, “gives greater
and more lasting pleasure than that which aims to nat-
uralize wild or garden plants in positions where they
will appear to be growing naturally and without the in-
tervention of the gardener’s art.” A wild garden should
be so planted and tended as to give “that appearance of
untamed luxuriance, of careless and unstudied grace
which suggests perfect freedom.”
Both the idea and the name of wild gardening origi-
nated in the early seventies with William Robinson, of
London, first editor of "The Garden” and author of many
important books on florieulture. The idea came as a
reaction against formal gardening in general and par-
ticularly the extravagant use of tender bedding plants
to the exclusion of hardy herbs of less gaudy charac-
ter and of simpler and less expensive cultivation. The
idea spread rapidly in England and is steadily gaining
in America. It appeals to the wealthy amateur with
WILD GARDEN
plenty of land and to all persons who deught in making
nature-like pictures with the help of plants. It may
also be in keeping in many small and humble areas.
The plants in a wild garden require less care than those
cultivated according to any other system. The main
work is that of establishing the plants. If they are the
right kind they will soon become colonies. All that re-
mains to do is to remove brambles, thistles and other
uncomfortable weeds and oecasionally check the exuber-
ance of the too vigorous species. On the other hand,
wild gardening demands the highest intelligence and
taste, close sympathy with nature, and that rare and
precious quality —enjoyment of common and every-day
things.
There is no finer feature of autumn landscape in
America (so far as herbaceous growth is concerned)
than the roadside asters and goldenrods. Yet when
William Robinson conceived the idea of wild gardening,
these lovely Howers were banished from the English
hardy borders. In such an environment they waxed too
strong and crowded out many slender-habited plants
of delicate beauty. It seemed a pity to exclude these
American plants from English estates. The important
question was to find a proper environment for them.
In the wild garden such plants require less care than
in the hardy border, and they present nature-like
effects, and are in place.
Asters and goldenrods are only two examples of the
class of plants for which the wild garden was created.
There are literally thousands of hardy plants from all
over the world that will take care of themselves when
once estublished in wild gardens. Many of these plants
are unfit for intensive cultivation. They will never be-
come general garden favorites. Some of them crowd
out weaker-growing plants. Many of them have their
“dramatic moment” and then lapse into the common-
place or unsightly. Others are too tall or rank or coarse
or weedy for conspicuous and orderly positions. Again,
many plants are insignificant as individuals but very
effective in masses. There are hundreds of interesting
plants that fail when measured by the conventional
standards. Their foliage may be ill-smelling, sticky or
prickly, but usually their flowers are too small or their
9724. Silphium perfoliatum.
Allied to the Compass Plant.
Both are tall herbs, excellert for wild gardens.
WILD GARDEN 1977
J A,
Man
Yiu
2725. Sacaline naturalized in a wild garden.
This hardy herb grows 8 to 10 feet high in a single season.
season of bloom not long enough. The garden gate is
locked against them all.
Among our common native plants that revel in the
wild garden are yarrow, Joe-Pye-weed, milkweed,
rudbeckias, compass plants, sunflowers and a host
of other perennial yellow-flowered composites, Bounc-
ing Bet, bed-straw, evening primrose, St. John’s-
wort, lupines, button snakeroot, certain lilies, Oswego
tea, orange hawkweed, asters, bughane, goldenrods. All
such plants tend to improve wonderfully when the strug-
gle for existence is somewhat eased for them. Nor does
this list exclude such treasures as the forget-me-nots,
eardinal-flowers, blue flags, water lilies, pitcher plants
and other marsh and aquatic subjects which properly
belong to the moist or bog garden,
though that is merely a department
of the wild garden, Then there are
the vines; and what wonders can be
accomplished in a wild garden with
wild grape, clematis, Virginia
creeper, perennial pea, trumpet
creeper and bitter-sweet! Think,
too, of all the spring flowers and
delicate woodsy things,—anemones,
eolumbines, moss pink, Jack-in-the-
pulpit, bloodroot, hepatica, Solomon’s
seal, dutchman’s breeches, ferns,
trillums and violets! Evidently
there is sufficient material for a wild
garden composed exclusively of
American plants, and naturally such
material is least expensive. But the
wild garden spirit is essentially cos-
mopolitan. Many of the exotics can
be raised from seed, for it is not
jects he
necessary that all the sub
perennial. Some of the exotic mul
leins, for example, are bold and
striking plants; nearly all of them
are biennial, but they resow them-
selves. Finally there is a vast numn-
ber of rare plants that are dear to
the heart of the collector, but their
names mean nothing to the uniniti-
ated. The native shrubs and trees
may also have their places in the
wild garden.
1978 WILD GARDEN
While the wild garden was created to make a place
for plants outside the garden proper, it does not ex-
clude the garden favorites. For example, an individual
larkspur, foxglove or harebell in rich garden soil often
grows so tall and slender as to require staking, and
stakes are always objectionable. In the wild garden a
lusty colony of any of these species may be self-support-
ing. All the leading border favorites can be used in
the wild garden—peony, poppy, phlox, larkspur, iris,
columbine and the rest. The tall-growing plants that
are used in the back row of borders are nearly all suit-
WIND- BREAKS
borders, preferably well towards the rear of the place,
However, there are degrees of wild gardening, and it is
often in place against the rear buildings or even against
the rear of the house. Figs. 2723, 2728.
Everyone who desires a wild garden should own a
copy of that charming book “The Wild Garden,” by
Wm. Robinson. The latest edition, illustrated by Alfred
Parsons, is the most desirable. The wild garden
should not be confined to “wild” things, but may well
include many exotics. In this way the wild garden be-
comes something more than an epitome of the local
flora; and there is practically no limit to its in-
terest and development. W.M.
ROMs
Wii) PX Y,
Mi"
$s
“ye 2
2726. Jerusalem Artichoke, one of the perennial sunflowers.
A nuisance in ¢ultivated ground, but often useful in the
wild garden.
able for wild gardens,— Polygonum Sachalinense (Fig.
2725), Boeconia cordata, Cimicifuga racemosa, Hera-
eleum, Arundo (Fig. 2727), Rheum, hollyhocks, sil-
phiums (Fig. 2724+) and perennial sunflowers (Fig. 2726).
There are only three tests which a candidate for the
wild garden must pass,—hardiness, vigor and interest,
for of course every cultivated plant should have some-
thing to make it worth while.
To the many amateurs who wish to cultivate a few
colonies of flowers in a small space, the naturalizing of
free-growing hardy things is especially attractive. Give
the wild flowers a hed by themselves. Avoid mixing
cultivated and wild plants in the same border, for the
hand of the stranger may “weed out” the wild things in
favor of the others. ‘
The place of the wild garden is somewhere near the
| WILD ALLSPICE. See Benzoin. W. Balsam-
Apple or Wild Cucumber. Lehinocystis lobata.
W. Ginger. dAsarwm. W. Hyacinth, in England
Scilla nutans; in America, Camassia Fraseri.
W. Indigo. Baptisia tinctoria, Tpomea pandu-
rata.
WILLOW. See Saliz.
WILLOW, DESERT
Chilopsis.
or FLOWERING. See
WILLOW HERB. L£pilobium.
WILLOW, VIRGINIAN. Jtea Virginica.
WIND-BREAKS, in horticultural usage, are
plantations of trees or other plants designed to
check the force of the wind or to deflect it to
otber directions. Wind-breaks are often of the
greatest use, and at other times they are detri-
mental. In regions of very strong prevailing
winds, they may be necessary in order to pre-
vent positive injury to the plants. This is true
along seashores. In the dry interior regions,
wind-breaks are often useful, also, to check the
force of dry winds that would take the moisture
from the land. In other cases, they are employed
for the purpose of sheltering the homestead in
order to make it more comfortable for human
occupancy: such wind-breaks are usually known
under the name of shelter-belts.
Whether wind-breaks shall be used for orchard
plantations, depends wholly on circumstances. In
regions of very strong prevailing winds, as near
large bodies of water or on the plains, such breaks
are usually necessary on the windward side of
the orchard. However, if the prevailing winds
are habitually warmer than the local tempera-
ture, the winds should not be stopped or wholly
deflected, but they should be allowed to pass
through the windbreak with diminished power in
order that, while their force may be checked, they
may still prevent too low temperature. In re-
gions that are very liable to late spring and early
fall frosts, a tight wind-break is usually a disad-
vantage, since it tends to confine the air—to make
it still-and thereby to increase the danger of light
frosts. If windbreaks are employed in such instances,
it is best to have them somewhat open so that atmos-
pheric drainage may not be checked. In most regions,
the greatest value of the windbreak for orchard plan-
tations is to protect from the mechanical injuries that
result from high winds and to enable workmen to pursue
their labors with greater ease. The lessening of wind-
fall fruit is often sufficient reason for the establish-
ment of a windbreak. Usually very cold and very dry
winds should be turned from the orchard; very strong
winds should be checked; temperate winds should
nearly always be allowed to pass through the orchard,
if their velocity is not too great; care must be taken to
allow of adequate atmospheric drainage.
Wind-breaks for orchards require much land, and
crops near them are likely to suffer for lack of food and
moisture, and also from shade. In small places, there-
fore, it may be impossible to establish large wind-breaks.
It is well to plant the wind-break at some distance from
WIND-BREAKS
the last row of orchard trees, if possible. It is usually
best to use native trees for the wind-break, since they
are hardy aud well adi tpted to the partic ular climate.
Wind-breaks often harbor injurious inseets and fungi,
and care must be taken that species of trees liable to
these difficulties be not used. In the northeastern
states, for example, it would be bad practice to plant
the wild cherry tree, since it is so much infested with
the tent caterpillar, In some cases, very low wind-
breaks may be as desirable as high ones. This is true
in the open farming lands in the dry regions, since it
may be necessary only to check the force of the wind
near the surface of the ground. Wind-breaks only two
or three feet high, placed at intervals, may have this
effect. Fenee-rows sometimes act as efficient wind-
breaks. Along the sea-coust, gurdeners often plant low
hedges for the purpose of protecting the surface of
the garden. Along the Atlantic coast, the California
privet is considerably used. This is Ligustrum ovali-
folio, aJapanese plant. Inv parts of California, one of
the mallow tribe (Luvatera assurqentiflora, Fig. 2730)
is used for this purpose. Farms in the open windy
country may be efficiently proteeted by belts of wood-
land, or if the country is wholly cleared, rows of trees
may be established at intervals of a quarter or half
mile across the direction of the prevailing winds.
Fig. 2729. [i He Be
Wind-breaks in Middle California.—The most common
wind-break seen in middle California is composed of
a tall thick hedge of Monterey Cypress (Cupressus
macrocarpa), either clipped close or allowed to grow
naturally; it withstands heavy winds better than almost
any other heavy-foliaged tree and is rapid in its growth.
The Osage orange was at one time somewhat exten-
sively planted as a wind-break, but is now rarely met
with.
The Italians and Chinese, who have almost complete
control of the trueck-gardening industry in and around
San Francisco, make extensive use of a Californian
tree-mallow, Zavatera assurgeutiflora, Fig. 2730—as a
wind-break and protection from the drift-sand, which is
such a prominent feature of the outskirts of the city.
This plant is indigenous to some of the islands off the
‘re -. Rll cs UY
ts ae a ‘ H
i ee J |
= ¥- : p Ee :
. ‘ Big A Le g Be ; Za
ent
\ 1h NA MLiCtTE Hit ty AR i ni Hal i
il Mn ’ | it rh | i in in ih Il iN
| "| ee ae ii Mun Hite
rl
WIND-BREAKS 1979
coast of igmece California and, probably, was intro-
dueed into the San Francisco peninsula by the Mission
Fathers, as the pioneers of 1851 and ’52 report that it was
2727, The Giant Reed—Arundo Donax.
A tall plant of striking habit suitable for wild gardens und
borders.
then growing spontaneously and in great abundance on
the sand dunes where the city now stands. This Lava-
tera proves to be well adapted to the peculiar conditions
it stands long seasons of
under which it is cultivated;
Ny
uy =
SLAM
2728. A small wild garden at the rear of a building,
1980
drought and heavy winds, bears close trimming, makes
a rapid and dense growth, and continues in bloom
almost throughout the year.
When larger wind-breaks are required, to resist the
force of heavy and steady winds sweeping over the
WIND-BREAKS
WINTER PROTECTION
WINDMILL FINGER GRASS.
WINDOW GARDENING.
See Chloris.
See House Plants.
WINEBERRY. Rubus phenicolasius.
2729. Wind-breaks running across the direction of the prevailing winds,
interior plains through mountain passes, the manna
gum, Huculyptus viminalis, is used with advantage;
this species suffers much less from strong wind than
the more tender blue gum, Hucalyptus Globulus, which
is used for the same purpose in the more equable
climate of the Coast Range hills. Both the red gum,
Bucalyptus rostrata, and the Lombardy poplar, Populus
nigra, var. Italica, are used in the vineyard region near
Fresno, to check the force of the periodic north-winds.
Arundo Donav is also frequently grown around vine-
yards, particularly in the immediate vicinity of water.
The olive, European walnut, fig and almond are fre-
quently planted for the outside row of an orchard of
deciduous fruit trees, to act as a partial wind-break.
Arundo Donax makes a charming shelter-hedge for
a suburban garden, being light and graceful in appear-
ance and not too exclusive, while answering all neces-
sary purposes by providing a certain amount of privacy.
JOSEPH Burtt Davy.
WINDFLOWER,.
Anemone,
2730. Lavatera assurgentiflora, a native plant much used
for low wind-breaks in California.
WINTER ACONITE. Lranthis hyematlis.
WINTER BERRY. Jlez verticillata.
WINTER CHERRY. Physalis Alkekengi.
WINTER CRESS. Barbarea.
WINTER GARDEN. In England, a very large glass
structure suited for trees and plants that are not quite
hardy and require only a small amount of artificial heat
in winter. Winter gardens are especially adapted to
strong-growing plants from Australia and the Cape, as
ias and araucarias. Himalayan rhododendrons, ca-
mellias and the hardier palms and tree ferns are also
favorite subjects. The term “winter garden” is practi-
eally unknown in America. The word is sometimes used
as synonymous with glass-house or conservatory.
WINTERGREEN. Guultheria and Pyrola.
WINTERGREEN, FLOWERING. Polygala pauci-
folia.
WINTER PROTECTION, or preparing plants to with-
stand the winter (Figs. 2731-2742). All plants are usu-
ally hardy in their own habitat, but many become tender
when removed to a colder climate, requiring artificial pro-
tection. A permanent covering of snow furnishes ideal
protection, but unfortunately our American winters are
very changeable. Continued, steady cold is seldom in-
jurious, but the alternate freezing and thawing towards
spring are often fatal, the damage varying according
the situation is wet or dry and the soil light or heavy
For example, shallow-rooted plants, as Lobelia cardi-
nalis, will often be thrown out of the ground in clayey
soil. Such damage may be prevented by placing sods
over the plants. Gaillardias will winter safely in light,
well-drained soils with ordinary protection, but perish
if wet and heavy. The remarks in this paper are meant
to apply in the vicinity of Chicago.
Winter covering intercepts the sun’s rays and retards
premature activity. It is as essential “to keep in the
cold” during temporary warm spells as it is to retard ex-
cessive depth of frost. More damage is generally done
in February and March than earlier. Ro and other
shrubs may be prepared for the winter any time from
the last half of November until well into December,
but anything of an herbaceous nature may be covered
much earlier. Where field mice are troublesome it is
well to defer covering until after a good freeze, so that
these nibblers may seek other winter quarters. Rabbits
are fond of the Japan quince, Spirea Van Houtlei,
Huonymus alatus and some others, and often damage
newly planted material the first winter. When the
WINTER PROTECTION
branches are beyond their reach, protect the trunk with
straw, tar paper or burlaps, whieh will also prevent
sun-blistering. If the shrubs are in groups or low-
branched, run wire netting around them. Pall-planted
material should be better protected against frost Pie
established plants of the sume species. All the , Japa-
nese flowering forms of the plum, peach and cherry
tribes should have their roots mulehed four or more
inches deep. The fatal damage in the winter of 1898-99
was at the roots, not overhead. Figs. 2731, 2732
protection by means of straw and boughs; 2
tection inside of boxes, barrels and wire ne tting.
Plants with evergreen foliage, like Heuchera saugui-
ned, are safer with a covering that will not mat down
and rot the foliage or injure the crown. The danger is
in open, Wet seasons. Forest leaves are excellent for
winter covering, provided they do not mat down. Oak
leaves are good, but those of elm, maple and other
trees that shed their foliage early are soft and mat too
much. Leaves may be held in place by evergreen boughs,
brush, or tops of bushy perennials like our native as-
ters, or coarse strawy material. When leaves are used
in barrels or boxes, the top of the package should be
water-tight, and the leaves dry when put in. This pre-
eaution is not essential in all cases, but it is a safe rule
to follow. Tar paper is comparatively cheap and comes
handy in many phases of winter covering. Gather the
leaves when they are dry, and store under shelter until
wanted. Suave vines like those of Clematis paniculata
and pole limas; they are good for covering climbing
roses that are almost hardy. These keep off the bright
sun when the plants are in a semi-frozen condition,
show
2731. Straw overcoats for roses.
shield them from the drying winds, and retard prema-
ture starting of the flower-buds. Forsythia suspensu
trained as a climber on a south wall is benefited by
such covering, or by burlaps, as its sheltered position
induces activity too early and its flowering buds become
a victim to late frosts. Any rhizomatous iris, sneh as
the German iris, should be planted where surface drain-
age is ample, and in the case of young plants, or those
recently divided, not covered with heavy manure, or
they are likely to decay in wet weather. Cover such
plants with light material. Old established plants
seldom need protection. Pyrethrim rosewm requires
similar conditions and treatment. All lilies except the
hardiest, such as L. tigrinum, elegaus, Canadensis,
superbum, Philadelphicum, speciosum, teniifolinm,
ete., are best covered by a mound of ashes—wood or
coal—which retains an even temperature. The other
lilies may be mulehed with manure and L. cenididium
with leaves. Eremurus in all its species, and al /sfvo-
meria aurantiaca, require a deep box of leaves and the
surrounding soil well mulched. An inverted V -shaped
trough placed over such low edging plants as V’ eronica
cirewoides and Thymus rpyllum, var. montanes, is
beneficial. It iswellto tuke upafew plants of Monarda
didyma, the double perennial sunflower, and Thymus
Serpyllum, and winter them in a coldframe, over which
WINTER 1981
place an old wooden shutter or anything to shed rain,
placing leaves or manure over those that remain.
Where permanent wind-breaks, such as plantations of
PROTECTION
2732. A tender tree bound with branches of hemlock.
The protected tree is a specimen of Gordonia about 10 feet high,
at Arnold Arboretum, Boston.
evergreens, buildings or solid fences, do not exist, tem-
porary ones should be made of boards, oka
boughs, corn-stalks, ete., to protect arboreal plants that
are not quite hardy, e. ¢., in this climate Halesia
tetraptera, and in the eastern states Magnolia qrandi-
flora, hollies, ete. Place the wind-break at the sides to-
wards the prevailing winds, generally north and west,
and at the sunny side of any evergreen that browns.
The boughs or stalks may be attached to wire netting
or to cords fastened to stakes.
The so-ealled retinosporas may have placed over
them an empty box open at the top. Shrubs that are
still more tender should be boxed, the box having a
tight top and ventilation at the sides. In all cases
mulch well at the reots. Magnolia Soulangeana, AL.
speciosa and plants of similar degrees of hardin s
may have their branches tied in and empty ¢ ‘ red
over them, one sitting partially inside the other, and
held in place by stakes. Put a cone-shaped covering
over the top to shed the snow. Or poles may be set
close to the tree, wigwam fashion. Wrap the with
Dburlaps, or wind string around them for the straw to
lean against, and in both instances wrap with straw.
The so-called hardy climbing roses, such as the Seven
Sisters and Prairie Queen, which are hardy without
protection but are beneited by it, Wichuraiana and
its hybrids, Paul Carmine Pillar, S
Crimson Rambler, Thalia, and Lord Penzance Sweet-
brier hybrids, if against a wall, may have clematis or
One way of protecting young rhododendrons.
inside the wire netting is filled with autumn leaves
1982
other vines placed thickly over them; or if in an open
exposed situation, they may be wrapped in straw. Fig.
2731. Better still, bill up the soil quite bigh atthe roots,
—to prevent breaking and to afford protection and drain-
age,—and extend the mound in the form of a gradually
diminishing ridge. Bend the canes along the ridge,
choosing a time when there is no frost in them, and
cover with soil or sod. If the presence of a lawn pre-
WINTER PROTECTION
2734. Protecting plants by covering with a box, inside which
are placed leaves or straw.
vents this method, lay on the grass and cover with a
water-tight box filled with leaves. Canes will rot di-
rectly under an open knothole. In the spring allow
them to remain prostrate some time after uncovering to
inure them gradually to the change and to induce the
lower buds to strengthen. Hybrid perpetuals, the ten-
der forms of moss roses, Hermosa, Clothilde Soupert,
and the dwarf polyanthas, may be wrapped, boxed or bent
over and covered with soil. Those in beds may be bent
over, the tops tied to the base of their neighbors, lead
tags bearing numbers fastened to each plant, and a
record taken of their names, and all summer labels
stored to prevent loss when removing the leaves in the
spring. Make a solid frame around them, higher at
one end, and fill with leaves so as to cover the plants.
Lap the roof boards; they will shed water and allow
ventilation. In the spring remove the leaves, replace
the top fora few days, but let the sides remain for a
week or so to shield from cold winds. Keep the plants
prostrate until cut back. The tenderer Teas are
placed in coldframes or similar places. No manure is
used until spring, as there is no moisture to wash it in.
Tree peonies and yuceas should have an empty box
placed over them, large enough to prevent the plant
from touching the wood. Hibiscus Syriacus, diervillas,
deutzias—except D. Lemoinei and D. parviflora which
are hardy —IJtea Virginica, Cornus Mas, ete., are
wrapped in straw, and when the wrappings exceed four
feet in height they should be staked to prevent high
winds from toppling them over. Rhododendrons and
Azalea mollis when planted out are taken up, the roots
given a good soaking in a tub, aud replanted in cold
P or in boxes placed in a coldhouse or pits. In the
spring, another bath is given them and the soil firmly
pounded around them before replanting. This is essen-
tial for continued vigor. Cut all vines of the clematis
to within one or two feet of the ground and lay them
down, first mounding the soil a few inches if surface
drainage is not good and cover with ashes, boxed leaves,
or soil, or mulch well and wrap the canes with straw.
If close to a porch or steps, do not let the swept snow
stay over them, unless well protected, as this snow
solidifies and exeludes air. If, as some now think, the
broken outer skin of the hybrid forms,—Jackmani,
ete.,—subjects them to disease, then these varieties
should not be bent over, but staked and wrapped. It is
best not to cut the foliage of the eulalias or the Japan
iris, as it, of itself, is a good protection, but manure at
the base is essential. Cut down Arundo Donar, cover
heavily with any material, and cover all with tar paper
or water-tight shutters. Place half-rotted leaf-mold
over fern beds, narcissi, English and Spanish iris or
any early-blooming bulbous plant, or a light-strawy
covering that is easily removed. Fine old manure a few
inches thick is good and can remain. Place a good coat-
ing of stable manure around the trees on the lawn, and
when they have been established any length of time
WINTER PROTECTION
bear in mind that the feeding roots extend out as far
as the branches do. The soil under them has a double
duty to perform—to sustain both the tree and the grass.
Place short stakes around groups of platycodons, As-
clepias tuberosa, or any other plants that are lute to ap-
pear in the spring. Otherwise they may be overlooked
in the spring and injured by digging. Examine all la-
bels and see that none are cutting into the limbs of
trees. Replace all rotten or defaced ones in the bor-
ders, using heavy labels, as thin ones often break off
and are carried away when the surplus manure is re-
moved. Cypress is a good material for labels. A good
label for young trees and shrubs is made of a thin sheet
of copper. The name is written with a stylus. The
label is fastened to a copper wire ring 3 or 4 inches in
diameter, placed around fhe trunk and allowed to lie on
the ground. Such a label is durable, unobtrusive and
requires no attention for fear of cutting the wood, nor
can it be lost. W. C. Eaan.
Pits, Cold Pits, Storage Pits and Plant Cellars (Figs.
2736-2742) are structures, with the greater part sunk
beneath the surface of the ground, built for the pur-
pose of protecting plants in winter without continued
fire heat. They are employed almost exclusively for
storing dormant plants. They are not suitable for stor-
ing growing plants any length of time, neither are they
houses in which to grow plants. They should face the
south and be sheltered against north winds by build-
ings or other wind-breaks. Owing to their position they
should be put in well-drained ground only and well pro-
tected against surface water. A well-designed frame-
yard is the best possible place for small pits
The coldframe (see Frame) used by market-garden-
ers for wintering cabbage and lettuce for spring plant-
ing, or by the florists for pansies, primroses, forget-me-
nots, etc., is really a simple pit. Such shallow pits,
with proper protection, are useful for many other small
plants which would be injured by severe weather. A
deep pit, like a coldframe, is shown in Fig. 2736. A pit
built on the plan of the old-fashioned “outside cellar”
(Fig. 2737) is very useful for storing tubers and roots.
See that it is well ventilated. A section of another pit
is shown in Fig. 2738. More elaborate pits, for accom-
modating large plants, are illustrated in Figs. 2739-42.
Forms of Pits.—Consult
Fig. 2741, in which the
entries are numbered for
convenience Nos. 1, 2, 3
and 4. Nos. 1,2 and 3 show
inexpensive and conven-
jient pits for small and
medium - sized plants.
They may be built 4 ft. or
less below the level of
the ground, the height and
width as shown in the dia-
grams; the length should
be some multiple of 3, any
thing between 9 and 30
ft., so that the glass roof
muy be made of hotbed
sash and also protected by
the straw mats and wooden shutters in common use.
See Hotbeds.
These pits are useful for storage in winter and also
for carrying some of the hardier greenhouse plants in
autumn until the houses are relieved of the chrysanthe-
mum crop. Nos. 1 and 2 make light hotbeds in spring,
if filled with the leaves which formed their winter pro-
tection, and are also available for growing such plants
as euphorbia during the summer. ‘They are generally
too deep for dung hotheds. Nos. 1 and 2 are planned
to run east and west. If No. 3 is thus placed, the roof
on the north side may be made of plank instead of
glass, but if it runs north and south it should have a
glass roof on both sides. Easy access to all is obtained
through the roof by removing a sash. Sometimes a
door can be built at one end of No. No. 2 does not
cost much more than No. 1 and furnishes more room.
By putting a few doors in the board roof, excellent veu-
tilation is provided. No. 3 gives the best head-room,
but is rather dark for evergreens with soft foliage, e.g.,
Plants protected in a barrel
covered with burlaps.
WINTER PROTECTION
Cylisus Cunaricnsis, unless the whole roof is glass. A
pit like this has always been used in the Arnold Arbo-
retum for winterit seedlings, rooted cuttings and
gratts,—young stock grown in flats but too delicate for
the open ground. The arrangement of shelves shown
in the diagram gives storage to large numbers of these
small plants.
In No, 4 is shown a small plant cellar, more expensive
but with better capacity for large plants. It should run
north and south, and, exeepting the glass roof, is wholly
below ground, and conseque utly extremely well protected
against frost. The door is at either end or side. By
taking advantage of sloping ground it is possible to
enter on the ground-floor level, which is important when
large plants in tubs must be handled. In such cases a
conerete floor may be built. The monitor roof provides
plenty of light and ventilation; wooden shutters cover
the glass in cold weather. This form of pit is not only
well adi ipted to plants, but also is excellent for storing
vegetables and fruits. The forms of buildings larger
than those above deseribed vary much with different
circumstances. Sometimes the cellar of a stable, tool-
house or other outbuilding can be utilized. The chiet
consideration is pro-
tection against frost,
WINTER PROTECTION 1983
pits have stood 10 or 12 years without
: ; i showing wny
sign of deterioration.
It is not necess: wy to use high-
priced Portland eements, because the stractures are se-
2738. Nurseryman’s cold pit.
A cheap device for wintering plants that require comparatively
little light.
cured against frost by the winter protection required for
their contents. An excavation of the required dimen-
sions is made. with due allowance for the walls. Inside
the excavation a plank
qnolding frame is built
but provision must be
made for thorough ven-
tilation, and against a
too high temperature
in the autumn and
early spring. It is be-
cause it is hardly pos-
sible to provide for
these matters that
dwelling-house cellars
do not make good pits;
they eannot be sufti-
at the proper distance;
viz., the thickness of
the walls, from the
walls of earth whieh
should have been cut
as true as possible.
This frame, whieh
should also be true and
plumb, is carried to the
required height for the
inside face of wall and
another frame is made
ciently ventilated to
keep the temperature
low enough except in
the middle of winter.
Growth is incited and
cannot be maintained
owing to lack of light.
Construction of the
s.—Owing to their
at the proper dis stance
on the surface of the
ground, the inner face
of which will be the
outside face of the
completed wall. These
frames must be well
braced; they carry a
heavy load until the ce-
position, pits cannot ment hardens. It is
well be made of wood, 2737. An outside cellar, in which to store roots and tubers, and not necessary to make
plank and cedar po pots of resting stuff. a complete frame for
lasting from 4-6 yea the whole pit at once;
tone and brick are most eco-
nomical for walls and ceilings; for small ones concrete
probably makes the cheapest and best wall. At the
Bussey Institution the concrete walls of several small
only. For large pits,
one endand a half of both sides can be built first, and the
same frame reversed will serve for the remainder. The
concrete is made by mixing dry one part of cement (a
good brand ean be obtained at about $1.20 per barrel) to
two parts of clean sharp sand. After a
thorough mixture, add enough water to
make a thick paste. Add to this paste
three parts (sometimes four are used) of
elean gravel. Broken stone is better but
more expensive. No stones larger than a
~~
ae i
mn
2736. Deep pit built like a coldframe, for carrying half-hardy woody
plants over winter.
RAI Ii
hi a os
a —
goose egg should be used. The whole
should be completely and quite carefully
blended with hoe or shovel until each
stone is coated. Throw this mass into
the space between the molding frame and
earth wall and settle compactly with a
rummer. It is not advisable to mix more
than a barrel at once, nor so much as this
unless at least men are employed,
Continuous batches are made until the
work is finished. When the top layers are
going in, insert 34-in. iron bolts 6-8 in.
long at intervals of six ft. These secure
the wooden sills. In warm dry weather
the frames can be removed within twenty-
four hours or less, but first examine care-
fully the condition of the cement. After
removal, smooth off any roughness and
grout in with a whitewash brush a coat of
Portland cement mixed with water, but
without sand, thus obtaining a good color
and a more homogeneous surface. For
several days the work should be shaded
1984
and occasionally sprinkled with the hose. Do not attach
the woodwork until the concrete is fully hardened. One
and one-half barrels of cement make about one cubic
yard of concrete, that costs, in place, between five and
six dollars, somewhat less if the cost of labor, sand and
gravel is moderate.
Build in June or July,
WINTER PROTECTION
WINTER PROTECTION
great difficulty in keeping plants in good condition is
owing to the condensation of moisture within the pits
at times when it is impossible to open them on account
of severe weather; therefore no more water should be
given than is absolutely needed. As long as the weather
permits, keep the sashes
off or the windows open
so that the concrete will
he thoroughly dry before
frost.
The construction of a
brick roof is shown in
Fig. 2741, No. 4. Con-
crete could also be used.
A good grade hotbed
sash makes the best
glass roof. All sills,
cross-hars, ete., should
be made of cypress and
painted. The woodwork
must be made strong to
endure the continual ex-
posures. It is false econ-
omy to stint in quan-
tity or quality. In cel-
lars for nursery stock,
night and day, and after-
wards open up whenever
possible. On sunny days
ventilate whenever the
thermometer registers
over 20° F., but do not
begin until the sun
strikes the frames, and
shut off early in the
afternoon. On mild
days, with the mereury
above freezing, remove
the sashes entirely. This
is the best way to get
rid of the moisture-laden
air, and is essential for
keeping evergreen plants
with soft foliage in good
condition. To change
the air in large cellars is
Figs. 2737-41, a compara-
tively small amount of
light is required, and the
low roof is boarded in
and shingled, building paper being used. Planks may
be substituted for boards, or the roof may be double.
Sand or gravel, one foot deep, makes the best floor,
or half sand and half loam where piants are to be
heeled-in. A concrete floor should be used only where
the drainage is absolutely perfect.
The sides and ends should be banked with leaves or
other material. See Fig. 2738. In the vicinity of Bos-
ton this should be done about November 15. The same
covering can also be given to low roofs. The glass is
protected by mats and shutters. See Hotbeds. It isa
good plan to have on hand an extra supply of dry
meadow hay to give additional shelter in zero weather.
Care and Management.—Pits, e.g. Nos. 1, 2 and 3,
in Fig. 2741, like greenhouses, should carry more than
one“crop.” In early autumn they hold chrysanthemums,
carnations. stevias, etc.; nextthe Azalea Indica, Cytisus
Canariensis, heaths,
etc., some of which re-
main for the winter,
while others are replaced
by hardy shrubs, bulbs
and other plants for
forcing. For spring and
summer use, see above,
In eastern Massachusetts
gurdeners begin to use
them in September, but
the final storage sonie-
times is not finished un-
til Christmas. The
longer the plants can be
kept in the open air the
better fitted they are for
their winter quarters.
In the eare of pits,
watering and ventilation
are of prime importance,
When first housed the
plants should be well
watered, and, if this is
carefully done, it will
often be found that no
further water is required
2739. A durable storing pit or cellar for very large plants.
more troublesome; here
it is advisable to build
an open fireplace, in
which a brisk fire may be kindled on mild days when all
windows can be unclosed, thus obtaining a better circula-
tion than is otherwise possible. Sometimes these large
cellars have a line of hot-water pipes or other means of
heating, by which not only is better ventilation secured
but also additional protection in severe weather. Occa-
sionally in heavy snows the pits must remain closed for
a week or more. This is undesirable but unavoidable.
At such times there is special danger from field mice
and other vermin. Concrete walls give them a poor
harbor, but they must also be trapped or poisoned. If
the plants are clean when housed, there is nothing to be
feared from ordinary greenhouse pests, either insect or
fungous, except the moulds. For related discussions,
see Nursery and Storage.
Following is a list of plants that may be wintered in
pits and frames with satisfactory results. The list is
made for the neighbor-
hood of Boston.
LIST OF PLANTS THAT CAN
BE WINTERED IN PITS.
A. Hardy plants.
1. Nursery stock of
every description that
may be required for ship-
ment in winter and early
spring.
2. Stocks, cions and
euttings for working
during the winter.
3. Young nursery
stock, — seedlings, cut-
tings or gratts too deli-
cate for planting in au-
tumn.
4. Hardy plants of all
kinds for foreing or win-
ter decoration.
The temperature of pit
or cellar for the above
plants should be 35° F.
or even lower occasion-
ally. The larger plants
for plants in tubs and
large pots (10 in. or
more). This also is true
of heeled-in stock. Everything, however, should be so
arranged that inspection is easy, and water should be
given when necessary. Plants on the shelves, particu-
larly in small pots (4-inch), will go dry oftener than
those placed on the gravel floor. It is best to water on
bright days, when the sashes can be removed. The
2740. A doorway in Fig. 2739,
should be heeled-in on
the floor in sandy loam
or in bunk-like shelves
along the sides. Instead of loam, sphagnum can be
used and is particularly good for cuttings and grafting
stock. The very young stock is stored in flats or pans
in which it has been grown. Particular care must be
given to ventilation when evergreen plants are handled.
For forcing stock, see Forcing, pages 600-602.
WINTER PROTECTION
AA. Tender and half hardy-plants.
Those marked with a star (*) are
tender and should not be exposed to
frost. They should also be keptin
the driest purt of the pit.
1. Alstrceemeria, canna, dahlia,
gladiolus, Milla biflora, moutbre-
tia, oxalis for summer bedding,
tuberose, tigridia, Zephyranthes
Atamasco, Z. candida. Keep the
above in dry house-cellars, where
no frost penetrates, temperature
35-409 FL Dahlias and cannas ean
be covered with dry sand if prone
to wilt. Tigridias should be hung
up in bags to avoid mice. .
2. Agave, aloe, Lippiu
citriodora, Datura
suaveolens, some of the
hardier cacti, e.g., Cereus
grandiflorus and Opuntia
Ficus -Indica, Cordyline
indivisa, fuchsia, Pucea
gloriosa and probably
other genera and spec
of succulent plants. Keep
at temperature 35-40° F. in
a very dry house -cellar,
with as much light as pos-
sible; too much moisture
is destructive.
3. Abelia rupestris,
*abutilon, *acacia, Acan-
thus mollis, *Agapanthus
umbellatus, Araucaria
imbricata and A. exrcelsa,
Aucuba Japonica, *Aza-
lea Indica, bamboos,
Burus sempervirens,
*Callistemon laneeolatis,
Calluna vulgaris, *Ca-
mellia (different species,
including the tea plant),
Ceanothus azureus, Ce-
drus Libani, C. Deodara,
Cephalotarus drupacea,
*Chimonanthus fragrans,
*citrus in variety, cistus
(different species), coton-
easter (tender sorts),
Cryptomeria Japonica,
cup us (tender sorts),
*Cytisus Canariensis and
* Daphne
odor, diospyros in vari-
ety, *erica (hardier sorts),
Erythrina Crista-galli,
*Bugenia Jambos, Eu-
onymus Japonica (tender
varieties), Farfugiuin
(Senecio) grande, Ficus
Carica,*Gardenia florida,
Gelseminm sempervirens,
Gordonia pubescens, y
grapes (tender kinds),
Hedera Helix, *Hibiscus 7
Rosa-Sinensis, Hydrangea
hortensis,LlerAqguifolium,
kniphofia, laurestinus,
Laurus nobilis, lager-
stremia, Magnolia gran-
diflora, Myrtus commun vex
*Nerium Oleander, Olea
Buropea, #Osmanthus
fragrans, O. Aguifoliiuin,
Passiflora cerulea, per-
nettya (different species),
Phormium tenasr, Pho-
tinia Japonica, Pitto-
sporum Tobira and others,
Plumbago Capensis,
Podocarpus Chinensis,
es
*C. racemosus,
4
It is
Nox!
Z ea
oe ae ae
No. 4.—A small plant cellar for wintering la I
and fruits.
combines perfect ventilation with extremely good protec-
tion against frost.
No. 1.—One of the simplest and least
expensive forms of cold pit for small and
medium-sized plants.
A well-ventilated cold pit, roomier than the preced-
ing one and not much more expensive.
WISCONSIN 1985
Prunus Lawro-cerasus and others,
*Psidium Guajava, *Punica
Gramclwum, retinospora in variety,
rhododendron = (tender — hybrids),
Romneya Coultert, roses (Bourbon,
Noisette, China, Bengal and other
tender varieties), Rosmarinus offi-
cinalis, Sequoia gigantea, Taxus,
Trachelospermum
Cler Buropwus,
The above plants are commonly
handled in pits for various rea-
sons. In eastern Massachusetts,
With the possible exception of
those marked thus (*), they will
bear a few degrees of frost, if not
too long continued, without barm.
The average temperature
of the pit should be just
above freezing, say 35° BF.
The valne of these plants
depends upon not only
carrying them through the
winter in good condition,
but also in giving them a
good start in the spring.
For this purpose a cool
greenhouse must be pro-
vided; a cold grapery or
a house constructed from
the sashes used on the pits
is equally good, in which
the plants can be properly
grown until it is
enough to put them out-of-
doors,
4. Anemone SJuponica
and A. coronaria, Bellis
perennis, Dianthus Caryo-
ohyllus (clove pinks and
European carnations from
seeds), Galas aphylla,
myosotis sorts, primula in
variety, including auric-
a, Persian ranuneulus,
Jusmlnotdes,
Mg
No. 3.—A shelved cold pit for wintering young stock grown
seedlings, rooted cuttings and grafts.
in flats,
Seale fire /f
la odorata (tender
sorts), pansies, wall-flow-
ers, lettuce cabbage, canli-
flower and parsley. These
plants are advantageously
wintered in coldframes,
which should vary in
depth with the size of the
plant: sometimes the
plants are grown and flow-
ered in the frame, at
others they are bedded
out when the season per
mits.
5. Aris@ma, arum, calo-
chortus( different species),
freesia in variety, iris
(tender species), ixia,
sparaxis. The above plants
can be potted, November
to December, and carried
in a pit until wanted in
the greenhonse.
B. M. WaTson.
WISCONSIN, HORTI-
CULTURE IN. Fig. 2743.
The surface of Wisconsin
mostly varies between
gently rolling plains and
hills of moderate height.
also excellent for storing vegetabl
2741. Various forms of storage pits.
eat
Small lakes are numerous,
particularly in the north.
The soil presents all va-
It riations, and with the ex-
ception of some rather
large sandy and marshy
tracts, is mostly very fer-
1986 WISCONSIN
tile. Owing to the proximity of Lakes Superior and
Miehigan, the climacic extremes are less severe than
might be expected in a region so remote from the
ocean. The skies, while turer than in the eastern
states, are Somewhat more cloudy than in lowa and Min-
nesota.
Damaging frosts are not common in Wisconsin ex-
cept in certain districts of comparatively small extent.
As in all of the northwestern states, summer droughts
are rather frequent, but are rarely so severe as to seri-
ously injure crops that are properly cared for. The
numerous lakes and streams offer excellent opportuni-
ties for irrigation, which has, however, received little
2742. The roof of No. 4, Fig. 2741.
(See Winter Protection, pages 1981-5.)
atteution as yet. The prevailing winds are westerly,
hence the influence of the Great Lakes in tempering
the climate is less marked than in the southern penin-
sulu of Michigan, but the climate of the eastern coun-
ties, and especially that of Door county, which lies be-
tween Green Bay and Lake Michigan, is comparatively
mild.
The winters of Wisconsin are such as to preclude the
extensive cultivation of the tree fruits, except of the
hardier species aud varieties, save in the eastern coun-
ties. But the summers are very favorable to annual
crops, and to fruits that are readily protected in winter.
The change from winter to summer is often rather
abrupt. This brings on an exuberant growth early in
the season, which while satisfactory for most crops, pro-
motes blight in the pome fruits. An equally precipitous
advent of winter sometimes causes damage to nursery
stock. These sudden changes, with the rather frequent
droughts in summer, combine to render the Wisconsin
climate severe for most perennial plants. When an ex-
ceptionally dry summer is followed by a winter of un-
usual severity, a disastrous thinning out of fruit trees
is likely to occur. The pioneer fruit planters, coming
mainly from New York and New England, with par-
donable ignorance of the severity of the Wisconsin
climate, planted freely of tern varieties, most of
which proved too tender for the new conditions. As the
natural result, the first orchards were mainly short-
lived, and the idea gained wide credence that Wisconsin
would never produce the tree fruits suecessfully. But
the experience of a few persistent planters has dis-
proved, in a measure, this hasty conelusion,
Wisconsin is one of the newer states in horticultural
development. A large part of its northern balf is still
forest-clad. The cities are mostly small, hence the
local demands for horticultural products are not large
But Minneapolis and St. Paul to the west, and the citic
bordering Lake Superior, make an export demand for
fruits and vegetables, for which the markets are gen-
erally good.
The hardiest varieties of the apple succeed in south-
ern and eastern Wisconsin, when planted on sites some-
WISCONSIN
what higher than the surrounding country, especially
those inclining to the north or northeast. The principal
orehards are located in Fond du Lac, Green Lake, Rich-
land, Sauk, Door and Waupaca counties. The first
named county has one orchard of about 6,000 trees,
mostly Oldenburgh, located near Ripon, and a second
of about 4,000 trees of various sorts at Eureka. These
orchards are supposed to be the largest in the state.
The older orchards of Wisconsin are the outcome of
a long process of climatic selection. But the farmers
who were most anxious to grow apples continued to
plant trees in the hope of findiug some that would
prove satisfactory, and these hopes have been in
part realized. Occasional seedling trees that grew
up in fence corners and elsewhere, from chance seeds,
or from seeds planted by pioneer farmers who felt
unable to purchase trees, were found to endure the
severer winters, while whole orchards of old varieties
were destroyed. Several of these have been adopted
into cultivation, and a few, as the Pewaukee, Wolf
River, McMahon, Northwestern Greening and Newell,
have become standard varieties of the northwest. The
Wealthy apple, from Minnesota, is also a standard win-
ter sort in Wisconsin, The orchards now being planted
are largely of these sorts, and the Oldenburgh. The
Russian apples imported by the United States Depart-
ment of Agriculture and the Iowa Agricultural College
have been quite largely planted experimentally in W
consin, but thus far very few if any of them have
proved superior in any respect to our best natives.
Crab apples are considerably grown for market in
Waupaca and Eau Claire counties. The chief hin-
drances to apple culture in Wisconsin, aside from win-
ter-killing, are the fire-blight, which destroys the tips
of the growing shoots in early summer, and sunsceld,
which causes damage to the trunk in early spring or
during hot weather in summer. The latter is readily
prevented by shading the trunk. The codlin-moth is
destructive unless prevented by spray ing or otherwise
The apple seab is often serious in too closely- planted
ahha. It is controlled to a degree by spr
apples of Wisconsin are, as a rule, highly colored and
of large size, and the trees are very productive.
The pear is not grown to any great extent in Wiscon-
sin, owing to the liability of the trees to fire-blight and
winter- killing. ‘The varieties imported from Russia
have not proved more resistant to these affections than
the hardier sorts of American origin, or from western
Europe. Pears are frequently grown for home use in
the eastern counties, and the trees are sometimes quite
produetive and long-lived. The Flemish Beauty has
perhaps been more successful than any other sort.
The quince is less hardy in Wisconsin than the pear.
Trees are occasionally found in gardens in the eastern
counties that sometimes bear fruit after exceptionally
mild winters.
The Americanas are the only plums that can be de-
pended upon to bear fruit regularly in all parts of Wis-
consin. The hardier sorts of the European plum, Prius
domestica, and of the Japanese plum, Prunus triflora,
are fairly fruitful in the eastern part, notably in Door and
Kewaunee counties. The trees of the last two species,
as of those of Prunus hortulana and Prunus angusti-
folia, endure the winters without harm throughout the
state, but the flower-buds are destroyed whenever the
thermometer registers much lower than 20° below zero.
Few plum orchards have been planted in Wisconsin,
and these are mainly of the European class. A plum
orchard of 14 acres at Sturgeon Bay is supposed to be
the largest in the state.
The early Richmond and Morello cherries are fairly suc-
cessful in Wisconsin, in localities suitable to the apple.
The flower-buds of these cherries appear to be some-
what more hardy than those of the European and Japa-
nese plums. The trees are, however, subject to sunscald,
and unless protected are usually short-lived. Several
varieties of Prunus Cerasus, introduced from Russia,
have been tested at various points in the state. While
the flower-buds of these do not appear to be hardier
than those of the above-named sorts, their fruit matures
over a longer period, which will give them value. Sweet
cherries (Prunus Avinm) are not suecessful in Wiscon-
sin.
WISCONSIN
The peach and apricot are not fruitful in any part of
Wisconsin except after unusually mild winters. The
trees are frequeutly grown in gardens, and sometimes
attain considerable size, but they freeze back more or
less in the average winter, ‘Trees of the apricot imported
from Russia have been frequently planted in Wisconsin,
by way of experiment, but are nowhere fruitful. Even
if the flower-buds escape destrue-
tion, the fruit ahuost invariably
falls soon after setting. : Se
The grape, with winter protee-
tion, is successfully grown through- j
out southern and eastern Wiscon-
sin when planted on light soil, with
southern exposure. The later va-
rieties are, however, liable to be oR
eaught by frost, unless the site is =
chosen with special care.
The small fruits are grown with
marked success, on favorable soils,
throughout Wisconsin, Winter pro-
tection is generally given to all but
PA Or
i
|
|
i
the currant and goosebe » but in \ 2
the southern and eastern counties !
this precaution is not absolutely
necessary. The strawberry and
raspberry are crown in excess of
home demands, and many thousand
vases of these fruits are annually
shipped to other states. Black-
berries were largely destroyed by
the severe freeze of 1899. Huckle-
berries and blueberries are exten-
sively gathered from wild plants
in certain parts of west-central
Wisconsin, and are shipped in
large quantities to cities of the
northwest. Wisconsin is one of
the chief cranberry producing
states. In parts of Wood, Adams
and Juneau counties, and in less
degree in) Waupaca and Green
counties, the cranberry plant was
native over very large areas, and
before the settlement of the eoun-
try, the Indians gathered the fruit
extensively in bearing years. Lat-
terly, the wild marshes have been
largely improved by clearing and
providing flooding facilities. © In
some seasons the total output of
cranberries from Wiseonsin has
aggregated nearly 100,000 barrels.
The varieties grown are mostly na
tive, and the quality and keeping
of the fruit are excellent. During
the years 1894 and 1 the eran-
berry industry of Wisconsin suf-
fered a serious check by the de-
struction of many marshes py fire
WISTARIA 1987
Horticulture is taught at the serieultural college con-
nected with the University of Wisconsin, at Madison.
Openings are good for commercial cultare of apples,
cherries, native plums and eranberries in the parts of
Wisconsin best suited to these crops, and in the neigh-
borhood of northern cities the vrowing of vegetables for
market is at present remunerative.
KE. S. Gorr
firctnt 5
during an exceptionally dry period.
But the business is rallying, and
may, in a few vears, recover its
former magnitude.
Market - gardeuing is carried on
in the neighborhood of cities and
towns toa sufficient extent to supply local demands,
except in the extreme northern part of the state.
The ordinary garden crops of the temperate zone are
all suecessful. Melons are grown rather extensively
for shipment in a few localities. Peas are extensively
grown for seed, for market and for canning in KRewaunec
and Door counties, this section being free from the pen
weevil. Lentils are considerably grown in Kewannee
and Manitowoe counties. Several v table canning fae-
tories are in operation in Wisconsin, peas, sweet corn
and tomatoes being chiefly consumed. RKitchen-garden-
ing is less practiced in Wisconsin than it should he.
The farmers generally employ little hand labor, and the
hot summers render city gardening more or less unsatis
factory. For the same reason the private growing of
flowers receives attention than in the eastern
states.
less
The shaded areas incluee most of the region adapted to apple culture.
2743, Map of Wisconsin.
Cherries do
fairly well in the apple districts.
WISTARIA (Caspar Wistar, 1761-1818, professor of
anatomy in Univ. of Pa.). Leguminosae, As a genus
Wistaria is a small and imperfectly understood group.
A complete study of the pods and seeds of this and allied
genera will eventually result in a great shaking up of
numes. The present treatment is as conservative as
possible, out of deference to trade interests, The oldest
generic name is Arawnhkia. Fora more radical point
of view see B.M. 7522 and B.B. 2:24. Beside those
nentioned below, there are three species, but they are
allof doubtful botanical status. Lys. odd-pinnate; Ifts.
entire: uy
racemes terminal: calyx with the 2 upper teeth
short and subeonnate: standard large; wings oblong-
faleate, free from the keel, often coherent at the apex:
keel ineurved, obtuse.
Wistaria Chincnsis is one of the best and commonest
of hardy climbers. Tt has pale green, pinnate foliage and
1988 WISTARIA
bears profusely dense, drooping clusters of purplish
pea-shaped flowers. The clusters are about a foot long.
This is the commonest and best form. The others fur-
nish the connoisseur with variety in habit, color and
season of bloom, but they are not as prolific, and doub-
ling adds nothing to the beauty of the flowers. More-
over, the double flowers decay quickly in wet weather.
The Chinese Wistaria was introduced into England about
1816. Twenty-five years later there was a specimen in
England with branches attaining 100 ft. on each side of
the main stem, and another specimen that covered 905
square feet of wall space.
The Chinese Wistaria blooms in May and usually gives
a smaller crop of flowers in August or September. The
spring crop is borne on spurs, while the autumn crop
is borne on terminal shoots of the season. There are
several ideas about training a Wistaria. A good way
2744, Wistaria Chinensis.
is to let it alone. This produces rugged, twisted and
picturesque branches and gives a certain oriental ef-
fect, but it is not the best method for covering a
wall space solidly or for making the best display of
bloom. To cover a wall completely it is necessary to
keep the leaders taut and to train outside branches
wherever they are needed. If quantity of bloom is the
first consideration the vines should be pruned back every
year to spurs, acommon method in Japan. The Japa-
nese chiefly use another species, W. multijuga, which
often passes in our nurseries under the name of W.
Sinensis, the clusters of the Japanese favorite some-
times attaining 3 or 4 feet. The low, one-storied Japa-
nese building will have a Wistaria so trained that the
vine follows the eaves all round the house. The foli-
age is all above, and the yard-long clusters of purple
blossoms depend therefrom in solid, unbroken, linear
masses, 2 or 3 ranks deep. W. multijuga is said to be
less vigorous and productive in America and Europe
than Japan. When trained as a standard the Wis-
taria requires much care. Probably the finest stand-
ard Wistaria is that figured in G.F. 6:256 and Gng.
1:321, where full directions for cultivation may be
found. The following dates of bloom will be useful to
those who reckon from the latitude of New York: Wh’.
WISTARIA
Chinensis, May 10-30; W. multijuga, May 15-31; W,
speciosa, June 1-8.
Wistarias will live in rather dry and sandy soil, but
they prefer a deep and rich earth. Cuttings root with
difficulty and the common nursery practice is to graft a
small shoot on a piece of root. The roots are long and
few and go down deep, making few fibers. They resem-
ble licorice root. Wistarias are hard to transplant, un-
less they have been pot-grown for the purpose or fre-
quently transplanted in the nursery row. Unless ma-
nured heavily when transplanted, they are very slow in
starting into vigorous growth. The most satisfactory
method of propagation for the amateur is layering.
Those who wish to give a young Wistaria an extra
good start may sink a bottomless tub in the ground and
fill it with good soil. If a Wistaria is to be trained to
a tree, select an old tree, if possible, which is past
the height of its vigor.
INDEX,
flore-pleno, 1.
frutescens, 3.
macrobotrys, 1.
magnifica, 3.
multijuga, 2.
alba, 1, 2, 3, 4.
albiflora, 1.
brachybotrys, 4.
Chinensis, 1.
consequana, 1.
rubra, 4.
Sinensis, 1.
speciosa, 3.
variegata, 1.
A. Clusters moderately
long and dense, 7-12
in. long, 25-50-fld.:
fls. Od0rleS8S..... 0006. 1. Chinensis
AA. Clusters 2-3 ft. long and
looser: fls, odorless..2. multijuga
fils. fra-
grant,
B. Lfts. glabrous above.3. speciosa
BB. LDS. SUUY osc Soc 4. brachybotrys
1. Chinénsis, DC. (W. Sinénsis,
W. consequana, Loud. W. polystachya, C.
Koch.). CHINESE WISTARIA. Figs. 2744, 2745.
Hardy, fast and tall growing climber with pale
green compound foliage and foot-long clus-
ters of purplish pea-shaped fls. borne pro-
fusely in May. Lifts. about 11, ovate-lanceo-
late, 2-3 in. long, silky: racemes 7-12 in.
long, about 25-50-fld.: fis. odorless, % in.
long, 144 in. across: fr. borne very sparingly,
especially on the var. albiflora, May and
Aug. China. Clusters in B.M. 2083 (adapted
in Fig. 2745), L.B.C. 8:773, P.M. 7:127 and
B.R. 8:650 (as Glycine Sinensis), and Gn.
39, p. 409. Habit in Gn. 4, p. 173;
380; 12, p 469: 34, p. 376; 44, p. 7; :
157; 49; p. 43; 50, ‘p> 183; 51, 7.,). (See py. 1993.)
A. Prank very short.
B. Spike 8-8 in. long.
minor, R.Br. Lys. 1-2 ft. long, 1-2 lines wide: seape
Jonger than the Ivs.: spike less than %4 in. wide. B.M.
6297. — Belongs to the group in which the inner perianth-
segments have a white blade conspicuously spreading
above the outer ones, while in the next two species the
inner segments have a short whitish tip, little longer
than the outer and scurcely spreading.
XANTHORRHIZA
BB. Spike Li.-2 ft. long.
hastilis, R.Br. Lys. 3-4 ft. long, 2-3 lines broad:
seape often 6-8 ft. long, not counting the spike, Readily
distinguished by the dense, rusty tomentum covering
the ends of the bracts and outer perianth-segments,
BoM. 4722. 6.6.40. 171196. FB. 92868,
AA. Trunk becoming 5 or 6, or even 15 ft. long.
Preissii, Endl. Lvs. 2-4 ft. long, 1-2 lines broad,
rigid, very brittle when young: scapes 2-6 ft. long, in-
cluding the spike, which occupies one-half to nearly all
its length. B.M. 6933. W. M.
XANTHORRHIZA (Greek, yellow root). Often
spelled Zanthorrhiza. Ranunculaceae. A genus of only
one species, native in the eastern United States from
New York to Florida. Plant shrubby: lvs. pinnate or
bipinnate: fs. in drooping racemes or panicles; sepals
5, petal-like, deciduous ; petals 5, smaller than the
sepals, and 2-lobed; stamens 5-10; carpels 5-10, ses-
sile, forming only one-seeded follicles, one ovule of each
usually not maturing.
The plants are cult. mostly for their handsome foliage,
which is much like that of Actza, and which changes
to a beautiful golden color in the autumn. The plants
will grow readily in any good soil but usually prefer
damp and shady places, although it often thrives in
loose, sandy soil. Propagated both by seed and_ root
division in fall or early spring. Often not hardy in
Massachusetts.
apiifdlia, L’Herit. SHrus YELLow Root. Fig. 2755.
Stems of bright yellow wood, 1-20 ft. high: roots yel-
Sell)
1
2754, Fruit of Xanthoceras sorbifolia ( 2).
low, sending up suckers in spring: lvs. in clusters from
terminal buds; Ifts. about 5, cut-toothed or lobed, with
wedge-shaped bases and entire sinuses: fls. small, dark
or purple. April. Damp and shady places, southw
New York southward. A.G. 1891:289, B.B. !
ternata, Huth. Lys. only ternate; Ifts. often more
deeply lobed, the sinuses entire. Same distribution.
K. C. Davis.
NANTHOSOMA
XANTHOSOMA (Greek, yellow body, referring to
the stigma). ctrdeee. This geuus is interesting to the
horticulturist as containing the handsome variegated
stove foliage plant known to the trade as Phyllotwniwmn
Lindeni, and part of the vegetables ~
known as “Malanga,” a erop to which two
per cent of the arable land in Porto Rico
is devoted. Many. specics of the arum
family are noted for their huge tubers,
some of which are edible Satter the acrid
and more or less poisonous properties are
dispersed by the expression of the juice,
or by its dissipation through leat” (B.
M. 4989). Of this class the best known
is the Elephant’s Ear, or Colocasia es-
ewlenta, The Malanga is said to be "lit-
tle, if at all, inferior to Culadinm escu-
Jentim,; in wholesomeness and delicacy
far superior to spinach; and in this re-
speet it may vie with any European vege-
table whatever."— Bot. Jfug. The *Yantia
Malanga” of Porto Rico is, according to
Cook, Colocasia antiquorum, var. ex-
culenta, Other Yantias are species of
Xanthosoma. The botany of them is con-
fused. :
XNanthosoma is a venus o species, (hes
according to Engler, who has given an
aecount ef them in Latin in DC. on
Phaner. vol. 2 (1879). They are milky
herbs of South and Central America with
a tuberous or tall and thick rhizome: Lvs.
arrow-shaped, 3-cut or pedately cut: fs.
unisexual, naked: males with 4-6 sta-
mens connate in an inversely pyramidal
synandrium with 5 or 6 faces: ovary 2-4-
loenled; ovules anatropous.
A. Cauder a ort, thick, erect rhizome.
sagittifolium, Schott (Arion sagiftifo-
Vimm, Linn.). MALANGA,
Wendlaudi, 14
Burtii, 12 Gautierl, 3.
celeste, 9. intermedinm, 6
eeruleun, Lalindei, 11
erjuitum, 5 Mack eg
discolor, 13 maxillure, 4.
Lay 2.
A. Scape tall, several-fld.
B. Anther long-rostrute............ 1. rostratum
BB. Anther not rostrute .......
c. Petals spotted or blotched,
vp. Lubellum glabrous.......... 2. Mackaii
3. Gautieri
+. maxillare
Dds Babel Pubesee wl sacs a 0% 5. crinitum
6. intermedium
Petals unitormly colored. ..... 7. Sedeni
AA. ape shorter than the lus., 1-fld
B. Column hood-like, arching over
the crest.
c. Fis, deep violet ..... ..,... 8 violaceum
COs, Blse ViOleE purple ni Sa Spee ye celeste
CCC. INTs. OSE COLOTEM jie sc83 pig e a 0. Patini
1l. Lalindei
BB. Column not hood-like.
G Pus. brown, spotted. ..ceccaaie 12. Burtii
ce. Fils. white or greenish white...13. discolor
14. Wendlandi
1. rostratum, Hook. Pseudobulbs oblong, compressed :
Ivs. lanceolate, 5 in. long: scapes 4 in. long, be ring
1-3 fis.: sepals and petals linear-lanceolate, greenish
brown. wavy, 2-3 in. long; labellum about as long as
the petals, subrotund, with reflexed margins, pure white
with few radiating lines near the base: column wings
rounded, sharply serrate on the upper margin: anther
with a long beak surmounting the column, May, June,
Oct: Giwian's, BNE<2819,. Js 1. 287. ALR Os
2°. Mackaii, Hook. Fig. 2799. Pseudobulbs large,
ovate: Ivs. many, linear-lanceolate, 1 ft. long: seape
18 in. long, bearing 5 or 6 large Us.: sepals and petals
127
ZYQOPETALUM 2015
dingy yellowish green, with blotches of purple on the
inside, lanceolat acute, ereet, spreading, all united
toward the ba labelluim large, rounded, ehiarginate,
white with radiating vein-like deep blue lines, glabrous.
Brazil. B.M. 27 BR. 1721433 (as Bulophia Mack
aiana), P.M. 3: Ti JBeGs AP664s J La: e205.
—This is distinguished from Z. intermedi aud Z.
crinitian by its smooth labellum and narrower Ivs.
ae superbum, grandiflorum, majus are also adver-
tises
3. Gautieri, Lem. Pseudobulbs oblong suleate, 4 in.
high: seape 2-3-fld.: fis. Sin. across; sepals and petals
green blotched with brown; labellum broadly reniform,
deep purple at the white in front,
nearly all deep purple with a darker crest. Autumn.
Brazil. 1.H.14:585. Gn. 49:1053.—The Ivs. are fascicu-
lute, narrowly oblong, keeled, 12-16 in. long: inflores-
eence shorter than the lys. ;
4. maxillare, Lodd. Pseudobulbs 2 in. long: lvs.
lanceolate, 1 ft. long: scape 9 in. long, 6-8 fld.: fs. 1.
in across; sepals and petals ovate-oblonyg, acute, green,
with transverse brown blotehes; labellaum horizontal,
purple, with avery large, glossy-purple, notched horse-
hbase, sometimes
shoe-shaped crest, middle
lobe roundish, waved, and
obsenrely lobed. Winter.
i B.M. 3686, ,
Jody Te
P.M. 4:271.— Distinguished
by its small fls. and very
large crest
2799. Zygopetalum
Mackaii (» 14)
Habit
linear-laneceolate: fs. on
5. erivuitum, Lodd.
ot Z. intermediums Ie.
broadly :
long, stout
sepals and petals in. long, oblong-lanceolate
with rather few brown bletehes: labellum 2 in. across,
spreading, wavy scarcely emarginate, white with purple
B)
veins radiating from the thiek crest, dise hairy, .
at various times. Brazil. L.B.C. 17:16: B.M. 2402
(as Z. Maekaii, var. crinitim).—This has fewer brown
blotches on the sepals and petals than Z. futermedinu,
There are varieties with pink, blue, or almost colorless
veins on the labellum. Var. eertleum, Hort., has the
vines deep vivid blue.
2016
6. intermédium, Lodd. Lvs. ensiform, 1% ft. long,
llg in. wide: scape longer than the lvs., bearing 5-6
tis. each nearly 3 in. across: sepals and petals oblong,
acute, green with large, confluent blotches of brown;
labellum rotund, narrowed at the base, deeply 2-lobed
in front, pubescent, bluish white with radiating broken
lines of purplish blue; column green and white. Fs.
in winter, remaining in perfection about two months.
Brazil. R.H. 1873:190 (as Z. Rivieri).— Plants of Z.
Mackaii are often cultivated under this name.
7. Sédeni, Reichb. f. Plants strong, with the scape
about us long as the lvs. and bearing several fls.: sepals
and petals deep purple-brown, bordered with green;
labellum pale purple in front, becoming deep purple
toward the base. F.M. 1880:417.—A garden hybrid
raised by Veitch.
8. violaceum, Reichb. f. (Mvintleya violdcea, Lindl.).
Fig. 2800. Lys. as in Z. Lalindei: tls, on nodding
scapes 4-6 in. long, deep violet; sepals and petals ovate
revolute, tipped with yellowish green; labellum ovate,
cordate, crest of thick ridges covered by the arching
column. Guiana. F.S. 7:678. P.M. 8:1.
9. celéste, Reichb. f. (Bollea celéstis, Reichb. f.).
Lys. 6-10 on a shoot, oblong-lanceolate, 6 in. long, 2 in.
broad, with 6 paler sheaths 3-4 in. long: fils. solitary, on
stout peduncles 6 in, in length; sepals broad, violet-
purple, darker toward the top and margined with yellow
at the tip, the lateral pair larger; petals like the dorsal
sepal but paler; labellum short-clawed, ovate, deeply
cordate, margins recurved and tip revolute, deep violet
with yellowish margins and a thick yellow crest. Fls.
freely in summer. Columbia. B.M. 6458. Gn. 31, p.
121; 49:1072.
10. Paétini, Reichb. f. (Bollea Prtini, Reichb. f.).
Lvs. linear-oblong: fis. large, rose-colored, paler than
those of Z. Lalindei; sepals oblong attenuate, wavy,
the lower half of the lateral pair darker; petals trian-
ZYGOPETALUM
ZYGOPETALUM
gular-oblong, undulate; labellum triangular hastate at
the base, yelluw, tip revolute; column pink, covering
the thick yellow crest. Colombia. F.M. 1875:147. G.C.
EL. 329.
1l. Lalindei, Reichb. f. (Bollea Lalindei, Reichb. f.).
Lys. elliptic-lanceolate, about 1 ft. long: peduncles 3
in. long, with solitary fis. 224-3 in. broad: sepals ovate-
oblong, recurved at the tips, rose-colored, with straw-
colored tips; petals undulate-oblong, colored like the
sepals or with white margins; labellum ovate-hastate,
margins and tip recurved, golden yellow, dise with a
semi-circular crest of thick, radiating lamelle: column
broader than the disc, arched over it. Aug. Colombia.
B.M. 6331.—Color of the flower varies to bright violet.
12. Burtii, Benth. & Hook. (Batemdnnia Biirtii,
Endr. & Reichb. f.). Lvs. elliptic-oblong, 10-14 in.
long: fis. solitary, 3 in. across; sepals and petals
broadly elliptic ovate, acute, reddish brown, spotted
with yellow; labellum trowel-shaped, cordate, white at
the base, apex brownish purple; crest pectinate. Costa
Rica. B.M. 6003. F.M. 1874:101. Gn. 57, p. 309.
13. discolor, Reichb. f. (Wdrrea discolor, Lindl.
Warezewiezélla discolor, Reichb. f.). Lvs. narrowly
lanceolate, jointed, 9 in. long: scapes |-tid., shorter
than the lvs.: sepals spreading, lanceolate, white:
petals shorter, ovate, white with a tinge of purple, half-
spreading; labellum large, broadly obovate, somewhat
convolute, white, changing to deep purple toward the
disk, and having awhitish or yellowish crest. Central
America. B.M. 4830.
14, Wéndlandi, Reichb. f. ( Warezewiczélla Weénd-
laundi, Hort.). Lys. tufted, lanceolate: fis. 4-5 in. across,
solitary, on a seape 3-4 in. long; sepals and _ petals
lanceolate, somewhat twisted, greenish white; labellum
ovate, cordate, undulate, white, streaked and spotted
with violet-purple: apex revolute, crest semi-circular,
violet-purple.
HEINRICH HASSELBRING.
2800. Zygopetalum violaceum (xX 34).
The Rural Scrence Series
EACH BOOK IS THE WORK OF A
COMPETENT SPECIALIST, UNDER
THE EDITORIAL SUPERVISION OF
PROFESSOR L. H. BAILEY, of Cornell University
The following volumes are now ready:
THE SOIL. By F. H. Wie, of the University of Wisconsin. 303 pp. 75 ets.
THE SPRAYING OF PLANTS. By E. G. Lopeman, late of Cornell University.
399 pp. $1.
MILK AND ITS PRODUCTS. By H. H. Wing, of Cornell Univ. 311 pp. $1.
THE FERTILITY OF THE LAND. By I. P. Roserts, of Cornell University.
4321 pp. $1.25.
THE PRINCIPLES OF FRUIT-GROWING. By L. H. Batney. 516 pp. $1.25.
BUSH-FRUITS. By F. W. Carp, R. I. Agric. College. 537 pp. $1.50.
FERTILIZERS. By E. B. Vooruees, N. J. Exp. Sta. and Rutgers College.
3385 pp. $1.
THE PRINCIPLES OF AGRICULTURE. By L. H. Baltey. 5300 pp. $1.25.
IRRIGATION AND DRAINAGE. By F. H. Kina, of the University of Wisconsin.
302 pp. $1.50.
THE FARMSTEAD. By I. P. Roserts, of Cornell University. 350 pp. $1.25.
RURAL WEALTH AND WELFARE. By GeorGE T. Fatrcaiup, [x-President
of the Agricultural College of Kansas. 351 pp. $1.25.
PRINCIPLES OF VEGETABLE-GARDENING. By L. Il. Baitey. 458 pp.
$1.25.
FEEDING OF ANIMALS. by W. H. Jorpay, of New York State Experiment
Station. $1.25 net.
FARM POULTRY. By G. C. Watson, of Penusylvania State College. $1.25 net.
So long as the demand warrants, new volumes will be added to the RURAL
SCIENCE SERIES. Definite arrangements have been completed for the following:
PHYSIOLOGY OF PLANTS. By J. C. ARTHUR, Purdue University.
PLANT PaATHOLOGy. By B. T. GaLLoway and associates, of U.S. Dept. of Agr.
THE POME FRulITsS (Apples, Pears, Quinces). By L. H. Balney.
THE CARE OF STocK. By N. 8S. Mayo, Kausas State Agriculture College.
THE PRINCIPLES OF STOCK-BREEDING. By W.H. Brewer, Ph.D., Yale University.
“The ‘Rural Science Series,’ representing the truly scientific spirit which now pervades our leading schools
ot agriculture, is an attempt to popularize fundamental agricultural laws, and at the same time to inculeate
practical lessons in the art of tilling the soil."—Leview of Keviews,
Tore MACMILLAN COMPANY
NEW YORK CHICAGO BOSTON SAN FRANCISCO
The Garden-Craft Series
WRITTEN BY
PROFESSOR L. H. BAILEY
Of Cornell University, Editor of the Cyclopedia of American Horticulture
| gee erent handbooks for the horticulturist, explaining and
illustrating in detail the various important methods. They
may be called manuals of practice, and, although nearly all are
written by Professor Barney, of Cornell University, they include
the opinions and methods of successful specialists in many lines.
The fact should be emphasized that the GarpDEen-Crarr Manvats
are summaries of principles and of the best practice in the lead-
ing American horticulture methods.
The volumes are compact, uniform, and are illustrated as the
subject demands. They are of convenient shape for the pocket,
and are bound in flexible green cloth.
THE HORTICULTURIST’S RULE BOOK. By L. UW. Baiury. 312 pp. 7d cts.
THE NURSERY-BOOK. By L. H. Balter. 365 pp. $1
PLANT-BREEDING. By L. H. Batney. 293 pp. $1.
THE FORCING-BOOK. By L. H. Batuéy. 266 pp. $1.
GARDEN-MAKING. By L. H. Batury. 417 pp. $1.
THE PRUNING-BOOK. By L. Il. Baltey. 545 pp. $1.50.
THE PRACTICAL GARDEN-BOOK. By C. E. Htyn and L. H. Baltuey.
250 pp. Bl.
Other Works by Professor Batley
THE CYCLOPEDIA OF AMERICAN HORTICULTURE. 4 vols. Sold by sub-
seription, $20 uet.
THE EVOLUTION OF OUR NATIVE FRUITS. 472 pp. $2.
THE SURVIVAL OF THE UNLIKE. 515 pp. $2.
LESSONS WITH PLANTS. 491 pp. $1.10 net.
FIRST LESSONS WITH PLANTS. 117 pp. 40 ets. net.
BOTANY: AN ELEMENTARY TEXT FOR SCHOOLS. 372 pp. $1.10 uet.
THE MACMILLAN COMPANY
NEW YORK CHICAGO BOSTON SAN FRANCISCO